PROCEEDINGS

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES

PHILADELPHIA,

1899.

COMMITTEE ON PUBLICATION:

Thomas Meehan, Charles E. Smith,

Edward J. Nolan, M.L)., Henry Skinner, M.D.,

Henry A. Pilsbry.

Editor: EDWARD J. NOLAN, M.D.

PHILADELPHIA :
THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES,

LOGAN SQUARE.
1900.

H 30^

The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia,
February 14, 1900.

I hereby certify

that printed

copies of

the

Pkoceedixgs

for 1899

have been presented to the meetings of

the

Academy and

mailed as

follows :—

Pages 1 to 80 mailed April

17, 1899,

prese

nted April

18, 1899.

" 81 to 112 '

April

26, 1809,

May

9, 1899

" 113 to 176 '

]\[ay

26, 1899,

May

30. 1899

" 177 to 216 '

June

2, 1899,

June

6, 1899.

" 217 to 256 '

July

7, 1899,

July

11, 1899

" 257 to 320 '

July

26, 1899,

August

1, 1899.

" 321 to 336 '

August

22, 1899,

August

22, 1899.

" 337 to 352 '

August

29, 1899,

August

29, 1899.

" 353 to 368 '

September 8, 1899,

September 12, 1899

•' 369 to 384 '

Septembe

• 29, 1899,

October

3, 1899.

" 385 to 400 '

October

5, 1899,

October

10, 1899.

" 401 to 432 '

October

20, 1899,

October

24, 1899.

" 433 to 464 '

jSTovembei

9, 1899,

ISTovember 14, 1899.

" 465 to 493 '

January

11, 1900,

January

16, 1900

" 496 to 544 '

February

12, 1900,

February

13, 1900

EDWAED J. NOLAN,

Recording Secretary.

LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS.

With reference to the several articles contrihuted hy each.

For Verbal Communications, Announcements, etc., see General Index.

Abbott, James Francis. The Marine Fishes of Peru, . 324
Notes on Chilean Fishes, with Descriptions of a New

Species of Sebastodes, 475

Bush, Katharine Jeannette. Descriptions of New Spe-
cies of Turbonilla of the Western Atlantic Fauna,
with Notes on those previously known (Plate

VIII), 145

Calvs:rt, Philip P. , Ph.D. Neuropterous Insects collected
by Dr. A. Donaldson Smith in Northeastern

Africa (Plate X), 228

Parallelisms in Structure Between Certain Genera of

Odonata from the Old and the New World, . . 245
CocKERELL, T. D. A. Some Notes on Coccidse, . . . 259

Eliot, C. Notes on Tectibranchs and Naked Mollusks

from Samoa (Plate XIX), 512

Fowler, Henry W. A List of Fishes Collected at

Port Antonio, Jamaica, 118

Notes on a Small Collection of Chinese Fishes, . . . 170
Description of Ameiurus lacustris Okeechobeensis, . . 480
Observations on Fishes from the Caroline Islands

(Plates XVII and XVIII), 482

Fox, William J. Synopsis of the United States Species of

the Hymenopterous Genus Centris Fabr., with

Description of a New Species from Trinidad, . . 63

Contributions to a Knowledge of the Hymenoptera of

Brazil, No. 6 — A Collection from Rio Grande

do Sul and Sao Paulo, 195

i

yS 327

11

Contributions to a Knowledge of the Hymenoptera of
Brazil, No. 7 — Eumeuidse (Genera Zethus, Labus,
Zethoides, Eumenes, Montezumia and Nortonia), 407

Harshberger, John W. , Ph.D. Thermotropic Move-
ment of the Leaves of Rhododendron maximum L., 219

Johnson, Charles W. New and Interesting Species in
the Isaac Lea Collection of Eocene Mollusca
(Plates I, II), 71

Meehan, Thomas. Contributions to the Life -History of
Plants, No. XIII: 1. Sex in Flowers— Cory lus
rostrata; 2. Clethra alnifolia in Relation to its
Morphology ; 3. Sanicula — A Biological Study;
4. Rosa rugosa in Connection with the Evolution of
Form; 5. Viola in Relation to Pollinization and
Fecundation; 6. Isnardia palustris — Additional
Note on its Stipular Glands; 7. Parthenogenesis;
8. Lactuca scariola in Relation to Variation and the
Vertical Position of its Leaves; 9. The Stigma of
Asclepias; 10. Phyllotaxis in Connection with Che-
nopodiacese and Polygonacese ; 11. The Influence of
Fungi on the Forms and Characters of Plants; 12.
The Movements of Plants; 13. Eccentricity of the
Annual Wood Circles in Rhus toxicodendron L. ;
14. Morphology of the Grape, 84

Miller, Gerrit S. , Jr. Descriptions of Two New Gray

Foxes, 276

The Voles Collected by Dr. W. L. Abbott in Central

Asia (Plates XII, XIII), 281

Descriptions of Six New American Rabbits, .... 380

Moore, J. Percy. A Snow-inhabiting Euchytrpeid (Mesen-
chytrseus solifugus Emery) Collected by Mr. Henry
G. Brvant on the Malaspina Glacier, Alaska

(Plate VII) 125

Leurognathus marmorata, a New Genus and Species of
Salamander of the Family Desmoguathidse (Plate
XIV), 316

Oberholser, Harry C. Some Untenable Names in Orni-
thology, 201

m

PiLSBRY, Henry A. New and Little-known Species of Pris-

tiloraa (Plate IX \ 185

A New Australian Eulima (Plate XI), 258

Notes on a Few Northwest American Land Snails, . . 314
Descriptions of New Species of Mexican Laud and

Fresh-water Mollusks, 391

New Species and Varieties of Mullusks from Miami,

Fla., 403

A New Species of Thersites, 473

Additions to the Japanese Land Snail Fauua (Plate

XXI), 525

PiLSBRY, Henry A., and T. D. A. Cockerell. Ash-

muneUa, a New Genus of Helices, 188

PiLSBRY, Henry A., and Edward G. Vanatta. Morpho-
logical and Systematic Notes on South American
Laud Snails: Achatinidre (Plates XV, XVI),. . 366
Stone, Wither. A Study of the Type Specimens of Birds
in the Collection of the Academy of Natural Sci-
ences of Philadelphia, with a Brief History of the

Collection, 5

A Small Collection of Reptiles and Batrachians from

Eastern Mongolia, 183

A New Species of Coccyzus from St. Andrews, . . . 301
On a Collection of Birds from the Vicinity of Bogota,
with a Review of the South American Species of

Speotyto and Troglodytes, 302

The Summer Moulting Plumage of Certain Ducks, . . 467
Vanatta, Edward G. A New American Land Shell, . 120

West American Eulimidse (Plate XI), 254

A New American Species of Zonitoides, 524

Vaux, George, and William S. , Jr. Some Observations
on the lUeeellewaet and Asulkan Glaciers of British

Columbia (Plates III, IV, V, VI), 121

Additional Observations on Glaciers in British Columbia

(Plate XX), 501

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES

OF

PHILADELPHIA.

1899.

January 3,

Mr. Charles INIorris iu the Chair.

Twenty-two persons j^reseut.

The Council reported that the following Standing Committees
had been appointed to serve during the ensuing year:

On Library. — Arthur Erwin Brown, Thomas A. Rol)inson,
Henry C. Chapman, M.D., Dr. C. Newliu Peirce, and Charles
Schaeffer, M.D.

On Publications. — Thomas Meehan, Charles E. Smith, Henry
Skinner, M.D., Henry A. Pilsbry, and Edward J. Nolan, M.D.

On Instruction and Lectures. —Uselma C. Smith, Benjamin
Smith Lyman, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., Philip P. Calvert, Ph.D.,
and Charles Morris.

Standing Committee of Council on By-Laws. — Isaac J.
Wistar, Theodore D. Rand, Arthur Erwin Brown, and Benjamin
Sharp, M.D.

The death of Theodore Caruel, a correspondent, was reported.

2 proceedings of the academy of [1899

January 10

Mr. Artpiur Erwin Brown iu the Chair.

Thirty-two ])ersons present.

A pa]3er entitled " New and Interesting Species in the Isaac Lea
Collection of Eocene Mollusca, " by Charles W. Johnson, was
presented for publication.

The deaths of Francis M. Brooke and Mrs, Bloomfield H.
Moore, members, were announced.

The Calaveras Skull. — Mr. William H. Dall called attention
to the fact that the authenticity of the celebrated Calaveras skull,
about which so, much controversy had arisen in 1866, has recently
again been called in question. It seemed to him, as the small
number of persons who were cognizant of the facts when they
occurred is already greatly reduced, that it would be desirable to
put on record his own testimony as an eyewitness to some of them,
which in his opinion are incompatible with the theory that a hoax
had been perpetrated, or a skull from some recent burial place
subject to the lime deposit from springs, fraudulently foisted upon
Prof. J. D. Whitney and his associates in the State Geological
Survey. ^

Mr. Dall described briefly the nature of the formations which
make up the table mountains of the region alluded to, consisting
of beds of basaltic lava more or less alternated Avith gravel, which
lill the prehistoric stream beds in which gold was sought by means
of tunnels from the side, or shafts from above, and which are now
practically abandoned since the returns do not pay for the labor.

He Avas in California at the time of the discovery and in June,
1866, examined the sku'd, then in the office of the State Geolo-
gist, in the presence of Prof. Whitney, William M. Gabb, W.

^ The main facts as thoroughly investigated at the time are given by
Prof. "Whitney in his work on the auriferous gravels of California, Memoirs
of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Cambridge, Vol. vi, Part 1,
pp. 267-273, 1879. The evidence has generally been regarded among
scientific men as convincing and sufficient, the skull being shown l)y analy-
sis to be in a fossilized condition, and to have been taken, according to his
own statement, by a mine owner of respectability, from a bed of giavel 133
feet below the siirl'ace of the uppermost lava bed of Bald Hill, one of the
■'table mountains" of Calaveras County, Cal., and to have been so covered
with cemented gravel that it was not recognized as a skull until the party
to whom the original finder had given it in his presence, removed some of
the covering, and that it passed without fee or reward into the bancs of
the State Geologist, who with his colleagues immediately investigated all
the circumstances.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 3

Ashbiirner, Dr. Jaines Blake and others, of whom the speaker is
the only present survivor.

The skull was then in the condition in which it Avas first ob-
tained, except that a portion of the gravel which had originally
covered the whole of it had been removed by "Messrs. ^lattison
and Scribner (the finder and first receiver) from the anterior dome
and right side of the cranium. The rest of it was still filled or
covered by a hard mass of small gravel stones cemented together
by iron oxide and calcareous cement, so that a tool was necessary
to separate or remove the pebbles and other particles of which the
conglomerate was made up. These pebbles were obviously water-
worn, and mixed with them were particles of other human bones,"
a perforated shell ornament or bead of small size and the fossilized
remains of a thin and fragile snail shell, recognizable as the still
existing Helix (Epiphragmophora) morvionum.

It was the speaker's opinion that by no artificial agency could such
a conglomerate have been assembled about a recent skull, and the
sight of it was sufficient proof of the fact to any reasonable person.
Unfortunately, however, no photographs were taken of the
specimen in this condition, or at least none are recorded ; and when
it was placed in the hands of the celebrated anatomist. Dr. Jeffries
Wyman, the encrusting material was removed in order that the
characters of the skull should be determined. The specimen is
now in the Museum of Comparative Zoology, and it is probable
that part of the matrix is also preserved there. At all events the
recollection of the speaker was clear that the mass of the hard
incrusting conglomerate was composed of small pebbles, with some
ferruginous matter, entirely unlike the calcareous deposits from
calciferous water in caves. The mass of the material was not
limy, but gravel; in all essentials resembling the material taken
from the gravel beds under the lava, of which specimens were at
hand for comparison. Subsequent examination showed that the
skull had been violently fractured and that portions of bones
of the extremities and sternum had been crowded into its inter-
stices with the gravel. It was found among a lot of wood also
included in the gravel, as if the prehistoric stream in flood had
washed away part of an ancient graveyard and crushed the bones
and timber into a miscellaneous heap of debris, left behind, as the
watei's fell.

If, as has been intimated, the skull had been taken from some
cave where the present Indians interred their dead, and where
remains had been gradually covered with a stalagmitic crust, how
is the peculiar agglomeration to be explained ?

In the speaker's opinion, the attempts on the part of unscientific

* Part of which from their size must have belonged to another iadividual.

4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

persons of the vicinity to discredit the authenticity of the skull
after it had attracted general attention were due to that spirit,
unfortunately too common among ignorant persons, which leads
them to disparage that in which they have no share. As the per-
sons chiefly concerned made no attempt to utilize the discovery as a
source of profit, and the coming of the specimen into scientific hands
was due to circumstances which could not have been foreseen, the
speaker believed that so far, no sufficient reason had been adduced
for doubting the genuine character of the skull and its original
situs below the lava; though the question of the coexistence of
man and the extinct mammals whose remains have been found in
the same gravels is entirely distinct and may reasonably be left
open.

January 17.
J. Cheston Morris, M.D., in the Chair
Twenty-three persons present.

January 24.

The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., in the Chair.

Eighteen persons present.

A paper entitled " Contributions to the Life History of Plants,
No. XIII," by Thomas Meehau, was presented for publication.

A paper entitled " The North American Species of Argia (Order
Odonata)," by Philip P. Calvert, presented for publication August
17, 1897, was withdrawn by the author.

January 31.

Mr. Charles Morris in the Chair.

Fifteen persons present.

A paper entitled " A List of Fishes collected at Port Antonio,
Jamaica," by Henry W. Fowler, was presented for publication.

Rev. A. B. Kendig was elected a member.

The following were ordered to be printed :

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA,

A STUDY OF THE TYPE SPECIMENS OF BIRDS IN THE COLLECTION OF

THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

WITH A BRIEF HISTORY OF THE COLLECTION.

BY WITMER STONE.

The ornithological collection of the Academy of Natural Sci-
ences of Philadelphia has long been known as one of the largest
and most important in the world. It was reported by Dr. P. L.
Sclater in 1857 to be " superior to that of any museum in Europe
and therefore the most perfect in existence."^

Early ornithological activity in America naturally centred
around this collection, and we find the names of all our earlier
oruithologi.sts connected with the Academy specimens, while the
majority of their publication.^ appeared in the Proceed'ui(j-< of tlie
society.

Having been engaged for some years in cataloguing the collection
and in identifying the type specimens which it contains, I wish to
present in the present contribution the results of my investigations
in order to record exactly what types are preserved, aud the prob-
able history of others Avhich were supposed to be in this collection.
The collection of birds was begun soon after the foundation of the
Academy in 1812, and l^y the year 1887 contained about 1,000
specimens ; these were contributed by various members, among
whom Dr. Harlan, Dr. Trudeau aud J. K. Townsend are best
known to ornithologists, though Dr. Thomas McEwen seems to
have been most active in the care of the collection.

Daring the succeeding ten years the additions amounted to about
550 specimens, received from John Cassin, S. F. Baird, A. L,
Heermann, S. W, AVoodhouse, Dr. Watson and R. C. Taylor.

In 1846 Dr. Thomas B. "Wilson, afterwards President of the
Academy, became interested in the collection, and took steps to
enlarge it at his own expense. He entered into arrangements with
a European dealer to furnish him with specimens of such species

^ Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1857, p. 1, "Notes on the Birds in the Museum
of the Acad, of Nat. Sci. Phila." An interesting account of the collection.

6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

as the Academy lacked in lots of one hundred at so much per
specimen, but upon asking the advice of Dr. J. E. Gray, of the
British Museum, as to the terms asked, he was strongly advised to
abandon this plan and to purchase an entire collection, several of
which Avere then on the market, that of Victor Massena, Due de
Rivoli, Prince d'Esling, being especially recommended.

Accordingly Dr. Gray was authorized to proceed to Paris and
secure the collection, which he promptly did, much to the chagrin
of De Blainville and other French naturalists, who had fully
expected that the French government would purchase the collec-
tion."

The Rivoli collection, numbering about 12,500 specimens,
arrived in Philadelphia in September, 1846, and was deposited by
Dr. Wilson with the Academy ; the old collection being merged
with it.^

Dr. Wilson followed this purchase with that of the Bourcier
collection of Parrots and Tanagers, while his brother, ]\Ir. Edward
Wilson, of London,* who was also interested in building up the
collection, purchased mauy small collections from J. and E. Ver.
reaux and other dealers, including a number of specimens from the
museum of Temminck.

In the following year two more collections were purchased for
Dr. Wilson in London: the Gould collection of Australian birds
and the Boys Indian Collection.

The former formed the basis of Gould's magnificent w^ork on
the birds of Australia, and contained nearly all of his types of
Australian birds. It was always Gould's desire that this collection
should become the property of the British Museum, and he ottered
it to the trustees for the moderate sum of £1000. His offer was,
however, refused, and his disappointment was so great that in a
moment of chagrin he disposed of it to Dr. Wilson,^

The Boys collection consisted of a full series of the species col-
lected by Capt. Boys, of the British army, during several years'

'^ See Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist, 1869, Vol. iii, p. 317.

=* See Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1846, pp. 75, 128, 131, 313.

* Mr. Wilson was the immediate agent of his brother in the piirchase of
the Kivoli and other foreign collections.

* See Sharpe's Index to the Works of John Gould, p. xviii.

1<S99.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 7

residence in India. The duplicates of his collection were dispersed
at auction, and Dr. Wilson obtained the only full set.®

Neither of these collections reached the Academy for a year or
two afterward, the Gould collection being placed in Verreaux's
hands for mounting and the Boys collection being loaned to Mr.
Gould for use in preparing his Birds of Asia.

While Dr. Wilson Avas bringing together his enormous collec-
tion, many smaller additions were being made to the Academy's
.-eries.

Between the years 1846 and 1860 the collections of Gambel,
Cassin, Edw. Harris, -Kern, Krider, Dr. Kane, T. C. Henry, Dr.
Heermann, Dr. Woodhouse and McCall were received, and mate-
rially increased the collection of North American birds.

On March 20, 1860, Dr. Wilson formally presented his entire
collection, then estimated at 26,000 specimens, to the Academy.

The next ten years show comparatively little increase in the
collection, the most important additions being the African birds
received from the DuChaillu expeditions which were sent out
partly under the auspices of members of the Academy," and the
D'Oca collection from Mexico.

Quite a number of specimens were received at this time by gift
and exchange from the Smithsonian Institution. AVith the death
of Dr. Wilson in 1865, and of John Cassin in 1860, active orni-
thological work at the Academy ceased, and with the exception of a
few scattered specimens, no addition of importance was made to the
collection until 1887.

The accessions since that date, as shown in the appended list,
have been extensive and immber to date about 17,500 specimens.

In the absence of any catalogue of the individual specimens,
Cassin' s estimate of the collection in 1860 can only be regarded as
approximate, and seems to have been too great. He states that
there were about 29,000 specimens in the collection at that time,
while up to 1887, 2,500 more were received, but our catalogue of
the specimens in the museum in 1887 shows only 25,945.

While no doubt a number of specimens were lost or exchanged,
it seems hardly possible that as many as five thousand were dis-

" See Jardine's Contributions to Ornithology, 1848, p. 23.
' Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1855, p. 410.

8 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

posed of 01- destroyed, especially iu view of the fact that nearly
every type specimen or other of especial note is still iu our pos-
session.*

The following is a summary of the several collections contained
in the Academy's museum:

Academy collection in 1860, . . . \' 3,000

Rivoli collection, first purchase, . . . 12,500

Rivoli collection, second purchase, . . 2,500

Gould collection (Australia), .... 2,000

Bourcier collection, 1,000

Boys collection (India), 1,000

Collections obtained by Edward Wilson, . 4,500
Dr. Thomas B. Wilson's original collec-
tion, 2,500

29,000

j 428

1,522
300
300

31,550

1860-64 Du Chaillu collections (Africa) . .
1864 D'Oca collection (Mexico), . . .
Miscellaneous, 1860-1887, . . .
1880 Frazer collection (Pennsylvania),

1887 Butcher collection (North America),

Total received to 1887,

Actual number of specimens in museum, 1887,

1888 W. L. Abbott (N. A. and W. Indies), . . .
1890 F. C. Baker (Florida),

1890 Mexican Expedition,

1891 S. K Rhoads (Florida, Texas, Arizona), . .

1891 West Greenland Expedition,

1892 Peary Relief and North Greenland Expeditions,

1893 G. W. Carpenter (miscellaneous), ....

1893 S. N. Rhoads (Washington and British Co-

lumbia),

1894 R. B. Herron (California),

i5,945
2,659
70
220
875
163
122
237

1,065
205

* In Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1860, p. 86, the Wilson collection is stated as
consisting of 26,000 mounted specimens and 2,000 skins. I feel convinced,
however, that this is an error and that the estimate of 26,000 as given in
detail by Cassin on the next page includes the ' ' 2,000 skins." The Academy
collection at that date numbered about 3,000 specimens.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 9

1894 Van Deker (Honduras), 45

1895 Mrs. M. J. Chase (mainly Tiochilidte), ... 120
1895 T. H. Montgomery (Pennsylvania), .... 77
1895 S. M", Rhoads (Pennsylvania and Xew Jersey), 680

1895 S. N. Rhoads (Tennessee), 58

1896 Benjamin Sharp (Alaska) 105

1896 Dr. A. Donaldson Smith (Somaliland, East

Africa), 138

1896-97 R. T. Young (North America), 110

1898 G. and J. E. Farnum and Dr. A. D. Smith

(Mongolia), 58

1887-97 Miscellaneous, 658

1898 Turnbull Collection (X. A.), 800

1899 Josiah Hoopes' collection (N. A.), .... 7,250

41,660

1897 On deposit Stone collection (Pennsylvania and

New Jersey), 1,800

Total specimens, 1898 48,460

As the collection was left by Dr. Wilson and John Cassin it was
nearly all mounted and on exhibition in museum cases in accord-
ance with the ideas prevalent at that time.

Since then, however, it has been clearly demonstrated that
mounted specimens have but a limited existence, and sooner or later
succumb to the ravages of light and dust, and for years the bulk
of all the large collections has been preserved as skins in air-tight,
light-proof cases. In accordance with this idea, the rearrangement
of the Academy's collection was begun in 1891, and all the types
and other valuable specimens as well as many duplicates have been
unmounted, and placed in tight cabinets, leaving an ample exhibi-
tion series of about 10,000 specimens. Nearly all the recent addi-
tions have been skins and have been added to the study series.

In the list of type specimens contained in the Academy collection
which follows, the species are arranged according 1o authors. In
order to make the paper more complete, however, mention is made
of every author who described new species of birds in the Acad-
emy's publications, whether their types are in the collection or not,
and the present location of the tyi:)es, so far as known, is indicated.

10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

These authors are Bonaparte, Townsend, Leib, Gambel, Tru-
deau, Cassiu, Dudley, Hoy, Jones, McCall, Heermann, Sclater,
March, Suckley, Woodhouse, Couch, Ivenuerly, Xantus-De Vesey,
Henry, Baird, Elliot, Lawrence, Coues, Cooper, Ridgway, Hoopes,
Herrick, Ogden, Gentry, Rhoads and Stone.

Along with the above have been grouped the following Amer-
ican writers: Wilson, Audubon, Say, Nuttall. Cabot, Bryant and
Krider, some of whose types are in the collection, but Avho pub-
lished elsewhere than in the Academy's journals. The sequence
is nearly chronological.

Cassin, being an equal contributor to the ornithology of the Old
and New World, is placed at the end of this list, and following
him are considered Peale's types and those of the various foreign
authors contained in the collections purchased by Dr. Wilson, i. e. ,
Jardine, Strickland, Massena, Verreaux, Lafresnaye, Sir A. Smith,
Gould, Lesson, Vieillot, Eytou, Heine, Prevost and Knip.

In nearly every case I have selected one specimen as the type in
cases where the describer did not make a selection, giving prefer-
ence to the male over the female if both are described. This prac-
tice seems preferable to considering all the specimens of the original
lotto be " cotypes, " especially as it is often impossible to ascer-
tain how many of the specimens were in the describer' s possession
at the time the diagnosis was prepared.

However, in order to be as accurate as possible, I have, in every
case, included mention of all the specimens which might be con-
sidered as " cotypes " or " paratypes," whether in the Academy's
collection or not, so that those Avho do not agree in the above
practice will find all the evidence before them.

Care in selecting a definite type and referring to it in the original
publication cannot be too highly commended, as the confusion and
difficulties that are presented by the carelessness of the older
writers in this respect are only too apparent after having completed
a study such as this.

The species are entered under the names by which they are gen-
erally known at the present time, the nomenclature following the
American Ornithologists' Union Check List in the case of North
American birds, and the British Museum Catalogue, in the main, in
the case of foreign birds.

It is probable that some names here regarded as synonyms in

1899.] NATURAL 8CIEXC'ES OF PHILADELPHIA. 11

accordance with curreut usage will eventually prove tenable, but to
decide all such cases in a publication of this kind is manifestly
impossible.

After the current name is given the name which the type repre-
sents and the reference to the original description, followed by the
catalogue number and data of the type sjiecimen and " parat}'i)es."

Where specimens are stated to be in the British jNIuseum, U. S.
National Museum or other institution, the information is quoted
respectively from the Catalogue of Birds, Baird, Cassin and Law-
rence, Birds of North America, or the various descriptions of the
authors themselves.^

Alexander Wilson,

It is probable that all of Wilson's types that were preserved
were deposited in Peale's Museum. The collections there contained
were dispersed at auction upon the breaking up of the museum
and such Wilson specimens as may have been there are probably
lost.

Two of the types were, however, obtained in exchange by the
Academy before the Peale collection was scattered. These are as
follows:
Buteo latissimus (Wilson.)

Falco latissimus Wils. Am. Orn.. vi., 1812, p. 92, pi. 54, fig. 1.

1,551. " Original specimen figured by Wilson."
Ictinia mississippiensis (Wilson).

F'alco mississippiensis Wils. Am. Orn.. iii, 1811, p. 80, pi. 2."), fig. 1.

2,032. "Original specimen figured by Wilson."

Thomas Say.

Say's types collected on jNIajor Long's exj^edition to the Rocky
mountains were apparently all deposited in Peale's Museum, and
many of them are figured in Bonaparte's American Ornithology
and definitely referred to by the Museum numbers.

As in the case of most of Wilson's types, they have been entirely
lost sight of. There is no evidence that any of them came into
])ossession of the Academy."

* Some data were also kindly furnished by Dr. C. W. Eichmond, of the
U. S. National Museum.

'"Early references to the "Philadelphia Museum" refer to Peale's
Museiim, which bore this name after its reorganization, and not to the
Academy, as is often supposed.

12 proceedings of the academy of [1899.

Charles L. Bonaparte.

Bonaparte's types, described iu his American Ornithology, were
either deposited in Peale's Museum or in his own collection.
None of them appear to have been in the Academy collection, nor
is there any trace of the types of several species described in the
Journal oi the Academy, 1824-1827.

Several of his types of foreign birds Avere, however, received in
later years from Verreaux or Massena. A list of them follows:

Nothocercus Julius (Bp.).

Tlnainus Julius Bp. Compt. Rend., xxxvii (1853), p. 633.

12,914. (^ Colomb'a. From Verreaitx. Type.
Platycercus amathusiae (Bp.).

Pldtycercus ahiathusix Bp. Compt. Rend., xxx (1850), p. 133.

22,860. Australia. Type.

Bonaparte quotes ' ' Gould MSS. ' ' as authority for this species,
but Gould had not at that time published the species, and when he
did, in 1855 (Pt. 2, p. 166) he used another name, P. cyanogenys,
so that Bonapai'te remains as the authority for the species. Gould's
type is in the British Museum.

Ortygometra verreauxi (Bp.) Compt. Rend., xlili, pp. .5>.)9, 600.
Ortygometra sclateri (Bp.) Compt. Rend., xliii, pp. 599, 600.

These are nomina nuda so far as I can ascertain. The species
Avere later published by Sclater and Salvin as 0. castaneicejifi and
hauxwelli respectively. The " tyj)e specimens" of Bonaparte are
in the Academy collection received from Verreaux.
Diphyllodes respublica (Bp.). See under Schlegelia wilsoni of Cassin.

John K. Toavnsend.

The new species of birds described by Towusend and Audubon
from the Columbia river and Rocky mountains were obtained on
an expedition undertaken by Townsend aud Nuttall early iu 1834.

Nuttall returned iu October, 1835, via Hawaii aud California,
arriving home in August, 1836, while Townsend spent another
year on the Columbia, visiting the South Pacific and Chile on liis
return. ^^

Nuttall met Audubon in Boston immediately after his return and
gave him such notes as he had made ou the Western birds for use
in the Ornithological Biography. The only new birds which he seems

" See Narrative of a Journey Across the Rocky Mountains, etc.

1899.] NATURAL SflEXCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 13

to have obtained were Agelaiiis tricolor and Pica nuttallil. That he
did not collect more was partly due to the fact that he was mainly
engaged in collecting plants and partly, as Audubon states, to the
fact that "he was not in the habit of carrying a gun on his
rambles."

Townsend made the main ornithological collection, and appar-
ently sent home by Nuttall all the specimens he had obtained up
to the date of his departure, as the collection was in Philadelphia
in 1836. Audubon, hearing of this, hastened to Philadelphia,
and was much disgusted because Townsend' s friends would not let
him describe the new species. An arrangement was, however,
effected by which the new birds were to be published by Nuttall
and Audubon in a paper in the Journal of the Academy under
Townsend' s name, and then to be figured in the Birds of America.

And as a part of the same arrangement, Audubon (or Edward
Harris for him) purchased the duplicate specimens.^'

The types of the species described by Townsend are most of
them still preserved in the Academy's collection. The " dupli-
caies ' ' purchased by Audubon were afterwards given by him to
Edward Harris and Spencer F. Baird, and were eventually depos-
ited respectively in the Academy and in the U. S. National
Museum.

In some cases there are specimens in the U. S National ^Museum
of species which are not now contained m the Academy's series, in
which case the former must be regarded as the tyjies, otherwise the
Academy specimens seem to have the best claim to be so considered.

The specimens collected by Townsend after Nuttall's departure
fall into another category. They were apparently (with a few
exceptions) sent direct to Audubon,'^ and were published by him
in his Ornithological Biography, Vol. v, the types being subse-
quently given to Harris and Baird along with the others. Most
of these are now in the Academy and National Museum, and the
question as to which should be considered the types naturally arises.
Fortunately there is only one species of which specimens are in both
institutions, i. e., Dryohates villosus harrisii, and of this there is
, little difficulty in fixing the type.

'-Ornith. Biog., iv, Preface, p. xi.

'^Not, however, those obtained iu the S. Pacific and Chile which are in
the Academy collection.

14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

Towusend, upon his return, published Cypcelus vauxii, Sylvia
tobnoei, Cinclus mortord and Cindus townsendi, and a complete
list of the birds observed by him in the AVest, noting all the species
described by Audubon and himself. A list of all of Townsend's
species follows with reference to the type specimens, as well as to
such others as are still preserved.
^gialitis montana (Towns.).

Chiirndnns moutdnus Towns. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vii, p. 19-2.

24,.]53. 9 Rocky mountains. J. K. TownsencL Type..
Chaetura vauxii (Towns.).

Ctjpcelus vnuxii Towns. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., viii, p. 148.

24,169. Columbia river. J. K. Townsend. Type.
Junco hyemalis oregonus (Towns.).

Frimjilla oregona Towns. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vii, p. 188.

24,048. Columbia river. J. K. Towusend. Type.

Two specimens with same data are in the U. S. National Museum
from Baird (Nos. 1,947 and 1,948).
Calcarius ornatus (Towns.).

Plectropliaues ornatus Towns. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila'., viii, p. 189,

24,099. cj' Eocky mountains. J. K. Townsend. T'ype.
Calamospiza melanocorys Stejn.

Fringilla bicolor Towns. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vii, p. 189.

22,951. rj' Rocky mountains. J. K. Towusend. Type.

23,953. ? Rocky mountains. J. K. Townsend.

Also one in U. S. National Museum, with same data (2,869).
Dendroica auduboni (Towns.).

Sylcia ((uduboni Tov>-ns. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vii, p. 191.

23,826. rj' Columbia river. J. K. Townsend. Type.

Also three specimens in U. S. National Museum.
Dendroica nigrescens (Towns.).

Sylvia Nigrescens Towns. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vii, p. 191.

Tw^o specimens in the U. S. National Museum appear to be tlae
ouly ones extant (Nos. 1,908 and 2,915).

1,908 (U. S. N. M.). cJ' June 16, 1835. Columbia river. J. K. Town-
sead. 2'ype.
Dendroica townsendi (Towns.).

Syhia ioionsendi Nutt., Towns. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vii,
p. 191.

One specimen in the U. 8. National Museum is the only one
extant.

2,918 (U. S. N. M.). cS" t>ct. 28, 1835. Columbia River. J. K. Town-
send. Type.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 15

This specimen was unique and must have been purchased liy
Audubon along Avith the dupHcates, oi' given to him later by Town-
send.

Dendroica occidentalis (Towns.).

Sylvia occidentalis Towns. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vii, p. 190.

I can find no record of Townsend's specimen of this bird, and

it is apparently not in the National jNIuseum.

Geothlypis tolmoei (Towns.).

Sylvia tolmoei Towns. Appendix to Narrative of Journey Across Kocky
Mountain.?, April, 1830, p. .343. Also Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., viii,
p. 149.

23,765. Columbia river. J. K. Townsend. Tyj^e.

Also, three specimens in U. S. Nat. Mus., fiom Baird (2,907, 1,910 and
1,861).

One of these specimens is the type of Sylvia macgillivrayi Aud.
(see below), but in a paper in Jour. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., viii,
p. 159, Townsend insists that his name (tolmoei) should have
priority. In this he was correct, though the fact lias been univer-
sally overlooked."

Cinclus mexicanus Sw.

Cincliis montana Towns.

Cinclus toicnsendii "Audubon"' Towns.

These two species are described in the Appendix to Townsend's
Narrative, p. 339, Avith reference to Audubon (Vol. iv, pi. 435).
The first is based upon a single male, the latter upon a female.
The descriptions Avere evidently i)repared liefore Audubon's plate
and descriptions appeared Avith the understanding that he Avould
adopt the above names. He meanwhile, hoAvever, rightly sur-
mised that they were both identical Avith C. americanu.-< Sw.
(^ mexicanus Sav. ), and published them under that name ( Orn.
Biog., V, p. 303).
• The types may possibly be in the U. S. National Museum.

Oroscoptes montanus (Towns.).

Orpheus uto/itanus Towns. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila, vii, p. 193.

23,728. J. K. Townsend. Type.
Parus rufescens Towns.

Pans rufescens Towns. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., Aii, p. 190.

23,665. 9 Columbia river. J. K. Townsend. Tyj)e.

Also in IT. S. National Museum, tAvo similar specimens (2,931
and 1,924).

" See Stone "Auk," Jan., 1899.

16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

Psaltriparus miuimus (Towns.).
Par us minimus Towns. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vii, p. 190.

Apparently no specimens are extant.
Sialia mexicana occidentalis (Towns.).

Sialia occidentalis Towns. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. vii, p. 188.

Two specimens are in the U. S. National Mnseum :

1,930 (U. S. N. M.). (^ Columbia river. J. K. Townsend. Type.

2,949 (U. S. N. M.). 9 Columbia river. J. K. Townsend.

John James Audubon.

The history of the Townsend specimens has been explained above
and it only remains to speak of such others of Audubon's types
as have found their way to the Academy's collection.

Two of these, Colaptes ayersii and Caprimulgus nuttallii, were
presented by Audubon himself in 1849.

Columba trudeaui was obtained from J. G. Bell, and the others
were presented by Edward Harris in 1849, with the rest of his
collection.

Cassin states that Harris' collection contains the types of Quis-
calus breweri, Sturnella neglecta, Fringilla harrisii, F. Uncolni,^''
Alauda spraguel, Emberiza bairdii and Vireo belli.

Of several of these latter, Audubon also gave specimens to Baird,
and it is a question which of these shall be designated as the
types. In the list below I have included both the Academy and
National Museum specimens in all such cases.

Considering first the species based on Townsend' s collection, we
find that two of those credited to Audubon in Townsend' s list were
evidently so given by typographical error — Icterus gubernator and
Diomedia chlororhynca being already described by other authors.

Icterus tricolor and Pica nuttalli (type 3,337, U.S.N.M.) were
based on Nuttall's specimens, and Picus gairdnerii apparently on
one received from Gairdner or Nuttall, while the following were
names based on account of birds that had been seen but not secured,
and have no standing except Caprimulgus nuttallii, which was
rediscovered by Audubon himself in 1843, and properly described:
Phalacroeorax leucurus. Picus pyrrhonotus.

Phaktcrocorax leuconotus. Turdus townsendii.

Phasianus americanus. Caprimulgus nuttallii.

^'Probably Cassin's error. A specimen from the Upper Missouri was pre-
sented by Harris, but Audubon's type came from Labrador and seems to be
lost.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 17

Of the other species, types of the following are in the U. S.
National Museum:"

Troglodytes parkmani (probably No. 66,644).

Ptilogonys toicnsendii (No. 2,922).

SyUia delafieldii (No. 2,905).

Sylvia macgillivrayi (No. 1,910). Larus occidentalis.

Fringilla toicnsendii (No. 2,874). JHomedia fusca.

Fringilla chlorura (No. 1,896). Phalacrocorax toionsendii.

Of the rest, the types are in the Academy collection, as follows,
or else have been entirely lost sight of •}"'

Dryobates villosus harrisii (Aud.).

Picus harrisii Aud. Orn. Biog., v, p. 191.

1,923. (S" Columbia river. J. K. Townsend. Type.

24,246. 9 Columbia river. J. K. Towiiseud.

Another in the U. S. National Museum does not correspond with
either of those mentioned by Audubon in date of capture, so that
it is probable that the above pair are those from which he drew his
description.
Brachyspiza capensis peruviana (Less.)?

Fringilla mortoni Aud. Orn. Biog., v, p. 312.

10,614. ''Columbia river. J. K. Townsend." From Dr. Woodhouse.
Tyju.

This specimen was evidently obtained in Chile, and was wrongly
labelled.

The other types of Audubon in the Academy collection are:

Melopelia leucoptera (L.l.

Columba irudeauii And. Bds. of Am., vii, p. 352.

30,034. "1 he type specimen described by Mr. Audubon. J. C." Te.\as.
From Bell.
Scolecophagus breweri (And).

Quiscitlus breweri Aud. Bis. of Am., vii, p. 345.

3,840. Ft. Union. Juue 24, 1843. Edvv. Harris. Type.
Sturnella magna neglecta (Aud.).

Sturnella neglecta Aud. Bds. of Am., vii, p. 339.

'*I am indebted to Dr. Charles W. Eichmond for information relative to
the Townsend specimeos contained in the National ISIuseum.

"The lost types are as f)!lows — some of them may, however, be found
among the material at the National Museum, part of which, Dr. Kichmoud
informs me, is not at present aecesrsible for examinaiion :

Uria toicnsendii. Phalacrocorax resplendens.

Procellaria pacifica. Ilcematopus toicnsendii.

Proeellaria tenuirostris. Himnatopvs bachmani.

Diomedia nigripes. Apfiriza toicnsendii.

2

18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

The specimen presented by Harris cannot now be found, and the
type is therefore

1.939 (U. S. N. M.), June 30, 1843. J. J. Audubon. From S. F. Baird.
Colaptes auratus x cafer.

Picus nyresei (Aud.). Bds. of Am., vii, p. 348.

30,198. c? J"ne 19, 1843. From J. J. Audubon, coll. by Bell. Type.
ZonotricMa querula (Nutt.).
Fringilla Jiarrisii Aud. Bds. of Am., vii, p. 331.

24.073. c? From Edw. Harris.

24.074. 9 From Edw. Harris.

Also one specimen in the National Museum:

1.940 (U. S. N. M.). -^ '' Kickapoo country, May 5, 1843. J. J. Audu-
bon," from S. F. Baird.

Vireo belli (Aud.).

Vireo belli Aud. Bds. of Am., vii, p. 333.

23,880. ? From Edw. Harris.

Also one in the National Museum, viz. :

1,926. (U. S. N. M.) " Ft. Union, 1843. J. J. Audubon." From S. F.
Baird.
Anthus spraguei (Aud.).

Alauda spraguei Aud. Bds. of Amer., vii, p. 334.

23,733. c^ June 24, 1843. Ft. Union. Edw. Harris. Type.

There is also a specimen in the National Museum:

1,854 (U. S. N. M.). "Ft. Union, 1843. J. J. Audubon." From S. F.
Baird.

The specimen described is the male.
Ammodramus bairdii (Aud.).

Emheriza bairdii Aud. Bds. of Amer., vii, p. 359.

24.085. Ft Union, 1843. Edw. Harris. Type.

24.086. Ft. Union, 1843. Edw. Harris.

There is also a specimen in the National Museum :
1,885 (U. S. N. M.). Ft. Union, 1843. J. J. Audubon, from Baird.
Phalaenoptilus nuttallii (Aud.).

Caprimulgus mittallii Aud. Bds. of Amer., vii, p. 350.
24,182. From J. J. Audubon. Type.

Thomas Nuttall.
Nuttall's new species were all described in his Manual, though
he was, in all probability, responsible for the names published
under the ostensible authorship of Townsend and Gamble during
their absence in the West. Several of Nuttall's species are based
on specimens in the Academy's collection as follows:

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 19

Zonotrichia coronata (Pallas).

Zonoirichia aurocapilla Niitt.

24,067. (^ Sept. 22, 1836. Columbia river. Ti/2)e.
Melospiza fasciata guttata (Nutt.).

Melospizn guttata Nutt.

This species is based upon Audubon's descriptiou of Fringilla
einerea (Orn. Blog., v, p. 22), which Nuttall rightly determined
was not Fringilla cinereo, of Gmelin. Audubon's description was
based upon one of Townsend's specimens, which subsequently
came into the Academy's possession through Edward Harris, and
must of course be regarded as the type of Nuttall's M. guttata.

24,028. (J* Columbia river. J. K. Townsend. From E. Harris. Type.

A female and an unsexed specimen are in the National Museum,

also from Townsend.

Zonotrichia leuoophrys gambeli (Nutt.).
Fringilla garnhdi Nutt.

Also based on a Townsend specimen in the Academy collection,
but the type cannot now be found.
Turdus ustulatus (Nutt.).

Turdus ustulatus Nutt.

Based on a Townsend specimen in the Academy collection which
I have identified as

23,644. Columbia river. J. K. Towu.seml. Type.

William Gambel.
Gambel's new species were based mainly upon collections made
by him in California and presented to the Academy , where most of
the specimens are still preserved, though several have found their
way into the National ^Museum.

Ptychoramphus aleuticus (Pall.).

Mergulus cassinii Gambel. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xx, 184.">, p.
266.

30,073. California. "W. Gambel. Type.
Sterna antillarum (Less.)

Sterna frenata Gambel. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1848, p. 128.

24,499. Atlantic ocean. Dr. Heermanu. Type.
Sterna maxima (Bodd).

Sterna regia Gambel. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1848, p. 128.

30,071. Florida. Dr. Heermanu. Type.
Sterna elegans (Gambel).

Sterna elegans Gambel. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1848, p. 128.

30,070. " Mazatlan, California. " W. Gambel. Type.

20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

Dactylortyx thoracicus (Gambel).

Ortyx thoracicus Gambel. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1848, p. 77.

12,405. Jalapa, Mex., D'Oca Coll.

12,404. Mexico, Pease Coll. Tupc.
Callipepla gambelii (Gambel).

Lophortyx gamhellU " Nutt." Gambel. Proc. Acad Nat. Sci. Phila., 184S,
p. 260.

24,327. c^ California. W. Gambel. Tyx)e.
Dryobates nuttallii (Gambel).

Picus nuttallii Gambel. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1843, p. 259.

The types of this species seem to be in the National Museum
labelled as presented by Dr. Thomas B. Wilson.

3337 (U. S. N. M.). c? California. W. Gambel. Type.
Myiodynastes bairdii (Gambel).

Saurophagus bairdii Gambel. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., New Series,
i, p. 40.

Type loaned by Baird, and now in U. S. National Museum.

This species inhabits South America. This specimen was wrongly
attributed to California.

Oreospiza chlorura (Aud.).

FringiUa blandiagiana Gambel. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1843,
p. 260.

The type of this species cannot be found.
Harporbynchus redivivus (Gambel).

Harpes redivivus Gambel. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1845, p. 264.

23715. California. W. Gambel. Type.
Troglodytes aedon (Vieill.).

Troglodytes sylvestris Gambel. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phik., 1846,
p. 113.

Proposed for T. americana Aud., which is preoccupied.

No type has been found.

Chamaea fasciata (Gambel).
Paras fa sciatus Gambel. Proc. Acad. Nat. S:i. Phila., 1845, p. 265.

Type is in the National Museum.

3.339 (U. S. N. M.). California. Dr. Gambel. From Baird.
Parus gambeli Ridgw.

Parus 7nordi(tius Gambol. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1843, p. 259.

The type of this species cannot be found.
Parus inornatus Gambel.
Parus inornatus Gambel. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1845, p. 255.

Type is in the National Museum.

3.340 (U. S. N. M.). California. Dr. Gambel. From Baird.

1899.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 21

James Teudeau.

Trudeau described iu the Academy's Journal for 1837 and
1839, Ficus auduhoni from New Orleans, Pyranga leucoptera from
Mexico. Neither of his types, however, seem to have beeu pre-
sented to the Museum.

Edward Harris.

Harris described but oue species, the type of which is before me.
Parus atricapillus septentrionalis (Harris).

Parus septentrionalis Harris. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1845, p. 300.

29,792, juv. Yellowstone river, upper jNIissouri. E. Harris. Type.

George A. McCall.
Of McCall's types two are preserved in the collection.

Otocoris alpestris occidentalis (McCall).

Otocoris occidenUdis McCall. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Pliila., 1851, p. 218.

14,883. Santa Fe, N. Mex. July, 1850. Type.

This name must supplant either arenicola or adusta.

Carpodacus mexicanus frontalis (Say).

Cdrpodii.cus obscuriis McCall. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1831, p. 220.

24,141. 9 Santa Fe, N. Mex. June, 1850. 7'ype.

Of the other species described by him, the types cannot be found,
viz.:

Columha soUtaria (McCall). Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1847, p. 233.

Cyanocorax cassinii (McCall). Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1851, p.
•216 (= Cyanocephalus cyanocephalus).

Carpodacus familiaris (McCall). Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1852,
p. 61.

George C. Leib.

Camptolaimus labradorius (Gm.).

Fuliyula grisea Leib. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. (1st series), viii, p.
170.

Type is perhaps one of two old specimens in the collection with-
out data, but this is by no means certain.

William Dudley.

Grus americanus (Linn.).

Grus hoyianus Dudley. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vii, ^. 04.

Type iu Museum Wisconsin Natural History Society.

Pbilo R. Hoy.
Bubo virginianus arcticus (Sw.).
Bnho s'lbarcticus Hoy. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vi, p. 211.
2,797. Racine, Wisconsin. Dr. Hoy. Type.

22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

Nyctala acadica (Gm).

Nyctale kirtlandii Hoy. Proe. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., vi, p. 210.

2,718. Wisconsin. Dr. Hoy. I'vpe.
Buteo bairdii (Hoy). See under Cassin.

\Y. L. JosES.

Dryobates pubescens (L.).
Picns Iccontei Jones. Ann. Lye. N. H., iv (1848), p. 489.
30,199. c? Georgia. Apr. 14, 1847. Dr. W. L. Jones. Type.

A. L. Heermann.

Three species were described by Heermaun, the types being as
follows:
Podilymbus podiceps (Linu.).

Podilymhus Uneatus Heermann. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Pliila., 1847, p,
179.

4,738. California. A. L. Heermann. Type.
Colymbus nigricoUis californicus (Heerm.).

Podiceps cdlifoniicus Heermann. Pro. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1854, p,
179.

30,072. California. A. L. Heermann. Type.
Tringytes subruficoUis (Heerm.).

Actklitrus rifeviiis Heerm. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Ptiila. , 1854, p. 178.

6,694 (U. S. N. M.). San Antonio, Tex. Type.

George Suckley, C. B. R. Kennerly,

S. W. WooDHousE, J. Xantus DeVesey,

D. N. Couch, T. Charlton Henry.

These authors all described new species in the Academy's Pro-
ceedings (1852-1859) from collections made by them on the vari-
ous Government surveys, and Avhile many duplicates from the
collections have been presented to the Academy by the Smithsonian
Institution, the types, with one exception, Avere retaiued.

Harporhynchus crissalis (Henry).

Toxofitoma crissalis Henry. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1858, p. 117.
23,713 (8,127). Ft. Thorn, N. Mex. T. C. Henry. Type.
(See also Baird, Rev. Amer. Bds., p. 48).

Spencer F. Baird.

While a majority of Prof. Baird' s new species were described in
the Academy's Proceedings, most of his types Avere the property
of the U. S. National Museum. Those iu the Academy's collec-
tion are as f oIIoavs :

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 23

Anser albifrons gambeli (Hartl.).

Anser frontalis Baircl. Bds. of N. Am., p. 76'2.

6,055. New Mexico. Dr. T. C. Henr^^ marked by Cassin as " Type of
species. ' '

Two specimens are meutioued in the original description, and
this is evidently one of them.
Empidonax minimus (Baird).

I'yrannula minima Baird. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1843, p. 284.

4,4(i5 (1,161 S. F. B.). Carlisle, Pa. Aug. 16, 1843, from Baird. Type.
Empidonax flaviventris (Baird).

Tyrannula flaviventris Baird. Proc. Acid. Nat. Sci. Pliila., 1843, p.
283.

The type of this species was also presented to the Academy (see
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1843, p. 289), but is not now
extant.
Lanius fallax, or some allied Old World species.

Collurio ludovicianus robustus Baird. Baird, Bi'ewer and Ridgway. N.
A. Bds., i, p. 420 (1874).

15,303. ["California."] Dr. Gambel. 2"ype.

The specimen probably came from the Old World (see Stejneger,
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Pliila., 1885, p. 91).
Vireolanius eximius Baird.

Vireolanius eximius Baird. Jiev. Amer. Bds., 1864, p. 398.

24,497. Bogota, from J. G. Bell. Type.
Dendroica rufigula Baird.

Dendroica rufigula Baird. Rev. Amer. Bds., 1864, p. 204.

8,675. Martinique. Rivoli coll. (?) Type.
Platycichla brevipes Baird.
Platycichla brevipes Baird. Rev. Amer. Bds., 1864, p. 32.

While the Academy specimen, 24,495. is mentioned in the
description, the National Museum specimen, 23,954, seems to
have the better claim to recognition as the type.

George N. Lawrence.
As in the case of Baird, Lawrence was a frequent contributor to
the Proceedings, though most of his types were preserved else-
where. Only two are in the collection.

Thamnophilus virgatus Lawr.

ThamnopJiilus virgatus Lawr. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1868, p. 361.
24,500. cf Turbo, Panama. W. S. and C. J. Wood, Michler Exp. Type.

This species is wholly ignored in the Catalogue of Birds in the
British Museum, but is reestablished in the Biologia Centr. Amer.,.

24 PROCEEDIXGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

ii., p. 199, after an examiiiatiou of this specimeu which seems to
be unique.

Auriparus flaviceps (Sundev.).

Conirostrum oriiatum Lawr. Anu. Lye. N. Y., v, p. 112.
18,177. Rio Grande River. Capt. J. C. McCown, Type.

This specimeu was appai'ently presented by Lawrence and is
labelled as above in his hand.

D. G. Elliot, Elliot Coues,

J. G. Cooper, Robert Ridgway.

These authors all contributed diagnoses of new species to the
Proceedings, but only two of their types are contained in the
Academy's collection.

Diomedia melanophrys Boie.
Diomedia (jilUana Couess. Proc. Acad. Nafc. Sci. Phila., 18G6, p. 181.
4,514. (No data.) Tijpe.

Glaucidium jardinii (Bp.).

Glaucidium langsbergii Rdgw. Prcc. Bost. Soc. N. H., xvi, p. 98.

2,586. c? Brazil. Type.

2,590. 9 Caracas.

Though credited to " Leyd. Mns., T. B. Wilson," Ridgway
seems to have been the first to jiublish this name.

P. L. SCLATER.

Dr. Sclater described several new species in Jardine's Contribu-
tions to Ornithology, based on specimens loaned him by Edward
Wilson. The types, however, seem to have been afterwards
secured by Dr. Sclater, and presented to the British INIuseum, and
never reached the Academy collection.

Such species are:

SupJionia frontalis.

CalUste lunigera.

Callute xanthogastra.

Some other specimens upon which he based dtscriptious were lost
in shipment to Philadelphia (see Contr. to Ornith., 1852, p. 59).
Besides the birds loaned to him by Edward Wilson, Sclater
described two new species during his visit to the Academy in 1856.
His types in the collection are as follows :

Glaucidium gnoma californicum Scl.

Olaucidium cnlifornic/ni Sc\. P. Z. S., 1857, p. 4.
2,559. 9 California. Dr. A. L. Heerinauu. 2'ypc.

189y.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 25

Pygoptila margaritata (Scl.)-

Mljrmecizifj margarltatu Scl. P. Z. S., 1854, p. 253.

8,111. (^ Peru, from Verreaux. Type.
Saltator atripennis Scl.

Saltator atripennis Scl. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 185(5, p. 261.

7.800. (f ""Popayan, N. Granada." Rivoli coll. Type.

7.801. (^ " Popaj'au, N. Granada." Eivoli coll.
Helodytes humilis Scl.

(Jampylovliynchus humilis Scl. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1856, p. 263.
24,496. cf Mazatlan. Bell.
23,908. "California." Dr. Gambel.

Henry Bryant,

Tachycineta cyaneoviridis (Biyaut).

Jlirxudo cydneoviridis Bryant. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., vii (1859),
p. 111.

15,6S9. Nassau, New Providence, Bahamas. Pres. hy Dr. Bryant, 1860.
Type.

Most of Dr. Bryant's types are presumably in the collection of
the Boston Society of Natural History, but this specimen was sent
to the Academy immediately after it was described, and is distinctly
marked as the type.

W. T. ^March.

jNIarch described Mimiis htllii in the Academy's ProceediiKjs
in 18(>3, but his type is in the U. S. National Museum,

Samuel Cabot, Jr.
PsilorMnus mexicanus RCipp.

Corvus vociferus Cabot, Jour. Bost. Soc. N. H., iv (1844), p. 464.
3.096. Yucatan. Tyjje.

This is tlie only one of Cabot's specimens in the Academy, and is
marked by Prof. Baird as the type.

John Krider.

The well-known gunmaker and taxidermist of Philadelphia,
though a great collector, was not much of a contributor to ornitho-
logical literature, and the only species described by him was the
following, which proves to be merely a partly melanistic Common
Quail :
Colinus virginianus (L.).

Ortyx virginidnus var. hoopcsi Krider. Forest and Stream, Vol. xvi,
p. 243.

12,391. J. Krider. Type.

26 proceedings of the academy of [1899.

Bernaed a. Hoopes.

Buteo borealis kriderii (Hoopes).

Buteo kriderii Hoopes. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1873, p. ;238.
1,493. c? Winnebago Co., Iowa. Sept., 1872. J. Kmler. Type.

Herold Herrick.
Helminthophila lawrencei (Herrick).

Ilelminthophaga Unorencei Herrick. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Pliila., 1874,
p. 220.

Type probably in the American Museum of Natural History.

J. A. Ogden.
Chettusia crassirostris De Fil.

Chettusia nigrifrons Ogden. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1871, p. 196.

11639. Fazogloa Africa. Eivoli coll. Type.

" Chettusia cassini Ogden " seems to be only a manuscript name.
No. 11,641, 9, Java, Rivoli Coll., is labelled as the type with
the above name.
Ptilorhis magnifica (VieilL).

Ptilorhis icilsoui Ogden. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Pbila., 1875 (Jan.,
1876), p. 451.

3,124. New Guinea. Kivoli coll. Tyi-)e.

Alan F. Gentry.

Cyanocorax heilprini Gentry.

Cyanoeorax heilprini Gentry. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1885, p. 90.
3,055. (^ Kio Negro. Rivoli coll. Type.

Apparently unique, perhaps a hybrid.
AViTMER Stone.

Anous atrofuscus Stone.

Anous atrofuscus Stone. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1894, p. 117.

5,027. Mer de Montevideo. Rivoli coll. Type.
Bubo virginianus (Gm.).

Bubo V. occidentalis Stone. Auk, 1896, p. 155.

26,435. Mitchell Co., Iowa. Dr. AV. L. Abbott. 1880. Tyi)e.

This specimen proved not to be the "Western Horned Owl,"
but intermediate between virginianus and arctieus. The " Western
Horned Owl" was subsequently named Bubo v. pallescena Stone
(type in U. S. National Museum).

Sturnella magna hoopesi Stone.
Sturnella magna hoopesi Stone. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1897, p. 149.
786 (Coll. Josiah Hoopes). % Brownsville, Tex. Mar. 13, 1892.
F. B. Armstrong. Type.

1^99.] xatukal sciences of philadelphia. 27

Samcel N. Rhoads.

Parus hudsonicus columbianus Rhoads.

Pants hudso/iicus columbianus Rhoads. Auk, 1893, p. 23.

31,493. (J" Field, B. C. Aug. 30, 1892. Coll. S. N. Rhoads. Tiji)e.

John Cassin.

As the ornithologist of the Academy for over tweuty-five years
of its greatest ornithological activity, it is not surprising that Cassin
described more new species from the collection than any one else,
nor is it a matter of wonder that with such a collection constantly
at hand he pursued his studies among the birds of all parts of the
world Avith equal freedom. Cassin' s publications consisted mainly
of his papers in the Proceedings and Journal of the Academy.

Besides these he published the Birds of California and Texas,
Birds of the Japan Expedition,^ U. S. Astronomical Expedition,^"
the second edition of the Birds of the U. S. Exploring Expedition,
and contributed the Kaptores, Grallre and Alcidie to Baird's Birds
of North America.

The types of new species described in the Government publica-
tions are all in the National Museum, while the vast majority of
those described in these Proceedings are in the Academy collection.
In a fe-.v of the species described in the latter, as well as those in
the Bii-ds of California and Texas, he frequently says " specimens
in the Acad., Phila., and Nat. Mus., AVash.," which occasions
some ambiguity. In such cases I have given preference to the Acad-
emy specimens as being probably those before him at the time of
writing, especially when these are labelled by Cassin himself, but
in some instances, as seen below% the National Museum specimens
have the better claim.

A word of explanation as to Cassin' s connection with the Birds
of the U. S. Exploring Expedition may not be out of place, as the
matter is not generally clearly understood.

The original report was prepared by Titian R. Peale, who accom-
panied the expedition, but only ninety copies of this work were
issued. These which were distributed to the leading libraries but
without plates. Subsequently, in consideration of the impor-
tance of the work, a new report was prepared by Cassin, accom-
panied by a volume of plates which had been originally intended
to accompany the first edition.

'* In tliese reports no new species are proposed.

28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

Cassiu had the original Peale collectiou submitted to him upon
which to prepare his report. These specimens were mainly
returned to the National Museum, but a small number, including
some types, were presented to the Academy. Peale' s work is
remarkable for the number of names it adds to the synonymy, for
out of 109 species described as new, only thirty-three are accepted
in Cassin's edition. The few novelties described by Cassin from
the collection are originally described in the Academy Proceedings.

Cassin's types have been grouped geographically in the following
list and all the species proposed by him are included whether the
types are in the Academy or not.

Cassin's North American Types.
Cerorhina monocerata (Pall.).

Cerorhina sucUeyi Cass. Baml's Bds. of Am., p. 90G.

4,579 ( U. S. X. M.). Ft. Steilacoom, Wa.shington T. Dr. G. Siickley, Type.
Larus heermanni Cass.

Larus heermanni Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1852, p. 187.

Type cannot be found.

Fulmarus glacialis rodgersii (Cas?.).
Fnliiuirus rodgersii Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1862, p. 320.

Type in U. S. National Museum.

Merganser americanus (Cass.).

Mer[/>ts americanus Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat Sci. Phila., 1852, p. 187.
No type mentioned, based partly on Wilson's plate.

Oidemia deglandi Bp.

Oidemia velvetina Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1850, p. 126.

5,540. Egg Harbor, N. J. E. J. Lewis, M.D. Type.
Chen hyperborea (Pall.).

Anser albatus Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1850, p. 41.

6,045. Philadelphia market. Type.
Chen rossii (Cass.).

Anser rossii Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1^*61, p. 73.
Type in U. S. National Museum.

Branta canadensis (i-^-

Anser parvi2^es Ca=s. Proc. Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila., 1852, p. 187.
6,019. Vera Cruz. Dr. Burrough. Type.

Grus canadensis L.

Grus frntcrculus Cass, Baird's Bds. of Am., p. 656.

10,378 (U. S. N. M.). Albuquerque, N. Mex. Lt. Whipple. Type.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 2^

Tringa alpina pacifica (Coues).

Tringa alpina americana Cass. Baircl's Bds. of Am., p. 719.

No type mentioned; name proposer! for the American bird as

distinct from the European.

Aegialitis nivosa Cass.

Baird's Bds. of Am., p. 696.

6,600 (U. S. N. M.). Presidio, Cal. Lt. Trowbridge. Ti/pe.
Buteo cooperi Cass.

Buteo coo2Jeri Casii. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1856, p. 253.

Type in U. S. National Museum.

Buteo borealis calurus (Cass.).

Buteo calurus Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Soi. Phila., 1855, p. 281.

1,516. N. Mexico. Dr. T. C. Henry. Type.
Buteo lineatus elegans (Cass.).

Buteo clcgans Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1855, p. 281.

1,544. rf California. I'ype.
Buteo swainsoni Bp.

Buteo oxypterus Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1855, p. 282.

1,465. N. Mexico. Dr. T. C. Henry. Type.

Another specimen (8,550) in the National Museum is recorded
by Ridgway as the type, but it is from Ft. Fillmore, while the type
is from Ft. Webster. Our specimen is marked type by Cassin.
Buteo insignatus Cass. Bds. of Cal. and Tex., p. 102.
" Type is in the Museum of the Nat. Hist. Soc. of Montreal."
This was a melanistic specimen.

Buteo bairdii "Hoy " Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1853, p. 451.
1,469. Wisconsin. Dr. Hoy. Type.

This is a very light-colored individual.
Falco mexicanus Schleg.

Falco polyagris Cass. Bds. of Cal. and Tex., p. 88.

2,175. Source of the Platte. J. K. Townsend. 2'ype.
Falco peregrinum anatum (Bp.).

Falco )iigricej)s Cass. Bds. of Cal. and Tex., p. 87.

2,072. Bear creek, Cal. Kern. 2'ype.
Polyborus cheriway (Jacq.).

Folyhorus uuduhoniQann. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1865, p. 2.

Type in U. S. National Museum.

Megascops asio trichopsis (Wagl.)

t<cops mccallii Cass. Bds. of Cal. and Tex., p. 180.

The only specimen in the Academy which could have been ex-
amined by Cassin is a very young bird, so that the type should be
selected from the National Museum series.

so PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

Bubo virginianus pacificus Cass.

Bubo virginiuiius jificificus Cass. Bds. of Cal. and Tex., p. 178.

This name was proposed for all Horned Owls of the Pacific

slope, and no type was designated. As restricted by Stone (^Auk,

1896, p. 153), Ihe typical specimen is 27,905, d", San Bernardo,

Cal, April, 1887, R. B. Herron.

Bubo virginianus (Gm.).

Bubo virf/inianus atlanticus Cass. Bds. of Cal. and Tex., p. 178.

Proposed for Horned Owls of the Atlantic slope. No type

designated.

Xenopicus albolarvatus (Cass.).

Leuconerpes albolarvatus Cass. Proc. Aca;l. Nat. Sci. Pliila., 1850, p.
106.

19,338. (^ California. J. Bell. Type.

19,835 is the female specimen mentioned.

Sphyrapicus tbyroides i.Cass.).

Picus thyroides Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1851, p. 349.
24,214. ? California. J. Bell. Type.
24,218 is another female with same data.

Cbordeiles virginianus henryi (Cass.).

Chordeiles henryi Cass. Bds. Cal. and Tex., p. 233.
24,179. Rio Grande, Lat. 32°. Dr. T. C. Henry. Type.
Another with same data is in the National Museum (No. 6,005).

Spinus lawrencei (Cass.).

C'arduelis lawrencei Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1850, p. 105.
24,120. (^ California. J. G. Bell. Type.
24,121 is a female with same data.

Ammodramus rostratus (Cass.).

Ember iza rostrata Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1852, p. 184.

24,087. California. Dr. Heerinann. Type.
24,088 is another collected at the same time.
Spizella breweri Cass.

Spizella breweri Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1856, p. 40.

24,050. Black Hills, Dak. J. K. Townsend. Type.
Amphispiza bilineata (Ca.ss.).

Emberiza bilineata (Cass). Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1850, p. 104.

24,038. Rio Grande, Tex. J. W. Auduban. Type.
Amphispiza belli (Cass.).

Emberiza belli Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1850, p. 104.

24,036. California. J. G. Bell. Type.

24,034 is another specimen with same data.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 31

Peucaea ruficeps (Cass.).

Ammodrainus ruficeps Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Pliila., 1352, p. 184.
24,031. California. Dr. A. L. Heermaiin.
3,831 (U. S. National Museum) has the same data.

Vireo flavoviridis (Cass.).

Vireosi/lvia flavoviridis Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 18.51, p. 1.52.

Cassin refers to specimens from Panama and Nicaragua, but none
of these seem to be extant.
Vireo philadelphica (Cass.).

Vireosi/lcia iMladelphkn Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1851, p.
153.

23,891. Philadelphia, Sep., 1842. J. Cassin. Tyiu.
Vireo huttoni Cass.

Vireo Ji xttoni Ca»s. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1851, p. 150.

3,725 (U. S. N. M.). Monterey, Cal. Huttou. Type.

The specimen from Georgetown, Cal., collected by Bell, cannot
be found.

Sitta carolinensis aculeata (Cass.).

Sitta acAtlenta Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1856, p. 254.

23,684. (^ California. Dr. Gambel. Type.
Parus atricristatus Cass.

Pnrus atrlcvistatus (Cass.). Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1850, p. 103.

23,676. Eio Grande, Tex. J. W. Audubon. Type.
Parus woUweberi Bp.

Parus annexKS Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1850, p. 103.

23,674. Eio Grande, Tex. J. W. Audubon. Type.

Cassin' s Mexican and Tropical American Types.
Cathartes burrovianus Cass.

Cathartes burrovianus Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1845, p. 212.

58. Vera Cruz. Dr. Burrough. l^ype.
Regerhinus wilsoni (Cass.).

Cymitiidis wilsonii Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1847, p. 199.

1,944. (f Gibara, Cuba. K. C. Taylor. Type.
1,945 is a female with same data.
Micrastur guerilla Cass.

Micrastur guerilla Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1848, p. 87.

243. Mexico. Coll. by Pease. Type.

244 from same locality and collector.
Nyctalatinus harrisii Cass.

Nyctale h'trri.sii Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1849, p. 157.

2,723. S. America (?) from .J. G. Bell. Type.
Ciccaba albogularis (Cass.).

Syrnium albogularis Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1848, .p. 124.

2,689. S.America. Eivoli coll. Type.

2, 688 is another specimen with same data.

32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

Ciccaba virgata (Cass.).

Syriniwn virgatwrn Cass. Proc. Aca]. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1848, p. 121.

2,688. S. America. Rivoli colln. Type.
Megascops brasilianus (Gm.) ?.

Epldaltes ^ontso nil Cas^. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1843, p. 123.

2,445. S. America. Type.

Auother specimen mentioned is 2,444 from the Orinoco.

Ara auricoUis Cass.

Ara auficollis Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1853, p. 372.
22,358. S. America. Rivoli cjll. Type.

The other specimens mentioned are 22,359 and 22,357.

Chrysotis viridigenalis Cass.

Vhrysotis viridigenalis Ciss. Proc. Acid. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1853, p. 371.

22,506. c? Brazil? Kivoli call. Type.
Bolborliynclius lineolus (Cass.).

Psittacula Uneola Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1853, j). 372.

22,934. Mexico (National Bridge). Pease coll. 2'ype.
Brotogeris tuipara (Gm.).

Broti'fjeris aurifrons Cass. Joar. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1855, p. 155.

22,458. S. America. Type.
Selenidera spectabilis Cass.

Selenidera spectabilis Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1857, p. 214.

20,432. (S' Veragua, N. Grenada. K. W. Mitchell. Type.
Ramphastos toco Milll.

Ramphasitos alhogularis Cas^. Proc. Acid. Nat. Sci., Phila., 1867, p. 101.

20,392. Central America. Rivoli coll. Type.
CampepMlus bairdii Cass.

Campephilus bairdii Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1863, p. 322.

19,610. c? Cuba. R. C. Taylor. 7'ype.

Specimens also in U. S. National Museum.

Celeus loricatus (Reichb.).

Celeiis mentalis Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1860, p. 137.
19,548. (^ Atrato River, N. Grenada. Lt. Michler. Type.
19,547, 9, Turbo, is the other specimen mentioned.
These were received from the Smithsonian Institution.

Dryobates orizabae (Cass.).
Picus orizabae Ca-s. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1863, p. 196.
19,267. (^ Jaiapa, Mex. D'Oca collection. Type.
19,266, a female, with same data.

Dryobates vagus Cass.
Picus vagus Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1863, p. 196.
19,264. (^ Mexico? Type.
Also 19,265, ?, both from the Rivoli collection.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 33

Galbula cyaneicollis Cass.

Galhula cyaneicollis Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1851, p. 154.
20,736. Para, Brazil. J.G.Bell. Type.
20,737 and 20,738 are other Bell .specimens.

Succo ordii Cass.

Bucco Ordii Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1851, p. 154.

20,773. Rio Negro. I'ype.
Monasa pallescens Cass.

Monasa pallescens Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1860, p. 134.

20,830. (^ Truando. Lt. Michler. Type.

20,829 is a female Avith the same data.
Macropsalis forcipata (Nitzsch).

Hydropsalis limbatus Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1849, p. 236.

21,946. (^ S. America. Type.
21,948 is the female also described.

Macropsalis segmentata Cass.

Hydropsalis segmentatxs Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1849, p.
238.

21,939. cf Bogota. Rivoli coll. Type.

21,941, ?, is the other specimen described by Cassin.

Antrostomus serico-caudatus Cass.

Antro.^tomus serico-caudatus Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1849, p.
23H.

21,905. S. America. Type.

21,904 is the younger bird mentioned in the description.

Chaetura cinericauda (Cass.)

Aca/dhylis cinericauda. Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1850, p. 58.

21,780. S. America, from Edw. Wilson. I'ype.

21,781 is the other specimen mentioned. This is not a synonym
of C. pelagiea as given in the British Museum Catalogue.

Claudia squamata (Cass.).

Cypsetus squamaius Ca^^s. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1853, p. 369.

21,770. Guiana. '' Dr. Dawson." Type.

In the description the specimen is said to be from ' ' Dr. Daltou. ' '

Pittasoma micMeri Cass.
Fittasoma michleri Cas^i. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1860, p. 189.

Type in U. S. National Museum.

Gymnocichla nudiceps (Cass.).

Myiothera icidiceps Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1850, p. 106.

8,102. .-S' Panama. J. G. Bell. Type.
Cliiromachaeris ilaveola (Cass.).

Maiiacus flaveolus Cass. Proc. Acid. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1851, p. 349.

8,536. cJ' Bogota. Type.

34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

Cyanocorax violaceus DuBus.

Cyanoeorax Jun'risii Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1848, p. 26.

3,061. Guayaquil, Ecuador. Rivoli coll. Type.
Aphelocoma unicolor (DuBus).

Cyanoeorax eoncolor Cas?. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1848, p. 26.

3,39. S. America. Rivoli coll. Type.
Cassicus flavicrissus Sci.

C'asskns melanurus Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat Sci. Phila., 1867, p. 66.

:},828. Guayaquil, Ecuador, from Dr. T. B. Wilson. Type.
Molothrus rufoaxillaris Cass.

Molothrus rufoaxillaris Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1866, p. 23.

Type in U. S. National Museum.

Molothrus cabanisii Cass.

Molothrus cabanisii Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1866, p. 22.

Type. 3,651. Rivoli coll. Tyjjc.
Idiopsar brachyurus Cass.

Miopsar brachyurus Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1866, p. 414.

Type in U. S. National Museum.
Icterus giraudii Cass.

Icterus giraudii Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1847, p. 333.

3,434. cJ* Bogota. Type.

Several other specimens are in the collection.
Icterus sclateri Cass.

Icterus sclateri Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1867, p. 49.

3,423. (j^ Nicaragua, from Dr. Wilson. Type.

3,424 is a female bearing the same data.

Icterus auricapillus Cass.
Icterus auricapillus Cass. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1848, p. 137.

3.431. (^ Central America. Type.
Icterus graceannsB Cass.

Icterus grace-annce Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. PhiLi., 1867, p. 52.

3.432. W^estern S. America. Mr. Clay. Type.
Icterus maculi-alatus Cass.

Icterus maculi-alatus Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1847, p. 332.
3,453. Coban Vera Paz. Rivoli coll. Type.

Cassin gives " Vera Cruz " as the locality, evidently a misquota-
tion of the label.
Icterus mesomelas (Wagl.).

Icterus salcinii Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1867, p. 51.
3,449. Costa Ri -a, from Dr. Wilson. Type.
Another specimen is 3,452, from the Rivoli collection.
Icterus graysoni Cass.

Icterus graysoni Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1867, p. 49.
Type in U. S. National Museum.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 35

Quiscalus lugubris Sw.

Qtiiscalus mcxicanus Qass,. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1866, p. 408.

3,681. "Mexico." Tyiu.
Quiscalus fortirostris Lawr. ? ?

Qiiisealus rectirostrls Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1866, p. 409.

3,684. Rivoli coll. Type.
Quiscalus gundlachii Cass.

QuisealHn gundlachii Csxsi. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1866, p. "406.

3,673. (^ Cuba. R. C. Taylor. Type.
Quiscalus brachypterus Cass.

Quiscalus brachypterus Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1866, p. 406.

3,671. North side of Porto Rico. Geo. Latimer. 2'ype.

Also 3,672. Porto Rico. R.Swift.

Spinus xanthogaster (DuBus).

Chrysomitris bryanti Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1865, p. 91.

Type in U. S. National Museum.
Paroaria nigrogenys (Lafr.).

Tanagra niyro-aurita Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1848, p. 85.

10,720. Para. Mr. Wiilf. Type.

The specimen from Rio Negro which might have better claims
to being considered the type cannot be found.

Chlorothraupis olivaceus Cass.

Ovthogonys olivaceus Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1860, p. 140.

7,572. Truando River, Panama. Lt. Michler. Type.
Calospiza cyaneicoUis (Lafr.).

Calliste harnialtio' Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1864, p. 287.

7,284, from Mr. Geo. Robbins. "Maracaibo." Ty2)e.

The specimen is clearly marked as the type, though Cas.sin gives

the locality as Merida mountains, Venezuela. Probably it was

obtained in Maracaibo, and the exact habitat ascertained later.

Calospiza lavinia (Cass.).

Calliste lavinia Ca~s. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1858, p. 178.

The type of this species cannot be found.

Chlorophanes spiza melanops Cass.

Chlorophanes melanops Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1864, p. 268.

3,977. 9 Rio Negro. Rivoli coll. Type.

The other specimen does not seem to have been presei'ved.

Chlorophanes spiza cserulescens Cass.

Chlorophanes cmrulescens Cas^. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1864, p.
268.

3,976. c? Jiiracares, Bolivia. Rivoli coll. Type.

This and 3,975, 9, from same locality, are from D'Orbigny's col-
lection (" No. 149").

36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

Euphonia anneae Cass.
Euphonia annew Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1865, p. 172.

Type in U. S. National ^Museum.

Buarremon crassirostris Cass.

Buarremon crassirostris Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1865, p.
170.

Type in U. S. National Museum.

Arremon aurantiirostris Lafr. ?

Arremon rufidorsalis Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1865, p. 170.

Type in U. S. National Museum.

Pitylus poliogaster DuBus.

Pitylus Jlavoeinereus Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1848, p. 67.

7,905. (^ S. America. Rivoli coll. Tyj^e.
Atticora cinerea (Gm.).

Petrochelidon miirina Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1853, p. 370.

15,741. Ecuador, from Edw. Wilson. Ti/pc.
Dendroica vieilloti Cass

Detidroica vieilloti C-dss.. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1860, p. 192.

Type is 10,211 (U. S. National Museum) ;^(fe Baird, Rev. Amer.
Birds.

Cassin's Types of African Bird-:..

Cassiu published more upon the birds of Africa than those of

any of the other continents, being influenced largely by the many

collections received from Gaboon and other parts of the continent,

especially from Du Chaillu and Dr. iNIcDoAvell.

Anas hartlaubii (Cass.).

Querquedula 7u(rtlaubii Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1859, p. 175.

5.736. River Camma, W. Africa. DuChaillu. Type.

5.737. River Camma, W. Africa. DuChailhi.
Phasidus niger Cass.

Phusidus niger Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1856, p. 322.

12,613. (S' Cape Lopez, W. Africa. DuChaillu. Type.
Guttera plumifera (Cass.).

Numida plumifera Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1856, p. 321.

12,576. Cape Lopez, W. Africa. DuChaillu. Type.
Francolinus squamatus Cass.

FrancolitiKS squamatus Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1856, p. 321.

12,163. rf Cape Lopez, W. Africa. DuChaillu. Type.

12,162. Cape Lopez, W. Africa. DuChaillu.
Turturoena iriditorques (Cass.).

Columba iriditorques Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.. 1856, p. 254.

13,296. W. Africa. Dr. McDowell. Type.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. '^7

Columba unicincta Cass.

(Jolumba unicincta Cas?. Proe. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1859, p. 143.

13,280. c? Ogobai river, W. Africa. DuCbaillu. Ti/pe.^
Spizaetus africanus (Cass.).

Limncetus africanus Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 186.'), p. 4.

1.778. Ogobai river, W. Africa. DuChaiUu. Type.

1.779. Ogobai river, W. Africa. DuChailUi.
Megascops scops hendersonii (Cass.).

Ephialtes heiidersonii Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc-i. Phila., 1852, p. 186.

2,404. (^ Off Novo Redondo, W. Africa. Dr. Henderson. Type.

2,403. 9 Off Novo Redondo, W. Africa. Dr. Henderson.
Ortholophus albocristatus (Cass.).

Huceros ((Ibocristtitus Cass. Proc. Acad Nat. Sci. Phila., 1847, p. 330.

24,498. St. Paul's river, W. Africa. Dr. :McDowell. l^pe.
Bycanistes fistulator (Cass.).

Baceros Jistnlator Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1850, p. 68.

9,539. W. Africa, Verreaux. Type.
Lophoceros camurus (Cass.).

Tockus cainurua Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 185(), p. 319.

9,520. Cape Lopez, W. Africa. DuChailln. Type.
Mesopicus elliotii (Cass.).

Polipicus elliotii Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1863, p. 197.

19,455. ]Muni river, W. Africa. DuChaiUu. Type.
Campothera malherbei (Cass.).

Chrysopicus meilherbei Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 18(>3, p. 198.

18,997. cJ^? Zanzibar. Type.
Campothera abingdoni (Smith).

(Jampetliera chrysura, lineata Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sii. Phila., 1863,
p. 327.

18,982. c? Port Natal. Type.
Campothera maculosa. *

Campethera vestita Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1863, p. 197.

18,996. St. Paul's river, W. Africa. Dr. McDowell. Type.
Myioceyx lecontei (Cass.).

Ispidina lecontei Ca«s. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1856, p. 158.

21,275. W. Africa. DuChaiUu. Type.

This specimen seems to be still unique. A drawing of it was
sent by Turnbull to Mr. Bowdler Sharpe. The figure in the
latter's Monograph of Alcedinida' is taken from it. It is an excel-
lent representation of the bird.

Indicator exilis (Cass.).

Melignothes exilis Cas3. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1856, p. 157.

19.801. Moonda river, W. Africa. DuChailln. Type.
Indicator conirostris (Cass.).

Melignothes conirostris Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1856, p. 156.

19.802. Moonda river, W. Africa. DuChaiUu. Type.

38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899,

Prodotiscus insignis (Cass.).

Hetcvrodes insignis Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1856, p. 157.

19,804. Moouda river, W. Africa. DiiChailhi. Tyj^e.
Heliobucco bonapartii (Hartl.).

Barhatula fuliginosa Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1855, p. 324.

20,629. Moonda river, W. Africa. DuChaillu. Type.
Barbatula duchaillui Cass.

Barhatula duchaillui Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1855, p. 324.

20,656. (^ Moonda river, W. Africa. DuChailln. Tyiu\
Merops muUeri (Cass.).

Meropiscus mulleri Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1857, p. 37.

21,547. Muni river, W. Africa. DuChaillu. I'ype.
Merops breweri (Cas.s.).

Meropogon breiccri Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1859, p. 34.

21,620. cJ" Ogobai river, W. Africa. DuChaillu. Tyju.

21,621 is a female specimen from the same locality.

Malimbus scutatus (Cass.).

Sycohius scutatus Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1849, p. 157.

14.104. c? W. Africa. Dr. McDowell. Type.

14.105. 9 W. Africa. Dr. McDowell.
Malimbus racheliae (Cass.).

Sycobius raclielioe Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1857, p. 36.

14.100. J* Muni river, W. Africa. DuChaillu. Type.

14.101. Muni river, W. Africa. DuChaillu.
Pyrenestes coccineus Ca.ss.

Pyrenestes coccineus Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1848, p. 67.

14,694. W. Africa. Dr. McDowell. Type.
Hyphantornis badius Cass.

Hyphantornis badius Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1850, p. 57.

14,052. Fazogloa, E. Africa. Eivoli coll. Type.
Hyphantornis coUaris (Vieill.).

Hyphantornis cinctus Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1859, p. 133.

14,065. 9 Camma river, W. Africa. DuChaillu. Type.
Pyromelana nigriventris (Cass.).

Eupleetes nigropcntris Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1848, p. 66.

14,301. J^ Zanzibar. Rivoli coll. Type.
Penthetria ardens (Bodd.).

Vidua concolor Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1848, p. 66.

14,215. Africa. Rivoli coll. Type.
Steganura paradisea (L.).

Vidua verreau.rii Cas--. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1850, p. 56.

14,177. (^ Abyssinia. Type.

14,193. 9 Abyssinia.

There are two other males bearing the same data, but 14,177 is
evident])' the one described.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 39

Penthetria albonotata (Cass.).

Vidua albonotata Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1848. p. 65.

14,226. c? Port Natal, from Edw. Wilson. Type.
Spermestes nigriceps Cass.

Spermestes nigriceps Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1852, p. 185.

14.358. (^ Zanzibar. Kivoli coll. 2'ype.

14.359. 9 Zanzibar. Eivoli coll.
Buchanga assimilis Bechst.

Dicnints amleatus Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1851, p. 348.

286. Fazogloa. Kivoli coll. Type.
Graucalus azureus Cass.

Oraucalus azureus Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1851, p. 348.

402. W. Africa. Dr. McDowell. Type.
Lanius pallidirostris Cass.

Laniits palUdirostris Cas*. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1851, p. 244.

15.306. E. Africa. Eivoli coll. Type.
Lanius pallens Cass.

Lanius pmllens Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1851, p. 245.
15,308. Fazogloa, E. Africa. Kivoli coll. Type.

15.307. Fazogloa, E. Africa. Kivoli coll.
Laniarius quadricolor (Cass.).

Lanius quadricolor Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1851, p. 245.
15,136. (S" Port Natal, Africa. Type.
15,138, juv. cJ^ Port Natal, Africa. Type.
Nicator chloris (Less.).
Laniarius lepidus Cass. Proc. Acad. Nut. Sci., Phila.. 1855, p. 327.

The type of this species cauiiot be found.

Dryoscopus sublacteus Cass.

Dryoscopus sublacteus Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1831, p. 246.

15,162. E.Africa? Kivoli coll. Type.
Dryoscopus leucorhynchus (Hartl.).

Laniarius carbonarius Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1851, p. 347.

15,275. W. Africa. Dr. McDowell. TyjJe.
Dryoscopus atrialatus Cass.

Dryoscopus atrialatus Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., 1851, p. 246.

15,172. E.Africa? Kivoli coll. Type.
"Eopsaltria cinerea" Cass.

I'roc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1856, p. 253.

The type of this species cannot be found, and I do not find the
name quoted in synonymy. Its true relationship seems uncertain.

Pholidornis rushiae (Cass.).

Dicacum rushice Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1855, p. 325.

15.553. (^ Moonda river, W. Africa. DuChaillu. Type.

15.554. 9 Moonda river, W. Africa. DuChaillu.

40 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

Parmoptila woodhousei Cass.

P{(rmoptila icoodhoiisei Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1859, p. 40.

15,555. 9 Camma river, W. Africa. DuChaillu. Type.

Apparently unknown, except from the two specimens described
by Cassin, of which the male seems to have been lost.
Psalidoprocne nitens (Cass.).

Atticora nitens Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1857, p. 38.

15,774. Muni river, W. Africa. DuChaillu. Type.
Psalidoprocne holomelas Sund.

Atticora hamigera Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1850, p. 57.

15,771. Port Natal. Type.
Hirundo dimidiata Sund.

Hirniido scapndaris Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phihi., 1850. p. 59.

15,672. E. Africa. Type.
.ffigithalus flavifrons Cass.

^fJgit/uUus flavifrons Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1855, p. 3:25.

9,390. Mooada river, W. Africa. DuChaillu. Tyjye.
Alseonax comitatus (Cass.).

Butalis comitatus Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1857, p. 35.

576. Muni river, W. Africa. DuChaillu. Type.
Alseonax epulata (Cass.).

Butalis epulatus Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1855, p. 326.

577. Moonda river, W. Africa. DuChaillu. Type.
Artomyias fuliginosa Verr.

Butalis inf meatus Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1855, p. 326.
601. Moonda river, W. Africa. DuChaillu. Type.
Leoptilus olivaceus (Cass.).
Parisoma olivaceus Ca?s. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1859., p. 52.
806. cJ* Camma river, W. Africa. DuChaiUu. Type.
This appears to be unique.
Parisoma plumbeum (Hartl.).
Parisoma melarmrum Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1859, p. 51.
811. Camma river, W. Africa. DuChaillu. Type.
Erythrocercus mccallii (Cass.).
Pycnosphrys mecallii Cass. Proc. Acal. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1855, p. 326.
887. Moonda river, W. Africa. DuChaillu. Type.
Trochocercus nitens Cass.

Trochocercus nitens Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1859, p. 50.
894. (^ Camma river, W. Africa. DuChaillu. Type.
893. ? Camma river, W. Africa. DuChaiUu.
Terpsiphone cristata (Gm.).

Mnsclpeta duchailUd Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1859, p. 48.

986. "rj^" Camma river, W. Africa. DuChaillu. Type.

985. " juv." Camma river, W. Africa. DuChaillu.

984. "9" Camma river, W. Africa. DuChaillu.

Muscipeta speciosa Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1859, p. 48.

990. "c?"' Camma river, W. Africa. DuChaillu. Type.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 4l

The perplexing variations in plumage exhibited by this species
are the cause of its many synonyms. It does not yet seem to be
properly understood.

Burnesia bairdii (Cass.).

Drymoka baii'^ii Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1855, p. 327.

17,502. Moonda river, W. Africa. DuChaillu. Ti/pe.
Hylia prasina (Cass.).

Sylvia prmiiKi. Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Pliila., 1855, p. 325.

17,479. (^ Moonda river, W. Africa. DuChaillu. 'J ype.

17,498. Moonda river, W. Africa. DuChaillu.
Eremomela caniceps (Cass.).

(Jamnvopttra caniceps Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1859, p. 38.

17,471. cf Cape Lopez, W. Africa. DuChaillu. Type.
Euprinodes schistaceus Cass.

Eapriiiodes schistaceus Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1858, p. 38.

17,468. (S" River Camma, W. Africa. DuChaillu. Type.
Sylvietta virens (Cass.).

Sylvietta cirens Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., 1859, p. .'59.

13,906. Cape Lopez, W. Africa. DuChaillu. Type.
Camaroptera brevicaudata (Cretzch.).

Syiicopta tincta Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1855, p. 325.

17,475. Moonda river, W. Afric i. DuChaillu. Type.
Turdinus fulvescens (Cass.).

Tiirdirostris fulvescens Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1859, p. 54.

13,846. (^ Camma river, W. Africa. DuChaillu. I'ype.

17,369. $ Camma river, W. Africa. DuChaillu.
Macrospbenus flavicans Cass.

Macrosphenus flacicans Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1859, p. 42.

17,350. c? Camma river, W. Africa. DuChaillu. Type.

17,349. ? Camma river, W. Africa. DuChaillu.
Xenocichla notata (Cass.).

Tricophoi'KS notatiis Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1856, p. 159.

17,113. (^ Moonda river, W. Africa. DuChaillu. 'Type.

17,115. 9 Moonda river, W. Africa. DuChaillu.
Xenocichla leucopleurus (Cass.).

Phyllostrophus leucopleurus Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1855, p.
328.

17,031. Kiver Muni, W. Africa. DuChaillu. Tijpe.
Xenocichla indicator (Verr).

Tricophorus leucurus Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1855, p. 328.

The type of this species cannot be found.

Criniger tricolor (Cass.).

Tricophorus tricolor Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1857, p. 33.

17.012. Muni river, W. Africa. DuChaillu. Type.

17.013. Muni river, W. Africa. DuChaillu.

42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

€riniger xanthogaster Cass.

Criniger xantliogastei' Cass. Proc. Acad. Xat. Sci. Phila., 1855, p. 327.

17.022. Moonda river, W. Africa. DuChailln. 2'ype.

17.023. Moonda river, W. Africa. DuChaiIll^.

17.024. Moonda river, W. Africa. DuChaillu.
Criniger calurus (Cass.).

Tricophorus calurus Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 185G, p. 158.

16.997. Muni river, W. Africa. DuCliaillu. Type.

16.998. Mimi river, W. Africa. DuChaillu.
Criniger chloronotus (Cass.).

Tricophorus chlorortotus Cass. Proc. Acad. Xat. Sci. Phila., 1859, p. 43.
16,996. Camma river, W. Africa. DuChaillu. Type.
16,995. Camma river, W. Africa. DuChaillu.
Andropadus curvirostris Cass.
Andropadus curvirostris Ca^s. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1859, p. 46.

16.993. Camma river, W. Africa. DuChaillu. Tyi)e.

16.994. Camma river, W. Africa. DuChaillu.
Andropadus virens Cass.

Andropadus virens Cuss. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1857, p. 34.

16,989. (^ Muni river, W. Africa. DuChaillu. TyjM.

16,988. 9 Muni river, W. Africa. DuChaillu.
Alethe castanea (Cass.).

Napothcra castanea Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1856, p. 158.

16,894. Camma river,' W. Africa. DuChaillu.

16,528. Camma river, W. Africa. DuChaillu.
Creocichla compsonota Cass.

Oeocichla comp)sonota Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1859, p. 42.

16,250. (^ Camma river, W. Africa. DuChaillu. Type.

Cassin's Types from Asia, Australia, Etc.

Zapornia tabuensis (Gm.).

Zapornia umbrina Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1856, p. 255.

Type in U. S. National Museum (Coll. Expl. Exped.).

Megascops sagittatus (Cass.).

Ephialtes sagittatus Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1848, p. 121.

2,410. Malacca. Eivoli coll. Type.
Megascops elegans (Cass.).

Ji'phialtes elegans Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc!. Phila., 1852, p. 185.

2,418. Off coast of Japan, lat. 29° 47^ N., long. 126° 13' 30'^ E. From
Verreaux. Type.
Carpophaga paulina Bp."

Carpophaga rufinuchalis Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1854, p. 228

13,1(30. Eivoli coll. No data. Type.
Carpophaga vanwycki Cass.

Carpophaga van wyckii Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1862, p. 320

^^ Bonaparte's description appeared Nov. 8. Cassin's Dec. (after the 19th).

1899.] KATI'RAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 43

Type in U. S. National Museum (Coll. Expl. Exped.),

Carpophaga pickeringii Cass.

CurpopJiarja pickerinrjii Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., l-<54, p.
228.

Type ill IT. S. National Museum (Coll. Expl. Exped.).

Globicera rubricera Bp.=»

Carpophufja lepida Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1854, p. 230.

13,159. Off north coast of Australia. From Edw. Wilson. Type.
Prioniturus flavicans Cass.

Pnonitunis flavicans Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1853, p. 373.

24,492. 9 Celebes. Kivoli coll. Type.
Palaeornis calthropse Layand.

Paleeornis viridicolUs Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1853, p. 373.

22,699. c? India. From Edw. Wilson. Typte.

22,698. Himalayas.
Alcyone lessoni Cass.

Alcyone lessoni Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1850, p. 69.

21,239 cJ^ Havre d' Dory. New Guinea. From Edw. Wilson. Type.
Micropus leucopygialis (Cass.).

Cypselus Ieiicopy[/i<iUs Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1850, p. 58.

19,482. $ Sumatra (?) From Edw. Wilson. Type.
This may be identical with M. subfurcatus Blyth (= affinis
Strick. ), but Cassin states distinctly that it is not.

Schlegelia wilsonii (Cass.).

Paradisea wilsonii Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1850, p. 67.

3,153. c? New Guinea (?) Rivoli coll. Type.

This specimen is stated by Sclater (P. Z. S., 1857, p. 2) to
have been the type of Bonaparte's res-puhlica, but in view of his
wretched description it is best to adopt Cassin' s name.

Rhipidura cyaniceps (Cass.).

Muscipeta cyaniceps Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1855, p. 438.

Type in U. S. National Museum (Coll. Expl. Exped.).

Melanopyrrhus anais Bp.

Pastor iiigrocinctus Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1850, p. 68.

16,020. New Guinea. J. G. Bell. Type.
TJrolonclia fuscans (Cass.).

Spermestes fuscans Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 18.52, p. 185.

14,584. 9 Borneo. Rivoli coll. 2'ype.

Acrulocercus braccatus (Cass.).

Mohoa braccata Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1855, p. 440.
18,581. Hawaiian Isl. J. K. Townsend. Type.

^" Bonaparte's descriptions appeared Nov. 8. Cassin's Dec. (after the 19th) .

•44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

Hirundo badia (Cass.).

Gecropis badius Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 18.53, p. Ml.

15.786. Malacca, from J. G. Bell. T</pe.

15.787. Malacca, from J. G. Bell.
Atticora tibialis (Cass.).

Petrochelidon (?) tibialis Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1853, p. 370.

15.742. S. America. Rivoli coll. Type.

15.743, juv. Brazil. Rivoli coll.
Tachycineta leucorrhoa Vieill.

Hir undo (JO uldii Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.. 1850, i». 69.

Proposed for H. frontalis Gould, which was preoccupied l)y H.
frontalis Q. aud G.

15,631. Australia. Gould coll. 2'yp6.
Locustella lanceolata (Temm.) (?)

Liisciniopsis hendersonii Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1858, p. 194.

30,069. Hakodadi, Jap.i-n. Mr. A. A. Hen(iers)n. Type.
Locustella ochotensis (Midd.) (•?).

Lusciaiopsis japoniea Cass. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1858, p. 193.

30,068. Hakodadi, Japan. Mr. A. A. Hemlerson. Type.

This is probably a distinct species, as suggested by Stejueger
{Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1893, p. 634).

Titian R. Peale.

Peale's descriptions of new birds are confined, so far as I am
aware, to the Ornithological and Mannnalogical Report of the U. tS.
E.Kplormg Expedition, he being one of the naturalists composing
the party. A. good deal of obscurity seems to envelop the history
of this publication. It is quite a rare volume.

Some light is slied on the matter, however, by an article in Jar-
dine's Contributions to Ornithology, 1852, p. 89. It is here stated
that only one hundred copies of the Rej)orts were issued by the
Government, but each author was permitted to order as many more
as he chose for his " personal benefit." All the contributors
availed themselves of this privilege, with the single exception of
Peale, but not one extra copy of his volume was issued, and the
work was never for sale.

About ninety of the hundred copies were distributed by the Gov-
ernment, and the rest were destroyed by fire. Subsequeutly Ca?sin
was engaged to prepare a new edition of the work, and an atlas of
plates was issued to accompany it. No plates were issued with
Peale's report, though reference is made to plates in the text, and

1899.] NATURAL SCIEXCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 45

it is probable that luauy at least of the plates accompanying Cas-
sin's report were originally intended for Peale's, but were held
back when it was decided to republish the Work.

The new edition was desirable for many reasons, especially from
the fact that of the 109 new species described by Peale only about
thirty-three were entitled to recognition.

It has been claimed by some that he was denied the opportunity
of consulting the collection at Philadelphia, but in any case his
report is a notorious addition to ornithological synonymy.

While most of Peale's types remain in the National Museum,
some of them were presented to the Philadelphia Academy.

A few more of these types are also in the Academy collection,
being contained in the collection made by J. K. Townsend in
Hawaii. Peale used this material, as most of the Hawaiian speci-
mens obtained by the Exploring Expedition were lost in the wreck
of the Peacock.

The following list includes all of Peale's types now in the Acad-
emy collection. In some cases specimens of the same species are
preserved in the National Museum :

Onychotes solitarius (Peale).

Buteo solitarius Peale. Birds U. S. Expl. Exp., 1848, p. 62.

2,304. Hawaii. J. K. Townsend. Tyjie.
Accipiter rufitorques (Peale).

Aster rufitorques Peale. Birds U. S. Expl. Exp., 1848, p. 68.

1.227, ad. Feejee Ms. U. S. Expl. Exp. Type (?)

1.228, juY. Feejee Isls.

There seem to have been at least live specimens of this bird col-
lected by the Expedition.
Ptilinopus coralensis Peale.

mUnopus coralensis Peale. Birds U. S. Expl. Exp., 1848, p. 190.

13.098. Paumotu Isl. U. S. Expl. Exp. T. R. Peale. Ti/pe.

18.099. Paumotu Isl. U. S. Expl. Exp. T. E. Peale.

Manuscript notes in the Academy's copy of Peale's Report
apparently indicate the number of specimens of many of the
species which were obtained. There were three of this form.

Ptilinopus fasciatus Peale.

PtiUnoj)us fasciatus Peale. Birds U. S. Expl. Exp., 1848, p. 193.

13,080. Samoa Isl. U. S. Expl. Exp. T. E. Peale. Tyjie.

Apparently there were three specimens obtained. The above is
an adult, like the one described, and is probably the type.

46 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1801).

Ptilinopus perousei (Peale).

PtUinopus perousii Peale. Birds U. S. Expl. Exp., 1848, p. 195.

13,096. Feejee Isls. U, S. Expl. Exp. T. R. Peale. Type.

Three specimens obtaiued, but the above is evidently the type,
as can be seen by comparison with the original description.

Ptilinopus purpuratus (Gm.).

PtiUnopus furcatxs Peale. Birds U. S. Expl. Exp., 1848, p. 191.

13,140. Society Isls. U. S. Expl. Exp. T. R. Peale.

Three specimens were obtained, and as the above is a dull-
colored, immature bird, and does not agree very well with the
description, one of the National Museum specimens had better be
regarded as the type.
Globicera aurorae (Peale).

Varpophaga aiirorce Peale. Birds U. S. Expl. Exp., 1848, p. 201.

Only one of the four specimens collected by the expedition is in
the Academy (13,156). The type is one of the Washington
specimens.

Carpophaga latrans Peale.

Carpophuga latrans Peale. Birds U. S. Expl. Exp., 1848, p. 200.
13,189. Feejee Isls. U. S. Expl. Exp. T. R. Peale. Type.

Two specimens seem to have been obtained. This one is a male
and agrees well with the description.

Columba castaneiceps Peale.

Columba castaneiceps Peale. Birds U. S. Expl. Exp., 1848, p. 187.

13.285. Upolu. Samoa. U. S. Expl. Exp. T. R. Peale. Type.

13.286. Upolu, Samoa. U. S. Expl. Exp. T. R. Peale.
Only two specimens were secured on the expedition.

Todirhamplius recurvirostris Lafr.

Dacelo minima Peale. Birds U. S. Expl. Exp., 1848, p. 159.

21,448. (S" Upolu, Samoa. U. S. Expl. Exp. T. R. Peale.
Halcyon sacer (Gm.).

Dacelo coronata Peale. Birds U. S. Expl. Exp., 1848, p. 160.

21.429. Samoa Islands. U. S. Expl. Exp. T. R. Peale.
Dacelo vitiensis Peule. Birds U. S. Expl. Exp., 1848, p. 156.

21.430. Tongataboo. U. S. Expl. Exp. T. R. Peale.

I have no means of ascertaining how many specimens of King-
fishers were obtained. The AVashington examples are as likely to
be the types as the above.

Corvus hawaiiensis Peale.

Corvus hawaiiensis Peale. Birds U. S. Expl; Exp., 1848, p. 106.

2.830. Hawaii. J. K. Townseiid. Type.

2.831. Hawaii. J. K. Townsend.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 47

Myzomela nigriventris Peale.

Myzomela nigriventris Peale. Birds U. S. Expl. Exp., 1848, p. 150.

18,209. Samoan Isl. U. S. Expl. Exp. T. R. Peale.

Four of these were collected.
Myzomela jugularis Peale.

Myzomela jugular is Peale. Birds U. S. Expl. Exp., 1848, p. 150.

18,223. Feejee Isls. U. S. Expl. Exp. T. R. Peale.

Four specimens of this species were in the collection.

Sir Wm Jardine and H. E. Strickland.

Many of the birds purchased for the Academy in Europe by Mr.
Edward Wilson were submitted to Jardine and Strickland, Avho
were also allowed to publish any which were undescribed in the
Contributions to Ornithology. The types, of course, were returned
to Mr. Wilson. A few species were loaned to Sclater for descrip-
tion in the same publication.
Monacha flavirostris (Strickl.).

Monasa flavirostris Strickl. Contr. Om., 1850, p. 47.

20,822. Peru. Type.
Heterocercus lineatus (Strickl.).

JUmnia lineata Strickl. Contr. Orn., 1850, p. 121.

8,550. c? Upper Amazon. Type.
Icterus prosthemelas (Strickl.).

Xanthornis prosthe7nelas Strickl. Contr. Orn., 1850, p. 120.

3.457. Type.
Tachyphonus rufiventer Spix.

Tachyphonus serrirostris Strickl. Contr. Orn., 1850, p. 49.

7,659. Type.
Todirostrum chrysocrotaphum Strickl.

Todirostrura chrysocrotaphum Strickl. Contr. Orn., 1850, p. 48.

4,177. (^ Peru. Edw. Wilson. Type.
Pachycephala orpheus Jardine.

Pachycephala orpheus " Verr. MSS." Jardine. Contr. Orn., 1849, p. 129.

15,270. 9 Timor, from Verreaux. Type.
Pachycephala macrorhyncha Strickl.

Pachycephala macr or hyncha Strickl. Contr. Orn., 1849, p. 91.

15,222. J^ "Amboine,'' from Verreaux. Type.

This is distinct from P. melanura, with which it is united in

the British Museum Catalocjue.

Pericrocotus minutus Strickl.

Pericrocotiis minutus Strickl. Contr. Orn., 1849, p. 94.

498. 9 Borneo, from Verreaux. Dr. Wilson.

499. (^ Borneo, from Verreaux. Dr. Wilson.

500. (^ Borneo, from Verreaux. Dr. Wilson. Type.

48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OK [1899.

Euphonia rufiventris (Vieill.).

Enpliorda hicolor Strickl. Contr. Oru., 1850, p. 48.
7,130. (^ Peru. Edw. Wilson. Type.

Trichostoma rostratum Blyth.

I'richostoma vmhratile Strickl. Contr. Orn., 1849, p. 126.
17,383. Borneo.

Trichostoma celebense Strickl.

Ti'ichostoma celebense Strick. Contr. Oin., 1849, p. 127.
17,370. Celebes, from Verreaux. 2'ype.

Amuropsis malaccensis (Hartl.).

Brachypteryx poliogenis "Boie" Strickl. Contr. Orn., 1849, p. 93.
17,415. Borneo. From Edw. Wilson. Type.

Jules and Edward Vebreaux.

Edward Wilsou olitained a number of specimens from Verreaux:
brothers, the famous Freuch bird dealers, and quite a number of
these were types of Verreaux' s species.

The Verreauxs had the unfortunate practice of sending out speci-
mens with manuscript names Avhich were often never published.
Many specimens loaned to Strickland by Mr. Wilson Avere of this
character, and, when describing any of them as new .species, to
avoid confusion he nearly always adopted Verreaux 's manuscript
names. In the case of a small collection from the interior of Ga-
boon, however, the Verreauxs, unknown lo Strickland, published
all the new species in the Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, while the
latter published them almost simultaneously in the Contributions
to Ornithology, fortunately usiog the supposed manuscript names
which he found on the labels. The.se doubly type(!) specimens
are as follows :

Hoploterus dinghani (Verr.).

Chettusia dinghani Yerv. Rev^ et Mag. de Zool., 1855.
11,677. S.Africa. Eivoli coll. Type.

Excalfactoria adansoni (Verr.).

Coturnix adansoni Verr. Eev. et Mag. de Zool., 1851, p. 515.
12,339. 9 Gaboon. Type.

Turturoena malherbii (Verr.).

Columha malherhii Verr. Rev. et Mag. de Zool., 1851, p. 514.
13,459. Gaboon. Tyjie.

A specimen of this bird received by the British Museum fiom
Verreaux is catalogued as " probably the type." This is an error,
as the Academy specimen is marked ' ' type ' ' by Verreaux.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 49

Trachyplionus purpuratus (Verr.).

Trnchyphonus purpuratus Verr. Eev. et Mag. de Zool., 1851, p. 260.
20,599. c^ Interior of Gaboon. Type.

Deudropicus gabonensis (Verr.).
Dendrobates gabonensis Verr. Eev. et Mag. de Zool., 1851, p. 513.
19,359. (^ W. Africa. Type.

Melittophagus variegatus (Vieill.)-

Mdlttophagus cyanipectus Verr. Rev. et Mag. de Zool., 1851, p. 269.
21,514. cf Gaboon. Type.
21,532. juv. Gaboon.

Halcyon badia Verr.

Halcyon badia Verr. Eev. et Mag. de Zool., 1^51, p. 264.
21,307. Gaboon. Type.

Barbatula leucolaima Verr.

Barbatula leucolaima Verr. Eev. et Mag. de Zool., 1851, p. 263, co. ii
1851.

20,680. Gaboon. Type.

Barbatula subsulphurea (Fraser).
Barbatula flavimenta Verr. Eev. et Mag. de Zool., 1851, p. 262.
20,676. Gaboon. Type.

Lamprocolius purpureiceps Verr.
LamprocoUus purpureiceps Verr. Eev. et Mag. de Zool., 1851, p. 418.
16,005. Interior of Gaboon. Type.

Dryoscopus sabinei (Gray).
Uapalophus melanoleucus Verr. Eev. et Mag. de Zool., 1851, p. 512.
15,173. (^ Interior of Gaboon. Type.

Dryoscopus coracinus Verr.
Dicrourus coracinus Verr. Eev. et Mag. de Zool., 1851, p. 311.
256. (^ Interior of Gaboon. Type.

This has been treated 'as a synonym of D. modeshis Hartl, but
may prove separable. The type of modestus is from Prince's
Island.

Nigrita luteifrons Verr.

Nigrita luteifrons Verr, Eev. et Mag. de Zool., 1851, p. 420.

14,477. J" Gaboon. Type.
Chelidon griseopyga Sund.

Atticora melbina Verr. Eev. et Mag. de Zool., 1851, p. 310.

15,682. Gaboon. Type.
Anthothreptes aurantium Verr.

Anthreptes aurantium Verr. Eev. et Mag. de Zool., 1851, p. 417.

18.175. ^ Interior of Gaboon. Type.
Cinnyris johannae (Verr.).

Cinnyris johannm Verr. Eev. et Mag. de Zool., 1851, p. 314.

18. 176. Interior of Gaboon. Type.
4

50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

Hyliota violacea Verr.

Hyliota violacea Verr. Kev. et Mag. cle ZooL, 1851, p. 308.

786. S" Gaboon. Type.
Ixonotus guttatus Verr.

Ixoiioius guttatus Verr. Rev. et Mag. de ZooL, 1851, p. 306.

17,091. Gaboon. Type.
Pratincola salax Verr.

Pratincola salax Verr. Rev. et Mag. de ZooL, 1851, p. 307.

722. c? Gaboon. Type.

Given as P. olax Yerr., " MS." by Strickl.

Other Types of Verreaux.

Poeocephalus fuscicapillus (Verr. and Des Miirs).

Pioiius fuscicapillus Verr. et Des Murs. Rev. et Mag. de ZooL, 1849, p.
58.

22.632. 9 Zanzibar. Rivoli colL

22.633. (S" Zanzibar. Rivoli colL Type.
Palaeornis modesta Fras.

PaUeornis lucianoi Verr. Rev. et Mag. de ZooL, 1850, p. 598.
22,697. c5^ "Moluccas." From Verreaux. Type.

F. DE Lafresnaye.

Among the collections jiurchased by Dr. Wilson in Paris was
that of M. Delatre, obtained in Peru, Bolivia, Colombia and
Panama. This contained many novelties, and these were sub-

mitted to Lafresuaye for publication before the collection was
shipped to America. His paper appeared in Ihe Revue Zoologiqv.e,
March, 1847, pp. 67-79, and in it eighteen new species were
proposed. The types of all of these are preserved in the collec-
tion, and their study proves of interest, as some of Lafresnaye's
names seem to have been entirely overlooked.
Grallaria monticola Lafr.

Grallaria monticola Lafr. Rev. ZooL, 1847, p. 68.

8,199. Ecuador. Delatre coll. Tyj)e.
Hypocnemis naevioides (Lafr.).

Conopophaga ruevioides Lafr. Rev. ZooL, 1847, p. 69.

8,588. !^. America. Delatre coll. Type.
Ochthceca frontalis (Lafr.).

Tyrannula frontalis Lafr. Rev. ZooL, 1847, p. 70.

4,083. cJ* Pasto"Peru." Delatre coll. Type.

Lafresnaye's excellent description seems to have been entirely
overlooked and the bird has gone by the name of 0. citr'mifroiiA
Sclater, P. Z. S., 1862, p. 113, which must, however, become of a
synonym of 0. frontalis Lafr.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 51

Poecilothraupis palpebrosa (Lafr.).

Tanagra palpebrosa Lafr. Rev. Zool., 1847, p. 71.
7,374. cf Peru. Delatre coll. Type.

Calospiza nigrocincta (Bp.).

A;/laiti wilsonii 'Lah. Rev. Zool., 1847, p. 71.
7,275. rj'' Peru. Delatre coll. Ti/pe.

Calospiza larvata fanny (Lafr.).

A'jl(ii(tf<iuny Lafr. Rev. Zool., 1847, p. 72.
7,277. $ Delatre coll. Type.

Tachyphonus delatrii La(r.

Tachyphomis delatrii Lafr. Rev. Zool., 1847, p. 72.
7,660. cJ* St. Bonaventure. Delatre coll. Type.

Arremon aurantiirostris Lafr.
Arreinoa (inrantiirostris Lafr. Rev. Zool., 1847, p. 72.
7,789. rf Panama. Delatre coll. Type.

Saltator albicoUis Vieill.

Saltator striatipictus Lafr. Rev. Zool., 1847, p. !'.*>.
7,852. (^ N. Grenada. Delatre coll. Type.

Saltator albiooUis Vieill.

SitWttor mitoilipeetus Lafr. Rev. Zool., 1847, p. 73.
7,924. 9 Delatre coll. Type {•?).

This is apparently the type of this species, though most of the
<lata have been lost.

Cardinalis phoenicurus granadensis (Lair.).

Cardinalis granadensis Lafr. Rev. Zool., 1847, p. 74.
9,962. (j^ N.Grenada. Delatre coll. Type.

This name has been entirely overlooked. Mr. Robert Ridgway
considers it a distinct race from the C. phcenieurus of Venezuela.

Guiraca oyanoides Lafr.

Coccoboriis cya/wides Lafr. Rev. Zool., 1847, p. 74.
9,775. 9 Panama. Delatre coll. Type.

Sporophila analoides (Lafr.).

Linaria analoides Lafr. Rev. Zool., 1847, p. 75.
9,914. (^ Lima, Peru. Delatre coll. J^ype.

Sporophila inornata (Lafr.).

Linaria iii-orruita Lafr. Rev. Zool., 1847, p. 75.

9,818. (S" Bolivia. Delatre coll. Type.
Geositta peruviana Lafr.

Geositta peruviana Lafr. Rev. Zool., 1847, p. 75.

6,784. 9 Lima, Peru. Delatre coll. Tyj)e.
Dendroplex picirostris Lafr.

Dendrople.t picirostris Lafr. Rev. Zool., 1847, p. 76.

6,979. N. Grenada. Delatre coll. Type.

52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899'.

Picumnis granadensis Lafr.

Picumnus granadensis Lafr. Kev. Zool., 1847, p. 78.
19,751. N. Granada. Delatre coll. Type.
19,757. [N.Granada.] Delatre coll.

Malacoptila panamensis Lafr.
Malacoptila panamensis Lafr. Rev. Zool., 1847, p. 79.
20,805. juv, (^ Panama. Delatre coll. Type.

Lafresnaye and D'Orbigny.

The types of the species usually credited to the above authors
are generally admitted to be the specimens in the Boston Society
of Natural History contained in the Lafresnaye collection.

There are, however, specimens of many of them in the Academy
collection, which were originally in D'Orbigny' s collection, and
subsequently in that of Prince Massena, Due of Rivoli. These
were regarded by Cassin as types, and while they probably have
not as good a claim as those in the Boston Society they are in any
case paratypes, and are valued accordingly.

Such specimens as are clearly labeled " D'Orbigny' s Collection "
are the following, though there are doubtless others among the
Rivoli specimens:
13,508. Columbigallina cruziana (d'Orb.). "Zacua No. 17, d'Orblgny."

6.998. Dendrornis. Chiquitos. d'Orbigny.

6.999. Dendrornis. Chiquitos. d'Orbigny.

3,776. Ostinops atrovirens (d'Orb.). " Yungas, No. 61, d'Orbigny."
10,647. Emberizagra olivascens (d'Orb.). " Suarba, No. 95, d'Orbigny."
10,646. Emberizagra olivascens (d'Orb.). " Esquichia, No. 95, d'Orbigny."

10.626. Poospiza hypochondria (d'Orb.). S. America, "No. 98, d'Orbigny."

10.627. Poospiza hypochondria (d'Orb.). " Chiquitos, No. 98, d'Orbigny."

10.621. Poospiza melanoleuca (d'Orb.). "Chiquitos, No. 114, d'Orbigny."

10.622. Poospiza melanoleuca. No. 114, d'Orbigny.

10.713. Schistospiza griseocristata (d'Orb.). "No. 104, d'Orbigny."

10.714. Schistospiza griseocristata (d'Orb.). "No. 114, d'Orbigny."

Massena and Sonance.

Apparently Prince Massena continued to collect specimens of the
Psittacidce after the disposal of his main collection to Dr. Wilson,
as in the Revue et Magasin de Zoologie for 1854, p. 71, there is a
paper under the joint authorship of Massena and Sonance^^ in

"'^ Though both names appear as authors, Massena is given as authority for
all the species.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 53

which are described nine new Parrots, while in the same journal
for 1856 there is a Catalogue of Parrots in the Massena collec-
tion, by M. Sonance, in which two hundred and eighteen species are
enumerated, some being described as new.

The types of these latter species seem to have been purchased by
the British Museum, as with a few exceptions they are all listed in
the Catalogue of Birds in the British Museum, Vol. xx. The
Academy has no specimens of them from the Massena collection.

Specimens of all but three of the species described in the former
of the papers above mentioned are, however, in the Academy's
collection labeled as types of " Massena and Sonance."

As the original manuscript catalogue contains these specimens it
would seem that they Avere shipped about the same time as the rest
of the collection, which reached Philadelphia in 1846, in which case
the labels must have been written long before the names were pub-
lished. It is possible, however, that they were not sent over until
after the paper by Massena and Sonance was prepared.

In any case, the specimens have practically as much claim to
being considered the types as those in the British Museum, and a
list of them is therefore appended.

Ara auricollis Cass.
Ara auritorques Mass. Rev. et Mag. de ZooL, 1854, p. 71.

22.358. (f S. America. Rivoli coll. Type.

22.359. J^ S.America. Rivoli coll.

No type of this is in the British Museum.

Gnathosittacea icterotis JMass.).

Conurus icterotis Mass. Rev. et Mag. de Zool., 1854, p. 71.

Type in British Museum. No specimen in the Academy collec-
tion.
Conurus rubrolarvatus Mass.

Conurus rubrolarvatus Mass. Rev. et Mag. de Zool., 1854, p. 71.

22,348. c? Guayaquil. Rivoli coll. Ti/jJe.

A type also in British Museum (Cat. of Bds., xx, p. 183).

Conurus seruginosus (L).

Conurus chrijsogcmjs Mass. Rev. et Mag. de Zool., 1854, p. 72.
22,333. ? Colombia. Rivoli coll. Type.

A specimen is also in the British Museum ( Cat. of Bds. , xx, p.
197), which is evidently one of the type lot, though not so marked
by the compiler.

54 I'ROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899^.

Pyrrhura calliptera (Mass.).

Coiiurm cdlUpterm Mass. Rev. et Mag. de Zool., 1854, p. 72.

22.385. 9 Bogota. Rivoli coll.

22.386. 9 Bogota. Rivoli coll.

22.387. rf Bogota. Rivoli coll. Type.

No Massena specimen is in the British Museum collection.

Pyrrhura devillei (Mass.).

Conurus devillei Mass. Rev. et Mag. de Zool., 1854, p. 73.

There is no specimen of this bird in the Academy,

The type is in the British Museum (Cat. of Bds., xx, p. 227).

Pyrrhura molinae (Mass.).

Conurus molina' Mass. Rev. et Mag. de Zool., 1854, p. 73.

22.388. 9 (?) Chiquitos. Rivoli coll.

22.389. c? (?) Chiquitos. Rivoli coll. Type.

A type is in the British Museum {Cat. of Bds., xx, p. 227).
Pionus selinoides (Mass.).

PsUtacus selinoides Mass. Rev. et Mag. de Zool., 1854, p. 73.
22,542. (^ Bogota. Rivoli coll. Tyj)e.

A type is in the British Museum (Cat. of Bds., xx, p. 226).

Pionus cobaltinus (Mass.).

PsUtacus cobaltinus Mass. Rev. et Mag. de Zool., 1854, p. 74.

22,536. juv. S^ S. America. Rivoli coll. Type.

A type is in the British Museum (Cat. of Bds., xx, p. 325).

John Gould.

As already explained, Dr. Wilson secured Gould's entire collec-
tion of Australian birds, including nearly all of the types of species
described up to and including the seventh volume of his Birds of
Australia. The types of the species described in the supplement,
as well as such additional specimens as were procured after Dr.
Wilson's purchase, went to the British Museum, Several speci-
mens apparently from this subsequent collection are given in the
Catalogue of Birds, as types of sjoecies described long before Dr.
Wilson's purchase, whereas the Academy specimens have the better
claim, the others being, so far as I can judge, topotypes secured
some time afterward. There is no reason to suppose that Gould
withheld any of the specimens he possessed at the time of the sale.

Gould's collection, after purchase, was sent to Verreaux for
mounting, and the original labels were removed, and their contents
(or part of it) transcribed on the base of the stands, every speci-

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, o5

men being marked " Type. Gould's Birds of Australia,'' no
matter whether the species was Gould' s or not !

Gould's original descriptions were for the most part published in
the Proceediwjs of the Zoological Society, and ai*e generally very
meagre, so that it is impossible to tell how many of the numerous
" type specimens " of each species he had at the time he prepared
the diagnoses.

By careful study and comparison with the original descriptions
it is possible to select the specimen which agrees in plumage, meas-
urements and locality with the description in nearly every case,
and such ones I have designated as the types.

Of the 391 names proposed by Gould for Australian birds (in-
cluding those published in his Handbook) the types of 321 are in
the Academy collection. Of the rest, fifty-six are in the British
Museum, or other collections stated by Gould, while of fourteen
the actual type seems to have been lost, though paratypes or cotypes
are still preserved in the Academy,

A complete manuscript catalogue of the Gould Australian speci-
mens has been prepared, and may be published at some future time.

Below are given such of his types from localities other than
Australia as are preserved in the Academy collection:

Nestor productus (Gould).
Plyctolophus productus Gould, P. Z. S., 1836, p. 19.
22,082. New Zealand. Gould coll. Type.

Ramphastos brevicarinatus Gould.

Raiiiphastos brecicari/iatus Gould. Mon. Kampli., ii Ed., pi. iii (1854).
20,375. Mexico. Rivoli coll. Type.

Ramphastos citreolaemus Gould.
Ramphastos citreolmmus Gould. P. Z. S., 1843, p. 147.
20,391. Bogota. Rivoli coll. Type.

Todirhamphus recurvirostris Lafr.

Halcyon platyrostris Gould, P. Z. S., 1842, p. 72.
21,449. Navigator Islands. J.Gould. Type.

Chamseza nobilis Gould.

Chamceza nobilis Go\i\i\.. Ann. and Mag. Zool., xv, 2d Series, 1855, p.
344.

8,517. Peru. "No. 2 Chamneza nobilis, sp. nov., Gould. Type."

The above data are in Gould's hand. The British Museum
Catalogue contains another specimen with the same data, which iis
recorded as the type.

56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

Heteralocha acutirostris (Gould).
Neomorpha acutirostris Gould. P. Z. S., 1836, p. 144.
16,023. 9 New Zealand. J. Gould. Type.
Neomorpha crassirostris Gould. P. Z. S., 1836, p. 145.
16,021. (^ New Zealand. J. Gould. Type.

If we regard Neomorpha aud Neomorphus as distinct names,
Neomorpha should stand for this bird. Otherwise it is antedated
by Neomorphus Gloger in the Cueulidce.

Zosterops albigularis Gould.

Zosterops albigularis Gould. P. Z. S., 1836, p. 75.
18,257. Norfolk Isl. J. Gould. Tyjye.

Zosterops tenuirostris Gould.
Zosterops tenuirostris Gould. P. Z. S., 1836, p. 76.

18.255. Norfolk Isl. J. Gould.

18.256. Norfolk Isl. J. Gould.

Petroica multicolor (Gm.).
Petroica modesta Gould. P. Z. S., 1837, p. 147.
662. ? Norfolk Isl. J. Gould. Type.
Petroica pulchella Gould. P. Z. S., 1839, p. 142.'
661. c^ Norfolk Isl. J. Gould. Type.

Sir a. Smith.

A number of specimens received from Jules Verreaux are
marked by him both on the stands and in the catalogue ' ' Type de
Smith," referring to the publications of Sir A. Smith in the Re-
port of the S. African Expedition and Illustrations of the Zoology of
South Africa. The types of most of Smith's species are recorded
as being in the British Museum, but where this is not the case the
Academy specimens must be considered as the types. No particu-
lars are preserved as to how many of Smith's specimens Dr.
Wilson procured.

In all cases the Academy specimens are cotypes, and I therefore
give a full list of them below, which their importance seems to
warrant.

Being unable to consult the Rep. S. Afr. E.vp. , 1 quote the refer-
ences from the British Museum Catalogue of Birds.

Sarothrura elegans (Smith).

Galliiiula elegans Smith. 111. Zool. S. Afr., 1839, pi. 22.
6,291. c? Cape of Good Hope. " Type de Smith. "

None of Smith's specimens are in the British Museum.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 57

Thalassomis leuconotus (Eyt.).

Clangula leuconota "Smith." Ej^ton Mon. Anat., 1833, p. 168.
5,517. (^ Cape of Good Hope. " Type de Smith and Eyton. "

Three specimens mai'ked type are in the British Museum ( Cat.
of Bds., xxvii, p. 438).

Caprimulgus lentiginosus Smith.

Caprimulgus lentiginosus Smith. 111. Zool. S. Africa, 1845, pi. 101.
21,839. 9 Cape of Good Hope. " Type de Smith."

Another type specimen is in the British Museum (Cat. of Bds.,
xvi, 13. 537).

Caprimulgus rufigenus Smith.

Cii.primulgus rufigenn Smith. 111. Zool. S. Afr., 1845, pi. 100.

21.830. ^ Cape of Good Hope. " Type de Smith."

21.831. 9 Cape of Good Hope. "Type de Smith."

21.834. jr. c^ Cape of Good Hope. " Type de Smith. "

21.835. (^ Cape of Good Hope. " Type de Smith. "

Two specimens from Smith in the British Museum are not
marked as types {Cat. of Bds., xvi, p. 533).

Caprimulgus natalensis Smith.

Caprimulgus natalensis Smith. 111. Zool. S. Afr., 1845, pi. 99.
21 , 884. $ Port Natal. ' ' Type de Smith. ' '

Two specimens marked type in British Museum (Cat. of Bds.,
xvi, p. 564).

Alaemon nivosa (Svv.).

Alauda lagepa Smith. Ill: Zool. S. Afr., 1845, pi. 87, fig. 2.

14,729. (^ Cape of Good Hope. " Type de Smith."

Two types in British Museum (Cat. of Bds., xiii, p. 524).

Alaemon semitorquata (Smith).

Certhilauda semitorquata Smith. Rep. Exp. S. Afr., 1836, p. 47.
14,727. 9 Cape of Good Hope. " Type de Smith " (fide Verreaux).
Type in British Museum (Cat. of Bds., xiii, p. 522).

Mirafra afrioanoides Smith.

Mir afr a africanoides Smith. Rep. Exp. S. Afr., 1836, p. 47.
14,764. (f Cape of Good Hope. " Type de Smith."
Type in British Museum (Cat. of Bds., xiii, p. 616).

Mirafra sabota Smith.

Mirafra sabota Smith. Rep. Exp. S. Afr., 1836, p. 47.
14,761. c^ Cape of Good Hope. " Type de Smith."

A specimen from Smith is in the British Museum, though it is
not marked as the type (Cat. of Bds., xiii. p. 618).

58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

Pyrrhulauda verticalis (Smith).
Megalotis certiealis Smith. Rep. Exp. 8. Afr., 1836, p. 48.

14.865. 9 Cape of Good Hope. " Type de Smith."

14.866. 9 Cape of Good Hope. " Type de Smith."

14.871, juv. (5^ Cape of Good Hope. " Type de Smith."
14,850. cJ" Cape of Good Hope. " Type de Smith."

A specimen from Smith is also iu the British Museum, l>ut is not
marked type (Cat. of Bds., xiii, p. 656).

Pyrrhulauda smitMi Bp. Consp. Av. l, p. 512, 1850.
Pyrrhulauda leucotis Smith (nee. Stanley).

14.872. 9 Cape of Good Hope. " Type de Smith."
14,841, juv. 9 Cape of Good Hope. " Type de Smith."
14,843. 9 Cape of Good Hope. "Type de Smith."
14,848. S" Cape of Good Hope. " Type de Smith."

Based by Bonaparte on Smith's specimens. Two of these in
British Museum are marked types {Cat. of Bds., xiii, p. 658).

Pyrrhulauda australis (Smith).

Megalotis australis Smith. Kep. Exped. S. Afr., 1836, App., p. 49.

14,874. 9 Cape of Good Hope. "Type de Smith."

14,876. (S" Cape of Good Hope. "Type de Smith."

A type specimen also iu the British Museum {Cat. of Bdi., xiii,
p. 652).

Fringillaria tahapisi (Smith).

Emberiza taliapisi Smith. Eep. S. Afr. Exp., 1836, App., p. 48.
10,569. 9 Cape of Good Hope. " Type de Smith."
10,574. (^ Cape of Good Hope. " Type de Smitli. "
No Smith specimen in the British Mu.seum.

Fringillaria impetuani (Smith).

Emberiza impetuani Wraith. Eep. S. Afr. Exp., 18:56, App., p. 43.

10.578. cJ" Cape of Good Hope. " Type de Smith."

10.579. 9 Cape of Good Hope. " Type de Smith."

Two types are also in the British Museum {Cat. of Bds., xii, p.
564).

Passer difFusus (Smith).
Pyrgita dijfusa ^rmth. Rep. S. Afr. Exp., 1836, App., p. 50.
10,174. S" Cape of Good Hope. " Type de Smith."
10,165. (f Cape of Good Hope. " Type de Smith."
10,170. 9 Cape of Good Hope. " Type de Smith."
Two types also in British Museum {Cat. of Bds., xii, p. 337).

Poliospiza gularis (Smith).
Liiiaria gular is '^mith. Rep. S. .\fr. Exp., 1836, App., p. 49.
10,070. 9 Cape of Good Hope. " Type de Smith."
10,072. (^ Cape of Good Hope.

1899.] NATURAL i?CIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 5^

Two specimens are iu the British Museum, but are not marked
as types (Cat. of Bds., xii, p. 344),

Serinus albogularis (Smith).

C'i'ithaga o.lhogularis Smith. S. Afr. Quart. Jour., 1833, p. 48.
Crithaga selbyl Smith. Kep. S. Afr. Exp., 1836, App., p. 50.
10,246. (^ Cape of Good Hope. " Type de Smith. "

This specimen is marked as type of C. selhyi. There is also a
specimen in the British Museum, but it is not marked type ( Cat. of
Bds., xii, p. 360).

Estrilda erythronota (Vieill.).

Estrelda lipiniana Smith. Rep. Expl. S. Afr., 1836, App., p. 49.
14,669. ^ Cape of Good Hope. "Type de Smith."
14,671. ? Cape of Good Hope. " Type de Smith."

A specimen is in the British Museum, l)ut not marked as the
type {Cat of Bds., xiii, p. 398).

Sporopipes squamifrons (Smith).

Estrelila squamifrons Smith. Rep. Exp. 8. Afr., 1836, p. 49.
13, 911. 9 Cape of Good Hope. ' ' Type de Smith. ' '

Type in British Museum (^Cat. of Bds. , xiii, p. 408).

Lagonosticta brunneiceps Sharpe. Cat. of Bds., xiii, p. 277.
Estrelda vieillottl Smith. [MSS. ?]
14,389. ? Cape of Good Hope. " Type de Smith."

I find no mention of this name of Smith's, but not having access
to the Rep. S. Afr, Exp., cannot ascertain whether it is published
or not. If it is, it will, of course, antedate brunneiceps of Sharpe.

Penthetriopsis macroura (Gm.).

Eaplcctus booriensis Smith. [MSS. ?]

14,238. ^ Cape of Good Hope. " Type de Smith."

14.292. 9 Cape of Good Hope.

14.293. 9 Cape of Good Hope.

This is another name which has apparently not been published,
but I am unable to satisfy myself upon this point.
Plocepasser mahali Smith.

Plorepasser nialudi iimit\\. Rep. Exp. S. Afr., 1836, App., p. 51.

14.256. c? Cape of Good Hope. "Type de Smith."

14.257. ? Cape of Good Hope. "Type de Smith."

Two types in British Museum {Cat. of Bds., xiii, p. 246).

60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

Pyromelana taha (Smith).

EupUctes taha Smith. Kep. Exp. S. Afr., 1836, p. 50.

14,294. J^ Cape of Good Hope. "Type de Smith."

14.296. cf Cape of Good Hope. " Type de Smith."

14.297. 9 Cape of Good Hope. " Type de Smith."

14.298. 9 Cape of Good Hope. " Type de Smith."

14.299. j* Cape of Good Hope. " Type de Smith."

Two types also in British Museum {Cat. of Bds., xiii, p. 243).

Hyphantornis Sp. ?
Ploeeris obsciirus Smith. [MSS. ?]

14, 708. " c? " Cape of Good Hope. " Ty pe de Smith. ' '
14,027. " c? " Cape of Good Hope.

No. 14,027 is mai-ked "P. tahatali Smith," but it is evidently
this species. These birds seem to be a female and young of some
large species of Hyphantornis with wing measuring 3.25 ins.

Hyphantomis velatus (Vieill.).

Ploceus tahatali Smith. Rep. Exp. S. Afr., 1836, p. 50.
14,707. 9 Cape of Good Hope. " Type de Smith."

A type specimen in the British Museum (Cat. of Bds., xiii, p.
466).

Hyphantornis velatus mariquensis (Smith).

Ploceus mariquensis Smith. 111. Zool. S. Afr., 1845, pi. 103.
14,049. jun. (^ Cape of Good Hope. " Type de Smith. "
Series of types in the British Museum( Cat. of Bds., xiii, p, 467).

^uelea quelea (L-)-

Loxia latharni Smith. Rep. S. Afr. Exp., 1836, App., p. 51.
14,340. 9 Cape of Good Hope. "Type de Smith."
14,345. 9 Cape of Good Hope. " Type de Smith."

No type in British Museum.

PMlseterus socius (Lath.).

Philaterus lepidus Smith, in Charlesw. Mag., 1837, p. 536.
14,327. (J" Cape of Good Hope. " Type de Smith. "
14,333. jun. 9 Cape of Good Hope.

Three types are in the British Museum (Cat. of Bds., xiii, p.
250).
€innyris mariquensis Smith.

Gitmyris mariquensis Smith. Rep. S. Afr. Exp., 1836, App., p. 53.

18.025. S" Cape of Good Hope. " Type de Smith."

18.026. 9 Cape of Good Hope. " Type de Smith."
18,181. c? Cape of Good Hope. " Type de Smith. "
No type in the British Museum.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 61

Cinnyris olivacea Smith.

Cinnyris olivacea Smith. 111. S. Afr. Zool., 1839, in text to pi. 57.
18,037. c? Cape of Good Hope. *' Type de Smith."
No type in Briti-sh JNIiLseum.

Cinnyris leucogaster Vieill.
Nectarinia talatala Smith. Rep. Exp. S. Afr., 1836, App., p. 58.

18.120. $ Cape of Good Hope. " Type de Smith."

18.121. S" Cape of Good Hope. "Type de Smith."
No type in British Museum.

Other Authors.

A few types of other authors were contained in the collections
purchased by Dr. Wilson, as given below :
Cassicus montezumse (Less.).

Cacicus montezumcB Less. Cent. Zool., p. 33 (1830).

3,769. Mexico. cJ* Type.

This specimen is stated by Cassin to be the type {Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila., 1867, p. 71).

Polyplectrum napoleonis Less.
Poly plectrum napoleonis Less. Traite d'Orn., 1831, pp. 487, 650.
12,732. " (^ des Isles de Indes (?) ou des Moloques."
" Type de Less, et de Temra." Rivoli coll.

Neorhynchus naseus (Bp.).
Neorhynchuspermianm Less. Gray Handlist Birds (1870), i, p. 107.
9,811. " Perou. Type de la description de Lesson."

I cannot find the original place of publication of this species,
and it may be only a manuscript name.

Picathartes gymnooephalus Temm.

Corvus gymnocephalus Teram. PI. Col. 327.
3,091. "Type de Temminck."

Apparently one of the specimens purchased by Dr. Wilson from
Temminck' s collection.

Trogon meridionalis Swains.

Trogon affinis Des. & Dev.

21,003. cf Trinidad. Eivoli coll. " Type de Des. & Dev." (Verreaiix).

21,002. cJ' Cayenne. Rivoli coll. " Type de Des. & Dev. "

I do not find the name affinis, and it seems to have existed only

in manuscript.

Ptilopus rivolii Prev. & Knip.

Columba rivolii Prev. «& Knip. Pig. II, pi. 57 (1838-43).
13,119. Rivoli coll. "P. rivolii Prev., Original Specimen."

62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

Eupetomena macrurus (Gm.)-

Trochilus hirundinaceus "Vieill."
23,341. Type oi Vieill. (fide Verreaux).

Vieillot called the bird " Oiseau-Mouclie a queue fourchue de
Cayenne, ' ' and it was Lesson who bestowed the name hirundinaceus
upon it. Whether this is Lesson's type is perhaps questionable.

Drymornis bridgesi Eyt.

Nasicahridrjesi'Ejt. Contr. Orn., 1849, p. 130.
6,925. Bolivia (?). " Type.''

The type of this species is recorded as being in the British Mu-
^um {Cat. of Bds., xv, p. 157).

Muscicapa lugens (Hartl.).

Muscicapa cassini Heine. Jour, fiir Oni., 1860, p. 428.

619. (^ Camma river, W. Africa. DuChaillu coll. Type.

620, juv. Camma river, W. Africa. DuChaillu coll.

Based on Cassin's description of the above specimens.

1899. J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 63

SYNOPSIS OF THE UNITED STATES SPECIES OF THE HYMENOPTEROUS

GENUS CENTRIS Fabr. WITH DESCRIPTION OF

A NEW SPECIES FROM TRINIDAD.

KY WILLIAM J. FOX.

This genus of bees is of tropical origin and, north of Mexico, is
only found along the extreme southern border of the United States.
Of the eleven species herein noted ten are from the region bor-
dering the Rio Grande, and one only is found east of Texas, C.
errans, from the vicinity of Biscayne Bay, Florida, a species prob-
ably introduced from the West Indies. Ten of these eleven species
have been first described within the past two years.

The author is indelited to Mi's. A. T. Slosson and Messrs. Cock-
erel], Ashraead and Griffith for the loan of material, which has
been of much assistance.

FEMALES.

1. Abdomen green-black, with reddish maculation, entirely red-

dish testaceous beneath; (face Avith pale markings, an in-
verted T-shaped mark on clypeus; pubescence of thorax above
pale fulvous, on sides, beneath, and on head in front pale
gray ; a stripe of black hairs crossing the vertex), errans n. sp.
Abdomen deep black, more or less pubescent, 2

2. Griseous pubescence covering the entire body, that on thorax

above and vertex slightly fulvous, while the hair on legs
from middle of tibite to apex of two hind pairs and anterior
tarsi, black; abdomen pruinose; labrum in perfect specimens
densely pilose; a triangular yellow spot on clypeus; antennae
entirely black, the first joint of flagellum distinctly longer
than the united length of four following joints, pallida n. sp.
Abdomen, at most, with pale pubescence on first and second dor-
sal segment, generally quite nude, 3

3. Only the first dorsal segment pubescent, 4

" The second abdominal segment, as well as the first, delicately

pruinose, ' '

Hoffmannseggice CkW. {^lanosa Ckll. 9 uon Cress.)

64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

4. First dorsal segment not densely pubescent; (front broader, if

anything, than the distance between the anterior ocellus and
apex of clypeus; the latter as well as the labrum, mandibles
except apex, and inner orbits narrowly beneath, orange; legs
black, with black pubescence), .... ccesalpinice Ckll.
First dorsal segment more or less densely pubescent, ... 5

5. Clypeus and labrum pale, 6

Clypeus and labrum black, the former with a carina extend-
ing from base almost to apex; mandibles and scape black;
(labrum acuminate at tip; first joint of flagellum a little
shorter than the united length of the four following joints;
pubescence of four hind legs entirely black), subhyalina n. sp.

6. Width of front, if anything, greater than the distance between

the anterior ocellus and apex of clypeus; greater part of legs
red, their pubescence black, except on anterior femora and
tibife; apical margins of dorsal abdominal segments 2 and 3
laterally with pale pubescence; (clypeus, labrum, inner
orbits beneath and mandibles, except apex, orange),

rhodopus Ckll.

Width of front less than the distance between the anterior

ocellus and apex of clypeus; legs black, or dark brown, . 7

7. Width of clypeus anteriorly scarcely greater than its length in

the middle; labrum comparatively small, subtriangular, sub-
acuminate at tip; pubescence on thorax beneath pale,

Cockerellii n. n. {=:Hoffmannseg(jice CW\. 9.)
Width of clypeus anteriorly greater than its length in the mid-
dle; labrum larger, semilunate, its apex broadly and roundly
slightly emarginate; pubescence on thorax beneath dark

brown or blackish, atriventris n. sp.

MALE 3.

1. Apex of dorsal segments broadly margined with testaceous. 2
Abdomen deep black, margins of segments not at all testaceous, 3

2. First and second segments broadly fasciate with pale reddish-

yellow, which color also marks the sides of abdomen ; segments
3-5 pale testaceous at apex; pubescence very dense, com-
pletely concealing sculpture of thorax. Length 21 mm..

Morsel Ckll.

1899.] >'ATURAL SCIENCES .OF THILADELPHIA. 65

All the dorsal segments margiued apically with pale testaceous;
pubescence sparser, the sculpture of dorsulum and mesopleurffi
more or less obvious. Length 16 mm.

margmata n. sp. (or var. of Morsei. )

3. Eyes strongly converging above: first joint of flagellum as long

as four following united; abdomen pruinose above, especially
on first two segments, the others sparsely ; clypeus and labrum

Avhite, Hofinannseggioi Ckll.

Eyes not or scarcely converging above, 4

4. Front broad, 5

Front narrow, the distance between the anterior ocellus and

apex of clypeus much greater than the greatest width of
front, 6

5. "Scape wholly dark; mandibles dark reddish brown, with

black tips;" legs dark, ccesalpinice Ckll.

Scape beneath and mandibles more or less yellowish; legs red-
dish; abdomen, at least laterally, with bands of pale hairs
at apex of dorsal segments 2-4, .... rhodopus Ckll.

6. Pubescence of thorax beneath dark brown or blackish, that on

four hind legs entirely black; first joint of flagelfum shorter
than the following two united, .... atriventris n. sp.
Pubescence of thorax pale beneath, the medial tibise outwardly
and base of hind tibite externally with pale hairs; first joint
of flagellum nearly as long as the three following united,

lanosa Cress.
1. Centris errans n. sp.

?. — Head and thorax black; abdomen green-black, the apical
margin of segments 1-4, or 2-4, the remainder and ventral surface
entirely, an irregular mark on dorsals 2 and 3 laterally, tegulse
and the legs, reddish-brown, the anterior femora more or less black;
scape beneath, sometimes obscurely, base of mandibles, labrum, an
inverted T-shaped mark on clypeus, inner orbits as far as inser-
tion of antenna?, whitish yellow ; head with pale pubescence, that
on cheeks palest, the vertex crossed from eye to eye by a stripe of
black hairs; thorax above with pale fulvous pubescence, that on the
sides and beneath similar to that of the head in front; fore legs
fringed with pale hairs, the short pubescence fulvous; brush of hind
legs of a paler fulvous than the pubescence of thorax above; first
5

66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

hind tarsal joint covered with appressed, fiery-red, or coppery,
bristles, oblong, truncate, longer and wider than the hind tibi?8;
abdomen on first segment anteriorly, ventrally and at apex with
some pale hairs, otherwise uude; wings subhyaline, a dark streak
in the marginal cell originating at base, and a similar streak ex-
tending from the apex of the same cell in the form of an appen-
diculation. Length 12 mm.

Florida: Biscayne Bay. Two specimens collected by Mrs. A.
T, Slosson, who, I believe, has other specimens of the species. C.
errans, whose origin is undoubtedly tropical, as the present speci-
mens should be considered wanderers from the West Indies, who
may or may not have taken up their abode in Florida, is most
closely related to C. apiealis and C. insularis from Saint Bartholo-
mew and St. Domingo respectively, Avith either of Avhich it may be
identical, but from the descriptions of these two species the present
one differs in several respects, which may, however, be due to
lack of greater detail.

2. Centris pallida n. sp.

9. — Black, densely clothed with grayish Avhite pubescence, that
on vertex and thorax above slightly pertaining to fulvous; median
and hind legs with black pubescence on tibiae and first tarsal joint;
remaining tarsal joints reddish; clypeus with a triangular yellow
mark; labrum covered with dense pile, that on base whitish, at
apex brownish; mandibles black, with pale pile at base externally;
first joint of flagellum slender, almost as long as the five following
joints; tegulte testaceous; fore tarsi fringed with pale fuscous hairs,
the pubescence of the inner side of first joint brownish; abdomen
with the pubescence of dorsal surface short, hoar-frost-like, except
on apical half of fifth segment where it is black; ventral segments
2-4 fringed at apex with long white hairs, the fringe of segment
5 being dark brown; the ventral segments medially are supplied
Avith darker dense pubescence, which, when viewed from the side,
extends from base of second segment to apex of fourth; sixth
segment with brownish pubescence, the pygidium elongate, narrow,
reddish at base, with a broad flat fold or swelling running from
apex to near base; wings subhyaline. Length 16-17 mm.

Arizona: Phoenix. Five specimens given to me by Dr. H. G.
Griffith, by whom they were collected in May, 1898, on Ihe flowers

18b9.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 67

of the " Palo Verde," Parkinsonia Torreyana. Dr. Griffith states
the bees were alnmdant and easily captured, allowing the collecting
bottle to be slipped up quite close to them and the stopper then
used in such a manner as to knock them into the bottle. This
apparent lethargic condition of the specimens is quite unusual for
species of Centris, as from all accounts they are usually very rapid
flyers and easily disturbed, after the manner of Odonata. I can
testify from experience as to the alertness of two of the West In-
dian species, C. hcemorrhoidalis and C. fasciata. The abdomen is
densely pruinose a])ove,

3. Centris Morsei Ckll.

Centris Morsei CockereU, Proe. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1897, 355, (^.
New Mexico: Mcsilla. Quite distinct by its large size (21 mm. )
and the pale reddish-yellow bands on dorsal segments 1 and 2.

4. Centris marginata n. sp.

rj. — Black; ventral segments laterally testaceous-yellow, all the
dorsals at apex broadly margined with testaceous; flagellum
slightly brownish beneath ; clypeus, labrum and spot between an-
tenna at base of clypeus, bright lemon-yellow; mandibles reddish-
brown, with black tips; entire insect covered with pale gray pubes-
cence, except the abdomen above, which is quite bare, excepting
the extreme base of first segment; the pubescence inclining to
fulvous on top of head and thorax, and sufficiently thin on dorsu-
lum and mesopleurse to display the sculpture; front broad; first
joint of flagellum about as long as the three following united; legs
robust; pubescence of anterior tibite and tarsi internally reddish-
brown, that on first joint of hind tarsi internally, dark; wings
subhyaline, nervures blackish. Length 16 mm.

New Mexico: " Las Cruces (August 23) on flowers of CevaUia
dnuata.'" One specimen received from Mr. Cockerell and bearing
the label " C. ccesalpinice cf," which name was probably attached to
it by error, as it neither agrees with the description of the male of
C. ccesalpinice, nor is it even closely allied to the female of that spe-
cies. Its affinities ai-e to C. Morsei, from which it does not difier
structurally.

5. Centris caesalpiniae Ckll.

Centris cmsalpinice Cockerell, Ann. and Mag. N. H., Ser. 6, xix, 394,
? d, 1897.
New Mexico : Las Cruces. I have not seen the male of this

68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

specie?, a specimen received from Mr. Cockerell, marked "C.
cce--^alpini(e d^f" differing so obviously from the description that I
have conckided that it was so kabelled by mistake, and have de-
scribed it as new (see C. mary hiatus).

6. Centris rhodopus Ckll.

Centris ccesalpinm\&r. rhodopus Cockerell, Ibid., 395, ? cJ', 1^97.
New Mexico : Las Cruces. It seems better to regard this as a
distinct species from C. ccesalpinue ; it has well-marked differences.
One male, sent by Mr. Cockerell, has the abdominal hair- bands
more distinct and regular, and the pubescence of first hind tarsal
joint, instead of being entirely dark, is about evenly divided be-
tween dark-brown and whitish.

7. Centris Hoffmannseggiae Ckll.

Centris Hoffmaimseggice Cockerell, Ibid., 395, rf (uoii ?), 1897.

Centris lanosa Cockerell (not Cresson). Ibid., 397, $ (non cT), 1897.
New Mexico : Mesilla Vcilley. To my mind Mr. Cockerell has
confused the sexes of Hoffmannseggiae and lanosa, judging from his
descriptions. Cotypes of Hoffmannseggice 9 differ at once from
the described male in their bare abdomen beyond the first segment,
the d" having the abdomen pubescent on all the segments, es2:)ecia]ly
the two first. Now, the ? lanosa described by Cockerell, has
" the second abdominal segment, as well as the first, delicately
pruinose." In the male lanosa the first segment only is pruinose.

8. Centris Cockerellii n. n.

Centris Hoffmannseggice Cockerell, Ibid., 395, 9 (non (^), 1897.
New Mexico: Mesilla Valley. I propose this name for the species
described as the female of Hoffmannseggice, which is apparently
distinct from the latter.

9. Centris atriventris n. sp.

?. — Black; head in front and cheeks with grayish pubescence,
that on vertex pale fulvous; clypeus yellow, broader than long,
strongly punctux'ed but smooth down middle ; labrum yellow, semi-
lunate, strongly punctured, its apex broadly and roundly slightly
emarginate ; flagellum testaceous beneath from apex of first joint,
the latter distinctly shorter than the four following joints; scape
entirely dark ; thorax above Avith pale fulvous pubescence, that on
sides slightly paler, beneath the pubescence is black, or blackish -
brown; legs reddish-brown, the pubescence of the anterior ones

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 69

fuscous brown, with that on tarsi black ; on the other legs it is
black, except on the medial tibine outwardly, where it is rather
similar to that of the fore legs ; abdomen shining black, the first
segment anteriorly with pale pubescence ; the apex of first and the
second to fourth dorsal segments quite nude ; the apex of fifth
dorsal fringed with dark hairs; second to fourth ventrals fringed
apically and clothed medially with long black hairs; sixth segment
with black hairs, the pygidium triangular, with a triangular raised
area at base which sends out a carina from its apex which reaches
nearly to tip of pygidium; wings subhyaline. Length 12 mm.

cJ, — Similar to ? in coloration, but with the mandibles within
toward the base, the inner orbits as high as insertion of antennae
and a line on scape, yellow ; first joint of flagellum not as long as
two following united; lab rum semicircular, not emargiuate; daik
pubescence of ventral surface of thorax not so evident as in the ? .
Length 12 mm.

Texas. One female and two male specimens. A female speci-
men from lower California agrees in coloration with this species,
but there is a slight difference in the shape of pygidium. I am
not quite certain that it is the same, however, as the first abdominal
segment is scarcely pubescent,

10. Centris lanosa Cress.

Centris lanosa Cresson, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, iv, 284, J^.

Centris latiosa CocliereU, 1. c, 397, ^ (non 9), 1897.
Texas; New Mexico: Las Cruces, The pale patch at base of
hind tibise externally is characteristic of this species. The pubes-
cence of femora varies from brown to pale.

11. Centris subhyalina n. sp.

9. — Black, including clypeus and labrum; head in front and
on cheeks with grayish pubescence, that on vertex pale fulvous ;
clypeus strongly punctured, with a raised smooth line down centre,
the fore margin narrowly reddish-testaceous; labrum semicircular,
strongly punctured, its outer margin narrowly reddish-testaceous;
flagellum obscurely testaceous beneath from apex of second joint , the
latter a little longer than the following three joints united; scape
not pale; thorax with pale fulvous pubescence above extending half
way on sides, where it is met by black-brown pubescence which
clothes the under surface; pubescence of middle segment and first

70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [189U.

segment of abdomen paler; legs dark red, or black, the pubescence
of four posteriors entirely black, that of the anteriors brownish;
abdomen shining black, the apex of first, and the second to fourth
dorsals bare ; fifth dorsal as Avell as the second to fifth ventrals
fringed with black hairs; sixth segment with dark-brown pubes-
cence, the pygidium almost as in atriventris ; wings subhyaline.
Length 12 mm.

Texas. Three specimens. This species is apparently quite close
to C. mexicana Smith, but in that species the Avings are described
as fuscous. C. subhyalina may subsequently prove to be the
female of C. lanosa Cress.

Description of a New Species of Centris from the
Island op Trinidad, W. I.
Centris xylocopoides n. sp.

?. — Deep black, clothed throughout with black pubescence;
space between eye and mandible reddish; eyes slightly diverging
above; clypeus medially flattened and impunctate, otherwise
strongly punctured ; labrum strongly punctured, covered with long
hairs, acuminate apically; second joint of flagellum about as long
as the third, fourth, fifth and half of sixth joints united; a small
bare spot on dorsulum medially and at base of scutellum ; abdomen
above only pubescent on apical segments, beneath on all segments
medially and apical margins of segments 4-6 ; pygidium trian-
gular, somewhat depressed, with a similarly shaped raised area
basally ; wings black, variegated with brilliant shades of blue,
green and purple. Length 28 mm.

Island of Trinidad, West Indies. November, 1892. Two
specimens. The immense size and entirely black color remind one
of the species of Xylocopa.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 71

NEW AND INTERESTING SPECIES IN THE "ISAAC LEA COLLECTION
OF EOCENE MOLLUSCA."

BY CHA8. W. JOHNSON.

Through the kindness of Rev. L. T. Chamberlain, D. D , Curator
of the " Isaac Lea Collection of Eocene Mollusca" in the Acad-
emy of Natural Sciences, I have been permitted to describe the
following new species, which have been collected by Mr. Thomas A.
Morgan, Mr. Frank Burns and the writer, in Alabama, JNIississippi,
Louisiana, and Texas, during explorations made under the direc-
tion and at the expense of Dr. Chamberlain.
Volvaria reticulata n. sp. Plate I, fig. 1.

Shell cylindrical, spire prominent, whorls five, the three apical
whorls smooth, the body and adjoining whorl reticulated by numer-
ous, raised, revolving and longitudinal lines, the revolving lines
equidistant, while the longitudinal ones, which represent lines of
growth, are finer and irregular ; columella with two moderate folds.
Length 7^ mm., greatest diameter 3 mm.

One specimen collected by the writer, from the Lower Claiborne
at Moseley's Ferry, Brazos river, Burleson Co., Texas.
Mitra grantensis ». sp. Plate I, fig. 2.

Shell fusiform, specimen showing eight whorls (apex wanting),
the first whorl below the apex smooth, the two following Avhorls
show only the numerous longitudinal ribs, while the remaining
whorls have equally prominent revolving ridges, which are
somewhat larger on the anterior portion of the body whorl, wlrile
the third and fourtji ridge below the suture are slightly smaller,
the interstices formed by the two series of ridges consists of deep
square pits, interior of the outer lip with numerous small ridges,
columella with four folds, the anterior one very small. Length
14 mm., greatest diam. 5 mm.

One specimen collected by the writer from the Jacksoniau Eocene
at ^Montgomery, Grant Parish, La.
Fusus apicalis n. sp. Plate I, fig. 3.

Shell with ten convex whorls, apical whorl smooth, and the three

72 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

subapical whorls with uumerous fine longitudinal raised lines, but
no revolving sculpture, the other six whorls with six large longitu-
dinal ribs, these are crossed by seven revolving ridges on the spiral
whorl and about 22 ou the body whorl ; the second and third
ridges below the suture somewhat smaller than the others; between
the longitudinal ribs and on the narrow anterior portion of the
body whorl the revolving ridges become nodulose. Length 31
ram., greatest diam. 10 mm.

Three specimens collected by the writer from the Lower Clai-
borne at " Alabama Bluff," Trinity river, Houston Co., Texas.

This locality, which is fifteen miles southwest of Crockett, is
better known as Alabama Crossing.

Fusus houstonensis n. sp. Plate 1, fig. 4.

Shell showing eight convex whorls, which are somewhat angular
toward the apex (apical whorl wanting), whorls with eight promi-
nent longitudinal ribs, and eight revolving ridges on the spiral
whorls, the body whorl has about 30 revolving ridges, which be-
come smaller on the anterior portion, the two peripheral ridges are
more prominent, between and above which are small intermediate
raised lines, these are obsolete or wanting between the other ridges.
Length of the type specimen 44 mm., greatest diam. 14 mm.

Collected by the writer from the Lower Claiborne at " Alabama
Bluff," Trinity river, Houston Co., Texas.

Fusus ludovicianus n. sp. Plate I, fig. 5.

Shell with eleven very convex whorls, the two apical whorls
smooth, the following whorl with numerous oblique longitudinal
ridges, which soon assume the general sculpture of the shell, spiral
whorls with six revolving ridges, the two lower ones the most
prominent, on the body whorl are 23 revolving ridges, the six
large longitudinal ribs on each whorl are interrupted by a broad
deep sutural area. Length of the type 29 mm., greatest diam.
9 mm.

One specimen collected by the writer from the Lower Claiborne
at St. Maurice, Winn Parish, La.

Fusus perobliquus n. sp.

Whorls very oblique and angular (apical and body whorls want-
ing) with seven longitudinal ribs on each whorl and nine revolving
ridges, one on the angle of the periphery, five above and three

1809.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 73

below, the one at the suture very small and becoming obsolete on
the upper whorls, the second one below the suture about one-half
the size of the others, between the ridges the lens shows very fine
revolving and longitudinal lines. Length of specimen 25 mm.,
diam. 9 mm.

One specimen collected by the writer from the Lower Claiborne
at Moseley's Ferry, Brazos river, Burleson Co., Texas.

Latirus obtusus n- sp. Plate I, fig. 7.

Shell fusiform, with 6i whorls including the nucleus, embryonic
whorl large, smooth and obtuse, the following whorl commences with
numerous longitudinal ribs, but soon assumes the general sculpture
of the shell, which consists of six large rounded ribs on each
Avhorl, which are crossed on the spiral whorls by eight revolving
ridges, on the body whorl the revolving ridges exceed 30 in num-
ber, on the anterior portion they alternate and become very small,
under the lens there is also visible, especially between the larger
ribs, small longitudinal raised lines, representing probably lines of
growth; columella shows but one small fold. Length 16 mm.,
greatest diam. 4 mm.

Two specimens collected by the writer, from the Lower (/lai-
borne, at Hurricane Bayou, Houston Co., Texas.

Latirus suturalis n. sp. Plate I, fig. 6.

Shell fusiform, whorls feven, the three apical whorls smooth,
the lower one with a few smooth longitudinal ribs, followed by the
general sculpturing of the shell which consists of eight longitudi-
nal ribs, which are crossed by prominent revolving ridges, three on
the spiral whorls and eight on the body whorl, small revolving
raised lines alternate with the ridges, junction of the revolving
ridges and longitudinal ribs subnodose, longitudinal ribs inter-
rupted above the suture, forming a deep sutural area, interior of
the outer lip with five teeth-like ridges, columella with three prom-
inent plaits. Length 8 mm., greatest diam. 4 mm.

Three specimens from the material collected by Thomas A.
Morgan at Jackson, Miss.

Latirus harrisii u- sp. Plate I, fig. 8.

Latirics sitigleyi vsLT. Harr.s. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1895, p. 71, pi. 6,
fig. 13a.

A study of an almost perfect specimen of this species from

74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

Berrymau's Place, three miles northeast of Alto, Cherokee Co.,
Texas, and a good series of L. singleyi Harris, from Bald Mound,
nine miles southeast of Jewett, Texas, proves that the form referred
to as a variety of L. singleyi is a distinct species. It is smaller
and more slender, the specimen in hand is 20 mm. in length, with
a max. diam. of 6 mm., while L. singleyi is 37 mm. in length with
a max. diam. of 12 mm,, both species have about the same number
of whorls (9 to 10), the revolving ridges are somewhat rugose
below the suture, and the small alternating raised lines more prom-
inent than in L. singleyi.
Latirus sexcostatus n. sp. Plate I, fig. 9.

Shell fusiform, spire somewhat longer than the aperture and
anterior canal, whorls nine, the three apical whorls smooth, the
other with six longitudinal ribs, which are crossed on the spiral
whorls by two prominent revolving ridges, on the body whorl the
number is about ten, the interstices have numerous fine revolving
raised lines and fine longitudinal lines of growth, interior of the
outer lip with six short ridges and the columella Avith three small
plaits. Length of type 14 mm., greatest diam. 6 mm., a larger
but imperfect specimen has a diam. of 8 mm. and a probable
length of 18 or 19 mm.

The type with eight additional specimens was collected by the
writer from the Lower Claiborne at "Alabama Bluff','' Trinity
river, Houston Co., Texas. Specimens were also collected at
Hurricane Bayou, Houston Co., Texas.
Metula brazosensis n. sp. Plate II, fig. l.

Shell subfusiform, whorls six, apical whorl smooth, the three
prominent varices are continuous from the body whorl to the smooth
apical whorl, between the varices are numerous small longitudinal
ribs that become obsolete toward the base of the body whorl, these
are crossed by numerous fine revolving raised lines, inner margin
of the outer lip but slightly crenulated. Length 8 mm. , greatest
diam. 3^ mm.

Two specimens collected by the writer from the Lower Claiborne
at Black Shoals, Brazos river, Burleson Co., Texas.

The localities, "Brazos river, about one mile below the Milam-
Burleson county line," and " Collier's Ferry, Burleson Co.," given
by Prof. Harris (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1895, pp. 73, 78, 79)
are the same as Black Shoals.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 75

Metula gracilis n. sp. Plate II, 5g 3.

Shell slender, fusiform, Avhorls eight, convex, the three apical
whorls smooth, the others cancellated by about 29 revolving ridges
on the body whorl, 10 on the spiral whorls and about 38 longitu-
dinal ribs, forming at their junctions small nodules, body whorl
with a prominent varix, aperture narrow, contracted at the anterior
into a moderate canal, lip thickened, interior with 14 teeth-like
ridges. Length 14 mm., greatest diam. 6 mm.

One specimen collected by the writer from the Lower Claiborne,
at Alabama Bluff, Trinity river, Houston Co., Texas.

Metula subgracilis n. sp. Plate II, fig. 2.

Shell similar to the preceding, but with 6h whorls, only 1^ of
the apical whorls being smooth, slightly convex and showing a
slight angle below the sutures, spiral Avhorls showing 8 and the
body whorl about 24 revolving ridges, the first two below the
suture more prominent than the others, longitudinal ribs of uni-
form size and about 40 in number, anterior canal much shorter,
lip thickened, interior with 16 teeth -like ridges. Length 11 mm.,
greatest diam, 5 mm.

From the material collected by Mr, Thomas A, jNIorgan at
Jackson, Miss. Two specimens.

Metula johnsoni (Vaughan).

Phos joJtasoni Vaughan. Ball. 142. U. S. Geol. Sar., 36, pi. 3, fig. 3,
1896.

One specimen of this species was also found by the Avriter at
Montgomery, Grant Parish, La. The specimen measures 20 mm.,
a little smaller than the type, the specimen, though not entirely
perfect, indicates the presence of smooth apical whorls.

Phos hilli Harris, var. magnocostatus n. var. Plate I, fig. 10.

Shell elongate, spire acute, whorls eight, the three apical whorls
smooth, on the adjoining whorl the oblique longitudinal ribs are
small, gradually becoming larger. On the remaining four Avhorls
the longitudinal ribs are very large, six to each whorl; the entire
shell is covered with fine, somewhat alternating, revolving raised
lines, a ridge runs obliquely from the end of the anterior canal to
the middle of the peristome. Length 15 mm., greatest diam.
7 mm.

One specimen (figured) collected by the writer from the Jack-

76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP^ [1899.

soniau Eocene at Moutgomery, Grant Parish, La., and numerous
specimens from Jackson, Miss.

The types of this and the following variety seem veiy distinct
from P. hilll, but among the large series before me are specimens
that practically run the three together, P. hilli occupying an inter-
mediate position. The type of Phos hilli is from the Jacksonian
Eocene at Vince Bluff Saline river, Cleveland Co., Ark. The
typical form is also common at Jackson, Miss.

Phos hilli Harris var. jacksonensis n. var. Plate I, fig. 11.

The type of this variety may be described as follows: Shell with
8 whorls, apex smooth, the following whorl with only oblique ribs
that soon assume the general sculpture of the shell, which consists
of about 14 longitudinal ribs (on the body and first spiral whorl
a number of these are united, forming, wide ribs or varices), these
are crossed by prominent revolving ridges (5 on the spirals and
about 18 on the body whorl) that form conspicuous nodules, there
are also fine alternating revolving raised lines; above the basal
fold of the columella a smaller one is present. Length 12 mm.,
greatest diam. 5 mm.

Numerous specimens from Jackson, Miss.

Columbella punctostriata n. sp. Plate II, fig. 4.

Shell subfusiform, spire prominent (apical whorls wanting),
whorls convex, with several varices, reticulated by seven revolving
ridges and numerous fine longitudinal ribs ; these become obsolete
or Avanting on the body whorl. Anterior half of the body whorl
with numerous revolving, punctated strise; aperture narrow, con-
tracted, outer lip thick, sinuous, inner margin crenulated with 18
teeth-like ridges, inner lip smooth except at the anterior and pos-
terior ends, where it is slightly rugose. Length 10 mm. (with
apical whorls probably 12), greatest diam. 5 mm.

One specimen collected by the Avriter from the Lower Claiborne
at Berryman's Place, three miles northeast of Alto, Cherokee Co.,
Texas.
Typhis dentatus n. sp. Plate I, fig. 13.

Shell with seven whorls, including the two smooth apical whorls,
each whorl with four varices or ribs, those of the body whorl
serrated with six, partly open, teeth-like projections, the one at the
shoulder large and irregular, the varices in all cases extend more

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 77

than lialf-way up the spiral whorls, the large tubular spine at the
shoulder midway between the varices extends outward and slightly
forward, aperture ovate. Length 16 mm., greatest diam. 10 mm.

One adult and three young specimens, from the material col-
lected by Thomas A. Morgan, at Jackson, Miss.
Morio planotecta (Meyer and Aldrich). Plate I, fig. 12.

Casnidarla jJlnrwtecta Meyer and Aldr. Jour. Cin. 8oc. Nat. Hist., ix,
4:5, pi. 2, fig. 14, 1886.

A large and handsome specimen of this species was collected by
Mr. Thomas A. Morgan at Jackson, Miss. The beautiful drawing
by Dr. J. C. McConnell will show all the important adult char-
acters not given by Messrs. Meyer and Aldrich, who described the
species from a young specimen, from Newton, New^ton Co. , Miss.
Length of specimen figured 64 mm., greatest diam. 51 nun.
Cassis (Phalium) taitii (Conrad). Plate II, fig. 5.

Cassis Taitii Coot. Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci., vii, 145, 1834.

Semicassis Taitii Conr. Amer. Jour. Conch., i, 26, 1865.

A fragment consisting of the outer lip and portion of the body
whorl, 53 mm. in length, was found by the writer, at Jackson,
Miss., in the fall of 1894. Since then the specimen figured, which
measures 35 mm. in length, was found by Mr. Thomas A. Morgan,
at the same locality. The type which is in the Academy of
Natural Sciences is from Claiborne, Ala. In the Jackson speci-
men the nodulose character of the revolving ridges is only present
in the outer half of the body whorl, and obsolete or wanting near
the columella.
Cypraea jacksonensis n. sp.

This is the largest species of Cypnm from the Eocene of North
America. It is represented only by parts of perhaps three indi-
viduals (five specimens). The part of the outer lip measures 68
mm. A perfect specimen would probably exceed 90 mm. A
specimen representing the dorsal surface has a diameter of 55
mm. Shell smooth and polished, lip thick, reflected, teeth large
and occasionally bifurcate.

Collected hj Mr. Thomas A. Morgan and the writer at Jackson,
Miss.
Cypraea ludoviciana n. sp. Plate II, fig. 6.

Shell ovate, somewhat flattened, slightly prolonged at the ex-
tremities, smooth with a prominent broad medial dorsal groove.

78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

Aperture narrow, having on each side 21 teeth, toward the ends
these extend entirely across the base. Represented by four speci-
mens, three of which measure as follows:

Largest, length 17 mm., greatest diam. 12 mm.

Specimen figured, length 15 mm., greatest diam. 10 nun.

Smallest, length 13 mm., greatest diam, 9 nnn.

Collected by the writer from the Jacksouian Eocene at Mont-
gomery, Grant Parish, La.
Cypraea vaughani n. sp. Plate II, fig. 7.

Shell small, ovate, globose, smooth, ends slightly prolonged,
base rounded, aperture narrowed from the middle toward the pos-
terior, outer lip with 19 and the inner lip with 16 teeth, the latter
end abruptly and do not extend within the aperture, as in Cypnea
dalli, to which it is nearest related, it is also at once separated
from the latter by its smaller size.

Length 9 mm., greatest diam. 6 mm.

From the Lower Claiborne at Hammett's Branch, near Mt.
Lebanon, La. One specimen.

This species is dedicated to Mr. T. Waylaud Vaughan of the
U. S. Geological Surrey, through whose kindness in giving such
explicit information of the Eocene localities of Louisiana I was
able to collect this and many other interesting forms.

Cypraea attenuata n. sp. Plate II, fig. 8.

Shell elongate, anterior and posterior ends greatly attenuated and
curved upward, smooth, with the exception of a few raised, revolv-
ing lines at each end, which are almost hidden by the heavy
marginal callus, base smooth. Outer lip with 24 and the inner
lip with 25 teeth, the central ones of the latter extending for some
distance within the aperture. Length 20 mm., greatest diam. 8
mm.

One specimen collected by Mr. Frank Burns from the Lower
Claiborne, at Lisbon Bluff, Clarke Co., Ala.

Cypraea (Cyprsedia) subcancellata n. sp. Plate II, fig. 9.

Shell ovate, dorsal surface with 24 prominent revolving ridges,
alternated by a smaller one; in the two middle interstices and all
the interstices on the base of the shell, the smaller ridges are
wanting ; the entire shell has also small longitudinal raised lines,
that are entirely interrupted by the prominent revolving ridges,

1899.] NATUKAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 79

lips thickened, having about 40 ridges, owing to nearly all of the
revolving ridges becoming a uniform size. Length 16 mm,,
greatest diani. 10 mm.

One specimen collected by tlie writer from the Lower Claiborne
at Smithville, Bastrop Co., Texas.

Ovula (Simnia) texana n. sp.

Shell narrow, attenuate (anterior part of the shell wanting), re-
sembling in form the recent 0 acicularis Lam. of the "West Indies ;
dorsal surface of the attenuated portion of the posterior, Avith fine
revolving lines, the remainder of the shell smooth ; outer lip thick-
ened, showing a few crenulations toward the anterior, inner lip
smooth with a raised callus at the posterior, on which are three or
four transverse grooves. Length 11 mm. (its original length was
probably about 14 mm.), greatest diam. 4 nun.

One specimen collected by the writer from the Lower Claiborne
at " Alabama Bluff," Trinity river, Houston Co., Texas,
Ovula (Simnia) subtruncata n. sp.

Shell elongate, subtruncate, resembling somewhat tiie recent 0.
uniplicata Sowerby, of Florida. Smooth with numerous fine revol-
ving lines around the angular or subtruncated posterior, posterior
canal extending beyond the truncated portion forming a deep
excavation, lip thin, but in a more adult specimen would probably
be much thicker. Length 1 5 mm, , gi-eatest diara. 4^ mm.

One specimen collected by the writer from the Lower Claiborne,
at Hammetts Branch, near Mt. Lebanon, La.

Eimella rugostoma n. sp. Plate II, fig. 10.

Shell subfusiform, whorls eight, slightly convex, the two apical
Avhorls smooth, the others beautifully reticulated as follow: The
three spiral whorls below the smooth apical whorls, have seven equi-
distant, flat, revolving ridges, which are crossed by small inter-
rupted longitudinal ribs, obsolete on the upper of the three whorls.
The body whorl above the periphery and the first and second spiral
whorls have revolving ridges that are divided by a small groove
into five pairs, on the body wdiorl below the periphery are twenty
single revolving ridges, which become gradually small toward the
base, just above the suture one of the single revolving ridges is
also exposed on the first and second spiral whorls; longitudinal ribs
prominent, about twenty to each whorl, becoming nodulose where

80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [IcSy.).

they cross the revolving ridges. Aperture narrow, ovate, outer lip
thick, and deeply notched, lobe acute, inner margin crenulated by
about twenty short ridges; inner Up thin, expanded, bearing a rugose
callous ridge which curves gradually downward toward the posterior
end of the aperture, above which, at the posterior commissure is
a small rugose triangle, the posterior canal extending to the base of
the fourth spiral whorl. Length 20 mm., greatest diam. 9 mm.

One specimen from the material collected by Thomas A. Morgan,
at Jackson, Miss.

Potamides (Telescopium) chamberlaini n. sp. Plate II, fig. 11.

Shell acute (apex wanting), whorls flat, slightly concaved orna-
mented by revolving rows of nodules, one above and a double or
geminate row below the suture, on the body Avhorl the nodules
become obsolete on the periphery, on the spiral whorls between the
nodules are from two to four revolving ridges and on the body
whorl six, just below the periphery is a prominent low ridge with
two small raised lines between it and the periphery, the base ot the
shell is covered with numerous minute revolving lines; columellar
fold at the base broad, rounded and carinated on the lower edge,
a break on the second spiral whorl shows that the same is there
narrow and sharply keeled. Length of the specimen figured 35
mm., greatest diam. 14 mm.

Two specimens collected by Mr. Frank Burns, from the Midway
Eocene, at Matthew's Landing, Ala.

This beautiful shell is named in honor of Rev. L. T. Chamber-
lain, D. D., to whose untiring interest and generous aid the pres-
ent status of the ' ' Isaac Lea Collection of Eocene Mollusca ' '
is due.
AmpuUina morgani n. sp. Plate II, fig. 12.

Shell globose, spire prominent, whorls convex, somewhat flat-
tened below the suture, smooth, with numerous, very close, fine
lines of growth, and obsolete revolving raised lines on same portion
of the shells, umbilicus of moderate width surrounded by a reflected
polished callus, that extends to the anterior portion of the aper-
ture, pillar-lip thin not reflected over the umbilicus. Lengtli ol
mm., greatest diam. 27 mm.

Two specimens collected by Thomas A. Morgan, at Jackson, Miss.

This species is distinguished from A. streptostoma Heilp. by the

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 81

iuore promiuent spire, flattened area below the suture, larger umbil-
icus and no/i-reflected pillar-lip.

Adeorbis infraplicatus n. sp. Plate II, figs. 13, 14.

Shell small, spire depressed, nucleus smooth, whorls three, with
two prominent revolving ridges, one at the periphery and one mid-
way between the periphery and the suture, both are very minutely
crenulated, between the two ridges smooth or with very fine revolv-
ing lines, from the smooth nucleus radiate fine raised lines that
increase in size on the body whorl, these are crossed by fine revolv-
ing lines, base of the shell with numerous fine revolving lines,
umbilicus of moderate size, margin smooth, nearly half-way across
the base from the margin of the umbilicus extend numerous radi-
ating plications, ci'ossed by very fine revolving lines. Alt. 1^^ mm.,
greatest diam. 3 mm.

Four specimens from the material collected by Thomas A. Mor-
gan, at Jackson, ^liss.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plate I.

Volvaria reticulata n. sp. Length 7^ mm.

Mitra grantensis n. sp. Length 14 mm.

Fusus apicalk n. sp. Length 31 mm,

Fiisus houdonerish n. sp. Length 44 mm.

Fusus ludovicianus n. sp. Length 29 mm.

Latirus sutumlis n. sp. Length 8 mm.

Latirus obtusus n. sp. Length 16 mm.

Latirus harrisii n. sp. Length 20 mm.

Latirus sexcostatus n. sp. Length 14 mm.

Phos hilli Har, var. magnocostatus n, v. Length 15 mm.

Phos hilli Har. var. jacksonensis n. var. Length 12 mm.
Fig. 12. Morio planotecta (Meyer and Aldrich). Length 64 mm.
Fig. 13. Typhis dentaUix u. sp. Length 16 mm.

Plate II,

Metula bmzosensis n. sp. Length 8 mm.
Metula suhgracilis, n. sp. Length 11 mm.
Metula gracilis n. sp. Length 14 mm.
Columbella punctostriata n. sp. Length 10 mm.
Cassis (^Phaliam) taitii (Conrad). Length 35 mm.

Fig.

1.

lis-

-)

Fig.

3,

Fig.

4,

Fig.

5,

Fig.

6,

Fig.

7,

Fig.

8.

Fig.

9,

Fig.

10.

Fig.

11.

Fiff.

1.

Fii.

2.

Fig.

3.

Fig.

4.

Fig.

5.

82 PEOCEEUIXGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [189!>.

Fig. 6, Cypnea ladoviciana n. sp. Length 15 mm.

Fig. 7. Cypnea vaiiyhani n. sp. Leugth 9 mm.

Fig. 8. Cyprcea attenuata n. sp. Leugth 20 mm.

Fig. 9. Cyprcea (Cyprcedia) subcanee/lata n, sp. LeogthlG mm.

Fig. 10, BimeUa rugostoma n. sp. Length 20 mm.

Fig. 11. Potamides (Telescopiiim) chamberlatni n. sp. Length

35 mm.

Fig. 12. Ampullina morgani n. sp. Length 31 mm.

Figs. 12, 13. Adeorbis iiifrapUcatus n. sp. Alt. Ih, diam. 3 mm.

The Academy is indebted to the liberaUty of Dr. Chamberlain
for the ilhistrations, which are drawn by Dr. J. C. McConnell of
Washington.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 83

Februaky 7.
The Presideut, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., iu the Chair.
Forty -oue persons present.
A paper entitled, "A New American Land Shell," by Edw. G.

Vauatta, was presented for publication.

February 14.

J. Cheston Morris, ^I.D., in the Chair.

Eight persons present.

A paper entitled, " Some Observations on the Illecillewaet and
Asulkan Glaciers of British Columbia," by George and William
S. Vaux, Jr., was presented for pubhcation.

February 21,

The President, Samuel G. Dixon, ]\[.D. , iu the Chair.

Thirty-four persons present.

Papers under the following titles were presented for publication :
" On a SnoAV-inhabiting Enchytneid Mesenchytra.nis collected

by Mr. Henry G. Bryant on the Malaspiua Glacier, Alaska," by

J. Percy Moore.

" Descriptions of New Species of Turbonilla of the Western

Atlantic Fauna," by Katheriue Jeannette^^Bush.

February 28.

The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., iu the Chair.

Twenty-two persons present.

A paper entitled, " Notes on a small Collection of Chinese
Fishes," by Henry W. Fowler, was presented for publication.
Mrs. Hannah Streeter was elected a member.
The following were ordered to be printed :

84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE LIFE-HISTORY OF PLANTS. No. XIII.
BY THOMAS MEEHAN.

I. Sex in flowers. — Corylus rostrata.

Since the publication of my first paper on the law governing the
sexual characters of flowers/ and others subsequently on the same
topic, the evidence of the soundness of the principles therein pre-
sented is everywhere so palpable that I have for some years past
given up noting it and placing it on record. The principle
then and subsequently made plain is, that in the earlier stages of
its life a flower bud maybe either male or female, and that the final
determination of sex is a mere question of nutrition. If there be
an abundant supply of nutrition available, or vital power capable
of availing itself of the nutrition provided, the female character-
istics prevail. With lessened nutrition, or of vital power in the
floral matrix to make use of nutrition, the male characteristics
result. These views, opposed as they were by eminent biologists,
and even ridiculed by my esteemed friend Prof. Agassiz on the
reading of my paper, I have lived to note are generally accepted,
though at times it seems to me that a few more recorded observa-
tions might be profitable. Before me at this time is an able paper
by Prof. Kenjiro Fujii, of the Impel ial University of Tokyo,
Japan, on sexuality in the flowers of Pinus densiflora.'^ He
finds in his observations that the sex of the flowers is undeter-
mined until a certain stage of development, and that a flower which
would otherwise develop into a male has a tendency to become
female when local increase of nourishment takes place at a certain
stage, or during certain stages of its development. This seems so
like the language of my papers of a quarter of a century ago, that
it is pleasant to know that Prof. Fujii has worked the conclusion
out in utter ignorance of my having occupied the field before him.

^ Proceediugs of Americaa Association for the Advancemeut of Science,
1809, p. 2.56.

^ Tokyo Tlotan'cal INIagozine, Vol. ix, No. 101.

189 ^] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 85

I will give a strikiug illustration of the soimduess of this principle,
which I have not hitherto recorded, in Corylus ro.itrata.

In one of my earlier papers^ I recorded that there was a uni-
form line of character dividing the species of western Europe from
their close allies in eastern America. Among other points, the
tendency to lateral branching is more marked in the European
than in the American line of the same family. Corylus Avellanct,
and Corylus rostrata, which I had not in that list, are good illus-
trations. In a cubic yard of growth there would seem to be hun-
dreds of twiggy branchlets in Corylm Avellana, the common Euro-
pean Hazelnut, to the scores only in the North American Hazelnut,
Corylus rostrata. It is important to note this difference in these
species, in connection with these sexual questions, because at first
glance the male catkins seem terminal in the European, and axillary
in the American. The male catkins seem situated on comparatively
strong branchlets ; while the female buds seem to be on branchlets
often weaker, and situated below the males and more unfavoi'ably
located as regards nutrition. That this is deceptive will hereafter
be showfl.

The branching of Corylus rostrata is remarkable for its stiff rigid
character. It might be taken for some willow at first sight, rather
than a relative of Corylus Avellana ; although this latter species has
this culm-like or reedy appearance before the plant reaches its flow-
ering stage. The flowers appear along the Avhole length of these
rigid branchless stems. The male flowers are produced from the
lower nodes, and the female from the upper ones. But the j^ropor-
tion of each on the separate branches is in exact j^Toportion to the
vigor of the branches. On a very slender twig of perhaps twelve
or fifteen nodes, there will be a male catkin from every bud. On
the branches of medium strength the proportion of male to female
will be equal, while on the branches of superior vigor all but three
or four of the lower ones will be female. On a strong leading
shoot before me, and which is charactei'istic of numbers of others
on the plant from which it was taken, the four lower buds only
have catkins; while the ten upper buds have either female flowers
or a few strong buds to make branchlets for next season.

No one closely observing a vigorous plant of Corylus rostrata can

^ " On the Eelative Characters of Allied Species of European and Americau
Trees" (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1862, p. 10).

86 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

fail to be impressed with the truth of the principle I have ad-
vanced, that the question of sex in flowers is merely a question of
nutrition in an early stage.

For reasons already given, the fact is not so apparent in Corylus
Avellana. In the later period of the growing season, in this
species, some of the axillary buds develop to short branchlets
instead of remaining as buds to bear flowers, and make growth for
the coming year. It is from the axillary buds of this secondary
growth that the male catkins appear, and thus present the appear-
ance, from their elevated position, of being superiorly situated as
regards nutrition than the female flower buds, Avhich are only
apparently below. When closely examined it will readily be seen
on how weak the axes and how very unfavorably for nutrition these
buds of the male catkins are situated.

It may be noted that the axial buds, bearing the male flowers in
Corylus rostrata, develop slightly to a branchlet in the fall of the
year, but I have never seen one to reach more than a quarter of
an inch in length.

I know of no monoecious plant that does not show a more or less
continuous activity during the early autumn, or even during the
winter season if a few days of springlike weather occur, and the
postulate may be presented that a marked characteristic in the
growth of a female flower is the greater conservation of energy dur-
ing its early stages, as compared with a tendency to reckless expen-
diture in the male floAvers. After all, this is but another Avay of
expressing what has already been made plain, that the ability to
store and to profit by nutrition accounts for sexual differentiation.

II. Clethra alxifolia in relation to its morphology.

In families where there is considerable irregularity in the number
and arrangement of related plants, it is important in what might be
termed genealogical botany that the primary type should be Avell
understood. In Ericacere, for instance, we have genera with vary-
ing numbers in the calyx, corolla, gtamens, and styles; some are
gamopetalous and some polypetalous, while some have inferior and
others superior ovaries.

As all parts of a plant from the starting in growth of the seed
to the final maturity of the flowers it produces are but modified
leaf-blades, the arrangement of the leaf-blades on the primary stem

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 87

should furnish a good foundation for subsequent investigation.
Taking a fairly vigorous branch of Clethra alnifolia, we note that
the phyllotaxis is on the f plan. AYe may, on this fact, look for
a pentamerous system to prevail in the subsequent development,
and charge to consolidation or to abortion any variation from this
type. Following again the Clethra, we find a five-cleft calyx, and
we say it is normal. Then we have five petals alternate with the
sepals, which again we j^ronounce normal. But the next cycle
appears as ten stamens, which for a single cycle would be out of
order. Observing closely, however, we note that five of the ten
are longer than the others, and we learn that there are really two
cycles of five, of which the long stamens represent the outer.

Taking up now the gynojcium : the stigma is noted as being
.slightly three-cleft, indicating a tricarpellary ovarium. There should
be five. Two are wanting. This sudden departure from what
has hitherto been a regular pentamerous series, suggests that there
has been a suppression of several verticils since the appearance of
the last staminal whorl. A glandular disk fills the intei-space, and
we may reasonably conclude that herein lie the missing links. The
carpellury system here is parallel to prolificacy as often seen in
flowers. One rose proceeds from the centre of another rose, or a
small orange at the apex of a larger one, as in the variety known
as the navel. The upper one, as in the case of the gyn«cium of
Clethra, loses mnch of the normal vitality of the individual.

In some genera of Ericaceje cohesion — vital power in its higher
stage — lilajs a part in organizing, the reverse of the lower degree,
but still with the same result in the disappearance of parts that
me may term primarily separate. In examining a large number of
Clethra flowers, a pair of stamens will occasionally be found as
completely consolidated into a single filament as the carpels have
had the three styles united; the extreme upper portions of each,
however, continuing normal. It shows a tendency to consolidation.
From a consideration of all the facts, we may conclude that the
primary type of Ericaceae is pentamerous and polypetalous, that
those approaching this type are the oldest in the genealogical line,
and that all the variations from this type in the order are deduci-
ble from the variations in growth-energy resulting in the abortion
or consolidation of primary parts.

88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

III. SaNICULA — A BIOLOGICAL STUDY.

Examiuing a plant of Sanicula Marilandica, a strikiDg point
presents itself in its bi'ancliiug character. These branchlets are
usually in threes, and exceptionally in fours. That acute observer,
Rafinesque, noticed this, and it was doubtless on account of this
striking character that he proposed the name of Triclviium, when
he thought to make a new genus out of the older Sanicula.

I have endeavored to teach iu numerous papers, that by far tuo
much is claimed for environment in the evolution of form. It
would rather seem that form depends on a purely mathematical law
of growth-force. Growth is not a continuous operation, but rhyth-
mic. The degree of force depends on a supply of nutrition and
the ability of the plant cell to avail itself of the supply. As,
therefore, each rhythmic wave varies in intensity, the ultimate form
of the immediate structure under the influence of that wave must
vary accordingly.

Again I have taught that even sex is influenced by like condi-
tions. Those parts of the flower or portions of a plant under the
influence of a vigorous growth-wave laden with nutrition favor
the production of female organs — the feeble wave is productive of
male organs only.

A study of Sanieula well illustrates these points. The first
growth-wave ceases at the first pair of leaves. This must have
been very sudden ; for the main axis has been so deprived of food,
and its vital power rendered so weak, that it can only make a feeble
growth with the advance of the next wave. The consequence is
that the growth- wave is turned into the two axillary buds. They
take the place of the original axis, and we have two leading
branches instead of one. The original axis remains a weak,
threadlike, common pedicel, which bears usually but a single fertile
flower and numerous barren ones. In some species of jjlants the
centi'a] axis utterly fails under the shock of the rhythmic growth.
In that case we have the dichotomous mode of branching.

Passing the eye along the stem, we find the growth- wave, rhyth-
mic as it is, decreasing in vigor. The central axis profits more
by nutrition — the branches from the axial buds are less like leaders
— and by the time the terminal point is reached Ave find it sur-
mounted by a fruit on a pedicel much stronger than the lateral ones.

1899] XATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 89*

There are but three lateral branchlets, though occa^ioually four;
and the retardiug of the axial growth has been of such a severe
character, that the axillary origin of the lateral branches has been
totally obscured. The pedicillate male flowers originate from
numerous axillary buds on these fruit-bearing branchlets, the
external evidence of such origin being also obscured. It is be-
lieved that a careful study as indicated will be convincing that it is
the degree of the rhythmic growth-force that decides the character
of the plant, and also the relation of the sexes to each other.

Now let us take Sanicula Canadensis. With the light already
gained, we see that nothing but a variation in the force of the rhyth-
mic wave has made a distinct species. The characters are all of the
same class, but there has been acceleration and retardation of the
wave force in diflferent directions. The axillary branchlets haA'e
continued to retain the attention of the growth-wave to the last,
and now bear the female flowers — while the weaker central one has
accorded to it male ones only. Examining, now, the Old "World
species, Sanicula Eurojxea, we see scarcely any difference except
such as might occur from variation in the degree and direction of
the growth-wave. Nutrition has been diverted from the central
axis to a greater degree than even ia our own S. Canadenns. It
produces only short-stalked male flowers.

We here have a genus in which we can clearly see how the
species were made. The degree of force exerted by the rhj^thmic
Avave started the process, and the assimilation of nutrition completed
the task.

The study brings us nearer to a perception of the origin of
species. But we may not yet perceive the hand that set the process
in motion. The characters that distinguish these three species seem
permanent now. They do not change under any conditions of
environment existing at the present time, however varied they may
be. Though we may say that the three species would easily be
produced out of one type, simply by varying degrees of growth -
force; the couditious under which this variation occurred, and the
period in the world's history when they occurred and became
hereditary, is still a mystery.

1)0 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [18y'J.

IV. Rosa eugosa in connection with the evolution

OF FORM.

A few years ago I crossed a flower of Rom rugosa with pollen
from the well-known hybrid perpetual, General Jacqueminot. It
may be noted here that in this locality the rose anthers mature
almost simultaneously with the expansion of the petals. To be
certain that a flower will have no aid from its own pollen, my prac-
tice is to open the petals carefully the day before they would expand
naturally, remove the stamens with the unopened anthers, and then
at once apply the foreign pollen. Though I believe pollen will
remain potent at the apex of a stigma for an indefinite time, so as
to be ready to perform its function the moment the stigma becomes
receptive, I apply moi-e pollen after the petals open normally.
With these precautions I feel safe in my experiments against the
interference of undesirable pollen. These precautions were taken
in this experiment with Rosa rugosa.

In the autumn the seeds were cleaned from the capsule and sown
in the open ground.

The following summer two plants only had made their appear-
ance, and attracted attention at once from the fact that one of them
had the appearance in foliage and habit of General Jacqueminot,
and the other somewhat after the manner of Rosa rugosa, the
female parent. The first year of seedling roses results in compar-
atively feeble growth. The stronger growth of the second year
was eagerly looked forward to. When that time arrived the one
resembling the male parent was stricken with a fungous parasite,
and so severely that, in spite of our .efforts with copper solutions,
the branches were no stronger than they were the year before.
The vital power was so much reduced that it was totally destroyed
by the subsequent winter. In spite of its weakened condition, it
retained to the last its striking resemblance to the hybrid perpetuals
of which General Jacqueminot is a type. The other flowered, and
to my great surprise was not Rosa rugosa, but a perfectly typical
specimen of Rosa cinnamomea ! It is still flowering at this date,
June, 1897, and is simply the cinnamon rose.

To carry this curious experiment further, I had a small quantity
of seed of Rosa cinnamomea and Rosa rugosa sown near to each
other where comparisons could be made as they grew. There were
something less than a hundred plants in each lot. Both sets were

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELnilA. 91

nearly identical in character as they grew. The branches were
islender, smooth, with scattered spines, and no aciculse. As the
plants gained vigor, strong branches, densely clothed with bristles,
would appear from the rugom plants, and ultimately became abso-
lutely that species. Some of them would, however, continue to
produce some smooth slender branches; and these, flowering, were
purely Rosa cinnamomea — the two species flowering on the same
plant. These separate blocks of roses are still blooming Avhere
they were sown, and in the bed of Rosa rugosa there are ten plants
that still continue Rosa cinnamomea.

The bed of Rosa cinnamomea continued its comparatively weak
growth characteristic of the species. Occasionally a strong shoot
would push out from near the ground covered with bristles as in
R. rugosa; but it would eventually weaken, become smooth, and
have the smaller flowers, foliage, and, in fact, be nothing but R.
cinnamoynea. One only assumed a more vigorous and bristly
character. This plant has the flowers as large as those of R.
rugosa — that is to say, they are more than double the size of the
normal cinnamon rose, though continuing the pale rose color
instead of the deep crimson of R. rugosa. The foliage also,
though not as coarsely wrinkled, that is to say, rugose, as the
other, still is diverse from the type, and is an advance in the
direction of the latter rose.

Two remarkable facts are made clear by these observations:

First. — Two totally distinct forms can be produced from the
same seed vessel, though every condition surrounding their incep-
tion seems exactly the same.

Second. — Rosa rugosa, a species with characters markedly distinct
from Rosa cinnamomea, is nevertheless an evolution fi'om that
species, and has been 2:)roduced by the energy of a more vigorous
development.

We may conclude from these facts that however much may be
■conceded to gradual modifications extending over indefinite periods
as an agency in the evolution of species, development need not be
dependent on this principle alone. The varying degrees of inter-
nal energy must be credited with producing sudden and remarkable
changes, though we may not yet be able to perceive clearly the
nature of the motive power that induces it.

92 PEOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [ISBS^-

V. VIOLA IN RELATION TO POLLINIZATION AND FECUNDATION,

Though it has beeu shown by many close observers that the
general opinion is erroneous that early or perfect flowers of many
species of Viola are infertile, the impression is still widely preva-
lent, especially in the case of the very common Viola cucullata. I
have myself held that opinion, though I have placed on record that
Ihey were abundantly fertile wdien growing on a dry rocky piece of
ground. I had, however, never made the continuous daily obser-
vations on them that I have made on other plants, and so made it
a point to do so, commencing the task on the first of April, 1897.

I have an orchard of about half an acre, partially shaded by
the branches of the apple trees meeting together. The surface was
originally in grass, but at the date given only a few tufts remained.
The wdiole at the date named was a sheet of violets in bloom.
These many thousands of plants all sprung from a few. I noticed
these a quarter of a century ago. Myriads of seeds from last
year's crop were showing cot3dedons. By sheer force of numbers
they were crowding out all other vegetation, and it is a question
whether their operations had not as much to do with the destruction
of the original grass as the shade which the apple trees afl^orded.

Though from a few original plants, the assemblage at this date
presented a remarkable variation in the form and color of the flow-
ers. Some had petals almost linear, others petals almost round.
In some cases the two upper petals would be nearly round, and the
three lower ones very narrow. The color of the petals varied in
innumerable shades, from the normal violet to nearly white in one
directi(>n, and to nearly red in the other. Some plants would have
the peduncles little longer than the leaves ; others would have the
flowers on long and slender peduncles. A notable fact, however,
was, that with all this variation in the flowers, not a trace of varia-
tion could be found in the plants themselves. In foliage and
habit, every plant seemed an exact repetition of another one. As
conditions of environment could have nothing to do with these
variations, and as there were no varieties to aid variation through
cross pollination, there can be but one deduction, that internal
energy alone is responsible for the changes.

My next thought was to Avatch for insect visitors. Winged
insects are scarce with us in April. I saw none among these planta

1899. J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 93

diiriug the Avhole mouth. I cannot say that these millions of violet
ilowers had no insect visitors during that period, but it is safe to
«ay that if any were visited by insects the number would be so
iinconsiderable as to have no influence on the result.

Numberless flowers were opened from day to day. All the
anther-sacs were abundantly supplied with perfect pollen. From
the earliest period the upper jjortion of the style, with its stigma,
would be in advance of the stamens. AYhen the pollen would be
projected from the anther-cells, the membranous apj)endages of the
anthers would be so closely appressed to the style that it would be
very difficult for pollen to get through to reach the stigma.
Though pollen grains could get through this close-fitting sheath, the
:stigma is so thoroughly encased by the mass of hair in the throat,
that it is inconceivable that pollen should ever reach it. As a
matter of fact, I could never find a grain of pollen on the jiortion
of the style above the membranous sheath, and of course none in
the stigma, though the ovarium clasped by the anthers themselves
would be completely pollen-dusted.

I was satisfied from these observalions that the flo Wei's could
not prove fertile, and was prepared to believe that so far as Viola
-eucullata is concerned, the popular impression regarding infertilty
in this species was correct. I started to examine several other
species in the same relations. Viola tricolor is conceded to have its
early perfect flowers fertile. I examined some flowers from the
wild species grovving in my garden. I found the stigma barely
•extending beyond the membrane sheath, which, by the way, was not
closely clasping, nor Avas there a mass of hair on the petals to
guard the receptive portion from an attack by the pollen grains.
It did seem that the fecundity of the early flowers could be ac-
counted for. But again I could not find a single pollen grain on
the apex of the style, or stigma, as we would terminologically say!

By the time the first week in May was reached, I was surprised
to find an abundant crop of seed vessels on the earlier flowers in
the orchard, the peduncles curving toward the ground just as they
•do in the cleistogamic condition. A number, probably one-third,
had failed to perfect seed, but they had advanced considerably
before withering, showing that their early demise was not from
non-pollination, but from a failure of nutrition, just as in many
fruit trees we find the ground beneath their branches strewed with

94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

immature fruit, which has fallen, after being fairly fertilized, hy
the failure in the stock of nutrition to bring them to perfection. In
the carefully noted observations of Mr. Darwin and others in the
Old World, on the fertilization of flowers, failure of nutrition is
rarely permitted to account for the failures to seed in many of the
experiments noted.

I have for some time past concluded that, in some manner not
yet demonstrated, pollen tubes may and do at times reach the
ovules otherwise than by way of what we commonly know as the
receptive portions of the stigma. In Viola tricolor this may occur
by way of the filmy hair on the dorsal part of the stigma, which
the pollen may reach in this species as already noted, and the ques-
tion may arise as to what is the stigma proper in Viola. It is
customary to regard the small opening at the apex of the thickened
style as the stigma. I am inclined to regard it rather as a necta-
riferous gland. In examining flowers of Viola cucnllata, just
before they expand, the orifice of this tube is closed. When
the flower is examined the day following the opening, a globule of
very sweet nectar occupies the position; the following day this
disappears, and the hollow cavity noticed by various authors is
evident under a good lens. This open passage is hardly consistent
with the general character of a passage way for a pollen tube
which has to depend for material in building up its structure on the
cellular matter which it meets with on its journey to the ovule.
Nor can I recall any instance in which such a large proportion of
nectar is secreted by the receptive point of a stigma. On the other
hand, if we believe, as we undoubtedly may, that nectariferous
glands are atrophied primary structures, it will be difficult to trace
the morphology of such a gland situated in the position this occu-
pies.

But the morphology of the violet presents some anomalies.
Though it is certain, as I have demonstrated in various papers, that
the leaf does not always originate from the node from which it
seems to spring, and that it is the union of the edges of the leaf-blade
that causes what we know as decurrence in stem structure — it does
not follow that decurrence is not sometimes really de-curreuce. In
many species of Lactuca from the south of Europe and eastern
Asia, this is evidently so ; and in Viola the auricles at the base of
the sepals would undoubtedly h;ive to be accounted for in any fair

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 95

conceptiou of the consolidated parts of the flower. I take it we
are to look in this direction for the origin of the spur in the petals
of the violet, and in the fleshy appendages to the stamens, some-
times called nectariferous glands, which fill the spur spaces. Mr.
Darwin observes that he once saw Bomhm tervedris slit the spur of
Viola canina in search of the nectar these glands secrete, and it is
generally supposed they are nectariferous. But certainly in Viola
cuculhita they excrete nothing, as I infer, from not having been
sufficiently differentiated from their primary condition to be perfect
glands. Taking now, as we may again, the consolidated style, as
not merely the elongated extension of the carpels, but also of the
primary axis as well; and the thickened upper portion of the stvle
as a feeble effort to form another verticil of floral organs, the apex
of the primary shoot would be extremely likely to end in a com-
plete gland. If this view be correct, we have to look elsewhere for
the passageway to the ovules; unless indeed we conclude that it is
possible for nectariferous glands to serve as ducts for pollen tubes
in some instances, a circumstance I have sometimes suspected.

VI. ISNARDIA PALUSTRIS ADDITIONAL NOTE ON ITS

STIPULAR GLANDS.*

I noted in 1886 that the usual description of Onagraceae — leaves
without stipules — was not strictly correct, as they were present in
the form of glands in Isnardia (Ludwigia) pa/ustris, the marsh
purslane. Dr. Asa Gray, to whose regular and friendly correspon-
dence through a number of years I am greatly indebted, wrote :
" You have certainly found something; but whether these glands
should be considered stipular or not, I am not prepared to say."
The matter had passed from my mind till recently, when the oppor-
tunity occurred to spend several hours in the midst of a large
quantity of the plant.

At the base of the solitary axillary flower is a pair of minute
scales. The general resemblance of the gland and its connection
with the base of the petiole suggested the possibility that these
glands might also be bracts or scales that had come within the
connate power so potent in this species. This power is well exem-
plified in the structure of the flower. The stamens are opposite the
sepals, indicating that the petals have disappeared. Then Ave note
*Pron. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1886, p. 349.

1)6 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

that wliere there should have beeu petals alternate with the sepals
and stameus, there are four greenish umbonate glands. These of
themselves suggest abortive petals. Holding the flowers up to the
light, however, we find by the aid of the lens that the petals are
really there, but have been completely covered by the connate
sepals, the glands being the thickened apices ! May not the sup-
posed stipular gland, in like manner, be some foliar organ almost
covered by the union of superior parts ? In aid, farther, of this
suggestion, we note that the primary origin of the leaf is far below
the point from which the leaf proper or blade seems to spring.
The consolidated petiole can be traced far below the base of the
expanded portion. Each consolidated petiole, however, grasps only
one-fourth of the circumference of the stem, thus giving it a sub-
quadrangular character. Why might not the supposed stipule be
the apex of another pair of minute scaly bracts, all of which but
the extreme j^oints had been covered, as the petals were, by the
superior size of the consolidating parts above ? With these sug-
gestions we examine the stipular glands closely, only to find that
they are opposite to, and not alternate with, the pair of scaly
bracts above them. We must still believe they are stipular appen-
dages of the leaves, and not the upper remains of independent but
submerged organs.

Of late years it has been found that what appear as striking
exceptions to general rule can be accounted for in the regular
way, the operation of the law only having been obscured. Why
Isnardia should yet seem a striking exception to the absence of
stij^ules in Onagrads still remains a problem.

During the examination of these j)lants the absolute fertility of
the flowers was suggestive of perfect self-ferlilization. Few axils
but had their primary branching system retarded for the production
of a flower instead. Not a solitary imperfect seed-vessel could
be found, out of the many hundreds on a single bi-anching plant.
Self-fertilization was found to be the fact. Not only do the anthers
discharge the pollen simultaneously with the expansion of the
sepals; but they rest on the stigma, so that it is impossible for any
external agency to interfere with their work.

Another interesting observation is that at the expansion of the
sepals, nectar copiously exudes from the umboues above noted. No
Avinged insect appears to visit these minute flowers.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 97

It would seem from these observations that the glaud in Isnardict,
palustris is really stipular; that the petals are not abortive, but
have beeu covered by the connation of the sepals; that the flowers
are arranged so that self-fertilization must ensue; that these self-
fertilized flowers are enormously productive; and that the produc-
tion of nectar, so far as the visits of insects may be concerned, is
superfluous.

VII. Parthenogenesis.

It is about two hundred years ago since Camerarius recorded
the fact that female mulberries and other trees would produce fruit
without pollinization, though such fruit was sterile. These obser-
vations have since beeu abundantly confirmed. The necessity of
pollen to fertile seed came to be regarded as absolute law, until
some fifty years ago, when the Curator at Kew, Mr. John Smith, an-
nounced that an Australian plant, of which he had but one female
specimen, perfected its seeds. It proved to be a new Euphorbiaceie,
and he named it Ciclehocjyne ilicifolla — the generic name from its
supposed parthenogenetal character.

The author of this paper was a student in Kew at that time, and
well remembers the incredulity with which the announcement Avas
received, that nature should seem to make a universal law in rela-
tion to method of reproduction, and yet make a striking exception
in this case. Nature furnishes infinite variation, but these varia-
tions seem to be only of one general plan. It seemed more prob-
able that, in some method unexplained, pollen had been formed,
and really pollinated the embryo. It does not appear that any
further observations on this plant were made at Kew, or, if made,
recorded.

Strasburger took up the subject again in 1878, but though my
good friend, j\Ir. George Nicholson, Curator of Kew, writes under
date of April 10, 1897, that " the whole business has been
threshed out by Strasburger," the latter seems to be more concerned
about the cell development than the manner of its fertilization.
This is especially true of that part devoted to the Castor-oil plant,
Ricinus com munis. In Ccdehocjyne, he insists that the true embryo
does not develop, but that the seeds proceed from adventitious
buds from the wall of the ovary. One may conceive of them as
bulblets, analogous to what we find in viviparous flowers; but he
7

98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

does not explain liow cotyledouous seeds are coustructed in this
way.

In 1894 the autlior of this paper decided to make for himself
oareful observations on Riciniis. A number of plants were set out
in a mass where he could easily watch thein. Every male bud that
could be observed was rubbed away before expansion. For all this
an abundance of seed matured. It was found subsequently that
there were other plants within a quarter of a mile. It was thought
best to repeat the observations another year. The following year
no plants were near but those under observation, and it began to
look as if the plants had no use for pollen. Still there seemed
doubt, and the observations were continued yearly to the end of
1897 — all w^ith the same result. Dr. Ida A. Keller, Professor of
Biology in the Philadelphia Girls' High School, an experienced
microscopist, aided me considerably in the observations made, and
only for the fact that in one of her acute examinations she discov-
ered a pollen tube at work on the ovarium, there would have
seemed no room for doubt that pollen was unnecessary for the pro-
duction of perfect seed in Rieinu><. It was determined to try once
more. The past year, 1898, only one plant was allowed to grow,
tvud only one flower spike permitted to remain. All the others
^vere cut away in the bud. This permitted closer examination,
which was made almost daily. I noted for the first time that there
were on the pedicels with the female flowers, buds scarcely larger
than pin heads, and, under a strong lens, evidently autheriferous.
These wei*e carefully cut away. As the female flowers opened
iihey all withered, unlike their fertility in former years. There
seemed no doubt that pollen was essential. After half the spike had
fallen away, the upper portion, say some twenty flow'ers, showed
n disposition to permanence. The pretty fringed pistils protruded
and continued perfect for many days. Finally, the capsules en-
larged until they had about reached the usual dimensions. Now it
seemed as if the plant would produce seed without the aid of
pollen. After turning brown and seemingly ripe they were found
to be as empty as Camerarius' mulberries were.

While under the impression during the earlier years of these
t)bservations'that Ricinus was fruiting in the absence of j)ollen, I
was encouraged by observations seemingly confirmatory by Judge
Day, of Buffalo, and Prof. Greene, of Washington, on other

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 99

plants. At the same time I had noticed that solitary female plants
of Glngho hiloha were fruiting abundantly in Gcrmautown, while the
only known male plant was at Woodlands, some ten miles away.
Kecently Japan botanists have discovered spiral coils of sperma-
tozoids in the generative cells of Giiigko, and others have observed
them in Cyccis revoluta.

The conclusion reached by the author is that though for several
years he regarded the Castor-oil plant, Ricinus communis, as a gen-
uine case of parthenogenesis, the past year's experience still leaves
the matter open to doubt . If it be true that the female flowers of
Cycas revoluta can generate spermatozoids in their ovaries, and
thus self-fertilize the ova, the occurrence must be rare. In this
vicinity old specimens of this plant are frequently seed bearing,
opparenthj, but in every case examined by the author thev were
found to have only empty capsules.

It seems to the author that the subject of parthenogenesis is by
no means thoroughly " thrashed out," and the object of this paper
is to encourage continued observations.

VIII. LaCTUCA ScARIOLA, in RELATION TO VARIATION AND
THE VERTICAL POSITION OF ITS LEAVES.

Laduca Scariola is spreading rapidly over the United States.
Some twenty years ago I was led to my first acquaintance with it
through the kindness of Dr. George Engehnann. It Avas then
growing in the vicinity of St. Louis. It interested us from the
fact that we thought we saw polarity in the leaves. The plane of
the leaf was vertical, and it seemed that the edges were directed
due north and south. The plants were growing thickly together,
and in the cases which did not come under this rule we concluded
that the crowding interfered with the natural tendency. Three
years ago, 1894, a solitary plant appeared in my garden. The
behavior of a species is always instructive when Ave can AA'atch its
distribution and development from a single plant A\'ithin a limited
area. Being an annual, and floAvering after the garden weeding
has been completed, it is a comparatively harmless Aveed. I allowed
the plant to seed, and the seeds to be distributed by the Avind.
The next season a number of plants were alloAved to seed. This
year, 1897, there are hundreds of plants growing Avithin an area of
twenty acres. Many of these I am leaA^ing to groAV till they reach
the flowering stage, AA'hen they Avill be destroyed.

100 PR0CEEDINC4S OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

The variations from the one original plant, and all under the
same conditions of environment, are very remarkable. In some
the leaves are about four inches long by three wide ; that is to say,
broadly ovate, while there are some with leaves nine inches long,
and from one to two inches wide. In these plants the long linear
leaves are obtuse. In others the leaves are some nine inches long,
but widest in the middle — these are sharply acute. The leaves are
usually entire, but there are a number that are lyrately pinnatifid.
In one case the lobing is so deep that the divisions are little more
than narrowly winged nerves. In most cases the leaves are flat at
the margins, but in a number of cases they are strongly undulate.
One of the most striking variations is in the habit of the plant.
In the majority of cases the main stem is less than half an inch
thick at the base, and grows up rapidly with Avide internodes; in
others, the stem will be nearly an inch thick, with little disposition
to elongate ; the lateral buds develop to branchlets, and the plant
becomes densely bushy, with scarcely any internodes. In these
cases the leaves are cuneate at the base. The only characters that
seem uniform through this extensive range of variation is the
glaucous green of the foliage, the vertical twist to the leaves, and
the ridge of bristles along the midrib on its under surface. Surely
we may conclude that the variations presented in this case are due
to the degree and direction of life energy, and that the common
phrases of ' ' cultivation ' ' and ' ' conditions of environment ' '
have no meaning here.

The vertical plane of the leaves next commands attention. A
careful examination of a number of isolated plants soon leads to
the conclusion that there is no polarity — as it is generally ex-
pressed. The plane of the leaf is in any direction. There are
no more in a northward than in a westward line. I am at a
loss to imagine how I, in common with other observers, ever
believed it could be classed as a " compass plant, ' ' unless it be on
the general principle that it is easy to see what we are looking for.
In the examination a novel point presented itself. The leaves
are vertical instead of horizontal by reason of a twist just above
the point of divergence from the stem. But on every plant there
are cases of twists in opposite directions. In former " contribu-
tions ' ' I have shown that antidromy is common. There could not
be secund inflorescence without it. Two or three leaves in this

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 101

Lactuca following regularly the spiral against the sun would have
the leaves back to back, when the next would twist in the opposite
direction so as to face the lower leaf. The occasional pairs of
leaves, drawn together in iDarallel lines, present a very novel and
interesting appearance. These cases of antidromy follow no numer-
ical rule. The most striking cases of parallelism will naturally
be those where two successive leaves in the spiral face each other ;
but generally it is the next in the series, or, in some cases, the
third or fourth leaf that turns its back on what seems to be the
normal spiral course.

It may be here noted that the numerical order in the phyllotaxis
is not as definite as it is supposed to be, and this fact will have
some bearing on the phenomena connected with Lactuca Scariola.
In many plants which have a normal f arrangement, 4 cases are
not infrequently on the same stem. This may be well observed in
the thick- stemmed Centaureas.* The upper portion of the stem
thickens from a considerable distance below the flower, and the
numerical arrangement changes according to the degree of thicken-
ing. The truth is, as laid down already in these contributions,
the cortical layer in a growing branch is made up of the thickened
bases of leaves, and the elongated growth of a branch is not in a
straight line, but is simply the uncoiling of a growing mass of leaf
stalks, the terminals of which become free or proper leaves, as we
commonly understand them. That this is the real truth can readily
be perceived in many of the stronger growing Compositee. In a
Centaurea macrocephala, now before me, the stem can be readily
perceived to be formed in this manner. The lower haf in the
spiral laps over the one next above it like a slate or shingle on a
roof, and it is the width in projiortion to the length of the spiral
coil that decides the numerical order in the 2ihyllotaxis. The accel-
eration or arrestation of the uncoiling energy will therefore easily
explain for us these apparent aberrations from the normal condi-
tion. In some plants the energy born of the spiral motion does
not cease with the unfolding of the membranous or leaf-blade
portion of the structure. In many composites^ there may be two
or even three twists to the leaf -blade, giving it a singularly curled-
up character.

* Centaurea macrocephala is especially in mind bei'e.

® Senecio Doria and Centaurea macrocephala, for illustration.

102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

With these facts in mind the occasional facing of each other in
leaves of Lactuca Scariola and other plants becomes explainable
under the varying degree of energy expended in the uncoihngs of
the spiral at different times and localities in the growth of the
parts.

An interesting fact in connection with inheritance presented itself
in this investigation. As already noted, the plants from the
sohtar}' individual varied in numberless ways. The second year's
crop had in the main the characters of the parent ; but there were
groups here and there which, while varying among themselves,
would have the general characteristics of the first variation. For
instance, there would be a group of pinnatifid -leaved plants, though
with variations in breadth and length, in the divisions of the lobes,
and in other respects differing among themselves ; while in other
spots would be groups with leaves wholly entire, and other groups
with serratures. The seeds from some single plant, reaching the
ground together in one place, probably accounted for this. It is at
any rate a good illustration of inheritance going along in parallel
lines with variation.

IX. The stigma of Asclepias.
While preparing the chapter on Asclepias tuberosa for my illus-
trations of the Flowers and Ferns of the United States, continued
as Meehans' Monthly, I noted glandular callosities, not hitherto
recorded as being observed, indicating abortive floral organs. It
led me to a review of our former beliefs in regard to the structure
of these cui'ious flowers. The first morphological difficulty was the
supposed five-lobed stigma. With our modern knowledge of
morphology it seemed incredible that a flower formed on a quinary
plan, losing finally by abortion three or four of its carpels when
forming the fruit, should yet have a five-lobed stigma at the apex
of its ovarium. A careful examination satisfies me that the
accepted view is wrong. The mass forming the supposed stigma is
wholly independent of the carpellary system. Indeed, there is no
departure from the morphological laws prevaihng in flowers gen-
erally. Keeping in mind the power of union and segregation,
and of arrest and retardation in the development of floral organs,
the structure of the flower in Asclepias will be found exceedingly
simple. There is no occasion for the mystery brought in generally

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 103

to account for a seemiug departure in regular law, wlieu accouut-
ing for its singular structure.

In tracing the morphological relationship of the parts of a flower,
we are largely aided by examining a nuiiiber of species. In this
study of Asclepias tuherosa, A. verticillata, A. Syriaca and A,
incarnata also took part.

From some vigorous shoots of Asclepkis incarmda, the lower
leaves showed that normally the leaves are alternate, and arranged
on a f plan. Whatever variation from this plan follows, must
be referred to some discordant occurrences. In A. incarnata,.
we see how this operates in forming the branching character. The
main stem is subtended, when it begins to branch, by a weak
branchlet on one side and by a leaf without an axillary bud on the
other. The exact fact is that what now appears the central axis
or leading stem was the axillary bud ! When the rhythmic growth-
wave resumed activity the chief energy was directed toward the
axillary bud. It pushed aside the former leader, and reduced it to
a mere branchlet. We can still trace this disturbing force through
many nodes, though Avith continued arrestations and developments
it is often difficult to trace the originals eventually. But we learn
by this to look for these aberrations of the various parts when con-
sidering A. tuhevom by itself. In the case of the latter species we
find in the earlier states of growth the axillary bud is not able to
dislodge the central shoot from leadership. In this case we have
the branchlet in the axil of the leaf, and not opposite, as in the
other species cited. Later on we may find the growth-energy
directed strongly in the axillary direction. But we have learned
the valuable lesson that variation in the period of rhythmic
growth -energy is sufficient to produce specific characters.

With the ideal quinary plan in mind we find in Asckpias tuberoscc
five sepals, and the series of five petals is alternate Avith the sepals
as such a series should be. Then we have, alternate Avith these, a
series of five stamens, but the filaments have become united up
to the connective (represented by a minute dorsal gland), Avhab
should have been anthers are petaloid, and we have to call that a;
nectary Avhich should have been a more elaborate organ. The five
perfect stamens next appear, and properly alternate Avith the five
petaloid stamens (nectaries) beloAV. Noav Ave iJerceive Avhat, if
noted before, has not been recorded : fiv^e greenish scales, alternate

104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

with the filaments and connate with them, extending beyond the
so-caUed stigmatic disc, and forming a crested covering for the disc
at the same time. This series united with the lower portion of the
filaments is also connate with the disc. These scales have formed
so complete a union with the anthers, as to give the appearance of
wings to these organs, but the tracing beyond the apex of the
anther clearly indicates their original distinction. Coming now to
the disc, we find that its lobes are alternate with the scales, and
that they are opposite to the anthers. Terming all the various
-cycles of a flower independently of the carpellary or axial system,
staminal or petaliferous whorls, the substance of the disc may
reasonably be referred to a whorl of this character wdiich has had
its terminals bent over as the next outer whorl did, and unite
<o form a homogeneous succulent mass.

This is more than a conception. The alternate development of
each cycle, just as we should expect them to be, brings the facts
close to a demonstration. But an examination of the carpellary
development makes the facts clearer. Taking a flower about to
fade, remove the nectaries, make a vertical section just above the
line of the petals, and then open the flower carefully, we find two
separate and distinct styles imbedded into the succulent base of the
disc. Though seemingly homogeneal Avith the disc mass, we can
with care note that they really terminate at this point. Not only
this, but we may see the stigmatic 2wints. As the flower dries, the
disc mass separates from the apex of the carpels, and falls with
what we may surely call the next corollary system. In Asclepias
JSyriaca, the union of the real stigma with the supposed stigmatic
disc has been so slight, that no sign of a cicatrice remains to mark
the earlier connection.

The union of parts that Ave conceive to be normally separate is
so characteristic of Asclepias, that we see the evidence in many
ways. The breaking up of the quinary method in this way has
already been noted. In Asclepias tuberosa this is further seen at
the base of each umbel. Each flower, normally, is a primary
branch, with the subtending leaf in the axil from which it sprang.
But the bases of the flower branches with the subtending bracts
have become united and succulent, with only here and there the
point of a bract like the topmast of a sunken ship appearing just
above the surface.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 105

We may uow conclude that there is uo special mystery to be
solved in the flower of Asdepias. The structure is very simple.
The parts, as Ave conceive them primarily to be, are all there,
and in their regular places. The tendency to arrestation and union
accounts for what seems strange.

With the elucidation of the real structure of the flower, other
mysteries will dissolve. No one has been able to explain the
manner in which the flower is pollinized. The accepted hypothesis
is the chance transference of a pollen mass to the disc by means of
an insect's foot. The abundance and regularity of seed vessels
on many species should at once discredit such a notion. Eegularity
does not follow accident. In almost every umbel in Asdepias
incarnata, there are regularly one or two fertile flowers, and this is
true of other species. As the anther cells rupture, the pollen mass
is in close contact with what I have shown is the real stigmatic
surface. The flower is an absolute self-fertilizer, and can receive
no aid from the visits of insects.

The failure of so many flowers to mature fruit is a matter of
nutrition. It has already been seen how easily the axillary bud is
induced to displace the leader, by the diversion of nutrition in that
direction. There are always two ovaries and corresponding styles
in each flower of Asdepias. If we open a fertile flower in an early
stage of its advance to a fertile condition, we may note that the
stronger one has simply starved the other.

There are other matters in connection with the life-history of
Asdepias well worthy of iavestigation. In Asdepias tuberosa, as
in some other species, the petals reflex hurriedly when opening, but
close in again when near maturity. The flowers that become fer-
tilized coil as if they were tendrils, and indeed seem to prefer to
twine around some object. One might almost expect to find some
climbing species in the genus. It has been said that explanations
of this character to be acceptable should be able to account for all
phenomena of a similar character. In this case, what about the
stigmas and general features of Apocynaceie ? Surely the staminal
verticil has no relation to the disc-like character of the stigma in
some members of the order, Vinca, for instance. But we do not
know how far the consolidation of parts has gone. In a double-
flowered oleander we note numberless petal-like organs that must
have had a separate starting-point, and what appears as a single

106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899..

style is really made up of two, covered by a membraue evidently
of staminal origin.

X. PhYLLOTAXIS IX CONNECTION WITH ChESOPODIACE^E
AND POLYGONACE.E.

Phyllotaxis has not been made much use of by systematists. In
a general Avay recognition has been given to the alternate or oppo-
site arrangement of the foliage in connection with orders or genera.
We do not expect to find alternate leaves in Rubiacete, and
opposite leaves in Rosacese would be a surprise. But we may go
further. In a general way we may look for a pentamerous arrange-
ment of the floral organs, whenever we find a f arrangement of the
leaves. In Chenopodiacese and genuine allies, we find the ^ plan
prevail. We may doubt the relationship with Chenopodiacese of
any plant with a | arrangement.

In Polygonacese we find the f arrangement the rule, and a close
study of some species of the order shows that, though there are'
great deviations from a pentamerous structure, the pentamerous is
the main plan, and the apparent deviations are the results of abor-
tion, or of a union of parts usually separate.

FcKjopyrum escnlentum well illustrates this. The outer series
which we take to be the calyx is pentasepalous. There are eight
stamens, but if we examine the flower closely we find that there
are only five in the verticil succeeding the calycine whorl, and
these are alternate Avith the sepals as they should be. The next
verticil appears to be of eight glands; but on close inspection there
are but five, and these are alternate with the stamens. Then we
have three rather smaller glands, just above the line of the larger
ones, and making the eight which come under casual notice,
and these three are at the base of the three stamens, which make
the eight usually credited to the species. Here a puzzle presents
itself. There should be two more glands to make a complete ver-
ticil of five, and two more stamens for another perfect verticil, and
how does it come about that the stamen is just above the gland and
not alternate therewith ? We cannot answer ; but with a clear
case of three perfect verticils on the plan of five, we may assume
that in some way, as yet unaccounted for, abortion and disarrange-
ment of parts at this point have occurred.

The three upper stamens present an interesting feature that does

1899.] NATURAL SCIEXCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 107

not appear to have been hitherto noticed. The outer five have an
incurved character, but the inner three curve outwardly, and the
outer surface of the upper and lower anthers meet face to face. The
pistils have an outward trend, or we may say recurve, as the three
inner stamens do. I say pistils, for though it is customary to look
on the flower as having but a single deeply cleft pistil, the three-
valved ovarium clearly indicates a tricarpellary origin.

The fact that but a single seed is found in the capsule must be
attributed to abortion, just as we find but a single seed in many
pluri-carpellary rosaceous fruits; and to the same principle of abor-
tion that has already operated in breaking up the pentamerous
character on which, as we have seen, the flower is normally planned.
Instead of a relationship to Chenopodiacea", as usually suspected,
or with Caryophyllacere, as has been suggested, its proper position
is evidently nearer Rosacese than with either. In Sjnrcea, for
instance, say Spircea opuUfoUa L., we have the persistent five-cleft
calyx, but only three carpels in many instances, with remarkable
irregularity in the number of the seeds. Then, proceeding to
Nevlusia, we have the permanent calyx doing service for petals just
as we find in Fagopynim, and we have a little disc on which are
the stamens, corresponding to the glands on which are the Fago-
pynim stamens. Further, we have the ovaries reduced to two,
with a single ovule.

This conception of the relationship of Polygonacece to the
Rosacese enables us to account for the stipules, characteristic of
Rosacese, but which are wanting in Chenopods. That the ochrea
in Polygonacese is but a stipule which may become united so as to
clasp the stem is universally conceded.

A feature that has been overlooked in Fagopyrwn is particularly
instructive. Even the most recent descriptive work, Britton and
Brown's Illustrated Flora of the Northern States and Canada, says
of it, * * glabrous except at the nodes. ' ' But one-half the stem and
its inner face are hairy, only the exterior half is glabrous. It has
been wholly my work to show that leaves do not originate at the
node from which the leaf- blade springs. I contend that the whole
of axis or stem is made up of the sheathing bases of the leaves, the
blade being simply the departure of the upper portiou, when the
cohesive power has been reduced in force. The margin of the leaf-
blade in Fagopyrum is ciliate. The line of hair on the stems of

108 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

the plant are simply the strongly developed cilia on the united edges
of the clasping leaf -bases.

An interesting circumstance in connection with Fagopyrum is the
tendency to sterility of the flowers under certain conditions.
Farmers know that if buckwheat is sown early in the season, the
seed crop is light. Examining plants on the 22d of July, that had
come up from self-sown seed in early spring, out of many hundreds
of flowers, only one had perfected a seed. The anthers were des-
titute of pollen. This may have been the result of unusual vegeta-
tive vigor, Avhich vigor has to be somewhat checked in most plants
before fruitfulness is favored. The plants examined were growing
in very rich soil, and unusually luxuriant; but the fact shows how
much conditions have to do with sexual affairs.

XI. The influexce of fdxgi ox the forms and

CHARACTERS OF PLANTS.

The influence of microscopic fungi in changing the form and
character of vegetation is well-known in connection with mon-
strous conditions. It does not, however, seem to have occurred
to biologists that what occurs in an exaggerated degree may rea-
sonably be expected to prevail as a rule.' The power that can in-
duce vegetation to run into monstrosities may be so able to control
its forces as to be a regular factor among the laws of form.

I believe that Prof. Farlow and some German botanists have
recorded cases where the action of minute fungi has changed the
character of plants to a degree that might be almost termed specific.
I have myself, in a communication to the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia (see Proceedings, 1874, p. 146) shown
that where Euj^horbia maculata is attacked by an JEcidium, it
assumes characters very little different from Euplwrhia hyperici-
folia. Instead of trailing, the plant becomes erect. The hairy
stem and fruit become perfectly smooth, and the swelHng at the
nodes that characterizes the latter species is assumed under the
changed conditions. Only for the evidence furnished b}" the
reproductive stage of the fungus, a botanist might well he
pardoned for referring the attacked specimens to Euphorbia
hypericifolia. Assuredly, E. maculata would not be considered in
the determination.

Recently a specimen of a singular combination was placed in my

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 109

hands by Mr. W. Finger, of ]Milwaukee, Wis. A pair of loug-
stalked, smooth and shining leaves seemed to proceed from a root
stock of Uepat'wa acuiiloba D. C. They were strikingly suggestive
of some undescribed species of Ranunculus. The collector was sus-
picious that some other plant had man-
aged to force its leaves through the root
stock of Hepatica, as instances of this
behavior in some plants have been
known. Though nothing pointing to
this could be ascertained, the specimens
were sent to me under an impression that
there must have been some such occur-
rence. The leaf-blades, however, showed,
by the slightly developed fructification,
that the whole character of the leaf had
been changed through the medium of a
minute fungus, apparently closely related
to an CEcld'mm, as had been found con-
nected Avith the Euphorbia.

In the paper on E\q>horhia cited, I
ventured the proposition, as deduced
from the observations recorded, that
" certain phases of nutrition brought
about by the attack of a fungus may
change specific characters." The expe-
rience here related not only affirms this
proposition, but indicates that the
changes induced follow definite lines.
In the Euphorbia the result of the opera-
tion of the fungus was especially marked
by the elongation of the nodes and the
total suppression of the hair that densely
attacked. In this case we have again the hairy
character of Hepatica totally obliterated, and the petiole elongated
in a striking manner.

In view of the modern discoveries of symbiotic relations between
algffi and fungi in the development of lichens, and of species of
fungi in connection with thejife-histories of other plants, there can
be no extravaL'^auce in the suggestion that in some manner as yet

Fig. 1.
clothes the species

110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

uucliscovered these miuute organism? may play an important part
in the origin of form. In this case nothing but the advance toward
fructification wouhl have furnished ground for suspicion that the
leaf was not in a normal condition.

XII. The MOVEMENTS OF PLANTS.

What is known as Heliotropism has never been clearly under-
stood. Much that has been referred to the action of the sun may
be attributable to other causes. When Moore sang:

"As the sunflower turns on her God, when he sets,
The same look which she turned when he rose,"

he expressed the prevailing thought that the plant, in an active
sense, sought the sun or avoided the sun, as the case might be,
and not that the sun was the acting direct agent in drawing the
flower unwillingly along.

On August 20, 1898, I was passing a large mass of Heliantlius
orgyalls at about sundown, and noted that they were taking a wide
curve toward the northeast, the stronger plants making a curve of
nearly a foot in diameter. As the thermometer had been ranging
between 80° and 90° Fahr., I passed on with a general impression
that excessive transpiration had induced wilting. On the evening
of the 25th, observing again this general northeast curve, I
attempted to lift one of the curved points, and was surprised to
find the stem at that point rigid, and not flaccid, as it would have
been if suffering from lack of moisture. Careful and continued
observation was decided on.

On the 26th, at 6.30 P.M., the stalks Avhich at sundown the
previous evening were curving northeast Avere now erect. On the
27th, at 6 P.M., the stalks were curving again northeastwardly.
On the 28th, at 11.30 A.M., all were curving slightly southwest,
and by 2 P.M. the same day were nearly erect. At 6 P.M.,
with their usual curve northeast.

On the 31st, at 6.30 A.M., found the first deviation from that
general plan in having the curves northeastwardly, instead of
having erect stems. At noon they were erect, except a few of the
weaker ones which had a northwestern curve. It should be here
noted that the terminal flower, which in this and many other com-
posite plants is the first to open, while the side branches rapidly
<levelop, was now expanding, but many of the stronger branchlets

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. Ill

joined with the weaker maiu stems iu this northwestern curve. Even
where the main stems by some accident had a southern or eastern
leaning, the branchlets had the northwestern curve. Observations
were continued till the evening of September 4, all resulting iu the
fact that the general rule in this species was that the curving was
at nightfall northeastwardly; at 6.30 A.M., erect; at noon, with a
slight curve, and at 6 P.M., a strong curve northeastwardly.

On September 6, Helianthus Mazimilianis had develoned con-
siderably toward a flowering state. At 7 P.]\I., all the flower
stems were bending shghtly westwardly. On the 7th, at 7 A.M.,
all trending eastwardly; at 6 P.M., westwardly. On the 8th,
9th and 10th, the observations were the same. There was no
opportunity to note the direction of the stems at midday, but on
'the 11th they were nearly erect, but Avith a very shght eastern
trend. At 5 P.M., quite erect. By this time the ray florets of
the terminal head of flowers w^ere expanding, and no curving was
noted subsequently.

In these observations I thought to note whether the curving was
due to an uncoiling of the spiral growth, or was done by a direct
liftuig upward and over to the opposite point of the compass.
Pins, with their heads pointing east, were inserted in the stems just
beneath the terminal flower head. Through all the variation in
•the direction of the curves, the heads remained unchanged in
direction. This proves it was not an uncoiling operation, but
-done as a purely ascending and descending act.

Further, these observations show that the curvature proceeds at
night to the same extent as by day. Light, therefore, or the
attraction of the sun's rays, must be eliminated from the factors in
the work, especially as the evening curvature of one species is iu a
different direction from the other. So far as these observations
go, the cause of motion is still obscure.

While these observations were in progi-ess, I noted on the even-
ing of September 5 that a large plant of Palafoxla linearis that
certainly had all its branchlets erect in the morning were beauti-
fully curved at 6 P.M., but they were in no particular direction of
the compass. The curv^ed branches were so rigid that they resisted
considerable force in the endeavor to straighten them. The next
•day at 7 A.M. they were perfectly straight. The observations
•were made daily till the lltli, with the same results, the only addi-

112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899,

tional fact being that the curving seemed to commence about 3
P.M., and to reach its maximum about 5 P.M. The stronger'
branches had the greatest curve, in some cases making a complete
circle, the point of the branchlet reaching the main stem, the
curve of the weaker branches usually reaching a half circle. On
the evening of the 7th I tied a light label weighing an eighth of
an ounce to the apex of one strongly curving bi'anchlet. It had
no result in weighing the branchlet further down. In the morning
it still held the branch down to the point I had left it the evening
before, though the point beyond the string had grown a little and
taken an upward curve. When I cut the string with the point of
a scissors, the branch flew upwards with a sudden spring, reducing
the curve from a half to the quarter of a circle. The stem retained
this light curve during the whole of its subsequent growth. In
this connection it may be noted that in the reflex from the curve to
erection in Helianthus orgyalis, the stem never reached a perfectly
straight line, and hence the stems of this species are generally
flexuose. That the curves in Palafoxia should be in any direction of
the compass indifferently, and yet in specified directions only in. the
two Helianths, is remarkable.

While taking notes on these plants at dusk one evening, I noted
that a plant of Helenium autumnale, wuth hundreds of unopened
flowers, seemed drooping for want of water. Calling the fact to
the attention of Mr. Hemming, in charge of my hardy herba-
ceous department, he felt sure that it only needed water, and this
was copiously applied, with no result. Closer examination showed
that the common peduncle was bent in the middle, the upper por-
tion forming a right angle with the stem. So rigid was the bend
that they could not be straightened without injury. The angle is
maintained for a number of days till the ray florets become visi-
ble, when the peduncle gradually straightens, taking several days
to complete the task. As in the case of the Helianths, pins were
inserted in order to note any uncoiling process if present. The
straightening was done by a purely ascending process.

The gain to science by these observations is negative. It is
clearly seen that what we have understood as heliotropism in con-
nection with plant movements has no place in the phenomena. It
may be assumed that we have to look to various phases of life-
energy in the plants themselves for the final explanation.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 113

XIII. Eccentricity of the annual wood circles in
Rhus Toxicodendron l.

In an abstract of an address' made by myself on excrescences
and eccentric wood growth in trees, I pointed out that the thicken-
ing of the annual layer of wood, more in some portion of the circle
than in others, was due to a greater generative power of the cells
in the thickened portions owing to more abundant nutrition having
reached them. " Where the whole mass of tissue seems equally
and regularly vitalized, the generative tissue forms a new layer of
wood of about equal thickness all round." "In some cases
masses of cells seem to easily draw from others more than their
share (of nutrition), and the latter are corresj^ondingly weakened. "
■" All the cases of peculiar eccentricities, Hedera, Toxicodendron,
Ampelopsis, and the peculiar cases in ordinary timber trees, could be
explained by this, so far as to note that the immediate law was a
loss of generative power in the cells of the annual layer. Of course
the indirect causes leading to this would be numerous, and left
room for much more investigation." At the conclusion of that
address the report published says Mr. Meehan was asked to explain
the square section of trunk of Picea amabills on exhibition at the
American Centennial, and the reply was that in all probability the
thickened portions of the annual layers at the corners forming the
square were due to strong roots near these four corners supplying
abundant nutrition in those directions.

Though twenty-two years have elapsed since that communication
was made, the matter does not seem to have been further investi-
gated, and our biological text-books still endeavor to explain these
variations in the width of the concentric rings to various causes
other than the one to which I have alluded. Though the bulk of
nutrition must be by way of active roots, the carbon necessary for
the structure must be contributed through the leaves. Healthy
leaves and vigorous roots must be reciprocal. On the other hand,
the power exercised by any force is in inverse ratio to distance ; and
it is probable that a weak series of foliage, near the active roots,
juight aid nutrition to better advantage than stronger ones further
away.

Some interesting observations were recently made on the ordinary

^ Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., December 19, 1876.

11'

PEOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1899.

poison vine, Rhus Toxicodendron L. A large stem that had for a
quarter of a century been attached to an old cherry tree was cut
down. From this were many old branches, which had not attached
themselves to anything, and had no rootlets, as those attached to
the tree had. In none of these latter cases was the wood eccentric,
while even quite young branches, rooting to the bark of the cherry
tree, were eccentric. Fig. 3 shows a section of the main stem,
cut across two feet from the ground, showing the attachment by
its numerous fibrous rootlets to the old bark at the back. Fig. 2 is
a section of a seven-year-old branch which has not thrown out
rootlets. From an examination of a number of stems with and with-
out rootlets, the fact was clear that the rootlets decided the eccen-
tricity. They evidently introduced nutritious matter from the old
bark to which they clung, and the cells nearest
to them derived the chief advantage. The con-
centric rings would inevitably Aveaken in propor-
tion to the distance from the source of supply.
If the woody circles had been all of equal thick -
Fig. 2. ness the pith would have been in the centre,

as we see in Fig. 2.

In the contribution reported in the Proceedings as above cited,
the weakened condition of the wood cells, and their over-
growth by stronger ones is
given to account for the bark
often found inside the trunks
of Ba uhhiia, Wistar ia, and
other woody plants. We
see in Fig. 3 how this can
easily be brought about.
If some good roots in con-
nection with healthy leaves
should appear in connec-
tion with the lobes repre-
sented by the heart-shaped
figure so as to reinvigo-
rate the depauperate wood
^i^- 3- cells, the bark would soon

meet, and eventually be wholly enclosed.

It may be added that the fibrous roots of the Poison Vine are

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 115

all annual, but they become very wiry after death, and continue
apparently for all time to aid in sustaining the plant's attachment
to its support until violently separated by external forces.

XIV. Morphology of the Grape.

In referring to the grape or other vitaceous plants, it is custom-
ary to say of the tendril that it is a reduced
branch. It was long a puzzle to me that a
branch should appear on the opposite side of a
leaf, which leaf should have no axillary bud,
and, further, it seemed remarkable that when
there was an axillary bud at the base of the
leaf, there was no tendril on the opposite
side.

I have since learned that in these cases the plant simply presents
to us phenomena very common in plants, especially when forming
an inflorescence, of displacing the leading stem,
and replacing the leader by the growth of the
axillary bud. What was the leader is pushed
on one side, and seems to be, what Avriters on
the vine assume the tendril to be, a mere
branch. In vigorous branches of the grape
vine, there seems occasionally to be an
axillary bud opposite the tendril, but this is
simply a supra- axillary bud, the upper of the two having advanced
to the position of a leading stem, when the former leader had been
reduced to the condition of a tendril.

The fact is of importance in tracing the genital relationship of
the order of grape vines with other families. There is much in
Vitaceffi to suggest an alliance with rhamnaceous plants. In
Celastracese, for instance, the character noted in the grape of
having the tendril opposite a leaf without an axillary bud is want-
ing simply owing to the opposite -leaved method of carrying it&
foliage. How the growth-energy has been diverted from the
leading shoot to the axillary buds is shown in the inflorescence of
Euonymus Japonicus. With a further suppression of the leader
there would have been dichotomous branching. With an alternatfr
system of leafage, the central axis would have been pushed aside

Fig. 5.

116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

to become a tendril or some other lateral organ. The stronger
shoot from the axillary bud would then be the leader. In many
rhamnaceous plants, notably in some species of Zizyphus, though
the axillary bud has sufficient force to occupy a position erect and
in a direct line with the branch that bore it, thus pushing aside
the former leader, it has not energy enough to maintain the leader-
ship. The main branch, though forced from the direct line, con-
tinues to lead, and then we have the zigzag or flexuose stem.

Another evidence of the close relationship of Vitacese with the
rhamnaceous family is furnished by an occasional tendency in
grape berries to assume a valvate capsular form. A case of this
some kind fell under the notice of Fl. Von Schlechtendal, who
thought it of varietal importance. He figui'cs and describes it
in the volume of Linncea for 1830 as Viti-^ vinifera eapsularis.
Morphology had not reached the importance it has arrived at
to-day. My first opportunity to examine a case of the kind was
furnished by Dr. James A. Darrach, of Germantown, Philadelphia,
who found it on a bunch of the Flame -colored Tokay, common on
our fruit stands as the California grape. It is capsular, five-parted,
disclosing the naked seeds attached to an axile placenta, the whole
very suggestive of some celastraceous plant.

The grape is notorious for other morphological vagaries, among
which the total absence of seeds in some varieties is to the point.
The Corinth, Mokunha and Sultana a)-e also cases. These furnish
the currants of commerce. Seedless berries are common among the
"fertile ones in many varieties of American species. In one known
In gardens as the Lindley, one-half of the berries will be seedless,
and sometimes the whole bunch will be of that character. In
these the berries do not reach more than one-half the size of the
;seed-bearing ones. The manner in which this variation is accom-
plished has been ably set forth in the London Journal of Horti-
■cuUure, of September 3, 1896. It is well-known that many fruits
will advance considerably in size in the absence of pollination.
The fruits are seedless, and they never reach the dimensions of the
fertilized fruits. The osage orange and the cucumber are familiar
instances. In the growth of cucumbers under glass every female
flower produces a cucumber, but if the grower desires large and fine
fruit, he uses the male flowers directly on the females. The
isolated female osage oransfc has the seedless " balls " but half

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 117

the size of the fertile ones. In the paper on the grape above cited,
the author traced the successive stages of growth in the fruit by
the aid of a powerful microscope. The mother or berry-bearing
plant has the power of growth up to a certain stage. Ovarium,
ovules and every part advances up to about half the size of the
full-grown stage, when it awaits the entrance of the pollen tube.
If this tube fails to appear at this stage, the funiculus or neck
connecting the ovule with the placenta dies, and this ends all future
growth. The grape is a plant having female flowers, male flowers
and neuters. It is among the latter that the currants or seedless
grapes appear. The ovaries and ovules are perfectly formed, but
the stigma is imperfect and will not admit the entrance of the
pollen tubes.

118 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [18i?9.

A LIST OF FISHES COLLECTED AT PORT ANTONIO, JAMAICA.
BY HENRY \V. FOWLER.

Two collections of Fishes were made, mostly from the nets of
fishermen during April and May in the year 1891, by Messrs. W.
J. Fox and C. W. Johnson while on a trip through Jamaica. The
collection formed by Mr. Fox is at present in the Academy of
Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, while that belonging to Mr.
Johnson became the property of the Wagner Fx-ee Institute of
Science of Philadelphia. To Mr. Johnson I am much indebted for
the loan of the collection formed by him. In the following list
several of the species may be of interest, as not having been fre-
quently recorded from the island's fauna.

ALBULID^.

1. Albula vulpes (Liunaeus).

CLUPEID^.

2. Sardinella macrophtlialina, (Ranzani).

3. Sardinella humeralis (Cuvierand V'aleucienues).

4. Opisthonema oglinum (Le Sueur).

ENGRAULIDID^.

5. Cetengraulis edentulus (Cuvier).

HEMIRHAMPHID^.

6. Hyporhamphus unifasciatus (Ranzani).

HOLOCENTRID^.

7. Holocentrus ascensionis (Osbeck).

MULLID^.

8. Upeneus maculatus iBloch).

CARANGID^.

9. Decapterus sanctae-helenae (Cuvierand Valenciennes).

10. Trachurops crumenophthalmus (Bloch).

11. Vomer spixi (Swaiusou).

SERRANID^.

12. Gonioplectrus hispanus (Cuvier and Valenciennes).
1 3. Bodianus fulvus ruber (Bloch and Schneider).

14. Epinephelus maculosus (Cuvier and Valenciennes).

LUTIANID^.

15. Neomsenis griseus (Linnseus).

1 6. Neomsenis analis ( Cuvier and Valenciennes).
17. Neoniaenis synagris (Desmarest).

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 119

H^MULID^.

18. Haemulon parra (Desmarest).

19. Haemulon flavolineatum (Desmarest).

GERRID^.

20. Eucinostomus harengulus Goode and Bean.

POMACENTRID^.

21. Eupomacentrus leucostictus (MuUer and Troschel).

SCARID^.

22. Spariosomaflavescens (Bloch and Schneider).

23. Spariosoma rubripinne (Cuvier and Valenciennes).

BLENNID^.

24. Labrisomus nuchipinnis (Quoy and Gaimard).

PLEURONECTID^.

25. Syacium micrurum Rauzani.

120

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1899,

A NEW AMERICAN LAND SHELL.

BY EDWARD G. VANATTA.

Pristiloma pilsbryi, n. sp.

' Shell imperforate, translucent, light horn colored, polished; suture
spire depressed, composed of five and one-half slowly in-
creasing whorls; the first two whorls are smooth,,
the remainder are deeply radially sulcate, the
sulci fading out at the periphery, making the
top of the whorls flatly nodulose. There are
ahout fifty-two nodules on the last whorl. Base
smooth, squarely convex, giving the shell the
form of a thick rounded disc. Mouth narrowly
lunate. Lip sharp, rather sinuous at the base^
with a slight callus near the columella as in
Pristiloma stearnsi ; columellar lip slightly
reflexed.

Alt., 1.68; greatest diam. , 2.56; least diam.,
2.4 mm. Portland, Oregon. Collected by H.
Hemphill. Acad. Nat. Sciences, No. 56,996.

The sculpture of the spire of this species is
very much hke Macroclamys diadema Dall. It
Fig. 1. is distinguished from Pristiloma stearnsi Bid.

by the very much deeper and more separated sulci, and the lower

spire.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 121

[ SOME OBSERVATIONS ON THE ILLECELLEWAET AND ASULKAN
GLACIERS OF BRITISH COLUMBIA.

' " BY GEORGE AND WILLIAM S. VAUX, JR.

With but a very few exceptions it seems to be a rule at the-
present time that all glaciers are receding up the valleys into which
they extend. Whether this will be a permanent recession, or
whether a period will come during which an advance will take place,
time alone will tell. That there has been a permanent recession
the numerous moraines below the prominent glaciers bear ample
witness, but they also show that there have been many advances
between the periods of recession.

The glaciers of the Canadian Rockies offer many attractions to
those interested in their action, both on account of the newness of
the region in which they are located and their marked activity.
The Canadian Pacific Railway, without which this region would be
almost inaccessible, was first opened but a little over a dozen
years ago, and before that time it was practically an unbi'oken
wilderness. Among the most accessible glaciers from the line of
the railway are those in the vicinity of the Glacier House, which
is situated in the heart of the Selkirk range, at an elevation of
4,122 feet above sea level. With this point as a centre a score of
glaciers may be reached. It seems to form a natural station for
their observation.

The most accessible, and in some respects one of the most re-
markable, is the Great or Illecellewaet Glacier, situated about one
and one-half miles in a direct line from the station. The immense
ne've which feeds it, lies on the top of the range forming the divide,
and from it several branches flow down into as many valleys. The
Great Glacier is notable on two accounts : its freedom from dirt at
its foot, and the remarkable rapidity of the ice fall. One of the
first persons to make observations on this glacier was Di'. William
S. Green, F.R. G.S. , who in 1888 spent some time in surveying^
and exploring the region. He records that in twelve days the cen-
tre of the ice moved twenty feet, while at the side it moved only

122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

seven feet. He also notes " that the snout of the glacier showed
evidence of retreat, for there were two rows of boulders in front of
it. The outer one, about sixty feet from the ice, seemed to have
been dropped the previous year; the inner row during the present
jear."^

Since that time the glacier has been visited by a number of per-
sons who have located the snout as respects certain marked rocks,
or in some other way, but in many instances the record has become
lost or uncertain so as to be of little value. At the present time
the glacier is rapidly receding, and from an examination of the
bare moraine and scrub below it, there seems to be evidence that
this has been going on actively for a comparatively short period.

July 16, 1887 — one year before Dr. Green — we first visited
the glacier, and made a number of photographs of its foot (PI.
III). These photographs, after a lapse of over eleven years, make
possible an exceedingly interesting comparison of the position of
the ice. At the present time there is a broad space of loose
boulders below the snout, utterly devoid of vegetation. In 1887
alder bushes grew within twenty feet of the ice. The slope of
the ice was also very different from Avhat it is now. There was
then a great mass with steep sides extending over the present bare
space, while now the ice slopes comparatively evenly till it dies
away altogether in the stream. The fact that during eleven years
the alder bushes have not advanced on the retreat of the ice, and
that in 1887, when the photographs were taken, they were so close
to it, would seem to indicate that at least for a score of years pre-
vious to 1887 the glacier had not extended materially further into
the valley than it did at that time. Taking into consideration the
border moraine marking the position of the ice in 1887, the alder
bushes which then, as now, grew up to the lower side of the mo-
raine, and which have increased but little in size during the eleven
years, and the characteristic steepness of the slope of the ice, it
would seem probable that a period of advance had occurred shortly
before the year 1887. One very small moraine about 200 feet
from the snout of 1898 showed an insignificant advance since that
period, but apart from this the motion of the glacier appears to
have been only of recession.

^ Among the Selkirk Glaciers, by W. S. Green. Macmillan & Co., 1890.
p. 219.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 123

Photography seems to offer the most satisfactory means of per-
manently recording the position of the ice from year to year. On
our visit, therefore, to the Great Glacier in 1898, a large rock was
chosen on the south side of the trail, below the bridge, and some
iive hundred yards from the ice foot. The 1898 test view was
taken from this position on the 19th of August (PI. Y). The
smal) moraine in the lower right-hand corner is the one mentioned
by Dr. Green, and shown in the pictures of 1887. The large
rock marked " E " Avas then partly encased in the ice, as will be
seen in the centre of the 1887 picture, and forms a most excellent
point for identification (PI, IV). In conjunction Avith the photo-
graph a number of range rocks on the moraine were selected and
marked for identification. The rocks " B" and " D" on the
photograph were chosen because they were of unusual size, and
were far enough from the ice to prevent any movement. A line
drawn between them August 17, 1898, passed eighteen inches
below the extreme snout of the glacier at " H." " B " is a large
rock, with a triangular black mark on the north side. It was
lettered with Venetian red paint as follows:

•e6(-iI-IIIA
VIII-17-'98.

"D" is a yellow rock which has been split in halves. It was
marked on one piece, " Rock opposite lines with snout, VIII-17-
'98," and on the side opposite with a vertical line and two arrows.
The rock " G " was not marked, but may be easily identified by
the photograph. Its highest point was fifty -nine feet to the nearest
ice on August 17, 1898.

To locate the position of the snout, the rock " C," a long,
rounded boulder, was chosen. It was marked " 60' 0" to snout,
VIII-17-'98," and with arrows.

During the warm weather of August the rate of recession was
very rapid, and a few days made a marked change in the posi-
tion of the ice. October 24, 1898, Mr. Hugh B. Walkem, of
Vancouver, visited the glacier and compared the position of the
ice with the rocks marked by us, sixty-eight days before. He
found that the snout had receded forty-six feet in that interval, or
eight and one-tenth inches per day.

As respects the annual rate of recession it is hard to obtain reli-

124 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899,

able data as a foundation. There are several rocks on the moraine-
which bear marks or dates as old as 1890, but most of them are so
worn as to be almost illegible. We found one, however, near the
border moraine above referred to which, if it had not been moved,
indicated that in August, 1890, the snout was sixteen feet above a
certain mark. The distance from that mark to the snout in
August, 1898, was four hundred and fifty-two (452) feet, or an
average annual recession of fifty-six (56) feet, during the period of
eight years. There is reason to believe, however, that for a part
of this period the glacier remained more nearly stationary, and in
the remaining years made up for the deficiency by a much more
rapid melting away.

The Asulkan Glacier being situated at the head of the valley of
the same name and about four miles distant from the Glacier House
is not nearly so easy of access for observation. Its neve is con-
nected with that of the Illecellewaet over the ridge which separates
them, so that while they flow into separate valleys they rise from
practically the same source. We are not aware that any work has
been done upon this glacier, as it is probably not visited by more
than a score of persons in the course of the year. The rapidly
descending stream from its foot, which is joined by another from
the glaciers in the immense amphitheatre to the east, passes through
a narrow caiion a quarter of a mile below the snout. In this caiion
there appeared to be no sign of glacial action, which would indicate
that the ice had extended behnv this point only before the formation
of the caiion. A very large moraine flanking the glacier on the
west also pointed to the fact that the ice had not receded materially
in recent years.

The same methods were pursued here as in the case of the
Illecellewaet Glacier. A very large rock, the top of which was
smoothly glaciated, was chosen on the east side of the stream below
the glacier, and the test picture was taken, August 23, 1898 (PI.
VI). While it records the general outline of the ice, it does not
locate the snout, which seemed to be deeply buried in moraine.
Apart from thus fixing the position of the ice on this date, it was
impossible to draw any conclusions, as there are no previous records
with which to make comparisons.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 125

A SNOW-INHABITING ENCHYTR.i:iD < Mesenchytraeus solifugus Emery)

COLLECTED BY MR. HENRY G. BRYANT ON THE MALASPINA

GLACIER, ALASKA.

BY J. PEPvCY MOORE.

The material upon which the present account is based was col-
lected by Mr. Henry G. Bryant upon the snow of the Malaspina
Glacier, while conducting explorations on Mt. St. Elias during the
summer of 1897. The habitat of the worm is so unusual that a
somewhat detailed account of its structure and habits seems desir-
able.

The mature examples, of which a considerable number were
secured, are slender and linear, having about the form of Fridericia
lonrja. They possess on an average 55 somites (43 to 58), and
measure 15-20 mm. in length by .6-. 7 mm. in greatest diameter
(somite XII). At the oral end is a short, bluntly rounded and
somewhat swollen prostomium. The oral somite is slightly en-
larged and sharply marked off from the succeeding somite by a
<leep furrow. Somites II to V inclusive are somewhat depressed,
the remainder of the worm being terete. In contracted specimens
these anterior somites are distinctly divided into three annuli each.
After increasing gradually to somite XII, the diameter remains
quite uniform to about one millimeter from the posterior end,
whence it narrows rather abruptly to the truncate anal ring.

In none of the specimens examined ( about twenty in number) is
the cliteUum very distinctly developed, but on the contrary is thin
and scarcely extends beyond the limits of the twelfth somite.

Dorsal pores are entirely absent from the somites, but there is a
well-marked cephalic pore near the apex of the prostomium,
fig. 7, cp. The external openings of the spermathecse are situ-
ated in the centres of a pair of conspicuous elliptical swollen areas
(figs. 1 and 2, st.), corresponding to the intersegmental furrow
IV-V. These areas are much larger, more glandular, and more
conspicuous than is usual in the Enchytrajidse. They lie toward
the ventral rather than the dorsal body surface, and the sperma-

126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

thecal pores are between the levels of the ventral and dorsal setae
bundles.

Equally conspicuous in preserved worms are the often partially
everted male genital bursse, which appear as a pair of prominent
papillse (penes) on the ventral face of somite XII (figs. 1 and
2, c?). At their apices are the male pores — triradiate slits
with two short mesial limbs and a longer octal one (fig. 1).
When the bursie are not everted, the male pores have the form of
transverse slits on slightly elevated papilla?. The female port's
(figs. 1 and 2,9) are very small, and are found only with some
difficulty in entire worms. They are in line with the male pores
and situated at the intersegmental furrow XII-XIII. The general
characters of the anterior end of the worm are shown in figs. 1
and 2.

The setie have the form usual in the genus, being feebly sigmoid
and arranged in fan-shaped bundles, but are mostly imperfect,
owing to the points being worn or broken off. The dorsal (lateral)
bundles contain usually two, sometimes three, the ventral three to
six in the preclitellial region, and usually four or five behind the
clitellum. The ventral bundles are more conspicuous, not only
because of the greater number of set?e which they contain, but
also because these setse are of somewhat larger size than the dorsal
ones. Enlarged set<ie are found in the ventral bundles of XI ; these
are about one-third longer and much thicker than the others. Setae
are absent from somite I, and the ventral bundles normally from
XII. On the latter the ventral bundles are partially replaced by
groups of pigmented glandular cells Avhich lie ectad to the male
pores. Sometimes a single small seta persists in this region. The
dorsal bundles are sometimes also reduced on this somite and may
be represented by tAvo setae, by one seta, by the pigmented glands
or have disappeared altogether (as in one series of sections).

A very striking peculiarity of the species is the yellow-brown,
deep chocolate-brown or almost black color, and its opacity. Mr.
Bryant informs me that the worms were quite as conspicuously
colored in life. Several of the specimens are marked by more or
less complete wdiite or yellow rings which are the result of ruptures
of the epidermis along the intersegmental furrows, permitting the
underlying muscular layer to show through. As Mr. Bryant states
that these bands w^ere present when the worms were collected, the

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 127

injuries may be the result of previous freezing. Unstained sections
show that the pigment is in the form of minute granules deposited
thickly in the epidermal cells. These granules form a very densely
packed stratum toward the outer surface of the cells, but become
fewer and finally altogether absent toward their basal surface (fig.
8). Pigmentation is not confined to the outer surface of the body,
but affects as well all internal epithelia which have been derived
from ectodermal invaginations, as the setigerous glands, lining of
buccal cavity and pharynx, genital burs?e, stalk of the spei'mathecre,
terminal vesicles of the nephridia and the lateral portions of the
nerve cord.

Except that it is deeply cleft in front where its angles pass into
the circumoesophageal connectives, the supra- oesophageal ganglion
is nearly quadrate; the posterior border is almost sti-aight. It is
situated in somites I and II (fig. 4 and fig. 7, eg.). The body
walls are unusually thin for an Enchytrseid, which results from
the weakness of the longitudinal musculature (fig. 8). The
dorsal blood vessel becomes free from the alimentary canal in the
clitellar somite (XII). It contains a usually inconspicuous car-
diac body composed of two or three rows of cells.

No important pecuharities are apparent in the structure of the
alimentary canal. The pharyngeal pad (fig. 2), occupies the
second and third somites. It is preceded in the first somite by
a pair of lateral appendages which project into the lumen of the
buccal chamber. AVhen retracted it forms the cephalic wall of a
dorsal pouch, the posterior wall of which is the much-folded
pharyngeal wall. Otherwise the alimentary canal is simply saccu-
lated, and cihated throughout. The chlorogogue cells begin in IV.
They are very high and slender, the bodies very transparent, but
filled with pigment (?) granules and fat like globules. Large
septal glands are attached to the posterior faces of septa IV- V,
V-VI and VI-VII, and occupy the greater part of the succeeding
somites. There are no salivary glands (peptonephridia of Benham).

Nephridia are situated in every somite posterior to VII. These
organs each consists of a long, narrow tube, very closely and intri-
cately folded ; but the loops do not communicate laterally with one
another to form a plexus. Throughout its course the lumen is
relatively large and the walls thin, so that the character of a tube
is not obscured, as in many Enchytraidse. The folded tube forms

128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

•a compact mass divided into several loljes, of which a long, nar-
row ventral one, from the middle of which the efferent duct arises,
and a short, broad, dorsal one are the principal. The part of the
•organ just described is postseptal. Only the small funnel and its
stalk project through the septum into the somite next anterior.

The testes (fig. 3, t.), are attached to the body floor close to
the root of the septum X-XI, and rather near to the middle
line. Their products are shed while in early developmental stages
into the cavity of somite XI, from which some find their way into
X, but most pass into the sperm sacs to complete their develop-
ment. The sperm sacs (fig. 3, -ss. and rs^.), are paired, but only
the left one has any functional importance. Both arise from the
septum XII-XIII, rather high up beside the intestine. Both are
simple hollow tubular outgrowths whose walls have the same struc-
ture as the septa, being formed of a double layer of the very deli-
cate coelomic endothelium, with a very delicate and imperfectly
•developed muscular stratum between. That of the right side
•{rss.) is almost rudimentary, being narrow and confined to somite
XII, in which it ends blindly, or possibly unites with the
left after passing around to the ventral side of the intestine.
Owing to the delicacy of its walls and the crowding of other
organs, this point could not be certainly determined in the three
series of sections studied. All appearances are, however, in favor
of the interpretation expressed in fig. 3. The left sperm sac is
greatly developed. Extending caudad from its origin through
somite XII it passes to the ventral side of the intestine, and then
occupying more or less approximately the middle line and perfor-
ating the successive septa, it continues into somite XX, in the pos-
terior part of Avhich it terminates blindly. At each septum it is
constricted, but bellies out in the somites, and when filled with
developing spermatogonia is the most conspicuous body in a section,
not excepting the alimentary canal. Comparing it with the size of
the testes it is a matter for wonder how the latter can produce
sufficient spermatogonia to keep the former packed as full as they are
usually found. The spermatogonia must divide many times.

The sperm funnels (fig. 3, sj.), have the large size, glandu-
lar appearance and narrow lumen so usual in the Enchy-
trseidaj, and occupy most of the space by the side of the intestine
in somite XI, the posterior septum of which is crowded backward.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 129

Of a somewhat truucate pyriform shape, they are bent on them-
selves in such a manner that their mouths ai'e directed toward the
openings of the sperm sacs, Avhile their stalks perforate the septum
ventrad to the latter and pass into the sperm ducts. The sperm
ducts (fig. 3, sd. ) are remarkably long — about fifteen times as long
as the sperm funnels — and form a pair of much coiled and twisted
loops reaching in a typical example into somite XVIII. That of
the right side enters the ovisac by its mouth and remains coiled
within it by the side of the aggregated ova for the remainder of its
course. In fig. 3 it is represented, for the sake of simplicity, as a
straight loop. The left sperm duct lies free in the body cavity^
passing through the septa by the side of the left sperm sac, ventrad
to which most of its coils lie. The sperm ducts are composed of a
cubical epithelium and are ciliated throughout. Before entering
the atrium in somite XII the recurrent limbs of the spei-m ducts
expand into narrow fusiform sacs (fig. 3, ss.), having glandular,
epithelial and muscular walls, which receive the ductules of a group
of unicellular spermiducal glands. This structure probably serves
to form and eject the spermatophores. A narrow curved duct,
which is also provided with some unicellular glands, perforates the
mesial wall of the atrium and opens into its lumen.

Unlike the remainder of the male efferent apparatus, the
atrium (fig. 3, a), is, in part, of ectodermal origin, as is indi-
cated by the pigmented lining epithelium. It is a spheroidal thick-
walled partly eversible sac, with an internal cavity having a raush-
roomlike shape in the retracted organ. Its walls are composed of
a cuticle-covered, rather deep, pigmented and perhaps glandular
epithelium, surrounded by a thick muscular layer in which the
fibres are partly longitudinal, but largely radial, especially about
the place of entrance of the sperm duct. A number of grouj^s of
unicellular glands are attached to the organ, and probably emptji'-
into its lumen. The external opening is described above.

The ovaries (fig. 3, ov.), arise from the floor of the body-
cavity at the foot of the septum XI-XII. The ovipores have the
usual Enchytr?eid form and relation. Their position is noted
above. A single ovisac (fig. 3, ovs.), is present. This is pushed
back from the septum XII-XIII, just dorsad to the sperm sac,
which behind this point displaces it to the right for the greater
part of its length. The sac is long and cylindrical, much con-

130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

stricted at the septa and is occupied, in addition to the ova, by one
of the sperm ducts. In those specimens in which it is best devel-
oped it ends in somite XXII, but in some specimens it is less devel-
oped, and doubtless varies as in other species of Mesenchytrmis.
Sometimes ova are present in the posterior part only, in which case
the anterior part, occupied by the sperm duct, is difficult to dis-
tinguish.

The paired spermathecse (fig. 5) open externally between IV
and V, and on a level midway between the dorsal and ventral
setpe bundles. The epidermis about the opening is thickened in
an elliptical area, owing to the presence of numerous uniceSlular
glands. The stalk has a narrow lumen and thick walls made up
as follows: (1) A thick lining cuticle; (2) a very deep epithe-
lium consisting of a layer of cells divided into an inner (lumenal),
which is unstained, and an outer (basal), stained and nucleated
zone; at the plane of separation is a ring of pigment granules; (3)
a very regular layer of longitudinal muscle fibres, one deep; (4)
a layer of enlarged peritoneal cells, largest posteriorly and dor-
sally, and much smaller on the side toward the septum. The stalk
passes mesiad along the septum, then turns dorsad and caudad, the
muscular and peritoneal glandular layers cease, and the Avails be-
come thinner as the organ expands into the ampulla, which is some-
times very spacious, sometimes, as in the specimen figured, quite
contracted. At the point where the stalk expands into the ampulla
arise three slender, thin-walled diverticula, usually two from the
outer and one from the inner (mesial) face. They vary in length,
the longest about equalling the stalk. The ampullaj of the two
sides open into one another, and the common sac thus formed by a
small pore into the oesophagus on its dorsal side,^ The epithelium

^ I find upon reexamining the material that several of the more slender
and lighter-colored worms which I had taken for immature individuals pos-
sess spermathecaj of quite a difi'erent form. They are much smaller than
those of 3/. solifugus and lack the diverticula entirely; they are simple
club-shaped sac?, without spedally enlarged ampulla;, and communicate
neither with one another nor with the oesophagus. The epidermis about the
spermathecai openings is not thickened. The male genital organs also
differ ; the saccus ejaculatorias is smaller, the walls of the atria less thick,
and the external pore much less conspicuous. The posterior border of the
supra -oesophageal ganglion is concave. These characters are exhibited
by three specimens. The poor state of preservation of the specimens per-
mits no further description. For this species the name Mesenchytroeus
niviis, which has not yet been published for the other, is proposed.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 131

•of the ampullse is of a character intermediate between that of the
stalk and the diverticula.

As established by Eisen ('78) as a subgenus, Mesenchytrceus
included Enchytrseidse having sigmoid setae, a relatively short
sperm duct, and a supra-oesophageal ganglion which, while truncate
(straight or slightly convex) on the caudal margin, is deeply cleft
cephalad; besides these characters certain peculiarities of the
spermatozoa were mentioned. Michaelsen's studies ('88") on M.
setosus and other species have led him to add two very important
and, among the Enchytrseidse, unique characters, viz., the presence
of sejDtal sperm sacs and ovisacs, and of lobate nephridia, in which
the Ciosely folded tubule can be traced as such. All described
species of Mesenchytrceiis, which, following the usage of Michael-
sen, is now ranked as a full genus, agree also in the possession of
the following characters, in respect to which the genera of Enchy-
trseidse differ among themselves. The setse are sigmoid and are
asymmetrically arranged in the bundles, of which the ventral con-
tain (at least anteriorly) a greater number of setse than the dorsal.
Dorsal pores are absent, but a large head-pore is situated near the
apex of the prostomium. The dorsal blood vessel arises within^ or
caudad to the clitellum and contains a cellular heart-body. The
blood is colorless. Salivary glands are absent. The supra-
oesophageal ganglion is broader than long, deeply cleft anteriorly
and straight or slightly convex posteriorly. The nephridia have
very small anteseptal portions consisting of the funnel only, and
large irregular massive postseptal portions. The sperm-duct is not
more than ten times (Michaelsen says eight times) as long as the
funnel. This statement of characters is derived mainly from
Michaelsen's Synopsis ('89).

The " snow-worm " described above, presents all of these char-
acters with the exception of the relatively short sperm ducts, which
are about fifteen times as long as the funnels. The slight modifi-
cation of the generic definition made necessary to receive this species
is, however, unimportant, in view of the considerable variability
in the length of this organ exhibited by species already known.
In M. fenesfratus Eisen ('78), the ducts but just equal the funnel
in length, in M. falciform is Eisen they are six times and in 3L

^ In an undescribed species from the neighborhood of Philadelphia.

132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

beaumeri Michaelsen ('87) eight times as long. According to-
Eisen the relative lengths of ducts and funnels vary greatly within
the limits of the single species M. mirabilis Eisen ('79), in some
individuals the former being but four times, in others as much as
ten times as long as the latter.

M. solifugus is, however, a very distinct species, whose nearest ally
seems to be M. mirabilis Eisen. According to Michaelsen ('87),
the latter species has a single sperm and a single ovisac, both of
which are greatly elongated caudad and constricted at the septa.
It further approaches solifuxjus in the elongation of the sperm ducts.
The entrance of a sperm duct into the ovisac has not been de-
scribed for any other member of the genus, in which these ducts
are usually coiled up Avithin the limits of somite XII. But the
relation of the sperm ducts, and particularly of the right one,
to the mouth of the ovisac, is such as to permit of ready entrance,
and it may in future be found to take this j)osition in some other
species. The enlargement of the outer end of the sperm duct and
its glandular appendages are better developed in this than in other
species.

With but very few exceptions, the Enchytrieidis are translucent
and colorless, or have but very little integumental pigmentation.
Very remarkable and distinctive therefore is the thick opaque
deposit of pigment granules in the epidermis of this species, and
the conditions under which the worm lives make an explanation all
the more difficult to find.

The foregoing description and much that follows were written and
the accompanying draAvings prepared in December, 1897. The paper
was then laid aside pending some projected experiments designed
to determine the physical factors effective in stimulating the pro-
duction of pigments in the Oligochfeta. No opportunity for carry-
ing out this plan has been found, and in the meantime Prof. Emerv
has described the worm in two short papers ('98"^ and '98^ ) under
the name Melanenchytneus solifugus from specimens collected on
the Malaspina Glacier by Dr. Filippi, of Prince Luigi's party.
The description is communicated at the present time at the request
of Mr. Bryant. I had called the worm Meseiichytneus nivus,
a name which is now discarded, owing to the earlier publication of
Emery.

To the new genus Melanenchytnvus the following characters are

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 133

attributed by the describer: Epidermis pigmented; each segment ex-
cept the first bears a dorsal and ventral bundle of setis; the ventral
bundle is lacking on somite XII, its position corresponding to the
male pore; the sperm ducts form convoluted loops which extend into
somite XV, and terminate in fusiform enlargements which receive
the prostate glands and open into the bursse ; the spermatic sacs are
large and extend through several segments; the spermathecae do
not communicate Avith the intestine, but are continuous the one
with the other, and have each at the base of the ampulla two or
three diverticula; the nephridia are much convoluted, with few
nuclei; the dorsal vessel begins in XII, and contains a cardiac
gland; there is a cephalic pore, but no dorsal pores; in the pharyn-
geal epidermis are found numerous branching pigment cells; there
are no saUvary glands and the oesophagus is continuous without
special modification into the intestine; the coelom of somites IV to
VIII is for the most part filled with unicellular glands.

Nearly all of these characters, as has been pointed out above,
are common to all species of Mesenchytixeus ; only the following
of those mentioned by Emery are at all peculiar, viz., the
pigmented epidermis, spermatheca without openings into the oesoph-
agus, the elongated sperm ducts and the origin of the dorsal vessel
in the clitellar somite. The first, although very remarkable, can
hardly be given generic value. The second is an error, as the
spermatheca do communicate with the oesophagus by a small pore ;
nor is the union of the two spermathecae unique, as I find this char-
acter in a Philadelphia species which is strictly Mesenchytraeid
in every other respect. The unimportance of the relative lengths
of the sperm duct and funnel has already been commented upon.
The extension of the ducts posteriorly beyond the limits of
somite XII is more important, but a similar course of the sperm
ducts is described by Eisen for Enchytvceus {Neoenchytrceus)
vejdovskyi, while in other members of this genus the ducts are
<!losely coiled within somite XII. INIichaelsen lays consider-
able stress on the origin of the dorsal blood vessel anterior or
posterior to the clitellum, but the character cannot of itself be of
much importance, owing to its variability. Thus in 3f. heauvieri
Mich, the dorsal vessel arises in XVIII, in M. flavidm Mich, in
XIII, and in an undetermined American species in XII. It
seems to me, therefore, that the creation of the new genus Melan-

134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899..

enchytneiis for M. solifiu/us is unnecessary, and the species is here
referred to Mesenchytrieus.

The following account of the habits and environment of the
snow-worms is due to Mr. Bryant:

" The snow-Avorms were first observed a few hundred yards from
our first camp, on the edge of the snow mantle of the glacier,
which at this time (June 17) extended to within a few miles of
the terminal face of the glacier. By the first of August this
snow mantle, which in places was six or seven feet in depth, had
entirely disapj^eared, exposing the hard, compact ice of the glacier.
The elevation of the first snow-camp referred to w^as 520 feet
above sea level. Here but few specimens of the worms were
noted. At our second camp on the snow (elevation 1,260 feet),
they were quite abundant in places, as also at our next camp (ele-
vation 1,580 feet), where their presence in large numbers irregularly
dispersed presented the appearance of blotches of coarse dust on
the snow. Our base- camp was on a small expanse of snow-
free ground on the south slope of a range of foothills abutting on
the main range at an altitude of 1,750 feet, A few worms were
observed on the adjacent snow of the main glacier, at a somewhat
lower elevation; but I do not recall seeing any representatives of
this species on any of our excursions in the upper suuw fields of
the region.

" During the month of June and early part of July, while the
snow is comparatively dry, they appear about four o'clock in the
afternoon on the surface and move sluggishly about, their dark
color being quite conspicuous against the white background. They
remain on the surface during the night ; but when the sun appears
in the morning they again burrow into the snow. They were
widely distributed over the entire snow-field of the glacier, dimin-
ishing in numbers toward the edges. There was no uniformity in
their dispersion. We did most of our sledging at night, and
frequently jDassed stretches of snow several hundred yards in
extent Avithout noticing any specimens, and then would come to
irregularly defined areas which seemed to support colonies of them,
where the snow showed shadowy, dustlike patches caused by their
presence in considerable numbers. As showing their sensitiveness
to heat, I frequently observed their active wriggling as soon as a
piece of snow containing them was taken in the hand. Later in

189^.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 135

the season, Avhen the melting is farther advanced and the snow
saturated with moisture, the worms appear to become more active,
and can be observed moving about in the shallow pools and lakelets
which form on the surface of the glacier.

' ' When the snow entirely disappeared and the hard ice surface of
tlie glacier appeared, the snow-worms were observed in the Avater
which formed in the narrow crevasses. In my notes of August 2,
I find the following: ' Collected some black worms to-day in a
crack of the glacier — found them in the water of a high, narrow
crevasse. Observed them on the edge of the submerged snow at a
depth of five feet below the surface. The worms seem to have a
browner color than when found on the snow earlier in the season.
Some of the specimens I obtained had also distinct Avhitish bauds
around their bodies.'

" This variation in color is noticeable in the specimens collected
in spring and late summer. As may be supposed, there is a
marked absence of animal life on the surface of the glacier, which
has an estimated length of seventy miles and a width of twenty-
five or thirty miles. Wild geese were found nesting on the terminal
moraine near the coast in June. The desolate mpnotony of the
snow horizon was broken only on two or three occasions by the
appearance of two species of Arctic gulls. Six species of moths,
four species of spiders (one new species), and a number of flies,
which included two or three new species, were collected on the
glacier. The only insect found associated with the snow-worms
was a minute black Thysauurian, which resembled at first glance a
flea. This has been determined by Dr. Henry Skinner as Achorutes
nivicola. These insects were found continuously and constantly
associated with the worms in the dry snow, and, later on, in the
pools of water. They Avere very active and leaped about like fleas.
In no instance were lichens observed associated with the Avorms.
although at several localities on the glacier pale crimson spots on.
the snow indicated the presence of the minute cryptogamic planis
(Protococcus nivalis) Avhich give rise to the ' red snow ' frequently
observed by Arctic travellers. The mean temperature of day and
night on the expedition has not yet been computed; but I should
estimate that the mean temperature at night was about 32°, and
in the day about 55°."

It is a remarkable and interesting fact that the insect fauna of

136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

snow-fields consists almost entirely of species which are either black
or very dark colored, although closely related species living amid
different surroundings may be brightly decorated. That this is true
in certain cases, as of the snow-inhabiting Canipodese of the Alps,
Deesoria glacialis and Degeeria nivalis, is well known to zoologists,
but the all but universality of the fact is not fully appreciatedy
except among entomologists who have studied Alpine and boreal
forms. As long ago as 1834 Frobel and Heer pointed out the
existence of this relation between the pigmentation of insects and a
snowy environment. They have compiled ('34, II, 97) tables
showing the increase of dark pigments among the representatives
of many species and genera of Coleoptera, Lepidoptera, Diptera,
Arachnida, etc., as they extend to and beyond the snow line on the
Alps or toward the north on the European continent.

A related fact is that insects which mature and become active
during the winter in this latitude are likely to be black, or at least
dark colored, although closely related species which are active at
other seasons are much paler or brighter. This may be abundantly
verified in the minute Diptera and Campodea which frequent sunny
spots on the snows of late winter and early spring in the neighbor-
hood of Philadelphia, or by reference to a paper by Fitch ('51),
on the w^inter insects of New York, in w^hich about twenty species
of Campodea, Neuroptera and Diptera are described, every one
of which is whoUy or chiefly some shade of black. .Associated with
the " snow -worm " on the Malaspina Glacier was found a small
Podurian, Achorutes 7iivicola, also black; and in the neighborhood
of the glacier were collected a number of moths, flies and spiders,
which have been described respectively by Skinner, Johnson ('98)
and Banks ('98). So far as the colors of these have been noted,
they are confirmatory of the general fact stated above.

It seems probable that the same causes which have stimulated
the formation of pigment in the Oligochieta also favor its production
in the Tracheata, and that some factor in a snowy environment lays
the brand of melanism upon all of the constituents of its inverte-
brate fauna. But an analysis of the physical and vital conditions
makes it evident that any one or several of five or six factors may
be the effective cause, and until some of these can be eliminated
by the conditions of experimentation it is almost idle to speculate.
Apparently the most important physiological result to the organ-

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 137

igm of such a coat of pigment would be to place it in closer tlienuic
relations to its surrounding. By virtue of it the organism could
absorb a greater amount of radiant energy from an external source
of greater intensity, but it would also lose its internal heat more
rapidly to a cooler medium with which it was in contact. This
being the case, it seems impossible to apply Lord WaLsingham's
('85) hypothesis, valuable though it may be when applied to insects
alone, to our worm. Lord Walsingham calls attention to the very
striking fact that while many warm-blooded animals become white
when subjected to Arctic conditions, the very opposite takes place
in insects. He points out that it is vitally necessary for a homo-
thermic animal to retain as much as possible of its internal heat
■during cold weather. A white coat favors this. An insect, on
the contrary, having a variable temperature, becomes dormant
Avhenever the external temperature falls below the minimum for its
metabolic activity, but becomes more and more active with increas-
ing temperature. In Arctic chmates the season of acti%'ity for
insects is very short. It is manifestly advantageous, therefore,
that during it, metaboUsm be as rapid as possible. Increased capac-
ity to absorb radiant energy would therefore be beneficial.

Inasmuch as the snow- worm does not, according to Mr. Bryant's
account, expose itself to the sun's rays, it cannot benefit by its
capacity to absorb heat rays, except possibly during the short
period when it lives in the glacier pools. Even if they were to
come to the surface of the snow while the sun shone, it seems to me
that they could gain no appreciable amount of heat. The heat
absorbed would be immediately transferred to the surrounding snow,
which would melt, and the worm would simply tend to sink beneath
the surface. This would be the only change resulting from its
capacity to absorb heat rays. Zoological literature fairly bristles
with attempted explanations of melanism. Some are simplv
attempts to correlate melanism w'ith certain factors of the physical
environment; others are more or less ambitious essays to explain
the general fact or special cases. "Without seeking to exhaust
the field, I have applied more than a dozen of them to thn case of
this worm, without finding one that fits all of the conditions.

The Oligochseta are generally associated with warm, moist situa-
tions. We meet with them mostly during the spring and early sum-
mer months, while during the winter they retire from sight by

138 TROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899..

burrowing iDto the earth below the frost h'ne. Yet every one-
knows that after a warm rain in winter vast numbers of our com-
mon genera are often left dead on the surface of the ground to-
become the food of fowls, crows and other birds. A few warm
days will start earth-worms into conspicuous activity, and many
species retire beneath the surface only just so far as the actual
freezing of the soil compels them. Our common Enchytrseidse are
often found in clods of earth which are more or less completely
frozen, or in the interior of frozen logs amid crystals of ice. This
capacity of Oligochssta, and especially of the Enchytrffiidse, to resist
cold is now well known. Zoological literature contains the follow-
ing cases: Leidy ('84) describes some small worms (which he
refers to Lumbriculus, but later ('85) describes as Liimbricus
glacialis, which is an Enchytr?eid) found frozen in a block of- ice
taken from a mill-pond in Delaware County, Pa. With them Avere
associated Rotifer vulgaris and some immature Anguillulse. Later
some similar worms were received in a block of ice harvested from
a pond near Moorestown, N. J., nearly a year before. This ice
was filled with air bubbles and water drops in which the worms
could be seen. On the ice being melted, the worms were liberated
in an active condition and moved about in the water, but died
as the latter became warmed. Dr. Leidy supposed that they were
not actually frozen while imprisoned in the ice. He describes them
under the name of Lumbricus glacialis ('85).

Kraus ('86) states that a small white worm was abundant in the
ice supplied to the town of Salina, Kaus. , during the summer of
1885. As the ice melted they became somewhat active, but died
when the temperature of the water reached 60° F. The same
species was found living in the mud at the bottom of stagnant
pools. Its presence in the ice is accounted for by the water
having frozen to the bottom in the ponds from which the ice had
been taken.

Reecker ('96) found a living earthworm in natural ice on July
16. It was moving about in a cleft in the centre of a piece of ice.
The cleft communicated by a minute opening with the exterior.
He supposed that in February or March, during a thaw, the worm
had crawled between two blocks of ice which subsequently were
frozen together. This worm, which was identified as Lumbricus
rubellus, remained alive in the water until killed for preservation.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. loO'

Sekera ('96) observed specimens of earthworms of the speciety
Deiidrobcena ruhlda Nj. (^Allolobophora boeckii Eisen) frozen iu
blocks of ice in East Bohemia in December, 1886. When freed
from the ice they remained alive in the water for a week, when
they were preserved. This species is abundant in bottom land&
and along meadow brooks, and Sekera suggests that the worms
crawled out on the surface of the snow on a sunshiny winter's
day, and were imprisoned by the formation of an icy crust after
nightfall.

Probably most naturalists have met Avith similar cases illustra-
ting the cold-resistiug power of earthworms. I add the following:
While at Woods Holl, Mass., in the summer of 1893, Mr. Joseph
Fay submitted to me for examination a large number of Enchy-
trseids taken from ice which had been cut during the previous
winter on his pond. Subsequently I received some of the ice con-
taining the living worms. This ice was porous and filled with air
or marsh gas vesicles like that sent to Dr. Leidy from Xew Jersey.
The Avorms became active in the ice water, but died during the
course of two days, the temperature of the water having risen ta
that of the air. This worm is probably identical with the Lum-
bricus glackdis of Leidy, and the " Lumbricoid " described by
Kraus ('86). It belongs to the genus Eiichytrceiis, but the species
is not stated in my notes, and the specimens are not just now avail-
able for examination.

During the fall and winter of 1892-3, I kept a large number
of living annelids in my bedroom. Among these was an undeter-
mined species of Linnwdrilas, about thirty specimens of Avhich
lived in a tumbler of water. During some of the coldest nights
of the winter, when the temperature outside descended nearly to
zero, this tumbler remained standing on the sill of a window
which was opened for ventilation. In the morning the contents
would be a solid lump of ice Avith a tangled mass of the AA'orms em-
bedded in its centre. During the day the ice Avould thaAV and by
evening the worms would be actively waving their posterior ends.
This alternate freezing and thawing was repeated many times
and on one occasion the tumbler Avas placed in the open air and its
contents kept frozen for a w^eek At the close of the winter all
of the worms except three or four were still alive and normal.

I know of no careful experiments on Oligochseta to determine

140 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

the miuimum teDiperatures which can be resisted without loss of
life, but Roedel ('86) has recorded some experiments which he
made on fresh- water leeches. Avlastomnm gulo resisted a tempera-
ture of 2° C. for twelve to fifteen hours, and Clepsine comjilanata
a temperature of 5° C. for ninety minutes. The question whether
organisms can be actually frozen without consequent disorganiza-
tion and death has often been raised. It would seem that such
small, soft-bodied animals as leeches and Oligochajta must inevi-
tably be frozen when subjected to the conditions described above,
and yet they were uninjured, but the experimental proof of this
is inconclusive. It is significant, however, that animals with
thick, non-conducting external coats, as insects, centipedes and
snails (Roedel, '86, and Pictet, '93) resist much lower tempera-
tures and for a longer time than soft- bodied animals. There is
little doubt that the protoplasm of vertebrate tissues will withstand
actual freezing and recover its activity upon being thawed. •
Laudois and Stirling ('91) state that frogs will recover after the
blood has been frozen and ice has formed in the peritoneal cavity;
and among Pictet' s remarkable experiments it is recorded that
the ciliated epithelium of the frog's mouth was subjected to the
extremely low temperature of — 90° C. for an entire day and night
and yet the cilia recovered their activity when the temperature had
been gradually raised above 0° C.

The internal temperature of most of the lower invertebrates rises
generallv less than a degree above the surrounding temperature
(Landois and Stirling, '91, p. 427). Metabolic activities diminish
with the lowering of the temperature and, in the animals (verte-
brates) which have been most studied, practically cease altogether
at the freezing point of water.

Now this snow-worm lives and grows Avhile maintaining a bodily
temperature which can seldom vary much from the freezing point
of water. According to Mr. Brvant, it lives during the summer in
the melting snoAV and the water derived therefrom which collects in
hollows and clefts on the ice. During the night, the period of its
activity, when it comes to the surface of the snow, the mean temper-
ature of the air is about 32° Fahr. When the sun shines the worms
descend into the melting snow — a veritable freezing medium, which
must keep their small bodies continually chilled to its own tem-
perature. An intimate temperature relation between the worm

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 141

aud its surroundiugs is farther enhanced by its pigmented surface
which favors both radiation and absorption of heat. In being
thus adapted to a bodily temperature very near to that of the
minimum for protoplasmic activity, this worm resembles deep- sea
animals. Semper has shown ('81) that it is the mean tempera-
ture, and not its fluctuations, which is important in determining
the rate of growth of an animal; and here Ave have an organism
whose optimum temperature has probably been adjusted to a point
at which metabolism ceases in most other animals. Nothing is
known of the winter habits of the worm, but no doubt it burrows
deeply into the snow, and thus protected, lives in an environment
the temperature of which probably varies little from that of its
summer habitat at the surface.

But little is known as yet of the geographical distribution of the
Enchytraeidse. They have been described from Europe, Asia, North
and South America, Greenland and New Zealand. But it is only
in Europe that our knowledge of the species and their distribution
is even approximately complete. From what is known of the
distribution of the Eurasian species the statement seems to be war-
ranted that this family reaches its greatest development in the
colder regions. Species abound in Siberia, NovaZembla, Denmark
and Norway, and some are found in Spitzbergen and Greenland,
where other Oligochieta are very rare. Very few species have as
yet been described from the American continent, but, so far'as our
information goes, it confirms the results of a study of the distribu-
tion of the Old World forms. The tropical and subtropical
forms appear to be few and small, while many have been described
by Michaelsen ('88") and Ude ('96) from the southern extremity
of South America. They abound and present much variety in the
northern United States, though but comparatively few species have
been described. What is stated for the family seems to be preem-
inently true of the genus Mesenchytrceus. Of the eleven species
recorded for Eurasia, none have been reported south of Germany,
where Michaelsen ('89) has found and described three species; three
species are also found each in Siberia (Eisen, '79), Nova Zembla
(Eisen, '79, and Levinsen, '83) and Denmark (Levinsen, '83).
None have been reported from North America, but two species, one
of which is probably M. beaumeri Mich., and the other unde-
scribed, occur in the neighborhood of Philadelphia. Ude men-

142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

tions no Mesenehytro'us from South America in his recent exhaus-
tive paper ('96). It is perhaps not so surprising that a member
of this seemingly almost Arctic genus should be found amid the
snow and ice of a northern glacier. Most of the Arctic species
collected by Nordenskjold and described by Eisen were found in
3H0SS or under stones. The only mention' which I find in the litera-
ture of a similar habitat of an Oligochsete is the following brief
passage in Nordenskjold's Gronland ('86, p. 193): "With the
exception of a few birds (seen) on the return trip the only animal
observed was a worm living on the difierent species of ice alg*
and therefore probably belonging to the fauna of the inland ice."
This worm has not been described, and if really an Oligochaete,
may be identical with Mesenchytrceus solifugus.

LIST OF PAPEBS REFERRED TO.

Banks, Nathan. '98. Arachnida from the Malaspina Glacier,

Alaska. Entomological News, ix, pp. 16, 17.
Eisen, Gustav. '78. Redogorelse for Oligoch^eter, samlade

under de Svenska expeditionema till Arktiskatrakter. Ofvers.

Kongl. Svenk. Vet. Akad. Forhandl., xxxv (1878), p. 63-79.
Eisen, Gustav. '79. The Oligochseta collected during the

Swedish expeditions to the Arctic regions in the years 1870,

1875 and 1876. Kongl. Sveusk. Vet. Akad. Handling, xv.

No. 7, 1879, pp. 49. Plates I-XVI.
Emery, Carlo. '98"-. Diagnosi di un nuovo genere e nuova

specie di Anellidi della famiglia degli Enchytrseidae. Melanen-

chytrceiis solifvgus. Atti R. Accad- Lincei (5) Rendic. CI. di

fiss., vii, pp. 110, 111.
Emery, Carlo. '98". Sur un Oligochete noir des glacier de

r Alaska. Bull, de la Societe Zoologique Suisse. Geneve,

Assemblee generale de Berne, 1898.

^ The "snow-worms " have been reported by previous explorers of the gla-
ciers of Alaska ; by Prof. Wright ('87), from the Muir Glacier, and Prof.
Eussell, from the Malaspina Glacier. Prof. Wright has kindly sent me some
examples collected by him from shallow pools of water on the ice sheet.
They prove to represent bolh 31. solifugus and M. nivus. Prof. Russell
('92) fully confirms Mr. Bryant's account of their habits in the following
passage : "In the early morning btfore the sunlight touched the snow its
surface was literally covered witli small, slim, black worms, about an inch
long, .... These creatures were wriggling on the snow in thousands, but
as the sun rose and made its warmth felt they disappeared beneath the sur-
face. They are not .^een when the temperature is above freezing." In a
letter Prof. Russell adds the interesting information that he bas observed
similar worms on the snows of Mt. Rainier, Wash., thus indicating for them
a wide distribution. Arctic and Alpitie explorers should be on the watch
ior them.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 143

Pitch, A. '51. Winter Insects of New York. Trans. Eut.

Soc. London, 1851, pp. 95-98. Abstr.
Frobel und Heer. '34. Mittheilungen aus dem Gebiete der

theoretischeu Erdkunde, 1834, ii, p. 97.
Johnson, Charles W. '98. Syrphida; from Mt. St. Elias, Ala.

Entomological News, ix, pp. 17, 18,
Tvraus, Warren. '86. Note on an Ice Worm. Bull. Washburn

College Lab., i, No. 6. 1886, p. 186.
Landois and Stirling. '91. Text-book of Human Physiology.

4th edition.
Leidy, Joseph. '84. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. of Phila , October

28, 1884, p. 260.
Leidy, Joseph. '85. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. of Phila., Decem-
ber 22. 1885, p. 408.
Levinsen, G. M. '83. Systematisk-geografisk Oversigt over de

nordiske Annulata, etc. Vidensk. Meddel. fra d. Naturh, Foren.

i. Kjobenhavn, 1883, pp. 92-350.
TVIichaelsen, W. '87. Enchvtra?iden-Studien. Arch. f. mikr.

Anat., XXX, pp. 366-378. PI. XXI.
Michaelsen, W. '88\ Beitriige zur Kenntnis der deutschen

Enchytri?eiden-Fauna. Arch, f. mikr. Anat., xxxi, pp. 483-

498. PI. XXIIL
Michaelsen, W, '88'', Die Oligochneten v. Sud-Georgien n. d.

Ausbeute d. deutschen Station v. 1882-83. Jahrb. wissensch.

Anst. Hamburg, v, pp. 53-73.
jNIichaelsen, W. '89. Synopsis der Enchytrseideu. Abhandl. d.

Naturwiss. Ver. in Hamburg, xi, 60 pp., one plate.
Nordenskjold, A. E. '86. Gronland, 1886, p. 193.
Pictet, R. '93. De I'emploi niethodique des basses temperatures

en biologic. Arch. des. sci. phys. et nat., xxx, pp. 293-314,
Tieecker, H. '86. Ein lebendiger Regenwurm aus dem Eise.

Zool, Anz. , xix, pp. 3-5.
Roedel, H. '86. Ueber das vitale Temperaturminimum der wir-

belloser Thiere. Zeit. f. Naturwiss,, lix, pp. 183-213.
Russell, J. C, '92, Second Expedition to Mt, St. Elias in 1891.

13th Ann, Rep. U. S, Geol. Survey. 1891-92. Pt. ii. Geol-
ogy, p. 33.
Sekera, Emil. '96. Noch einmal iiber lebeudige Regenwiirmer

im Eise. Zool. Anz., xix, p. 159.
Semper, Carl. '81. Animal Lite.
Ude, H. '96. Enchytrreiden. Hamburger Magalha^nsisclie

Sammelreise. Hamburg, 1896, 43 pp., one plate.
Walsinsrham, Lord. '85. Pres. Address Yorkshire Naturalists'

Union, 1885. Entomological Transactions, 1885, pp. 113-140.
Wright, J. F. '87. Amer. Jour. Sci., Jan., 1887, p. 5.

144 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [189i).

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII.

Mesenchytr.eus solifugus.

Fig. 1. A ventral view of the anterior twelve somites of the worm,
showing the position of the spermathecal and male and
female genital pores. X 20. st, spermathecal pore at
IV-V. d male, 9 female, pores.

Fig. 2. Profile view of the anterior thirteen somites of the same
specimen, showing the jDOsition of the setie bundles.
Lettering as before. The lips of the atrium are
everted to form a penis. X 20.

Fig. 3. Semidiagrammatic figure of the reproductive organs con-
tained in somites XI-XXII. X about 35. t, testes;
ss, left sperm sac; rss, right rudimentary sperm sac;
sf, sperm funnel; vd, sperm ducts (the right one, lying
within the ovisac, is here represented diagrammatically as
nearly straight; the left, lying in the coelom, is exhib-
ited with nearly its actual arrangement of folds and
coils); se, saccus ejaculatorius; a, atrium; cJ*, male
pore, here shown in a position much more laterad than
is proper; ov, ovaries; or*, the single ovisac, here
represented as only partly filled with ova; 9, female
pore in a position more laterad than is natural.

Fig. 4. Outline of the supraoesophageal gland, from a dissection.
X 48.

Fig, 5. Outline and optical section of a spermatheca showing the
three diverticula and the external pore below; the upper
end is broken and the ampulla not so large as usual.
The point where the break is indicated is about where
it becomes continuous with its fellow and opens into the
oesophagus. X 48.

Fig, 6. A section through somite XVI, showing the relation of
the sperm sac, ovisac and the sperm ducts to one another
and the intestine and nerve cord, x bb. ss, sperm
sac filled with developing spermatozoa ; ovs. ovisac con-
taining ova and the right sperm duct ; Ivcl, left sperm
sac; nc, nerve cord.

Fig. 7. Median vertical section through the anterior end. X 55.
?«, mouth ; cj), cephalic pore ; eg, supraoesophageal
ganghon; nc, ventral nerve cord; ph, pharyngeal pad.

Fig. 8. Section of a small portion of the body wall, from the pre-
clitellar region, showing the remarkable development of
pigment granules in the epidermis. X 440.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF THILADELPHIA. 145

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF TURBONILLA OF THE WESTERN

ATLANTIC FAUNA, WITH NOTES ON THOSE

PREVIOUSLY KNOWN.

BY KATHARINE JEANNETTE BUSH.

The present article is based on a smalJ, but very interesting,
collection of gastropods belonging to the genus Turhonilla, which,
through the courtesy of Mr. Pilsbry, was recently loaned to the
writer for study.

With few exceptions the specimens had been labelled as known
southern species and in a few instances had been figured in Try on' s
Manual, but a careful comparison with the original descrii^tions
and figures showed that these names were incorrectly applied.
Most of the species are now described and figured as new. That
so many personal names have been adopted for them is, to a great
extent, due to the almost overwhelming confusion existing in
the names of the hundreds of already described living species (&till
more increased among fossil forms), by their dupUcation and, in some
instances, reduplication, especially due to the lax usage of some au-
thors in respect to the two genera, Turhonilla and Odostomia.^

During the past few mouths the writer, jointly with Prof. A. E.
Verrill, has arranged and studied the many hundreds of specimens
belonging to these genera, dredged by the U. S. Fish Commission
from 1871-1887, and also those in the Yale University Museum.
The larger part of them represent unknown forms, fine figures of
which have been prepared, and, as soon as practicable, Avill be
published with their descriptions.

The acknowledgments of the writer are here expressed to JNIr.
Pilsbry for the privilege of publishing the following descriptions,
and especially to Prof. Verrill, to whose generosity the drawings
for the accompanying plates are wholly due.

List of Localities with the Species found at each.

Coast of North and South Carolina. William Stimpson; R.
Swift.
No. 72,042. Turbonilla Stimpsoni, new species— not T. interrupta (Totten). 1 specimen

South Carolina. AVilliam Stimpson ; R. Swift.

^Tryon's Manual, viii.
10

146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

No. 72,(M3. Turbonilla textilis Kurtz (?) variety a— not typical. 2 specimens.

Bermuda. A. Heilpriu.

No. 70,02 J. Turbonilla Penistoni, new species— not T. pidcheUa d'Orb. 1 specimen.
No. 79,009. Turbonilla Heilprini, new species— not T. pulchella d'Orb. 1 specimen.

Off Micco, Indian river, Fla. , two fathoms, mud. F. C. Baker.

No. 6fi,125. Turbonilla elegans Verrill (?), variety (?)— not T. interrupta (Totten). 1

specimen.
No. 79,006. Turbonilla sp. (?)— not T. interrupta (Totten). 1 young specimen.
No. 79,007. Turbonilla sp. (?)— not T. interrupta (Totten). 1 young specimen.
No. 60,344. Truncatella sp. (?)— not T. interrupta (Totten). 3 specimens.

Sarasota Bay, Fla. H. Hemphill.

No. 72,049. Turbonilla Dalli, new species. 3 specimens.

No. 79,013. Turbonilla Hempbilli, new species. 3 specimens.

Marco, Fla., two fathoms. H. Hemphill.
No. 72,051. Turbonilla textilis Kurtz (?). 2 specimens.

Tampa Bay, Fla. Conrad ; J. S. Phillips.

No. 72,052. Turbonilla Conradi, new species. 1 specimen.
No. 79,024. Too poor for identification. 1 specimen.

West Florida. C. W. Johnson (?), 1891.

No. 62,800. Turbonilla incisa, new species. 3 specimens.

No. 79,023. Turbonilla incisa var. constricta, new. 2 specimens.

St. Thomas, W. I. R. Swift.

No. 72,055. Turbonilla Swiftii, new species— not T. pulchella d'Orb. 9 specimens.

No. 72,044. Turbonilla inclinata, new species-not T. pusilla C. B. Adams. 1 specimen.

No. 79,010. Turbonilla unilirata, new species— not T. pusilla C. B. Adams. 4 specimens.

No. 79,011. Turbonilla Penistoni Bush, (?) variety (?)— not T. pusilla C. B. Adams. 1

young specimen.

No. 79,012. Turbonilla abrupta, new species— not T. pusilla C. B. Adams. 1 specimen.

No. 72,045. Turbonilla Pilsbryi, new species— not T. Riisei Morch. 1 specimen.

No. 72,050. Turbonilla pyrrha, new species— not T. subulata C. B. Adams. 3 specimens.

No. 79,017. Turbonilla pyrrha, variety a— not T. subulata C. B. Adams. 2 specimens.

No. 79,018. Turbonilla pyrrha, variety c— not T. subulata C. B. Adams. 3 specimens.

^o. 79,019. Turbonilla pyrrha, variety d— not T. subulata C. B. Adams. 3 specimens.

No. 72,053. Turbonilla pyrrha, variety 6— not T. puncta C. B. Adams. 3 specimens.

No. 72,047. Cingula (?) or Fenella (?)— not T. dtibia d'Orb.

No. 79,025. Cingula (?) or Fenella (?)-not T. dubia d'Orb.

No. 79,026. Cingula (?) or Fenella (?)— not T. dubia d'Orb.

No. 79,027. Cingula (?) or Fenella (?)-not T. dubia d'Orb.

No. 79,028. Cingula (?) or Fenella (?)-not T. dubia d'Orb.

No locality given. R. Swift.

No. 72,046. Turbonilla substriata C. B. Adams. 2 specimens.

No. 79,016. Turbonilla puncta C. B. Adams-not T. substriata C. B. Adams. 5 fragments.

No. 79,020. Turbonilla pyrrha, new species— not T. turris d'Orb. 2 specimens.

No. 79,021. Turbonilla pyrrha, variety a— not T. turris d'Orb. 1 specimen.

No. 72,054. Turbonilla pyrrha, variety 6— not T. turris d'Orb. 1 specimen.

No. 79,022. Turbonilla pyrrha, variety c— not T. turris d'Orb. 1 specimen.

No. 72,048. Turbonilla pupoides d'Orb.- not T.flavocincta C. B. Adams. 2 specimens.

No. 79,014. Turbonilla pupoides, variety ischna, new— not T. flavocincta C. B. Adams.
4 specimens.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 147

No. 79,015. Turbonilla compsa, new species— not T. flavocincta C. B. Adams. 1 speci-
men.
No. 72,056. Turbonilla pupoides d'Orb. 1 specimen.

Maldonado Bay, Uruguay, three to six fathoms. Dr. William
R. Rush, 1897.

No. 70,537. Turbonilla atypha, new species. 2 specimens.

No. 70,535. Turbonilla Rushii, new species— not T. interrupla (Totten). 1 specimen.

TURBONILLA.
Risso, 1826 (sensu extenso).

The genus Turbonilla is here taken in its most extended sense to
include all species having a more or less elongated form, consisting
of few or many planulate or more or less convex, sometimes shoul-
dered, whorls, always ornamented with more or less prominent,
transverse ribs, and always having a i-eversed, flattened or project-
ing nucleus consisting of about 1^ to 3 whorls, tilted from trans-
verse to the axis to more or less oblique. Intercostal spaces smooth
or crossed by more or less distinct, incised, sometimes raised, spiral
lines which often also appear on the base, which varies from short,
little rounded (the body-whorl subangulated at the periphery), to
elongate and well-rounded. Aperture varying fi'om subquadrate
with straight pillar-lip, to elongate-ovate, well-rounded and pro-
duced below, with curved pillar-lip. Peritreme generally discon-
tinuous, rarely continuous; inner lip more or less thickened and
reflected, usually with a plication or fold, often invisible exter-
nally; outer- lip almost always thin, seldom thickened.

In its most restricted sense the genus was proposed by Risso,
1826, from Leach's manuscript, for Turbo lacteus Linne, as the
type, of which Helix elegantmima JNIontagu is now considered a
synonym. This species has an elongated form; an obliquely tilted
nucleus of about 1|- flattened whorls ; well developed transverse
ribs ending at the periphery of the body-whorl, with smooth,
intercostal spaces; base smooth; aperture somewhat elongaled;
pillar-lip straight, thickened and reflected.

Many species have, however, come to light which not only possess
these chai-acters in a more or less marked degree, but have others in
addition. This has rendered it necessary to introduce new limits for
the genus. Many additional names have been proposed by various
authors (Carpenter, 1855-7; Monterosato, 1884;Sacco, 1892, and
others) for these new divisions, which need much careful study and

148 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

will be furtlier discussed in the article ou the genus now in course

of preparation.

Turbonilla interrupta (Totten) H. aud A. Adams.

Turritella interrupta Totten. Amer. Jour. Sci., xxviii, p. 352, fig. 7,
1835.

This very much misinterpreted species was described by Totten,
as follows :

" Shell small, subulate, brownish; volutions about ten, almost
flat, with about twenty-two transverse, obtuse ribs, separated by
grooves of equal diameter, and with about fourteen subequal,
impressed, revolving lines, which are arranged in pairs, and
entirely interrupted by the ribs; below the middle of the body-
whorl, the ribs become obsolete, and the revolving lines continu-
ous; aperture ovate, angular above, regularly rounded below,
about one-fifth the length of the shell; right lip, sharp, indis-
tinctly sinuous; length, .22 of an inch; breadth, .07."

Dredged in Newport, K. I , harbor.

The number of specimens is not given, but, as the description is
so clearly defined, it is safe to assume that there was only the
figured one. My efibrts to find whether or not it is still in exist-
tence have been unsuccessful.

The specimens found in Dartmouth harbor, Mass., and identified
as this species by Prof. C. B. Adams, are still in the cabinet at
Amherst College, where I have recently examined them and found
that none agree with the original descriptions or figure. Adams*
mentions that he identified them by the description, but calls
attention to the great variation among ttiem, as follows:

' ' The number of transverse ribs is seldom less than twenty-five,
and often exceeds thirty. Above the body-whorl, the number of
revolving lines does not exceed eight. The arrangement of them
in pairs does not distinctly appear in these specimens."

These facts have been overlooked by more recent authors and
these specimens have always been recorded, as the second authentic
specimens to have been found. They really represent four (4)
distinct species. One specimen (a) has the form of T. areolata
Verrill, but the five (5) spiral lines are not so evenly spaced as
in that species. Thi-ee specimens (6) have the general form of Tot-
ten's figure, but there are only five (5) nearly equally spaced,

2 Boston Journal Nat. Hist., ii, p. 275, 1838.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 149

coarse, spiral lines on the intercostal spaces; they are examples of
an undescribed species or possibly a variety of T. elegans Verrill.
Two specimens (c), one badly worn and one young, have the
whorls slightly more convex, with seven (7) equally separated,
coarse, incised lines between the ribs, and agree with U. S. F. C.
specimens of an undescribed species foimd abundantly in Vine-
yard Sound. One specimen (d), badly Avorn, is like another
undescribed U. S. F. C. species, a comparatively few specimens of
which have also been found in A^ineyard Sound. The spirals are
of unequal size and are arranged in two wide, deep, but little
separated grooves, just above the suture; a group of three similar
grooves, a little above the middle of the whorls, above and below
which are about seven fine, incised lines, sometimes a few finer
ones appear, so that there are in all from twenty to twenty -two
lines. An example with about 10 whorls is over 7 mm. long and 2
mm. in diameter.

An example of this species, labelled T. interrupta, thought to
have been identified by Stimpson, has been sent to me by Dr. Dall.
Several very poor ones (Nos. 79,008 and 68,426) found at Sea
Isle City, N. J., were also received from Philadelphia.

Gould, in his first report on the Invertebrates of Massachusetts
(1841, p. 268), redescribes and figures the species, but evidently
■did not have access to the type, as the figure is very unlike
Totten's, and the ribs and spirals are given as follows :

" From twenty-five to thirty straight, blunt ribs crossed by about
fourteen revolving lines which are interrupted by the ribs; these
lines are arranged in pairs, but so close to each other as not always
to be distinguished, and would usually be regarded as one."

Prof. John M. Clarke has recently very courteously consulted
the records of the State Museum, Albany, N. Y., and failed to
find such a species in the Gould collection, so that the above
remarks probably applied to Adams' specimens.

Stimpson, 1851, records additional examples which he found
in Boston harbor.

As the locality of the type was Newport, R. I., harbor, it is
safe to assume that the species could also be found in the near
vicinity, at Narragansett bay; but none of the southern specimens
in this collection, identified as interrupta, are at all like any form
found by the U. S. F. C. in that locality. Figures and descrip-

150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

tioiis of these northern species will soon be published so that the
true interrupta may be clearly understood.

All of these forms are distinct from T. rufa Philippi, specimens
of which, collected in 8-10 fathoms, Church Bay, Ireland, have
recently been received from Mr. Chaster, of Southport, England.
In these, there are but five, unevenly spaced, incised, spiral lines-
on the intercostal spaces and three or four, finer ones on the base.
In specimens from the same locality, of the smaller, distinct species,
T. fulvocinda Thompson, the intercostal spaces have a wide, unin-
terrupted portion next the suture, below which there are six incised
lines, varying in size in different specimens, and five, distinct one&
on the base. An example with 9 Avhorls is 6^ mm. long. Two
specimens from off" Cape Hatteras, N. C, labelled as var. fulvo-
dneta Jeffreys, sent me by Dr. Dall, differ decidedly from these.
Both have 9 whorls, but differ in length, one measuring 5, the
other 5^ mm. The intercostal spaces are cut by unequal spiral
lines, varying in number ; six or seven, wide and deep ones below,^
and six or twelve finer ones above, the uj^per ones scarcely
visible.

In 1866, Mr. Krebs, of St. Thomas, W. I., visited Amherst
College, and afterwards published " Eemarks on the C. B. Adams^
Collection," in the ^nwa^s of New York Lyceum, viii, p. 395, 1866.

Those relating to the species of Chemnitzia are as follows:

"Chevmitzia exilic, C. flavocincta, C. Icevis and C. subulata are
very like each other.

"Chemnitzia multicostata and C. substriata, when a sufficient
number of specimens are at hand, may prove to be synonyms.

" Chemnitzia obeliscus is described from three fragments of differ-
ent individuals and C. puncta from two miserable specimens.

" One species from Jamaica, seven from St. Thomas and three
from West Indies are without names. ' '

These show that Adams' specimens must either have been verv
poor or that the collection, as suggested by Morch, 1875, had been
disarranged when Mr. Krebs made these notes. It certainly is a
little peculiar that such different species so carefully described by
Adams should be so grouped. It is very unfortunate that only
the empty trays are now to be found in the cabinet, the specimens
themselves having been taken from the cases and not returned. It
is owing to these facts that the present collection is of peculiar

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 151

importauce, as it contains the specimens figured in Try on' s Manual

as Adams' species.

Turbonilla Pilsbryi, new species. Plate VIII, fig. 9.

Shell of good size for the genus, stout, pure opaque white, in
some places semitransparent, lustrous, regularly coiled, with the
entire surface, except the nucleus and ribs, covered by numerous,
unequal, spiral grooves, so crowded that the spaces between them
appear like fine, uneven threads. Whorls swollen, indistinctly
bevelled on the top, 6 below the prominent, oblique, flattened
nucleus. Suture distinct. Transverse ribs about 26, very deli-
cate, scarcely more than little raised lines, slightly oblique, the
inclination toward the aperture (to the right), separated by wide,
shaUow spaces. Body-whorl elongated, well-rounded, with the
ribs extending well over the base, gradually decreasing in size to
the inner-lip. Aperture oblique-ovate with continuous peritreme ;
inner-lip represented by a thin glaze; columella having an obscure,
median, toothlike swelling; outer-lip thickened within, with well-
rounded edge.

Length, about 4^ mm. ; diameter, about li mm. ; length of
aperture, about 1 mm.

One specimen (No. 72,045) found at St. Thomas, W. I , by R.
Swift.

This very beautiful species was labelled as T. Riisei Morch,
which was originally described by Morch (Syn. Moll. Mar. Ind.
Occid., p. 165, 1875) as having the form of Bmoina Catesbyana
d'Orbigny (Hist. I' He de Cuba, atlas, PI. XTI, figs. 1, 2). The
type from St. Thomas, W. I., collected by Riise, Avas club-
shaped, thick, deep yellow, white at the suture, Avith two darker
bands, the superior one near the suture and the other median, with
very delicate spiral strise. Costse numerous, about 40, continuous
to the aperture, which is ovate Avith a continuous thickened peri-
treme, with a thickened white lip and an indistinct columellar
fold. Length, 3| mm. ; diameter, 1^ mm.

The figure given by Tryon {Manual, PI. 76, fig. 27), although
said to be figured from the type, represents a species very difTerent
from either form.
Turbonilla asperula, new species.

Shell small, slender, golden brown, Avith slight lustre, consisting-
of 6 moderately convex, someAvhat shouldered Avhorls belou' the

152 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

prominent oblique nucleus of but little over one whorl. Trans-
verse ribs 26, slender, prominent, oblique (inclined to the right),
with a decided angle at the shoulder of the whork, and extending
over the periphery of the body- whorl, gradually decreasing in size
on the base. Interspaces wide and deep, crossed on the last whorl
by 5 (sometimes 6) about equal and evenly spaced, raised, rounded,
spiral lines, the first just at or a little below the shoulder, and the
last just at the periphery; under the microscope they appear to
render the sides of the ribs very irregular and the alternating
spaces are crossed by scarcely discernible striae. Base elongate,
ornamented between the ribs by 4 more prominent, widely sepa-
rated, raised, spiral lines, below which there are ill-defiued fine
ones ; aperture ovate ; peritrerae continuous.

Length of the largest specimeu, 3 mm.; diameter, 1 mm.;
length of aperture, about -| mm.

Five specimens of this very distinct species were found at Ber-
muda by Prof. Verrill and party, 1898.
Turbonilla pupoides d'Orbigny. Plate VIII, fig. 5.

CJiemnitzia pupoides d'Oib., Hist. I'lle de Cuba, i, p. 224; atlas, PJ.
XVI, figs. 32-36, 1853.

Chemnitzia {3Iumiola) pupoides Morch, Syn. Moll. Mar. Ind. occid.. p.
164, 1875.

Turbonilla piipoides Tryon, Manual, viii, p. 332, pi. 76, fig. 26, 1885.

? Odostomia phrikalea Watson, Report Voy. Challenger, Zool. Scapho-
poda and Gasteropoda, xv, p. 493, Pi. XXXII, fig. 7, 1885.

A single specimen (No. 72,056) in the E. Swift collection, with-
out locality, was labelled as this species, but is too poor to identify
with certainty. It has 7 flattened, regularly increasing whorls
below the apparently blunt, little raised, tilted nucleus, and in
form and size agrees with d'Orbigny' s figure.

The 24 straight, prominent, transverse ribs are perpendicular on
the upper whorls and oblique (inclined to the left) on the lower
ones and extend over the base, gradually decreasing in size.
These are separated by wider, deep spaces which, under the micro-
scope, appear much deeper near the suture than below, giving a
constricted appearance to the whorls without affecting the ribs.
Base elongated, rounded, ornamented between the ribs, except on
the lowest portion, by about 7 raised, spiral threads separated by
nearly uniform, deep spaces. Such lines are represented in d'Orbig-
ny's figure, but none are mentioned in his description. The specimeu

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 153

is SO worn aud encrusled that other spiral sculpture, if present, can-
not be determined. Under the microscope the whorls are seen to be
well-lapped with a rounded undulating edge turning well out at
the deep suture. The aperture is broken.

Two other specimens (No. 72,048), also of the R. Swift collec-
tion, were labelled T. flavocinda C, B. Adams, but the figure given
in Tryon's Manual, as made from a specimen, does not represent
either of them. These differ in some respects from the above
example, but agree Avith others found at Bermuda by Prof. A. E.
Verrill and party in 1898. Among these, Avhich number over 40,
there is considerable variation. The nucleus is usually but little
raised, but sometimes is quite prominent and oblique; the number
of lines on the base varies from 7-10, with finer ones beloiv; the
number of ribs varies from 22-26, sometimes 30 or more when
the specimen has been injured; they are usually straight, some-
times slightly curved, usually perpendicular, sometimes oblique.
Some specimens have on the upper portion of the intercostal
spaces, two well-separated, inconspicuous grooves, and on fresh
examples which are yellow-white, semitransparent and lustrous
with bands of waxen color at the sutures and on the periphery of
the body-Avhorl exceedingly fine strise appear under the micro-
scope. The aperture is ovate, lustrous within, Avheu fresh, with
continuous peritreme, the inner-lip i-epresented by a thin layer of
enamel having a delicate free edge. The shell increases regularly
in diameter to the 6th or 7th whorl, and beyond the increase is
more gradual.

Length of a 7-whorled specimen, 3i mm. ; diameter, 1 mm. ;
length of aperture, about 1 mm.

A worn dead specimen dredged by the "Challenger" in 390
fathoms off Culebra, W. I., was described and figured by Watson
as Odostomia phrikalea. It agi-ees so closely with the above ex-
amples that there is little doubt of its being the same species.
Turbonilla pupoides variety ischna, new.

Four specimens (No. 79,014) difTer from the typical form, in
being much more slender. After the 4th or 5th whorl the increase
in diameter is so gradual that the sides of the spire appear nearly
parallel. Specimens 4 mm. in length, being of the same diame-
ter as others of but about half that length. Over a dozen of this
form were among the Bermuda specimens.

154 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899'.

Turbonillatextilis(?) Kurtz. Plate VIII, fig. 2.

Chemnitzia textilis Kurtz, Cat. Mar. Shells, p. 8, 1860.

Turbonilla textilis Tryon, Amer. Mar. Conch., p. 65, 1873 ; IManual, viii^
p. 329, pi. 75, fig. 12 (variety), 1885.

Shell small, rather stout, bluntly tapered, white, semitranspar-
ent, of dull lustre, with swollen whorls bevelled above, just below
the suture, forming a rounded shoulder and having a few, coarse,
spiral grooves on the interspaces and a few, raised, spiral threads on
the base. Suture linear. Whorls 6 below the good-sized, oblique,
flattened nucleus. Transverse ribs, which extend a little below the
periphery of the body- whorl, are 26, narrow, rounded, prominent,,
perpendicular, but a very little inclined to the right on the last
whorl, their sides rendered uneven by the cutting in of the spiral
grooves, separated by wilder, deep spaces, Avhich are crossed by 5
Avide, deep, spiral, grooves of about equal size and evenly separated,
the top one just at the shoulder of the whorls. Base elongated^
rounded, cut by two equally Avide, well separated, deep, spiral
grooves, interrupted by the ribs Avhich here disappear; below,
there are four or five, raised, spiral threads separated by shallow
grooves. Aperture very smooth and lustrous within, elongate-
ovate with the pillar-lip thin and reflected, especially below.

Length, 3i mm, ; diameter, 1 \ mm. ; length of aperture, 1
mm.

Two live specimens (jSTo. 72,051) found in two fathoms at
Marco, Fla., by Mr. H. Hemphill. A badly Avorn young speci-
men from Station 2,114, off Cape Hatteras, N. C, iu fourteen
fathoms, dredged by the U. S. F. C. in 1883, agrees closely Avith
these, but is too poor to identify Avith certainty. The same is true
of an example from Bermuda.

They are easily recognized by the distinctly shouldered Avhorls
and coarse spiral grooves, and may be examples of the true textilis
of Kurtz, " AVhorls shouldered " is the only feature giA'en in the
original description Avhich separates that species from many others.

Two small, live specimens (No. 72,043) in the R. Swift collec-
tion were collected by Stimpson on the coast of South Carolina and
were labelled as T. textilis Kurtz, and figured by Tryon. Both
have the apex somewhat eroded and the body- whorl has been in-
jured and repaired. They are more slender than the typical form
(No, 72,051). The larger has 6 moderately swollen, not distinctly
shouldered whorls, below the rather prominent, oblique, flattened

1899.] >fATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 155'

nucleus. Suture well impressed. Transverse ribs about 20, nar-
row, rounded, perpendicular, separated by wider, shallow spaces-
which are crossed by 5, wide, deep, spiral grooves. Body- whorl
slightly angulated at the periphery, rounded and elongated below,
crossed by two, Avide grooves, interrupted by the ribs, and below by
four or five, rather indistinct, raised, spiral threads and Avider
grooves.

Length, 3 mm.; diameter, 1 mm; length of aperture, f mm.

As the well impressed suture gives only a well-rounded summit,
and not a distinct shoulder, to the whorls, these specimens cannot
be examples of the true textUh, but are doubtless a variety of No.
72,051, from which they differ in having flatter whorls, more
tapered apex and little rounded base. The form of the aperture
in the variety is somewhat angular, expanded below with the
columellar-lip straighter, thin and reflected, forming an angle at
its juncture with the outer-lip.
Turbonilla fasciata d'Orbigny (?).

Chemniizia fi(sciat<i d'Orbigny, Vov. Amer. Merid, p. 496, pi. 76, figs.
4-6, 1847 (?) ; Morch, Syn. Moll. Mar.'ind. occid., p. 164, 1875.

Turbonilla fasciata Try on, Manual, viii, p. 331, pi. 76, fig. 25, 1885.

Not ChrysaUida fasciata Carf>enter, 1857, nor Odostomia fasciata
Dunker, 1860, nor Bunker ia fasciata Tenison-Woods, 1875.

A few specimens (12) from Bermuda differ from forms of
pvpoides in the greater size and prominence of the very oblique
nucleus and in the much shortened, little rounded base over which
the transverse ribs do not extend, but become evanescent near the
abruptly rounded periphery of the body-whorl. The aperture in
all of them is badly broken. The peritreme does not appear ta
be continuous and the pillar-lip is reflected and considerably thick-
ened, especially below. On some, there are slight indications of
spiral lines on the intercostal spaces. Eaised, rounded, spiral
threads ornament the base.

Length of the largest example, 2| mm.; diameter, li mm.
Length of the smallest, 1^ mm.

D' Orbiguy ' s original description and figures are not accessible to
me, but the above characters seem to agree with those given by
Try on.

The line next the figure, indicating its size, as given by Tryou,
measures 5 mm., but in the text the size of the species is given as
3 mm.

156 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

Turbonilla Stimpsoni, new species. Plate VIII, fig. 7.

Shell j^iire white, slender, with elongated whorls, causing the apex
to appear very pointed. Whorls flattened, 9, besides the elongated,
smooth, shining, prominent, slightly oblique, flattened nucleus.
Suture deep, forming distinct notches in the otherwise straight
outlines of the spire, scalloped by the ends of the numerous ribs.
These are about 36, narrow, rounded, very oblique (inclined to
right), separated by much narrower, rather deep spaces which are
crossed by nearly equal, but irregularly spaced, incised lines which
form deep pittings. Under a half-inch pocket lens 9 can be
counted which increase to 10 or 11 under the microscope, and are
seen to cut into the sides of the ribs. On the base the ribs merge
into prominent lines of growth which are cut by four widely
separated, conspicuous, revolving lines, with a few very fine ones
below. Base well-rounded. Aperture elongate-ovate, with the
pillar-lip curved and moderately thickened.

Length, 5f mm. ; diameter, 1 mm. ; length of aperture, 1 mm.

One specimen (No. 72,042) in the R. Swift collection was found
by William Stimpson on the Carolina coast, and was labelled as T.
interrupta (Totten). It is very unlike all the known northern
forms. The T. ornata d'Orbigny, 1853, not Gould, 1861, has
ribs which extend over the base, but according to d'Orbigny' s
figure, they are coarser, fewer in number and perpendicular; the
whorls are more convex, the spire less acute and the spirals more
numerous (Hist. Vile de Cuba, i, p. 221, atlas, Pi. XVI, figs.
18-20).
Turbonilla incisa, new species. Plate VIII, fig. 12.

Shell of medium size, moderately stout, white, semitransparent
and lustrous, when fresh, with coarse, spiral, incised lines in the
intercostal spaces and on the base. Suture well marked. Whorls
flattened, 9 below the rather prominent, slightly oblique, flattened
nucleus. Transverse ribs 20, broad, bluntly rounded, straight,
perpendicular, with wider, shallow interspaces crossed by 7, rarely
6, coarse, unequal, incised, spiral lines or grooves, about evenly
separated. In one example having 6 lines, the last, just above
the suture, is very much broader and deeper than the others.
Base well-rounded, cut by about 7, evenly spaced, incised, spiral
lines. Aperture somewhat elongated; pillar-lip straight, thin,
slightly reflected.

J 899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 157

Length of the largest example, 6f mm. ; diameter, 14 mm. ;
length of aperture. If mm.

Three specimens (No. 62,800) from AVest Florida were pre-
sented by Mr. C. W. Johnson, 1891.

The more slender Turbonilla virga Dall is a closely related
species In a specimen sent to me by Dr. Dall, the 10 flattened
whorls (nucleus wanting) are much more gradually tapered so that
it is but about one-half as svide as an example of incisa of the same
length and the 7 incised Hues are equal, and under the microscope
appear to cut into the sides of the transverse ribs.
Turbonilla incisa variety constricta, new.

Two specimens (No. 79,023) from the same locality are of mod-
erate size, slender, irregularly coiled (abruptly contracted in the
6th and 7th whorls), semitransparent, pale yellow (when fresh),
with a broad band of brown on the base, and a fainter one at the
suture. Upper whorls moderately convex, lower ones flattened.
Suture well marked. Whorls 10 below the prominent, oblique,
flattened nucleus. Transverse ribs irregularly developed, thin,
narrow, but little raised, separated by wide, shallow spaces. On
the 5th whorl, the interspaces are wide, but become much nar-
rower on the 6th whorl with more delicate and more numerous ribs,
while on the 8th whorl they again become wider, with much
stronger ribs; and on the last whorl the ribs number about 26.
Base well-rounded, cut by about 7 fine, incised, unevenly sep-
arated, spiral lines, the upper one the most distinct. Aper-
ture ovate ; pillar-lip thin, well reflected. The spirals on the
upper whorls are arranged as in typical incisa, but on the lower
ones, in the larger specimen, they number 7, but are of equal
size, and evenly spaced; under the microscope 2 or 3 finer ones
appear below the suture, and on the middle of the whorls; also on
the lower portion of the, base, numerous, still finer ones. When
young, this variety could not be separated from the typical exam-
ples, but the peculiarity in its development, seen even in one with
7 whorls easily distinguishes it, at least as a variety.

Length of the larger specimen, Q^ mm.; diameter, 1.5 mm.;
length of aperture, li mm. ^
Turbonilla elegans Verrill (?) variety (?).

Turbonilla elegans Verrill. Amer. Jour. Sci., iii, p. 282, PI. VI, fig. 4,
1872; Invert. Aui. Vineyard Sound, p. 363, PI. XXIV, fig. 155, 1874.

158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

Not Chemnitzia elegans d'Orbigny, 1853, nor Odostomia elegans A.
Adams, 1860, nor 0. elegans Monterosato, 1869.

Shell of good size, amber-colored, semitrausparent, lustrous.
Apex broken, remaining whorls 8 ; the upper ones are somewhat
eroded, but the last one is well-rounded. Transverse ribs 22,
rounded, straight, nearly perpendicular, separated by about
equally \yide shallow spaces which are crossed by 5 equal, wqII-
separated, incised, spiral lines, and 2 (the 1st and 5th) veiy much
finer ones. Base well-rounded, cut by 6 distinct, widely, unevenly
spaced, incised, spiral lines. Aperture elongated; pillar-lip
straight, thickened, slightly reflected below.

Length, 6 mm. ; diameter, 1|- mm. ; length of aperture, 1^
mm.

One specimen (No. 60,125) off Micco, Indian river, Fla., in
two fathoms, mud. This is considerably larger than any of the
northern examples of elegans Verrill, but so closely agrees with
them in form that with a sufficient series it may prove to be a
southern variety.

As the Chemnitzia elegans d'Orbigny (1853) is not a Tiirbonilla
(in its peculiar thickened base, at which the transverse ribs termi-
nate abruptly, it shows its close relation to Cerithium turrita Stearns
from Florida), and Odostomia elegans A. Adams (1860) is spirally
ornamented, and 0. elegans Monterosato (1869) is smooth. Prof.
Verrill's name need not be changed.

Turbonillasp.?

A young specimen (No. 79,006) from off Micco, Indian river,
Fla., is amber-colored, semitrausparent and lustrous, rather stout,
with distinct suture. The upper portion is wanting, the 6 remain-
ing, somewhat flattened whorls are crossed by about 24, narrow,
low, slightly oblique ribs inclined to the right, separated by wider,
shallow spaces. These are crossed by about 8 (6 about equal and
2 more indistinct) unequal and unevenly spaced, incised, spiral
lines. Base well-rounded, cut by numerous (about 15) fine,
wavy, incised, spiral lines. Aperture ovate; pillar-lip curved,
thin, slightly reflected.

Length, 3|- mm. ; diameter, li mm. ; length of aperture, 1 mm.
With a sufficient series, this might prove to be the same as a similar
undescribed species common in Vineyard Sound and vicinity.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 159

Turbonilla sp. ?

Another young, imperfect specimen (No. 79,007) from the same
locality has only the 6 lower whorls, the last one crossed by about
20 transverse ribs which are rounded, straight, and perpendicular,
separated by about equally wide, shallow spaces which are cut by
about 6 unequal, incised, spiral lines which increase to 10 under
the microscope. Base av ell rounded, cut by about 10 fine, incised,
unevenly spaced, spiral Hues. Aperture elongated; inner-lip
straight, thin and reflected.

Length, 41- mm. ; diameter, 1^ mm. ; length of aperture, about
1 mm.

'Turbonilla Conradi, new specie?. Plate VIII, fig. 10.

Shell large, regularly coiled, stout, dirty waxen gray, ornamented
Avith coarse and fine, iucised, spiral lines on the intercostal spaces
and base. Whorls 12, shghtly convex, below the prominent,
nearly flattened nucleus, transverse to the axis. Suture well
marked, slightly undulating. Transverse ribs, about 22, broad,
rounded, straight, slightly oblique, separated by wider, shallow
spaces crossed by 4 conspicuous, iucised lines, and several indistinct,
finer ones. One just above the suture forms a wide and deep
groove, another similar one at the middle of the whorls, on either
side and well separated from this, a distinct line, the three forming
a conspicuous band; above and below this there are other indistinct
lines which, under the microscope, number 6 on each space; 2
others also appear on each side of the median groove. Base well-
rounded, cut by 3 distinct, well-separated, incised, spiral lines and
several finer ones below. Aperture squarish, well-rounded; pillar-
lip straight, thickened, well reflected.

Length, 8^ mm. ; diameter, about 2 mm. ; length of aperture,
1^ mm.

One specimen (No. 72,052) was found by Conrad at Tampa
Bay, Fla.

An undesciibed species found ofi* Cape Hatteras, N. C, has a
band of three unequal incised lines on the middle of the whorls,
but in other characters it is quite unlike. The T. viridaria Dall
also bears a superficial resemblance to it, but when placed side by
side the two are found to be verv different.

160 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

Turbonilla Kushii, new species. Plate VIII, fig. 11.

A specimen with the upper portion badly worn is of good size,
moderately stout, of 12 (minus the nucleus) regularly coiled
whorls, nearly flat, with but a slight convexity a little above the
well marked suture. Transverse ribs about 24, a little oblique,
inclined to the left, rather narrow, rounded, with much Avider,
concave interspaces, which are crossed by unequal, incised lines.
Under a half-inch pocket lens there are two near the suture and two
above the periphery which form pairs of deep grooves of unequal
width; besides these the surface is scratched by numerous, fine,
unequal and irregularly spaced lines; 8 between the two sets of
grooves ; still finer ones above, on the upper portion of the whorl
and 1 between the two lowest grooves. Under the microscope, a
few more lines appear. Base rounded, crossed only by numerous
fine, nearly equal, incised, revolving lines. Aperture somewhat
elongate; outer-lip broken.

Length, 9^ mm; diameter, 2h mm. ; length of aperture, about
2 mm.

One specimen (No. 70,535) collected by Dr. William R. Rush,
at Maldonado Bay, in 3-6 fathoms, Uruguay, was labelled as T.
interrupta Totten. In form it is nearest the T. viridaria Dall,
wdth specimens of which it has been compared, but the number
and arrangement of the spiral sculpture easily distinguish it. It
is very distinct from T. clispar Pilsbry,^ from the same locality,
which has 8, somewhat convex whorls below the somewhat flat-
tened nucleus, transverse to the axis, with ill-defined transverse
ribs, the interspaces crossed by 6 unevenly separated, spiral grooves
which form oblong punctures.

This is a similar but much larger species than T. areolata Yerrill,
1874, not Rayneval.
Turbonilla pyrrha, new species. Plate VIII, fig. 1.

Shell of moderate size, regularly coiled, delicate yellow (when
fresh), thin, semitransparent, the interspaces and base cut by a
few, unevenly separated, incised, spiral lines. There are ten
slightly convex whorls below the prominent, shining, slightly
oblique, flattened nucleus. Suture moderately deep. Transverse
ribs about 40, very delicate, but little raised, perpendicular, sepa-

3 These Proceedings, p. 296, Pi. VI, figs. 5-7, 1897.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 161

rated by wider, shallower spaces which are crossed by comparatively
few, incised, irregularly spaced lines, and also by a Avide, deep, su-
tural groove, often stained by oxide of iron. Well separated from the
groove, there is a group of from 5-7 equal and evenly spaced lines
and a considerable distance above are 4 or 5 somewhat wider, un-
evenly, but well-separated lines. Base well-rounded, cut by about
7 conspicuous, incised spirals, about evenly spaced. Aperture
somewhat elongated, well-rounded; pillar-lip straight, thin, re-
flected.

Length of the largest example, 6 mm. ; diameter, 11- mm. ;
length of aperture, li.

Three specimens (No. 72,050) from St. Thomas, AV. I., and two
worn specimens (No. 79,020) without locality. Some of them
were labelled as T. suhulata C. B. Adams, 1850 (not Holmes,
1860) and figured by Tryon. That species was described as
" much elongated, subulate, white, or pale brownish white with
two spiral bands of pale wax color and a third of the same color
anteriorly. Spire Avith a slightly curved axis, outline scarcely
convex; Avhorls ten, beside the moderately oblique nucleus; rather
convex with suture well impressed. Transverse ribs, 28-30,
prominent, slender, extending below the convexity of the body-
Avhorl ; the interspaces and base crossed by numerous, exceedingly
fine crowded spiral stride, of which one next beloAv the suture is
larger. Aperture ovate, acute above, labrum slightly thickened.
L., .17; B., .045 inches."

Tavo smaller specimens (No. 79,017) having only 9 AA'horls differ
from the typical ones in having 42 ribs, tAVO AA'ide, deep grooA'es on
the interspaces, one at the suture and one above the middle of the
whorls, between Avhich, and equally well separated from them, a
group of 7, equal and evenly spaced, incised lines; above, near the
suture, are also two incised lines. These are designated as variety
a. A badly worn specimen (No. 79,021), Avithout locality, also
has 42 delicate ribs.

Three, opaque white, weather-Avorn specimens (No. 72,053)
were labelled T. puncta C. B. Adams, and figured by Tryon. In
outline they agree Avith specimens (No. 72,050), but they have
but 30 transverse ribs, with the shalloAV interspaces crossed by a
sutural groove and well separated from it, a group of 5, equal and
evenly spaced, incised lines, and a considerable distance above,
11

162 PEOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

reaching to the suture, 4 evenly spaced ones, the lower one some-
times a little larger than the others. These are designated as
variety h.

Length of the largest, b^ mm. ; diameter, 1 mm.

Another example (No. 72,054), without locality, was labelled as
T. turris d'Orbigny, which is described as a very elegant, elon-
gated, very acute, thin, white species of 14 somewhat flattened
whorls. Transverse ribs (according to the figure) about 24, nar-
row, i^erpendicular, with spiral lines only on the base. Suture
impressed. Aperture subtrapezoidal ; labrum thin, columellar-lip
thickened, straight.

Four specimens (No. 79,018) have more elongated whorls than
the typical examples (No. 72,050).. so that specimens of the same
number of whorls are a little longer. The transverse ribs number
but 28 in the largest specimen, in the others, 30. The intei-spaces
are crossed by a sutural groove, above and well separated from it,
a group of 5 incised lines; some distance above, a single more
distinct line and at an equal distance above, a group of 3 finer
ones which reach to the suture. This is called variety c. A single
specimen (No. 79,022), without locality, differs in having the sin-
gle line above the periphery as wide and deep as the sutural groove.

Three specimens (No. 79,019) have but 32 ribs and 2 spiral
grooves as in variety a, but the lower group of incised lines num-
bers from 7-9, and the upper, 5. This is variety d.

Turbonilla puncta C. B. Adams.

Chevinitzia puncta C. B. Adams, Cont. to Couch., No. 5, p. 72, 1850 ;
Morch, Syn. Moll. Mar. lad. occid., p. 162, 1875.

Tarbonilla puncta Tryon, Manual, vlii, p. 331, not PL 76, fig. 22,
1885 ; (?) Dall, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 37, p. 128, 1889.

C. B. Adams described this as a much elongated, white species of
rectilinear outline with 10 or 11, besides the nucleus, scarcely
convex whorls with distinct suture. Transverse ribs 26-30, rather
prominent, the interspaces crossed by numerous crowded spiral
striae, one of Avhich, a little above the middle and another at the
suture, are wide and deep, resembling spiral series of punctures.
Aperture ovate, rhombic; labium scarcely thickened. L., .22;
B., .05.

According to Mr. Krebs, of St. Thomas, W. I., who examined
the Adams collection in 1866, there were but two miserable speci-

1899.] NATURAL SCIE^X'ES OF PHILADELPHIA. 163

mens. A number of specimens found in from 1-10 feet water
at Bermuda by Prof. A. E. Verrill and party, 1898, differ from
the above only in having the fine lines also on the base.

An example with the animal consists of 10 flat whorls below the
prominent, slightly oblique, flattened nucleus. Opaque white with
little lustre, rather stout, regularly coiled. Suture distinct. Trans-
verse ribs 30, narrow, rounded, perpendicular, with wider, deep
interspaces cut by numerous, crowded, incised, spiral lines separated
by fine, nearly uniform, raised threads, and two very wide and
deep grooves, one at the suture and one above the periphery of
the whorls, between which, under the microscope, the incised lines
number about 26, and between the upper one and the suture about
16, Numerous, crowded, incised, spiral lines entirely cover the
slightly rounded base, but the spaces between them are wider and
flat, rendered wavy by conspicuous, irregular lines of growth.
Aperture elongated; pillar-lip but little thickened, straight and
slightly reflected.

Length, 6imm. ; diameter, limm. ; length of aperture, limm.

Fragments (No. 79,016) without locality Avere found with the
following species.

Another specimen from Bermuda differs in being much stouter,
with 9 shorter whorls with somewhat angular body-whorl, and hav-
ing only 24 transverse ribs, and but 20 incised lines between the
grooves on the interspaces. In specimens which have been injured,
the number of ribs is over 40.

The T. punicea Dall is a related species, and was dredged in
considerable numbers in shallow Avater off" Cape Hatteras, N. C,
by the U. S. Fish Commission in 1883-1884. It is a small, slen-
der species, with rounded base cut by several (about 7) fine, irreg-
ularly arranged, incised, spiral lines. The transverse ribs are little
prominent Avith their interspaces cut by tAvo distinct shalloAV
grooves, one sutural and the other a little Avider, peripheral,
between Avhich are fine, incised, unequally separated, spiral lines
Avhieh vary in number from 4-7 above and beloAV the middle
groove ; their distinctness and arrangement very inconstant. There
is also a variety having still more numerous, finer and more regu-
larly arranged lines, 8 beloAA' and 8-13 above the peripheral grooA^e.
An example loaned me by Dr. Dall is of a dull waxen color,
changing to pinkish broAvn on the last Avhorl and has tAvelve, some-

164 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

what flattened whorls below the nucleus, which is injured. There
are about 20 transverse ribs on the body -whorl, thin, narrower
than their interspaces which, under the microscope, are crossed by
about 7 fine lines below and from 4 to 7 above the central groove.
The lines show more clearly in some positions than in others.

Length, 8 mm. ; diameter, If mm. ; length of aperture. If mm.

Turbonilla substriata C. B. Adams.

Chemnitzia substriata C. B. Ad., Cout. to Conch., No. 5, p. 73, 1850 ; O.
A. L. Morch, Syn. Moll. Mar. Ind. occi., p. 162, 1875.

Turbonilla substriata Tryon, Manual, viii, p. 330. pi. 76, fig. 21 (very
poor), 1885.

' ' Shell moderately elongated white, with a slight tinge of wax
color next above the suture, with about 22-24 transverse, rather
stout ribs; in the intercostal spaces and anteriorly with very numer-
ous crowded excessively minute spiral striae, which are scarcely
perceptible under a common magnifier; on the middle of the whorls
is a series of spiral shallow pits in the intercostal spaces; on the last
whorl, with the anterior extremity of the intercostal spaces moder-
ately depressed, below the surface of the anterior region ; spire with
rectilinear outlines; whorls about eight, planulate, with a distinct
suture; aperture rhombic-ovate; labium scarcely thickened; um-
bilical region scarcely indented. Length, .115 inch; breadth, .04
inch."

Two specimens (No. 72,046) without locality, were labelled as
this species. They are white, semitransparent and lustrous. The
nucleus is prominent, slightly obhque, somewhat flattened. The
body-whorl subangulated at the periphery with a short, but little
rounded base which, with the wide intercostal spaces are cut by
numerous, very fine, shallow, incised, spiral lines, interrupted on
the middle of the whorls by a much wider, inconspicuous, shallow
line or groove, seen only in a good light, and under the microscope ;
above and below this, the spirals number about 30. The ends of
the spaces are very deep, but the fine spirals cover the entire sur-
face.

Length of the larger specimens, 3i mm. ; diameter, li mm. ;
length of aperture, 1 mm.

This species is closely related to T. puncta C. B. Adams, but the
whorls are shorter, the ribs narrow, perpendicular, with wide inter-
spaces, and the spirals are not so deeply cut.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 165

Turbonilla unilirata, new species. Plate VIII, fig. 6.

Shell small, very slender, gradually tapered, dead white
(weather worn), without incised, spiral lines on the intercostal
spaces and base. Whorls very slightly convex, 9, in the largest
example, below the small nucleus, which is transverse to the axis,
with very projecting whorls. Suture deep and straight. Trans-
verse ribs narrow, rounded, slightly oblique, inclined to the left,
varying from 20-24, with wider, deep, flattened interspaces ending
at the periphery of the body-whorl with deeper, square-cut ends.
The interspaces are crossed by a single, conspicuous, raised, spiral
thread or lira, a little below the sutures. Base rounded, smooth.
Aperture somewhat elongate ; pillar-lip straight, thin and slightly
reflected. In some of the examples the outer-lip is broken, reveal-
ing a spiral, tooth -like ridge on the columella.

Length of the type, 3 mm. ; diameter, | mm. ; length of aper-
ture, about 4 mm. A larger specimen is 3^ ram. long and about
^ mm. wide.

Four specimens (No. 79,010) from St. Thomas, W. I., aud a
single worn, imperfect specimen, dredged by the U. S. Fish Com-
mission, in 1884, off" Cape Hatteras, K C, at station 2,277, in 16
fathoms.

This species was labelled as T. pusilla C. B. Adams, 1850 (not
Philippi, 1844), and appears to be the one figured by Try on
{Manual, PI. 76, fig. 19) as an example of that species.
Turbonilla Penistoni, new species.. PI. VIII, fig. 14.

Turbonilla pulchella Heilprin, The Bermudas, p. 173, 1889.

Shell white, exceedingly slender, gradually tapered, semitrans-
parent, lustrous. Whorls moderately convex, 11, below the small
nucleus of 2^ very projecting whorls, transverse to the axis. Su-
ture deep. Transverse ribs about 15 (the specimen has been injured)
stout, rounded, oblique, slightly sigmoid, separated by about
equally wide, deep spaces which terminate at the periphery of the
well-rounded body-whorl with square-cut ends. Base rounded,,
smooth. Aperture somewhat elongated, Avith the pillar-lip straight,
moderately tliickened, reflected and forming a decided angle at its
juncture with the thin outer-lip. Under the microscope the entire
surface is covered with very fine, spii*al stride.
' Length, 4^ mm. ; diameter, 1 mm. ; length of aperture, about
1 mm.

166 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

The type (No. 70,024) was found by Prof. A. Heilprin and
party at Bermuda in 1888, and identified as T. j^ulchella d'Orbigny,
from which species it difiers decidedly in its nucleus, more slender
form, and oblique and curved ribs.

Several specimens and fragments were also found at Bermuda, in
10-40 feet, by Prof. A. E. Verrill and party, in 1898. In these,
which are regularly developed, there are 18 ribs; but one example,
the same size as the type, has the ribs inconstantly developed, there
being 18 on the penultimate whorl and about 30 much fainter
ones on the body- whorl. This irregularity seems due to a slight
injury at the suture. There are also distinct lines of growth on
the base and the angles of the aperture are rounded.

A single dead specimen (No. 79,011), without locality, in the
R. Swift collection, has a similar prominent, projecting, transverse
nucleus, convex whorls and form of aperture, but the 8 whorls
increase very gradually, more so than in T. Swiftii, the base is but
little rounded with a single brown spiral line. There are 16 trans-
verse ribs.

Length, 3 mm. ; diameter, about f mm.

"With a sufficient series, this may prove to be the young of a
distinct species as the proportions are so unlike other examples of
this species.

This beautiful shell is named in honor of Miss Annie Peniston, of
Bermuda, who, through her keen interest in collecting specimens,
has aided so much in increasing the knowledge of Bermuda shells.
Turbonilla Swiftii, new species.

Shell much elongated, very slender, gradually tapered, semi-
transparent, lustrous. Whorls slightly convex, 13 in the most per-
fect specimen (16 or 17 in the largest, which is broken away at the
top) below the prominent nucleus which is oblique, of 2|- projecting
whorls. Suture very distinct, deep, linear, giving a noticealile
clean-cut effect. Transverse ribs, varying from 20-26, rounded,
narrow, oblique, more or less curved, separated by much wider, deep
spaces, Avhich terminate on the periphery of the body-whorl with
more or less square-cut ends. Base rounded, smooth. Outer-lip
broken in all the specimens, inner-lip thin, reflected; aperture
somewhat elongate, expanded below, with rounded angles. In
some specimens there is a spiral, tooth-like ridge on the pillar-lip.
Fine, microscopic strise appear only on the base.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 167

Length of the most perfect specimen, 6 mm. ; diameter, 1 mm. ;
length of aperture, about 1 mm. The largest specimen, Avheu
perfect, probably measured over 7 mm.

Nine live and dead specimens (No. 72,055) from St. Thomas,
W. I., in the R. Swift collection were labelled as T. imlchella
d'Orbiguy (not Odostomia pulchella A. Ad., 1861). That species
seems, however, very different, for in a length of 7 or 8 mm. it is
described as having but 12 convex whorls with the nucleus, which,
according to the figure, is but slightly and peculiarly tilted. The
number of transverse ribs is not given, but in the figure there are
about 18, nearly perpendicular ones.

T. Sivifiii differs from T. Penistoni, to which it is closely related,
in its much more elongated, more evenly tapered form, deep sutui-e,
much narrower, more oblique ribs with Avider interspaces, and espe-
cially in its less projecting, oblique nucleus.

Turbonilla leuca, new species.

Shell small, slender, white, semitrausparent Avith considerable
lustre. Whorls convex, 9 below the prominent nucleus transverse to
the axis, with 2^ very projecting whorls. Suture well impressed.
Ribs prominent, nearly perpendicular, slightly curved, from 20-24
(the last whorl has been injured), separated by little wider, deep
spaces, terminating in rounded ends. Base well-rounded. Aper-
ture somewhat elongated with curved, little thickened and reflected
inner-Hp.

Length, 4-i- mm. ; diameter, li mm. ; length of aperture, 1 mm.

One fresh and two dead specimens were found at Bermuda, by
Prof. A. E. Verrill and party, 1898.

Turbonilla Heilprini, new species. Plate VIII, fig. 13.

Shell small, very slender, gradually tapered, white, semitrauspar-
ent, very lustrous, whorls moderately convex, 8 below the promi-
nent, slightly oblique, nearly flat nucleus of 1^ but slightly project-
ing whorls. Suture distinct, straight. Transverse ribs about 18,
straight, nearly perpendicular, clean-cut, rounded, separated by
equally wide, deep spaces terminating at the periphery of the body-
whorl Avith square-cut ends. Base well-rounded, smooth. Outer-
lip broken ; inner-lip thickened. No microscopic striae.

Length, 2^ mm. ; diameter, about f mm. ; length of aperture, ^

168 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

The type (No. 79,009) was placed with T. Penistoni, from which
it is readily separated by its small size, straight ribs and very differ-
ent nucleus.
Turbonilla abrupta, new species. Plate VIII, fig. 4.

Shell of moderate size, rather stout, dead white, irregularly
coiled. The first 3 or 4 whorls enlarge quite abruptly, while below
the increase is very gradual. Whorls flattened, 9 below the small
nucleus, transverse to the axis, with projecting whorls. Suture
deep, nearly straight. Transverse ribs about 20, rounded, oblique,
nearly straight, separated by wider, deep, flat-bottomed spaces
which terminate just above the suture in very square-cut ends.
Base well-rounded, smooth. Aperture somewhat elongated, ex-
panded below with rounded angles; inner-lip thin, reflected.

Length, 4 mm. ; diameter, 1 mm. ; length of aperture, 1 mm.

One specimen (No. 79,012) from St. Thomas, W. I., in the R.
Swift collection was labelled as T. pusilla C. B, Adams. That
species is described as ha\ang 10 or 11 whorls below the very oblique
nucleus, ornamented by 12 stout, transverse -ribs. L., .135; B.,
.03 inches.
Turbonilla inclinata, new species.

Shell small, slender, gradually tapered, dead white (weather
worn). Whorls flattened, 9 below the small nucleus, which has
very projecting whorls and is transverse to the axis. Suture deep
and straight. Transverse ribs, about 20, exceedingly oblique, in-
clined to Ihe left, straight, flattened, rather narrow, with wider, flat-
bottomed, moderately deep interspaces terminating at the periphery
of the body-whorls in square, clean cut ends. Pillar-lip thin,
reflected ; outer-lip broken.

Length, about 3^ mm. ; diameter, |- mm. ; length of aperture,
about |- mm.

One broken, dead specimen (No. 72,044), from St. Thomas,
AV. I. , in the R. Swift collection. It is very different from all
other known species, and is easily distinguished by the great ob-
liquity of the transverse ribs, in which character it resembles the
much larger species, T. Campanelke Philippi.

Turbonilla compsa, new species.

One very poor specimen (No. 79,015), without locality, in the R.
Swift collection, although without nucleus and with the outer-lip

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 169

badly broken, differs so decidedly from the other species in the
abrupt taper of its spire, flattened whorls and numerous, nearly
straight ribs, as to seem worthy of description.

It is small, opaque white, with considerable lustre, with upper
portion much more abruptly tapered than the lower. The 8 whorls
flattened, the only curvature being just above the suture Avhich is
so deep and straight that each whorl extends out abruptly beyond
the preceding one. Transverse ribs irregularly developed due to an
injury, about 30 narrow, perpendicular, straight on the upper
whorls, becoming slightly curved above, on the lower whorls, sep-
arated by wider, moderately deep spaces, which end at the periph-
ery of the Avell-rounded body-whorl in clean-cut, rounded ends.
Base elongate, well-rounded. Inner-lip straight, thickened.

Length, 3| mm. ; diameter, about 1 mm.
Turbonilla Dalli, new species. Plate VIII, fig. 8.

This is a large, stout, regularly coiled, very beautiful species,
bluish white, semitransparent, with dull lustre. Suture unusually
deep, but not channeled. Whoids very convex, 12 below the
prominent nucleus of 2 projecting whorls transverse to the axis.
Transverse ribs 16, often opaque wliite, very prominent, slightly
oblique, separated by very deep, concave, about equally wide
spaces, Avhich terminate in clean, square-cut ends, sometimes just
above the suture. Base short, moderately convex, smooth. Aper-
ture squarish; the outer-lip thin, greatly expanded, turning in
abruptly to meet the straight, much thickened, not reflected,
pillar-lip in a rounded angle. The entire surface covered with
exceedingly fine microscopic stria?.

Length of largest specimen (apex gone), 8| mm. ; diameter,
2i mm.; length of aperture, 1^ mm.

Three live specimens (No. 72,049) were found at Sarasota Bay,
Fla., by Mr. H. Hemphill. A single, large, imperfect specimen
(No. 94,804, U. S. N. M.), from Cape Hatteras, N. C, loaned
me by Dr. Dall, agrees perfectly with these specimens.

A poor worn specimen (No. 10,310, Peabody Museum ), from
Egraont Keys, Fla.
Turbonilla HempMUi, new species. Plate VIII, fig. 3.

This species is closely related to the preceding, but is more
slender, longer, Avith more pointed apex, smaller nucleus, less con-
vex whorls, more numerous ribs and more elongated aperture.

170 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

Suture well marked. Whorls but slightly convex. 12 below the
small nucleus, Avith projecting whorls, transverse to the axis.
Transverse ribs about 20, rather stout, nearly perpendicular,
rounded, separated by about equally wide, deep, concave spaces^
terminating at the periphery of the body-whorl in clean-cut ends.
Base rounded, smooth. Aperture squarish, somewhat expanded
below, with rounded angles; inner-lip thickened, reflected. Entire
surface covered by very fine, microscopic strife.

Length of the largest specimen (apex gone), 9 mm.; diameter,
2 mm.; length of aperture, li mm.

Three live specimens (No, 79.013) were found at Sarasota Bay,.
Fla., by Mr. H. Hemphill.

Three poor, worn specimens (No. 10,302, Peabody INIuseum)
from West Florida, collected by Col. Je\vett.
Turbonilla atypha, new species.

Two badly worn, imperfect specimens (No. 70,537) from Mal-
donado Bay, in 3-6 fathoms. Uruguay, both destitute of apices
and having the outer-lip broken away, are so distinct from any
other species as to be worthy of mention.

Shell of good size, long and moderately slender, thick, opaque
white, tinted with yellow at the sutures, with considerable lustre.
The larger specimen has 10 flattened whorls, having a slight bulge
just above the well marked suture. Transverse ribs about 20,
ill-defined, not reaching quite to the lower suture, broadly rounded,
straight, very oblique, gradually decreasing in prominence as the
shell increases, so that on the body-whorl they show but faintly.
Interspaces narrow and shallow. Base elongate, well-rounded,
smooth. Aperture badly broken; inner-lip considerably thickened
and reflected.

Length of the larger specimen, 7^ mm. ; diameter, 14 mm. ;
length of aperture, about li mm.

This species is more slender and more gradually tapered, with
fewer and less distinct ribs than T. Uruguayensis, described and
figured by Mr. Pilsbry, 1897.

References to the original descriptions of the species of Turbonilla
belonging to this region.

1826. Say, Thomas. — Journal Academy Natural Sciences of Phila. ,
V, p. 208. Descriptions of Marine Shells Recently Discovered
on the Coast of the United States.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 171

1844. Plulippi.— Molliisca Sicily, ii, p. 137, PI XXIV.

1847 (?). d'Orbigny, Alcide. — Voyage dans I'AmeriQue Meri-

dionale, pp. 397 and 496, Pis. LIII and LXXVI.
1850. Adams, C. B. — Contributions to Conchology, No. 5, pp.

72-75. Descriptions of Supposed Xew Species of Marine Shells

which Inhabit Jamaica.
1853. d'Orbigny, Alcide.— Histoire de I'lle de Cuba, i, pp. 218-

227, atlas. Pis. XVI-XVII.
1860. Kurtz, J. D. — Catalogue of Recent Marine Shells found on

the Coasts of North and South America, p. 8.
1862. Gould, A. A. — Proceedings Boston Society of Natural

History, viii, p. 280. Descriptions of New Genera and Species

of Shells.
1875. Morch, O. A. L.— Mai. Bllitt., xxii, pp. 159-169. Syn-
opsis Molluscorum marinorum Indiarum occidentalium.
1883. Dall, W. H.— Proceedings U. S. National Museum, vi, p.

332. On a Collection of Shells sent from Florida by Mr. Henry

Hemphill.
1885. Watson, R. B. — Report Voyage Challenger, Zoology,

Scaphopoda and Gasteropoda, xv, pp. 488-493, PI. XXXII.
1889. Dall, W. H. — Bulletin Museum Comparative Zoology,

xviii, pp. 335-337, PI. XXVI.
1897. Pilsbry, H. A.— These Proceedings, p. 296, PI. VI.

References to descriptions and figures of fossil species.

1860. Holmes, F. S." — Post-pleiocene Fossils of South Carolina,
pp. 82-83, PI. XIII.

1887-1888. Meyer, Otto.'— On Invertebrates from the Eocene of
Mississippi and Alabama, p. 51, PI. III. On Miocene Inverte-
brates from Virginia, p. 141, iig. 2.

1896. Guppy, R. J. L., and Dall, W. H.— Tertiary Fossils from
Antillean Region. Proceedings U. S. National Museum, xix,
pp. 316-317, Pis. XXVII and XXVIII.

* The species given on p. 83 as Turhonilla nivea Stimpson and figured on
Plate XIII is a ranch stouter species and very different from the T. nivea St.
(1851) of Verrill (not Odostomia nivea A. Adams, 1860) = T. Holmesii
Bush.

The T. inferriipta Totten maj- be a stont variety of the Northern species.

*The fossil form described and figured as T. paucistriata Jeffreys, is a
distinct species -which may be designated as T. Meyeri.

172 PROCEEDIXGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

List of the species arranged in two sections, as they have not or

have spiral sculpture ; subsections, as the ribs are absent

or j)re.se?i^ 07i the base; and again divided by

the character of the spirals.

1.— NO SPIRAL SCULPTURE.

A. — Transverse ribs ending at periphery of l)ody- whorl; ribs
clearly defined = Turhonilla restricted. — Type. T. lactea (Linne)
= T. elegantissima (Montagu).
T. kymatoessa Watson — whorls 6 + the oblique, flattened nucleus;

ribs 14. L. .12 X w. .038 inch. Deep Avater.
T. modesta (d'Orbigny), 1853 — not 0. modesta Stimpson, 1851

— wh. 7 with the transverse nucleus ; ribs about 16. 2 X -|

mm.
T. Beilprini Bush — Avh. 8 + the slightly oblique, flattened nucleus ;

ribs about 18. 2|^ X about f mm.
T. compsa Bush — wh. 8 + (nucleus wanting) ; ribs about 36. 3|- X

about 1 mm.
T. leuca Bush — wh. 9 + the transverse, very projecting nucleus;

ribs about 24. A^ X li mm.
T. inclinata Bush — wh. 9 + the transverse, very projecting nu-
cleus; ribs about 20. 3^ X i mm.
T. abrupta Bush — wh. 9 + the transverse, projecting nucleus; ribs

about 20. 4X1 mm.
T. rhabdota Watson — wh. 9 + the oblique, projecting nucleus; ribs

14. .18 X .04 inches. Deep water.
T. curta Dall — wh. 9-10 + the oblique, projecting nucleus; ribs

about 25. 8.3 X 2.9 mm. Deep water.
T. levis C. B. Adams, 1850 — not 0. Iwvis Angas, 1867 — wh.

9-10 + the very oblique nucleus; ribs 28-30. .165 X .04 inches.
T. (equalis (Say) — wh. 10 with the transverse, projecting nucleus;

ribs 20-22. i inch or 4^ X 1^ mm.
T. pusilla C. B. Adams, 1850 — not T. pusilla Philippi, 1844, nor

0. pusilla Jeffi-eys, 1869 and 1884 — wh. 10-11 + the very oblique

nucleus; ribs 12. ,135 X .03 inches. (j= T. minor Bush).
T. Penistoni Bush — wh. 11 + the transverse, very projecting nu-
cleus ; ribs about 18. 4|^ X 1 mm.
T. pulchella (d'Orbigny), 1853— not 0. pulcheUa K. Ad., 1861—

wh. 12, with slightly, oddly tilted nucleus; ribs about 18. 7-8 X

1^ mm.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 173

T. Dalli Bush — wh. 12 + the transverse, projecting nucleus; ribs

26. ^ X 2| mm.
T. Hemphilli Bush — wh. 12 + the transverse, projecting nucleus;

ribs 20. 9+ X 2 mm.
T. Swlftii Bush— wh. 13-17 + the oblique, projecting nucleus;

ribs 20-26. 6-7+ X 1 mm.
T. exarata (Lea) — not Mentstho exarata A. Ad., 1861 — wh. 15

with nucleus; ribs about 22.

B. — Transverse ribs not always reaching perij)heryof body-whorl;
ribs ill -defined.
T. atypha Bush — wh. 10 + (nucleus wanting); ribs 20. 7^+ X 1|

mm.
T. Uruguayensis Pilsbry — Avh. 11 + the transverse, very projecting

nucleus; ribs about 26. 10.3 X 3 mm.
T. helotheca Dall — wh. 15 + (nucleus wanting); ribs about 20.

14X3 mm. Deep water.

2.- SPIRALS PRESENT.

A. — Transverse ribs ending at peri2:)hery of body- whorl; base
usually smooth ; spirals = raised, rounded threads.
T. reticulata C. B. Adams — wh. 7 + the very oblique, flattened nu-
cleus; ribs 26-30; threads coarse, distant, decussating the ribs.

.125 X .04 inches.
T. multicostata C. B. Adams — wh. 9 + the very oblique, flattened

nucleus; ribs 34-38; threads coarse, distant, traversing the ribs

on their lower portion. .165 X .045 inches.
T. unilirata Bush — ^Yh. 9 + the transverse, projecting nucleus;

ribs 20-24; 1 thread just below suture. 3 J X about ^ mm.

B. — Transverse ribs ending at periphery of body-whorl ; base
sculptured ; spirals —. incised lines ; no spirals above.
T. /it rWs d'Orbigny — wh. 14, with oblique, flattened nucleus; rib.s

about 22 ; intercostal spaces smooth ; base spirally striated. 7 X

1^ mm.

B'. — Transverse ribs ending at j^eriphery of body-whorl; base
usually sculptured ; spirals above.

a. — SPIRALS COARSE, EQUAL OR NEARLY SO = Pyrgostelis Mon-

terosato, 1884. Type, T. rufa Philippi.
T. virga Dall — wh. 10 + (nucleus wanting) ; ribs about 20; spirals
= 7 lines on intercostal spaces. 6 X IJ mm.

174 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

T. dispar Pilsbry — wli. 8 + the transverse, flattened nuclens ; ribs
indistinct; sj)irals = abont 5 lines. 8.2 X 2.3 mm.

T. incisa Bush — wh. 9 + the slightly oblique, flattened nucleus;
ribs 20 ; spirals = 6 or 7 lines. 6| X 14 mm.

b. SPIRALS UNEQUAL, COARSE AND FINE.

T. Eushii Bush — ^vh. 12 + (nucleus wanting) ; ribs 24; spirals = 2
subequal grooves just above suture, 2 similar ones above middle,
and finer lines. 9^ X 2^ mm.

T. Conradi Bush — wh. 12 + the transverse, flattened nucleus; ribs
about 22 ; spirals = 1 groove above suture, a band of 3 unequal
ones on middle, and fine lines. 8^ X about 2 mm.

T. pyrrha Bush — wh. 10 + the slightly oblique nucleus; ribs 28-
42; spirals variable = 1 sutural groove, sometimes a second
above middle, and fine lines. About 6X1^ mm.

T. oheliscus C. B. Adams, 1850— not T. obellscus Gould, 1861,
nor 0. obellscus Garrett, 1871, nor Jefh-eys — wh. 11 + (nucleus
wanting); ribs 26-30; spirals = 1 broad line above middle, simi-
lar ones on middle and anterior of body- whorl, and crowded
strise. .25 X .05 inches.

T. punicea Dall — wh. 13, with transverse, flattened nucleus; ribs
18-22; spirals =1 sutural and 1 median groove Avith several fine
lines. 8 X 1.75 mm.

T. puncta C. B. Adams — wh. 10-11 + the obhque, nearly flattened
nucleus ; ribs 26—30 ; spirals = 1 sutural groove, 1 similar one
above middle, and very fine, crowded lines, .22 X .05 inch, or
6i X 1| mm.

T. substriata C. B. Adams — wh. 8 + the oblique, nearly flattened
nucleus; ribs 22-24; spirals =1 inconspicuous, median groove,
and exceedingly fine lines. .115 X .04 inch.

T. subulata C. B. Adams, 1850 — not Holmes, 1860, nor 0. subu-
lata Philii^pi, 1860 — wh. 10 + the oblique nucleus; ribs 28-30;
spirals = exceedingly fine crowded lines, one next below suture
larger. .17 X .045 inch.

T. suturalis Gould, 1862 — not 0. suturalis Philippi, 1844 — wh.
7-8 with nucleus (?) ; ribs 10-12 ; spirals = very fine strise, 1 near
suture more impressed. 3 + X 1 mm. Near preceding.

T. fulvoeinda (Jeffreys) Dall — not Thompson — wh. 9 + the trans-
verse, nearly flattened nucleus; spirals = 6 or 7 coarse lines and
6-12 fine ones. 5^ X 1| mm. (= T. lineolata Bush).

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 175

T. viridaria Dall — wh. 16, with bluut, sinistral nucleus ; ribs about
25; spirals = 5 coarse and a few fine lines. 11 X 2.25 mm.

T. elegans YerriW, 1874 (?) variety (?)— not Ch. elegam d'Orb.,
1853, nor 0. elegans A. Ad., 1860, nor Monterosato, 1869—
wh. 8 + nucleus wanting; ribs 22; spirals = 5 coarse and 2 fine
Hnes. 6 X 1| mm.

T. sp. (young) — wh. 6 + nucleus wanting; ribs about 24; spirals
= 6 coarse and 2 fine lines. 3^ X li mm.

T. sp. (young) — wh. 6 + nucleus wanting; ribs about 20; spirals
= 6 coarse and several fine lines. 4f X 1^ mm.

C. SPIRALS FINE, EQUAL OR NEARLY SO.

T. exilis C. B. Adams, 1850— not 0. exilis Garrett, 1873 — wh.

10 + the transverse, nearly flattened nucleus; ribs 15-18;

spirals numerous, not on base. .165 X .037 inch.

C. — Transverse ribs reaching below periphery of body-whorl.
Spirals = incised lines and raised, rounded threads.
T. textllis Kurtz (?) — wh. 6 + the oblique, flattened nucleus; ribs

20-26; spirals = wide, deep grooves on whorls, and raised,

rounded threads on base. 3i X li- mm,
T. fasciata d'Orbigny, 1847 (?) — not Carpenter, 1857, nor 0.

fasciata Dunker, 1860, nor Tenison- Woods, 1875 — wh. 9 +

nucleus (?); ribs about 20; spirals = strise on whorls and raised

threads on base. 24 X li mm.

D. — Transverse ribs extending over base. Peritreme not con-
tinuous.
T. fiavocinda C. B. Adams — 8-9 + the very obUque nucleus; ribs

28; spirals = exceedingly minute lines, coarser and traversing

the ribs anteriorly. .145 X .04 inch.
T ornata d'Orbigny,* 1853— not Gould, 1861— wh. 10, with tilted

nucleus ; ribs about 24 ; spirals fine on all intercostal spaces.

6X1 mm.
T. Stimpsoni Bnsh — wh. 9 + the slightly oblique, flattened nucleus;

ribs about 36 ; spirals = several on all intercostal spaces. 5f X 1

mm.

D'. — Transverse ribs extending over base. Peritreme continuous.

* (I'Orbigny's types were presented to the British Museum.

176 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

a. — SPIRALS FINE, NEARLY UNIFORM.

T. latior C. B. Adams — wh. 9 + the nearly transverse, flattened

nucleus; ribs 20-24; spirals = numerous, crowded, cutting inta

sides of ribs. .215 X .065 inch.
T. Riisei Morch, 1875— not Dall, 1889— wh. ? + nucleus ?; ribs

about 40; spirals = fine strise on all intercostal spaces. Sh X 1^

mm.
T. Pilshryi Bush — wh. 6 -|- the oblique, flattened nucleus; ribs

about 26; spirals = exceedingly fine on all intercostal spaces.

4| Xli mm.

h. SPIRALS INCISED AND RAISED,

T. pupoides d'Orbigny — wh. 7-8 + the nearly transverse, flattened
nucleus ; ribs 22-30; spirals — scarcely discernible lines on whorls
and raised rounded threads on base. 3^4 X 1 mm.

T. phrikalea Watson — wh. 7, with tilted nucleus; ribs 25; spirals =^
raised rounded threads on base. .13 X .039 inch. Deep water.
Same as preceding.

C. — SPIRALS RAISED.

T. asperula Bush — wh. 6 + the oblique, flattened nucleus; ribs 26;
spirals = raised, rounded threads on all intercostal spaces,
3X1 mm.

List of other species of Chemnitzia which are not referable to the
genus Tarhonilla, with notes.

Chemnitzia Americana d'Orbigny, 1847 (?) — Generic relations
doubtful. Original description not accessible; the figure, as re-
produced by Try on, strongly resembles some species of Seala.

Chemnitzia Buhylonica C. B. Adams, 1846 — Strongly carinated
Odostomia (Cingulina).

Chemnitzia caneellata d'Orbigny, 1853 — not Dunkeria cancellata
Carpenter, 1857 — Spirally granulose Odostomia.

Chemnitzia dubia d'Orbigny, 1853 — not Odostomia dubia Jeffreys
— Has not the nucleus of a Turhonilla. The figure given in
atlas, lie de Cuba, does not agree with the description. Can
possibly be referred to the genus Fenella.

Chemnitzia elegans d'Orbigny, 1853 — not Tarbonilla elegans Ver-
rill, 1872, nor Odostomia elegans A. Adams, 1860, nor Mon-

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 177

terosato, 1869 — Relations doubtful. In its peculiar thickened

base, it resembles Centhium turrita Stearns.
Chemnitzia erythrosclera Morch, 1875, and Chemniizia Krebsii

Morch, 1875 — Relations doubtful. Nuclei not described.
Chemniizia Icevigata d'Orbigny, 1853 — True Odostomia.
Cheinnitzia simplex d'Orbigny, 1853 — not Odostomia simplex

Angas, 1871 — EiilimeUa.
Chemnitzia spiraia Kurtz and Stimpson, 1851 — not Odostomia

spirata A. Adams, 1860 — Finely striated Odostomia {Auricu-

Una or Ondina).
Chemnitzia turritella'Ph. (Morch, 1875.) — Relations Doubtful.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII.

The figures are c^mera-lucida drawings by Mr. A. H. Verrill.
Fig. 1. Turbonilla pyrrha Bush, p. 160— Type (No. 72,050); 6

mm. long X 1| mm. diameter.
Fig. 2. Turbonilla texlills l^\xviz (f), p. 154 — Specimen (No. 72,-

051); 4 mm. X 1^ mm.
Fig. 3. Turbonilla Hemphiili Bush, p. 169— Type (No. 79,-

013); 5|mm. X 1| mm.
Fig. 4. 2Vr6om7/a airupto Bush, p. 168— Type (No. 79,012);

4 mm. X 1 mm.
Fig. 5. Turbonilla pupoides d'Orbigny, var. McAna Bush, p. 153

—Type (No. 79,014) ; 3f mm. X 1 mm.
Fig. 6. Turbonilla unilirata Bush, p. 165— Type (No. 79,010) ;

3 mm. X 4 mm.
Fig. 7. Turbonilla Stimpsoni Bush, p. 156— Type (No. 72,042) ;

5|^ X about 1 mm.
Fig. 8. Turbonilld Dalli Bush, p. 169— Type (No. 72,049) ; 8

mm. X 2| ram.
Fig. 9. Turbonilla Pilsbryi Bush, p. 151— Type (No. 72,095)

4^ mm. X 1|- mm.
Fig. 10. Turbonilla Conradi Bush, p. 159— Type (No. 72,052)

8f mm. X 2 mm.
Fig. 11. Turbonilla Rushii Bush, p. 160— Type (No. 70,535)

9^ mm. X 2f mm.
Fig. 12. Turbonilla incisaBMsh,^. 156— Type (No. 62,800); 6|

mm. X 1^ mm.
Fig. 13. Turbonilla Heilprini Bush, p. 167— Type (No. 79,009);

2^ mm. X mm.
Fig. 14. Turbonilla Penistoni, Bush, p. 165— Type (No. 70,024);

4^ mm. X 1 mm.

12 ,

178 proceedings of the academy of [1899.

March 7.
The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., in the Chair.

Eleven persons present.

Papers under the following titles were presented for publication:

" A Small Collection of Reptiles and Batrachians from Eastern
Mongolia," by Witmer Stone.

" A New and Little-known Sj^ecies of Pristoloma," by Henry A.
Pilsbry.

" Ashmunella, a New Genus of Helices," by H. A. Pilsbry
and T. D. A. Cockerell.

March 14.
The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., in the Cliair.

Thirty-eight persons present.

A paper entitled, " Contributions to a Knowledge of the Hyme-
noptera of Brazil, No. 6. — A Collection from Rio Grande do Sul
and Sao Paolo," by William J. Fox, was presented for publica-
tion.

March 21.

The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., in the Chair.

Twenty- three persons present.

A paper entitled, '' Some Untenable Names in Ornithology," by
Harry C. Oberholser, was presented for publication.

The death of Prof. Othniel C. Marsh, a correspondent, was an-
nounced.

March 28.

The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M. D. , in the Chair.

Forty-three persons present.

Dr. Dixon made a communication on Bacillus typhosus (no
abstract).

The following were ordered to be printed •

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 179

NOTES ON A SMALL COLLECTION OF CHINESE FISHES.
' BY HENRY W. FOWLER.

During the summer of 1897, Dr. A. Doualdson Smith aud
Messrs. J. Edward and George Farnum collected the material
which forms the basis of this paper while travelling through eastern
China and Mongolia. The specimens were collected in several
localities. All the Cobitidse and Leiieiscus costatus were obtained
from a fisherman, who caught them in the Tan Ian Ho, a tributary
of the Shu Ian Ho, June 11. This locality is about thirty miles
northeast of Lama-miau or Dolon-nor, in the Province of Pechili.
Carassius auratus and two specimens of Leucisciis farnumi are from
Delai Nor. These were purchased July 4. The type of Leueiscus
farnumi and the specimens of Pseudaspius leptocephalus and
Opsariichthys bidem were taken in the Tore river, a tributary of
the Sungari, July 27.

Through the liberality of the above-mentioned gentlemen, the
collection becomes the property of the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia, and adds several species which are new,
to its collections.

OYPRINID^.

1. Carassius auratus (L.).
No. 16,379.

2. Leueiscus farnumi sp. nov.

Head, 3f; depth nearly 4. D. , 8; A., 11; scales, 50; teeth, 3',
5-5, 3. Eye, 4| in head, its posterior margin before the centre,
If in the interorbital width. Mouth protractile, the upper jaw
projecting, its cleft reaching the anterior margin of the orbit.
Toi> of head somewhat convex. Pseudobranchise present. Air-
bladder in two parts. Pectorals reaching 1^ to ventrals. Dorsal
over ventral. Ventrals not reaching vent, and mth developed
sheaths. Origin of the anal, behind dorsal. Lateral line much
decurved, not running along the centre of the caudal peduncle
laterally, but below it. Color in alcohol dark brownish above,
whitish below. Dorsal aud caudal brownish, the other fins pale

180 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

like the lower surface of the body. Caudal forked. Total length,
5^ inches.

No. 16,380.

Two dried specimens in a rather poor state of preservation are
referable to this species; they measure about 8 inches.

Nos. 16,381, 16,382.

3. Leuciscus costatus sp. nov.

Head conical, convex above. Premaxillaries not projecting
beyond the snout. Mouth nearly reaching anterior margin of the
eye. Eyes placed laterally and before the centre of the head,
contained 4^ times in the head and If in the interorbital space.
Origin of the dorsal wholly behind the ventral basis and nearer the
tip of caudal than tip of snout. Origin of the anal behind the dor-
sal. A fleshy appendage to the genital aperture developed in three
specimens, which are presumably males, somewhat large. Depth
of the emargination of the caudal about ^ its length. Both
caudal lobes are rounded and the upper is longer than the lower.
Color in alcohol, brownish above, lighter beneath. Sides and
upper parts with fine dots and spots of blackish and dark brownish.
Fins all plain colored, the dorsal and caudal a shade or so darker
than the others. Body covered with small scales, about 75 to 84
in the lateral Hue, which is only slightly decurved. D., 8; A., 8.
Teeth, 2, 5-5, 2. Four specimens, Nos. 16,383, 16,384, 16,385,
16,386. A comparison of them shows the first, a female, is the
largest, as follows :

HEAD IN BODY. DEPTH IN BODY. PECTOEAL IN HEAD. LENGTH.

31^ in. 4tVin. h\ia. St'ff in.

3f ^ in. 4iV in. Itt in. ^'A in-

3§fin. 42\in. IjV in. 2^ in.

3jV in. 4 in. l^V in. 2 in.

4. PBeadaspius leptoeephalas (Pall.).
One specimen. No. 16,387.

5. Opsariichtliys bidens Giinth.

Two specimens, Nos. 16,388, 16,389.
COBITID^.

6. Kisgurnus anguillicandatas (Cantor).

A comparison of the specimens belonging to this species sho>rs:
Head, 5-6f ; depth, 8|-10J; D., 7; A., 6; total length, 3|-6
inches.

Nos. 16,390, 16,391, 16,392.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 181

7. Nemacliilus dixoni sp. nov.

Head, 4^; depth, 6^; D., 7; A., 6. Body moderately elongated
rounded anteriorly and much compressed along the caudal peduncle.
Eye placed above and anterior to the centre of the head. Eye 6
in head and 2^ times in the interorbital space. Six barbels around
the upper jaw, the posterior pair reaching beyond the posterior
margin of the eye. Snout furnished with a pair of nasal barbels
placed laterally, they are formed over the apertures of the anterior
nares and extend to the centre of the orbit. The posterior nares
are placed in front and above the centre of the eyes. Lips fleshy,
the lower without barbels. Origin of the dorsal falling behind
that of the ventrals. In the space between the base of the pectoral
and the ventral fins the length of the pectoral is contained about
2^ times. Anus below the hind edge of the dorsal. Rudimentary
caudal rays well developed. Caudal nearly as long as head,
rounded. Color in alcohol olivaceous, dusky above, whitish below.
A lateral streak the same color as the top of the back and a jet-
black spot in the centre of the base of the caudal. Dorsal and
caudal with numerous fine dark-brown spots. Remaining fins less
distinctly spotted with the same color as the sides, which, together
with the upper parts, are also spotted with darker spots than the
ground color. Scales small and indistinct. Lateral line imperfect.
Total length, 2^| inches. One specimen, No. 16,393.

8. Nemachilas pechiliensis sp. nov.

Head, 4|; depth, 6f; D., 8; A., 6. Body somewhat long and
compressed. Eye 9 in head, 1^ in the distance from its frontal
margin to the anterior nare. The anterior nares are closer together
than the posterior pair. Six barbels around the upper jaw. Lips
rather thin. Pectoral nearly as long as the dorsal or caudal, and
reaching half-way to the ventrals. Ventrals beginning a little
in advance of the origin of the dorsal. Anal tube prominent
from the ventrals to the aperture in front of the anal fin.
Rudimentary caudal rays well developed. Caudal truncate.
Color in alcohol olivaceous — dusky above, grayish -white
below. Back and upper parts of the sides of the body, with
flakes of dusky which are not numerous, and are somewhat irregu-
larly distributed. Dorsal with dusky spots. Several indistinct
broad dusky stripes on the caudal. Other fins like the belly in

182 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

color, but the pectorals have the upper surface faintly washed with
dusky. Lateral line present. Scales present, but inconspicuous.
Total length, -i^^ inches. One specimen, No. 16,394.

9. Cobitis sinensis Sauvage and DeThiersant.

Head, 5; depth, 8J; D., 8; A., 6. Body elongated and com-
pressed. Eyes placed above the centre of the upper fourth of the
head. Interorbital space about equal to the diameter of the eye.
Nares nearer the eyes than to the tip of the snout. Suborbital spines
moderate. Tip of the posterior maxillary barbel does extend as
far posteriorly as the larger prong of the suborbital spine. Eight
barbels. Two median barbels of the upper jaw much shorter than
the others. Lips fleshy, the lower in 2 lobes. Origin of the dorsal
over that of the ventrals. Length of pectoral a little over one-
third the distance between its base and that of the ventral. Rudi-
mentary caudal rays well developed. Caudal truncate, edges some-
what rounded. Color in alcohol, above grayish- white with an
olivaceous tinge. Eight more or less distinct blotches of brownish
between the nape and the origin of dorsal and seven between it
and the base of caudal. Between a blackish band from the
operculum to the caudal and the dark color of the back is a light
band of the same color as the belly. Above this baud is a narrow
band of blotches of the same color as the median band of
blotches on the back. Back with mottlings. Dorsal and caudal
with dark spots, other fins and lower part of body whitish. Black
spot on upper rays and at base of caudal. Black streak from eye
to tip of snout. Scales minute. Lateral line imperfect or want-
ing. Length, 3 inches. One si^ecimen, No. 16,395.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 183

A SMALL COLLECTION OF REPTILES AND BATRACHIANS
FROM EASTERN MONGOLIA.

BY WITMER STONE.

Through the generosity of Messrs. J. Edward aud George Far-
num, aud of Dr. A. Donaldson Smith, the Academy has received a
small collection of Reptiles and Batrachians collected by them on
a,n expedition through eastern Mongolia, undertaken in May-July,
1897.

Although none of the species represented are new to science, a
list of them will prove of value as adding to our knowledge of their
geographic distribution.

BATRACHIA.
Rana dybowskii Gtinth.

Three specimens taken east of the Kiu-ghan mountains. Bou-
lenger regards this Asiatic form as identical Avith the R. temporaria
of Europe. It is probable, however, that it represents at least a
geographic race.
Rana chinensis Osbeck.

One specimen from Khiu-ghan mountains, aud two from
Lama-mio.

This frog is clearly distinct from R. esculenta. Boulenger
regarded it as a subspecies in his Catalogue of the Batrachia Sali-
■eniia aud named it japonica. R. marmorata of Hallowell has clear
priority over this name and, according to Boulenger (Tailless
Batrachia of Europe), R. chinensis Osbeck is based upon the same
animal and is prior to either.
Bufo japonicus Schleg.

Two specimens from the Tore river.

I follow the British Museum Catalogue in regarding the Asiatic
and Japanese animals as identical. Should they prove recognizable
races, the above name will apply to the island form.
Bufo raddei Strauch.

One specimen from a lake near Lama-mio and seven others
from various localities in eastern Mongolia.

184 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

One other example from Tore river is almost unicolor above,
and the pores of the dorsal warts are swollen up into minute pus-
tules. These peculiarities are probably due to the very strong for-
malin solution in which this specimen was preserved.

Hyla chinensis immaculata Boetger.

Three specimens of Tree Toads from near Tore river are referred
to this form, though lack of material for comparison makes a satis-
factory identification difficult. One individual is practically
immaculate, the others have indistinct dusky spots on the sides
and obscure bands on the legs, and mottlings on the backs of the
tibise and tarsi.

REPTILIA.

Eremias argus Peters.

Four specimens from the Kiu-ghan mountains.

Amphiesma tigrinum Boie.

One specimen from Peking, and one from northern Pechili.

Coluber dione Pall.

One adult and one very young specimen from northern Pechili.
The latter is marked with great distinctness.
Halys blomhofl&i (Boie).

One specimen from northern Pechili, and another from Mon-
golia east of the Kiu-ghan mountains The latter has eight upper
labials on one side and seven on the other.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 185

NEW AND LITTLE-KNOWN SPECIES OF PRISTILOMA,
, BY HENRY A. PILSBRY.

In the handbooks of American land mollusks published by Mr.
W. G. Binney, as well as in the more general Manual of Tryon,
but two species of the genus Pristiloma are recorded : P. Lansingi
and P. Stearnsi, both described by Thomas Bland in 1875. The
original figures and descriptions may also be found in Binney' s
Manual of American Land Shells (1885), and additional informa-
tion, especially as to distribution, is given by the same industrious
author in the Supplements to the Fifth Volume of Terrestrial Mol-
lusks. To these sources reference is made for the literature of the
species.

A third species, apparently of this genus, was described from
Point Barrow, Alaska, by Mr. E. Lehnert, in 1884, under the
name Hyalina arctica ; and Mr. E. G. Vanatta has quite recently
described a fourth one.^ In adding the fifth species to the genus,
I have felt it incumbent on me to redefine and figure Lehnert' s
Hyalina arctica, until now unfigured, and not described with
sufficient exactness to insure recognition," nor mentioned in the
Zoological Record.

Pristiloma is probably closely allied to Conulus, differing from
that genus chiefly, so far as known, in the ribbed or plaited jaw-
But it is only in P. Lamingi and P. Stearnsi that this form of jaw
has been demonstrated; and the other species herein considered to
be congeneric with those mentioned are referred to that genus
solely upon the resemblance of the shells. Some of them may
prove to be depressed forms of Conulus, as Dall (in Hit.) suggests
to me.
Pristiloma Taylori n. sp. PI. IX, figs. 6, 7, 8.

Shell imperforate, discoidal, thin, transparent, corneous, clearly
showing the yellow soft parts when these are dried in it ; surface

^ These Proceedings, p. 120.

^That this is the case is shown by the fact that it has hitherto been
referred to P. Stearnsi as a synonym, though it is much more nearly allied
to P. Lansingi.

186 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

smooth and glossy, with faint growth-strise. Spire almost flat,
comparatively narrow, slightly more than half the greatest diame-
ter of the shell; whorls four, the nucleus rather large, whorls
slowly increasing, the last wide, double the width of the preceding,
equably rounded at the periphery, flattened beneath, with a deep
indentation around the axis. Aperture oblique, broadly lunate;
peristome simple, thin and acute, the upper termination inserted
decidedly above the periphery, baso-columellar margin straightened.
Alt., 1.1; greatest diameter, 2.5; lesser, 2.16 mm.

Nanaimo, Vancouver Island, near the water-works (Rev.
George W. Taylor, July 25, 1895).

This species is named in recognition of Mr, Taylor's services to
raalacological science, and especially to the conchology of British
America. It differs conspicuously from all the species hitherto
known by the narrow spire, the last whorl embracing a much more
considerable portion of the preceding, the conspicuously wider aper-
ture, and the almost flat upper surface. Generic position unverified.
Pristiloma arctica (Lehnert). PL IX, figs. 3, 4, 5.

Hyallna arctica Lehnert, Science Record, ii, p. 172, June 16, 1884
(Boston, S. E. Cassino & Co.).

Through the kindness of Pi'of. W. H. Dall, I have been enabled
to figure one of the original specimens of this species. No. 108,
228, U. S. National Museum. It is a glossy shell with the general
features of P. Lansingi ; growth-stride faint, spire low-conic,
whorls 4f , slowly and regularly increasing, the last not dispropor-
tionately wide as in P. Taylori, but about as in P. Lansingi.
Aperture narrowly crescentic as in the last-named species. It
measures, alt., 1.58; diam., 2.66 mm. The width of the spire a
little exceeds two-thirds the greatest diameter of the shell.

Point Barrow. Alaska; found among moss, lichens and other
plants used for packing material.

The specimen figured had been broken on the front of the body-
whorl, and the outline Ihere has been restored in figures 4 and 5.

It diflfers from P. Stearnsi (Bid.) in surface sculpture and
smaller size; from P. Lansingi (Bid.), with which it agrees in the
characters mentioned, as well as in the nearly vertical aperture,
it differs in the lower, submedian position of the periphery, and in
wanting the denticulate lip-ril) so prominent in that species.

For comparison I have figured a specimen of P. Lansingi (PI.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 187

IX, figs. 1, 2), as the original figures given by Bland and repro-
duced by Binney are rather crude. This specimen measures, alt.,
1.58; greatest diameter, 2.62; lesser diam,, 2.4 mm., almost
exactly the same as P. arctica. It has fully 5^ whorls.

Whether the lip-rib will prove a constant character of P. Lan-
singi, and constantly wanting in P. arctica, can only be decided by
larger series than have yet been collected; but the slightly greater
number of whorls of Lansincji in a shell of the. same size, with the
higher position of the periphery, apparently indicate that P. arctica
is specifically distinct, and unless specimens of intermediate charac-
ters come to light, it must stand as a species.

Prof. William H. Dall tells me that he collected arctica at Coal
Harbor in the Shumagin islands, and it was taken by Turner at
Unalashka. He believes it may prove to be a flat-topped species
of Conulus.

The species of Pristiloma now known may be recognized by the
following key:

a. — Shell sculptured with radial grooves above; lip simple and

acute.

b. — Grooves crowded, not very deep; spire conic; whorls

about 7; diam, 3 or 4 mm. . , P. Stearnsi (Bid.).

b' — Grooves deep, separated, the whorls with a corona of low

tubercles; whorls 5i; diam. 2.56 mm. P. Pilsbryi Van.

a'. — Shell nearly smooth throughout.

b. — Aperture broadly lunate; no lip -callus; spire narrow,
almost flat; whorls 4, the last wide; diameter more
than double the altitude; diam. 2.5, alt. 1.1 mm.,

P. TayloriVAs.

b'. — Aperture narrowly crescentic; spire low-conic; whorls

regularly widening; diameter less than double the

altitude.

c. — A denticulate lip-rib within the margin of the outer

lip; periphery above the middle; whorls 5|-; alt.

1.58, diam. 2.62 mm. . . P. Lausingi (Bid.).

e'. — Xo lip-rib; periphery submedian ; whorls 4f ; alt. 1.58,

diam. 2.66 mm P. arctica (Lehn.).

188 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

ASHMUNELLA, A NEW GENUS OF HELICES.
BY H. A. PILSBRY AND T. D. A. COCKERELL.^

The boundaries of New Mexico and Arizona fairly define a region
of arid plains from which rise numerous mountain ranges,
upon whose summits the humidity refused by the dry and warmer
air of the plains is precipitated. Upon the elevations thus set
apart by the circumstance of a moister and colder climate, the
snails inhabiting the region are chiefly found. And standing
island-like in a waterless sea, the mountains exhibit to a consider-
able extent the peculiarities of insular faunas, each range having
its own special assembly of forms, specific or varietal, in addition
to a series of species common to ranges over the greater part of the
region.

A characteristic element in this fauna is ihe series of helicoid
enails now segregated under the generic name Ashmunella, so called
in recognition of the fact that the Rev. E. H. Ashmun, of
Albuquerque, N. M., discovered most of the species. This genus
occurs in New Mexico from the latitude of Santa Fe to the White
mountains, and westward to S. E. Arizona. It is not impossible
that it may yet be found in the Sierra Madre mountains of Mex-
ico ; but it surely does not extend to California or Colorado. It is
an interesting coincidence, if nothing more, that its northern limit
is nearly that of the supposed southern limit of glaciers in the
Rocky mountain region during the ice age.

The more important characters of Ashmunella may be stated as
f olloAvs :

Generic Characters of Ashmunella.^

The shell oflfers no characters different from the Triodopsis or

^ We would here acknowledge our indebtedness to Mr. E. G. Vanatta for
the illustrations of this paper, the dissections from which they were drawn,
and various observations on the subject.

One of the authors communicated the substance of this paper to the
Academy of Natural Sciences at the meeting of January 10, 1899, brief
notices of that communication appearing in Science, ix (new series), p. 182,
and Nautilus, xii, p. 107.

* The internal anatomy is known in A. miorhyssa only, from specimens
collected by Prof. C. H. T. Townsend.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 189

Mesodon sections of Polygyra. It is helicoid, depressed and um-
bilicated, dull colored, not banded so far as known, with lunate
aperture and refleied peristome; parietal tooth, when present,
simple, not V-shaped or biramose.

External features of the soft parts as in normal Polygyra or
Epiphragmophora species. In A. viiorhyssa the whole foot is gray-
ish white ; the tentacles and the dorsal surface of the animal ante-
riorly are dark plumbeous.

Retractor muscles of buccal mass and tentacles of the ordinary
type, the right ocular and tentacular retractor passing between the
c? and $ branches of the genital system.

cT system: Penis composed of a narrow upper portion and an
abruptly much more capacious lower portion; lumen with three
strong longitudinal ribs along the outer wall and numerous much
smaller folds elsewhere, no papilla or distinct pilaster. Penis
retractor muscle very short, inserted upon the epiphallus near its
lower end, a portion of it passing to the apex of the penis. Epiph-
alius distinctly diflferentiated from both penis and vas deferens, very

190 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

long, terminating in a very short jiagellum and the long free vas
deferens.

9 system : Vagina moderately long, with internal folds continu-
ous with those of the atrium. Spermatheca long, not differentiated
into duct and sjyerviatheca proper, but consisting of a long, some-
what folded tube of nearly equal diameter throughout, the apex
free and lying near the heart. Talon simple, vermiform. Other
organs as usual (fig. 1). Measurements of the principal organs,
pulled straight, are as follows: Length of penis, 10^ mm. ; of
epij)hallus, 31 ; of flagellum, 2 mm. Length of spermatheca, 27
mm., including the inseparable duct.

The lung is of normal proportions ; there is a single large pulmo-
nary vein with numerous much smaller branches on each side ;
heart at base of kidney, the pericardium thin and transparent.
Kidney small and rather short, though slightly over double the
length of the heart, with distinct reflexed ureter, the " secondary
ureter" (' ^ Darmharjileiter " ) apparently closed throughout.

Jaw (fig. 2) quite arcuate, with about eight ribs denticulating
the basal margin, the ends free from ribs.

Radula with 26-1-26 teeth (fig. 3), the rhachidian row tricuspid,
the side cusps small, laterals with the usual large mesocone, small
ectocone and rudimentary entocone, marginals with the mesocone
bifid at tipj the outer ones with the ectocone split. The transition
from laterals to marginals occurs from the eleventh to the thirteenth
teeth.

, Affinities of the Genus.^

The appearance of the shell is so completely that of Polygyra
that in attempting to decide its aflSnities one approaches the ques-
tion somewhat prejudiced. Turning to the genitalia, we find that
the male system is completely that of Epiphragmophora and the
Belogonous Helices generally. The well-developed epiphallus and
the short but unmistakable flagellum are structures which are wholly
foreign to Polygyra.* Again, the long spermatheca with its apex
lodged near the heart, utterly unlike the short and difierently
situated spermatheca of Polygyra, is like Epiphragmophora and

» By H. A. Pilsbry alone.

* The genitalia of nearly every United States species of Polygyra are
known, either by the published work of Mr. W. G. Binney or by MS.
descriptions and drawings of Messrs. H. A. Pilsbry and E. G. Vanatta.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 191

other Belogonous genera, though peculiar in wanting a differentiated
receptacle and duct.

In the genital system, therefore, P. viiorhyssa has no resem-
blance to Polygyra and its allies, Praticolella and Polygyrella ; and,
in fact, could not be included among the Protogonous Helices.
The genitalia are those of the Epijjhallogona or of Belogona
which have undergone degeneration of the dart sack and associated
mucous glands." The first of these groups includes the large,
heavy, dark-colored Helices of the West Indies and South Amer-
ica (Pleurodonte) , and various Oriental forms ( CamcBna, Planispira,
etc.), all quite unlike Ashmunella couchologically. The characters
of the lung and kidney cannot be adequately discussed owing to the
lack of published data of sufficient exactness, but the high value of
these organs in classification demonstrated by a mass of unpublished
data demands brief mention here. In Polygyra the kidney is very
long, usually over half the entire length of the lung cavity,* and is
band or ribbon-shaped, while Epiphragmophora has a short kidney,
hardly one-third the length of the lung cavity. In A. miorhyssa
the kidney is short, like that of Epiphragmophora, and quite
unlike the kidney of any Polygyra yet examined.

The jaw and radula give no characters differentiating >.4s/i?rtune/Za
from Polygyra, Epiphragmophora or numerous other genera of
ground-living helices. The teeth are very similar to those of
Polygyra.

In the shell we can find no characters whatever which are not
readily paralleled in Polygyra. Some of the Epiphragmophoras
of the islands off California and Lower California are somewhat
similar in shell characters.

Upon the Avhole, it seems likely that Ashmunella is a member
of the Belogona Euadenia or Asiatico-American group of dart-

*See under Metafrutickola, etc., in the "Guide to the Study of Helices."
American examples of partial degeneration of these appendages are Epiph rag-
mophora guadalupiana and the genus Glyptoitonia. See Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Phila., 1898, p. 67.

*The exceptions are P. septemvoUa and probably its immediate allies,
with very narrow whorls, in which the lung, in common with the whole
mantle, is excessively lengthened in harmony with the narrow cavity of the
shell, while the kidney and heart retain the form found in species with
normally proportioned shells. This exception is no argument against the
value of the form of the kidney as an index of affinity, but rather one in
its favor.

192 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

bearers, which has lost the dart apparatus, and developed apertural
characters in the shell similar to those of Polygyra ; though it is
possible that the genus is a member of the Epiphallogona, with
which Ashmunella agrees better technically in the features of the
genitalia.

Species of Ashmunella.

A. miorhyssa only is known anatomically, but the following species
wiU probably be found to belong to the genus.
A. Thomsoniana (Ancey).

Helix Levettei var. Thomsoniana and orobosna Anc, Conchologist's Ex-
change, Vol. ii, p. 64 (Nov., 1887).

Santa Fe canyon, N. M.
A. pBeudodonta (Dall).

Polygyra pseudodonta D^ll, Proc. U. S. Nat'l Mu3., Vol. lix, p. 343
(1896).

White Oaks, N. M. {Ash7nun).

A. pseudodonta capitanensis, Ashmun and Ckll., NautQua, Vol. xii, p. 131 (March,

1898).

Capitan mountains, N. M. (^Ashviun).
A. AshmunKBall).

Polygyra Ashmuni (Dall), Proc. U. S. Nat'l Mus., Vol. six, p. 342 (1896).

Bland, N. M. {Ashmun).
A. altissima (Cockerell).

Polygyra altissima Ckll., Nautilus, Vol. xii, p. 76 (Nov., 1898).

Summit of Sierra Blanca, N. M., 11,092 feet (Toimsend).
A. cMrioahuaiiA (Dall).
Polygyra chiricahuana Dall, Proc. U. S. Nat'l Mus., Vol. xviii, p. 2

(1895).

Jemez mountains, near Bland, N. M., 8,000 to 10,000 feet
(^Ashmun)', Fly Park, Chiricahua mountains, Ariz., 10,000 feet
{Fisher).
A. rhyssa (Dall).

Polygyra rhyssa Dall, Nautilus, Vol. xi, p. 2 (May, 1897).

Sierra Blanca, N. M., at about 8,500 feet (Ashmun and Town-
send).

A. rhyssa hyporhysia (CklL).

Polygyra rhyssa hyporhyssa (Ckll.)., Nautilus, Vol. xii, p. 77 (Nov.,
1898).

Sierra Blanca, N. M., 9,500 feet {Townsend).

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 193

A. miorhyssa (Ball).
Polygyra miorJiyssa Dall, Nautilus, Vol. xii, p. 75 (Nov., 1898).
Eagle Creek, Sierra Blanca, N. M. {Ashmun and Townsend).
The species are unequally related. Their relationships inter se are
shown by the following keys for the determination of known forms:'

a. — Aperture strongly trideutate Thomsonmna.

a'. — Aperture toothless or without teeth on the outer lip.
b. — Diameter less than double the altitude.

rhyssa, including miorhyssa.
b'. — Diameter about double the altitude.

c. — Surface heavily ribbed; a slight basal tooth or none.

altissima.
c'. — Surface nearly smooth. ,

d. — Basal lip with two contiguous teeth; a parietal

tooth or none pseiidodonta.

d'. — Basal lip toothless.

€. — Whorls 5; diam. 12-14 mm. . Ashnuni.
e'. — Whorls 6; diam. 16-19 mm.; pei'istome

slighter chiricakuana.

The three main groups indicated in the above table are Thom-
soniana — rhyssa including miorhyssa and hyporhyssa — altissima,
pseudodonta, Ashmuni, chiricahuana.

Mr. Cockerell arranges the forms somewhat differently, thus :

1. Aperture hardly dentate, with at most a small parietal denticle

and a callus or pair of low and small denticles on the basal

part of the aperture 2

Aperture strongly dentate, both on the parietal wall and lip;
whorls 5^ Thomsoniana (Ancey).

2. Shell distinctly ribbed 3

Shell striate or nearly smooth 4

3. Compact, spire elevated; diam. 15-17 mm. . /-/ipsa (Dall).
Small and flat; diam. 12 mm alils8im,a (QkW.).

4. Shell compact, with rounded whorls; spire elevated ; last whorl

large ; striation well marked 5

Flattened, with a depressed spire ; shell feebly striate or nearly
smooth, with more or less distinct spiral incised lines ; umbili-
cus wide, broadly exposing»the penultimate whorl. . . 6

^ The first key is by Mr. Pilsbry, the second by Mr. Cockerell.
13

194 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

5. Larger, aperture broader and more circular; umbilicus narrow.

miorhyssa (Dall).

Smaller, aperture semilunar; umbilicus wider, broadly exposing

the penultimate whorl hyporhysm (Ckll.).

6. Max. diam. less than 15 ram. 7

Max. diam. over 15 mm 8

7. Basal part of aperture with a couple of obtuse denticles,

pseudodonta (Dall).
Basal part of aperture without any denticles. Ashmuni (Dall).

8. Deeper colored; basal part of aperture with a more or less bifid

callosity capitanensis Ashmun and Ckll.

Paler ; basal part of aperture without any callosity.

chirica huana ( Dall ) .

It is a matter of taste how many of the above are to be regarded
as species. The characters appear to be uniform in series of speci-
mens, and each form inhabits its own special region. There are
three distinct groups: the first, consisting of rhyssa, cdtissima,
7niorhysia and hyporhyssa, is confined to Sierra Blanca and the
immediate vicinity, so far as known ; the second, containing pseudo-
donta, Ashmuni, capitanensis and ehiricahuana, occurs in the Capi-
tan mountains and vicinity (the forms with the bifid basal callus),
in the Jemez mountains and vicinity, and in southeast Arizona
(forms without a basal callus on aperture) ; the third, possibly
distinct from true AshmvneUa, includes Thomsoniana, from the
Santa Fe region.

1899,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 195

CONTRIBUTIONS TO A KNOWLEDGE OF THE HYMENOPTERA OF BRA-
ZIL, NO. 6.-A COLLECTION FROM RIO GRANDE
DO SUL AND SAO PAULO.

BY WILLIAM J. FOX.

The small collection on which the present paper is based was
received for identification from the Museu Paulista of Sao Paulo,
Brazil, and is of interest through the large number of species which
are not represented in the Herbert Smith collection, on which the
previous papers of this series are based, which would seemingly
indicate that the fauna of the southeastern region of Brazil differs
considerably from that of the more inland northern States, Matto
Grosso and Para, where the Smith collection was largely made.

Unless otherwise stated, the specimens were collected in Rio
Grande do Sul. The types of new species are the property of the
Museu Paulista.

Elis hyalina Sauss.
Elis nigra Sauss.
Elis regina Sauss.
Elis costalis Lep.
Elis Servillii Lep.
Elis Gerstaeckeri Sauss.
Elis Lucasia Saui-s.

The specimen before me agrees with Saussure's description except
that it is much larger than any of his specimens; it measures 45
mm. in length.

Tiphia cayennensis Spin.
Pepsis nuda n. sp.

d'. — Blue-green, legs bluest; antennae with first two joints bluish,
the third to seventh or eighth fuscous, the remaining joints fulvous;
wings black with purplish and bluish iridescence, crossed by a
broad yellowish white band which is separated from base of wing
by a distance almost equalling its width, and its outer margin is just
about in the centre of anterior Aving; in the hind wing this band is
somewhat broader; pubescence throughout dark

Clypeus emarginate, but not deeply; frontal impression strong.
Middle segment raised somewhat down middle of upper surface,

196 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

with coarse irregular transverse rugae extending to, but not on, the
sides, and are weakest in the depressed portion of upper surface ; the
latter is scarcely separated from the posterior face or vertical part,
the two uniting rather evenly; transverso -median fold distinct,
short and rather high; lateral teeth not strong, blunt; stigma-
tubercle obtuse, rounded ; horizontal surface not rugose. Abdomen
fusiform narrowest anteriorly; fourth and fifth ventral segments
highly polished, entirely nude; subgenital plate a little widened
apically and truncate, not keeled; third submarginal cell at top
somewhat broader than at base. Length, 16 mm.

Rio Grande do Sul. One example. Allied to and resembles
P. dimidiata Fabr. , but the abdomen lacks the ventral bristles, and
the wing fascia is widely separated from base of wings.

Pepsis pulchripennis Mocs.
Pepsis dimidiata Fabr.
Pepsis clirysoptera Burm.
Pepsis aurimacula Mocs.

Rio Grande do Sul and Estado do Sao Paulo.

Pepsis vitripennis Sm.
Pepsis amabilis Mocs.
Pepsis planifrons R- Luc.
Pepsis pubiventris R- Luc.
Pepsis discolor Tasch.

Rio Grande do Sul and Ypiranga.

Pepsis sinnis R. Luc.

Salius (Cyphononyx) notatipennis n. sp.

?. — About equally blue and black; head black, shining; thorax
and legs changing from blue to black in certain lights ; abdomen
black, with blue pile on basal segments; wings fuscous, more or less
yellowish — all the cells except median and submedian spotted with
yellow, costal cell and base of wing blackish, apex subhyaline; hind
wings yellow, darker apically; head sparsely punctured, with four
depressed ai-eas, one at each side of front and another between
ocelli and eyes; antennae short and thick; clypeus transverse,
coarsely punctured anteriorly, subtruncate, bearing a few long
black hairs; pronotum almost square anteriorly; middle seg-
ment subtruncate, in shape lather square, coarsely striated, the
upper surface depressed medially and more broadly near sides, the
postero-lateral angles rather prominent; the pile on first two dorsal

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 197

segments gives them a striated appearance; dorsals 3-5, very
sparsely punctured ; second ventral distinctly impressed trans-
versely near base ; ventral segments sparsely and last dorsal densely,
with black hairs. Length, 22 mm.

One specimen. Allied to S. brevicornis Tasch.

Salius (Priocnemis) carinatus Lep.

?. — Bluish; flagellum, mandibles and labrum ])lack; middle
segment purplish; wings black, with bluish and purplish reflec-
tions, the nervures ferruginous ; clypeus incurved medially; first
joint of flagellum about as long as second and two-thirds of third
joints ; eyes slightly converging above, the space between them at
top slightly exceeding length of first flagellar joint; pronotum
strongly swollen on each side; middle segment coar.sely striated,
medially impressed above, and with a large tubercle just behind
each stigma; second ventral segment with two transverse, widely
separated tubercles which are connected by a smooth fold in the
form of an arch; between these tubercles the segment is depressed;
abdomen beneath and apically with long black hairs. Length,
25-26 mm.

iji. — First joint of flagellum a little longer than second; middle
segment above bearing three longitudinal, deep furrows, the two
outer diverging somewhat; abdomen beneath with large, spai'se
punctures, the tubercles obtuse, or absent, the second ventral bear-
ing a strongly sinuous fold; subgenital plate elongate, obtusely
truncate, punctate, and indistinctly impressed down the middle.
Length, 22 mm.

Numerous specimens. Resembles bituberculatus Guerin, but the
color is a lighter blue and the flagellum is entirely black. The
subgenital plate in bitubercidatm is a broad, apically rounded area,
raised medially.

Salius (Priocnemis) apicipennis n. sp.

cJ*. — Bluish, changing to black in certain lights; middle segment,
mandibles aud first two joints of flagellum black; flagellum joints
3 and following fulvous, the two apical joints fuscous; wings black,
with purplish reflection, apex of anteriors whitish; veins black;
clypeus incurved; scutellum high; middle segment coarsely striated,
with two approximate, parallel, raised lines on carina extending
down middle of upper surface to posterior face where they suddenly

19<S PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

diverge and extend beyond its middle, no tubercle behind stigma;
second segment constricted at base, the ventral surface not tuber-
culate; subgenital plate large, broad, rounded at apex, covered
with short black hairs. Length, 22 mm.
Ypiranga. One specimen.

Salius (Priocnemis) tinctipennis n. sp.

?. — Bluish, Avith blackish or purplish reflections in lights; mid-
dle segment purplish; mouth and first two joints of flagellum,
black; remaining joints fulvous; anterior wings fusco-ferruginous —
black at extreme base, then ferruginous — yellow predominating as
far as marginal cell, then fuscous, with the apex whitish; hind
wings yellow, margined apically and posteriorly with fuscous;
clypeus incurved, bearing long black hair; eyes distinctly converg-
ing above, the space between them at vertex a little greater than,
the length of second joint of flagellum, the latter joint not two-
thirds as loug as the first joint; pronotum strongly swollen laterally;
scutellum bearing loug, black, erect hairs; middle segment coarsely
striated transversely, not strongly impressed medially, not tuber-
culate; second ventral with two, small, widely separated, transverse
tubercles, which slope toward base of segment. Length, 23-28 mm.

Three specimens. This species reminds one of a Pepsis, especially
Pepsis discolor Tasch.

Salius (Priocnemis) Iheringii n. sp.

?. — Black, including fii'st two, and base of third joints of
antennse; remainder of antenuce fulvous; wings fujvous, reddish
medially, black at extreme base; clypeus with large shallow punc*
tures anteriorly, its fore margin subtruncate, not or but slightly
incurved; middle segment coarsely striated; second abdominal seg-
ment with shallow, sparse punctures basally, the ventral surface
not tuberculate, but with two flat raised areas separated by a
depression. Length, 22-23 mm.

Rio Grande do Sul and Estado do Sao Paulo. Three specimens.
Close to S. dumosus Lep. , but larger, the clypeus not or scarcely
incurved and second ventral not tuberculate.

Salius (Priocnemis) flavipennis Lep.
Salius (Priocnemis) carinatus Lep.

Rio Grande do Sul and Estado do Sao Paulo.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 199

Salius (Priocnemis) tomentosus Tasch.

Ypiranga.
Salius (Priocnemis) dumosus Lep.

Rio Graude do Sul and Estado do Sao Paulo.
Pompilus erubescens Tasch.
Pompilus bituberculatus Spin. (= vnlpes D. T.).

The Pompilus bituberculatus of Guerin belongs to the genus
Salius. Therefore the changing of the name of Spinola's Pompilus
bituberculatus by Dalla Torre is unnecessary, and not to be followed,
Pompilus argenteus Ta8ch.

Ypiranga.

Pompilus areatus Tasch.
Pompilus amethystinus Fabr.

Ypiranga.
Pompilus Hempelii n. sp.

9. — Black; wings pale yellow, with a pale fuscous apical band;
head convex in front, impressed; clypeus very short, transverse,
subtruncate, its fore margin shining; antenme inserted close to
base of clypeus, tolerably short, not as long as head and thorax,
the flagellum tapering but little to apex, the first joint a little
longer than second; eyes somewhat converging above; thorax nar-
row and elongate; pronotum indistinctly subangulate posteriorly;
middle segment not impressed above, very indistinctly so poste-
riorly ; tibise spinose, but the hind pair feebly so ; no tarsal comb ;
claws armed with a tooth within near base; abdomen with black
hairs at apex ; cubital vein of hind wings originating beyond apex
of submediau cell; first recurrent vein received by second submar-
ginal in about middle ; second recurrent vein sinuous, received by
third submargiual before middle; the latter cell narrowed aljout
one-half above. Length, 11 mm.

Ypiranga (August 16), A Hempel. According to Kohl's tables
of the Pompilidie this species falls into his Group 7 of the genus
Pompilus.

Ammophila abbreviata Fabr.
Sceliphron fistulare Dhlb.
Spbex subhyalinus n. sp.

9. — Black; head and thorax with black pubescence, no silvery
spots; wings hyaline, very faintly tinged with yellow, and with

200 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

darker apical margin, the nervures forming the submargiual and
discoidal cells brownish; inner eye-margins parallel- clypeus very
similar to that of S. fuliginosus ; space between hind ocelli, if any-
thing, very slightly less than that between them and eyes ; scutellura
flat, not impressed ; postscutellum impressed ; middle segment
almost smooth, subopaque ; metatarsus of fore leg bearing at least
nine long spines outwardly; petiole fully as long as second joint of
hind tarsus ; aljdomen shining, nude, with the exception of a few
long black hairs beneath and apicg-lly. Length, 28 mm.

Ypiranga. One specimen. Related to fuliginoms and caligi-
nosus, but easily distinguished by pale wings, entire scutellum, etc.

Sphex caliginosus Er.
Sphex fuliginosus Plug,
Sphex ruficaudus Taach.

The single specimen in the collection represents a variety with
dark wings (= S. proxinm.^ Sm.).

Sphex dubitatus Cress.
Sphex ingens Sm.

Sphex (Chlorion) hemiprasinus Sichel.
Larra americana Sauss.
Monedula surinamensis De G.
Monedula signata Linn6.
Monedula magnifica Party.
Monedula punctata Fabr.
Iguape, December 21.

Monedula arcuata Burm.
Tachytes scalaris Tasch.
Trypoxylon fuscipenne Fabr.

Sao Paulo.
Trypoxylon ornatum Sm.

Sao Paulo.
Cerceris basalis Sm.
Montezumia sepulchralis Sauss.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 201

SOME UNTENABLE NAMES IN ORNITHOLOGY.

BY HARRY C. OBERHOLSER.

The following notes, gathered duriug the course of recent sys-
tematic investigations, are here published in advance of other
papers whose appearance is necessarily for some time delayed
They relate chiefly to generic terms, although a few changes in
specific names are introduced. The lists of i-ecognized species are
as complete as available means have permitted.

The writer is under obligation to Dr. C. W. Richmond for vari-
ous courtesies, as well as to Dr. Walter Faxon, Mr. Samuel Hen-
shaw and Mr. Witmer Stone for assistance in verification of refer-
ences.

MICRUKIA Graut.

This generic name, as used by Mr. Ogilvie-Grant/ is preoc-
cupied in Coleoptera by Micruria Reitter,* Since by reason of the
very long tarsi, tail of 12 feathers, and ihe absence of any spotted
condition of plumage, this appears to be a Avell-defined group, it
may bear the nanie Eiidomychura, from i^d6fj.ox<>?, occultus, and
oupd, Cauda; the type being Brachijvhamphus hypolextcus Xantus.

The two species are

Endomyclmm hypoleuca (Xantus).
Endomychura craverl (Salvadori).

EUHYAS Sharpe.

Euhyas Sharpe' is untenable because of Euhyas Fitzinger," pro-
posed for a genus of reptiles. In its stead may be employed Zajj-
terus, from fa, valde, and -rspov, ala. The type and only species
is Charadrim leucurm Lichtensteiu, which will now stand as

Zapterus leucurus (Lichtensteiu).

1 Cat. Birds Brit. Mas., xxvi, 1898, p. 594.

2 Verh. Ver. Brnnn., xiii, 1875, p. 58, pi. 1, figs. 13-21.

3 Gat. Birds Brit. Mus., xxiv, 1896, p. 736.
* Syst. Kept., 1843, p. 31.

202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

DEFILIPPIA Salvadori.

The generic term Defilippia Salvadori^ is preoccupied in Diptera
by Defilippia Lioy.* The proper name of the genus is Hemiparra
Salvadori,^ for although no description is given, Chettusia crassl-
rostris DeFilippi is mentioned as the type, which, of course, is
sufficient to fix the name.

The two species should be called

Hemiparra erassirostrls (DeFihppi).

Hemiparra leucoptera (Reichenow).

PHYLLOPEZUS Sharpe.

The name Phyllopezw^ Sharpe^ must give way on account of
Phyllopezns Peters,' a genus of reptiles. It may be replaced by
Actophilus, from axryj, litus, and <f'./.icu, amo; the type being Parra
africana Gmelin.

The two species are

Actophilus africamis (Gmelin).

Actophilus albinuchus (Is. Geoffroy).

ORTHOCNEMUS Milne-Edwards.

Orthocnemus Milne- Edwards" is antedated in Coleoptera by
Orf Aoenem us Jekel ;' and may be called Idiontis (I'Su)?, distinctus,
opvtg, avis), with Orthocnemus gallicus Milne-Edwards as the type.

The described forms are

Idionds (jallicus (Milne-Edwards).

Idiornis cursor (Milue-Ed wards).

Idiornis major (Milne-Edwards).

Idiornis minor (Milne-Edwards).

TAPINOPUS Milne-Edwards.
The term Tapinopus Milne-Edwards* is preoccupied by Tapinopus
Saussure', for a genus of Orthoptera. It may be replaced by

1 Atti. Soc. JtaL, viii, 1865, p. 373.

2 Act. Venet Inst., 3 Ser., ix, 1864, p. 733.
' Atti. Soc. Itnl, viii, 1865, p. 270.

* In Shelley's Birds of Africa, i, 1896, p. 187.

5 Monatsb. K. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1877, p 415.

^ C. R. 2nd Congres Ornith. Internat. Budapest, ii, 1892, p. 74.

7 In Fabr. Ent., i, 1857, p. 131.

® C. R. 2nd (Jongres Ornith. Internat. Budapest^ ii, 1892, p. 79.

» Mel. Orth., vi, 1878, p. 758.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF THILADELPHIA. 203

Diatropornis, from dt.drpur.oQ, difFereus, and o/)>j?, avis; the type
and only species being Tapinopus ellloti Milne-Edwards. This will
now stand as

Diatro'pornk ellioti (Milne-Edwards).

PERISTEBA Swainson.

The Colnmbine genus Peristera Swainson^ is untenable because
of Peristera Rafinesque'^ in Mollusca; and may be called Claravis,
from clara (clarus) and avis, the type being Coliimba einerea
Temminck. The name of this species, however, should be pretiosa
Ferrari- Perez;' for Columba einerea Temminck and Knip"* is pre-
occupied by Columba einerea Scopoli.*

The species will then stand as follows :

Glarav'is pretiosa (Ferrari -Perez).

Claravis geoffroyi (Temminck and Knip).

Claravis mondetoura (Bonaparte).

HARPE Bonaparte.

Harpe Bonaparte" is preoccupied in ichthyology by Harpe Lace-
pede.' Harpa Sharpe,* for the same group, is also untenable on
account of Harpa Lamarck,' a genus of Mollusca. As no other
name is available, there may be proposed Nesierax, from •^f,ff(><;,
insula, and iipaS, accipiter, with Falco novie-zealandiie Ginelin as
type.

The species are

Nesierax novce-zealandice (Gmelin).

Nesierax aastralis (Hombron and Jacquinot).

PACHYNUS Reichenow.
Not only is Pachynm Reichenow" preoccupied in Hemiptera by
Pachynus Slal, 1866, and thus untenable under any circumstances,
but it is not the earliest available name for the genus. Graydi-

1 Zool. Journ., iii, 1827, p. 360.

^ Anal. Nat., 1815, p. 145.

» Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., ix, 1886, p. 175.

^ Pig. I.fam. seconde, 1808-1811, p. 126, pi. 58.

6 Del. Flor et Faun. Insubr., ii, 1786, p. 94, n. 93.

6 Gompt. Rend., xli, 1855, p. 652.

T Hist. Nat. Poiss., iv, 1802. 426.

8 Cat. Birds Brit. Mus., i, 1874, p. 372.

9 Mem. Soc. Hist. Nat., 1799, p. 71.
^0 Journ. f. Or?i., 1881, p. 352.

204 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

dascalus Bonaparte^ has nearly thirty years' priority, and there

seems to be no valid reason for its rejection.

The type and only species should therefore stand as
Graydidascalus brachyurtis (Temminck and Kuhl).

HEMILOPHUS Swainson.

The name Hemilophm Swainson" is preoccupied in Coleoptera by
Hemilophus Serville.^ The next name seems to be Mulleripicus
Bonaparte,'' type Pkm jmlveridenhis Temminck.

The only recognized species is

Mulleripicus jmlveyulentus (Temminck).

DENDROBATES Swainson.

Dr. C. AV. Richmond has already pointed out' that Dendvohates
Swainson* is untenable by reason of a batrachian genu?, Dendro-
bates Wagler,' but proposed that Eleopkm Bonaparte' ])e used in
its place. The proper name, liowever, would appear to be Ven-
iliornis Bonaparte, since in the list of genera (l. c.) this is num-
bered 21, while under it are ranged as subgenera Venilia and
Eleojncus, all the species contained in both being now included in
the genus Dendrobates. This name Veniliornis has been geuerally
ignored, but there seems to be no doubt of the propriety of accept-
ing it for the group in question, rather than either of its subgenera
— one of the two alternatives being necessary. No type is indi-
cated, neither is there a subgenus Venilioniis ; Init the first species
mentioned, Picus sanguineus Lichtenstein, may he taken as the
typical one.

With i-egard to specific names in this group, there are two of
those accepted in the eighteenth volume of the British Museum
Catalogue of Birds that require to be changed ; Avhile some doubt
attaches to a third. The correct name of the bird known as peru-

vianus Taczanowski is Callonotus major Berlepsch and Taczan.,*

1

1 R&v. et Mag. de ZooL, 1854, p. 147.

2 Classif. Birds, ii, 1837, p. 309.

* Ann. Soc. Ent. France., Ser. 1, iv, 1835, p. 49.

* Consp. Av., Volucr. Zygod., 1854, p. 7.

* Proc. U. S. Nat. Mm., xvi, 1893, p. 519.
6 Fauna Bor.-Amer., ii, 1832, p. 301.

T Nat. Syst. Ami)?iib., 1830, p. 202.

8 Consp. Av , Volucr. Zygod., 1854, p. 10.

« P. Z. S., 1883, p. 570.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 205

which antedates the former by three years. There seems to be no
reason why the name passerinus Linnseus^ should not be employed
for the species now called tephrodops, as the former is of undoubted
application, and of much earlier date. Picus affink Swainson/
now Dendrohates qffinis, is possibly rendered untenable by Picm
affinis Raffles/ but as it has been impossible at present to obtain the
exact date of this part of Swainson's Zoological Illustrations, no
change in this name is here made.

The species of this genus are as follows :

Veniliornis fumigatus (Lafresnaye and d'Orbigny).

Veniliornis caboti (Malherbe).

Veniliornis oleaginus (Lichtenstein).

Veniliornis sanguinolentvs (Sclater).

Veniliornis callonotus (Waterhouse).

Veniliornis callonotus major (Berlepsch and Taczanowski).

Veniliornis sanguineus ( Li chtenstei n ) .

Veniliornis kirthndi (Malherbe).

Veniliornis nigriceps (Lafresnaye and d'Orbiguy).

Veniliornis murinus ( Malherbe ) .

Veniliornis digmis (Sclater and Salvin).

Veniliornis valdizani (Berlepsch and Stolzmann).

Veniliornis passerinus (Linnaeus).

Veniliornis taenionotus (Reicheubach).

Veniliornis frontalis ( Cabanis ) .

Veniliornis agilis (Cabanis).

Veniliornis olivinus (Malherbe).

Veniliornis fidelis (Hargitt).

Veniliornis spilogaster (Wagler).

Veniliornis maculifroiis (Spix).

Veniliornis cassini (Malherbe).

Veniliornis ruficeps (vSpix).

Veniliornis affinis (Swaiuson).

Veniliornis hcematostigma, (Malherbe).

Veniliornis kirkii (Malherbe).

Veniliornis cecilii (Malherbe).

1 Syst. Nat., ed. 12, i, 1766, p. 174.

■^ Zool. 111., Ser. 1, ii, 1821-22, pi. 78, desc. c?-

3 Trans. Linn. Soc. Load., xii, 1822, p. 288.

206 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

HARPACTES Swainson.

The generic term Harpaetes Swainson^ cannot be used because of
Harpades Templetou,^ a genus of Araclmida, as already noted by
Dr. C. W. Richmond,' and previously by Cal)anis/ The next
name, HapaJurus Reichenbach,^ is preoccupied by Ifapalura
Cabanis,* which is a synonym of Cidicivora ; and Duvaucelius
Bonaparte,' besides an uncertainty regarding the identity of the
type species, is untenable on account of Duuaueelia Desvoidy.*
This gives a clear title to Pyrotrogon Bonaparte,^ of which the type
is Trogon ardens Temmiuck.

The species are

Pyrotrogon diardli (Temmiuck),

Pyrotrogon hasumha (Raffles).

Pyrotrogon fasciatus ( Pennant) .

Pyrotrogon ardens (Temmiuck).

Pyrotrogon whiteheadi (Sharpe).

Pyrotrogon erythrocephalus (Gould)

Pyrotrogon erythrocephalus flag rans (Miiller).

Pyrotrogon davaucelil (Temmiuck).

Pyrotrogon orrhophceus (Cabanis).

Pyrotrogon viduiis (Grant).

Pyrotrogon oreskios (Temmiuck).

Pyrotrogon diditensis (Grant).

AMAZILIA Reicheiibach.
The name Amizilia Reichenbach" is not the earliest one for the
genus of humming-birds to which it has been applied, as the follow-
ing discussion will show. Lesson, in 1832," made use of the term
" Les Amazihs " as a popular heading for one of his groups, includ-
ing under this the species Ornismya amazili Less. ; indicating by
the manner of its use that he did not intend Amazilis as a generic

1 Classif. Birds, ii, 1837, p. 337.
' ZooL Journ., v, 1834, p. 401.

* Proc. U. S. JSat. Mas., xvii, 18.94, p. G02, footnote.

* Mas. Heiii., iv, pt. 1, 1863, p. 154.
6 Av. Syst. Nat., 1850, pi. 88.

« Archivf. Naturg., 1817, p. 252.

^ Consp. Av., Volucr. Zygod., 1854, p. 14.

8 Diptera, 1830.

* Consp Av., Volucr. Zygod., 1854, p. 14.
" Av. Syst. Nat., 1849, pi. 39.

" Ind. Gen. Troch., p. xxvii.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 207

term. Gray, however,' evideutly considers it as such, as witness
some notes sent l^y Mr. Witmer Stone, who kindly verified the
original reference: " On page 107, in footnote to Genus Polytmus,
he [Gray] says that it includes a number of genera of various
authors, among which he gives ' Les Amizilis Less. (18?9),' appa-
rently quoting the above and misspelling it. On page 108, in the
list of species of Polytmm he gives under P. [olytmus]. amazili
(Less.), ' Type of Amizihs Less. (1829);' referring to the same
again and turning it into a Latin name." The following year
Gray again makes use of the term AmiziU.^ " Lesson,"" this time as
a generic heading, under which are placed the species A. latirostris
(Sw. ) and Or. amizili Less, There thus appears to be no reason
for the non-acceptance of Gray's Amlzilis — the type of which may
properly be considered to be Orthorhi/nchus amazili Lesson —
whether we allow the genus to date from 1840 or 1841, since in
either case it is several years anterior to Amizilia Reichenbach.

Tiie species for which Mr. Salvin uses the name pridina Gould,
should be called amizili Lesson,^ this being its eai'liest name. The
species commonly known as viridiveniris Reichenbach is a parallel
case, its proper name being viridigastra Bourcier/ The forms,
erythronota, felicire and alicice are. distinguished from tobaci by
characters too slight and inconstant to entitle them to more than
subspecific rank.

The species are

Amizilis amazili (Lesson).

Amizilis lencojyhcea (Reichenbach).

Amizilis alticola (Gould).

Amizili'^ diimerili (Lesson).

Amizilis cinnamomea (Lesson).

Amizilis cinnamomea saturata (Nelson).

Amizilis graysoni (Lawrence).

Amizilis berylli)ia (Lichtenstein).

Amizilis devilii (Bourcier).

Amizilis castaneiventris (Gould).

Amizilis cyanura (Gould).

1 Oe?i. Birds, 1840, pp. 107, 108.
■' Idxt Oen. Birds, 1841, p. 19.
■• Voy. Coq., pi. 31, fig. 3.
*Bev. ZooL, 1843, p. 103.

208

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1899.

Amizilis ocai (Gould).

Amizilis sumichrasti (Salvia).

Amizilis yucatanensu (Cabot).

Amizilis cerviniventris (Gould).

Amizilis eerviniventris chalconota (Oberholser).

Amizilis lawrencii (Elliot).

Amizilis fiiseicaudata ( Fraser ) .

Amizilis fiiseicaudata jucunda (Heine).

Amizilis viridigastra (Bourcier).

Amizilis iodura (Reichenbach).

Amizilis lucida (Elliot).

Amizilis cupreicauda (Salvin and Godman).

Amizilis edivard (Delattre and Bourcier).

Amizilis niveiventris (Gould).

Amizilis ivarszewiezi (Cabanis).

Amizilis saucerottii (Bourcier and Delattre).

Amizilis alfaroana (Underwood).

Amizilis sophi(e (Bourcier and Mulsant).

Amizilis tobaei (Gmelin).

Amizilis tobaei erythrotiota (Lesson).

Amizilis tobaei felieuB (Lesson).

Amizilis tobaei alieice (Richmond).

Amizilis elegans (Gould).

Amizilis cyanijrons (Bourcier).

HETEROPEIMA Bonaparte.

Heteropelma Bonaparte^ is preoccupied in Hymenoptera by
Heteropelma Wesraael.'' It may be called Scotothorns, from o-zoro?,
obscuritas. and dopsiv, cursare ; the type being Mitscicapa turdina
Maximilian.

The name of the bird usually known as Heteropelma virescens
(Max.) should be changed to xuiicolor Bonaparte/ since Museicapa
vireseens Maximilian* is untenable by reason of Museieapa vireseens
Temijiinck/ which is a synonym of Phyllomyias brevirodris
(Spix).

^ Consp. Av., Valuer. Anisod., 1854, p. 4.
^Bruxell. Acad. Bull., xvi, 1849, pp. 2, 115.
^ Consp. Av., Volucr. Anisod., 1854, p. 4.
*BeUr., iii, 1831, p. 802.
^Pl. Col, livr. 46, May, 1824, pi. 275, fig. 3.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 209

The species are as follows :
Scotothorus turdinus (Maximilian).
Seotothortis wallacii (Sclater and Salvin).
Scotothorus amazonus (Sclater).
Scotothorus stenorhynchus (Sclater and Salvin).
Scotothorus verce-jxicis (Sclater).
Scotothorus unicolor (Bonaparte).
Scotothorus fiavicapiUus (Sclater) .
Scotothorus chrysocephalus (Pelzelu).
Scotothorus igniceps (Sclater) .
Scotothorus rosenbergi (Hartert).

METOFIA Svvainson.

The terra Metopia Swainson' must be displaced on account of
Metojna Meigen,' a genus of Diptera. The proper name is Anti-
lophia Reichenbach. ^

The type and only species will therefore stand as

Antilophia galeata (Lichtenstein).

GYMNOCEPHALUS Geoffrey St.-Hilaire.
The genus Gymnocephaliis Geoffroy St.-Hilaire^ must give way
to Gymnocephalus Bloch and Schneider.^ In its stead may be
employed Perissocephalus, from -£p<.aa6<i, mirabilis, and y.sfakri,
caput. The type and sole species is Corvus calvus Gmelin, which
should now be called

calvus (Gmelin).

HETEKOCNEMIS Sclaicr.
Heterocnemh Sclater* is preoccupied by Heterocnemis Albers' for
a genus of Coleoptera. Since the only other name for this group
of birds, Holocnemis Strickland/ is untenable because of Holoc-
nemis Schilling/ in Coleoptera, as pointed out by Dr. Sclater
(^. c. ), it is proposed to substitute Sclateria, in honor of Dr. P, L.

1 Fauna Bor.-Amer., i, 1832, p. 491.
""Illig. Mag., ii, 1803, p. 280.
=* Avi. Syst. Nat., 1850, t. Ixiii.
^ Ann. diL Mas., xiii, 1809, p. 237.
^Syst. Ichthyol., 1801, p. 346.
«P. Z. 8., 1855, p. 146.
' Entom. Zeitung Stettin., 1852, p. 46.
^ Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., xiii, 1844, p. 415.
^ Beitr. Ent. Faun., 1829.
14

210 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

Sclater, aud iu recognition of his extensive contributions to Neo-
tropical ornithology.

The type is Sitta ncBvia Gmelin; aud the list of species is as
follows :

Sclateria ncevia (Gmeliu).

Sdateria leucostigma (Pelzelu).

Sclateria saturata (Salviu).

Sclateria argentata (Des Murs).

Sclateria hypoleuca (Ridgway).

HOMORTJS Reichenbach.

The generic name Homorus Reichenbach^ is rendered untenable
by Homorus Albers,'* a genus of Mollusca. The ouly other name
for this group is Pseudoseimra Reichenbach/ of which the type is
Anahates gutteralis d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye

The species are

Psexuloseisura lojjhotes (Reichenbach).

Pseudoseisura giMeralis (d'Orbigny and Lafresnaye).

Pseudoseisura cristata (Spix).

Pseudoseisura galathece (Leverkiihn).

LIMNOPHYES Sclater.

The genus lAmnophyes Sclater^ is preoccupied in Diptera by
Limnophyes Eaton," and may be called Thryolegtis, from dpuov,
juncus, and Uyw, lego. The type and only species is Livmornis
eurvirostris Gould, which will therefore stand as

Thryolegus eurvirostris (Gould).

OXYURUS Swainson.

The usual reference to this name is Zoological Journal, iii, 1827,
p. 354, though here is nothing but a nomen nudum, no species
being mentioned. The correct citation seems to be Classification of
Birds, ii, 1838, p. 313. Oxyurus is, however, untenable in orni-
thology, by reason of Oxyurus Rafinesque" for a genus of fishes.
No other name being available, it may be known as Aphrastura,

> Handb. Spec. Orn , 1853, p. 172.

^ Die Heliceen, 1850, p. 196.

^ Handb. Spec. Orn., 185H, p. 172.

*P. Z. S., 1889, p. 34.

^Ent. Mo. Mag., xii, 1875, p. 60.

^ Garatt. Anim. Sicil., 1810, p. 19.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 211

from (i.fpaffzo'i, mirabilis, and unpd, caiida, the type beiug Motacilla
spinicauda Gmeliii.

The species are

Aphrastura spinicauda (Gmelin).

Aphrastura masafuerce (Philippi and Laudbeck).

EROESSA Hartlaub.

Eroessa Hartlaub' is preoccupied iu Lepidoptera by Eroessa
Doubleday.' Another name for the group, Dauria Pollen/ is also
unavailable on account of Dauria Dejean, 1834, for a genus of
Coleoptera. Neomixis Sharpe* must therefore be employed, the
type being Neomixis striatigula Sharpe.

The species will thus stand as

Neomixis tenella (Hartlaub).

Neomixis viridis (Sharpe).

Neomixis striatigula Sharpe.

ELLISIA Hartlaub.

The genus EUisia Hartlaub^ must give way to Ellisia Forbes and
Goodsir,^ for a group of Polypi. As Thamnornis Milne-Edwards,
type chloropetoides, appears to be sufficiently distinct for generic
separation, a new name is necessary for the species of Ellisia
proper; and Nesillas, from I'^Tf^?, insula, and U/la?, turdus, is pro-
posed, the type being Ellisia typica Hartlaub.

The recognized forms are

Nesillas typica (Hartlaub).

Nesillas typica ellisia (Schlegel).

Nesillas typica lantzi (Grandidier).

Nesillas typica longicaudata (Newton).

Nesillas hrevicaudata (Milne-Edwards and Oustalet).

PHLEXIS Hartlaub.

The generic term Fhlexis Hartlaub' is preoccupied in Coleoptera
by Phlexys Erichson,* emended by Agassiz to Phlexis.^ It may be

'P. Z. S., 1866, p. 218.

2 Gen. Diurn. Lep., 1847, p. 56.

^BecJi. Faune Madag., Mam. et Ois., 1868, p. 92.

*P. Z. S., 1881, p. 195.

^Journ.f. Orn., 1860, p. 92.

^Rep. Brit. Ass. for 1839 (1840), p. 8L

' Ibis, 1866, p. 139.

®In Wagn. Eeis. Algier, 1841.

^Nom. Zool, 1842-46, p. 124.

212 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

replaced by Cryptillas, from x/)u;:to?, occiiltus, and (A/ia?, turdus;
the type and sole species being Bradypterus victorini Sundevall.
This will now stand as

Cryptillas victorini (Sundevall).

AMYTIS Lesson.
Amytis Lesson^ is untenable by reason of Aniytis Savigny," pro-
posed for a genus of Vermes. In its stead may be used Diaphor-
illas, from vid<popu<;, difFerens, and iV.Aa?, turdus; the typical
species being Malurus textilis Quoy and Gaimard.

The list of species is as follows :
Diaphorillas textilis (Quoy and Gaimard).
Diaphorillas striata (Gould).
Diaphorillas macroura (Gould).
Diaphorillas goyderi (Gould).

HEMIXUS Hodgson.

In the sixth volume of the British Museum Catalogue of Birds,
pp. 120, 121, Dr. Sharpe treats at length the generic name Ixos
Temminck,^ arriving finally at the conclusion that it is a synonym
of Pycnonotus, and that it must date from 1840. That this disposi-
tion of the name is not the proper one may at once be seen by refer-
ence to the original description in the text accompanying the
Planches Coloriees. Dr. Sharpe states that Temminck gives no
characters for the genus, but the following quotation will show that
this is not correct: " Je donne a ce groupe d'oiseaux un nom sys-
tematique, pour que les esp^ces qui en font partie puissent etre
separees generiquement des ilferfes- (Turdus), desquels on pent les
separer assez convenablement, par la brievete du bee en proportion
de la tete, par des ailes plus courtes, et par uue plus grande abon-
dance de duvet sur le croupion, caractere tres marque dans quehjues
unes. ' ' The only species given is Ixos virescens Temminck, which
must therefore be considered the type; and as this bird is not a
Pycnonotus, but a Hemixus, the generic name Ixos, 1825, must sup-
plant Hemixus Hodgson.^

1 Traite d' Orn., 1831, p. 453.

^Syst. Annel, 1826, p. 46.

^Pl. Col., ii, livr. 64, Dec, 1825, pi. 382, fig. 1.

* Gray's Zool. MiscelL, 1844, p. 83.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 213

The recognized forms are as follows:

Ixos flava la ( Hodgson ) .
Ixos hildebrandi (Hume).
Ixos davisoni (Hume).
Ixos castanonotus (Swinhoe).
Ixos connectens (Sliarpe).
Ixos einereus (Blyth).
Ixos malaccemis (Blyth).
Ixos virescens (Temminck).
Ixos canipennis (Seebohm).
Ixos swnatranus (Salvador!).

CASSINIA Harllaub.

Cassinia Hartlaub^ is preoccupied iu Mollusca by Ca^sinia
Rafinesque," and as no other name is available, may be called
Stizorhina, from (xrj'^w, distinguo, and /n?, nasus, the type being
Muscicapa fraseri Strickland.

The species are

Stizorhina fraseri (Strickland).

Stizorhina jinschi (Sharpe).

Stizorhina semipartita (Riippell).

Stizorhina zenkeri (Reicheuow).

PHILENTOMA Eyton.

The generic name Philentoma Eytou^ is not the earliest one for
the group to which it is applied, as Drymophila Temminck^ is dis-
tinctly stated to have for its type Drymophila velata Temminck
(I. c. ), which is now a Philentoma. At first sight Drymophila
Temminck appears to be preoccupied by Drymophila Swainson,
1824,** but the latter is a nomen nudum, no species being mentioned;
and it was not properly characterized until the next year," later by
a few months than Drymophila Temminck, which thus becomes
available for Philentoma.

^Bev. et Mag. de Zool, 1860, p. 82.

^Anal. Nat., 1815. p. 145.

^Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., xvi, 1845, p. 229

*FZ. Col., livr. 56, March, 1825, pi. 334.

^Zool. Journ., i. Oct., 1824, p. 302.

^Zool. Journ., ii, July, 1825, p. 149.

214 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

The species, therefore, should staud as
Drymophila velata (Temminck).
Drymophila pyrrhoptera (Temminck).
Drymophila dubia (Hartert).

SYMMORPHXrS Gould.

The genus Symmorphus Gould^ is preoccupied in Hymenoptera
by Sxjmmorphus Wesmael," and may be replaced by Diap horopter m
((3cd<popo<i, differens, and r.rtpov, ala), its type being Symmorphus
leucopygiis Gould.

MiLseiatpa ncevia Gmelin,' which is Symvwrphus nccvius, is unten-
able because of Muscmxpa ncevia Boddaert,^ a Myiohius. The cor-
rect name is montrosieri (Lalage montrosieri Verreaux and
Des Murs).'

The species of this genus are

Diaphoroptenis leucopygtis (Gould).

Diaphoroptents montrosieri (Verreaux and Des Murs).

Diaphoropterus affinis (Tristram).

XEROPHILA Gould.

Xerophila Gould*^ must be displaced on account of Xerophila
Held,' a genus of Mollusca. In its place may be employed
Aphelocephala, from d<peXrj<;, simplex, and xefaXtj, caput, with
Xerophila leucopsis Gould as type.

The species are as follows:

Aphelocephala leucopsis (Gould).

Apheloceplmla pectoralis (Gould).

Aphelocephala nigricincta (North).

ETJTHYRHYNCHUS Schlegel.
The name Euthyrhynchus SchlegeF is preoccupied in Hemiptera
by Eathyrhynchus Dallas." As Melipotes gymnops is distinct generi-
cally, the only name for the group embraced in Eidhyrhynchus

ip. Z. S., 1837, p. 145.

^Mon. Odyn. Belg., 1833.

' Syst. Nat., i, 1788, p. 944.

*Tab. PI. Enl, 1783 p. 34.

^Rev. et Mag. de ZooL, 1860, p. 431.

6 P. Z. 8., 1840, p. 175.

' Ms, 1837, p. 913.

^Ned. Tijdschr. Dierk., iv, 1873, p. 39

^Brit. Mus. List Hemipt., pt. 1, 1851, p. 104.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 215

proper is Timeliopsis Salvador!,^ of which the type is Tinieliopsis
trachycoma Salvadori (= E. griseigula Schlegel).

The species will therefore stand as

Timeliopsis griseigula (Schlegel).

Timeliopsis griseigula flaviguh, (Schlegel).

Timeliopsis fulvigula (Schlegel).

Timeliopsis meyeri (Salvadori).

Timeliopsis fulviventris (Ramsey).

STICTOPTERA Reichenbach.

The generic term Stictoptera Reichenbach" is untenable by reason
of Stictoptera Guenee," for a group of Lepidoptera, and may be
replaced by Stizoptera, from trrtCuj, noto, and Tzrepov, ala, the type
being Fringilla bichenovii Vigors and Horsfield.

The species are

Stizoptera bichenovii (Vigoiis and Horsfield).

Stizoptera annulosa (Gould).

CHERA Gray.

The genus Ghera Gray* must give place to Chera Hiibner,"
employed in Lepidoptera; and it may be called Diatropura, from
dcdrpoTzo?, differens, and onpd, cauda. The type and only species
is Emberiza procne Boddaert, which will now stand as

Diatropura procne (Boddaert).

ETJCORYSTES Sclater.
Eucorystes Sclater^ is preoccupied in Crustacea by Eucorystes
Bell.' In its stead may be used Zarhynchus, from ^d, valde, and
poyX^'i, rostrum ; the type and sole representative being Gacicus
wagleri Gray, which should now be called
Zarhynchiis wagleri (Gray).

CALORNIS Gray.
The term Calornis Gray* is debarred by Calomis Billberg," for a
genus of Lepidoptera. The only available name for this group of

^ Ann. Mus. Gw. Gen., Ser. 1, vii, 1875, p. 963.
^ Singvogel, 1862, p. 31 .

* Spec. gen. d. Lep., vii, 1852, p. 51.

* Gen. Birds, ii, March, 1849, p. 355.

* Verz. Schmett., 1816, p. 211.
^Ibis, 1883, p. 147.

'' Monogr. Malacostr. Crust. Gr. Brit., ii, 1862, p. 17.
^List Gen. Birds, 1841, p. 53.
'Enum. Ins., 1820, p. 77.

216 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

birds is LamjJrocorax Bonaparte,^ the type of which is Laniprotornis
Julvipennvi Jacquinot and Pucherau (= Lamproeorax grandis Sal-
vadori).

The list of species is as follows:

Lamproeorax metallicus (Temminck).

Lamproeorax metallicus inornatus (Salvador!).

Lamproeorax metallicus fuscovirescens (Salvadori) .

Lamproeorax gularis (Gray).

Lamproeorax purpureieeps (Salvadori).

Lamproeorax minor (Bonaparte).

Lamproeorax chalybeus (Horsfield).

Lamproeorax clmlyheiis tytleri (Hume).

Lamproeorax chalybeiis altirostris (Salvadori).

Lamproeorax chalyheus panayetisis (Scopoli).

Lamproeorax chalyhexis neglectus (Walden).

Lamproeorax enganensis (Salvadori),

Lamproeorax sulaensis (Sharpe).

Lamproeorax sanghirensis (Salvadori).

Lamproeorax ohscurxis (Bonaparte).

Lamproeorax grandis (Salvadori).

Lamproeorax diehroiis (Tristram).

Lampjroeorax eorvinus (Kittlitz).

Lamproeorax viaximus (Tristram).

DILOPHirS Vieillot.

Dilophus Vieillot^ is untenable because of Dilophics Meigen/ for
a genus of Diptera. As no other name is available it may be called
Perissor?iis (-spc(TtT6<i, mirabilis, o/jvc?, avis), the type and sole
species being Gh-aeula carunculata Gmehn, which will now stand as

Perissornis earunealatus (Gmelin).

CUPHOPTERUS Hartlaub.

The genus Cuphopterus Hartlaub^ is preoccupied in Hymenoptera
by Cuphopterus Morawitz,' and as there are no synonyms, it may
be called Horizorhinus from opinio, Hmito, and />;'?, nasus. The
type and only species is Cuphopterus dohrni Hartlaub, which
should now be known as

JSorizorhimis dohrni (Hartlaub).

^ Gompt. Bend., xxxvii, 1853, p. 830.
^Analyse, 1816, p. 34.

^ Klassif. uiid Beschr. Europ. Zweifl. Insekt., Bd. i, Abt. 1, 1804, p. 114,
pi. 6, f. 25-32.

*P. Z. S., June 12, 1866, p. 326.

"Bull. Acad. Imp. Sci. tit. Peter sh., January 20, 1866, p. 252.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 18^)<-J

JOHNSON ON EOCENE MOLLUSKS.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1899

JOHNSON ON EOCENE MOLLUSKS.

>
5 C

2 ^

i ^ t^

S PI w

? CO O

g^vri

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1899.

PLATE VII.

MESENCHYTRAEUS SOLIFUGUS. (EMERY.)

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1899.

K. J. BUSH ON TURBONILLA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHI LA. ISf

PLATE IX.

PILSBRY ON PRISTILOMA.

1899.] NATURAL RfTENrES OF PHILADELPHIA. 217

April 4.

The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D. , in the Chair.

Twenty persons present.

A paper entitled '' Thermotnipic Movements of the Leaves of
Rhododendron maxinuim L.," by Jolm W. Harshlierger, was pre-
sented for iMblication.

April 11.

The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., in the Chair.

Thirty persons present.

A j)aper entitled " Dynamic Evolution or Form as a Result of
Motion," by the Rev. William F. C. Morsell, was presented for
publication, the author giving the substance of the comnnmicatiou
verbally with lantern illustrations.

April 18.

The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., in the Chair.

Thirty- four persons present.

The deaths of James McAlpine Sommerville, M.D., and Wil-
liam A. Blackwood, M.D., members, were announced.

Mr. Witmer Stone made a communication on the Josiah
Hoopes collection of birds recently added to the ornithological
cabinet of the Academy. (No abstract. )

April 25.

The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., in the Chair.

Thirty-eight persons present.

A paper entitled ' ' Certain Aboriginal Remains of the Alabama
River," by Clarence B. Moore, was presented by title for pub-
lication.
14 a

218 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

Dr. Henry Skinner made a communication on the relation of
insects to disease. (No abstract. )

James Wallace, M. D. , was elected a member.

April 27.

The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., in the Chair.

Fifty- five persons present.

This meeting, adjourned from the 2r)th inst., was held for the
consideration of a revised code of By-Laws reported bf the Council
of the Academy, in conformity with a resolution of instruction
adopted February 21, 1899.

The following was ordered to be printed :

1899.] NATUEAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 219

THERMOTROPIC MOVEMENT OF THE LEAVES OF
RHODODENDRON MAXIMUM L.

BY JOHN W. HARSHBERGER, PH.D.

It is apparent from a iiuniber of recently published papers on the
reactions of protoplasm and, in particular, of various sensitive
plants to stimuli, that it will be necessary to reconstruct our views
to a considerable extent upon the subject of vegetable irrita-
bility. The movement of the chlorophyll granules in the cells
of leaves, exposed to too bright sunlight ; the movement of tendrils
in response to shocks, heat or the application of chemical substances,
show us that protoplasm reacts in essentially the same manner,
whatever plant is chosen for experimentation.

The writer is not aware that any observations have ever been re-
corded on the movement of the leaves of Rhododendron maximum,
yet the movements of this plant are quite definite. If observa-
tions upon this ericaceous shrub be made during cold weather (the
recent zero weather affording fine opportunities for such study),
it will be found that the leaves are all bent down closely against
the stem, and are rolled inward tightly in a convolute man-
ner, one edge slightly overlapping the other, so that the upper
epidermis is alone presented to the action of the weather (fig. 1).
To assume this position, the petiole takes a sharp bend downward
through an angle of about seventy degrees. The lower side of the
petiole is puckered into transverse folds, when the inrolled and
hanging position of the leaves is assumed. The acute apex as
shown in one of the lower leaves (fig. 1) is slightly incurved. The
U-shaped bend of the petiole is more marked in the lower leaves
than in the upper. The leaves assume an extremely deep green
color, of a brownish hue, and appear as if frozen. Two objects
seem to be served by the hanging position of the leaves accompanied
by the folding of the lower surface of the blade, which is provided
Avith stomata, or transpiration openings. Firstly, the protection of
the lower surface of the leaf, thus ensuring the conservation of the
internal water of the plant. When the soil is hard frozen and the

220 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

days are bright and crisply cold, with a breeze stirring, the plant
with broadly expanded leaves would transpire itself to death.
Kihlraan^ has clearly shown the action of a dry -wind in frosty
weather on vegetation to be destructive in the extreme. Secondly,
the folding of the leaves and downward curvature facilitates the
rapid shedding of snow and ice, which in the mountains where this
plant grows cover the evergreen trees and bushes to a considerable
extent. During the recent zero weather, even in the most pro-
tected places where exposed to the bright sunlight, the drooping
condition of the leaves was constantly maintained. In the shade
of one of the University buildings, the infolding was even more
accentuated than in the sun. as one would naturally expect, and in
the mountains of Pennsylvania, in the shadow of the leafless trees
and evergreen hemlocks, the cold rigor of the plant was very
noticeable at a hundred yards' distance, viewed from the windows
of a rapidly moving train.

If a branch of a plant with its leaves in the hanging position be
carried into a warm room at about the temperature of 75°-80° F.,
in response to this thermal stimulus the leaves will begin to unfold
and assume the diaheliotropic, or dorsiventral, position. The

following observations made upon the reactions to heat and cold
stimuli show that the movements are made quite rapidly:
Branch 1. — Intervals of time given in minutes.

1.30 miu. — Visible response to heat stimulus.

2.00 min. — Unfolding of leaf began.

3.00 min. — Leaf almost wholly unfolded and petiole erected through
an angle of about 40°.

4.00 miu. — Upper leaves become dorsiventral.

o.OO miu. — Blade of leaves fully expanded, but the petiole not
yet entirely straight.
Branch 2. — This branch was held over a radiator. It had been

cut for twenty-four hours and placed out of doors in the cold.

The record is as follows:

f-1 min. — Response to stimulus.

1.30 min. — Somewhat jerkv upward movement of the petiole
apparent.

^ Kihlman, A. O. : Pflanzenbiologische Studieu aus Russisch-Lappland,
Acta Soc. pro Fauna et Flora fenuiea (1890).

Scliiiuper, A. F. W. : Pflinzea-geographie auf physiologischer Griindlage
(1898), p. 183.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 221

3.00 min. — Leaves assume a nearly horizontal position and the

blade unfurled.
4.00 min. — Movement of one of the petioles still evident.
5.00 min. — Leaves assume the normal position.

The main leader showed much quicker response than the laterals.
In removing this branch to the cold after it had assumed the
normal position in the heated room, it was found that the response
under the freezing temperature was not so rapid or marked as
when the shoot was moved from out of doors into a heated atmos-
phere. A slight response to the cold was evident in three minutes,
when the petiole began to curve slightly and the blade to roll. At
the end of five minutes, the larger leaves were well turned down
and rolled. At the end of ten minutes, the large leaves of one
of the shoots experimented upori had assumed the cold position.

Fig. 1. — Branch in cold rigor position pliotograplied at one-miniite interval

after being removed to a heated room. The hanging and inrolled

position of leaves shown.
Fig. 2. — Branch photographed one minute after the first, showing that the

movement of the leaves under the heat stimulus has beguu.
Fig. 3. — Branch with fully expanded leaves after a five-minute interval.

All of the branches were stuck upright in pots filled with soil,

and thus photographed.

222 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

Branch 3. —
1 miu.— Respouse to thermal action.

3 niiu, — Nearly fully expanded.
5 min. — Fully expanded.

Branch Jf. —

1 min. — Response to heat stimulus,

2 min. —Snow which had been enclosed by the inrolled leaf

dropped out. In fig. 2, the leaves here are yet more
fully expanded and the petiole has turned slightly up-
ward, as a critical comparison of figs. 1 and 2 will de-
monstrate.

4 min. — Leaves nearly fully expanded.

5 min. — Leaves fairly expanded, but the petiole has not re-

sponded so quickly, as in the other experimental
branches.

Fig. 3 illustrates a branch after it has assumed its normal dorsi-
veutral position.

A cross-section of the leaf shows the following arrangement of
cells. There is a thick cuticle developed on the upper surface.
Beneath this there are two rows of epidermal cells ; the upper row
has a thick external wall of cellulose. Beneath the epidermis,
there are several well-defined layers of palisade cells, and then
follow the loose parenchyma cells, more or less compacted together,
succeeded by the lower epidei-mis provided with stomata and multi-
cellular hairs, so disposed that they form a flat surface of inter-
locked branches as a protection against too rapid loss of internal
water. A striking feature of most of the cells, especially in the
upper epidermis, palisade tissue and loose parenchyma tissue, is
the intercellular communications, which are visible under ordinary
treatment and powers as depressions in the cell-wall. These are of
importance as part of the mechanism of movement.

Research has shown that the movement in the leaves of Mimom
pudica L., M. sensitiva L. , Oxalis bupleurifolla A. St. Hil. , and
other sensitives, is brought about by the extrusion of water from
the pulvini into the contiguous stems and petioles, resulting in the
contraction of the pulvini. When the absorbing tissue of the
pulvini have again taken up water, and become tense and firm,
they will react again to new stimuli. The study of the cell struc-
ture of the leaf of Rhododeudro)i maxiniimi L. leads the writer to

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 223

believe that the transference of liquid from cell to cell, resulting in
the alternate rigidity of the upper and lower portions of the
petiole, has a very considerable bearing upon the resulting move-
ments. The movements are due to the gradual passage of sap
through the contractile protoplasmic sac of each cell into the inter-
cellular spaces, or they in all probability are due to the movement
of the liquid from cell to cell by means of the protoplasmic
bridges, so that one part of the leaf becomes highly turgescent and
the other part more or less flaccid. Cold weathei*, therefore, sets
the liquids in motion toward the upper side of the petiole and leaf.
The result of this motion of sap would be the downward flexure of
the leaf-stalk and the inward rolling of the leaf. When any
branch with hanging leaves is brought into a heated room the
liquid is again conveyed to the cells lying near the lower surface
and the blade and petiole right themselves. That there is some
movement of cell-sap is evident on watching the change of color
of the leaves after they are brought indoors. In the cold they
are of a blackish green color, but on full expansion they assume
a brighter green, which becomes lighter as the temperature of the
surrounding air rises.

Turgidity is then the main factor in the mechanism of these
movements ; its mechanical importance is further strikingly illus-
trated by the great rigidity of the turgid members, and by the great
force, equivalent in parts of some plants to twenty times the atmos-
pheric pressure, which they develop in ojjposition to external
resistance, as when the roots of trees cause the splitting of walls
or pavements. Although one essential factor in turgidity is the
purely physical osmotic activity of substances in the cell-sap, it
must not be forgotten that it also depends upon the resistance
offered by the protoplasm to filtration under pressure ; so that the
maintenance of turgidity is after all a vital act. The maintenance
of turgidity appears, in fact, to depend upon a certain state of
molecular aggregation of the protoplasm lining the cell- wall, in
which it offers resistance to the escape of the cell sap; whereas in
the flaccid condition the state of molecular aggregation of the
protoplasm is such that it readily permits the escape of cell-sap,
under the elastic pressure of the cell-wall, either into the inter-
cellular spaces or through the protoplasmic bridges into adjoining
cells, which thus become more turgid.

224 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

That evergreen plants, sucli as Rhododendron maxiinmn, have an
immense advantage in the struggle for existence goes without
saying. The fact that a plant can transpire, can metabolize food,
can respire and conduct the elaborated material during the cold of
Avinter is of very considerable biological significance. Other trees
and shrubs are practically dormant during the cold of the winter
months. They must develop and vegetate during the warmer
months of the year, while Rhododendron maximum is ready, as our
experiments go to prove, to avail itself of all the passing atmos-
pheric and meteorological conditions, whether of winter or summer,
which are favorable to its groAvth.

1899.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 225

May 2.

The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., in the Chair.

Eighty-three persons present.

An adjourned meeting, the special business being the continued
consideration of the revised code of By-Laws.

May 9.

The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., in the Chair.

Sixty persons present.

A paper entitled " The Voles collected by Dr. W. L. Abbott
in Central Asia," by Gerrit S. Miller, Jr., was presented for pub-
lication.

The death of Henry Wheleu, a member, was announced.

The consideration of the revised code of Bv-Laws was concluded.

May IG.
Mr. ApvThuPv Erwin Brown in the Chair.
Sixteen persons present.

Papers under the following titles were presented for publication :

" Neuropterous Insects c )llected by Dr. A Donaldson Smith
in Northeastern Africa," by Philip P. Calv^ert.

" Parallelism in Structure between Certain Genera of Odouata
from the Old and the New World," by Philip P. Calvert.

" West Indian Eulimidse," by E. G. Vanatta.

The death of Franz Hitter von Hauer, a correspondent, was
announced.

May 23.

The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M D., in the Chair.

Twenty-five persons present.

Papers under the following titles were presented for publication:
15

226 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

" A New Australian Eulinia," by Henry A. Pilsbry.

" Descriptions of Two New Gray Foxes, " byGerritS. Miller, Jr.

" Some Notes on Coccidse," by T. D. A. Cockerell.

The deaths of xilexander Biddle, a member, and of Mariano
Barcena and Sylvanus Hanley, correspondents, were announced.

Relations of the Land Molhiscan Fauna of SouUi America. —
Mr. H. A. PiLSBRY spoke of the extrinsic relations of the land
molhiscan fauna of South America, recounting and commenting
upon the various theories advanced to account for the relations
existing between the South American, African and Australo-
Zealandic faunas. The evidence of former Austral land connecting
South America with Australasia derived from a study of the
Bulimulidce, the Macroogona, etc., was detailed The speaker
gave his reasons for preferring the hypothesis of a former extension
of Antarctic land to that of a South Pacific continent, as ad-
vocated by Prof. Huttou^ and some others. He claimed that the
present fauna of southern Polynesia was not consistent with Hut-
ton's supposition that these islands had been submerged and thus
their fauna destroyed on the sinking of the supposed Pacific con-
tinent entirely below the sea, the present " islands being merely
outgrowths on its submerged back." Some Polynesian groups,
such as Partula, belong to very primitive and therefore ancient
groups, unknown in any other area, and indicating great antiquity
for the Polynesian archipelagoes.'^ Neither is the present fauna of
Polynesia consistent with the hypothesis that these islands are unsub-
merged remnants of a Pacific continent.

The enigmatic relations of the fresh-water fishes, snails, and
the terrestrial Streptaxidce of tropical South x'Vmerica with the
African fauna were discussed.

The speaker considered the neotropical region of Wallace to be
composite, the Antillean and southern Mexican area representing
a tract independent from North and South America in INIesozoie and
perhaps earlier time, on which the faunal problems had been inde-
pendently worked out.

Various questions bearing on the communication were discussed
by Dr. Calvert, Prof, Cockerell and Dr. Sharp.

^ See Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, 1896, p. 36, for an able paper
advocating Prof. Mutton's views.

'■' Pai'tula, like the allied AchatincUa of the Hawaiian group, has a bottle-
shaped kidney with direct, not reflexed,' ureter, as in Limnma. These forms
have no relations with the Buliinulidm and Achatinidce, with which con-
chologists associate them, hut lie at the base of the terrestrial pnhnonate
tree.

1899.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 227

May 30.
Mr. Charles ]Morris in the Chair.

Fourteen persons present.

The death of Charles Brongniart, a correspondent, was an-
nounced.

William T. Shoemaker, jM.D., was elected a member.

The following were ordered to be printed :

228 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

NEUROPTEROTJS INSECTS COLLECTED BY DR. A. DONALDSON SMITH IN
NORTHEASTERN AFRICA.

BY PHILIP P. CALVERT, PH.D.

Dr. A. Doualdsou Smitli, of Philadelphia, in his expedition
through Somalilaud and Gallalaud to Lake Kudolph, collected
some Neuroptera which he presented to the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia These, some twenty- seven specimens,
embrace thirteen species of Odonata, three of Planipennia, and
one Termite; among them are two new species and one new genus
of Odonata. This fact, together with the very slight information
hitherto existing on the fauna of the region, justifies the publica-
tion of the present paper.

Dr. Smith has published a narrative^ of his journey, accom-
panied by excellent maps, and since his Neuroptera are individ-
ually labelled and dated, it is possible, by reference to his book, to
determine exactly the geographical positions and the elevations of
the localities whence his specimens came. The care thus taken to
record precise information deserves special mention, since not all
recent travellers, in Africa or elsewhere, have been so painstaking.

Dr. Smith left Berbera, on the Gulf of Aden, July 10, 1894 ;
reached Lake Rudolph in July, 1895; thence turned southeast-
wardly to the Tana river and Lamu on the Indian Ocean, at which
latter he arrived about October 26, 1895. His Neuroptera were
collected at the following places:

Berbera, on the Gulf of Aden, Onychogomphus sp., Hemianax
ephijijjigei; Croeothemis erythrcea, Orthetrum brachiale and 0.
Sabina, July 4 and 5, 1894;

Lafarok (map) or Lafarug (text, p. 16), about thirty miles to
the southwest of Berbera, Croeotheynii erythrcea, July 13, 1894;

The Hand, a plateau with an elevation of 3,000 feet and more,

' Through Uakno^n Africia Countries. By A. Donaldson Smith. El-
ward Arnold, London and New York, 1897.

1899,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 229

lying between 8° and 10° N. and 48° and 46° E., Palpares sp.
No. 2, July 24, 1894.

" Lanimo, Aug. 12, 1894," on Palpares sp. No. 1, is, I sup-
pose, Tug Lummo, of page 28, Tug Lomo of the map, sheet 1.
" Tug " is the Somali name for the sandy bed of a stream (p. 16).
Dr. Smith crossed Tug Lammo in approximately 42° 41' 40" E. ,
7° 45' N.

Stony brook, a tributary of the Erer river, mentioned by Dr.
Smith on p. 32, lies in 42° 7' E., 7° 35' N. Its elevation at two
points visited August 16 and 18 is respectively 3,350 and 2,650 feet
(see map). Trithemis ardens and Psetidomacromia Donaldsoni,
August 17, 1894.

" Smith river, Sept. 11, 1894," attached to a Palp)6pleura
Portia, I cannot find mentioned in the text or on the map. The
latter shows Dr. Smith to have been at Koko, 41° 52' E., 7° 33'
N. , 3, 870 feet elevation, on that date.

Sheikh Husein (p. 43), 7° 43' 32" N., 40° 44' 30" E., eleva-
tion 5,020 feet, Enallagma sp., Pantala jiavescens, Hemistigmoides
deceptor^ Sympetrum Fonscolombii, late September and early Octo-
ber, 1894.

Walenso, a peak, 8,420 feet high, of the Gillette mountains, 40°
47' K, 7° 35' 33" N., Orthdrum contractwn, dated October 26,

1894, although by the map Dr. Smith was nearest this peak on
October 15, while on October 26 he was fifty miles farther south.

Boran country, Palpares sp.. No. 3, is merely dated April 8,

1895, at which time Dr. Smith was in the Boran country, near
Higo, 4,480 feet elevation, 38° 30' E., 4° 27' N., and on that day
had the severe fight with the natives which he describes on pages
195 et seq.

No Neuroptera of later date are included in the collection.

The previous literature on the Odonata of this region is a paper
by Mr. Kirby,^ recording six species (three identical with some
of the present collection) from Dobar in the Goolis mountains and
Bichen in Somahland, while the writer has listed^ seven species
from the Tana river.

^ On some Dragon flies obtained l)y Mr. and Mrs. Lort Phillips in Somali-
land. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1896, pp. 521-523.

^ Notes on the Odonata from East Africa, collected by the Chanler Expe-
dition. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xviii, pp. 143-1-15, 1895 (1896).

230 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

ODONATA.

1. Enallagma'? sp.

One male from Sheikh Huseiu, September 29, 1894, has lost
the last seven abdominal segments, so that a positive identification
is at present impossible, but the remaining parts seem to indicate a
relationship to such species as glaucum Burm. (gaboneiixe Selys).
The following descriptive notes are added to permit of future
identification.

Frous, genie, nasus, lips and rear of head pale green; rhinarium
pale brown, vertex black from eye to eye, the site of the usual
postocular spots is green confluent with the same color of the rear
of the head.

Prothorax green on either side, and a middorsal black baud half
as wide as the protljorax itself.

Thorax j^ale green, a middorsal and a humeral stripe black, the
latter half as wide as the pale antehumeral stripe, the former twice
as wide as the j)ale antehumeral stripe; a short, narrow, black stripe
at the upper end of the second lateral suture.

Femora pale green with an external (superior) black stripe.
Tibia} and tarsi yellowish, the former with an external (anterior)
lilack line in their proximal halves.

Abdomen pale bluish-green, an uninterrupted middorsal black
stripe on 1-3, widened and then suddenly narrowed before the apex
of 2, narrowed at the base of 3.

Wings with the inferior sector of the triangle arising at least as
far in front of the submedian cross-vein as the latter is long,
quadrilateral with its uf>per side one- third as long as the lower side
on the front wings, one-half on the hind wings, three antenodal
cells, eleven postnodals on the front wings, ten on the hind wings,
nodal sector arising near the fifth postnodal, ultranodal sector at
the eighth. Pterostigma surmounting less than one cell ; on the
front wings black, with the lower and outer sides nearly equal;
on the hind wings smaller, ochre, with the outer side distinctly
longer than the lower.

Length of head, thorax and first three abdominal segments 12.5
mm., hind wing 19 mm.

The difterence in the pterostigmata of the front and hind wings
suggests Isehnura, but I notice something similar, although less
marked, in a male of glaucum Burm. {gahonense Selys).

1899.] XATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 231

Au ajipareutly teneral female from Sheikh Huseiu, October 16,
1894, is probably of the same species as the above-described male;
the last four and a half segments are wanting, and the specimen is
■otherwise in poor condition. The pale green of the male is replaced
by pale luteous throughout. The black on the prothorax is but
faintly indicated. The black humeral stripe is but a line, the
middorsal stripe is narrower, so that it is hardly wider than the
pale antehumeral, and it is bisected lengthwise by the middorsal
carina being luteous. The two legs which remain (a first and a
second) are pale yellowish. The left front wing has twelve post-
nodals, the ultranodal sector rises at the ninth postnodal on all Avings
except the left hind. The pterostigma is very pale luteous on all
wings, slightly smaller on the hind than on the front.

Length of head, thorax and first five abdominal segments 23
mm , hind wing 19 mm.

2. Onychogomphus sp.

One female, Berbera, July 5, 1894.

The females, at least of such East African species of Onycho-
gompJnis as Genei, Harjeni, pumilio, Costce, obliferatus and lacudris,
are difficult to identify from the descriptions in the absence of any
specimens of this group. It seems possible that some of the differ-
•ences indicated as specific may be due to age and to imperfect
knowledge owing to the relatively few individuals examined.
This being the case, I think it likely that this female from Berbera
may be one of the species already described, in spite of the fact
that it differs more or less from the descriptions. I prefer, there-
fore, not to give it any specific name, but to add notes Avhich may
facilitate its future identification.

Face and lips very pale yellowish, perhaps somewhat greenish in
life, unmarked with black. Upper surface of frons pale yellow
with a narrow basal brown line at the base of the vertex, and a
group of 10-12 black denticles on either side at its front margin.
Vertex yellowish, ocelli and the area between them and the antennse
(except the first joint) blackish. Occiput luteous, its hiud margin
armed with 16 black denticles.

Prothorax luteous. Thorax pale greenish -yellow, dorsum almost
immaculate except for the trace of a pale brown antehumeral
stripe ; the humeral and the second lateral suture each with a

232 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

complete brown stripe and a short brown stripe on the site of the
first lateral suture from the metastigma downward, where it joins
that of the first lateral suture.

Legs pale green, femora with a superior pale brown stripe, first
and second tibite with one (anterior) brown line, third tibiae with
two (anterior and posterior) tarsi brownish. Thes pines on all
parts of the legs blackish.

Abdomen greenish yellow, a middorsal brown line on the basal
third of 3-6, the articulations and the supplementary transverse
carina (or suture) of 2-7 blackish, an inferior brown spot on
either side of 3-6 in front of the supplementary carina and more
or less confluent with it, an inferior apical brown stripe on either
side of 2-7 which reaches forward to the supplementary carina on
2-4, a double middorsal apical brown spot on 5-7, a brown stripe
on either sidre of 8 meeting its fellow of the opposite side both at
base and at apex, narrow transverse basal and apical brown stripes
on 9.

Eighth and ninth abdominal segments not at all dilated. Vul-
var lamina brown, its emargination subquadrate. Appendages as
long as 9, twice as long as 10, straight, slender, tapering, luteous,
apical sixth brown. Eleventh segment (" anal tubercle ") a little
longer than 10, when viewed from above luteous.

AVings: reticulation mostly black or dark brown, except the
yellow costa. Front wings with 12 (right), 13 (left) antenodals,
8 postnodals. Hind wings with 10 antenodals, 8postnodals. First
and fifth antenodals thicker. No basal subcostal cross-veins.
Pterostlgma pale yellow enclosed by thickened veins, surmounting
4-5 cells on the different wings. Membranule small, white.

Abdomen 32 mm., its appendages 1.5 mm., hind wing 27, pter-
ostlgma 3.5.

This female seems to have too much black on the abdomen to be
Genei, Costce., or Hageni, or perhaps even lacustris, and in this and
other respects seems to resemble ohliteralus, but this last has the
pterostigma black. Fumilio is smaller and is diflSerently propor-
tioned in some of its parts. In addition to the older literature,
Mr, McLachlan's paper in the Entomologist Monthly Magazine
for July, 1897, is to be consulted.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 233

3. Hemianax ephippiger Burm.

One female, Berbera, July 4, 1894.

4. Pantala flavescens Fabr.

One female, Sheikh Husein, October 9, 1894.

5. Palpopleura Portia Brury.

One male, "Smith river, Sept. 11, 1894, F. G." [= Fred.
Gillette ?] is nearest Portia, but the dark brown coloring on the
front wings does not reach the hind margin at any point, instead
of occupying the entire width of the wang in its basal fourth, as
in Drury's figure.

6. Trithemis ardens Geistsecker.

Gerst , Mitt. Naturh. Mus. Hamburg, ix, p. 5, 1891.

One male. Stony brook, August 17, 1894.

In this individual there are, on the front wings, four posttrian-
gular cells, then three rows to beyond the level of the nodus.

This species was originally described from Mbusini. I possess
also a male from Abyssinia, given me at the Konigliche Museum
fur Naturkunde, which I compared w'ith the type of T. Maniois
Brauer ( VerJid. zoo/, bat. Gesel. Wien, xviii, p. 735, 1868, no
description; see also de Borre, Repertoire Alphahetique, etc., p. 2G)
" aus Setith.," and found the two to be identical. Dr. Karsch
(Berl. Ent. Zeit., xxviii, p. 24, 1893) has held ardens to be the
same as sanguviolenta Burm., but they are quite distinct, as may
be seen by comparing my descrijition (Travis. Am. Ent. Soc, xxv,
p. 90, 1898) of Burmeister's types with Gerstoecker's description;
it may be added that the supplementary sector next below the
subnodal is so strongly convex posteriorly that two rows of cells
exist between it and the subnodal sector in arden-^, instead of one
row as in sanguinolenta.

Mr. Kirby suggests {Ann. Mag. Nat. Hid., 7, ii, p. 233, 1898)
that "T. ardens Gerstsecker is, perhaps, a form of this species
[i.e., T. lacustris Kirby] with blacker legs." A. comparison of
the original descriptions accompanying the two names shows the
followiuo; differences :

234

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1899.

Lacustris Kirby.-i

Ardens Gerst.

1.

Length of body

28 mm.

34-37 mm.

2.

Alar expanse

' 48 mm.

56 (about) mm.

Antenodals —

3.

Front wings

9

13

4.

Hind wings

Yellowish color
at base of wings
extends —

6

9

5.

On front wings

one-third of the

to the triangle or

length of the wing

one row of cells be-
yond [i. e. , about one
fourth of the wing
length] .

6.

On hind wings

nearly to the nodus

f to f of the distance
to the nodus.

7.

Pterostigma

very i^ale yellow

blackish.

The al)ove-quoted males are more like ardens than lacustris,
although somewhat smaller and with slightly fewer anteuodals
than the former. Gerstpecker' s description being briefer than Mr.
Kirby's, it is not possible to determine whether the following
features, in which these two males from Stony brook and from
Abyssinia differ from lacustris, also exist in the typical ardens :
front wings Avith internal triangle three-celled (instead of two),
hind wings with 8-12 postnodals, three or four posttriangular
cells, then two rows for two cells, then three rows increasing. It
may be noted that Mr. Kirby (1898, L c.) cites lacmtris from
Pretoria and Zoutpansberg in the Transvaal, from Wadelai and
from Abyssinia.

7. Croeothemis erythraea Brulle.

Synonym. Orthetrum Lorti'K.ivhj, Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1890, p.
5-22 ; Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), ii, p. 233, 1898.

Three males, four females, Berbera, July 4 and 5, 1894, One
male, Lafarok, July 13, 1894.

All eight individuals have the sectors of the triangle of the
hind wings slightly separated at their origins, the maximum dis-
tance between them being about .2 mm.

Trans. Zo51. Spc. London, xii, p. 329. 1889.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 235

One of the three males from Berbera has the triangle of the
hind wings crossed by one vein, and five rows of cells between the
principal and nodal sectors at the level of the inner end of the
pterostigma ; these are two of the characters given as distinguishing
C. divisa Baumann {Ent. Nach., xxiv, p. 342, 1898), a West
African species, from erythnea. On the other hand, the body is
no more slender and the amount of yellow coloring at the base of
the hind Avings no less than in the other two Berbera males, which
have the triangle of the hind wings free, and one of which has
five rows, the other four rows of cells between principal and nodal
sectors at the level of the inner end of the pterostigma. It seems
very doubtful, therefore, that divisa is a distinct species.

It may here also be remarked that, on the page quoted from
Baumann' s paper, it is stated that " ferrugaria Ramb., Calv.," is
the female of erythnea. I pointed out the differences between the
two in Proc. U. S. Nat. Mt(s., xviii, p. 127, 1896, and subse-
quently showed /errH<7rtrta to be a synonym of xaitguinolenta Burm.
(Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, xxv, p. 9l"^ 1898).

8. Pseudomacromia Donaldsoni u. sp. (P). X, fig. 5.)

One male, Stony brook, August 17, 1894.

(^. — Dull bluish black except in those parts noted below. Ver-
tex and most of the frons metallic violet, the lateral and inferior
margins of the latter pale brown. Nasus blackish brown, darker
in the middle. Rhinarium pale olive. Labrum shining black.
Labium yellow, median lobe and inner halves of the lateral lobes
black. Occiput black above, orange edged with black behind.
Rear of the eyes black and yellow. Mesepisternum and meta-
pleuron with some very indistinct, yellowish spots and stripes.
Posterior half of metasternum black with a pair of bright yellow
spots close to the median line. Coxse and trochanters obscure
brownish. Sides of first three abdominal segments pale broAvn,
evidently much faded. It seems quite likely that in life there was
a longiludinal yellow or brown streak on each side of the dorsum
of 3-7, uow^ almost completely faded.

Eyes meeting for a distance a little less than the antero -posterior
middorsal dimension of the occiput. Tip of the vertex barely
concave in outline when viewed from in front. Face clothed with
black hairs, most numerous on frons and vertex. Frons without

230 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

carina, but the meeting of the two colors violet and brown nearly
coincides with a more or less angular crest, best marked on the
anterior surface. Hind lobe of the prothorax much smaller than
the middle lobe, its hind margin entire.

Sjoiues on all the femora directed toward the knee, 6 on the first,
9-12 on the second, 20-18 on the third; the spines on the third
femora are shorter than the intervals separating them and notice-
ably shorter than the spines on the first or second femora; all these
spines are of the antero-inferior (or outer) row, the postero-infe-
rior row being composed of more numerous, slender hairs. Third
tibiffi with 12 antero-inferior (outer), 15 postero -inferior (inner)
spines, longer than the intervals separating them. Claws of all
the tarsi with the tooth distinctly shorter than the tip of the nail
itself.

Abdomen, viewed from above, widest at 2 and at 6, slightly nar-
rower at 3 and at 10. Genitalia of 2 quite prominent, especially
the hamule which is entire, sickle -shaped, resembling, but more
robust than, that of Macrotheiim. Anterior lamina but little less
prominent; viewed in profile, convex and polished in front, nearly
plane behind; seen from behind its apical fifth is very distinctly
bifid so as to show two tapering, rounded tips. Genital lobe at least
half shorter than the hamule, oblong, apex rounded.

Superior appendages as long as 9, of the usual Libelluline form,
with an inferior row of 8-10 denticles. Inferior appendage aliout
one- seventh shorter, triangular, reaching beyond the denticles of
the superiors.

Wings slightly smoky, milky at base to the arculus on the front
wings, to the triangle on the hind wings. Pterostigma dark
brown. Membrauule pale brown, white at extreme base. Reticu-
lation throughout blackish ; nodal sector distinctly waved ; two
rows of cells between the subnodal sector and the next supplement-
ary sector below; one submedian cross-vein; arculus between the
first and second antenodals.

Front Avings: 14 (right), 13 (left) antenodals, the last not con-
tinuous; 9 (right), 10 (left) postuodals, the first three not contin-
uous; discoidal triangle with one cross-vein, internal triangle of
three cells, three posttriangular rows to beyond the level of the
nodus increasing to 4-5 marginal cells.

Hind wings: 9 antenodals, 11 (right), 9 (left) postuodals,

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 237

triangles free, its basal side a little nearer than the arculus, 3 post-
triangular cells, then 2 rows for 2 to 3 cells, then three rows
increasing to 13-14 marginal cells.

Total length 43 mm., abdomen 29, sup. app. 2, third femur 6,
hind wing 35, pterostigma 3.

This species is very similar to P. torrida Kirby ( Trans. Zool.
Soc. Loncl, xii, p. 340, pi. lii, f. 7, 1889), which, however, is
larger, having tlie total length of the body 58 mm., the wing
expanse 100 mm., the pterostigma 5 mm., no milky color at the
wing bases (at least none is mentioned in the description or shown
in the figure), and the membrauule white, while in spite of its
larger size torrida has fewer antenodals and postuodals than Don-
aldso))i.

9. Orthetrum contractum Rambur.

Libellula c. Ranib., Nevr., p. 60, 184:3. 0. >:. Calvert, Trans. Am.
Ent. Soc, XXV, p. 98, 1898, for full references.

One male, Walenso, October 26, 1894.

Pterostigma 3 mm. long. The brownish yellow alongside of
the membranule of the hind wings extends outward for a width of
two cells. Anterior lamina not as prominent as internal haraular
branch. Sectors of the triangle of the hind wings arising from the
same point.

Variety ?

One male, Walenso, October 2(3, 1894. Differs from the type-
form in having but one row of cells throughout the entire area
between the subnodal sector and the supplementary sector next
below. In three males from Kilimanjaro, by Dr. Abbott,' which
I still have before me, this area consists of one row of cells through-
out in six out of the twelve wings, while in the other six wings,
one or more of which belong to each of the three individuals,
there are one or two double cells inserted near the middle. This
variety is therefore hardly worthy of a distinctive name.

10. Orthetrum brachiale Beauvois.

Libellula 6., Beauv., Ins. Eecueil. Afr. Amer., p. 171, Neur , pi. 2,
fig. 3, 1805. 0. b. Calvert, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc, xxv, p. 97, 1898
(with bibliography and synonymy).

One male, Berbera, July 4, 1894; no pruinose coloring.

* Described by me in Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., xviii, p. 130, as 0. brachiale
Beauvoi*, although I have since shown this name to be incorrectly applied
here.

238

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1899.

Falls here by my key, I. c, 1898, p. 95. I note, however, ou
the side of the thorax, in addition to the stripes described for
brachiale (= contractmn Kamb. ) ou p. 130, Proc. U. S. Nat.
Mus., xviii, a blackish stripe running through the spiracle (meta-
stigma), and a similar one on the metepimeron parallel to and
behind the second lateral suture and confluent, at its lower end,
Avith the blackish color along the latero- ventral metathoracic carina ;
neither of these stripes reaches to the base of the wings. There
are therefore six dark stripes on either side of the thorax, counting
the antehumeral as one. A similar number and arrangement of
stripes exists in a male from West Africa, given me by Mr,
McLachlan, but which from the black color of the autenodals and
other cross-veins should be conti-actum ; this male is not at all
pruinose, and its colors are in excellent preservation.

11. Orthetrum Sabina Drury.

Lib. S. Drury, 111. Exot. Ins., i, pi. 48, f. i, 1773.

One male (the last five abdominal segments missing) and one
female, Berbera, July 4, 1894.

The race africana Selys (Aun. Eitf. Soc. Belrj., xxxi, p. 22,
1887) is slated by him and by JNIr. McLachlan (Entom. Mo. Mckj.,
2, viii, p. 154, 1897) to differ from the typical Sabina in the
following rejpects :

Sabina Drury. Africana Selys.

1. Labrum pale brownish yellow black, barely mar-

gined with pale yel-
low.

2. Sectors of the tri-
angle in the hind

widely separated at
their origin

arising from the same
point.

Anterior lamina Avith a pencil of stiff without the hairs of
of the male hairs ou either side Sabina type

Habitat

China, Malaysia,
Moluccas, New Gui-
nea, Vlti Is., India,
Syria, Asia
Cyprus,

Mine

Cameroon ( West Af-
rica).

1899,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 239

Mr. McLaclilau draws the conclusion (I. c. ), "the two forms
are not only distinct as species, but will probably eventually be
placed in two different genera. ' '

It is consequently of interest to note that the present male from
Berbera agrees with Sabiiia in characters Nos. 1 and 2, with
africana in No. 3. The distance between the origins of the two
sectors of the triangle is about .5 mm., therefore the same as in
Sahina ; no trace of the hairs exists on the anterior lamina, whose
anterior surface, moreover, is yellow instead of blackish as in the
Asiatic males of Sahina which I have examined.

The female from Berbera has the labrum pale yellowish, the
sectors of the triangle separated at their origin by a distance of
.2-. 3 mm., therefore less than in Sahina, the black line on the
frons bordering the vertex and eyes is narrower than in Sahina,
and the seventh abdominal segment has a large yellow spot on
either side, at its middle, similar to the pair on 6.
12. Sympetrum Fonscolombii Selys.

One male. Sheikh Husein, September 29, 1894.

HEMISTIGMOIDES new genus.

(1) Vertex truncated at tip. (2) Frons with its upper surface
sloping downward and forward from the vertex meeting its anterior
surface at an angle of about 115°, the line of junction of these
two surfaces being marked by a well-defined carina, (5) no lateral
or other carinse. (4-) Eyes in contact for a distance nearly equal
to the middorsal length of the occiput.

(5) Hind lobe of the prothorax of equal width with the middle
lobe, (6) its hind margin Avith a shallow median concavity and
thus being slightly bilobed.

(7) Abdomen shorter than the hind wing, thickest at the third
segment, thence tapering gradually to the tip, triangular in cross-
section; (6") segments 2, 3 and 4- each with a distinct, supplement-
ary, transverse carina.

(9) Femora armed with very short (except the last one to three)
spines directed toward the knees; (10) tibiie with longer spines,
those of the anterior row (thirteen) on the first tibia, of the poste-
rior row on the second (twenty) and third (eighteen) tibia3 being
more numerous than those of the posterior (eleven) and anterior
(ii, 9-11, iii, 13) rows respectively; this arrangement of the tibial

240 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

spines may be formulated thus: i a IS p 11, ii a 9-11 p 20, iii a
13 p 18; (11) tarsal nails with the usual inferior tooth acute,
much shorter thau the tip of the nail itself.

All wings: (13) arculus between the first and the second ante-
nodals, (13) one submedian cross-vein, (i^) nodal sector very
slightly waved, (15) at least some double celjs between the sub-
nodal sector and the supplementaiy sector next below, (16) one to
three cross-veins between the median vein and the principal sector
from the origin of the subuodal sector to the nodus, (17) discoidal
triangles with one cross-vein.

Front wings: (18) last antenodal not continued to the median
vein, (19) sectors of the arculus arising by a very short common
stalk equal in length to the lower division of the arculus (*. e., that
part of the arculus from the origin of the stalk to the submedian
vein), (20) one hypertrigonal, (21) triangle with its basal side
twice as long as its anterior side, (22) internal triangle of three
cells, (23) four posttriangular cells, then three rows to the level of
the last antenodal, thence increasing, (24-) submedian space reach-
ing to the level of the fourth antenodal.

Hind wings: (25) sectors of the arculus arising by a common
stalk which is almost as long as the arculus, (26) no hyper-
trigonals, (27) apex of the triangle not reaching outward (dis-
tad) to the level of the triangle of the front wings (it reaches to
the level of the fourth antenodal of the hind wings), (28) triangle
with its basal side in prolongation of the arculus, (29) three post-
triangular cells, then two rows to the level of separation of the
median and principal sectors, thence increasing, (30) sectors of
the triangle arising from the same point, (31) four subbasal sectors
(Kirby) start from the postcostal vein.

(32) Genitalia of second abdominal segment of male not promi-
nent, (33) hamule bifid at tip only,

■ The insect for which this genus is established has a great super-
ficial resemblance to the African Hemidigma, Kirby, a fact Avhich
has suggested the name here proposed. From Hemistigma, Hem-
istigmoides differs by the characters above numbered 1, 2, 5, 8, 15
(except in one wing out of twenty-four wings of Hemistigma
studied for this purpose), 17 (for the hind wings), 19 and 27. It
may be added here that two males, three females of Hemistigma
affinis Ramb. have the arculus at the second antenodal (compare

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 241

]S"o. 12 above), while one male of affinis has it shghtly nearer the
base of the wing than the second anteuodal is. Further, although
Mr. Kirby states in his original characterization of Hemistigma
(Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond., xii, p. 295, 1889) that the abdomen is
"as long as the hind wings in the male," all three males of H. affinis
just quoted have the abdomen shorter than the hind wing.

The genus Bradinopyga Kirby (Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool.,
xxiv, p. 553, 1894), from Ceylon, is compared by its author to
Hemistigma. Hemistigmoides differs from Bradinopyga in the
characters above numbered 5, 16, 17 (for the hind wings), 19,
20, 27 and 30.'

In Dr. Karsch's arrangement of the genera of the Libellulinae
{Berl. Ent. Zeit, xxxiii, p. 356, 1890), Hemistigmoides would
fall in the same section as Perithemis. It differs from Perithemis,
however, by the characters above numbered 16, 20, 21, 24-, 25
and 27.

13. Hemistigmoides deceptor n. sp. (PI. X, fig. 4.)

One male, Sheikh Husein, September 29, 1894.

cf. — Vertex brown, its tip with a small metalHc dark green
spot. Upper surface of frons dark metallic blue-green, sides and
anterior surface and the clypeus pale green, Labrum yellow, nar-
rowly edged with black at the middle of the front margin. Labium
yellow, a median line on the middle lobe and the inner edges of
the lateral lobes da»k brown. Occiput brown.

Prothorax dull blackish, middle lobe Avilh a median twin spot
and a small lateral spot — pale. Thoracic dorsum obscurely mottled
with green and brown. Sides pale green with blackish brown
stripes on the first (obsolete) and second lateral sutures, confluent
below with the mostly dark pectus; this last has a pair of spots and
behind them a transverse streak — all green— on the metasternum.

^ The structure of the prothorax of Bradinopyga is not mentioned by Mr.
Kirby ; his description states that the sectors of the triansjle of the hind
wings are separated at base, while his figure (?. c, PI. 41, f. 3) of i>. sf((/mata
Kirby shows them arising from the same point. Mr. Kirby has kindly
informed me on both of these structures, by letter dated March 30, 1899,
as follows: "In Bradinopiiga the sectors of the triangle are distinctly
separated, but not for more than a comparatively short space, which varies.
In the type, the prothorax is not properly visible ; but in a second specimen
it seems to be shaped something like this : [here a sketch] i. e., quadrilo-
bate, the two central lo))es sloping down on the sides, and the hind one 7iot
divided and considerably smaller."
16

242 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

Abdomen blackish, sides of 1-3 with some pale green, of 4-9 with
a small indistinct yellowish -brown streak close to the lateral carinae.
Genitalia of 2 inconspicuous; anterior lamina very slightly devel-
oped, its margin entire; hamule bifid at the extreme tip only, the
anterior (inner) branch apparently hooked; genital lobe a little
more prominent than the hamule, a little longer than wide, its tip
regularly rounded.

Terminal abdominal appendages black ; superiors about as long
as 9 + 10, slender, thickest at four-fifths their length, with some
inferior denticles, apex acute ; inferior appendage reaching to
slightly beyond the thickest part of the superiors.

Legs black, the under surfaces of the first femora, and of the
second femora at base, and most of the trochanters pale green.

Wings: venation, including the costa, mostly black, but the
antenodals and the cross- veins immediately below yellow. Pter-
ostigma dark brown with a yellow spot on its inner half which does
not, however, reach to the inner (proximal) end of the pteros-
tigma. Membranule whitish.

Front wings: 12 antenodals, 7 postnodals, 6 marginal cells in
the posttriangular field. Area between costa and median vein
from base to pterostigma, the submedian space, apex of the wing
from the i^terostigma distad, and small areas above the hyper-
trigonal space and between the subnodal and principal sectors below
the nodus — brownish yellow. Subcostal space from base to sixth
antenodal (with slight " overflows " into the costal space), a spot
at the nodus from slightly beyond the last antenodal to the first
postnodal and from the costa to the median vein, and the area
between the sectoi's of the arculus from their origin to the level of
the triangle — blackish.

Hind wings: 9 (R) 8 (L) antenodals, 9 (R) 8 (L) postnodals,
10 (R) 12 (L) marginal cells in the posttriangular field. Sub-
costal (and adjoining part of costal) space to the third antenodal,
the submedian space to beyond the cross- vein, the tip of the wing
from the distal end of the pterostigma — brownish yellow. A black
streak in the subcostal space from the base to the first antenodal.

Total length 33 mm., abdomen 21, front wing 28, its greatest
width (at the nodus) 6; hind wing 26, its greatest width (at the
fifth antenodal) 8; pterostigma 4, third tibia 4.5, superior appen-
dages 1.75.

1899. J NATUEAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 243

PLANIPENNIA.
Palpares sp. No. l. (Plate X, fig. i.)

One male, Lammo (Lummo?), August 12, 1894, is very close
to tristis Hag., but differs (a) in having the subbasal spot on the
hind wings, a spot which is lacking in tristis, and (6) in the form
of the subbasal spot on the front wings. In (a) it resembles var.
niansanus Kolbe (Deut. Ost. AJrika, iv, Netzfliigler, p, 9, 1898),
but differs therefrom in the greater extent of the second and third
bands (Querbinde) of the hind wings; it is also larger than
niansanus.
Palpares sp. No. 2. (Plate X, fig. 2.)

One female, The Hand, July 24, 1894, resembles Kolbe' s figure
(^. c, f. 6) of nyicamis and McLachlau's description (Journ. Linn.
JSoc. ZooL, ix, p, 240, 1868) of sparsu.%.
Palpares sp. No. 3. (Plate X, fig. 3. )

One female [Boran country], April 8, 1895, related to Stuhl-
manni Kolbe {I. c, p. 12 and f. 1), and resembling digitatus
Gerstsecker {Mitth. Ver. Vorpomvi., xxv, p. 117, 1894) in the
markings of the hind wings.

Not having access to any other specimens of Palpares, and being
therefore unable to appreciate the amount of individual variation
which may occur in this genus, I have thought it preferable to
designate these species as above, rather than to attach names to
them, probably incorrectly.

The accompanying plate, from photographs which I owe to the
kindness of Dr. Henry Skinner, w'ill, it is hoped, enable students
more favorably situated to exactly determine these Palpares.

TERMITINA.
Termes sp.

One soldier, without label.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.

Fig. 1. Palpares sp. No. 1. Actual length of body 53 mm., of

hind wing 50 mm.
Fig. 2. Palpares sv). No. 2. Actual length of body 45 mm., of

hind wung 47 mm.

244 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

Fig. 3. Palpares sp. No. 8. Actual leogth of body 49 mm., of

hind wiug 53 mm.
Fig. 4. Hemistigmoides deceptor u. gen. et sp. Actual length of

body 33 mm. , of hind wing 26 mm.
Fig. 5. Pseudornacromia Donaldsoni n. sp. Actual length of body

43 mm., of hind wing 35 mm.

All the figures, reduced in size, from photographs by Dr. Henry
Skinner.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 245

PARALLELISMS IN STRUCTURE BETWEEN CERTAIN GENERA OF
ODONATA FROM THE OLD AND THE NEW WORLDS.

BY PHILIP P. (,'ALVERT, PH.D.

The African genus Pseudomacromia Kirby has been compared
by Dr. Karsch^ with the neotropical Macrothemis Hageu. In the
identification of the species of P'seudomacromia (P. Donaldsoni n.
sp. ), described in the preceding paper, I have studied the other
species of this genus, as well as those of the genera Zygonyx Selys
and Schizonyx Karsch, chiefly with the view of learning to what
extent these three Old World groups parallel, in their structure, the
New World Macrothemii and its allies. As a basis for this com-
parison I have used a recent paper,- in which I have shown that
the five American genera Dythemis, Paltothemis, Scapanea, Brech-
morhocja and Macrothemis form a group (of the subfamily Libel -
luliure), the chief pecuUarity of which is " the modification of the
armature of the second and third femora in the males, and of the
tarsal nails in both sexes," the details of the modification being
characteristic for each genus, Dythemis being the least modified,
Macrothemis the most modified of the five.

The reason for the comparison of Schizonyx, Pseudomacromia
and Zygonyx with Macrothemis, etc., is that they show similar
modification of the femoral armature and of the tarsal nails.

The following species are referred to these three genera respec-
tively :

To Schizonyx Karsch, luctifera Selys (type of the genus) ;

To Pseudomacromia Kirby, torrida Kirby (type of the genus),
Donaldsoni Calvert, hova Rambur, speciosa Karsch and pretiosa
Karsch f

1 Eatomologiscbe Nacbrichten, xvii, p. 73, 1891 ; Berlin, Eat. Zeits.,
xxxviii. p 21, 1893.

^ The Odonate Genus MacrotJiemis and its Allies. Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat.
Hist., xxviii, pp. 301-332, 2 pis., July, 1898.

3 Speciosa and pretiosa, described from male and female respectivelj, are
perhaps one and the same species, for Mr. ]McLachlan writes me, under date
of March 3, 1899 : " I come round to the opinion that these are probably

246 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES. [1899.

To 2^'gonyx Selys, ida Selys (type of the genus) and iris Selys.

In order that the structure of these species may be compared
most readily with that of their American analogues, the following
tabular form, used on pages 303 and 304 of my Macrotheynis paper,
is also employed here : —

(5* 9 of onespfcies, but the spining of the legs is considerably different."
A difference in the same parts of the two sexes is found in Macrotliemis.

Ps. luxuriosa Karscb was later stated by him to be a synonym of Zygonyx
ida Selys (Ent. Nach., xxi, p. 203). Tyriohapta Kirby, placed by its
author (Trans. Zool. Sec. Lond., xii, p. 262) next to Jfacrothemis, has, I
believe, nothing to do with the genera here considered.

248

PKOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1899.

S||

•Is-b

?§^.

N'

llA

m

IS

3

t

a

'd

O

1

c

1

_=

^

-5

3

a

«

^ « ;g 2 a

:h

aj

^11
t 1

i

1

c

s

1

£
^

s

o

|1

1

'3

a

1
1

r- "^

ii

o

§■

lis

_o

^

?§fl

S3t

1.

Si,

3 ft

bill

5 ° = a-

1 ft

i

"u ^ aj

11 -^-^

|1^

1^

11

e

•^k%

0-

1 ^E°|

S^ O >.

^ tc C w ^

-^^
^

a

., „ U r=3 fc- 4)

111

i

llll

Itl

« cs -3 a

^-

g^^

^

|5&S

^iS

|5l8

.

C3

;>!

n'l

0.73

'e

O

■^

^_,

^ °

go

a

a

«

-

^

5^

Cm

"S

t

^
^

g.ft^

t^

O

"«

^

a

^--

e
k

^il

S"^5

-^^ a a

11 si

re -w o

1"=:-
|ltl

'O

o

o

S

^

«2

8

* J^

-'

W

s

a

i

r- ^

c3

<1

n

n

«•«

a c3

"S '~i

■<

a

^

?

5H 3

Eh S

^ i

o

a

y

&^^

CO-

1899.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

249

'C

r_;

TS

-2

S

^

ID

oj 5

O

1

V

H eg

"S*

-c

" •

.—

1

'C

*

^

\^r

"

1*

*.

13

1

p.

C

r

®

a
O

io

^

^

^

^ Si;

5

CO
7J

H

:; 1

«
M

^

a
o

_a

Ci

1

-<

*

E

.1

^5

1

1
1

CO

i

■2 -^

1 -t

a

*

(3

■g
1

C

O

a
C

o

1

p

1

CO

.s

*j "c

o c

;>

a

^■^

o

^j

_^j

^r^

/3

'rt

CO .

^-

^

a: -^

^ S

05 ^

^
^

1

4^

1

5

CO

1

C"

<1

02 ° "^

fl

o

V

a

CO ^

^.

^

c«

.-=•

1

a
O

u

i

1

g

1

o

&

a

"0

4>

s

a

^

a ~

*

TS

*

*

OJ

0)

c3

a

o

<3^

1

O

£

1

CO

H

H

■^'S .

OJ

"* ® Ta

a

1

fid

i"1

*

*

5

*

>

a^

SI'.

oj

D

?,

o

o

^

1

H^

* 1

m

%

«5

fc^

S 5 ^
f^ CO H

5. Nodal sector
at its middle.
3. Number of
rows of cells in
the mifklle of
the held, be-
tween the snb-
nodal sector and
thesupplement-
ary sector next
below.

a
"a

<

'0
0

a

Is"

a|

-^ ■

a2 0

■^1

. c3

1

LO. Discoidal tri-
angle of hind
wings.

1. Internal tri-
angle of Iront
Avings.

2. I'osttriangu-

05 1-1

So.2 -JE.2 ^ . g

cs ©'"^ar:^

■ '^ M S a 'bcj cs

^ > o •- [K -g ■- g

250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

Bemarks on the ptrceding table — Characters 14 and 15, which
have no corres|x>nding entries in the table in the Maerothemis paper
quoted, show some differences of these species from the " Common
characters of the Genera" Dythemis, etc., listed on p. 301, I.e.
Ill all other re-spects that list of Common Characters is to be under-
stood to apply to the species here tabulated, although occasional indi-
vidual variations exist. Thus, I noted that the last antenodal on
one front wing of one female Z. ida was continued to the median
vein; Baron de Selys has a similar note for Z. iris; Mr. Kirby
mentions the existence of one hypertrigonal (supratri angular)
vein in one wing of one male Pseudomacromia torrida.
ScMzonyx.

The data given for S. luctifera in the table are based on per-
sonal examination at various times of seven males, two females.
9* is crossed in one wing of two males, 11 is 1-2-celled in
three males, 12 sometimes begins with three cells or is inter-
rupted by three cells, 13 in some begins Avith three cells. For
bibliography of luctifera see Proc. Acad. Nat. Set. Phila., 1898,
p. 146. Schizonyx differs from Pseudomacromia and Zygonyx not
only in some of the characters tabulated, but also in having a
slight enlargement on the posterior margin of the eye, such as is
found in the Corduliure, and in its pterostigma being shorter on
the hind wings than on the fi'ont wings,
Pseudomacromia torrida Kirby.

The data given in the table and those which follow on variations
are derived entirely from JNIr. Kirby' s descriptions and figure
{Trans. Zool. Soc. Loud., xii, p. 262, 299, 840, pi. lii, f. 7).
As Ps. Donaldsoni so closely resembles torrida in other respects,
it will probably be found that the few data lacking for torrida are
as in Donaldsoni. As to the variations of torrida — 8. two cross-
veins in one wing out of twenty-four wings; 10. crossed in two
wings out of twelve; 11. four-celled in three wings out of twelve.
Pseudomacromia hova.

Lihellula hova Rambur, Nevr., p. 92, 1842, doubtfully referred
to Onychothemis by Mr. Kirby (Cat. Odon., p. 24, 1890), was
placed with Pseudomacromia by Dr. Karsch (Berl. Ent. Zeit.,
xxxiii, p. 369, 1890; xxviii, p. 21, 1893).

* These numbers refer to the numbered characters of the table.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 251

I examined Rambur's type, now in the University Museum,
Oxford, England, September 3, 1896, and made some notes upon
its venation, some of which are incorporated in the above table,
while the others follow here:

Front wings with 10 (right), 11 (left) antenodals, the last one
not continued to the median vein, 7 postnodals. Hind wings with
7 antenodals, 8 postnodals, inner (basal) side of the triangle a
little nearer than the arculus with which, if produced, it would form
a small angle; two or three posttriangular rows, rather irregular and
not symmetrically developed on right and left wings. Total length
of body 47 mm., abdomen 32, front wing 38, pterostigma 3.5.

The data given for hova iji the table are based on the type male
and on a male from Nossi-Be, INIadagascar coast, given me by
Baron de Selys-Longchamps.

Pseudomacromia speciosa (rj*) and pretiosa (Q).

The data given for characters 3, 6-13, are drawn from Dr.
Karsch's and Mr. McLachlan's descriptions and figure {Ent.
Nach., xvii, pp. 73, 74, taf. ii, 1891, I'd, 1? ; Ent. Mo. Mag. 2,
ii, p. Ill, 1891, 2 d^, 19). For Nos. 1-3, 5 and 6 I am also
indebted to a letter from INIr. McLachlan, in which he expresses
his opinion, already quoted, that these two nominal species are
reaUy one.

Variations of speciosa: 8. Of the three males known, one has
two submedian cross-veins in both hind wings (McLachlan,
/. c. ). 10. Dr. Karsch mentions that it is free on the left wing
of the male he examined.

Variations of liretiosa : 6. Mr. McLachlan in his letter ivrites,
" one or two asymmetrical double cellules in the posterior wings."
8. Dr. Karsch mentions two on the left front wing of his type,
Mr. McLachlan three on the right hind wing of his specimen.

The species of Pseudomacromia fall into two groups as regards
the tarsal nails; one (see the table, character No. 3) comprising
torrida and Donaldsoni, the other hova and speciosa (with pretiosa
as 9 ). Hova differs from speciosa in character No. 2, and perhaps
also in its' superior appendages, " munis en dessous et un peu
lateralement, ii I'endroit de leur epaisseur, d'une pointe trfes-
courte" (Rambur), a point easily seen in the male I possess. Ps.
Donaldsoni lacks this " point," and its presence is not mentioned

252 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

fof speciosa. It may perhaps be questioned whether all five of
these species are congeneric, but until a study is made of the male
genitalia of torrida and of sjjeciosa, it will be advisable to retain
them as they here stand.
Zyg-onyx ida Selys.

The data for characters 1-7 are based on personal examination
of a male and a female from Java, by Herr Fruhstorfer, given
me at the Konigliche Museum fiir Naturkunde at Berlin, and a
female from Trong, Lower Siam, by Dr. "VV. L. Abbott, in the
U. S. National Museum. For Nos. 8-13, the descriptions of
Baron de Self's {Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., xxxv, CR., p. ccxxviii, 1891,
13 d", 5 9) and Dr. Karsch (Berl.\Ent. Zeit., xxviii, p. 21,
1893, 9 d", 4 9 ; Ent. Nach., xxi, p. 203, 1895) are also available.

Variations: 3. Distinctly shorter on the second tarsi only of the
Siamese female. 6. Two double cells in one front wing of the
male and of one front wing of one female, one double cell in all
the wings of the other female. 7. A little nearer in three out of the
twelve wings. 8. One in one front wing of one male. 9. Crossed
in three females (Selys). 10. Crossed in seven males, five females,
free in six males (Selys) ; in some free, in some asymmetrically or
symmetrically crossed (Karsch). 11. The statement in the table
is from de Selys, I.e. ; I find it one-celled in one wing of one male
and of one female.
Zygonyx iris Selys.

The statements in the table are all drawn from Baron de Selys'
description, I.e., p. ccxxxi.

Variations: 3. " Asymetriquemeut un peu plus courte a I'un des
tarses" (Selys).

CONCLUSIONS

Owing to the small number of individuals of these species which
it was possible to examine, I have thought it undesirable to calcu-
late the percentages of variations, as was done for Macrothemis.

When the exclusively American Dythemis, PaUothenm, Brech-
morhoga, Scapmiea^ and 3facrothemis are compared with Schizonyx^

'" I was in error when I stated by implication (Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat.
Hist., xxviii. p. 303) that the nodal sector of Scapa/ica is invariably not
Avaved. In some individuals it is waved, as Mr. McLachlan has pointed
out to me by letter, but I am mt able to say which of these two conditions
is the predominant one, owing to inability to examine a long series of
specimens.

1899 ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 253

Pseudomaeromia aud Zijgomjx, genera confined to the Old World, it
is evident that in spite of the resemblance in many peculiarities, no
com])lete parallelisms in structure exist. Thus Macrothemis, the most
specialized of the former group, agrees with Zygonyx ida in charac-
ters numbered 3, 6, 9, 12 and 13, but differs from Z. ida in Nos.
2, 10, 14 and 15; it agrees with Pseudomaeromia speciosa (pre-
tiosa 9 ) in Nos. 2, 3, 6 and 1 4, but differs therefrom in Nos. 9,
10, 12 and 13; it agrees with Ps. hova in Nos. 3, 6, 10 and 14,
but differs therefrom in Nos. 2, 9 and 12. Similar results follow a
comparison of the other genera.

Dr. Karsch" has pointed out a fui'ther analogy between Pseudo-
maeromia and Macrothemis : the females have a strong tendency to
colored wings, the males to hyahne wings, although in the Libel-
lulinse, as in other insects, it is usually the reverse.

As regards climatic distribution, both the American and the Old
World genera are inhabitants of the tropical and subtropical zones,
the northern and the .southern boundaries of the latter being formed
by the annual isotherms of 20° C. The one exception to this state-
ment appears to be a male from Chile, referred to variety typographa
of Macrothemis inequiunguis.''

I believe that we do not yet know enough of the relationships
of the Libellulinse to enable one to form an opinion on this ques-
tion : Have the peculiar forms of the tarsal nails and of the femoral
armatures been independently acquired by these New World and
these Old World genera, or are they inheritances from a common
ancestor ? Of the physiological significance of these structures we
know absolutely nothing, and we await the observations of some
naturalist on the living insects to supply us with such information.

« Ent. Nach., xvii, p. 73, 1891.

' Proc Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., xxviii, p. 319.

254 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

WEST AMERICAN ETJLIMID^.
BY EDWARD G. VANATTA.

Eulima lowei n. sp. K. XI, figs. ;•, 10.

Shell .«mall, smooth, shiniug, white, one or two median whorls
pink tinted from the animal dried within, opaque, spire bending
forward, the outline nearly straight in front, convex behind. In
the face view the shell appears straight. Apex decollated and
.small. Suture impressed, slightly ascending toward the aperture.
Ten whorls remaining, the last four each having an impressed
varix near the right side. Whorls of the spire a little convex,
body whorl slightly and very obtusely angular at the periphery,
rather flattened above and below this angulation, base sloping,
slightly convex. Aperture trapezoidal-ovate, outer lip thickened,
sharp, reversed sigmoid in profile, inner lip angular at the junction
of the columella and parietal wall. Columella heavy, concave ;
parietal wall with a thin callus, convex.

Alt. 6 85, diam. 2.66, length of aperture 2.09, breadth of
aperture 1.33 mm.

Long Beach, California. Mr. H. N. Lowe.

Type in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences,
No. 57,262

A compact species resembling E. bistorta, but differs in being
bent forward only, not laterally distorted also, in having four
varices instead of three and in the stouter, more conic form.
It differs from E. thersites Cpr. in having more whorls, and being
bent forward and not toward the right.
Eulima bistorta "• f=P- PI- XI, fig.s. 7, 8.

Shell small, smooth, shining, opaque, bluish white, apex yellow
tinted, spire bending forward and toward the right, the outline
nearly straight on the right side, convex on the left, front outHne
nearly straight, rear outline convex. Apex decollated, small.
Suture impressed, slighlly ascending toward Ihe aperture. About
nine and one-half whorls remaining, of which each of the last
three has an impressed varix, thickened behind, on the right side.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 2-55

Whorls of the spire convex, the body whorl is rather cylindrical
and much bent to the right and forward, giving the penultimate
whorl a swollen appearance. Aperture irregularly oval, outer lip
sharp, thickened, bow shaped in profile, columella and parietal
walls forming a concave arch, parietal callus nearly straight, thin.

Alt. 5.9, diam. 2.16, length of aperture 1.9, breadth of apert.
1.2 mm.

Monterey, California, " on a starfish."

Type in the collection of the Academy of Natural Sciences, No.
65,881.

This species differs from E. thersites Cpr.,^ of which I have not
seen a specimen, in being narrower, having more whorls, a longer
body whorl, and in having varices. It differs from E. loivei n.
sp, in having three instead of four varices, and in being bent
forward and also to the right and in having a more cylindrical
body whorl.
Eulima compacta Cpr. PI. XI, figs. 11, 12.

Shell small, stout, smooth, shining, pinkish white, opaque, the
outline of the spire straight, conical. Apex decollated, of mod-
erate diameter. Sutures linear, not ascending toward the aperture.
About six and one-half whorls remaining, whorls of the spire flat,
the body whorl oval. No varices. Aperture ovate, outer lij)
sharp, not thickened, in profile it is nearly straight to the periph-
ery, then bent backward. Columella rounded, slightly concave,
parietal wall a Httle convex, forming a slight obtuse angle with the
columella, parietal callus moderate,

Alt. 6.7, diam, 2.45, length of aperture 2.27. bi-eadth
1.27 mm.

Pt, Abreogos, Lower California (H, Hemphill!).

The specimen figured is in the collection of the Academy of
Natural Sciences, No. 57,263.

This species may be easily distinguished by its stout, straight,

^ Carpenter's diagnosis of this species is (translated) as follows: ''Shell
small, very short, whitish, arcuate, very much distorted, right margin of
the spire nearly straight, left strongly excurved ; nuclear whorls decollated,
whorls remaining 6, smooth, nearly flat, the suture distinct, base strongly
arched, aperture suboval, produced toward the right, peritreme continu-
ous, heavily calloused, lip sinuous.

" Long .21, long spir. ,13, lat. .09 [= 5 25, 3.25, 2.25 mm.), div. 40°. Sta.
Barbara (Jewett). Preeminent for aberration among the distorted Euli-
midiE." Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist., 3d Ser., xv, 1865, p. 396.

256 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

conical form, and the simple curvature of the outer lip.' The
specimen figured, from Lower California, seems to fulfil the require-
ments of Carpenter's too brief description.
Eulima randolphi n. sp. PI. XI, figs. 13, 14.

Shell smooth, rather slender, shining, bluish white when empty,
but when the animal is dried in, the spire is orange colored above,
pink in the middle with sometimes a slight yellowish band on the
body whorl ; opaque ; outlines of the spire straight, conical. Apex
blunt, rounded, of moderate size, suture impressed; no varices.
Seven or eight whorls, the body whorl ovate, whorls of the spire
a little convex. Aperture ovate, outer lip sloping to the right,
nearly straight, in profile it is moderately arched forward below and
sometimes retracted very slightly above. Columella slender, con-
cave below, convex above, forming an angle with the convex
parietal wall, parietal callus very thin.

Alt. 6, diam. 2.3, length of aperture 2.1, breadth 1,1, diam. of
apex .3 mm.

Unalaska, Alaska, under stones, P. B. Randolph.

The type is in the collection of the Academy of Xatural
Sciences, No. 73,729.

This is the species mentioned by Mr. Randolph in the Nautilus
for February, 1899, p. 112, as being very plentiful under stones.
It is a rather slender species distinguished from E. micans Cpr. by
its smaller size, more impressed sutures, straighter profile of the
outer lip and the blunter apex. It is distinguished from E. rutila
by its blunter apex, fewer whorls, stouter form, in being o])aque
and having the sutures more impressed. It also lacks any trace of
varices.
Eulima micans " Cpr." Reeve. PI. XI, figs, i, 2.

U. micans Cpr., Reeve, Concb. Icon., Vol. xv; Eulima, pi. iv, sp. 33 (Dec,
1865).

This is the largest California species of Eulima. It is gener-
ally of a bluish white color below and lead colored above. The
apex is often orange tinted, is quite sharp and seldom decollated.

- Carpenter has de-cribed ''Ealitna (? var.) com pacta from San Pedro a3
similar to young E. micanis but mucb less terete, margins of the spire little
excurved, apex lost, seven whorls remaining, base and aperture elongated,
the lip little sinuated. It measures .25 X .09 inch [= 6.25 X 2.25 mm.],
with the spire .15 long [= 3.75 mm.]. The divergence 22°." Proc. Cat.
Acad. Nat. Sci., Vol. iii, 1866.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 257

The sutures are linear. Whorls about thirteen or fourteen. The
lip is concave above and convex below. There are several very
fine impressed lines indicating former lips, irregular in position
either on the right or left side or on both. Keeve's figure being
small and poor, I have given a camera drawing of a specimen from
San Pedro Bay, No. 72,674 of the Academy's collection. Car-
penter reports this species from Puget Sound, Vancouver, Cataline
Island, 30-40 fms. ; Sta. Barbara and San Diego. The specimen
figured measures alt. 11.4, diam. 3.2, length of aperture 3.2,
breadth 1.9 mm.

Eulima rutila Cpr. PL XI, figs. 5, 6.

Similar to E. mieans, but smaller, more slender and with five
very fine varices, three on the right and two on the left side. The
specimen figured is from San Diego, No. 57,264 of the collection
of the Academy of Natural Sciences, and measures alt. 6.41,
diam. 1.83, length of aperture 1.91, breadth .83 mm. The
Academy has also one tray of this species from Scammon's Lagoon,
Lower California.

Carpenter thus describes Eulima (? var. ) rutila Cpr. : "Shell
similar to young E. mieans, but more terete, highly polished, rosy
and livid tinted, nuclear whorls as in E. mieans ; following whorls
10, elongate, very slender, base and aperture greatly prolonged;
columella more twisted; lip very sinuous, a callus running back-
ward above the suture, lip narrow.

"Long. 26, long spir.l9, lat .07 [^6.5, 4.75, 1,75 mm.], div.
20°.

"Monterey (Cooper) (Proe. Cal. Acad. Nat. Sci., 1866, p. 221)."

258 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

A NEW AUSTRALIAN EULIMA.
BY HENRY A. PILSBRY.

The group Lambertia, reckoned by Try on and Fischer a sub-
genus of Eidima, was instituted by Souverbie for a peculiar pupi-
form Eulimid with mucronate apex, from New Caledonia. Only
one species has been described, so far as I know; but in a sending
of shells from Port Stephens, N. S. W., from Dr. J. C. Cox,
another form referable to the same group occurred. As the name
Lambertia had already been used in zoology when Souverbie
wrote (by Robineau-Desvoidy in Diptera, 1863), I would propose
the name Hypermastus for the species described below, the new
group probably including Souverbie' s New Caledonian form also.
It is clearly distinct from Mucronalia.
Eulima (Hypermastus) Coxi n. sp. PL XI, figs. 3, 4.

Shell small, pupiform-cylindrical, glossy; translucent white, with
an opaque-white band midway between the sutures, spreading
downward; spire convexly tapering, slightly so for the greater
part of its length, but more suddenly above, leaving the initial
whorl projecting like a mucro or teat, which is tilted or oblique.
Whorls five (exclusive of the apical mucro), not in the least
impressed at the sutures, the suture slightly ascending and then
deflexed at the aperture; base tapering. Aperture semioval,
acuminate above; peristome bending forward a little below, some-
what inflexed above; columella concave, passing without angle into
the parietal margin, which bears a thin callus.

Length 4, greatest diameter 1.43, length of aperture 1.4 mm.;
diameter of apical " button " .15 mm.

Port Stephens, New South Wales, Australia, collected by Dr. J.
C. Cox. Type is No. 71,306 coll. A. N. S. P.

The general contour differs considerably from that of Lambertia
Montrouzieri Souv., which is moreover a far larger species. The
surface is unbroken by varices, and the white line running midway
of the whorls looks deceptively like the suture. Mr. Charles
Hedley, the malacologist of the Australian Museum, tells me that
he knows of no description of an Australian Eulima resembling
this one.

I am indebted to Mr. Vanatta for camera hicida drawings, which
show the form of the shell better than any description.

1899.] NATUEAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 259

SOME NOTES ON COCCID^.
BY T. D. A. COCKERELL.

The following paper is the result of some work done in the
Division of Entomology, Department of Agriculture, while on a
brief visit in the spring of 1899 I am greatly indebted to Dr.
Howard and his staff for the facilities and assistance kindly given

me.

LLAVEIA Sign.
Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1875, p. 370.
Ortonia Sign., Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1875, p. 367 (not Ortonia Wood,
1869 ; nor Ortonia Nich., 1873).
Protortonia Twns., Jn. N. Y. Ent. Soc, 1898, p. 169.

These are all one genus, the species of Avhich, when adult, have
normally 11-jointed antennre. I believe it AviU yet be necessary to
sink Llaveia as a' synonym of Monophlehus ; especially since Her-
rera {La Naiuraleza, 1884) says the cT of Llaveia axin has eight
" cerdas terminales " on the abdomen, which I suppose to be the
filiform processes of the cf Monophlehus.

Mounts made by Mr Pergande from topotypes of Ortonia
mexicanorum and primitiva show 11 -segmented antennae. The
locality of mexicanorum is Mixcoac, not " Misebac." Duges
described the antennte of the ? Llaveia axin as 10- segmented, but
Herrera declares there are 11 segments. I have only seen the third
stage (9 -segmented) and larva. The following table will separate
the adults of Llaveia :

Size very large; length 15 mm. or over 1

Smaller, length of adult 9 cleared and mounted 7 mm . . .3

1. Pubescence scanty; length 15-18 mm.; antennas short, seg-

ments broader than long, except the last,

Ljlaveia bouvari (Sign ).
Pubescence abundant ; length 23-25 mm 2

2. Legs and antennre reddish; Mexico. . Llaveia axin (Llave).

Ecuador ; separated by no tangible characters from the last,
so far as known ; perhaps identical with it.

LJaveia uhleri (Sign.).

260 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

3. Skin very thickly covered with short hairs; antennae long, none
of the segments, unless the first, twice as broad as long, those
after the sixth conspicuously longer than broad; eleventh
narrow, cylindrical. 192 ij. long. Llaveia primitiva (Twns. ).
Skin with very many round glands, but hairs very minute,
sparse, scarcely noticeable; autennse shorter, the first 8 seg-
ments twice as broad as long; 9 and 10 considerably broader
than long; 11 oval, . . . Llaveia mexicanoruin (CkW.).

The antennpe and legs of primitiva and mexieanormn are very
dark sepia brown, even in the immature stage; this is very differ-
ent from the clear ferruginous of axin. The antennae of the third
stage of axin are of the type of mexieanormn, but the skin is very
hairy as in primitiva.

Margarodes polonicus (Linn.).

Porphyrophora polonica Auct.

The genus Porphyrophora Braudt is essentially the same as
Margarodes, the latter name having priority. There is a good
figure of both the ? and the * ' pearl ' ' of M. polonicus in Van F.
Houttuyn's Natuurlyke Historie, 1766, Vol. 10, pi. Ixxxiii.

COCCUS Linn6.
Syst. Nat., Ed. x, 1758, p. 455.

The first species mentioned is hesperidum {Lecaniimi). The last
is cacti. The other species belong to Chrysomphalus, Kernies,
Pulvinaria, Mytilasjns, Chionaspis, Eulecanium, Ceroplastes, Por-
phyrophora and some Dactylopiiue genus. The Coccus cacti of
Syst. Nat, ed. x, is a Monophlelid, so the Coccus of Signoret is not
the Linnean genus in any sense. The first to divide Coccus L.
Avas GeofFroy, who used Chermes for the Lecaniinse and Diaspinaj
(this is not the true Chermes Ijinn., which is Psy Ha), and restricted
Coccus to Ihe Coccince. Under Coccus he described three species,
C. adonidum, etc., which is a Dactylopius, C. phalaridis which is
some Dactylopiid, and C. ulmi, etc., which is Gossyparia. Only
one of these is in the Syst. Nat., ed. x, and that is j^halaridis,
which thus becomes the type of the genus. For a description of
C. phalaridis we may refer to the Fauna Suecica, ed. 1761, p, 266.
It is said to live at the roots of Phalaris eanariensis, and to be
attended by Formica rubra. The description runs: " Animal
maguitudine seminis cannabis, exalbidum, solis pedibus parum

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 261

incarnatis. Antennae vix corporis J partem adtingunt. Rostrum
inflexum. Anus retusa, vix villosa." This should be easily iden-
tified when collected again in Sweden ; most likely it is a Bipersia.
The insect seen by Geoffi-oy was possibly not the same, as he says
it is " un peu couleur de chair." Lichtenstein suggested that
phalarldis might well be the Coccus radicum-graminis Fonsc, for
which he proposed the generic name Fonscolombia.

Coccus Signoret will stand as Pseudococcus Westwood (not Pseu-
dococcus Sign., which is Phenacocciis Ckll.).

Coccus adonidum Gmelin.

There is no such thing as Dactylopius adonidum Linne', In the
early editions of the Fauna Suecica Linnd had a Pedieulus adoni-
dum, but finding out that it was not a Pedieulus, and apparently
not knowing what to do with it, he omitted it altogether from the
Syst. Nat., ed. x, from Avhich our nomenclature starts. I also fail
to find any trace of it in the twelfth edition, but in Gmelin' s
edition Coccus adonidum appears with a description. The descrip-
tion, however, refers to a longitudinal dorsal elevated line, and
other characters which belong evidently to some Orthezia !

GeofFroy's " Coccus adonidum corpore roseo, farinaceo, alls
setisque niveis," is, on the other hand, &\'n\Qut\y o, Dactylopius, but
his name is not a binomial.

Dactylopius adonidum must therefore disappear from our lists.

Coccus cacti Linno.

Syst. Nat., Ed. x, 1758.

Some of the works cited by Linne (e. g., Re'aumur) relate to
the true cochineal insect; but the whole of the Linnean description
pertains to a Mouophla?bid! The specimens described were col-
lected in the island of St. Eustache by Daniel Rolauder, and sent
alive to Upsala in 1756. At the same time Rolauder sent a num-
ber iu alcohol to DeGeer, who (3Iem., Vol. vi, p. 449) gave a full
account of them, with a figure. The alcoholic specimens were
yellow ochre or pale rose ; Linne, having seen them alive, says the
abdomen is purplish. The antennse and legs are black; antennae
11 -segmented; mouth parts present. The shape is long oval, like
Llaveia or Ortonia. Linne says nothing about any ovisac, or
cottony covering, so it was doubtless absent.

This species seems not to be identical with anything known to

262 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

modern coccidologists, but it is probably a Llaveia or closely related
form. It Avill doubtless be rediscovered when looked for in the
type locality.

The cochineal insect can stand as Pseudococcus co.cii (Burm.,
Handh. der Entom., 1839, Vol. 2, p. 72). Burmeister's cita-
tions of literature belong to the cochineal, and he ignores the Syst.
Nat, ed. x. His description of the (^ agrees with the cochineal,
but his ?, with caudal setae, is doubtful. The locality is giv^en as
Mexico, and it is definitely stated that it is the animal which pro-
duces the scarlet pigment.

SPH^EROCOCCOPSIS u. g.

Type S. influtipcn {Sphmroeoccus inflatipes Maskell, Trans. N. Z. lust.,
XXV, p. 238).

This is Avidely separated from Sphmrococcus by the presence of

well-developed legs in the adult $ ; the first four small, the hind

pair very large. The margin is beset Avith spines.

PHCENICOCOCCUS n. g.
Type P. marlatti n. sp.

Adult ?. Skin tuberculate, but Avithout conspicuous glands;
spiracles small; antennae reduced to a mere tubercle; otherwise like
Sphcerococcus. The anal ring is hairless in larva and adult.

Larva with four long caudal bristles instead of only two. No
lateral or dorsal spines.
Phoenicococcus marlatti n sp.

Adult V ; broad oval or plum-shaped, wine-red when alive, (fide
Marlatt), 1 to 1^ mm. long; occurring packed in great numbers
in little cavities about 10 or 12 mm. long by 4 or 5 broad on the
midribs of the leaves, communicating with the air by a narrow
longitudinal slit.

Skin transpai'ent after boiling, with only a faint brown tinge, its
surface beset with numerous hyaline tubercles, Avhich make it seem
tessellate, but no spines or hairs, and only a very few scattered
glands, except laterad of the spiracles, where there are numerous
small round glands grouped more or less in a semicircle. Spiracles
formed as in Sphcerococcus, but small. Antennae mere minute dark
protuberances. Mouth parts well developed. Rostral loop bent
suddenly near the base.

Larva elongate, more than twice as long as broad, without lateral
or dorsal spines; anteume 6 -segmented, formula 6 12 (35) 4; 6 long.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 263

cylindrical ; 1 very large. Segment 6 has two very long hairs at
the end. Interval between the antennae less than the greatest
diameter of the first segment. Candal tubercles little produced;
each with two bristles. Femora much swollen, legs otherwise
ordinary.

Hah. — On date palms (Phcenix) imported from Algeria; found
by Mr. C. L. Marlatt, Avho made some study of it years ago. Mr,
Marlatt informs me that on the living plants the slight swellings
containing the insects are extremely inconspicuous, and very likely
to be overlooked even on close examination.

Since the above description was written, P. marlaiti has been
found by the WTiter in great numbers on the insides of the sheath-
ing bases of the leaves of a date palm just imported from Algeria.
Here it is not beneath the epidermis.

Dactylopiine Genera.
After a consideration of the larval characters, I am willing to
recognize five genera of Dactylopiini with the legs and antennje
rudimentary or absent. It is interesting that the larvae of these
forms, which are so degenerate in the adult stage, differ more than
do the larvae of ordinary coccids ; and, moreover, their differences
are just such as separate the adults of the genera which retain
their legs and antennae to the last.

The following table will separate the genera mentioned :
Newly hatched larva elongate, after the manner of Rhizcecns and

Pergandlella, antennae 6-segmented, 1

Newly hatched larva oval or elliptical, 2

1. Terminal antennal segment of larva oval, little longer than the

one before Pseudolecanium Ckll,

Terminal antennal segment of larva very large, as long as the
three before Ch.etococcus Maskell.

2, Larva with 5 -segmented antennae; anal ring of adult with 4

hairs Cryptococcus Dougl.

Larva with 6-segmented antenna?; anal ring of adult with 6

hairs Antonina Sign.

Larva with 7 -segmented antennre; anal ring of adult and larva

with 17 hairs Kermicus Newst.

Sphcerococcus tohionu CkW.. , Bull. 4, Tech. Ser., Div. Ent., will
stand as Pseudolecanium tokionis.

264 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Fonscolombia radicum-graminis (Fonse.).

Fonscolombia graminis Licht., Ent. Mo. Mag., 1877, July, pp- 34, 35.

This insect, described by Fonscolombe in 1834, is found in
France at the roots of cereals. The 9 has G-jointed antennje,
and the ^ is apterous. Lichtenstein suggests that this may be the
Coccus phalaridis, but this is at present doubtful. Should it be
phalaridis, it will belong to Coccus L.; but otherwise Lichtenstein' s
genus Fonscolombia is valid, and has priority over Pseudochermes
and Apterococcus, proposed for a congeneric species.
Fonscolombia fraxini (Kalt.)

Riper sia {Apterococcus) fraxini (Newst. ).

This insect was first described by Kaltenbach in J 874. In
1895 Nitsche proposed for it the subgeneric name Pseudochermes.
Newstead, when describing the insect as new, used the same specific
name as that of Kaltenbach.
Phenacoccus mespili.

Signoret in 1875 described this insect for the first time, but
called it Pseudococcus mespili Geoffroy. The Chermes mespili serico
alho of Geoffroy, as well as the Coccus mespili Gmelin {Syst. Nat,
1788), based upon it, are manifestly referable to Pulvinaria.
Geoffroy says his insect appears not to differ from his Chermes
carpini serico alho, which is also a Pulvinaria. Signoret also cite&
Fonscolombe' s supposed Coccus cratcegi, described iu 1834, but
that is also a Pulvinaria. Signoret has suggested that the Cocem
pjruni Burm. , 1849, may be Pseudococcus mespili. The description
of Burmeister is quite inadequate to demonstrate this, and differs
in the statement that the insect is greenish gray, P. mespil
Sign, being reddish. The Phenacoccus is therefore nameless, but
it is here proposed to use for it the name mespili, which will not
conflict ^vith Geoffroy' s name, the latter pertaining to a different
genus.
Phenacoccus (?) farinosus (Gmel.).

Coccus farinosus alni, DeGeer, Mem , Vol. vi, 1776, p. 442, pi. 28, figs.
17-20.

Coccus farinosus, Gmelin, Syst. Nat., Ed. xiii, 1788, p. 2220.

This is a Dactylopiine found on the alder ; clear, rather reddish,
brown, mealy-farinose, eventually covering itself, except the head,
with a cottony sac, in the hind part of which the eggs are laid.
In the subadult stage it has short lateral tassels, but no long caudal

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 265

ones. This should be easily recognized when found again iu

Europe.

Rhizaecus (?) terrestris (NTewst.).

Ripersia terrestris Newst., Ent. Mo. Mag., 1895, p. 213.

This has in common with Rhizcecm falcifer the peculiar elongate
shape, the 5-segmented antennae, the elongated mentum, and the
prominent caudal tubercles. Newstead figures no eyes, nor men-
tions them. The terminal segment of the antenna has not the curi-
ous falciform spines observed in R. falclfer and elotl.
Rhizaecus (?) mammillariae (Targ.-Tozz.).

Dactylopius mammillarUe (Targ.-Tozz.).

Westwoodia sp. n. (?), Targ.-Tozz., Annali di Agricoltitra, 1884, pp. 402,
403, figs.

Found at the roots of Mammillaria. Targioni-Tozzetti at first
called it Dactylopius mammillarue, but later left it without a
specific name. He says his material was immature, but the tibia is
considerably larger than the tarsus, pointing to a subadult condi-
tion at least. The insect differs from Pergandiella in any stage by
the elongate mentum ; in this it agrees with Rhizcecxis, but it differs
from that in having well -developed eyes, and in lacking the falci-
form spines on the antennae. The antennae, though 6-segmented,
resemble more those of R. ( ?) ferredris than typical Rhizacus or
Pergandiella. Apparently this insect Avill form a new genus.
Oudablis parietariae (Licht.).

BoisduvaliaimrktaruB Licht., Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1881, p. cxv.

This species has been overlooked by later writers. The c? is
clear red; the ? mealy white. It is found on Parietaria diffusa.

Sugarcane Mealy-bugs. — In the collection of the Division of
Entomology at Washington I find mounted specimens of Dacty-
lopius calceolarice and D. sacchari from new localities, identified by
Mr. T. Pergande. While recording these, I take the opportunity
of giving detailed measurements, not hitherto published for these
species. It will be seen that although superficially similar and
having similar habits, the insects are very distinct in structure.

Dactylopius calceolariae Mask.

On sugarcane, Florida, November 7, 1898 (No. 6,832).
New to the U. S.

^66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

Shape long oval. Measurements in p. :

Middle leg: coxa, 197; femur + trochauter, 331; tibia, 223;
tarsus (very short!), 90; claw, 30.

Anteunal segments: (1) 60 long and 86 broad, (2) 68-70 long,
<3) 39-43, (4) 30-34, (5) 43, (6) 32-39, (7) 43-47, (8)
96-100.

The specimens were sent to the Div. Entomology by R. E. Rose,
from Narcoosee, Fla.
Dactylopius sacchari Ckll.

On sugarcane, Bayamon, Porto Rico, January, 1899, (J..

Females full of embryos. Measurements in ,« :

Middle leg: coxa, 133; femur + trochanter, 236; tibia, 146;
tarsus, 73 ; claw, 30.

Antennal segments: (1) 34-43 long and 82 broad, (2) 39-43
long, (3) 26-30, (4) 30-39, (5) 26-30, (6) 34-39, (7) 77-93.

The antennae have only 7 segments.

PERGANDIELLA n. g.

A Dactylopiine coccid with a long, parallel-sided body ; antennse
8 segmented, stouter and shorter than in Dadylopius ; eyes pres-
ent; anal ring with six large bristles; mentum short; no projecting
caudal lobes. Type P. americana n. sp. Includes also P. pernsii
( Westivoodia perrisii Sign. ) from France. This is identical with
Weshvoodia Sign., Signoretia Kraatz, and Bergrothia Kraatz; but
all these names are preoccupied: I formerly misunderstood its
generic characters, and was later led thereby to place it as a syn-
onym of Dactylopius. It is appropriately dedicated to Mr. Theo.
Pergande, who has all along maintained its validity, and who
discovered the type species.
Pergandiella americana n. sp.

? (Mr. Pergande's mount). — Length 3f, breadth 1;^ mm. ;
eyes distinct ; caudal tubercles not produced, each with many small
round glands, and a pair of short, stout spines, also about 15 short
hairs, and one long one, this last Hke the bristles of the anal ring,
but longer. Skin with small round glands, and scattei'ed hairs,
not numerous enough to form a noticeable pubescence; rostral loop
reaching to about midway between first and second pairs of legs ;

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 267

mentum broader thau long, breadth 104, length 92 p.; legs very
sparsely hairy ; hairs on tibia and tarsus very short ; claws simple,
ordinary. Bristles of anal ring 108 ,a long.

The following measurements of the legs and antennae are in ,v. :

Antennal segments: (1) 52, (2) 44-48, (3) 28-32, (4) 20-24,
(5) 32, (6) 22-24, (7) 28-32, (8) 76-88. Formula 812 (537)
(64).

Middle leg: coxa, 116; femur + trochanter, 240; tibia, 168;
tarsus, 84; claw, 22. Diameter of femur, 72; of tibia, 36.

Anterior leg: tibia, 140 ; tarsus, 80.

Posterior leg : tibia, 200 ; tarsus, 92.

Larva. — Dactylopiine ; antennae 6 -segmented, 6 longer than
3 + 4+5, as 13 is to 10|^; tarsus, excluding claw, longer than
tibia, as 11 is to 10; caudal tubercles slightly produced; mentum
not very long, length to breadth as 11|^ is to 10.

Hah. — Washington, D. C, on ash, November 4, 1898 {Per-
gande, Div. Ent., No. 8,200). Differs from P. jicri-isii princi-
pally by its smaller size, scarcely pubescent legs, and in being
arboreal, whereas jaerrmi was found on grasses. Its color is also
different. This interesting insect ought to have been published
under Mr. Pergande's name, as he had carefully examined it and
noted its peculiarities before I saw it. It is only after urging him
to publish it, without result, that I now, with his consent, make it
known. I am permitted to supplement my description by the
following extract from Mr. Pergande's notes:

" Found in cracks of bark on the trunk of an ash on the Agricul-
tural Department grounds three specimens of a species of West-
woodia, one of them still crawling about. The others were infested
by a hymen opterous parasite, though both were still living. The
active ? was very slender, about 4 mm. long, by 1 mm. in diame-
ter, and of a brownish-red color but covered with a mealy excre-
tion Avhich gave it a grayish or moldy appearance. The other two
were in addition to the mealy substance covered by a woolly excre-
tion, which was rather sparse anteriorly, but became very dense

toward and around the end of the body There was also

found in one of the cracks a mass of white and woolly excretion
containing eggs and young larvoe of this species, all of which were

of a pale purplish color With the eggs were also found

one minute specimen of a bright red species of Scirus, and one

268 rROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

minute species of Gamasidse, of a faintly yellowish color. They
were feeding on the eggs " (Pergande MS.).

Gossyparia spuria (Modeer).

Coccus uliiti, Olivier, Encycl. Meth., Vol. vi, 1791, p. 97.
This species was well figured by Re'aumur, and is the Coccus
ulmi, corpore fuMo, serico albo, of Geoffi'oy. Geoftroy'sname is not
a binomial, so the proper name of the insect is that given by
Modeer, which was in general use before Signoret's time.

The Coccus alni Modeer, 1778, is a Lecanium, and has nothing
to do with Gossyparia; see Douglas, Ent. Mo. Mag., September,
1886, pp. 80, 81.
Eriocoecus palmeri n. sp.

?. — Sac l-i-2 mm. long, of the usual oval shape, of closely
Avoven pure white cottony secretion, with many loose threads on
the surfaces producing a kind of pubescence. Caudal aperture
quite large.

?. — Boiled in KHO, does not stain the liquid. Antennse uni-
formly 6 -segmented, with 3 longer than the subsequent segments
together. 2, 1 and 6 subequal in length; 4 and 5 subequal and
shortest. Antennse and legs pale brown. Dermal spines crowded
and very large. Femur rather stout; tibia and tarsus long and
slender, tarsus somewhat longer than tibia, with two long bristles
on its inner side. Claw long, curved. All the digitules filiform,
those of the claw extremely slender, those of the tarsus extending
a little beyond end of claw. Claw with a minute denticle on the
inner side jusi before the tip. Caudal tubercles long, cylindrical.

The following measurements are in p.:

Dermal spines, 37-47.

Antennal segments: (2) 32, (3) 75, (4) 22, (5) 22, (6) 35.

Middle leg: coxa, 120; femur -f trochanter, 180; tibia, 104;
tarsus, 112; claw, 40

Hind leg: tibia, 116; tarsus, 120; claw, 36.

Hah. — Collected by Dr. Palmer on Carmen Island, off the east
coast of Lower California, February, 1891. Found on Bourreria
sonorce Wats., and also on Euphorbia hlepharostipula Millsp.
Types in Coll. U. S. Dept. Agric, Div. Ent.^ No. 4898. This is
the smallest American Eriocoecus, but it is not so small as E.
lepiospermi Maskell.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 269

Eriococcus ericae Sign.

Finding in the collection of the Dept. Agriculture a slide of
this species from F, Richter, of Moutpellier, I give the measure-
ments (in //-) of the antennse and legs.

Antennal segments: (1) 30, (2) 36, (3) 36, (4) 21, (5) 18,
(6) 28.

Legs: coxa, 86; femur + trochanter, 133; tibia, 73; tarsus,
109; claw, 12.

Longest dermal spines about 43 /v..

Asterolecaninm epidendri (Bouche).

Lecaniuin epidendri Bouche, Stett. Ent. Zeit., 1844; p. 300 (not L. eipi-
rfewcZr?; Bouche, Stett. Ent. Zeit., 1851, p. 112).

The 9 described by Bouche is evidently our ^. oncidii ; it is
said to be probably from the West Indies. Bouche' s cf is perhaps
some other species.

Asterolecanium rhamni Kieffer.

Bull. See. Ent. France, 1898, pp. 214, 215, figs.

Found on Rhamnus in Algeria, forming galls. This supposed
Coccid is manifestly a psyllid, and Mr. Schwarz, to whom I showed
the description and figures, immediately recognized it as a Trioza.

Asterolecanium variolosum (Ratzeburg).

Asterolecanium qiiercicola Sign, et Auctt. (not Lecaninm quercicola
Bch.).

Coccus variolosus "Ratzeburg MS.," Hagen, Canad. Entom., 1837, p. 60
(no descr.).

Lecanium qiiercus *'L." (not of Linne), Altum, Forstzoologie, iii,
Insecten, 1881, p. 365.

Coccus variolosus Ratzeburg, Tharander Jahrbuch, xx, 1870, p. 187 (not
seen ; fide Judeich and Nitsche).

Coccus quercicola ''Sign.," Judeich and Nitsche, Lehrbuch der Mitteleur.
Forstinsektenkunde, Vol ii, 1895, p. 1252 (good figures).

Asterodi((sj)is variolosus Boas, Dansk Forstzoologi, 1896-98, p. 395, fig.

Bouche described his quercicola as elevated, rough and dark
brown. Whatever it may have been, it was hardly the A.sfer-
olecaniam. The name proposed by Ratzeburg is very appropriate.

KERMES Boitard.
Manuel d'Entomologie, Vol. ii, 1828, pp. 171, 172.

The name Kermes had been used in a popular sense from early
times, but Boitard is the first author I find using it as a genus in
scientific nomenclatu re. He includes in it Kermes variegahis, K.

270 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

ilicis and K. reniformis, as well as species of LeccDiium, etc. Mr.
T. Pergaude suggests that Kermes is in reality allied to Eriococcus.
This had not occurred to me, but after going over the characters
with this thought in mind, I am inclined to agree with him.

ilicis (L.)-

Coccus ilicis L., Syst. Nat., Ed. x, 1758, p. 455.

Linne gives no description, but cites Reaumur. The insect
described and figured by Re'aumur is the globular black species,
later named K. hauhinii, not the K. vermilio. The latter there-
fore remains valid.
Kermes quercus (L.).

Coccus quercus L., Syst. Nat., Ed. x, 1T58, p. 4.55.

Linne gives no description, but cites, " Re'aum. ins. 4, t. 6, f.
1-4, and alia f. 8, 9, 10.

Reaumur's figures 1-4 represent Kermes renifornm of Signoret
and authors, which must therefore fall as a synonym of K.
quercus. The figures 8, 9, 10, are of a large Pulvinaria, also
found on oak.

Kermes quercus Newst. MS. wnll need a different name. The
Lecanium quercus " L. " of Signoret is not the Linuean insect.

Fseudokermes armatus (Ckll.).
Lecanium armatum Ckll., Am. Mag. N. Hist., June, 1898, p. 436.
Mr. Pergande made a mount of the second stage from out of the
original lot. It is 1 mm, long approximately, and has the legs and
antennae mere stout, conical protuberances, extremely small; skin
Avith numerous figure-of-8 glands; anal plates large, mouth parts
well-developed.

Lecanium coiFeae Walker.

ListHomop. Ins. B. M., 1852, p. 1079.

This is said to have transverse ridges, -which suggests oleee ; but
it is flat and only 2 mm. long, so it must be in the second stage
only, and therefore may be hemisphcericum. Tradition in Ceylon
identifies it with hemisphcericum, and I have used the name coffece
for that insect accordingly. Mr. Pergande, however, tells me he
saw specimens in the Berlin Museum labelled coffece, and believed
to be authentic, and they were olew. On the whole, the name
coffece had better be dropped.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 271

Lecanium ulmi (Gmelin).

Coccus ulinl Gmel., Syst. Nat., p. 2217 (not Coccus ubni L.)-
This is the Lecanium fasciatum Costa, with transverse brown
bands in the manner of L. perornatum. It is DeGeer's Coccus
ovatus albus fuseo transverse striatus, ulmi, figured on pi. 28, f. 7.
It is also the Chermes ulmi rotundus of Geoffroy, and Olivier' s
Chermes ulmi. Olivier says he found it in Holland in May, 1735.
Douglas {Eat. 3fo. Mag., September, 1886, p. 79) remarks that
in England are found only wholly brown scales of L. ulmi, such
as were also known to Signoret in France. He queries whether
the bands may not be peculiar to the immature stage, but it seems
probable that they are retained to the last, as in L. perornatum.
In that case the English L. ulmi will require a new name, being
apparently a distinct species; unless, as Douglas suggests, it may
be identical with L. alni (Modeer).

Lecanium liriodendri (Gmel.).

Coccus liriodendri Gmelin, Syst. Nat., 1788, p. 2220.

It has long been supposed that this might be identical with our
L. tulipifene Cook, but nobody appears to have been able to con-
sult the description (Hamburgisches Magazine, xii, 1753, pp.
3-24) quoted by Gmelin, on which the specific name is based.
Fortunately I have been able to obtain the work at the Library of
Congress; it proves to be an article by Dr. John Hill, of London,
relating to a Lecanium he found on the tulip tree in a plantation
of American trees at Goodwood; and afterwards, on the same
kind of tree, in Burlington Gardens, Chiswick, England. Not
being able to make very much out of the article myself, I asked
Mr. Pergande to read it, which he did, also without any definite
result. It is plain that the insect was a Lecanium, and it is per-
haps probable that it was Ij. tulipiferce, but the description is so
vague, besides containing some apparently inaccurate statements,
that there can be no certainty. It is, however, very desirable that
some one should ascertain whether any tulip trees (Ijiriodendro)i)
are still living at the places named, and, if so, whether they are
infested by this Lecanium.

Lecanium castilloae Ckll.

I have examined a mount of the second stage, prepared by Mr.
Pergande from some of the original material collected by Prof.

272

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Townsend ou Cadilloa at Froutera, INIexico. The margin has
numerous short rather thick spines, 10 p. long and 21 p. apart.
Stigmatal spines in threes, two very short, about 17 p, the other
very long, 73 p.. Close to the margin, on each side, are five
Avell-marked round glands, 14 p diam., consisting of a small ring
within a larger. Antennse well developed, 7-segmented; the seg-
ments measure thus in//: (1) 26-34, (2) 34, (3) 60-64, (4)
73-77, (5) 34-39, (6) 30-34, (7) 43-51.

Anterior legs with the tibia, 94 p; tarsus (excl. claw), 81 p;
width of femur, 51 p.

PULVINARIA.
The following measurements will assist in the determination of
the species ; they are all in p :

Ante nn a I Segmen ts .

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

P. c u pan ice

Ckll., ou akee,

Kingston, Ja-

maica [Ckll.)..

39

39

77

43

39

26

26

43

P. a u r a n t i i

Ckll., on orange

Tokio, Japan

(Taki(hashi) ..

34-47

47-55

64-77

47-51 43-51

21-26

26

47-55

P. psidu Mask.,

ou coffee (?),

K a i I u a, Ha-

waii, 1893

{Div. Ent.).. .

39

64

111-107

60-64 64

39-43

34

55

P. ribesm Sign. ,

Lancaster,

England

{Newstead) . . .

(?)

47

73

73 55

34

30

47

P. fl a vie a n s

Mask., Murray

Bridge, Austra-
lia (A'of&eie)..

39-43

43

47

39-43

34-47

21-26

17-21

34-39

P. '■'■ camellico-

la," on Euon-

ymus, Macon,

Georgia, 1892

{Bonn.)

(?)

43-51

55-64

55

30-34

30

26

39-51

P. big el ov ice

Ckll., Los An-

geles, Califor-

n\a,(Div.Ent.).

(?)

51

60

51

43

39

30

39

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHIEADELPHIA. 273

Legs of the same Specimens.

Length
of Tibia.

!

Length Breadth

of Tarsus 1 ^f S.i!l

(excl.claw).j «f Femur.

P. cupanioe (anterior leg)

P. aurantii (anterior leg)

P. psidii (anterior leg)

P. ribcsicB (anterior leg)

P. ' ' ctimellirola ' '

172
155
258
180
163
193

94

86

107

103

82
124

68
73
90
69
73
90

P. bifjdovicB (middle leg)

P. cnpanice, aurantii and jysidii are superficially similar, and are
liable to be confused. In cujmnice and j^^^dii the marginal spines
are about 21 /Jt long, and more or less fimbriate at the ends; in
aurantii they are simple, only those next to the spiracular incisions
being slightly flattened and inclined to be fimbriate at the ends.
Ou the other hand, by the antennae aurantii and ciqmniie are close
together, and psidii differs greatly by the long 3, as also in the very
long tibia.

The marginal spines of flavicam are sharp and quite simple;
those of ribesice are also quite simple, very slender, the longer ones
43 //.

The marginal spines of the " camellicola'^ are simple, very
slender, 39-60 n apart, and 34-47 fj- long.

The bigelovice has the antennae practically as in " camel/ icola,^'
but the legs will distinguish it.

The species marked " camellicola ," may possibly be the insect
intended by Signoret, but his description does not agree. I have
considered it rather a form of my P. simulans ; vide Canad.
Entom., 1895, p. 258.

Aulacaspis coccois (Licht.).

Diaspis coccois Licht., Bull. Soc. Eut. France, 1882, p. xxxvi.

This is presumably the insect afterwards described by Morgan as
D. teniaculatus. The exuviae are distinct and almost central.

Chrysomphalus aonidum (Linn.)-

Coccus aonklum L., Syst. Nat , Ed. x, p. 455.

The description reads: " Habitat in Asire arboribus semper-
virentibus ut in Camellia, aliisque. Prajcedenti [Jiesperidum'jm.mor,

18

274 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

sed similis. Testa orbiculata, planiuscula, atro-purpurasceus,
centro f. vertice tuberculo rotundo rubro quod in senescentibus
aperitur." This seems to me to apply excellently to one thing,
and one only, viz., C hrymmp halus ficiis Ashm. Signoret naturally
could not recognize the species, because he did not have it. It
seems probable that the insect is after all a native of A.sia, with
C. dictyosperini ; while the group of C. persece, etc., is truly
neotropical.
Chrysomphalus rossi Maskell.

Manila, Philippine Is., on an orchid, quarantined by Mr. A.
Craw at San Francisco. The material was very scanty, but was
examined by ]Mr. Marlatt and the writer, and identified as rossi.
This is the first coccid record from the Philippines.

Aspidiotus acuminatus Targ.-Tozz.

This species Avas omitted from my Check List. It is a species of
Hemibeilesia, and, so far as I can see, identical with A. rcqxix
Comst.

Aspidiotus euonymi Targ.-Tozz.

This is also an Hemlber/esia, and has been referred to A. rapax.
It is, however, one of the A. cydonke group, having four groups
of circumgenital glands.
Aspidiotus saccharicaulis Zehntner.

This is an Odonuspix, and hardly more than a variety of A.
secrelm. The following table will separate the three races of
secretus :

(1) Two groups of circumgenital glands, not connected above by
a line of glands. . . A. secretus var. from Ceylon (Green).

(2) Groups of circumgenital glands connected above by a line of

glands A. secretm Ckll., type from Japan.

(3) Groups of circumgenital glands connected above by a median

group which is three deep in the middle.

A. secretus race saccharicaulis (Zehnt. ).

A new locality for A. secretus is Honolulu, Hawaii, on bamboo,
1899 (Geo. Comp , in coll. Div. Ent. Dept. Agric).
Mytilaspis abietis Sign.

Signoret, in Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1882, p. clxxxiv, admits
that his " 3fytilasjns abietis Schr." is not Schrank's insect, the

1899. J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 275

Jatter being an Aspidiotu-'. He then proposes that the name abietis
be retained for the Mytilaspis with himself as its author. This
must hold, and the name confusus, proposed by Horvath, will fall
as a synonym.
Mytilaspis ulmi (L.).

Coccus ulmi Linue, Syst. Nat., Ed. x, 1758, p. 455.

Mytilaspis pomorum Bouche et Auctt.

Linne gives no description, but cites, " Reaum. ins. 4, t. 2,
5. f. 5-7, and alia t. 7. f. 1-10." Reaumur's pi. 5, figs. 5-7,
represent the Mytilaspis of the elm, which is now considered iden-
tical with that of the apple; they are, in fact, the very figures
which Geoffroy cites for his Coccus arborum linearis. R('aumur's
pi. 7, figs. 1-10 represent Gossyparia spuria (iilmi).
Mytilaspis beckii (E.Newman).

Coccus beckii E. Newman, Entomologist, Feb., 1869, pp. ^IT, 218.

Mytilaspis citricola (Pack ), Comst. et Auctt.

The name beckii is based on Beck's figures and notes, which
are unmistakable. Newman erroneously supposed the apple
Mytilaspis to be the same.
Parlatoria proteus var. crotonis Dougl.

Ent. Mo. Mag., April, 1887, p. 242.

The species found so commonly on crotons, described as crotonis
(perga)idei var. ) by the present writer, appears to be the same as
that of Douglas. I had overlooked the latter' s article on the sub-
ject.
Diaspis pentagona Targ.-Tozz.

Rivista di Bachicoltiira, 1886, No. 11 ; reprhited in Bull. Soc. Eat. Ital.,
1887, pp. 184-186.

u. syn. Diaspis amygdali Tryon.

The probability of this synonymy had occurred independently to
Mr. Marlatt and the present writer; an examination of Italian
material of pentagona confirms it.

Targioni-Tozzetti's 1886 account is of a very general nature,
but will hold the name. In a pamphlet published in INIilan in
1890 he gave a scientific description with figures. There is also a
description in Ball. Soc. Ent. Ital., xxi, 1890.

276 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO NEW GRAY FOXES.
BY GERRIT 8. MILLER, JR.

The United States National Museum contains numerous speci-
mens of small gray foxes from Central America, south of the
Isthmus of Tehuantepec. These represent two hitherto undescribed
species, one from the arid tropical coast of Yucatan, the other
from the humid tropical region of Guatemala and Chiapas. To
the kindness of Mr. D. G. Elliot I owe the opportunity to com-
pare these animals with the type of Urocyon jraterculiis, the prop-
erty of the Field Columbian Museum. Dr. C Hart Merriam has
placed at my disposal the Mexican and Guatemalan gray foxes in
the Biological Survey collection I publish this paper here by
permission of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution,
Urocyon parvidens sp. nov.

Type d' (skiu and skull), No. -H;|||, United States National
Museum, collected at Merida, Yucatan, by A. Schott. Original
number 385.

General characters. — Most like Urocyon fraterculus (Elliot)/
from San Fehpe, Yucatan, but teeth smaller, tail shorter, and
color more fulvous.

Color. — Fur of body composed of two kinds of hair, one short,
dense, and woolly, the other long, stiff and sparse. Except in the
whitish areas where they are pale to base, the hairs of the under
fur ai-e cinereous through lower third, then creambuff* or pinkish
buff to tip. The long hairs are whitish at base (conspicuously
paler than the bases of the under fur) gradually shading to dark
brown near middle ; the tip black. Between the black tip and the
brown median area is a conspicuous white ring, the base of which
is level with the tij^s of the under fur. The varying combinations
of the buff of the under fur and the white rings and black tips of
the longer hairs give the dorsal surface its color. On the head the
under fur, here darkened to tawny ochraceous, and the white rings

^ Urocyon einero-argentatus fraterculus Elliot, Field Columbian Museum
Publication 11, Zoological Series, i, No. 3, p. 80, May, 1896.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 277

are most conspicuous. From ears to base of tail the black and
white predominate, producing a clear gray, blackening irregularly
along median line and very faintly tinged with buff. On the sides
the buff becomes more conspicuous and slightly darker, and on the
sides of the belly both white and black practically disappear.
Chin, upper side of muzzle and posterior half of upper lip dusky.
Cheeks, sides of muzzle, throat and median line to base of tail
buffy white. Inner sides of thighs and area between them white.
Bases of ears, area behind ears, on sides of neck and across chest
ochraceous buff. Distal half of ears duller than base. Inner sur-
face buffy white. Outer sides of front legs and posterior surface of
hind legs ochraceous buff'. Anterior surface of hind leg and dorsal
surface of pes buffy white. Soles and palms ochraceous buff".
Tail gray with a black dorsal stripe and tip and ill-defined ventral
buffy area.

Skull. — The skull is exactly similar to that of Urocyon frater-
cuhis. It therefore needs no comparison with that of any of the
members of the cinereoargeiiteus group.

Measurements of skull of type:^ greatest length, 102; basal
length, 94.4; basilar length, 92; palatal length (median), 47;
nasals (median), 30; zygomatic breadth, 53; interorbital breadth,
20.4; breadth across postorbital processes, 30.4; greatest breadth
of brain case, 40.6; mastoid breadth, 36.4; greatest depth of
brain case, 33.6; space between audital bullae, 5.6; upper tooth-
row (exclusive of incisors), 41; mandible, 74; mandibular tooth-
row (exclusive of incisors), 46.

Teeth. — The teeth of Urocyon parvldens are uniformly much
smaller than in U. fmterculus, but the differences are most con-
spicuous in the first molar and the second, third and fourth pre-
molars. The greatest diameter of the crown of the first molar in
three specimens of U. parvidens is respectively, 8.8, 8.8 and 8.6.
In the type of U. fraterculus it is 10.6. The greatest diameter of
the crown of the carnassial in three skulls of U. imrvidens is 9.2,

^ The skull of the type of U. fraterculus measures : greatest length, 101 ;
basal length, 93 ; basilar length, 91 ; palatal length (median), 48 ; nasals
(median), 31 ; zygomatic brt^adth, 53.6; interorbital breadth, 19.6 ; breadth
across postorbital processe.s, 30 ; greatest breadth of brain case, 40 ; mastoid
breadth, 37.4 ; greatest depth of braincase, 31 ; space between audital bullae,
6; upper toothrow (exclusive of incisors), 44 ; mandible, 74 ; mandibular
tooth row (exclusive of incisors), 48.6.

278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

9.4 aud 9,2. lu the type of U. fratereulus it is 11. The second
and third premolars in U. fratercndus are long and crowded, while
in U. jmrvidens they are narrow and widely spaced. The height
is about the same in each. The length of each of these teeth
including cingulum equals or exceeds the height in U. fratereulus,
but is much less than the height in U. parvidens. In this respect
U. parvidens resembles the members of the cineveoargenteus group.
In the mandibular teeth the differences are of the same kind, but
somewhat less defined. Length of first l(»ver molar 9.2 in JJ. pjar-
videns, 10.6 in U. fratereulus.

Measurements. — Type:^ Total length, 720; tail vertebra^ 240;
hind foot, 95; ear from meatus, 51; ear from crown, 46. Aver-
age of four specimens including the type: Total length, 722; tail
vertebrae, 222; hind foot, 93; ear from meatus, 50; ear from
crown, 46 (all from dry specimens).

Speeimens examined. — Four, all from the type locality.

General remarks. — Urocyon fratereulus and U. p)o.rvidens form a
group readily distinguishable from the relatives of U. cinereoar-
genteus by their slender feet and relatively larger and more inflated
audital bullae. The bullae in these small skulls are much larger
than in members of the cinereoargenteus group of approximately
the same size, aud fully equal to those of the largest forms. The}'
are more abruptly elevated above lev^el of basioccipital (Avhen skull
is held upside down) and the outer anterior face slopes away much
more abruptly. They are placed more closely together than in the
members of the cinereoargenteus group. In a specimen of U.
littoralis, only 193 in greatest length, the space between the bullae
is 8.4, aud in the other forms this relative spacing is maintained.

Urocyon guatemalae sp. nov.

Type adult d (skin and skull), No, 76,723, United States
National Museum (Biological Survey Collection), collected at
Nenton, Guatemala, December 16, 1895, by E, W. Nelson and
E, A. Goldman. Original number 8,801.

General characters. — Most like Urocyon littoralis Baird from the
Santa Barbara Islands, California, but color darker and richer.
Carnassial tooth more robust than in U. littoralis. Audital bullae

■^ Tlie type of U. fratereulus measures : total length, 750 ; tail vertebrje,
290 ; hind foot, 95 (from skin).

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 279

slightly more iuflated than in the other members of the cinereo-
argenteus gronp.

Color. — Type specimen in unworn winter coat. Quality of fur
and arrangement of color bands as in U. parvidens and the other
members of the genus. Dorsal surface clear gray formed by the
nearly equal mixture of the black tips and white sublerminal rings
of the coarse hairs. Under fur pale creambuff, appearing at
surface only when hair is disarranged. Top of head tinged with
tawny. On the sides the black tips are less conspicuous than on
the back, and the buff of the under fur appears distinctly at the
surface. Belly ochraceous buff except along median line and
betAveen hind legs, where it is dull white. Base of ear and area
behind ear tawny ochraceous; this area extending back to front
leg, but much suffused with gray except on and close to ear.
Distal half of ear thickly sprinkled with dusky hairs which consid-
eralily dull the oshraceous. Inner surface of ear whitish. Muzzle,
upper lip and chin dark brown. Cheek between eye and lip, and
region beneath the ochraceous area under ear dull white,
continuous Avith Avhite of throat. Dorsum of manus and pes
a coarse dark grizzle of black, white and tawny. Inner side
of hind leg white; outer and posterior side dull ochraceous. Palms
and soles dull ochraceous. The gray of the sides of the belly
extends down the front of the fore leg to join the gray of the foot.
Outer surface of foreleg dull ochraceous. Tail gray heavily shaded
with black. A broad, black dorsal stripe and conspicuous black
tip. Under side of tail dull ochraceous. Specimens in Avoru
pelage are less gray than the type, and the tawny areas are brighter
and more extensive.

Skull — The skull of Uroeyon guatemalce closely reseml)les that
of U. littoralis, but averages slightly larger. It is much smaller,
however, than that of the ordinary gray fox of Mexico north of
the Isthmus of Tehuantepec. Zygomata slightly less flaring than
in U. littoralis. Audital bullre slightly larger and closer together
than in U. littoralis, their longitudinal diameter greater relatively
to their transverse diameter. The Avhole surface of the bulla is
more evenly rounded than in other members of the cinereoargenteus
group; in this respect showing an approach to U. jrater cuius and
U. parvidens. Compared with that of U. parvidens the skull of

280 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

Urocxjon guatemalce is considerably larger, while the audital bullte-
are actually as well as relatively smaller.

Measurements of skull of ty})e. — Greatest length. 111; basal
length, 101; basilar length, 98; palatal length (median), 51.4;
nasals (median), 33; zygomatic breadth, 60; interorbital breadthi
21.4; breadth across postorbital processes, 33; greatest breadth of
brain case, 44; mastoid breadth, 40; greatest depth of brain case,
33 ; space between audital bullae, 8 ; upper tooth row (exclusive of
incisors), 46; mandible, 81; mandibular tooth row (exclusive of
incisors), 51.

Teeth. — The teeth closely resemble those of Urocyon littoralis,
but are more robust. This is particularly noticeable in the first
molar and the carnassial, the crown of the latter is nearly a milli-
metre shorter and broader than in U. littoralis. All the teeth are
larger than in U. parvidens, though they are of essentially the
same form.

Measurements. — Type: total length, 830; tail vertebrae, 327;
hind foot, 128. Average of four specimens from near type local-
ity (including type): total length, 827; tail vertebrse, 328; hind
foot, 120. A specimen from Tumbala, Chiapas: total length,
786; tail vertebrc% 300; hind foot, 111.

Specimens examined. — Ten, from the following localities: Guate-
mala—Nenton, 3; Jacaltenango, 1; exact locality unknown, 5;
Chiapas — Tumbala, 1.

General remarks. — jNIexico north of the Isthmus of Tehuautepec
is inhabited by gray foxes of large size and pale color, which
resemble Urocyon cinereoargenteus scottii Mearns. These animals
are replaced south of the Isthmus by U. fraterculus and U. parvi-
dens in the arid tropical region of Yucatan, and by U. guatemalce
in the humid tropical region of Guatemala. [..

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 281

THE VOLES COLLECTED BY DR. W. L. ABBOTT IN CENTRAL ASIA.
BY GEPvRIT g. MILLER, JR.

During three recent expeditious in Central Asia, Dr. W. L.
Abbott collected fifty-four voles representing the following ten
species. These specimens form part of the large collection of
Asiatic mammals which he has presented to the United States
National Museum. I publish this paper here by permission of
the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution.

Genus MICROTUS Schrank.
1798. Microtus Scbrauk, Fauna Boica, i, p. 72. Type by elimination
Mkrotus terrestris Schrank = J/«s arvalis Palla*.

All of the voles collected by Dr. Abbott are membei-s of the

genus Microtus.

Subgenus PHAIOMYS Blyth.
1863. PMiomys Blyth, Joiini. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, xxxii, p. 89. Tj'pe

Phaiomys h ucurus Blyth = Arvkola Mythi Blanford.

The subgenus Phaiomys is represented in Dr. Abbott's collec-
tion by one species only.

Microtus blythi Blanford.

1863. Phaiomys leucurus Blyth, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, xxxii, p.

89. (Not Anicola leucurus Gerbe, 1862.)
1875. Arvicola blythi Blanford, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, xliv, pt. ii,

p. 107.
1891. Microtus blythi Blanford, Fauna of British India, Mammalia, p.

432.

Type locality. — Between Spiti and Pankong lake, eastern
Kashmir.

Specimens collected by Dr. Abbott. — Thirty-four (twenty skins,
fourteen in formalin). The specimens were all taken in Ladak,
where Dr. Abbott found the species the most abundant vole, com-
mon on all grassy plains bordering lakes and streams between the

282 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

altitudes of 14,000 feet and 16,000 feet. The following are the
exact localities represented :

Tsokr Chumo (lake), 15,000 feet.

Kupchen, Rupshu, 15,000 feet.

Ooti, Rupshu, 15,500 feet.

Rupshu, 16,000 feet.

Hanle district, 16,000 feet.

Banks of Hanle river, 15,000 feet.

Chibra, Hanle river, 14,000 feet.

West side of Pognor lake, 16,000 feet.

Above Tsomoriri lake, 16,000 feet.

Karzok, Tsomoriri, altitude not stated.

Colo I'. — The series of skins shows no considerable variation in
color. In summer pelage the back is light woodbrown, strongly
tinged with yellowish, and very faintly darkened by an even
sprinkling of long blackish haii's, which in many specimens are
more noticeable on neck and region behind shoulders than else-
where. Sides clear buff; belly like sides, but paler and irregularly
clouded by the appearance on the surface of the dark underfur.
Tail pale buff, slightly paler below. Feet dirty white. :; The autumn
coat, v/hich is beginning to appear in specimens taken late in
August and early in September, is slightly less yellow. Half-
grown young are duller and l)rowner than the adults. These imma-
ture specimens show a more strongly contrasted (though actually
duller) buffy lateral area.

Feet. — Both palms and soles are 5-tuberculate. On the soles a
rudimentary sixth tubercle is distinguishable in two quarter-grown
individuals preserved in formalin.

Mammce. — On the label of an adult female taken above Tso-
moriri, July 31, 1897, Dr. Abbott records the number of mammai
as four pectoral and four inguinal. I find a like number in each
of two females preserved in formalin.

Skull. — The series of fifteen perfect adult skulls shows the slight
range of individual variation usually met with in species of 3Ii-
crotus. The most variable characters appear to be the form of the
interparietal, the extent of the constriction near the middle of the
nasals, the extent of the forward projection of the upper incisors,
and the size of the audital bullae. The development of the audital

1899.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

283

bullse appears to be less iu the females, since I find it jiossible to
select the majority of the female skulls iu the series by reference to
this character alone.

Average measurements of five fully adult skulls: greatest
length, 29 (28.4-30); basal length, 27.9 (27.6-28.8); basilar
length, 26.7 (26-27.4); zygomatic breadth, 18.5 (18-19); mas-
toid breadth, 15.2 (15-15.6); interorbital constriction, 4; nasals,
7.7 (7.4-8); diastema, 9.3 (9-9.6); palatal length, 15.7 (15-
16); occipital depth (in median line), 8.1 (7.6-8.6); fronto-
palatal depth (at middle of molar series), 9.1 (9-9.4); mandible,
18.5 (18-19); maxillary toothrow (alveoli), 7; mandibular tooth-
row (alveoli), 7.

Teeth. — The enamel pattern is remarkably constant. The last

loop of the posterior upper tooth is occasionally somewhat more

abruptly curved than usual on the outer

Oi^l^v^;^ side so that the last salient angle is cut

v^ V( M nJ i)ff as a rudimentary closed triangle.

The variation necessary to bring about

this result is, however, very trifling.

In the front lower molar the exact

Fig. 1. Enamel pattern of form of the anterior loop varies slightly,

Microius hhjthi. (X 6.) i^,^^ i„ ^^^^ ^f ^^e twenty specimens Ys

a fourth triangle isolated.

Remarks. — This species is very closely related to Microtm dmnchi
Biichner. A specimen of the latter from northern Thibet agrees
with 31. bhjthl in all particulars except its conspicuously shorter
tail.

Measurements. — The measurements of nineteen specimens of
Microtus blythi are given in the following table :

284

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1899.

Measurements of Microtus hlythi.
(In millimetres.)

Tsokr Chumo, Ladak

Tsokr Chumo, Ladak

Tsokr Chumo, Ladak

Riipchen, Rupshu, Ladak. .

Chibra, Hanle river, Ladak.

West side of Pognor lake,
Ladak

Ooti, Rupshu, Ladak

Tsokr Chumo, Ladak

Tsokr Chumo, Ladak

Tsokr Chumo, Ladak

Tsokr Chumo, Ladak

Rupshu, Ladak

Rupcheu, Rupshu, Ladak. .

Hanle district, Ljidak

Hanle district, Ladak

West side of Pognor lake,
Ladak

Ooti, Rupshu, Ladak

Above Tsomoriri lake, La-
dak

Banks of the Hanle river,
Ladak

84,049
84,051

84,055

84,044

i

g

>
t

123.8

34.9

120.7

31.8

117.5

31.8

117.5

38 '

117.5

35

130

31.8

117.5

31.8

121

31.8

114

3L8

117

38

117

31.8

102

31.8

117

31.8

121

31.8

129

29

114

35

121

31.8

■" ^

« to

S^

y is

go

^-2

= 5

•S2

a5

W^

&

'~'

""

22

20

23

20.4

23

20

23

21

22

19.6

22

19.8

21

19

22

20

12
12
10
10.4

21

21.8

23

20

22

21

20.4

20.4
22

21

20

11.4 11

11 11

11.4 11

11 i 10.

18.8 12.6 12

19 1 11.4 11

20 4 12 12
18' 11 10
20 10 10
18.4 10.4 10
18.8 11 11

18.6

18

Subgenus MICROTUS Schrank.
1798. Microtus Schrank, Fauna Boica, i, p. 72. Type by elimination
Microtus terrestris Schrank := Mus arvalis Pallas.

Dr. Abbott collected two species of the subgenus Microttis, one
in eastern Turkestan, the other in the Pamir, Neither has
hitherto been described.

Microtus ravidulus sp. nov.

Type adult $ (skin and skull), No. 62,159, United States
National Museum, collected at Okchi, valley of the Aksai (alti-
tude, 7000 feet), eastern Turkestan, November 7, 1893, by Dr.
W. L. Abbott.

Collector's measurement.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 285

General characters. — lu general ajjpearauce much like Microtus
arvalis from Braunschweig, Germany, but tail shorter, fur longer
and coarser, color paler, and skull longer and narrower. Enamel
pattern as in M. arvalis. Mammie, 8; plantar tubercles, 6; hip
glands conspicuous.

Fur and Color. — The fur is harsh and coarse, that on middle of
back about 12 mm. in length. It is everywhere dark slaty plum-
beous at base.

Ground color of dorsal surface buff, faintly tinged with Avood-
brown and coarsely ' lined ' with blackish brown. Sides clear
pale buff. Ventral surface creambuff much darkened, especially
anteriorly, bv the plumbeous bases of the hairs. Tail indistinctly
bicolor, soiled whitish below, brownish above. Feet dirty Avhite.

Feet. — Palms with five tubercles, soles with six ; all well devel-
oped. Soles densely hairy behind tubercles.

Mammce. — Mamm?e eight, four pectoral and four inguinal, as
usual in the subgenus Microtus.

Skull. — The skull of Microtus ravidulus, though of the same
type as that of M. arvalis from Germany, is readily distinguishable
by its slightly greater length, and by the narrowness and great
depth of the braincase. The form of the braincase is much like
that of M. (^Pedomi/s) austerus. Interorbital constriction narrow,
the constricted region unusually long. Zygomatic arches not
widely flaring, the outer borders nearly parallel (not strongly
convergent anteriorly as in 31. arvalis) in the region opposite post-
orbital processes. Rostrum heavier than in M. arvalis, but not
conspicuously different in form. Audital bullae slightly larger than
in M. arvalis. Mandible similar to that of 31. arvalis, but larger
and with more slender angular process.

Average measurements of three adult skulls: greatest length,

26.3 mm. (26-26.6) ; basal length, 25.1 (25-25.4) ; basilar length,

23.4 (23-23.6): zygomatic breadth, 14.4 (14-14.6); mastoid
breadth, 11.6 (11.4-12); interorbital constriction, 3; nasals, 7;
diastema, 8; palatal length, 14; occipital depth, 8; fronto-palatal
depth (at middle of molar series), 8.1 (8-8.4); mandible, 16.1
(16-16.4); maxillary tooth row (alveoli), 6; mandibular tooth
row (alveoli), 6.

Teeth. — The teeth of 3Iicrotus ravidulus are relatively slightly

286

PROCEEDIXGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1899.

Fig. 2. Enamel pattern of Mlcrotus rnvidnlus (upper figures) and M.
pamirensis (lower figures). (X (i.)

larger than in M. arva/is, but the enamel pattern in the two species
is identical.

Specimens examined. — Fiv^e, all from the type locality.

Remarks. — Although a member of another subgenus, Microtus
raviclidus bears a strong superficial resemblance to 21. hlytlii. The
colors of the two species are almost precisely the same, but M.
ravidulus, aside from its subgeneric characters, can be distinguished
by the dark dorsal surface of the tail, coarser fur, and more con-
spicuous dark ' lining ' of back.

The four skins show no important variations in color.

Microtus ravidulus is closely related to M. tianschanicus Buchuer
from the Juldus Valley. In size, color and cranial characters the
two species apparently agree perfectly; but the five specimens of
M. ravidulus have the front lower molar of 31. arvalis instead of
the very peculiar tooth described and figured by Biichner as occur-
ring without exception in the seven specimens of J/, tianschanicus
collected by Przewalski. In only one of the latter is there a faint
trace of a fourth outer salient angle; and this tooth is specially
figured as abnormal. Although both animals occur on the south
side of the great Tianschan mountain chain, they are some four
hundred miles apart, and probably completely insulated by the
Chalyk and Beschan mountains, which would undoubtedly act as
barriers to austral species.

Dr. Abbott tells me that this vole was abundant in the grain
fields of the comparatively low, fertile valley about Okchi. It
occurred together with a species of Cricetulus, and one or both of
the animals laid up abundant underground stores, each containing
about a pint of barley heads. Strangely enough, this habit was
not known to the owners of the fields.

^ Wissensch. Resultate der von N. M. Przewalski nacli Central-Asien
untern. Reisen, Zoolog. Theil, Bd. i, Siiugethiere, p. 107, 1889.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 287

Measurements. — The niea,suremeuts of four adult specimeus of
Microtus ravidulm are given in the following table:

Measurements of Microtus ravklulus.

Okchi, valley of the Aksai

eastern Turkestan

Okchi, valley of the Aksai,

eastern Turkestan

Okchi, valley of the Aksai,

eastern Tvirkestan

Okchi, valley of the Aksai,

eastern Turkestan

62,157
62,158
62,159*i 9
62,160 j 9

d"

-3

"m

■o

o

of

£■3

a

s

g

■a s

g

OS

>

-a "

.5 2

KC3

&

&

^

. ^

105

29

18.4

16.8

1
11

121

32

18

16

10

121

38

18

16.4

11

121

32

18

16.6

.

Microtus pamirensis sp- nov.

%je adult cj" (skin and skull), No. 62,161, United States
National Museum, collected at Tagdumbash, Pamir (altitude
12,000 feet), June 18, 1894, by Dr. ^Y. L. Abbott.

General characters. — Size medium; tail short; ears moderate,
scarcely overtopping fur; color uniform pale brown above, whitish
below; skull heavily built and angular; upper incisors conspicu-
ously protruding ; two anterior triangles in first lower molar open ;
posterior loop of back upper molar nearly straight.

Fur and color. — The fur is full and soft, that on middle of back
about 12 mm. in length. It is everywhere slategray at base.

Color of dorsal surface light broccolibrown, very uniform and
only inconspicuously sprinkled with darker hairs. Ventral surface
grayish white, strongly clouded anteriorly by the dark bases of the
hairs. Feet whitish. Tail whitish with a very inconspicuous
dusky dorsal stripe.

Feet. — The soles and palms were slit open by the collector, so
that it is impossible to determine the number and position of the
tubercles. Claws as in typical members of the subgenus Microtus.

Skull. — The skull of Microtus pamirensis is unlike that of any
other true Microtus with which I am acquainted. In superficial

Collector's measurement.

Type.

288 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

appearance it strongly suggests an approach to Phaiomys. This is
due chiefly to the protruding upper incisors and the short, strongly
cuueate nasals. The whole skull is angular and heavily built,
much broader than that of M. arvalis, from Germany, though of
about the same length. Nasals shorter than in 3f. arvalis, and
much broader anteriorly. Zygomatic arches strongly flaring ante-
riorly, nearly parallel in region opposite postorbital processes.
Interparietal rectangular, the anteroposterior breadth about half
the lateral breadth. Braincase squarish in outline, broader than
in M. arvalis, but of about the same depth. luterorbital constric-
tion relatively less narrow than in Jf. arvalis, but constricted region
of about the same length. Palate normal, the lateral pits well
developed, though shallower than in 31. arvalis. Audital bullte
about the same size as in 31. arvalis, but flatter. Incisive foramen
considerably broader anteriorly than posteriorly.

Measurements of type skull : greatest length, 25 ; basal length,
14.6; basilar length, 14; zygomatic breadth, 16; mastoid breadth,
12.4; interorbital constriction, 3.8; length of nasals, 7; anterior
breadth across nasals, 3.6; posterior breadth across nasals, 1;
diastema, 8.8; palatal length, 14.4; occipital dejith, 8; fronto-
palatal depth (at middle of molar series), 8; mandible, 17; maxil-
lary toothrow (alveoli), 6.8; mandibular toothrow (alveoli), 6.6.

Teeth. — Attention has already been called to the strongly pro-
jecting upper incisors. The molars are heavier than in 31. arvalis.
In general appearance the enamel pattern is less compact than in
31. arvalis, while the details in the two species differ considerably.
The posterior upper molar contains an anterior transverse loop,
a small outer closed triangle, a larger one on the inner side, and
a long terminal longitudinal loop provided with a well-developed
salient angle on each side anteriorly. Behind each of these salient
angles is a rounded reentrant angle. As the inner of these saHent
angles and its corresponding reentrant angle are the more strongly
developed as well as the more posterior in position the terminal
loop is bowed very slightly inward. It is, however, essentially
straight as compared with the corresponding region in 31. arvalis.
Middle upper molar tetramerodont. The front lower molar con-
tains the same elements as in 3f. arvalis, but the two anterior
triangles open freely into the terminal loop. This character may
prove to be individual, though I am inclined to believe that it is

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 289

normal. The enamel pattern of the remaining teeth is like that
of M. arvalis.

Specimens examined. — Dr. Abbott collected only one specimen of
this species.

Remarks. — Microtxis pamirensis differs too widely from any de-
scribed form to require detailed comparison.

Measurements. — Head and body, 105; tail vertebrse, 34; pencil,
4; hind foot with claws, 18; hind foot without claws, 16; ear from
meatus, 12; width of ear, 13.8.

Subgenus HYPERACRIUS Miller.
1896. Hyperaerms Miller, North American Fauna, No. 12, p. 54.
July 23, 1896. Type Arvicola fertilis True.

During his first and second visits to Kashmir, Dr. Abbott col-
lected th% five specimens that subsequently formed the basis, of the
descriptions of Microtus fertilis and of the subgenus Hyperacriiis.
During his last expedition he obtained another specimen which
differs so considerably from those previously collected that it must
be regarded as the representative of an undescribed species. The
three species of Hyperacrius now known may be recognized bv the
following characters:

Key to Species of Hyperacrius.
Hind foot (with claws) 19; upper tooth row 7.

M. aitchisoni Miller.*
Hind foot (with claws) 16-18; upper tooth row 6.

Ear from meatus 10-11 31. fertilis (True),

Ear from meatus 7.8. . M. bracheli^ sp. nn\.

Microtus fertilis (True).

1894. Arvirola fertilis True, Proc. U. S. National Museum, xvii, p. 10.

May 8, 1894.
1896. Microtus fertilis Miller, North American Fauna, No. 12, p. 55.
July 23, 1896.

Type locality. — Pir Panjal range, Kashmir. Altitude, 8, 500 feet.

Specimens collected. — Dr. Abbott has taken no specimens of this
species in addition to the original series of five skins procured dur-
ing his first and second visits to Kashmir. These were taken at
the following localities :

Pir Panjal range, 8,500 feet.

*Proc. Biolog. Soc. Washington, xi, p. 141. May 13, 1897. From Gul-
merg, Kashmir. Type in British Museum.
19

290 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

Kaj Nag mountains, 8,000 feet.
Krishnagunga valley, 7,000 feet.
Central Kashmir, 12,000 feet.

This species occurs in the mountain parks Avell below timber
line. From the information given me by Dr. Abbott I should
suppose that its faunal position is lower boreal. In the middle
boreal and upper boreal it is replaced by members of the subgenera
Phaiomys and AUicola.

Color. — The five skins show no marked variation in color. In
all, the entire dorsal surface is a fine grizzle of dull woodbrown and
sealbrown, the result of which is a general tint not far from sepia.
Such variation as occurs is due to slight differences in the balance
Ijetween the component colors. On the sides and belly the seal-
brown disappears, and the woodbrown changes to a yellowish clay
color, varying slightly in intensity and in the amount of clouding
due to the dark bases of the hairs. Tail obscurely bicolor, sepia
above, dirty whitish beneath. Feet dusky sepia, varying consider-
ably in depth; occasionally almost blackish.

Skull. — Three skulls show little variation beyond that due to

differences in age. The skull of the type is the oldest and most

angular. It measures: greatest length,

24.6 ; basal length 24; basilar length,

23 ; zygomatic breadth, 16 ; mastoid

breadth, 12.4; interorbital constriction,

3.8; length of nasals, 8 ; anterior breadth

across nasals, 3.2 ; posterior breadth

Fig. 3. Enamel pattern of across nasals, 0.5; diastema, 9; palatal

MUrotus ferUUs. (X 6.) ^^^^^^^ ^^. occipital depth, 7; frouto-

palatal depth (at middle of molar series), 7; mandible, 16; maxil-
lary toothrow (alveoli), 6.4; mandibular toothrow (alveoli), 6.2.
Measurements — For measurements, see table, p. 291.

Microtus brachelix sp- nov.

Typeyonxig adult ? (skin and skull), No. 63,445, United States
National Museum, collected at Nagmarg, Kashmir (altitude, 9,000
feet), November 15, 1895, by Dr. W. L. Abbott.

General characters. — Precisely similar to Microtus fertUis (True),
but with much smaller ears.

Fur and color. — In length and quality of fur as well as in color

1899,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 291

the types of Mkrotm fertilis and 31. brachelix resemble each other
so exactly that it would be difficult to find two skins more perfectly
alike.

Ears. — The ears ai'e small, much overtopped by the surrounding
fur. while in 31. fertilis they are about equal to the fur in length.
The reduction in height is especially noticeable along the upper
edge of the anterior border, which is reduced to the merest rim.

Skull and teeth. — In cranial and dental characters 3Iicrotus
brachelix agrees perfectly with 31. fertilis.

Remarks. — I should hesitate to separate 3ficrotus brachelix from
31. fertilis on the single character of the size of the ears, did not
the five specimens of the latter show perfect uniformity among
themselves. Even in a half -grown specimen of 3f. fertilis the ears
are much larger than in the type of 3f. brachelix.

Measurements. — The measurements of the type of 3Iicrotus
brachelix and of five specimens of 31. fertilis are given in the fol-
lowing table :

3Ieasurements of 3Iicrotus fertilis and 31. brachelix.

(lu millimetres.)

Microtus fer-
tilis

Microtus fer-
tilis

Microtus fer-
tilis

Microtus fer-
tilis

Microtus fer-
tilis

Microtus bra-
chelix

Locality.

Pir Panjal mountains,
Kashmir

Krishnagunga valley,
Kashmir

Kaj Nag mountains,

Central Kashmir ....

Pir Panjal mountains,
Kashmir

N a g m a r g, Kash-
mir

o

.

i

a

1

i
1

w

1
>

it

P

i
1

20,148

d

86

35

16

14

10

21,690

d

105

25

17

15

9.8

59,293

d

108

16.6

14.6

10

20,146

?

114

21

17

15

10

20,147'

?

114

27

17

15.6

11

63,445'

?

95

35

18

16

7.8

10

9.6

1884.

Subgenus ALTICOLA Blanford.
Alticola Blanford, Journ. Asiat. See. Bengal,
Type Arvicola stoliczkanus Blanford.

pt. ii, p. 84.
Seven species of the compact and well-defined subgenus Alticola

' Collector's measurement.

Type.

292 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

have thus far been described, two of them based on material
obtained by Dr. Abbott during his first visit to Baltistan and
Kashmir. While in Ladak during 1893 and 1897 Dr. Abbott
secured two additional species, both of which appear to be unde-
scribed. The species now known, with their type localities, are as
follows :

1. MiCROTUS BOYLEi (Gray). (Kashmir.)

1842. Arvicola roylei Gray, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., x, p. 265.
December, 1842.

1891. Microtus roylei Blanford, Fauna of British India, Mammalia, p.
430.

2. Microtus stoliczkanus Blanford. Ladak, near headwaters

of the Yarkand river.

1875. Ai'vicola stoliczkanus Blanford. Jovirn. Asiat. See. Bengal, xliv,
pt. ii, p. 107.

1891. Microtus stoliczkanus Blanford, Fauna of British India, Mam-
malia, p. 430.

3. Microtus stracheyi (Thomas). Kumauu.

1880. Arvicola stracheyi Thomas, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 5th ser.
vi, p. 322. October, 1880.

1891. Microtus stracheyi Blanford, Fauna of British India, Mammalia,
p. 431.

4. Microtus blanfordi (Scully). Gilgit.

1880. Arvicola blanfordi Scully, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 5th ser.,
vi, p. 399. November, 1880.

1891. Microtus blanfordi Blanford, Fauna of British India, Mammalia,
p. 432.

5. Microtus wynnei Blanford. Murree.

1880. Arvicola wynnei Blanford, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, xlix, pt.
ii, p. 244.

1891. Microtus wynnei Blanford, Fauna of British India, Mammalia,
p. 431.

6. Microtus montosus (True). Central Kashmir.

1894. Arvicola montosa True, Proc. U. S. National Museum, xvii, p.
11. May 8, 1894.

7. Microtus albicauda (True). Braldu valley, Baltistan.

1894. Arvicola albicauda True, Proc. U. S. National Museum, xvii,
p. 12. May 8, 1894.

1896. Microtus albicauda Miller, North American Fauna, No. 12, p.
54. July 23, 1896.

8. Microtus cricetulus sp. nov. Banks of the Tso Kyun,

Ladak.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA 293

9. MicROTUs ACROPHiLUS sp. nov. (Ladak side of Kara Koruin
Pass. )

These nine species may be distinguished ])y the following char-
acters :

Key to Species of Alticola.*

Under parts dark.

m 3 with 4 salient angles Microtus wynnei.

m 3 with 6 salient angles.

Hind fool, 22 mm Microtus roylei.

Hind foot, 20 mm. ... ... Microtus montosa.

Under parts whitish.

Back bright ferruginous brown . . . Microtus stoliczkamis.
Back gray or pale fawn.

Tail vertebrse over 45 mm Mi&rotus hlanfordi.

Tail vertebrae under 40 mm.
m 3 with 6 salient angles.

m i with 10 salient angles. . . . Microtus stracheyi.
m 1 with 8 salient angles. . . . Microtus alhicauda.
m 3 with 5 salient angles.

Teeth heavy; posterior loop of m 3 forming much less

than half of crown Microtus acrophilus.

Teeth light; posterior loop of m 3 forming at least half
of crown Microtxis cricelulus.

Microtus montosus (True).
1S94. Arvicola montosa True, Proc. U. S. National Museum, xvii, p.
11. May 8, 1894.

Type locality. — Central Kashmir. Altitude, 11,000 feet.

Specimens collected. — Dr. Abbott obtained only one specimen of
this species, the type, a half -grown male.

Remarks. — Microtus montosus is very doubtfully distinct from M.
roylei, also from Kashmir. The type and only known specimen is
young — scarcely more than half-grown — so that its true characters
cannot be determined with certainty; but I am unable to see that
it differs from 31. roylei, as described by Blanford, in any way
not to be accounted for by its immaturity.

^ In part compiled from Blanford's papers on the group.

294

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1899.

Fig. 4. Enamel pattern of Microtus albicauda (a), 31. cricelulus (b), and
M. acrophilus (c). (X 6.)

Microtus albicauda (True).

1894. Arvicola albicauda True, Proe. U. S. National Museum, xvii,

p. 12. May 8, 1894.
1896. Microtus albicauda Miller, North American Fauna, No. 12, p.

54. July 23, 1896.

Type locality. — Braldu valley, Baltistan.

Specimens collected. — Dr. Abbott took only one specimen of
Microtus albiccmda.

Skull. — The skull of the type measures: greatest length, 26.4;
basal length, 24.4; basilar length, 23; zygomatic breadth, 15;
mastoid breadth, 13.4; interorbital constriction, 4.4; length of
7.8; anterior breadth across nasals, 3.8; posterior breadth
nasals, 1.8; diastema, 7.8; palatal length, 12.6; occipital
depth, 7.6; fronto-palatal depth (at middle of molar series), 7;
mandible, 16; maxillary tooth row (alveoli), 6.6; mandibular
tooth row (alveoli), 6.4.

Remarks. — Microtus albicauda is apparently most closely related
to M. stracheyi and M. cricetulus. With both of these it agrees in
color and in general size. From the former it is separable by its
simpler m 1, from the latter by its more complex m 3, longer tail
and more lightly built skull. From M. blanfordi it is distinguish-
able at a glance by its shorter, more closely haired, entirely white
tail.

Measurements. — For measurements of Microtus albicauda see
table, p. 298.
Microtus cricetulus sp. nov.

Type adult d (skin and skull). No. 84,043, United States
National Museum, collected on the banks of the Tso K^iin, Ladak
(altitude, 16,000 feet), August 11, 1897, by Dr. W. L Abbott.

General characters. — Similar to Microtus albicauda (True), but
with more heavily built skull and much shorter tail.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 295

Fur and color. — Fur full and soft, that on middle of back 10
mm. to 13 mm. in length.

Dorsal surface pale smokegray, strongly tinged with woodbrown
and faintly darkened by a sprinkling of blackish hairs. Ventral
surface of body and back of feet pure white, irregularly clouded
by the plumbeous bases of the hairs. A narrow lateral Une ex-
tending down hind legs to ankles, crossing buttocks, and including
whole of tail, pale creambufF. Front legs white.

Ears. — The ears are well developed, slightly overtopping the
fur. They show no pecuUarities in form.

Feet. — Pahns with five tubercles, soles with six; all well devel-
oped. Soles densely furred behind tubercles.

Skull. — The skull of Microtus cricetulus is in all respects that of
a typical Alticola. The brain case is rounded in outhne when
viewed from above, the interorbital region is broad, with a distinct
median furrow, and the nasals are very large. Postorbital pro-
cesses small but distinct. Viewed from the side, the skull is strongly
cuneate in outline, owing to the nearly flat dorsal profile, deep
brain case, prominent audital bullae, and slender rostrum. It differs
from the skull of M. albicauda, its nearest ally, in slightly larger
size, a little more highly arched brain case, and in the larger size
and more anterior position of the rostral protuberances. The nasal
branches of the premaxillaries are narrower than in M. albicauda.
They terminate on a line with the posterior extremity of the
nasals, while in 3f. albicauda they extend considerably behind the
nasals.

Measurements of type skull: greatest length, 28; basal length,
26.6; basilar length, 25; zygomatic breadth, 16; mastoid breadth,
13.4; interorbital constriction, 4; length of nasals, 9; anterior
breadth across nasals, 4; posterior breadth across nasals, 2; dias-
tema, 9; palatal length, 13.4; occipital depth, 8; fron to-palatal
depth (at middle of molar series), 7; mandible, 17; maxillary
tooth row (alveoli), 6; mandibular tooth row (alveoli), 6.

Teeth. — Both upper and lower incisors are very pale yellow on
their anterior faces, contrasting strongly with the deep orange
incisors of M. albicauda. Molars noticeably heavier than in 3f.
albicauda, but enamel pattern, with a single exceptioD, exactly the
same. In M. albicauda the inner base of the posterior loop of the
back upper molar is produced into a conspicuous salient angle. In

296 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

M. cricetulus this angle is completely absent, no trace of it appear-
ing in any of the four specimens. The character, however, may
prove to be inconstant when large series of specimens are available
for comparison.

Specimens examined. — Four, from the following localities in
Ladak :

Banks of the Tso Kyun, Eupshu, 16,000 feet.

Above Kiangchu Maidar, Rupshu.

Rupshu, 16,000 feet.

Measurements. — For measurements of Microtus cricetulus see
table, p. 298.

Microtus acrophilus sp. nov.

Tyjye adult ? (skin and skull) No. 62,162, United States
National Museum, collected on the Ladak side of the Kara
Korum Pass (altitude 17,000 feet) July 25, 1893, by Dr. W. L.
Abbott.

General characters. — Closely related to Microtus stoliczlcanus
Blanford, but with shorter tail and much paler color.

Fur and color. — Fur full and soft, about 15 mm. long on middle
of back. Basal two-thirds of hairs slaty plumbeous, shghtly paler
than in Microtus alhicauda and M. cricetulus. On the dorsal sur-
face the plumbeous basal area is followed by a broad band of
pinkish buff which gives the general tone to the pelage. Through-
out the dorsal surface the fur is sprinkled with longer dark brown
hairs, but these are nowhere conspicuous. The buff is brightest
on the head and lumbar region, paler and grayer across shoulders,
along sides and on rump. Belly snowy white, much clouded by the
plumbeous under fur. Feet and tail dirty white.

Ears. — The ears are of about the same size as in M. cricetulus,
but owing to the longer surrounding fur they appear much shorter
and less conspicuous.

Feet. — Palms 5-tuberculate ; soles 6-tuberculate. All tubercles
very large. Soles densely hairy behind tubercles.

MammcB. — Mammae eight, four pectoral and four inguinal.

Skull. — The skull of Microtus acrophilus is similar in general
form to that of M. alhicauda and M. cricetulus, but is slightly
larger than either, and much more massively built. Zygomatic
arches shorter, and rostrum broader and deeper than in M. albi-

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 297

Cauda or 3/. cricetulm. Nasal branches of premaxillaries narrow,
scarcely reaching posterior edge of nasals. Mandible larger than
in M. cricetulus, but with much more slender angular process.

Measurements of type skull : greatest length, 28 ; basal length,
27; basilar length, 25.4; zygomatic breadth, 16.4; mastoid
breadth, 13; interorbital constriction, 5 ; length of nasals, 8.8;
anterior breadth across nasals, 3.8; posterior breadth across nasals,
2; diastema, 8.8; palatal length, 14; occipital depth, 8.4;
fronto -palatal depth (at middle of molar series), 7.4; mandible,
18; maxillary toothrow (alveoli), 7; mandibular toothrow (alve-
oh), 6.8.

Teeth. — Incisors pale yellow as in 31. cricetulus. Molars much
heavier than in M. cricetulus, but enamel pattern exactly similar.^
The salient angles are, however, less acute, and the terminal loop
of the posterior upper molar forms less than half of the length of
the tooth crown instead of slightly more than half as in M. albi-
cauda and 31. cricetulm.

Specimem examined. — Dr. Abbott took only one specimen of
Microtia acrophilus. On the label he writes: " Vast numbers
inhabit the cliff of conglomerate at sides of the nullah, issuing
forth at evening. Country absolutely destitute of vegetation."

Remarks. — This species is closely related to 3Iicrotus stoliczkanus,
but is readily distinguishable by its short tail and very pallid color.

3Ieamrements. — The measurements of the t}^)e of 3Iicrotv.i
acrofhilus are given in the accompanying table:

' The front lower molar in each jaw is imperfect anteriorly.

298 PROCEEDINC4S OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

Table of Measurements of Specimens of AlUcola.

Microtus mon-

tosus

Microtus albi-

cauda

Microtus crice-

tulus

Microtus crice-

tulus

Microtus criee-

tulus

Microtus crice-

tulus

Microtus acro-

philus

Central Kashmir . . .

Braldu valley, Bal

tistan

Eupshu, Ladak —

Rupshu, Ladak ....
Banks of TsoKyun,

Ladak j

Above Kianachu

Maidar, Ladak . .
Ladak side of Kara

Korum pass

20,145^"

20,3931"

84,038

84,039

84,043'"

84,050

62,1621"

$ 121
C?127
9 111

$121

32
321'
22
22

221
22
18.6"

20 18
19.8 18

19

19.8

20

19.6

20

17.6

18

11 1L5

14

14.6:
14
18.614
17.614.414
19 I4.6!l4

EXPLANATION OF PLATES XI AND XII.

Fig. 1.

Microtus

(No.

Fig. 2.

Microtus

(No.

Fig. 3.

Microtus

(No.

Fig. 4.

Microtus

(No.

Fig. 5.

Microtus

(No.

Fig. 6.

Microtus

(No.

Fig. 7.

Microtus

(No.

(All figures x l^O

{Phaiomys~) hlythi Blanford.
84,036, U. S. National Museum.)
(Microtus) ravidulus sp. nov. — Type.
62,159, U. S. Natioual Museum.)
(Microtus) pamirensis sp. nov. — Type.

62.161, U. S. National Museum.)
(Hyperacrius) fertUis (True) — Type.
35,510, U. S. National Museum.)
{Aliicola) alhicauda (True) — Type.
63,816, U. S. National Museum.)
(Aliicola) cricetulus sp. nov. — Type.
84,043, U. S. National Museum.)
(Alticola) acrophilus sp. nov. — Type.

62.162, U. S. National Museum.^

' Type. 11 Collector's measurement, i^ Pencil 12. i^ Pencil 12. " Pencil 10.

1899,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 299

June 6.

The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M. D, , in the Chair.

Twenty-eight persons present.

The deaths of H. G. Griffith, M.D., and Frank Thomson,
members, were announced.

Papers under the following titles were presented for publication:
"A New Species of Coccyzus from St. Andrews, with Remarks
on the Birds of the Island, ' ' by Witmer Stone.

"A Collection of Birds from the Vicinity of Bogota, with a
Review of the South American Species of Speotyto and Troglo-
dytes," by Witmer Stone.

June 13.

The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., in the Chair

Thirteen persons present.

Papers under the following titles were presented for publication :
' ' Notes on a Few Northwest American Land Snails, ' ' by Henry
A. Pilsbry.

" Leurognathus marmorata, a New Genus and Species of Sala-
mander of the Family Desmognathidte, " by J. Percy Moore.

June 20.
Mr. Charles Morris in the Chair.
Eight persons present.

A paper entitled " The Marine Fishes of Peru," by James
Francis Abbott, was presented for publication.

300 proceedings of the academy of [1899.

June 27.

Mr. Charles Morris in the Chair.

Eight j)ersons present.

A paper entitled " Moi-phological and Systematic Notes on
South American Achatinidse, " by Henry A. Pilsbry and Edward
G. Vanatta, was presented for publication.

Mr. Isaac H. Clothier was elected a member.

The following were ordered to be printed:

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 301

A NEW SPECIES OF COCCYZUS FROM ST. ANDREWS.
BY WITHER STONE.

The first collection of birds from the isolated island of St.
Andrews in the Caribbean Sea seems to have been made in the
winter of 1886-7, by Mr. Robert Henderson, who was collecting
for Mr. Charles B. Cory.

Nineteen species were obtained, of which five were described as
new by Mr. Cory.^

On May 1, 1887, Dr. William L. Abbott stopped at the island
and collected a few specimens representing six species.

Two of these Avere not obtained by Mr. Henderson, namely,
Lampornis violicauda and a Coccyzus allied to C. minor, but appar-
ently distinct, for which I would propose the name Coccyzus abbotti.

This bird differs from C. minor especially in its much longer bill,

and this character, curiously enough, is likewise conspicuous in

Mimm magnirostris and Icterus laivrencei, U\o other peculiar species

separated by Mr. Cory.

Coccyzus abbotti n. sp.

Type No. 25,177, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., St. Andrews, May 1, 1877,
W. L. Abbott.

Similar to C. minor, but with much larger and longer bill,
abdomen and flanks paler, sides of the neck less gray and more
suffused with buff.

WING. CULMEX.

C. minor, 5.30 ins. 1.08 ins.
C. abbotti, 5.20 1.28

1 Auk, 1887, p. 177.

302 PROCEEDINGS OF^THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

ON A COLLECTION OF BIRDS FROM THE VICINITY OF BOGOTA, WITH A

EEVIEW OF THE SOUTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF SPEOTYTO

AND TROGLODYTES.

BY WITHER STONE.

Through the generosity of Dr. Samuel G. Dixon, President of
the Academy, the institution has come into possession of a collec-
tion of birds made in 1888-89, by the late Dr. J. W. Detwiller
in the vicinity of Bogota, Colombia. So many specimens have been
obtained from this region that a list of the species adds but few to
those ali'eady recorded in Bogota collections. The fact, however,
that these specimens, with but few exceptions, are marked with
definite locahties renders them of greater importance as throwing
some hght upon the distribution of the species.

The principal points at which specimens were obtained are
Honda, on the Magdalena river, seventy miles northwest of Bo-
gota; Ambalema, farther up the Magdalena, about forty miles
from Bogota; Ibague, ninety miles west, on the slopes of the
central Cordilleras, and on the Nevada del Tolima, about twenty
miles west of Ibague. A few were also collected at Villa Vicencia
east of the eastern Cordilleras in the Territory of San Martin,
sixty miles southeast of Bogota, and on the headwaters of the
Meta, a branch of the Orinoco.

The hst follows. Unless otherwise stated only one specimen was
secured, and where no locality is mentioned the labels have been
lost,
Merganetta columbiana (DeMurs).

No exact data.
Belonopterus cayennensis (Gmel.).

Plain of Tolima.
Ortalis caracco (Wagl.).

Magdalena river, February 5, 1888.
Zenaida ruficauda (Gray).

Plain of Tolima.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 303

Speotyto cunicularia tolimae sub. sp. nov.

Five specimens secured May 27, 1889, ou the Plain of Tolima,
where they were breeding and had eggs at this date.

Type No. 35,239, CoU. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 9. March 27,
1889.

Smaller and darker than any of the other forms of Speotyto with
less white above, approaching nearest to *S'. hrackyptera Richm.,
from Margarita Island, Venezuela, General ground color above
dark Front's brown to almost sepia, spots on margins of remiges
mainly buff, on coverts and scapulars white. Forehead and throat
pure white. Five narrow buff bands on the tail and narrow buflf
tips to the feathers. The bars on the abdomen are somewhat
broken and irregular, and are dark brown edged narrowly with
cinnamon. Length of wing, 6 ins.

There seem to be at least five races of Burrowing Owls in South
America as follows :

1. S. cunicularia (Molina).
(Type locality, Chile).

Distributed over the southern part of the continent from Chile
and Uruguay southward. It differs from all the more northern
forms in ils larger size, and in the large amount of white on the
outer tail feathers. In these the ground color is white with rather
narrow brown cross bars. S. patagoniea Peale and S. vriicurea
Lesson, I take to be synonyms of this form.

All the more northern birds that I have seen are smaller and
darker, with the ground color of the outer tail feathei-s brown,
marked with white spots on the sides. These spots are sometimes
nearly confluent into bands, but the white never surj^asses the brown
in extent as in S. cunicularia.

2. S. c. grallaria (Spix).
(Type loc, Para, Brazil).

Apparently agrees with the characters just given — thus differ-
ing from cunicularia. I have been unable to examine S23eci-
mens of the Brazilian bird and am forced I0 rely upon descrip-
tions, so that I am unable to show in what respects this differs
from the following. From its geograpical range it is almost
certainly distinct.

304 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

3. S. c. nanodes Berl. and Stolzm. P. Z. S., 1892, p. 388.
(Type loc, Lima, Peru.)

This is the bird identified by Peale and Cassin as grallaria, aud
they have been followed provisionally by Ridgway. On geograph-
ical grounds it is extremely doubtful that this is identical with the
Brazilian form, and I think the authors have done well to sep-
arate it.

The U. S. Exploring Expedition specimens are much bleached,
but otherwise agree with Berlepsch's description,

4. S. c. tolimae Stone.

(Type loc., Tolima, Colombia.)

Smaller and darker than the last, as above described. In
nanodes the white on the outer tail feathers generally extends across
as distinct bands and the brown bands are of nearly uniform width
throughout. In tolimic, however, the brown bands are wider in
the middle, and confluent along the shaft, separating the white into
rounded spots.

On the middle tail feathers, the buff^ cross bands are extremely
narrow in tolimce (.10-. 12 in.), and do not reach the outer mar-
gins of the feathers, while in nanodes they are broad (.20-25 in. ),
and extend to the margin.

5. S. brachyptera Richm.

(Type loc, Margarita Isl., Venezuela.)
An island form allied to the last.

Megascops brasilianus (Gmel.).
Honda, March 27, 1889.

Rupornis magnirostris (Gmel.)-

Honda and Ibague.
Falco sparverius sequatorialis Mearns.

Two specimens. Plains of Tolima.
Brotogerys jugularis (Miill.)
Pionus menstruus (L.).

Ambalema.
Psittacula conspicillata Lafr.

Villa Vicencia, Llanos San Martin, and Ainbalema.
Diplopterus naevius (L.).

Ibague.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 305

Momotus aequatorialis (Gould).

Ibague (Rio Combeima).
Momotus subrufescens Scl.

Ambalema and Houda.
TTrospatha martii (Spix).

Houda, March 17, 1889.
Aulacorhamphus castaneorhynchus Gould.

Rio Combeima, above Ibague.
Galbula ruficauda Cuv.

Honda and Ambalema. Nine specimens.
€helidoptera tenebrosa Vieill.

Villa Viceucia, Llanos San Martin.

This capture extends the Avestward range of this bird materially,
and indicates how closely the Venezuelan fauna of the Orinoco
valley approaches Bogota, which lies in the highlands just over the
eastern Cordilleras.

Bucoo ruficoUis (Wagl.).
Picumnis olivaceus Lafr.

Ibague. Two specimens.
Melanerpes cruentatus (Bodd.)

Villa Vicencia, Llanos San Martin.
Trogcn collaris Vieill.

Nevada del Tolima, Rio Carabeima. Two specimens.
Pharomacbarus pavoninus (Spix).

Nevada del Tolima. Two specimens.
Hemiprocne zonaris (Shaw).

Island on Magdalena river, near Ambalema, Apriri2, 1889.'
Nyctidromus albioollis (Gm.).

Honda, March 29, 1889.
Rhamphomicron heteropogon (Briss.1.
Eriocnemis smaragdinipectus Gould.
Cyanopbaia goudoti (Bourc).

Ibague.
20

306 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

Metallura tyriantliina (Bodd.).

Lesbia victoriae (Bourc. and Muls.).

Petasphora iolata Gould.

Aglaeactis cupreipennis (Bourc. and Muls.).

Thalurania columbica (Bourc).

Ibague.
Damophila juliae (Bourc).

Ibague.

Kupicola peruviana (Lath.).
Nevada del Tolima.

Manacus manacus abditivus Bangs.
Honda.

Todirostrum cinereum (L.).
Ochtboeca fumicolor Scl.
Leptopogon superciliaris Cab.
Milvulus tyrannus (L.).

Honda, March 17, 1889.

Legatus albicollis (Vieill.).

Ambalema, April 6, 1889.

Sayornis nigricans (Swains.).
Ibague.

Pyrocephalus rubineus (Bodd.).

Ambalema. Six specimens. April 12-16, 1889.

Thamnophilus multistriatus (Lafr.).

A typical male specimen from Antioquia. Also a female without
locality which resembles it exactly in size of bill and general
proportions, but is uniform rufous above, lighter beneath, Avith a
lighter collar on the hind neck, obscurely streaked with black ; sides
of face similarly streaked, throat whitish. It looks very much as
if this was the female of this species, though it is said to be barred
below in the British Museum Catalogue.

Dendroplex picirostris Lafr.

Ambalema, April 12, 1889.

Synallaxis subpudica Sclater.
Ambalema, April 12, 1889.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 307

Scytalophus griseicoUis (Lafr.).
Icterus giraudi Cass.

lb ague.
Hypopyrrlius pyrohypogaster De Tarr.

Nevada del Tolima. Two specimens.
Ostinops salmonii Scl.

Rio Combeima, Nevada del Tolima.
Ostinops decumanus (PalL).

Honda (Rio Guali) and Rio Combeima, Nevada del Tolima.
Embernagra conirostris.

Ambalema, April 8, 1889.
Phrygilus unicolor geospizopsis (Bp.).
Sporophila minuta (L.).

Honda, March 29, 1889.
Sycalis flaveola (L.).
Eutheia Mcolor (L.).

Ibague. Two specimens.
Rhamphocelus icteronotus Bp.

Ibague.
Rhamphocelus jacapa (L.).

Villa Vicencia, Llanos San ]\Iartin, April 9, 1888.
Bhamphocelus dimidiatus Lath.

Ambalema and Ibague, April 8-16, 1889.
Calospiza cyaneicoUis granadensis Berl.

Ibague. Two specimens.
Calospiza vitriolina (Cab.).

Ibague.
Calospiza labradorides (Boiss.).

Ibague.
Calospiza aurulenta Lafr.

Ibague.
Calospiza gyroloides (Lafr.).

Ibague.
Dubusia taeniata (Boiss.).
Buarremon pallidinucha (Boiss.).
Arremon spectabilis Sol.

Honda, March 21, 1889.

308 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

Piranga rubra (L.)-

Honda, March 21, 1889.

Conirostrum rufum Lafr.
Heleodytes nuchalis (Cab.).

Two specimens, without locality, have the sandy tint on the nape,
and thus differ from H. pardus Scl., the Colombian form, indi-
cating that the latter may be, as suggested (Brit. Mus. Cat., vi, p.
204) only an individual variation of nuchalis.^

Troglodytes striatulus Lafr.

Honda, two specimens.
Troglodytes columbse sp. nov.

Type 35,354, Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. Vicinity of Bogota.

It is with some hesitation that I add another to the long hst of
names proposed for South American Wrens, but this is so different
from any described form that there seems no alternative.

This bird is nearest to T. striatulus, but is darker and more olive
brown above, without a trace of the rufous tints so characteristic
of South American species of Troglodytes. T. striatulus is practi-
cally without rufous tints, but the feathers of the rump or upper
tail coverts as well as the tail are lighter and incline to rufous or
yellowish brown. There is no trace of this, however, in T. colum-
hoi, both rump and tail being dark olive brown. The black bands
on the tail are rather more irregular than in striatulus and those on
the back are a little more pronounced. The under surface is quite as
different from T. striatulus as are the upper parts; it is uniform
ochraceous or vinaceous from the chin to the vent without a trace
of white, and no trace of fulvous on the flanks which are uniforna
in ground color with the rest of the lower surface. The sides and
flanks are shaded with olive brown and obscurely banded. The
under tail coverts are buffy, with a slight rufous tinge, and are
strongly barred with black. The bars do not quite reach the edges
of the feathers, and are connected down the shaft. The sides of
the head are almost exactly like T. striatulus, but with the ground
color darker. Length of wing, 2.15 ins.

This is the darkest Troglodytes that I have seen from South or

^ It is possible this, as well as some others of the unlabelled specimens,
came from Cartagena. See pp. 312-13.

1899.] NATURA.L SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 309

Central America, and can be recognized at a glance from any of
the other species.

Though its dark under surface makes it appear very different
from the white-throated and white-bellied T. striatulus, it is evi-
dently most closely allied to that species.

Unfortunately, the label has been lost from the specimen, so that
the exact locality is unknown.

The identification of this bird involved a study of all the South
and Central American species of Troglodytes, and an examination
of the specimens in the collections of the Academy and the U. S.
National Museum, the latter having been kindly loaned me for the
purpose.

While the material is insufficient for a monograph, the results of
the investigation may be of value to those engaged in studying this
rather perplexing group.

The tropical American species of Troglodytes may at once be sep-
arated into two groups, those with distinct superciliaries, sharply
defined against the color of the head, and those with superciliaries
indistinct. The first are not difficult, and stand as given in the
British Museum Catalogue, Vol. vi, p. 248. The other group is
much more confusing.

From southern Mexico to Panama south of the range of T.
aedon and its races, we have a Wren with rufous-tinted rump and
tail, and vinaceous below% with under tail coverts strongly barred
with black, white and vinaceous. This is T. intermedins Cab. in
Nicaragua and northern Costa Rica (type loc, San Jose) and T.
inquietus Baird, in Costa Rica and Panama (type loc, Panama),
the more southern form differing in larger size.

The two are, however, so close that it seems undesirable to sep-
arate them.

In the vicinitv of Bogota we fiud a totally different bird, T.
striatulus, which compai'ed with the preceding is olive brown instead
of reddish brown above, and much hghter beneath, being pure white
on the throat and middle of the abdomen. The under tail coverts
are banded with black and white.

Next to this comes the very much darker T. columb(e Stone
above described.

The rest of South America is inhabited by various races of one
wide-ranging form, all of Avhich are peculiar in their strongly

310 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

rufous tail contrasting with the browner tint of the back and the

strongly rufous under tail coverts and thighs, the former with the

bars much reduced and sometimes nearly wanting.

Many names have been proposed for the birds of this group, of

which the following seem to be recognizable.

1. Troglodytes musculus Naum. Vogel's Deutschland, 1823.

T. furvus Wiedii Berl.
T. platensis Wied.

Distribution, — Brazil, Ai'gentine and Uruguay (type loc, Bahia,
Brazil),

This is the darkest form, with obscure bars of blackish on the
back always present. Under surface vinaceous, darker and inclin-
ing to rufous on the flanks and under tail coverts, but not nearly
so tawny as in the west-coast races. Under tail coverts barred or
distinctly spotted with black, in direct contrast to the nearly uni-
form rufous-coverts of the western races.

This bird has been frequently called T. furvus Gm. , but I agree
with Sharpe and Allen in the impossibility of satisfactorily identi-
fying the " Brown Warbler " of Brown's Illustrations of Zoology,
upon which Gmelin based his name. Berlepsch seems to have
regarded the Guiana bird (rufulus) as true " furvtis," and renamed
this form T. f. Wiedii, claiming that although Wied' s description
of T. platensis is unquestionably this form, it is not Sylvia platensis
Lath., which he quotes, T. musculus Naum antedates Berlepsch' s
name, and must of course be adopted,

2. Troglodytes musculus rufulus Cab. Schomb., Reis. Guian., iii, p. 672 (1848).
T. tobagensis Lawr.

Distribution. — Guiana, Venezuela and N. E. Colombia (type
loc, Roraima, Guiana).

This is a light-colored race banded on the back as in T. musculus,
but much paler and sometimes quite white below.

3. Troglodytes musculus rex (Berl. andLeverk).
Distribution. — Eastern Bolivia (type loc, Samarpata),
A pale form of musndus.

4. Troglodytes musculus hornensis (Less.).
T. rosaceus Less.

T. pallida Lafr. and d'Orb.
T. magellanicus Gould.

Distribution. — Chile and Patagonia,

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 311

The Wrens of the Pacific coast of South America are paler than
true musculus, and are generally without bars on the back, and
with the under tail coverts nearly or quite uniform tawny, the
flanks and rump are also much more conspicuously tawny and the
whole plumage paler. The specimens I have examined from
Patagonia and Chile are darker than those from Callao, Peru,
which seem to be T. m. audax. If this determination is correct,
then T. m. audax is the lightest colored, most rufous of the genus,
and T. hornemU is intermediate between that and T. musculus. If
hornensis and audax are both based on pale-colored birds, then
they may have to be regarded as synonyms, and T. magellanicus
revived for the darker more southern birds,

T. hornemis is usually described as very pale and rufous, in
which case I cannot separate it from T. audax of Callao. Sharpe
{Cat. Bds., vi, p. 207) seems to regard T. audax as not deter-
minable; if this vicAV is followed then probably hornensis and
magellanicus should be adopted as above.

The darker Chilean birds which I here regard as T. hornensis
are lighter than musculus with more tawny tail, under tail coverts
with but few spots and back without bars.

5. Troglodytes musculus audax (Tschudi).

Distribution. — Coast of Peru (type loc, Peru).

Palest of the group; rump, flank and tail very bright tawny,
and dark bars on the tail indistinct and suffused with the prevail-
ing tawny tint. No bars on the back.

6. Troglodytes musculus tecellatus (Lafr. and d'Orb.).
(?) T. murinus Less.

Distribution. — Peru (type loc, Tacna).

This is a darker bird with distinct cross bars on the back differ-
ing in this respect from all the other trans- Andean forms. From
musculus it differs in being much more rufous both above and below.
The tail is very distinctly barred with black, presenting a very
different appearance from that of T. audax. Mr. Kidgway states
that the specimens in the Lafresnay collection labelled as the
types of this species are in reality T. brunneicollis of Mexico.
The labels must have been confused, however, as the description is
certainly not from that bird.

312 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

7. Troglodytes musculus puna (Berl. and Stolz.).
Distribution. — Highlands of Peru (type loc, Queta).
Larger than T. miisculus and color below not at all rufescent.

Under tail coverts with very few spots.

8. Troglodytes musculus albicans (Berl. and Tacz.).
Distribution. — Ecuador (type loc, Guaquil).

Throat and middle of abdomen pure white, paler and grayer above
than mmculm and sides more rufescent.

The last two and T. m. rex I have not seen, and am therefore in
much doubt as to the forms fi'om Peru, Ecuador and Bolivia. If
tecellata, puna and audax all occur in Peru, and are perfectly
separable, they must occupy very different geographic areas.

The confusion of the tropical American Wrens in the published
works is very perplexing. The Biologia Centrali Americana
recognizes but two forms of the group here treated, i. e., T.
intermedins of Central America and T. furmis of South America!
The British Museum Catalogue is much better, but it is difficult to
imagine how Dr. Sharpe can unite the AVrens of Panama and
Bogota under T. striatulm and separate T. intermedius. The
Panama birds which I have seen are scarcely distinguishable from
T. intermedius, while the true striatulus from Bogota is very
different.

Cinclus leuconotus Lafr.

Bogota, January 5, 1889.
Mimus gilvus Vieill.

Plain of Tolima.
Merula ignobilis Sclater.

Rio Totare, Plain of Tolima and Ibague.
Merula gigas (Frazer).

Bogota, March 28, 1888.

A few specimens were obtained by Dr. Detwiller on the north
coast of Colombia near Cartagena. These are as follows:

Chrysolampis moschatus (L.).
Four specimens.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 313

Cyanophaia goudoti (Bourc).

Three specimens doubtfully referred to this species. They are a
little smaller than the specimen from Ibague mentioned above,
which is evidently an adult male; and also differ in having the
lower part of the abdomen and flanks grayish white, and the back
more bronze tinted, one specimen especially showing brilliant
coppery reflections. The under tail coverts are greener than in
the Ibague specimen, which is exactly the reverse of the supposed
females described in the British Museum Catalogue, xvi, p. 235.

While these may be females or yoimg of C. goudoti, it seems quite
likely that they represent a northern race of this bird.

Synallaxis candaei Lafr. and d'Orb.

Base of La Popa, Cartagena, January 23, 1888.
Arremon schlegeli Bp.

Two-thirds up La Popa, 600 feet elevation, Cartagena, January
23, 1888.

Coereba luteola (Cab.).

Base of La Popa, Cartagena, January 23, 1888.

314

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1899.

NOTES ON A FEW NORTHWEST AMERICAN LAND SNAILS.
BY HENRY A. PILSBRY.

Through the kindness of the Rev. George W. Taylor, I have
recently been able to examine some of the smaller land snails of
Alberta and British Columbia, and to compare them with types or
typical specimens of species originally described from the United
States. In most cases the northwestward extension of these forms
has already been recorded by Mr. Taylor, in several valuable lists
published by him in Canada. A feAV have not hitherto been
noticed in print.

Vitrea binneyana Morse.

The specimen from Nanaimo, Vancouver Island, agrees exactly
with those from Maine, but the shell reported from Nanaimo as
Patula (Pla)iogyra) asteriscus is not that very distinct Maine shell,
but Pimdum clapjn Pilsbry. This extends its northward range a
considerable distance. Mr. Taylor believes that he collected the
typical asteriscus at Comox, B. C, twelve years ago. I have not
seen these specimens.

Vertigo gouldii lagganensis n. v. Fig. l.

Resembles V. gouldii in size and general characters, but the
form is more slender ; palatal teeth subequal, the lower one more
immersed ; upper segment or ' ' auricle ' ' of the outer lip much
more pronounced. Alt. 2.1, diam. of last whorl above aperture
1.17 mm.

Laggan, Alberta, collected by the Rev. George W. Taylor.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 315

V. ventricosa, to which this form Avas formerly referred by Mr.
Taylor, is a very much more ventricose, shorter species, with
shorter palatal folds.

Pupa decora Gld. also occurs at Laggan, the specimens having
formerly been recorded thence as P. hoppii. It is evidently a
wide spread species in British America and Canada, as specimens in
the collection of the Academy from Labrador, Alberta and Alaska
attest.

Among other interesting shells received from Mr. F. H. Andrus,
were examples of an apparently new Vertigo, a description of
Avhich follows:

Vertigo andrusiana n. sp. Fig. 3.

Shell cylindrical ovate, but slightly tapering above, obtuse;
glossy, of a dark chestnut color, becoming lighter and somewhat
gray on the upper Avhorls. WhorLs 5h, moderately convex, the
last with a moderate crest or ridge, and then a rather wide con-
striction behind the slightly expanded lip, a slight furrow crossing
the constriction and terminating in a slight entering angle on the
outer lip. Aperture rounded and truncate, obstructed by five
white teeth; the parietal rather high, short, the columeUar situated
rather high, a small denticle close to the base of the columella, and
two subequal palatal laminse (their positions indicated by slight
indentations outside), the lower one more deeply situated. Alt.
2.46, diam. of last whorl above aperture 1.33 mm.

Douglas county, southwestern Oregon, collected by Mr. F. H.
Andrus.

Compared with V. binneyana Sterki, this species differs in being
much larger, with the outer lip scarcely incurved to define an
upper arc of the peristome, and with the palatal folds subequal,
the lower one not conspicuously longer. It resembles Pupa decora
Gld. somewhat in size and color, but is readily separated by the
different dentition of the aperture and the transverse groove
behind the lip characteristic of Vertigo.

For comparison I figure a specimen of V. binneyana (fig. 2)
from Winnipeg, Manitoba, No. 60,465, Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila. Shells from Helena, Mont., and Seattle, Wash., are
perceptibly more cylindrical than that figured.

316 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

LEUKOGNATHUS MAEMORATA, A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF
SALAMANDER OF THE FAMILY DESMOGNATHID^.

BY J. PERCY MOORE.

The family Desmognathidse was established by Prof. Cope for
the American genus Desmognathus, of which four species are now
known. Boulenger associated with Desmognatkm the Mexican
genus Thorlus (which Cope had regarded as constituting a distinct
family), a view which was later accepted by Cope. Stejneger has
added a third genus, Typhloiriton, an interesting blind salamander
which occurs in the caves of Missouri.

Among some salamanders collected by me in the mountains of
North Carolina are three specimens of a fourth genus which is now
described.

LETJROGNATHUS gen. nov.

With the osteological characters of the Desmognathidse ; vertebra
opisthocoelous ; carpus and tarsus cartilaginous; snout very fiat,
broad and depressed; palate not at all vaulted, but very flat and
smooth ; premaxillary bones completely coossified, not perforated by
a fenestra; internal nares widely separated, much further apart
than external nostrils; lungless. These characters are exhibited
in the figures of the skull, Plate XIV, figs. 4, 5, 6 and 10.
Leurognathus marmorata sp. nov.

Diagnosis. — Palatine teeth entirely wanting; thirteen costal
grooves between the axilla and the groin ; appressed limbs fail to
meet by the width of about two costal interspaces; body stout,
depressed; tail finned, its length about five- elevenths of entire
length; digits well developed; color buff or ashy, marbled with
black.

Description of male type. — Form rather robust, body depressed,
widest in middle, but becoming nearly quadrate at the inserl ion of
the hind legs, where the width becomes considerably reduced
ventrally, while a thick welt overhangs the bases of the thighs
dorsally. A distinct median dorsal groove extends from the occi-
put to the base of the tail, meeting the successive pairs of costal

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 317

grooves, which are conspicuously developed and extend without
break from median ventral to median dorsal lines. Between the
origin of the fore and hind limbs there are thirteen pairs of these,
the first being directly over the axilla, the thirteenth inguinal. A
fourteenth lies directly over the axis of the femur when the leg is
extended at right angles to the body. Anterior to the axilla are
two more incomplete grooves close together. Somewhat irregularly
developed and ill-defined intermuscular grooves are continued for
the greater part of the length of the tail.

The tail is five-elevenths of the entire length, quadrate at the
base, where it is broader dorsally than ventrally. While the
height remains nearly constant till near the end, the thickness
decreases rapidly, so that the posterior two-thirds are decidedly
compressed. The extreme end of the tail is slightly bent up and
terminates in a little compressed tubercle. A prominent doi-sal fin-
fold occupies rather more than its posterior half, reaching its
greatest height sixteen millimeters from the tip. Its free margin is
irregular and ragged, the result apparently of wear. A low dorsal
fold continues the fin-fold forward on to the base of the tail. A
much narrower ventral fold, which is highest posteriorly, extends
almost half the length of the tail.

The limbs, especially the hind pair, are well developed. When
appressed to the sides of the body the fore limbs reach to a point
about half-way between the fifth and sixth costal grooves (counting
from the axillary), and the hind limbs similarly appressed reach
cephalad of the eighth costal groove, so that the extremities of the
two limbs are separated by two costal spaces. The fore limbs are
slightly depressed, the digits are long, slender and entirely free;
they increase in length in the following order: i, iv, ii and iii, the
number of phalanges being respectively 1, 2, 2 and 3. Each digit
is terminated by a slightly enlarged dark-brown horny nail which
is particularly conspicuous on digit i. No distinct palmar tubercles
are developed, but there is a deep groove extending from between
the second and third fingers, meeting a curved depressed line
which crosses the palm.

The pes is large, broad and flat, with a small first digit and the
others long, slender, free and somewhat flattened. Digit i is less
than one-half the length of v, then ii, iv and iii become succes-
sively longer, but iii and iv are nearly equal. The number of

318 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

phalanges composing the digits from i to v is respectively 1, 2, 3, 3
and 2. Like those of the hand, the pedal digits bear dark-colored
horny tips. Distinct tubercles are absent, but gi'ooves corre-
sponding to those of the manus are present.

The form of the head is very cliaracteristic, the snout being more
flattened than in any of our smaller salamanders; its middle part
has no evident curvature whatever. Outside of a line joining the
anterior angle of the eye to the corresponding nostril it slopes
gently downward, causing a faintly marked canthus rostralis, but
the profile continues straight to a point between the nostrils, ante-
rior to which it bends sharply downward into the alveolar margin
of the jaw. The outline of the snout is a smooth regular curve
with a just suggested angle below the nostrils; anteriorly it projects
slightly beyond the lower jaw. The nostrils are smaU but, being
surrounded by a raised fold and connected with the margin of the
jaw by a groove, are conspicuous. They are separated by a dis-
tance about equal to the cleft of the eye.

The cleft of the mouth is slightly sinuous, and above its angle is a
rounded elevation bounded behind by a well-marked vertical groove
and above by a branch of this groove which is directed toward the
eye. There is no conspicuously swollen parotid region and the
posterior part of the head is smoothly rounded. The low but well-
marked gular fold is, in this example, perfectly straight and is almost
continuous on the sides of the neck with a faint dorsal groove.

One of the most striking features of the species, though not
diagnostic among its allies, is the prominence of the rather large
eyes, which in the Hving animal are very conspicuous. This results
not so much from their size as from the flatness of the snout which
forces them to stand out above its surface. Both the anterior and
posterior angles present small tubercles, Avhile behind the posterior
is a distinct vertical curved fold — a spur from the lower eyelid,
which is much broader behind. The upper eyelid about equals the
interorbital space in width.

The vent is a narrow longitudinal slit about as long as the diam-
eter of the thigh and situated in the base of the tail. Its margins
are smooth and unmodified. The surface of the skin is generally
smooth, but on the snout is slightly pitted and papillate.

Three series of dermal sense organs are present on the trunk, the
middle one being best developed and most complete. It begins

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 319

above the axilla, and may be traced about half-Avay along the tail.
The segmental organs are generally one near the anterior border
of each costal fold, though some of the anterior somites present
two. The dorsal series is very incomplete and disappears on the
tail and middle trunk region. The ventral series of sense organs
is complete on the trunk somites, several of the anterior and pos-
terior of which are provided with two organs each. On the sides
of the head a number of pores are aggregated in a rather large
patch behind and below the angle of the mouth. They are arranged
more or less into rows and are connected by a transverse line across
the occipital region. A line of pores extends forward along the
lower jaw and a shorter one on the upper jaw.

The color pattern is rather characteristic. The ground color is
a decidedly yellowish buff, everywhere more or less thickly marked,
except on the ventral surface, with irregular confluent blotches of
black, sometimes distinct, sometimes obscure. On the parietal,
frontal and rostral regions the ground color strongly predominates,
while the whole occipital and nuchal regions are heavily blotched.
On the base of the dorsum of the tail the color pattern takes the
form of large blotches of the ground color in a network of
black. Extending on to the sides of the body and tail the two
colors become interdiftlised, producing a gray color with small light
yellow specks. The ventral surface is pale yellow, largely pure,
but becoming clouded on the tail, pelvic region and throat. The
dorsal and ventral surfaces of the limbs are colored respectively
like the corresponding surfaces of the body. The toes are tipped
with brown.

Of all regions the palate has the most characteristic appearance.
Inside of the narrow vertical alveolar margins of the jaw which
bound it, it presents a broad, perfectly smooth, unbroken and
almost flat surface — a low unarched roof to the mouth. There is
no shelf or fold of the integument Avithin and parallel to the alveo-
lar margin, no median pit and no trace of palatine teeth, the
region usually occupied by the latter being perfectly smooth and
flat. More remarkable still are the choanse. These are minute
slits lying between the anterior outer margins of the orbits and the
maxillary tooth line, and consequently diverging posteriorly, where
they are separated by a distance twice that between the external

320 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

The tongue is broadly reniform, presenting a median longitu-
dinal depression and some irregular wrinkles. Its margin is
smooth, but the greater part of the upper surface is thickly cov-
ered with slender papillse, forming a plush-like surface. The
lateral and posterior margins are free, the anterior attached in the
middle. The pedicle of attachment is triangular in section, its
broad part corresponding with the anterior margin, and its apex
with the posterior emargination.

The female type specimen is larger and more robust, with a
shorter tail and broader, more flattened head. The snout is espe-
cially broad and flat, its width on a line with the anterior angles of
the eyes being twice its length anterior to that line. The canthal
tubercle is almost obsolete. The gular fold is distinctly curved
forward. The appressed limbs are separated by slightly more than
two costal interspaces. There is but one groove anterior to the
axillary. The dorsal series of sense pores is better developed than
in the male. The colors are duller and less pure in this example.
The ground color above is buff, large blotches of which alternate
with still larger blotches of a purpUsh black on the dorsal surface.
These blotches are largest at the base of the tail and pelvic
region, but on the head break up and become intermixed.
Below, the color is very generally a dull yellowish ash.

A second female example, used for dissection and for the
preparation of a skeleton, was similar to the last, but had two
preaxiUary grooves, as in the male specimen first described. This
species exhibits in its skull many peculiarities Avhich readily distin-
guish it from any of the described species of Desmognathus, in
which the cranial charactei-s are remarkably uniform. Thorius is
clearly separated by the very large size of the nostrils Avhich
encroach largely upon the consequently very narrow premaxillary,
by the high, narrow and strongly convex snout and by the ossified
carpus and tarsus. The skeleton of Typhlotriton has not been
described, but in the arched palate and position of the choanse,
etc., this genus approaches Desmognathus, from which it is chiefly
distinguished by the strongly developed curved series of palatine
teeth and the deep-sunken functionless eyes.

In L. marmorata the orbits are large and cause much of the great
relative width of the skuU, while the interorbital portion of the
brain case is comparatively narrow. At their widest part the

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 321

frontal boues are less than the transverse diameter of the orbit,
while in Desmoynatkm they equal or exceed this measurement.
On the other hand, the parasphenoid width is greater in the present
species, its interorbital portion being distinctly flattened instead
of strongly rounded or even ridged as in Desmognathus. Conse-
quently a section of this region is quadrate in Leurognathus and
nearly triangular in Desmognathus. A strongly marked raised line
crosses the parasphenoid at the posterior margin of the deutigerous
plates and joins the periotic process on each side; this is wanting
or inconspicuous in Desmognathus and in any case does not reach
the periotic process.

The snout is perfectly flat between the just evident canthi
rostrales, and the profile is straight from the posterior margin of the
orbits to the sharply decurved alveolar margin of the jaw, giving
this salamander a physiognomy very different from that of the-
species of Desmognathus, in which there is a strong longitudinal as
well as a transverse curvature to this region. The entire roof and
floor of the nasal chamber are closely approximated, resulting in a
remarkable shallowness of the passages and a similarity in the
form of the palate and suout. The completely coalesced pre-
maxillaries are broad throughout, being nowhere less than one and
one- half times the diameter of the nares, w^hile the breadth be-
tween the latter is more than twice their diameter. At the frontal
suture the premaxillary is truncated and overlaps the frontal, not
bifurcated to embrace the mesial process of the latter as in Des-
mognathus. The premaxillary fontanelle, so conspicuous in
Desmognathus and other genera of salamanders, is entirely closed,
its position being indicated only by a slight depression. The
externa] nares are small and separated by a distance of at least
twice their diameter.

Extensively developed vomero-palatine bones constitute most of
the roof of the mouth, and as they join the premaxillary and
maxillaries with perfectly flush joints, the palate is given that
strikingly smooth, flat and unbroken appearance which suggested
the generic name. There is no trace of the deep median groove
which separates the two halves of this bone auteriorly in Desmog-
nathus and communicates (usually above a narrow bridge of bone)
with 'the premaxillary fontanelle. These bjues are united with the
21

322 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

premaxillary for the whole width of its palatal surface. The in-
ternal nares are inconspicuous narrow slits situated close to the
anterior margins of the orbits at the extreme posterior outer angle
of the vomero-palatines and extending into the palatal plates of
the maxillaries. The actual choanse correspond to the outer ends of
these clefts and are consequently very widely separated, a condition
very different from that found in Desmofjnathus, in which the clefts
cut deep into the vomero-palatines and expand at their inner ends
into conspicuous openings, which are the choanre.

The parasphenoid teeth are borne on a pair of long, slender and
pointed dentigerous plates, which are placed together as a sagittate
area, posterior to the middle of the orbit. Each plate bears about
eighteen or twenty oblique rows of minute teeth, each row con-
taining from five to twelve teeth. There are about one
hundred and twenty jaw teeth above and an equal number
below, about fifteen being borne by the premaxillary. All of
these teeth are set on the inner face of the alveolar flange and have
simple, blunt, slightly compressed and undivided crowns. In the
posterior part of both jaws they become smaller and more crowded.
In the specimen dissected the posterior cranial region, the ptery-
goids and the branchio-hyal apparatus are essentially as in Desmor/-
nathus. There are sixteen presacral, one sacral and twenty-four
postsacral vertebrae.

The visceral anatomy resembles in its general features the three
species of Desmognathus which I have studied. There is no trace
of lungs, and it may be added that lungs are entirely absent in
Desmognathm nigra and D. orchrojjhcea,^ in which this deficiency
has not previously been noted.

The three examples of this sj^ecies above described, being all
that have been taken, were found in a large clear rocky pool be-
neath a waterfall of a stream on the south flank of Grandfather
Mt., X. C. , and at an elevation of about 3,500 feet. From what
observations were made they seem to be essentially aquatic, remain-
ing in the deeper parts of the pool and not burrowing beneath
stones in places merely wet, as does the D. nigra, which occurs in
^reat numbers in the same region. L. marmorata is much less

^ The examples of this species M'hich Wilder originally de-cribe.l as lung-
less have more recently been identified as belonging to the species Spelerpes
bilineatns.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 323

active than the latter species and swims rather sluggishly, but with
an easy gliding motion. The individuals seen seemed rather shy,
and when alarmed quickly took refuge under the large rocks scat-
tered through the pool, from beneath which, however, they were
easily induced to emerge by the attraction of pieces of meat or
worms thrown into the water.

Measurements in Millimeters.

Type (^. Type $ .

Total length

Tail, from posterior margin of thighs. .
Head, from gular fold to end of muzzle

Snout, from anterior angle of eyes

Width at anterior angle of ej'es

Width at posterior angle of jaws

Width at gular fold

Depth at lip of snout, approximately.. .

Depth midway betAveen eyes

Depth midway between angle of jaws.

Depth at gular fold

Eatire length of arm and hand ,

Entire length of leg and foot

98.
45.
13.5
4.2

9.5
1.8
31
4.7
6.

12.

16.6

108.

17.5

14.
4.4
8.5

11.

10.5
2.3
3.4
5.

13'.

17.

117.

51.

15.
4.5
9.5

11.

10.5
2.
3! 5
5.

14!

18.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV.

Figures 1 to 10, Leurognathus marmorata.
Fig. 1. The male type, showing the external features from the

side. The position of the lateral line sensory pores is indicated

by small circles. Natural size.
Figs. 2 and 3. Lateral aod ventral views of the head of the same

specimen. X 3.2. In fig. 3 the nostrils are slightly too close

together.
Figs. 4, 5 and 6. Lateral, ventral and dorsal views of the skull of

a slightly larger female specimen. X 3.2. The internal and

external nares are blackened and the position of the actual

choante in the entire head is indicated by a ring of dots in fig. 5.
Fig. 7. Dorsal aspect of the tongue disk of the same female,

showing a small area of the closely set papilla?. X 3.2.
Figs. 8 and 9. Palmar aspect of the fore and hind feet of the

example represented in fig. 1. X 3.2.
Fig. 10. Section of the skull of the female represented in figs.

4-6, taken just anterior to the internal nares. X 3.5. p, pre-

maxillary; f, frontal; m, maxillary; v, vomero -palatine; na,

nasal passage, which is represented by shading.
Fig. 11. A similar section of Desmognathus nigra. X 3.5. n,

nasal bone ; the remaining lettering as in fig. 10.

324 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

THE MARINE FISHES OF PERU.
BY JAMES FRANCIS ABBOTT.

The study of the iclithyology of the west coast of South Amer-
ica, which was beguu by Valeucieuues iu the early volumes of the
Histolre Naturelle, has been carried ou since iu a very desultory way.
The only general works that have appeared have been the fairly
extensive Fauna Chilena of Claude Gay, published in 1848, and
the, ichthyologically, very incomplete Fauna Peruana of Tschudi,
published in 1845. The former contains descriptions of 108
species of fishes, the latter of but nineteen. Whatever work has
been done since has consisted merely of isolated descriptions of
single species or of small collections that have occasionally fallen
into investigators' hands. Tschudi himself made extensive collec-
tions in Peru, but through a series of misfortunes they were nearly
all lost. A few years before, the results of the voyage of " The
Beagle ' ' had been published, and the fishes collected by Darwin,
quite a number of which had been taken from the west coast of
South America, were described by Dr. Leonard Jenyns.

But by far the greater number of the species known from this
region have been described by Kner and by Steindachner. The
Ichthyologuche Not'izen, which were published by the latter at
intei-vals from 1864 to 1870, and the Ichthyologische Beitrdge,
which followed from 1874 to 1882, contain numerous descriptions
of species from Peru and Chile. In 1867-68 Kner published the
results of his work upon the fishes in the Godeffroy Museum at
Plamburg, which contained many South American examples col-
lected by the captains of Hamburg merchant vessels. More
recently Steindachner has described the collection of fishes obtained
by Dr. L. Plate in his extensive exploration of Chile. ^ Many
of these are from Iquique, and are here included, while others
heretofore known only from Peru or northward are recorded from
Chilean waters for the first time.

'Fauna Chilensis, ii, Supplement to Zoologische Jahrb'uchcr, July, 1S98.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 325

iViid yet it is fair to state that the total number of valid species
known to-day from Cape Horn to the equator does not exceed 300,
and of these only 100, more or less, are found between the equator
and the Tropic of Capricorn. In contrast to this we recognize
over 300 species along the west coast of Mexico and Central
America alone, from Panama to the Tropic of Cancer.

It is certain that the southern region is fully as rich as the
northern, and the field — at least of Peru — remains practically
unexplored. Very nearly all the material that has been collected
has been obtained from one source — the fish-markets. The tide-
pools are untouched, the deep-sea fishes almost unknown, and a
multitude of forms, of little importance economically but of great
interest scientifically, await the word of the investigator to introduce
them to the world.

The basis of the pi'esent paper has been a collection of marine
fishes made in Callao by Rear- Admiral L. A. Beardslee, U. S. N.,
retired, on a cruise of U. S. S. " Philadelphia," during the
month of January, 1896. Though rather small, the coUection
contains a great deal of interesting material.

The scattered condition of the literature has hindered a study of
the subject, and one of the principal purposes of the present brief
paper has been to collect and modernize the synonymy of the species
inhabiting this region.

We have included all the marine species known to us, inhabiting
a range from Pecasmayu bay on the north to Iquique on the
south, and limited in a general way by the political boundaries of
Peru. The detailed synonymy has been given for all references to
the west coast of South America, and the author responsible for
the present generic and specific name of each form has been cited,
but otherwise only enough synonymy has been included to guide
the reader to other,' sources. The page references to Cope and
Steindachner are those of the reprints containing their descrip-
tions.

The habitats given to many species by early workers were very
general, and many ranges that we have copied from their descrip-
tions will doubtless have to be restricted. A few species have been
described from ' * the west coast of South America, ' ' and have been
admitted provisionally into the present list until future investiga-
tion shall have established their true position.

326 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

One hundred and two species, belonging to forty-two families,
arc here recognized as valid. Of these, fifty ai'C confined to the
Peruvian region, twenty-seven are common to both Peru and Chile,
and thirteen are recorded north of the equator.

The following are here described as new :

Basilichthys odavius.

Basilichthys regillus.

Basilichthys jordani.

Pi-sdregia heardsleei, new gen. and sp.

Sciaena gilberti.

The writer wishes to express his indebtedness to Admiral
Beardslee, through whose efforts the Callao collection was made, and
the present paper made possible. He is also indebted to Mr.
James Douglas Ogilby, of Sydney, N. S. W., who has contributed
important information and .suggestions, as well as to Dr. G. A.
Boulenger, of the British Museum, who has very kindly exam-
ined types and in other ways rendered valuable assistance. Espe-
cially must he express his obligations to Dr. Charles H. Gilbert,
of Leland Stanford, Jr. University, in Avhose laboratory the work
was carried on, and to President David Starr Jordan, Avho has
taken a personal interest in the work and who personally super-
vised it.

BR ANO HIOSTOMID^.

1. Branchiostoma elongatum Sundevall.

B. elonr/at/rm. Sundevall, (Efvers. Vet. Akatl. Forhandl., 1852, 147 ;
Steindachner, Fauna Chilensis, 334, 189S.

Steindachner records this species from Cavancha bay, Iquique.

GALEID^.

2. Galeus mento (Cope).

Mastelus mento Cope, Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc, May 4, 1877, 31

[Pecasmayu Bay, Peru].
Mustelus edulis Perez Canto, Estudias sobre algunos Escualos de

Chile, 4, 1886 ; E. A. Philippi, Ann. del Universidad de Chile,

Ixxi, 1887, 15.

Local name, Tollo.

This species, which is not represented in the present collection, is
very close to G. dorsalis, from which it differs especially in the
more anterior position of the first dorsal, the distance between the
origin of that fin and the tip of the snout being about six and

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 327

two-thirds times iu the total length (Philippi). The flesh is much
esteemed as food by the Chilean people.

Range. — Peeasmayu bay to Juan Fernandez. \

3. Galeus dorsalis (Gill).

MustelHs dorxidis Gill, Proe. Acad. Phila., 1864, 149 [Panama].
Oaleus dorsalis Jordan and Evermann, Fishes of -North and Middle
America, i, 30, 1896.

Local name, Cazon.

The five specimens in the collection shoAV a most remarkable
color variation. Two of them have the typical silvery plumbeous
ground color, paler ventrally and slightly flecked with light spots
along the sides. The other three are transversely barred with about
sixteen rather broad black bands, extending across the back half-
way down on each side. There are five or six in front of the first
dorsal, the two anterior ones bounding the interorbital space.
These are not sex markings, as both sexes occur in each variety.
The most careful comparison and elaborate and accurate measure-
ments fail to reveal any other difference. The anal arises under
the posterior third of the dorsal, barely extending beyond that fin.

The following measurements are in hundredths of the total
length and have been computed on the U. 8. Fish Commission's
proportional scale :

Snout to origin of first dorsal 29-. 31

Base of first dorsal 11-. 12

Anterior margin of first dorsal. 12

Distance between two dorsals 20-. 22

Base of second dorsal 05- . 09

Anterior margin of second dorsal 10-. 11

Second dorsal to tip of caudal 30- . 32

Distal lobe of caudal 07-. 09

Anterior edge of ventral 07-. 09

Anterior margin of pectoral 13-. 14

Tip of snout to eye 08

Eye 03

Eye to origin of first dorsal 20-. 22

Anal to tip of caudal 29

Length 300-430 mm.

Range. — Gulf of California, Panama, Callao.

328 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

For comparison the following measurements were taken on a
specimen of G. dorsalis collected by Dr. Gilbert at Panama:

Snout to first dorsal . 31

Base of first dorsal 12

Margin of first dorsal 13

luterdorsal 20

Base of second dorsal 10

Anterior margin second dorsal 10

Second dorsal to caudal tip . . 27

Caudal lobe Ofio

Anal to caudal tip 26

Anal to ventrals 15^-

Ventral, anterior margin 08

Anal, anterior margin 075

Pectoral to ventral 25

Anterior margin of pectoral 15

Snout to pectoral (second slit) 21

Snout to eye 085

Eye 025

4. Carcharhinus brachyrrhynclius (Pailippij.

Carcharias brachyrrhynclius Philippi, Tiburoues de Chile, Ana'.
Univ. Chile, tomo Ixxi, 8, 1887 [Iquique].

SPHYRNID^.

5. Sphyrna peruana (Philippi).

Zygaena peruana Philippi, Tiburones, etc , de Chile, Auales Univ.
de Chile, lomo Ixxi, 13, 1887.

Very abundant on the coast of Peru (Philippi).

SQUATINIDiE.

6. Squatina armata (Philippi).

RJiina armata Philippi, 1. c. . 29, lam vii, fig. 1.

Iquique.

RAJID^.

7. Psammobatis brevicaudatus Cope.

P. brevicaudatus Cop^", Proc. Amer. Pliil. Soc, May 4, 1877, p. 32.

Habitat. — Pecasmayu bay, Peru.

8. Eaja chilensis Steindachner.

Raja cliilemis Steindachner, Fauna Chilensis, 332, Taf. 21, fig. 15,
1898.

Habitat. — Iquique.

1899.] XATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. b29

NARCOBATIDJE.
9- Discopyge tschudii HeckeL

Disnipyge f.srhudii Heckel, iu Tschndi, Fauna Peruana, Fish 33, Taf.
6, *1845 ; Steindachuer, Fauna Chilensis, ii. 33-2, Taf. 21, fig. 14-
146, 1898 [Calbuco, Chile].

Following is the original description :

" Genus Discopyge Hackel, MSS. Caract. Gen. Discus orbicu-
laris. Os transversum ad angulos labiis incrassatis instructum;
maxilla medio lamina dentali extrorsum inflexa, denticulis minimis
in quincuncim dispositis. Dentes plani rhomboidales, angulo pos-
tico acuto. Velum pone maxillam superiorera et inferiorem. Val-
vula nasalis truncata, in medio processu sinuato instructa, subtus
frenulo cum plica circulari oris juncta. Spiraculaoculis adjacentia,
margine nudo. Pinnre ventrales sub cauda in unam junctse. Pinnse
dorsales dute iequales. Pinnse caudales oblique ovatce (Heckel in
lit. j.

"Z>. tschudii Hicckel. DieSclieibe ist,Avenn man sich die Wenduug
der Brustflossenriinder als iu ihi^er Eichtuug fortlaufend uud riick-
wiirts verbunden denkt, volkommen kreisrund.

"DerMund liegt am Ende des vordern diametralen Yiertlieils
dieser Scheibe und sein Querdurchmesser macht den dritten Theil
dieses Viertheils oder die Entferuung von dera Mund bis zum
Scheibenrande aus; er ist yerschiebbar wie bei Narcine oder den
Accipenserarten. An den "NVinkebi umgibt ilm ein fleischiger
Lippenwulst, unter dem die kleineu obern und untern Lippen-
knorpel bemerkbar sind. Die iu den Mundholilen breiteren
Zahnplatten beider Kiefer wenden sich schmaler werdend nach
aussen iiber den mittleren Mundrand um und schlagen sich gleich
einer mit Ziihuen gepflasterten ]Mittellippe zwischen den beiden
eigentlichen Winkellippen zuriick. Die untere Plattenumschlag ist
etwas schmaler, verliert sich riickwiirts spitzer; der obere ist etwas
breiter, weniger umgescblagen und abgerundet. Die Ziihne auf
diesen Zahnplatten stehen nicht nur dicht in verschobenen Keihen
(quincunx) aneinander, sondern iiberdecken sich ein wenig mit
ihrem hinteru Raude; die innerste oder langste Eeihe enthjilt
uugefiihr 12 Zahne, die nachfolgeudeu nehmen allmahlig ab. Die
einzelnen Ziihne sind glatt, flach, beiuahe rhomboidal uud an jenen
in der Mundhohle sitzenden verKiugert sich der nach hintern ge-
Avendete Winkel in eine kleine scharfe Spitze. Sowohi hinter der

330 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

imteru als obern Zahnplatte scliiebt sich ein dem Ansehen nach
glatter Kiefersegel hervor unci verschliesst beinahe die ganze Mund-
hcile gleich einem zweiteu Kieferpaare. Die Entfernung der beiden
Nasenlocher von einander gleicht 1 , 5 der Mundbreite. Die Nasen-
klappe ist etwas schraaler, reicht zuriickgelegt bis an den Lippen-
wulst und hat in der ^Slitte einen vorspriugeuden ausgebuchteten
Lappen, der den Umschlag der obern Zahnplatte zwischen den
oberen Lippenrudimenten genau iiberdeckt und verhiillt, Wird
die Nasenklappe vorwiirtsgeschlagen, so zeigt sich dieser vorsprin-
gende Lappen als das nach beiden Seiten etwas ausgebreitete
Ende des Nasenbandchens (Frenulum), welches durch seine
Basis mit der allgemeinen, den ganzen Mund umfassenden cir-
culiiren Hautfalte in Verbindung steht. Die Augen sind, Avie
gewohnlich, sehr klein, liegen senkrecht iiber dem Mund in einer
zweimal so grosseu Entfernung als die Nasenlocher auseinander.
Dicht hinter den Augen befinden sich die grossen glattrandigen
Spritzlocher. Weiter riickwlirts bemerkt man, wie an andern
Torpedlnes, zwei nahe aneinander liegende, Schleim ausfiihrende
Poren auf dem Riicken, die aber hier nur um ein Drittheil des
Augenzwischenraumes hinter den Spritzlochern liegen. Die elec-
trischen Organe scheinea aus minder zahlreichen SiiuLschen zu
bestehen als in den Gattungen Torpedo und Narciae ; ihre Gestalt
ist, wie gewohnlich, meistens hexagon.

"Der hintere Rand der Brustflos?en iiberdeckt den Anfang der
Bauchflossen deren gemeinschafUicher hinterer Rand ein mit der
Scheibe paralleles, zu beiden Seiten abgerundetes Bogensegment
darstellt. Diese so merkwiirdige Vereinigung beider Bauchflossen
miteinauder, welcher einigermassen an diederTrichterlo?en Gobien
errinnert, geschiet mittelst einer an der untern Schwanzbasis hinter
dem After befestigten Membran. Die L'inge des Schwanzes vom
After bis zum iiusseren Flossenrande is dem Diameter der Scheibe
gleich. Zu beiden Seiten des Schvvanzes laufen den ganzen L'inge
nach zwei horizontale, breite Keilfalten hin und enden etwas nach
dem Anfange der terminalen, ruderfiirmlgen, schief abgerundeten
Schwanzflosse, Beide auf dem Schwanzriicken sitzendeu Riicken-
flossen sind gleich gross und folgen nahe aufeinander; die erste
beginut etwas vor dem Bauchflossenrande und die zweite reicht
zuriickgelegt iiber den Anfang der Schwanzflosse, ihre Hiihe iiber-
trifft die Llinge der Basis um einen Viertheil.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENX'ES OF PHILADELPHIA. 331

"Fdrbung. — Die gauze Oberseite ist dunkel rothlichbrauu, auf
der Mitte des Riickens dunkler als an den Sclieibeurandern. Untei-
korper matt weisslich.

"Lange, 5" — 6'". GWlsste Breite, 2" — 10.5'".

"Vorkommen. — Das hier beschriebene Exemplar wurde in der
Heradura eiuer Caleta zwischeu Huacho und Chancay, gefangeu."

MYLIOBATID^.

10. Myliobatis californicus Gill.

Uolorhinus vespertilio Gill, Troc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1862, 331 ;
Myliohatis calif ornk us Jordan and Gilbert, Synopsis', 51, 1883.

Local name, Raya.

One specimen, from whicli unfortunately the tail has been cut.
Breadth of disc, 470 mm. ; line from eye to origin of ventrals,
200 mm. ; breadth of head, 80 mm. ; distance between nasal open-
ings, 31 mm. ; width of first middle tooth, 16 mm. ; length, 4 mm.

Range. — Cape Mendocino, San Diego, Callao.

SILURID^.

11. Galeichthys peruanus Liitken.

G(il(i('hthi/s peruanris Liitken, Ichthyographische Bidraor, ii (Vi-
densk. Meded., 1874, 20.i) [Callao] ; Steindachner, Ichthyol. Bei-
triige, iv, 34 (S. B. Ak. Wien, Ixxii, 1875) [Callao, Altata,
Panama].

Tachysiirus peruanus Eigenmann and Eigenmann, Proc. Calif. Acad.
Sci., 2d Series, i, 140, 1888 [CallaoJ ; iUd., Eevision of South
American Nematognathi, Occasional Papers, i, Cal. Acad. Sci.,
51, 1890 [Callao].

Local name, Bagre (common for most Sihiroids).

Three specimens. Head .25 of total length, depth .16. Dis-
tance from snout to oi'igin of dorsal .31; gill rakers 5 -f 9, 6 -f- 10,
6 -f- 8; D. I, 6 to 7, A. 14 to 15.

One 9 specimen (No. 11,962, L. S., Jr., U. ) appears to difler
from the others, but not sufficiently to warrant separating it from
the species. The head is somewhat shorter, .22 in total length;
the ventrals are longer, . 16 in total length. The dorsal is inserted
somewhat more anteriorly (.29 to end of snout) and the outline of
the humeral process is orbicular instead of being irregular, as in
the other specimens.

The number of gill rakers in all three differs somewhat from the
count given by Eigenmann.

Length 290-320 mm.

Range. —Callao to Tropic of Cancer.

332 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

LEPTOOEPHALID^.

12. Leptocephalus multimaculatus Steiudachner.

L. mulfimaculatus Stein., Ijhthyologisc. Notizen, ix, 27, 1809
["Peru"].

13. Leptocephalus peruanus Steiudachner.

L. peruanus Stein., Ichthy. Notizen, ix, 28, 1869 [Peru].

OPHICHTHYIDiB.

14. Ophichthus callaensis (Gunther).

Ophirhthys callaensis Giinther, Jour. Mus. Godeffroy, iv, 92 [Callao].
We have been uuable to cou.sult the descriptiou of this species.

15. OpMchthus pacifici (Giiather).

Ophirhthys pacifici Giiather, Cat. Fisli. Btit. Mus. , viii, 76, 1870
["Cliile and Peru"].

16. Ophichthus grandimaculatus (Kner and Steiudachner).

OphicJithys grandimaculata Kner and Steind., Sitz. Ak. Wiss. Wien.,
1866, liv, 389, fig. 13 (Neue Fische aus Mus. Godef., 34) [Peru].

1 7. Ophichtlius uniserialis (Cope).

OjjJiicJothy s uniserialis Cope. Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc, 1877, 31 [Pecas-
mayu bay].

MURAENIDu^E.

18. Lycodontis wieneri (Sauvage).

Gymnothorax wieneri Sauvage, Bnll. de la Societe Philomathique de
Paris, July 7, 1883, 161 ["Chile or Peru' (sic)].

CLUPEID^.

19. Clupanodon fimbriata (Kner and Steindachner).

Aliisa fimbriata Kner and Stein., Sitz. Ak. "Wiss. "Wien, 1866 (Neue

Fische aus Mus. GodefEr., 31, fig. 15 [Valparaiso].
Clupea sagax Giinther (not of Jenyns), Cat. Brit. Mus , vii, 443, 1868.

Local name, Sardina.

H. 31; D. 4i-4i DorsallS (19) ; anal 16 (18). 20 scutes ante-
rior to ventrals, 15 between ventrals and anus. Maxillary 2^ in head.

Compared with C. ccerukus, the rays in the dorsal are more numer-
ous and are j^eculiar in that the last two and again the two preced-
ing are pressed out side by side so as to lie in two layers covered by
the enlarged scales at the base of the fin. The head is longer, the
ventral scutes more numerous and the striis on opercle much more
numerous and finely divided than in cceruleus.

Compared Avith specimens of the same species from Valparaiso,
no constant differences Avere observed, except in the head, which is
slightly shorter in the latter specimens.

Four individuals, length 240-300 mm.

Range. — Chile and Peru, coastwise.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 333

20. Potamalosa notacantlioides (Steindachner).

C'lupea (Alosa) iiotacanthoides Stein., Ichthy. Notizen, ix, 20, PL
vii, (good).

Local name, Machete.

This species is very closely related to Potamalosa (Clupea) nota-
canthm (Giinther)," from Valparaiso, with which it may be identical.
The type locality of Steindachner' s species was given erroneously
as Mazatlan, but the specimen doubtless came from further down
the coast. The principal differences that separate the two species
lie in the scales, which are striate and fimbriate in notacanthoides,
and in the veinules of the opercle which are very prominent in
that species. Dr. Boulenger very kindly examined the types of
C'lupea notacanthm for us. He says: " The scales, about 48 in
lat. line, show no trace of striations and the opercle is not
veined. The dorsal scutes number 23 and 27 respectively. No
traces of dark spots." It is worthy of note, however, that Giin-
ther's types are all small, 4 inches, and it may be that the differ-
ence in size and age is accountable for the differences noted above.
We have examined specimens of P. notacanthoides from Valpa-
raiso, and find that they agree with those from Callao in every
particular.

The diagnosis of the genus Potamalosa,' which was created to
receive the s])ecies P. aatlqua Ogilby ( Clapea nomehollandm Giin-
ther, not Meletta novcehollandke Valenciennes) will have to be
somewhat modified to admit P. notacanthoides. The constant
characters that appear to be of generic value are the position of
the dorsal, which originates well in advance of the middle of the
body, the number of branchiostegals and the rays of the anal.''

Five specimens, 1. 200-240 mm.

Head 3-3i; depth 3; eye 4^5; pectoral 14 in head (as in Stein-
dachner's figure, 2f in his description). There is considerable

' Giinther. Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus., vii, 443, 1868.

^Ogiiby, Proc. Linn. See. N. S. Wales, xxi, 1896, 504 (1897). Ibid.,
I.e., 1897, Pt. i, Apr. 28, p. 70.

* The following synopiis will show the differences between the two species
of the genus :

Gen. Potamalosa Ogilby. Origin of dorsal well in advance of middle of
body ; branchiostegals 8 or 9 ; anal rays 18 or less, —

(a) Dorsal scutes feeble ; scales peciinate and striate ; muciferous system
highly developed ; opercle veined notacanthoides.

(b) Dorsal scutes prominent ; sealer entire ; muciferous system confined
to main arteries ; opercle quite smooih anitqua.

334 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

variation iu the number of ventral scutes, which run from 19 to
21 before the ventrals and from 16 to 18 behind them. Dorsal
scutes 24 — 27 in one specimen (misprinted 7 in Steindachner' s
description). Opercular veinules prominent. Color, above dark
greenish brown, below silvery yellow. Dorsal dark, caudal with
broad dark margin; other fins pale, six or eight round or elongate
dark blotches along the side in the silvery portion. A like num-
ber more or less parallel with them in the darker upper half of
body, just above the color line.

Habitat. — Coasts of Chile and Peru.
21. Potamalosa (•) maculata (Cuvier and Valenciennes).

Alausa maculata Cuv. and Val., Hist. Nat. Poiss., xx, 4.30 (18-17)
[Valpiraiso] ; Gay, Hist. Chile Zo)l., ii, 322, lam. 10, fig. 2.

Clupea maculata Giinther, Cat. Brit. Mns., vii, 443, [CallaoJ ; Stein-
dachner, Fauna Chilensis, .330, 18.^8 [Iquique].

This species is very close to Potamalosa notacanthoides and possi-
bly belonars to that genus, though no dorsal serrature has been
de.'-cribed. But the type specimens in the British Museum are in
such poor condition that one is not warranted in saying that a
dorsal serrature is absent in the adult, ^ and in the description of
Steindachner' s single specimen no mention is made of the matter.

1 therefore, for the present, place m%eulatx with notaeanthokles
in Potamalosa.

Range. — Coasts of Peru and Chile.

2 2. Clupanodon sagax (Jenyns).

Clupea saga.v Jenyns. Voj. Beagle, 134, 1842 [San Lorenzo isl.] ;
Giinther, Shore Fislies, Challenger, 25, 18S0 [Valparaiso] ; Stein-
dachner, Fauna Cailensis, 331, 1898 [Iquique].

2 3. Clupanodon fimbriatus (Kner and Steindachner).

Alausa fiinbriata Kner and Stein., Neue Fische, Mus. Goiefr., 31,
fig. 15 ; Sitz. Ak. Wiss. Wiea, 1866 [Valparaiso].

Local name, Sardina HispaTia.

Two specimens. The pectoral is a little longer than in the orig-
inal description, If in head. The species is readily distinguished
from C. cceruleus by the greater number of fin rays and the numer-
ous and more delicate strise on sides of head. Length, 300 mm.

Range. — Coasts of Peru and Chile,

*Dr. a. A. Boulenger, in lit., 6, 15, 98.

189^.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 335

ENGRAULIDID^.

24. Stolephorus tapirulus (Cope).

EngrauUs tdpirulus Cope, Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc, May 4, 1877 (sepa-
rate, p. 29) [Pecasmayu bay?].

The two specimeu.s in the collection evidently belong to this
species. The brevity, of Cope's description, however, seems to
require a more extended one.

D. 14, A. 23-24, depth 4i-, head 3^, eye 4-4^ in head, 5 in
snout, equal to interorbital. Body strongly compressed, outline
not strongly curved. Head very acute, top flat. Mouth very
oblique, giving head a triangular outline, the depth at occiput equal-
ling length. Maxillary very long, acutely truncate, extending
slightly past articulation of mandible and quadrate. Teeth very
small. Gill rakers long and slender, but shorter than eye. Dorsal
low, its origin nearer beginning of caudal than end of snout by
twice the diameter of eye. Its longest ray about two in head.
Pectoral If in head, not reaching ventrals by half diameter of
eye. Ventrals short, 3^ in head, extending slightly beyond per-
pendicular from origin of dorsal. Anal low, beginning slightly in
advance of vertical from end of dorsal base. Scales thin, about
37 in a series from pectoral to caudal.

Color, silvery yellowish. Lateral band rather obscure, mediate.
Scales above fiQely sprinkled with black dots. Snout and top of
head peppered with dots. Occiput dark. Length 180 mm.

This species is close to S. peraamis Steindachner, differing in the
smaller number of dorsal and anal fin rays, origin of anal, length
of pectoral, j^ositiou of lateral stripe and depth of head at occiput
(2 in head in S. peruanus').

Two specimens.

Local name, Llanamarca.

2 5. Stolephorus peruanus (Steiudachner).

EngrauUs peruanus Stein., Ich. Beitra^e, viii, 60, 1878 [Callao].

2 6. EngrauUs nasus (Kner and Steindachner).

E. uasus Kiier and Stein., Neiie Fische aus Mus. Godeffr., 33, fig. 17,
18(36 [Chinchas islands, Peru].

This species is certainly distinct from E. ringens, differing
in having a larger eye, greater depth and much longer premax-
illary.

336 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

2 7. Engraulis ringens Jenyns.

Engraulis ri/igens Jenyns. Voy. Beagle, 136, 1842 [Callao] ; Stein-
dacliner, Ich. Beitrage, 62, 'jH79 ; Giinther. vii, 386, 1968 ; Stein-
dachner, Fauna Cbileusis, 331, 1898 [Tumbes, Chile].

Local name, Anchobeta.

The single specimen of this species is a typical Engraulis, and
when compared with the California specimens of E. mordax estab-
hshes Avithout doubt the individuality of the two species.

They differ most markedly in coloring and in the shape of the
head. The specimens of E. mordax examined are truly spindle-
shaped, the dorsal and ventral outlines curving symmetrically from
snout to tail; in E. ringens the dorsal outline is nearly straight,
the greatest body depth is at the pectorals and the ventral outline
slopes without much curve to the caudal peduncle which is slightly
thicker in ringens (3^ in head to 3f in mordax). In the former
species the head is deeper in proportion to its length, being If in its
length at the occiput to lf-l|^ in E. mordax. The maxillary is
contained 5^ times in the length in ringens, 4^ in mordax. In the
former species the mandible reaches nearer to the end of the snout
than in the latter, ending about half way between nostril and tip of
snout. In E. mordax it does not quite reach nostril, thus falsely
giving E. ringens the appearance of having a shorter snout. The
distance from the end of the mandible to the tip of the snout is
contained 1| in the eye in ringens, to 1^ in mordax.

In ringens the gill cleft is much longer, beginning almost level
with the back and the opercle is correspondingly produced, rounding
out in a full curve instead of descending abruj^tly to the posterior
angle as in mordax. The distance between the limit of the inter-
opercle and the outer edge of the opercle at the upper angle of
gill cover is contained in the head 5^ times in E. ringens, 7 times
in E. mordax.

In ringens the pectorals reach two-thirds of the way to the ven-
trals, in mordax they extend almost to the ventrals. In the former
species the anal is somewhat more posterior, the distance from the
end of the anal to the beginning of the caudal being contained
twice in the head, to 2h times in mordax. The anal is somewhat
shorter in the former, its base being contained 6 times in the length
to 5^ in mordax.

The dorsal is also shorter, its base being contained 2f times in

1899.] XATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 337

tlie head in the former to twice in the hatter. In the former the
veutrals are 3 in the head, in the latter 2^.

The specimen in hand is dark olive green above the silvery stripe.
This is narrower than in specimens of E. mordax examined,
beginning about midway of the body, wliile in mordax the silvery
part covers about three-quarters of the side.

D. 14; A. 20. Length, 112 mm.

Habitat. — Coasts of Peru and Chile.

STROMATEIDuE.

28. Stromateus maculatus Cuvier and Valenciennes.

Stromateus maculatus Cuv. and VaL, Hist. Xat. Pois., ix, 399, 1833
[Valparaiso] ; (?) Jenyns, Zool. Beagle, Fishes, 74, 1839 [Chiloe] ;
Gay, Hist. Chile, Zool., ii, 248, Atl. Ichth., lam 3 bis., f. 1 ;
Fordice. Review of Stromateidae, Proc. Acad. Nat. Bci. Phila.,
1884, 314 [Rio Grande do Sul] ; Steindachner, Fauna Chilensis,
299, 1898 [Puerto Montt, Chile].

This species belongs to the more southern Chilean fauna, but

Valenciennes is authority for the statement (ix, 400) that it is a

common market fish at Lima from May to July, and hence may

be considered to range from Peru to Patagonia (Jenyns).

EXOOOHTID^.

29. Exocoetus volitans Linnseus.

Exocoetus evolans Linnaeus, Systema Natura, Ed. xii, 521, 1766.

Exocoetus chilcnsis Abbott, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1860, 472
[Chile].

Halocypselus evolans Jordan and Gilbert, Synopsis, 377, 1883 [Atlan-
tic coast, U. S.].

Exocoetus volitans Jordan and Evermann, Fishes of N. A., 1898,
Addenda, p. 2835.

Although there are no specimens of this species in the Beardslee

collection, yet we have identified some taken 6° south of the equator

in the East Pacific by the U. S. S. " Albatross," and it may be

considered to be within the limits of Peruvian waters.

30. Exonautes speculiger (Cuvier and Valenciennes).

(.?) Exocoetus exiliens Jenyns, Zool. Voyage Beagle, Fishes, 122, 1842

(not of Gmelin) [Coast of Peru].
Exocoetus speculiger Cuv. and Val., Hist. Nat. Pois., xix, 94, 1846

[Pacific coast, S. A.].
Exocoetus rufipinnis Cuvier and Val., Hist. Nat. Pois., xix, 99, 1846

[Payta, Peru].
Exonautes speculiger Jordan and Evermann, op. cit.. Addenda, 2836,

1898.

The fish described by Jenyns as Exoca:ius exiliens Bloch without
doubt belongs to this species.
22

338 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

SYNGNATHIDiB.

31, Leptonotus blainvillianus (Eydoux and Gervais).

Syngnathus hlain-vilUanns Eydoux and Gervais, in Guerin, Mag.
ZoiJl., 1837, iv, pi. 17 ; Voyage Favorite, Zool., 79, pi. 32 ; Glin-
ther, Cat. Brit. Mus., viii, 162, 1868 ; Gay, Hist, de Chile, ii, 348,
1848 ; Steindachuer, Fauna Chilensis, 331, 1898 [Tumbes, Chile].

Leptonotus blainvillei Kaup, Lopliobrauchii of Brit. I\Ius., 46, 1856
[Peru].

Peru, Chile (India, Auckland Islands, New Zealand, Kinqj).

32. Siphostoma aciculare (Jenyns).

Syngnathus ackularis Jenyns, Fishes, Voyage Beagle, 147, pi. xxvii,
fig. 3, 1842 [Valparaiso] ; Steindachner, Fauna Chileusis, 331,
1898 [Iquique].

ATHERINIDiE.

The large Atherinoids of the west coast of South America form
in number a very considerable proportion of the fish fauna of that
region. They are of the very finest of food fishes and with Mugil
cephalus comprise the bulk of the market fish in Callao and Lima
during the months of December and January, great quantities
being consumed daily.

Until recently, nearly all fishes of the Basilichthys group have
been referred to the two species, Basilichthys {Atherimchthys')
laticlavia Cuv. and Val. and B. microlepidotm Jenyns, both origi-
nally from Chile. But it is evident that there must exist a great
variety of forms throughout the whole region. Gay, indeed,
hazarded the suggestion {Fauna Chilena, p. 255) that there
" must be many other species [than the above two] in the seas,
lakes and rivers of Chile." Two of these have recently been
described by Steindachner* as Chirostoma (Basilichthys) affine and
C. gracile, both very closely related to the forms here described.

B. microlepi dolus has been very well figured and described by
Jenyns,' Girard* and Kner.* It is characterized especially by the
small, low, few-spined, first dorsal set rather close to the second dorsal.
B. laticlavia has been less fortunate. The original description"
is too brief to offer any decisive characters separating it from the
closely related species and its status was not improved by the
altered description of the species Avhich Giinther gives in his

« Fauna Chilensis (von L. Plate gesam.), 281-339, July, 1898.

' Voyage Beagle, 78, pi. xvi, 1, 2, 1841.

«U. S. Astron. Exp. Southern Hem., ii, 238, pi. xxx, 6-9, 1854.

9 Novara Fische (ii), 222 (no plate), Wien, 1865.

i«Cuv. and Val., Hist. Poiss., x, 473, 1835.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 339

Catalogue (Vol. iii, 402). It is likely that either the specimens
described by Giiuther did not belong to laticlavia, or else that more
than one species was included under that name. However, from
Valenciennes' descriptions it is evident that laticlavia has the head
shorter in proportion to the length than in any other related species
of which we know, except affine, and the first dorsal is relatively
more posterior than in any species we have examined.

Basilichthys brevianalis (Giinther)" from Valparaiso has larger
scales than any of the Peruvian species (67 in lateral line) and
B. alhurnus (Giiuther)'' from the Strait of Magellan, much
smaller scales (105 in lateral line).

Humboldt observed a Piexe-rey at Callao to which he gave the
name regia, and which is described by Cuvier and Valenciennes,^'
but so briefly that it is almost impossible to refer any specimen
definitely to that species. The genus Basilichthys, as here under-
stood, includes those Atherinoids with premaxillaries protractile and
broadened posteriorly, scales small (70-100 in lateral line), and
with the upper jaw developed fully as strongly as the lower.
33. Basilichthys regillus Abbott. New species.

Head 4, depth 5^, eye 5 in head, If in interorbital space,
snout 2|.

D. VI-I, 10; A. I, 16. 14 rows of scales at level of ventrals,
in a series from opercle to root of caudal, 11 rows on tail.

Body rather thick, rounded, low. Head rather long in propor-
tion to depth, flat or slightly convex above. Teeth fine, in two to
four rows, vomer without teeth. Mouth moderate, the jaws almost
even, the upper jaw slightly projecting; giU rakers fine — 7+24
(circ). Scales sinuate, most of them with from 3 to 6 radiate
strise as described by Jenyns and others. (This character of striae
does not appear to be of any taxonomic importance. ) Scales on top
of head arranged irregularly in a sort of shield ; cheeks and opercles
scaled, jaws and snout naked. Origin of first dorsal nearer snout
than base of caudal by one-third length of head, and inserted
almost even with, or slightly in advance of vertical from tip of
ventrals. Second dorsal inserted above the seventh ray of anal.
Interdorsal space large, 5| in body length (measuring from first

1' Shore Fishes, Challenger Exp., 35, 1880.
'-Cat. Fishes British Museum, iii, 404, 1861.
"x, 474 (1835).

340

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1899.

spine of first dorsal to spine of second dorsal). Ventrals short,
2| to 3 in head. Pectorals 1^ in head, minutely dotted with color.
Lateral stripe obscure in outline, broad, covering -^ -\- '^ ■{■ 2 scale
rows, margined above with dark plumbeous, spreading to a large
blotch on opercle, narrowing to H scale rows on caudal peduncle,
and terminating in a round spot at root of caudal. Color dusky
above lateral stripe, pale below, scales above the stripe margined
with dark dots. Numerous narrow, dark branching lines running
along middle of back from occiput to caudal.

Length 210 mm. No. 6,071 in Leland Stanford, Jr. Univ.
Mus. Six cotypes, No. 6,072, vary in length from 190 mm. to
245 mm. Head 4-4i. D. VI or YII-I, 10; A. I, 15 or 16.

Some of the specimens have the scales smooth and closely adher-
ent, others rough and loose, a condition due probably to rough
handling in the markets.

34. Basilichthys octavius Abbott. New species.

Very close to B. regillus, differing in the number of dorsal
spines, insertion of first dorsal, greater iuterdorsal space and lesser
depth.

Head -ih, depth 6i, eye 5i, snout 3.

D. VIII-I, 9; A. I, 15. Body slender, depth less in proportion
to length than in regillus. Cheeks scaled to point of maxillary,
snout and preopercle smooth and bare. No teeth on vomer or
palatines. 15 scale rows at ventrals, 11 on tail, 86 in longitu-
dinal series. Gill rakers 7 + 24.

First dorsal almost exactly midway between root of caudal and
tip of snout, inserted over middle of ventrals. Interdorsal space
4 1 in body length." Origin of second dorsal about even with
eighth anal ray. Pectoral If in head, ventrals 3. Color as in

'*The difference in iuterdorsal space in the two species, octavius and re-
gillus. is due to the more posterior locatiou of the first dorsal in tlie former,
the position of the second dorsal being practically constant, as will he seen in
tlie following table (the numbers represent hundredths of the total length) :

i Octavius.

Regillus.

First dorsal to snout 44

62
15

46
61
14^

47
61
15

47
61
15

47
63
15

47 46

Second dorsal to snout 62

Interdorsal spa<?e 19

61 61
15 1 15^

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 341

B regiUm aud other species. Lateral stripe covering ^ + 2 + i
scale rows, the silver being replaced anteriorly by dark plum-
beous.

One specimen, 1. 255 mm. No. 6.069 in the Leland Stanford,
Jr. Univ. Mus.
35. Basilichthys jordani Abbott. New species.

In the presence of vomerine teeth aud in the development of the
lower jaw, this species approaches Chirosfoma. But in its appear-
ance aud the smallness of its scales it is a typical Basilichthys.

The striking diflerence in appearance between fishes of the genera
Basilichthys and Chirostoma seems to lie not so much in the
strengthening of the mandible in the latter, as in the more notice-
able Aveakening of the upper jaw, so that the lower jaw projects
aud forces the mouth into a strongly diagonal slant. In Basilich-
thys the upper jaw is as strong as the lower and slightly projecting,
and the mouth is almost horizontal.

Head 4^; depth 5^; eye 5 in head; 1^ in inierorbital, snout 2 J.
D. VI-I, 10; A. I, 16.

Body rather thick, head (puidraugular. Mouth moderate, the
lower jaw stronger than in other related species, even with, or very
slightly projecting beyond upper. Teeth comparatively strong.
Vomerine teeth prominent, in a triangular patch, scattering at the
sides. Gill rakers 7 + 25. Scales small, 14 series at ventrals,
10 on tail, 87 from opercle to root of caudal, some of them radially
striate.

Pectoral If, ventral 3 in head. First dorsal inserted nearer tip
of snout than root of caudal by somewhat less than the diameter
of the eye, its first spine vertically above tip of ventral. Inter-
dorsal space 5i in body length. Second dorsal inserted above
eighth anal ray. Color as in other related species. Medic-dorsal
lines present but obscure. Stripe covering ^ + 2 + |- scale rows
at middle of body.

Length 235 mm. No. 6,070 in Leland Stanford, Jr. Univ.
Mus. A cotype, No. 6,073, in the same collection has the head
4 in length and seven spines in the first dorsal. Length 250 mm.

It gives me great pleasure to name this species for President
David Starr Jordan, of Leland Stanford, Jr. University, to whose
friendly interest and wealth of experience and knowledge the
younger students of ichthyology in this country owe so much.

342 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899,

36. Basilichtliys affinis (Steindachner).

Chirostoma affine Steindachner, Fauna Chilensis, 313, 1898 [Iquiqne].
This species ajDparently closely resembles the preceding. It
appears to differ from B. jovdanl in the absence of vomerine teeth,
and from jordani, regillus and octavlus in the much shorter head
and in the position of the first dorsal. Steindachner also describes
(1. c. 314) a species of the same genus, gracile, from Juan Fernandez
which is distinct from those mentioned above, though closely related.

PISOIREGIA Abbott. New genus.
Body and head pike-like. Premaxillary not protractile, its skin
continuous with that of the forehead. First dorsal small, with few
spines, situated posteriorly. Teeth rather strong, the outer series
in each jaw enlarged. Vomer with teeth. Mouth margined
entirely by premaxillary, the maxillary lying behind. Caudal
peduncle thick. The genus is related to Atherinojjs and Ather-
inopsis by the non-protraci ile premaxillary, differing from the
former in having simple teeth and from the latter in the presence of
vomerine teeth, in the enlargement of the outer series of the max-
illary and in the small size of the first dorsal,

37. Pisoiregia beardsleei Abbott. New species.

Head 4^, depth 5^, eye Qh in head, 3 in iuterorbital, snout 24,
preorbital 1^ in eye.

D. IV-I, 11 ; A. I, 15. Scales small, 20 series at ventral, 14
on tail, 87 in longitudinal series. Head broad, flat, angular, scaled
above to posterior no.stril, cheeks, opercles and suborbital scaled.
Preorbital, snout and jaws smooth and naked. Chin Avith a series
of six pores on each side. Teeth rather large, incurved, in three
or four series, the outer enlarged in each jaw. Vomer with half a
dozen recurved teeth at apex. Gill rakers 4 + 14, short and
stout, 2 in eye. Scales small, entire or sinuate, with radiate strise.

First dorsal short and low, of 4 weak spines, the height of the
longest one-third of base of second dorsal, the fin inserted slightly
in front of the vertical from vent. Second dorsal strong, its longest
ray about equal to its base, inserted above sixth ray of anal. Anal
high, its second ray equal to its base, If in head and equalling the
pectoral; ventral 2i in head. Caudal peduncle stout, its depth 2^
in head. Interdorsal space short, 2^ in head. Caudal oblong,
forked and but slightly spreading.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 343

Coloration resembling the various species of Basiliehthys. Lat-
eral stripe broad, covering: ^ + o ■}- h scale rows. Body pale
below, the scales above margined with dark dots; a blotch on
opercle. Lines on middle of back not evident. Dorsals and
caudal dark, other fins pale, with very few, if any, dots of color.

One specimen, 1. 290 mm. No, 11,961 in the INIuseum of Leland
Stanford, Jr. University.

MUGILIDJE.
38. Mugil cephalus Linnrcus.

Miigil ccphalus L., Syst. Natura, Ed. x, 316, 1758; Steiudachuer,

Fauna CMlensis, 315.. 1898 [Juan Fernandez].
Mugil rammelsbergii Tscliudi, Fauna Peruana, Ichth., 20, 1845 [Peru-
vian coast] ; Garman, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 203, 1876.
3Iugil liza Gay, Hist. Chile ZooL, ii, 256, lam 4b, fig. 2.

Local name, Liza.

After making careful comparisons between six specimens of this
species from Callao and others from Italy, Texas, Florida and
Mazatlan, Mexico, we are forced to corroborate the conclusion
given by Jordan and Evermann (Fishes of N. A., i, 811) that all
belong to one and the same species.

Range. — Europe, West Atlantic, East Pacific. A valuable and
abundant food fish.

Five specimens, 180 mm. to 200 mm.

One younger, 140 mm.

Following is Tschudi's original description of M. rammclsbergii :

" D, IV-I, 8. A. II, 8. C. 16. Y. I, 5. P. 16.

' ' Verhaltniss der Hohe zur Liinge 1 : 5, des Kopfes zum Korper
1:3, 6. Grosste Breite des Kopfes gleich seiner Hohe. Auge
rund, ein Viertheil seines Durchmessers vom Stirnrande, zwei
Drittel desselben vom Unterkieferraude, seinen Durchmesser
von der Bchnauzenspitze und dreimal denselben vom Vor-
deckelrande entfernt.

" Das Maul ist klein, nicht ganz bis unter die Knochen gespalten,
dreieckig. Die Zahne sehr zahlreich, aber feiu. Nasenlocher nahe
am Canthus rostralis. Der Deckelrand ist nach oben etwas
ausgeschnitten und liiuft nach hinten in einen runden Fortsatz aus.
Der Vordeckelrand ist einfach, ganz abgerundet.

" Die Beschuppung des ganzeu Korj)ers ist sehr regelmiissig,
auf dem Scheitel und dem Deckel etwas grosser,

" Die erste Riickenflosse steht etwas vor der Mitte des Riickeus,

344 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

der Iste uud 2te Stachel sind die laugsteu und gleich lang; der 4te
der kiirzeste, steht vom oten ziemlich weit ab. Hire gauze Liinge
von ihr entfernt steht die 2te Kiickenflosse, deren Anfaug und Ende
dem der Afterflosse gegeuiiber fiillt; sie ist etwas ausgeschnitten, iu-
dem der letze Stralil etwas holier ist als die drei vorhergehendeu •
der Stachel is diinn und schwach. Schwanzflosse stark ausgeschnit-
ten. Die beideu Stacheln der Afterflosse siud schwach ; sie stimmt
in Form uud Liinge ganz mit der zweiten Riickenflosse (iberein.

' ' Die Bauchflosse beginut beinahe am Ende der Brustflosse ; der
Stachel ist halb so loug als der erste Flossenstrahl. Die Brustflosse
ist hoch obeu augeheftet, der obereu Hiilfte des Auges gegeuiiber;
sie iiberragt uur eiu wenig deu Anfaug der Bauchflosse.

" Fdrbimg. — Auf dem Riickeu griiulich gelb ; silberweiss am
Bauche.

" Liinge 10"-12".

" Vorkovimen. — In den INIouateu ^Nlai uud October selir hiiufig
um die Insel San Lorenzo ; in der iibrigeu Zeit scheiuen sich diese
Fisclie mehr auf das liolie Meer zuriickzuzielieu."

POLYNEMID^.

39. Polydactylus approximans (Lay and Benuet).

Pidyncmus approximans Lay and Bennet, Beecbey's Vovage, Zool.

Fish, 57, 1849 [Mazatlan].
Polydactylus ap2n'oximans Jordan and Evermann, Fishes of N. A., i,

829, 1897.

Local name, Barbuda.

One specimen, 1. 250 mm. A common food fish of the western
coast of Central America, hitherto recorded no farther south than
Panama; north to Lower California (Thomiuot, Bull. Soc. Phi!.,
1886).

SCOMBRID^.

40. Scomber colias Gmelin.

Scomber colias Gmelin, Syst. Nat., p. 1329, 1788 [Sardinia] ; Stein-
dachner, Ichthy. Notizen, vii, 25, 1868 [Chile] ; Dresslar aiid Fes-
ler, Eev. of Scombridfe, Bull. U. S. F. C, vii, 432, plate ii, 1889 ;
T. Kitahara, Scoml)rid?e of Japan, photo-plate iv, Jour. Fisheries
Bureau, vi-i of Tokyo, 1897.

Local name, Cabinsa, Caballa.

Seven specimens, 1. 220-250 mm.

D. IX-12-V (one specimen, VIII-12-V); A. I-I, (1-1,11-

V)-

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 345

Ranrje. — West coast of North and South America, Japan,
soutlieru Europe. Occasioual in West Atlantic.
41. Sarda chilensis (Cuvier and Valenciennes).

RIamys cMlensis Cuv. and Val., Hist. Nat. Pois., viii, 163, lS3l [Val-
paraiso] ; Steindachner, Iclitby. Notizen, vii, 25, 186S [Chile] ;
Kitahara, Jour. Fish. Bureau, Tokyo, vi, i, 3, pi. iv, lig. 10.
Sarda ehilensis Jordan and Gilbert, Proc. U. S. N. M., iii, 27, 1880.

Local name, Chanchilla, Bonito.

Two adult specimens, one young.

Head 3^, depth 4f-5. D. XVII(XVIII)-I,13-VII(VIII).
A. II,11-VI (VII). Length 220, 400, 430 mm.

The large specimens appear to be typical, though the color mark-
ings are somewhat obscure. We are inclined to recognize the speci-
fic identity of *S'. orientalis^^ as distinct from S. ehilensis, notwith-
standing the fact that Jordan and Evermann, following Dresslar
and Fesler (^M^/. U. S. F. C, vii, 1887, 441) place both in the
synonymy of Saixla ehilensis.

In the specimens in hand the eye is 8 in head as against 9i in
orientalis (same length fish), and the posterior end of the maxil-
lary, instead of being irregular in outline and concave on its upper
border as in S. orientalis and S. sarda, is regular and almost round.
The single juvenile specimen shows the same peculiarities in color
markings as have been noted in the young of S. sarda, by Stein-
dachner {lehthy. Berichte, v, 8, 1868). There are no traces of
longitudinal striping, but the sides are barred two-thirds of the
way from pectoral to tail with ten or eleven dusky vertical stripes.
The posterior end of the maxillary is also weakly, but evidently
serrate.

The discrepancies in color markings to be noticed in the pub-
lished figures of both *S'. sarda and S. ehilensis are doubtless due to
the fact that the specimens drawn have been in all stages of transi-
tion between the juvenile barred type and the adult form with nar-
row longitudinal stripes.

ISTIOPHORID^.
42. Istiophorus audax (Pbilippi).

Uistiophorus audax Philippi, Sohre los Tiburones, etc., de Chile, 35,
1887.

Local name, Pez-arjiija, described by Philippi from specimens
from Iquique.

'^ Temminck and Schlegel, Fauna Japouiea, 52.

346 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

XIPHIID^.

43. Xiphius gladius Linnceus.

Xijyhlns gladius (?), Philippi, 1. c, 33, 1887.

Philip^:)! describes specimens from Iquique and Talcahuauo.
CARANGIDiE.

44. Trachurus picturatus (Bowdich).

Seriola picturata Bowdich, Excursion to Madeira, 123, fig. 27, 1825.
Caranx tracliuriis (2me subdiv.) Cuvier and Valenciennes, iii, 17,

1833 [Valparaiso].
Trachurus mvieri (Lowe) Llltken, Spolia Atlantica, 126, 1880

[Chile].
Caranx euxieri Steindachner, Ich. Beitrage, ii, 16 [Talcahuano, Cal-

lao, Juan Fernandez, Galapagos].

Local name, Furrel.

One specimen. D. YIII-I, 32. A. II-I, 28. Length 325
mm.

Range. — San Francisco to Valparaiso, Azores, INIediterranean,
New Zealand, Atlantic.

45. Caranx peruanus Tsehudi.

Caranx x>eruaniis Tsehudi, Fauna Peruana, Ichth., 19, 1845.

The validity of this species is questionable. Following is
Tsehudi' s original description:

" D. IX-I, 28. A. II, 28. V. I, 10. P. 20.

" A^erhiiltniss der Hohe zur Liinge 1:6, 5, des Kopfes zum
Korper 1:3. Auge gross, breiter als hoch nahe am Stirnprofil, 1, 3
seines Liingedurchmessers vom Unterkiefer ; zweimal seiner Quer-
durchmesser von der Schnauzenspitze, 2, 8 mal vom Voi'deckelrande.

" Nasenlocher fast in der Mitte zwischeu der Schnauzenspitze
und dem vorderen Rande des Auges, letzerem doch etwas niiher.
IMaul nicht ganz bis unter das Auge gespalten. Die Ziihne in
beiden Kiefern sehr klein, fein, hechelformig. Ueber die Mitte der
Zunge eine dicht besetzte Zahnleiste, die etwas weniger grossen
Gaumenziihne bilden ein H. Der Unterkiefer ist ziemlich vor-
springend.

Die beiden Kieferiiste sind einfach, der Winkel abgerundet.
Der Vordeckel ist in seinem oberen Drittel stark ausgeschnit-
ten und hat zwei dorniihnliche Fortsiitze, die durch eine
Membran mit einander verbunden sind. Die Schuppen des Kor-
pers sind klein. Die Seitenlinie macht den letzteu Riickenflos-
senstrahlen gegeniiber eine starke Biegung nach unten und setzt

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 847

sicli fort, indem der spitzige Fortsatz jeder Schuppe, durch die sie
geht, mehr coraprimirt, also holier ist uiid die einzelnen Schuppen
dichter auliegeii.

" Der nach voru gerichtete erste Stachel der Riickeuflosse ist
kurz, aber stark ; vou den aiifrechtstehendeu sind der 3te uud 4te
die Uingsten, Die Riickenflosse nimmt nach hinteu betrachtlieh
aa H5he imd Starke der Strahlen ab. Ihr Ende, so wie das der
Afterflosse, wird durch eine aus 5-6 Stacheln zusammengesetzte,
pinselformige Flosse gebildet. Die Riickenflosse reicht voa der
Mitte der Bauchflosse bis zum Ende der Afterflosse ; diese letztere
beginut der Mitte der Bauchflosse gegeniiber bis zum Ende der
Afterflosse ; diese beginnt dem Ende des ersten Viertels der Aveicheu
Riickenflosse gegeniiber; ihre beiden Stacheln sind stark, aber
kurz; der hiutere stark nach hinten gebogen. Die Brustflosse be-
ginut etwas vor der Bauchflosse und reicht bis zum ersten Riick-
enflossenstrahl. Die Bauchflosse reicht bis zur Halfte der Brust-
flosse.

- " Far bung. — Der gauze Fisch ist blaugrau, am Riicken wenig
dunkler und am Bauche kaum merklich heller.

' ' Liiuge 2' 6".

" Vorkommeti. — Ziemhch gemein an der ganzeu peruanischeu
Kiiste. ' '

46. Vomer gabonensis Guichenot.

Argyreiosus setipinnis var. A., Gunther, Cat. Brit. Mus., ii, 459, 1860.
Vomer gubo/witsis Guicheuot, Ann. Soc Linn. Maine et Loire, 43,
1865.

This doubtful species was described as a variety by Giinther from
thirteen specimens, two of which Avere in the Haslar collection
from Peru, and the rest from Brazil and the West Indies. Guiche-
not's specimens came from the Gaboon, W. Africa.

47. Seriola peruana Steindachner.

So'iola peruana SteinAachuer, Icli. Beitrage, xi, 13, 1831 [Callao].

OENTROLOPHID^.

48. Centrolophus peruanus Steindachner.

Centrolophus peruanus Steindachner, Ichthy. Beitrao;e, i, p. 10,
(Sitzb. d. Ak. Wiss. Wien, L\ix, 384, 1874), [Callao] ; ibid.,
Fauna Chilensis, 299, 1898 [Iquiqneh

Callao to Iquique.

348 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

SERRANID^.

49. Acanthistius pictus (Tschudi).

Plectropoma pictum Tschudi. Fauna Peruana, .5, 1844 [Peru] ; Kner,
Neue Fische aus Museum Godeft'roy, 2 (Sitzb. Ak. "Wieu. Ivi, i,
1867, 710) [Iquique].

Alphcstes pictus Jordan and Swain, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mu3., 1834, 395.

Acanthistius inctus Boulenger, Fishes of Brit. Masenni, i, 140, 1895
[Chile] ; Steindachner, Fauna Chilen.sis, 282, 1898 [Iquique].

A Chilean species, rare aloug the Peruviau coast.

50. Mycteroperca xenarcha Jordan.

Mycteropercct xenarclia Jordan, Proc. Acad. Phil., 1837. 337 [Gala-
pagos islands] .
EpinepJielus xenarchus Boulenger, Cat. Brit. Mus., i, 2G6, 1895.

Galapagos island, to Payta, Peru.

51. Paralabrax humeralis (CavierandValeucienues).

Serranus humeralis Cuv. and Val., Hist. Nat. Poiss., ii, 246, 1828

[Chile] ; Gav. Hist. Chile, Zool., ii, 149, 1847 ; Kner. Neue

Fische aus Mus. Godef., 4, (Sitzb. Ak. Wiss. Iviii, i, 1863) [Peru]:

Boulenger, Cat. Brit. Mus., i, 278, 1895.
Serranus semifasciatus Gay, Hist. Chile Zool., ii, 151 (plate I bis. fig.

2), 1847 [Juan Fernandez] (copied by Jordan and Eigenmanu,

390, vide infra) .
Pcrcichthys godeffroyi Gunther, Jour. Mus. Godeffr., i, H. 2, 97, 1873

[Iquique].
Paralabrax humeralis Jordan and Eigenmann, Bull. U. S. Fish

Comm., viii, 389, 1890.

Local name, Cahrilla.

The collection contains four specimens of this species. There is
evidently some variation in coloration between representatives from
different localities, though there is no reason for confounding hume-
ralis with the very distinct though closely allied form P. albomacu-
latus from the Galapagos Island. ^^

Compared with specimens from the type locality, aside from the
very striking and constant difference in color markings, alhomacu-
latm differs from the present species in having a consideral)ly nar-
rower interorbital width, narrower pectoral, smaller eye, and lunate
(sometimes almost truncate) instead of forked caudal.

The specimens described by Kner {I. c. ) from Peru, as Serranus
humeralis (var. ?) doubtless belong to an unnamed sisecies.

Head 2h, depth 4|-, eye of . Gill rakers 10 + 21. Lateral line
(pores) 62-67. Color somewhat obscured by alcohol, very dark
above; broad bands along sides. Opercle dark with lighter spots.
Ventrals and middle rays of caudal dai'k. Soft dorsal mottled.

'6 Boulenger, Cat. Brit. Mus., i, 278.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 349

The conditiou of the reproductive orwaus indicates the time of cap-
ture (January) to have been the height of the breeding season.

Length 180-220 mm.
52. Diplectruni conceptione (Cuvier and Valenciennes).

Strraims cvitfeptlonis Cuv. andVal., Hist. Nat. Poiss., ii, 246, 1828
[Conception de Chile] ; Bouleuger, Cat. Brit. Mus., 1, 296, 1895.

Centropristis conceptionis Giinther, Cat. Brit. Mus., i, 84. 1859.

Diplectrum concepiioiw Jordan and Eigenmann, Bull. U. S. F. C,
viii, 1890 (1888), 399.

Local name, Mojarrilla.

Five specimens, length 180-200.

Depth 3|-4, head 2|-3, eye 4f in head, interorbital |-^ in eye.

D. X, 12. A. Ill, 7. Lateral line (pores) 53 circ.

Body outline low. Profile almost straight from anterior edge of
orbit to beginning of dorsal. Snout broad but sharp. Mouth
rather large, maxillary reaching to posterior edge of pupil, its
distal end about ^ of eye in Avidth, its dorsal edge with a longitu-
dinal groove and ridge, somewhat imitating the accessory maxillary
bone of the Epinephelinse. Canines weakly developed. Cheeks
and opercles covered with strongly ctenoid scales. Snout, jaws and
interorbital space as far as occiput, including ring about the eye,
naked. Opercle with a stoutish spine. Angle of preopercle with
three or four stout plectroid spines — above and below are two or
three weaker and gradually shorter spines merging above into the
fine dentieulations of the vertical edge of preopercle. Lower edge
entire. Gill rakers slender, 8-1-14. Lateral line concurrent with
back, about 6 or 7 scale rows between it and dorsal.

Dorsal spines rather Aveak, the fourth and fifth the longest, sub-
equal, 3 in head. Tenth spine about two-thirds of first ray.
Origin of dorsal on the vertical with that of pectoral. Ventrals
very slightly in advance of latter. Pectorals If. Ventrals 2 in
head. Caudal lunate, the upper lobe the longer. Anal spines
rather weak, the third the longest, 4^ in head.

Head dark reddish brown, a black blotch on opercle. Inner
surface of opercle black. Side of body with seven or eight bars of
rose to level of pectoral, dirty yellow below. Soft dorsal mottled.
Ventrals and margin of caudal dark. A few spots on caudal.

Range. — Coasts of Chile and Peru.

350 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

53. Pronotogrammus peruanus (Steindachner).

Ani/na.<t {Ilcmianthias) peruanus Steiiidachner, Iclithy. Beitriige,i,

4, (Sitzb. Ak. Wiss. Ixix, i, 1874) [Payta].
Pronotoqrammus peruanus Jordan and Eigenmann, Review of Ser-

ranidte, Bull. U. S. F. C, viii, 413, 1890 [Chile].

Range. — Coasts of Chile and Peru.

54. Serranus peruanus Lesson.

Serra/ius peruanus Lesson, Voyage de la Coquille, tome ii, part i, 234
1828 [Payta] ; Jordan and Eigenmann, EeA'iew of Serranidfe,
Bull. U. S. F. C, viii, 408, 1888.

Payta, Peru.

55. Hemilutjanus macrophthalmos (Tschudi).

Plectropoma macrophthalmos T.schudi, Fauna Peruana, Iclitli., 6,

1845 [Callao] ; Kner, Neue Fische aus Mus. Godeffro7, 3, plate I,

(Sitzb. Ak. Wiss. i, Ivi, 1867) [Iquique.]
Hemilutjanus macrophthahnos Jordan and Eigenmann. Review of

Serranidfe, Bull. Fish Comm., viii, 345, 1890.
Pomoclon macrophthalmtis Boulenger, Cat. Brit. Mus., 1, 144, 1895 ;

Steindachner, Fauna Chilensis, 281, 1898 [Iquique].'

Range. — Coasts of Chile and Peru.

HiEMUIilDuE.

56. Anisotremus scapularis (Tschudi).

Pristopoma sceipulare Tschudi, Fauna Peruana, 12, 1844 [Huacho].
Diagramma melanospilum Kner, Neue Fische Mus. Godef., p. 4 ;

(Sitz. d. Ak. Wiss., Ivi, 1867).
Pristipoma notatum Feters, Berl. Monatsb., 106, 1869 [Mazatlan].
Pomadasys modestus Jordan, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 286, 1883.
Anisotremus scapularis Jordan and Fesler, Kep. U. S. F. C (Rep.

'89-'9L), 485, 1893 ; Jordan and Evermann, Fishes of North and

Middle Amer., ii, 1320, 1898.

There are two specimens of this well marked species iu the
Callao collection, length 240 mm. and 285 mm.

57. Pomadasys bipunctatus (Steindachner).

Pomadasys bipunctatus Steindachner, Fauna Chilensis, 286
[Iquique].

West coast of South America.

58. Isacia conceptionis (Cuvier and Valenciennes).

Pristipoma conceptionis Cuv. and Val., Hist. Nat. Poiss., v, 268, 1830

[Conception de Chile].
Isacia conceptionis Jordan and Fesler, Rep. U. S. F. C, '83-'91, 1893,

501 [Mexillones, Peru].

Local name, Cabinsa.

Two specimens, length 250 mm. and 215 mm.
This species, the type of the genus Isacia, is separated from
Bleeker's genus Parapridipoma by the long anal and absence of

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 351

its scaly sheath. The value of the first character is questionable,
as the species of Parapristipoina show a regular gradation in num-
ber of anal rays up to the number in the present species, and the
character of the scaly sheath is apt to be misunderstood, as there is
present in I. conceptionis (at least in the specimens at hand) a
slight development of scales at the base of the anal, two or three
scale-rows deep and at its widest part about one-ninth the length
of the longest ray. On the other hand, the sheath in Parapris-
tipoina trilineatum, the type of that genus, is, according to Bleeker's
figure,^' about two-fifths of the length of the first ray, and com-
posed of 7 or 8 scale rows at the Avidest part. The preopercular
spines of /. coiiceptmiis are weak and partly hidden by the skin
and there appears to be no special development of them at the
angle. The spines of Parapristipoina are rather strong, especially
at the angle.

Head 3|-, D. 3f (4), pores in lat. line 54-56, eye 4^, snout 2f
(3f). D. XIII-14; A. Ill, 13 (12).

Range. — West coast of South America.

Gay gives Cabinza as the common name in Chile for Mendosoma
ccerulescens.

59. Orthopristis cantharinus (Jenyns).

Pristipomn cantliarinum Jenyns, Voy. Beagle, Fish, 49, 1842 [Gala-
pagos isl.].

Hmmulon inodestum Tschudi, Fauna Peruana, 11, 1845 [Peru].

Ortliojiristis (antlutriaus Jordan and Fesler, Eep. U. S. F. C, 1889-
91, p. 500 (1893).

Rmuje. — Pacific coast of tropical America.

A rare species along the Peruvian coast, according to Tschudi.

SPARIDiE.

60. Doydixodon freminvillei Valenciennes.

Doydlxodon fremiavillei Valenciennes, Voyage de la Venus, 323, pi.

5, 1855 [Galapagos].
Doi/dirodon fa-sciatum Kner und Steindachner, Neue Fische aus Mus.

Godeffroy, 3 (Sitz. Ak. Wien, liv, 358, 1866), pi. ii, fig. 2

[Iquique].

Range. — Tropical South America.

61. Doydixodon laevifrons (Tschudi).

FimcU'pterus kerifrons Tscliudi, Fauna Peruana, 18, 1845 [Huacho].
Doydixodon Icecifrons Jordan and Fesler, Review of .Sparida-, Eep.

U. S. F. C. ('89-'91),532, 1893; Steindachner, Fauna Chilensig,

ii, 289, 1898 [Iquique].

"Arch. Neerl., viii, 1872.

352 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

Range. — Peruviau coast. Tschudi's origiual descriptiou is
copied Jjy Jordan and Fesler {J. c. ).

62. Archoscion analis (Jenyns).

OtoUthus analis Jenyns, Zool. Beagle Fishes, 164, 1842 [Callao].

Local name, Allanque.

It is the conviction of the writer that no hard and fast lines can
be drawn between the genera Archoscion, Isopicthus and Cynoscion
and that their species should come under one generic head, for
which the name Cynoscion has priority. But iu the absence of
material for a comparative study of the groups, we are forced to
follow precedent in placing this and the two following species under
Archoscion.

Three examples, length 330 mm. to 350 mm. Head of, depth
4|; D. ix-i,24 (23); A. i,15 (14). Eye 6^; interorbital broad,
4 in head; snout 3f.

Body elongate, compressed, back but little elevated. Snout
long, lower jaw projecting. Head long, profile straightish, very
slightly convex above eyes. Maxillary^ extending to posterior
border of pupil, 2^ in head, its broad distal end about one-half the
length of the snout in width. Preorbital narrow, 2f in eye.
Upper anterior canines stout, conical, slightly incurved. The 5 to
7 lateral teeth of the lower jaw enlarged, scattei-ed, about one-third
the length of the upper canines. Anterior teeth of lower jaw in
two rows, rather small and crowded. Preopercle with a crenulate
membranaceous border. Soft flap of opercle extending to or past
origin of pectoral. Opercular spines absent. Gill rakers long,
slender, 7 + 9.

First dorsal spine very weak, third the longest, 2:^ in head. lu-
terdorsal space equal to eye. Origin of second dorsal nearer to
caudal than to snout. Pectoral narrow, If in head. Ventrals
shorter, about 2 in head. Caudal shall owly lunate.

Scales moderate, 63 pores in lateral line, about 75 transverse
rows from opercle to caudal. Lateral lines somewhat decurved
under origin of soft dorsal. Head everywhere scaled, except on
premaxillary.

Color, dark umber above, lighter on sides, yellowish Avliite
below. Sides below lateral line with a great number of small

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 353

orange spots arranged longitudinally. Posterior margins of scales
peppered with dark dots. Upper half of pectoral dark. Ventrals
pale. Axil dark.
Habitat. — Peru.

63. Archoscion altipinnis (Steindachner).

Ancylodon altipinnis Steindachner, Ichthy. Notizen, iii, 2, plate 1,
fig. 2, 18G6 [" West Coast of South America"].

ArcJioscion analis Jordan and Eigenmann, Rep. U. S. F. C, '86, 353,
1889 [Callao].

Although there are no specimens of this species in the Beardslee
collection, yet a careful comparison of Steindachner' s description
and plate, with examples of C. analis, indicate conclusively that it
is distinct from Jenyn's species. In analis the interdorsal space is
large, as long as eye, and the two dorsals are not connected. In
altipinnis the two fins are connected by a low membrane and are
presumably close together (distance equal to pupil, Jor. and Eig. ).

The eye is somewhat smaller in analis, being 6 in head to 5 in
altipinnis; the snout is longer, 3^ in head to 4^ in altipinnis, and
the depth in the former rather less, 4| in body; while Steindachner
gives 4^. The most important difference seems to lie in the lack of
developed opercular spines in analis, while the other species has two
quite strong spines.

Habitat. — Peru, perhaps extending southward.

64. Archoscion peruanus (Tschudi).

OtoUthus per nanus Tschudi, Fauna Peruana, Ichthy., 10, 1845.

This species, which is very closely related to C. analis, is known
only from the original description. It appears to differ from analis
in having the second dorsal equidistant from snout and caudal and
hardly separated from the first dorsal, while in analis the two fins
are widely separated and the second is considerably nearer caudal
than snout. The ventrals are longer in peruanus, reaching past
pectorals, while in the former species the pectorals are considerably
longer.

Following is Tschudi' s original description:

" D. 8-22. A. 15. V. 5. P. 18.

' ' Verhliltuiss der Hohe zur Lange 1:4, 8, des Kopf es zum

Korper 1:2, 5. Auge breiter als hoch, steht 1, 6 seines Quer-

durchmessers von der Schnauzeuspitze und viermal seiuen

Querdurchmesser vom obern Dorn des Vordeckels, einhalbmal

23

354 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

seinea Liiugedurchmesser von der Stirnkaute imd 1, 5 vom
Unterkieferrande. Das Maul ist bis imter die Mitte des Auges
gespalten. Die erste Reihe der Oberkieferziihne ist diiun uud
spitzig, hinter denselben iji der Mitte steheu die beiden laugen,
nach hinteu gebogeuen sehr scharfen Eckziihue, zu jeder Seite voa
ihnen befinden sich einige ebeufalls riickwiirts gebogeue schwiichere
Zahne. Die mittleren Zahne des Uuterkiefers sind klein, spitzig,
schwach und ziemlich zahlreich : die seitlieheu stark, ziemlich
lang, sparlich und von aussen nach innen etwas comprimirt.

" Die Nasenlocher stehen naher deni Auge als der Schnauzen-
spitze, das hintere ist grosser, schief, und schmal. Auf dem
Deckelwinkel stehen membranose Zahnchen, der Vordeckel ist
einfach mit abgerundetem Winkel.

" Die erste Riickenflosse beginnt etwas hinter den Brustflossen
und reicht so weit als diese; zusammengelegt reicht der 2te
Flossenstachel bis zu Ende der ganzen Flosse. Der Iste ist ein
Viertheil kiirzer als der 2te, vora 4ten nehmen sie schnell an
Grosse ab. Die zweite Kiickenflosse beginnt in der Mitte der
Riickenliinge und erstreckt sich bis zum Eude der Afterflosse. In
der vorderu Hlilf te ist sie beinahe halbmal holier, als in der hintern.
Die Afterflosse beginnt hinter der Mitte der zweiten Riickenflosse
und ist ziemlich hoch. Die Bauchflosse beginnt weuig weiter nach
hinten als die Brustflossen und reicht weiter als diese.

" Fdrbung. — Blaugrau, am Bauche heller, fast gelblich weiss.

" Ljinge V S".

" Vorkommen. — An der ganzen peruanischen Kiiste.

65. Cynoscion stoltzmanni (Steindachner).

Otolithus stoltzmanni Steindachner, Neue u. seltene Fische, K. K.

Zool. Mus. Wien., Denkschrift Ak. Wien, xli, 35, pi. ii, fig. 1,

1879 [Tumbez, Peru].
Cynoscion stoltzmanni Jordan and Gilbert, Ball. U. S. F. C, 1881,

320 ; Jordan and Evermann, Fishes of N. A., 1412, 1898.

Range. — Panama to Peru.

66. Stellifer minor (Tschudi).

Corvina lyiinor Tschudi, Fauna Peruana, Ichth., 9, 1845.
Scimna minor Giinther, Cat. Brit. IMas. , ii, 295, 1860.
titelliferus minor Jordan and Eigenmann, Review of Sci;enid*, 51,
Rep. U. S. F. C, '86, 393, 1889.

Local name, Mojarrilla.

Seven specimens, average length 165 mm. Evidently a common

species at Callao, but confined to that region.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 355

67. Stellifer agassizii (Steindachner).

Gorvina {Homoprion) agassizii Steindacliner, Ichtby. Beitriige, ii, 26
(Sitz. d. Ak. Wiss. Wien, Ixxi, 1875) [Caldera. Callao, Payta].

Corvina agassizii Cope, Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc, May, 1877, 26 [Pe-
casmayu and Chiinbote bays].

Range. — Coast of Peru.

68. Sciaena gilberti Abbott. New .species.

lu the Review of the Scireuidffi, Rep. U. S. F. C, 1889, p. 59,
Jordau and Eigenmaun place the Peruvian species S. deliciosa by
itself under a subgenus Callaus. The present species is very closely
related to deliciosa, and comes under the same subgeneric head. In
contrast to other related genera and species, S. gilberti and *S'.
deliciosa agree in having short and moderate second anal spine,
moderately long and numerous gill rakers, and weak preopercular
armature. They appear to be most nearly allied to the putative
genus Bola of Hamilton, differing in not having the upper teeth
greatly enlarged. Regarding the two forms as species of the genus
Sckena, they stand as a connecting link between those genera with
long and slender gill rakers and those with gill rakers short and
thick, in that respect approximating Bairdiella on the one hand,
and Scicenops on the other. S. gilberti differs from the other
Peruvian species S. wieneri in lacking a strongly toothed pre-
operele and in having a shorter maxillary, larger head and much
larger eye.

Description.— Head 3i, depth U. D. IX-I, 22 (3). A. II,
9. Eye 5, interorbital 3f, preorbital 9 in head, 14 in eye, max-
illary 2^. Lateral line (pores) 55.

Body elongate, elliptical, back not very elevated, profile almost
straight, rather low. Snout sharp, 3f in head. Mouth some-
what oblique, the maxillary extending beyond pupil. Second nasal
slit rather short, 3i in eye. Preopercular serrre weak, flexible,
flattened, yet still of a bony nature. No spinous development at
lower angle. Lower jaw scaled. Teeth small, in two or three
rows, outer row very slightly enlarged in lower jaw, somewhat more
so in upper jaw. Mucous slits present but not especially promi-
nent. Gill rakers 8 + 15, equal to, or slightly exceeding the
pupil, about 3i in the second anal spine.

Lateral line following the curve of the back, dipping somewhat
under soft dorsal, sometimes sending up a branch at right angles,
at base of caudal, which may be continued along the upper mar-

356 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

gin of the fin. Ventrals almost twice in head reaching about half-
way to the vent. Pectorals moderate, about 1^ in head.

Second anal spine about one-half length of longest ray, 2f in
head. Caudal subtruncate, the outer rays somewhat the longer.

Scales above lateral line very oblique, those below in longitu-
dinal series, each scale with a central streak forming narrow par-
allel stripes. Ground color olivaceous above, darker on head.
Silvery below, tinged with rufous. Axil of pectoral dark. Lips
thickly speckled with small brown spots.

Type, No. 11,918, Leland Stanford, Jr. Univ. Mus., length
240 ram.

This with S. deliciosa is a very important food fish on the Peru-
vian coast. It gives me much pleasure to name the species for my
friend and instructor, Dr. Charles H. Gilbert., to whom my inter-
est in ichthyology is wholly due.

69. Sciaena wieneri Sauvage.

Scisena wieneri Sauvage, Bulletin de la Societe Philomathique, July
7, 1883, 156 [Peru].

Kuown, we believe, only from the original description.

70. Sciaena deliciosa (Tschudi).

Conina deliciosa Tschudi, Fauna Peruaua, 8, 1845.
Scimia deliciosa Jordan and Eigenmann, Review of Scisenidse (Rep.
U. S. F. C, '86), 1889, 401, 406.

Local name, Lorna.

One large specimen. Head 3, depth 3f , snout 3f, eye equal to
preorbital, 6^. D. X-I, 22. A. II, 9. Scales 55. Length 325
mm.

Compared with *S'. gilherti, deliciosa has a much broader interor-
bital, longer and blunter snout, and hence not quite so steep a
profile, longer pectoral and shorter gill rakers. In gilberli the nos-
trils are nearer eye than end of snout; in deliciosa th.Qy are midway.

71. Sciaena fasciata (Tschudi).

Cheilotrema fasciatum Tschudi, Fauna Peruana, Ichth., 13, pi. 1,

1845 [Huacho to Callao].
Conina fasciata Giinther, Cat. Brit. Mus. ii, 305, 1860 ; Steindach-

ner, Ichth. Notizen, vii, 21, 1868 [Chile].
Scicena fasciata Jordan and Eigenmann, Review of Sciffinida?, Rep.

U. S. F. C. '86, 403, 407, 1889.

Range. — Pacific coast of South America.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 357

72. Genyanemus peruanus Steindachner.

Genyanemns peruanus Steindachner, Ichth. Beitrage, ii, 29 (Sitz. d.
k. Ak. Wiss. Wieu, 1875).

This species is very plentiful at Payta, rarer at Callao, where it
lives on the sandy bottoms.

73. Tlmbrina imberbis G anther.

Beitrage aus dem Musenm Godeffroy ; Jour, des Mus. Godeffroy, H.
ii, 101, 1874.

Following is the original description of this species. We believe
it is not otherwise known:

" Dorsal X-I, 24. Anal II, 9, L. lat. Qb.

" Der Bartfaden am Kinn ist auf ein kleines Knotcheu
zwischen den zwei Paaren von Mandibular-Poren reducirt. Die
Hohe des Korpers ist ein Drittel der Totalliinge (ohne
Schwanzflosse), die Kopflange zwei Siebentel. Die Schnautze
stumpf, abgerundet, iiber die Mundspalte gewolbt, langer als das
Auge, dessen Durchmesser ^ der Kopflange betriigt. Der Ober-
kiefer reicht bis unter die Mitte des Auges, Praoperculum
schwach gezahnelt. Dorsal Stacheln schwach aber nicht alle
biegsam, der dritte der liingste. Der zweite Analstachel ziemlich
stark und etwas mehr als halb so lang als der erste Strahl.
Schwanzflosse leicht ausgeschnitten. Brustflosse nicht viel kiirzer
als der Kopf. Einfiirbig silberig; die Basis der Brustflosse
schwarzlich.

" Ein Exemplar von Iquique (Chili) 13 Zoll lang."

CIRRHITID^.

74. Cheilodactylus variegatus Cuvier and Valenciennes.

Cheilodactyhis raricgatus Cuv. and Val., Nat. Poiss., ix, 493, 1833
[Valparaiso] ; Gay, Hist. Chile Zool., ii, 199, 1848.

Cheilodactylus tschudi Muller and Troschel, Hor. Ichth., iii, 25.

Clieilodactylus cinctus T?cbudi, Fauna Peruana, Ich., 15, taf. 2, 1845.

Chilodactyh/s variegatus Giinther, Cat. Brit. Mus., ii, 81, 1862;
Steindachner, Fauna Chilensis, ii, 290 [Iquique], 1898.

Local name, Pintadilla.

Three large specimens. One juvenile. Length 395 mm. and
97 mm.

The fin counts differ from those given by Valenciennes, but the
specimens agree in color markings and in other respects with his
rather genei'al description. Direct comparison with the type may
disclose other differences.

358 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

D. XVII, 28. A. Ill, 10. Head 3i, depth 3, eye 5| in head.
Lateral hne 56. Pectoral 41- in body. Anal 6. Premaxillary
spines reaching eye. The juvenile specimen is much darker than
the others, almost black.

Valparaiso to Callao.

POMACENTRID^.

75. Chromis crusma (Cuvier and Valenciennes).

Eeliases crusma Cav, and Val., Hist. Nat. Poiss., ix, 377, 1833
[Chile]; Jenyns, Zool. Beagle, 54, 1840; Gay, Hist. Chile Zool.,
ii, 206, lam. 4, 1848.

Heliasies crusma Giinther, Fishes Brit. Mus., iv, 61, 1862 ; Steindach-
ner. Fauna Chilensis, ii, 317, 1898 [Iquique].

Local name, Coiigito or Conquito.

Four specimens, length 260-280 mm.

76. Eupomacentrus latifrons (Tschudi).

Pomaccntrus latifrons Tschudi, Fauna Peruana, Icli., 17, 1845

[Huacho].
Glyphidodon latifrons Steindachner, Fauna Chilensis, ii, 316, 1898

[Iquique].

Following Jordan and Evermaun (Fishes of JSf. A., ii, 1,550,
1898), we have placed this species in Eupomacentrus on the charac-
ter of a single row of teeth in each jaw. Following is the original
description :

" D. 13-20. A. 2-14. V. 1-5. P. 20.

* ' Verhaltniss der Hohe zur L'ange 1:2, 8, des Kopfes zum
Korper 1:3, 2. Auge rund, weniger als sein Durchmesser vom
vordern Stirnrande und fast zweimal denselbeu vom Vordeckel-
rande entfernt; nahe am Stirnrande, dreimal sein Durchmesser
vom Unterkieferwinkel.

" Nasenlocher kleiu, kreisrund, niiher dem Stirnrande als dem
Auge. Maul klein, nicht bis zum Auge gespalten. In jedem
Kiefer eine Reihe ziemlich gleichmiissige schmaler, von vorn nach
hinten etwas comprimirter und riickwtirts gebogene Ziihne. Der
verticale Ast des Deckels ist einfach und biegt sich unter rechtem
AVinkel in dem Queren, welcher nach uuten etwas convex ist.
Der untere Dorn des Vordeckels ist starker als der obere, zwischen
beiden ist der Deckel stark nach vom ausgeschnitten.

" Der Kopf ist klein, die Stirn breite und schwach gewolbt, die
Riickenkante ziemlich schmal, Stirn, Gesicht und Deckel klein-,
der iibrige Korper gross beschuppt. Die Flossen, besouders die

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 359

After-, Brust- unci Schwanzflossen, mit kleinen Schuppen besetzt.
Die Seitenlinie geht der Riickenkante sehr hoch nach obeu parallel.

" Die Riickenflosse beginnt etwas weiter voi'n als die Brustflosse
und reicht etwas weniger weit als die Afterflosse. Der 3te bis
6te Flossenstachel sind die liingsten, der Iste, 12te, 13te die
kiirzesten. Der 5te bis 8te Flossenstrahl sind die langsten.
Schwanzflosse in der Mitte stark ausgeschnitten uad breit.
Die Afterflosse beginnt der weichen Riickenflosse gegeniiber, der
2te Stachel ist doppelt so gross und stark als der Iste, aber doch
nocli kiirzer als der erste Flossenstrahl. Die Bauchflosse beginnt
hinter der Brustflosse und reicht nach hinten gelegt bis zur Basis
des ersten Afterflosseustrahls. Die Brustflosse beginnt tiefer als
der untere Vordeckekloru und reicht bis zum lOten Riicken-
flossenstachel.

"Fdrbung. — Der ganze Korper ist hellgrau, ungefleckt, aber
auf dem Riicken rosafarben iiberlaufen und daher etwas dunkler.
Der Bauch in der Mittellinie am hellsten.

" Lange 9".

' ' Vorkommen. — "Wir haben nur wenige Examplare dieser Species
in Huacho, nordlich von Lima, erhalten."
LABRID^.

77. Pimelometopon canis (Philippi).

Trochocopus cauls Thilippi, Sobre los Tiburones de Chile, 38, 1887,
lam. vii, fig. 3.

Local name, Peje-perro.

The size of the scales evidently places the species under Pime-
lometopon.

Habitat. — Iquique.

78. Pimelometopon darwinii (Jenyns).

Cossyphus darwinii Jenyus, Voy. Beagle, Fishes, 100, pi. 20, 1842

[Galapagos].
Labrus asper Valenciennes, Voy. de la Venus, Poiss., 338, pi. 8, fig.

1, 1855.
Trochocopus darioinii Giintlier. Cat., iv, 100, 1862 ; Steindachner,

Fauna Chilensis, 317, 1898 [Iquique].
Pimelometopon dancinii Gill, Proc. Acad. Xat. Sci. Phila., 1864, 59.

OPLEG-NATHIDJE.

79. Oplegnathus insignus (Kuer).

Scaristoma insiqne Kner, Neue Fi«che aus Mus. Godeffroy, 7 (Sitz.
d. k. Ak. Wiss. Wien, i, pi. ii, 1867).
This species is known only from Kner's description and excel-

360 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

lent plate. It is closely related to 0. fasciatus from Japan {Scara-
donfascudus Temminck and Schlegel, Fauna Japonica, 89, pi. 46,
1847), specimens of which we have examined, but we are inclined
to consider the two species as distinct, although the color pattern
and the dentition in fasciatus appear to vary with age.
Habitat — "^y est coast of South Amei-ica."

BA.L.ISTID^.

80. Balistes adspersus Tschudi.

BaUstes adspersus Tschudi, Fauna Peruana, 31, 1845 [Huacho].

Following is Tschudi' s original description:

" D. 3-24. A. 1-20. P. 14.

" Verhaltniss der Hohe zur Liiuge 1:2, 6 ; des Kopfes zum
Kfirper 1:3. Auge rund, nahe am obern Stirnrande, viermal sein
Durchmesser von der Schnauzeuspitze, fiinfmal denselben vom
Unterkiefer entfernt. Maul sehr klein.

"■ Die vordere Riickenflosse besteht uur aus drei Stacheln; der
erste ist dick und lang, auf seiner obern Fliiche gezahnelt, der
lezte der kleinste und steht etwas abgeriiekt. Die zweite Riicken-
flosse beginnt dem After gegeniiber; sie bildet ein Dreieck, dessen
hinterer Schenkel der langste ist und reicht unbedeutend waiter
nach hinten als die Afterflosse. Schwanzflosse facherformig
nach hinten gewolbt, an den Enden etwas nach vorn eingeschnit-
ten. Die Afterflosse is wie die Riickenflosse, ihr vorderer Ansatz
aber etwas weiter nach hinten geriickt. Die Bauchflosse besteht
aus einem stumpfen, kurzeu, mit kleinen Dorncheu besetzten
Stachel. Die Brustflosse ist abgerundet, facherformig ausge-
breitet und sitzt dem ersten Riickenflossenstachel gegeniiber am
untern Wiukel der Kiemenspalte.

"Fdrbung. — Schwarzblau, mit weisslich blauen runden Fleck-
chen, die an Menge nach dem Bauche hin zuuehmen.

" Liinge 10".

" Vorkommen. — Das hier beschriebene Exemplar wurde in
Huacho gefangen."

SOORPiENIDuE.

81. Sebastodes darwini Cramer.

{?) Sebastes oculata Jenyns, Voyage of the Beagle, Fish, 37, 1840

[Valparaiso].
Sebastodes darwini Cramer, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. , 1896, p. 240 [Mex-

illones, Peru] ; Jordan and Evermann, Fishes of N. A., ii, 1832,

1897 (copied).

Local name, Cahrilla.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 361

An interesting species, originally described from Peru, close to
S. rosaceus, but less pronounced with respect to spinous develop-
ment. Not represented in the Callao collection.

Range. — Peru and Chile.

82. Agriopus peruanus Cuvier and Valenciennes.

Agriopus peruanus Cuv. and Val., Hist. Nat., iv, 389, 1829 [San Lo-
renzo islands] ; Gay, Hist. Chile Zool., ii, 181, 1848 ; Giinther,
Voyage Alert, Fish, 20, 1881 [W. coast Patagonia] ; Steindach-
ner, Fauna Chilensis, 297, 1898 [Iquique].

BATRACHOIDID^.

83. Porichtliys porosus Cuvier and Valenciennes.

Porichthys porosus Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat., xii. 506, pi.
368, 1837 [Valparaiso] : Gay, Hist. Chile Zoo)., ii, p. 296, 1848 ;
Giinther, Shore Fishes. Challenger, 25, 1880 [Valparaiso] ; Stein-
dachner, Fauna Chilensis, 306, 1898 [Iquique].

84. Auchenionchus crinitus (Jenyns).

Clinus crinitus Jen.vns, Voy. Beagle, Fishes, 90, pi. 18, fig. 1 [Co-
quimbo]; Gay, Hist. Chile, ii, 280; Steindachner, Fauna Chilen-
sis, 311, 1898 [Iquique].

(?) Clinus pfr'/ri<inus Cuvier and Valenciennes, xi, 383, 1836 [no
definite locality].

Auchenionchus, gen. char. Gill, Proc. Acad. Phila., 1860, 103.

GOBIID^.

85. Gobiodes peruanus (Steindachner).

Amblyopus broussonetii Giinther, Cat. Brit. Mus., iii, 136, 161 [coast

of Peru].
Amblyopus peruanus Steindachner, Denk. Ak. Wien, xlii, 1880, 94

[Zur Fisch Fauna der Fliisse bei Guayaquil].

Habitat. — Peru and Ecuador, coastwise and in streams.

BLENNIID^.

86. Labrisomus pMlippi (Steindachner).

Clinus phiUppi Steindachner, Ichth. Notizen, iii, 3 (Sitz. Ak. Wiss.

Wien, liii, 210, 1866) ['^ West coast of South America"].
Clinus fortidentatus Cope, Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc, 26 (sep.), 1877

[Callao].

Local name, Framhollo.

Six specimens, length 260 mm. (circa).

Head Z\, depth 4-5 in body. Eye 5-6^, 2 in snout.

A very voracious fish. The throat and stomach of two of the
specimens were gorged with Stolephorus tapirulus, fully 100 mm.
long. The stomach in each was found full of mollusc shells, sea
urchin spines and plates, and small crustaceans, including a good-
sized crab with shell unbroken.

362 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

87. Labrisomus microcirrliis (Cuvier and Valenciennes).

Clinus microcirrhis Cuv. and Val., Hist. Nat. Poiss., xi, 384, 183&
[Valparaiso]; Cope, Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc, 1877, 26 [Callao].

Habitat. — West coast of South America, from Peru to Chile.

88. Blennius tetranemus Cope.

Blennius tetranemus Cope, Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc, 1877, 26 [Pecas-
mayu bay].

89. Hypleurochilus paytensis (Steindachner).

Blennius paytensis Steindachner, Ichtliy. Beitriige, v, 171 (Sitzb. Ak.
Wiss. i, Ixxiv, 1876), [Payta, Peru].

90. Scartichthys rubropunctatus (Cuvier and Valenciennes).

Salarlas rubropunctatus Cuv. and Val., Hist. Nat. Poiss., xi, 348,
1836 [Juan Fernandez] ; Gay, Hist. Chile ZooL, ii, 271 [Juan Fer-
nandez]; Steindachner, Fauna Chilensis, 309, 1898 [Juan Fer-
nandez] .

Scartichthys rubropunctatus Jordan and Evermann, Fishes of North
and Middle America, 2396, 1898 [Callao].

Not Salarias rubropunctatus Kner, Novara Fische, 198 [Valparaiso].

Range. — Coast of South America, from Panama to Chile.

91. Scartichthys gigas (Steindachner).

Salarias gigas Steindachner, Icbthv. Beitriige, v, 172, (Sitzb. Ak.
Wiss. i, Ixxiv, 1876), [Callao].

92. Scartichthys eques (Steindachner).

Salarias eques Steindachner, Fauna Chilensis, 307, Taf. 19, figs. 5, 5a,
1898 [Iquique].

93. Scartichthys viridis (Cuvier and Valenciennes).

Salarias viridis Cuv. and Val., xi, 344, 1836 [Valparaiso] ; Stein-
dachner, Fauna Chilensis, 308, Taf. 19, figs. 6, 6a, 1898 [Iquique].

Local name, Burracho.

94. Ophioblennius semifasciatus (Kner and Steindachner).

BlennopMs semifasciatus Kner nnd Stein., Neue Fische aus Mus.
Godeffr. 14, fig. 6 (Sitz. d. k. Ak. Wiss. VVien, 1866) [Iquique].

TRAOHINID^.

95. Trachinus draco Linneeus.

Trachinus draco Kner, Neue Fische aus Mus. Godeffroy 9 (Sitz. d.
Ak. Wiss. Wien, 1 Ab., 1867) [Iquique].

As to the reliability of the presence of this species upon the
Peruvian coast, we have only the assurance of Kner that his speci-
men from Iquique agreed "in alien Punkteu " with European
specimens. There is, of course, the possibility of a mistake in
labelling.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 363

ECHENEID^.

96. Eemora remora (Linnseus).

Echeiieis remora R. A. Philippi, Feces Nuevos de Chile, Anales de
la Univ. de Chile, tomo xciii, 1896, p. 376.

Philippi mentions specimens in the National Museum at Valpa-
raiso from Panama, Guayaquil, Iquique, Quinteros and Algarroba,
mentioning the fact that the Iquique specimen is somewhat darker
than the others.

G-OBIESOOID^.

97. Gobiesox sanguineus (MUllerand TrOschel).

Sicyuscs sanguineKS Miiller and Troschel, Wiegmann Archive, 293,
1843; Giinther, Cat. Brit. Mus., iii, 494, 1861 [Valparaiso] ; Stein-
dachner, Fauna Chilensis, ii, 315, 1898 [Juan Fernandez and
Iquique].

Gobiesox brevirostris Gay, Hist. Chile Zool., ii, 335, lam 9, fig-. 1.

Local name, Peje Scvpo.

The four specimens of this large species in the (Jallao collection
are faded in the alcohol, though the fins, head and back are unmis-
takably red. The belly and sides of the body are a bluish copper
marbled with darker. The fin rays showed considerable variation
in the four fish counting as follows :

D. 9, A. 5; D. 8, A. 5; D. 9, A. 6; D. 8, A. 6.

Length 140 mm. to 180 mm.

Ramje. — Coasts of Peru and Chile.

98. Gobiesox marmoratus Jenyns.

Gobiesox 'niariaoratus Jenvns, Voy. Beagle, 140, pi. xxvii, fig. 1,
1842 [Chiloe] ; Gay, Chile Zool., ii, p. 336, 1848 ; Steindachaer,
Fauna Chilensis, 316 [Iquique, Calbuco, Juan Fernandez].

99. Arbaciosa pyrrhocinclus (Cope).

Slcyases pyrrhocinclus Cope, Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc, 27, 1877.
Peru [Pecasmayu bay ?] .

100. Arbaciosa petersii (Garman).

Slcyases petersii Garman, Proc. Boston 8oc. Nat. Hist., xviii, 203,
1876.
Peru.

PLEURONEOTID^.

101. Paralichthys adspersus (Steiudachner).

PscudorJwmbus adspersus Steiudachner, Ichthy. Notizen, v, 9, pi. ii,
(Sitzb. Ak. Wiss. i, Iv, 1867), [Chiuchas islands].

Not Paralichthys adspersus Jordan and Gilbert, Proc. U. S. N. Mus..
1882, 372 ; Jordan et al., Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 1895, 503, and
others.

Local name, Ztngua.

364 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899,

Four specimens. This species has been confused for a long time
with the common Paralichthys of Mazatlan, from which it is wholly
distinct. The Mexican species (P. sinalo(e Jordan and Abbott, in
Fishes of N. A., Addenda, 2872) has cycloid scales and fewer gill
rakers (14 or 13), while in adsper'sus the scales are strongly toothed,
and the gill rakers average 16 or 17.

The four specimens at hand are sinistral, glossy black on the eyed
side, and show the spots and ocelli peculiar to the species.

D. 68-74. A. 54-56. Length 250 mm. to 320 ram.

Habitat. — Coast of Peru.

102. Etropus ectenes Jordan.

Etropnft ectenes Jordan, in Jordan and Goss, Review of the Flounders.
Rep. U. S. F. C, 1886, 277 (1889).

Callao, Paraca bay, Peru.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 365

July 11.
Mr. Charles Morris in the Chair.
Eight persons present.

July 18.

Mr. Charles Morris in the Chair,
len persons present.

A New AmpuUaria. — Dr. H. A. Pilsbry spoke of au
Ampullaria recently collected by himself and Dr. T. H. Mont-
gomery, Jr., in a creek flowing from the Everglades near Miami,
Dade County, in southeastern Florida, specimens of the shell being
exhibited.

The species, which he proposed to name Ampullaria miamlensli,
is similar to A. depressa Say, of the St. John's river, in size and
general contour, but adult shells are remarkably solid and strong,
with the peristome heavily thickened, the callus beiug especially
strong at the base of the columella. The color is very dark, with
obscure spiral bauds, usually more or less lost in the general
duskiness in adult individuals.

July 25.

Mr. Charles Morris in the Chair.

Eighteen persons present.

Papers under the following titles were presented for pulilication :
" Descriptions of Six New American Rabbits," by Gerrit S.

Miller, Jr.

" Descriptions of New Mexican Laud and Fresh-water Mol-

lusks," by Henry A. Pilsbry.

R. A. F. Penrose, Jr., aud Benjamin West Frazier were elected
members.

The following was ordered to be printed:

366 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

MOEPHOLOGICAL AND SYSTEMATIC NOTES ON SOUTH AMERICAN
LAND SNAILS: ACHATINID^.

BY HENRY' A. PILSBRY' AND EDWARD G. VANATTA.

Dr. H. von Ihering, director of the Miiseu Paulista, having
entrusted to the senior author of this paper a considerable collec-
tion of alcoholic preparations of land snails amassed during his
residence in Brazil, a beginning of their study is herein made.

It must be regretted by all that von Ihering, urged by the
pressure of official duties, could not himself conduct the investi-
gation of this important material; for his large experience with
South American forms of life and his genius for dealing with
problems of molluscan morj^hology, would have given an especial
value to the work.

Alcoholic specimens of two genera of Achatinidce are present.
Neither of them has hitherto been investigated.

Genus NEOBELISCUS Pilsbry.
Nautilus, X, p. 46 (August, 1896).

Shell solid and strong, large, imperforate, turreted, slowly taper-
ing, several earlier whorls rapidly tapering, forming a conic apex.
Whorls about 10, similarly sculptured, convex. Aperture irregu-
larly ovate, the outer lip unexpanded, acute, columella vertical,
foldless, its edge narrowly revolute and adnate throughout.

Foot very short and broad, squarely truncated behind; with no
appearance of grooves or specialized granulation above the mar-
gins; sole undivided.

Genitalia (PI. XV, fig. 5) without accessory organs, the
atrium short. ^ system with a long, club-shaped penis with
strongly folded internal walls, and terminal retractor muscle and
vas deferens. Talon, (fig. 5a, t ) large, consisting of a swollen distal
portion on a narrow, devious duct of similar length. 9 system
with the vagina rather short, spermatheea oblong, borne on a duct
of about double its own length, and remote from the heart. Free
oviduct as long as the spermatheea duct. Uterus with thin walls,

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 367

enormously distended when containing young, two of which occupy
it at a time.

Albumen gland (figs. 5, 5a, a. gl.) very gmall, shorter than the
talon and far smaller than the spermatheca. Median moiety of
the hermaphrodite duct extravagantly convoluted and knotted.

Vivipaz'ous; the shell of the young at birth is nearly one-fourth
the length, and exceeds one-third the diameter of adult shells,
with half the number of whorls.

Jletractor muscle system (PI. XVI, fig. 9) somewhat resem-
bling that of Rumin.a ; right, left and tail retractors free except at
the very insertion, where they are very shortly united. Tail
retractor very long; right retractor splitting up distal) y into (1)
numerous anterior and lateral pedal retractors, (2) the retractor
of the eye, and (3) the retractor of the penis; left retractor giving
rise (1) far anteriorly to the short pharyngeal retractor which is
shortly bifurcate anteriorly, and (2) in front of this, splitting into
ocular and pedal retractors.

Lung (PI. XVI, fig. 14) long and narrow, the venation faint,
mainly concentrated anteriorly and consisting chiefly of fine parallel
veins transverse to the pulmonary vein, which is otherwise un-
branched. Heart normal. Kidney more than double the length
of the pericardium, quite narrow, its length contained about 3^
times in that of the lung. Ureter retrograde, continued along the
gut, closed throughout.

The jaw (PI. XV, fig. 4) is arcuate, densely striated, under
strong magnification showing transverse striolation in its substance,
crenulatiug the vertical striae.

Radula composed of 44, 1, 44 teeth in slightly bow-shaped ro^vs
(PI. XV, fig. 1). Centrals very narrow, less than one-fourth
ihe width of the adjacent laterals, and bearing no cusps in adult
animals. Laterals with the basal plate wide and square, tricuspid,
the median cusp broadly conic, not as long as the basal plate, side
cusps short and blunt. Marginal teeth with longer and blunt
cutting points on the median, and more acute cutting points on
the side cusps.

Salivary glands united above. Crop moderately swollen,
stomach small, globose.

Type iV. \_Herix] cakarea Born. Distribution, Brazil and
upper Amazon drainage.

368 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [L899.

Affinities of Neobelisciis.

Neobeliseus is a genus full of novel and interesting structures ;
and while future knowledge of those genera of Stenogyroid Acha-
tinicke of which the soft anatomy is yet unknown will doubtless
reduce the number of characteristics peculiar to the genus, it will
probably still remain somewhat isolated. The clumsy summit of
the shell, very different from the small bulbous nucleus of Stenogyra
obellsciis, Rumina decollata and other large forms, is one of the
obvious conchological stigmata.

The dull silken lustre of the shell of the enormous uterine
young, produced by dense fine lamellose striae, and uncut by the
spirals which appear on the post-natal growth, is not paralleled in
Stenogyra, which is glossy at first. But it is in the reproductive
organs that the most striking features are seen.

The penis is simple in structure, wanting the peculiar external
sheath so characteristic of Achatina ; but its retractor muscle arises
not from the diaphragm as in almost all Vasopulmonata, hnt from
the right tentacular and pedal band. It would not seem i-easonable
to question the homology of this penial retractor with the usual
one, but how so radical a change of base could have been effected
is problematic. We know of no other snail in which the tentacu-
lar retractor contributes a fascia to the genital system. The talon
(shown partially straightened out in fig. 5a, t. ) is large as in
Callionepion, but of a different shape. The attached portion of the
sperm duct is composed of a dense mass of radiating vermiform
tubules or cseca, a detail not drawn in the figure. The uterus in
virgin or functionally inactive individuals is shrunken, and lies in
numerous deep, regular longitudinal plaits. When carrying
young at almost full term it presents the appearance shown in fig.

5, the young lying with the head directed anteriorly, the ventral
face toward the sperm duct. The head of the uterine young is re-
tracted ; and from the upper surf ace^of the foot, about the position
of the operculum in an operculate suail, there arises a flat membrane
which spreads over the ventral face of the young shell (PL XV, fig.

6, ap.). From the hollow base of this placenta-like organ a duct
penetrates forward and upward through the tissues of the foot ; but
from the poor preservation of the infant tissues in our material we
could not ascertain what it communicates with. From what was

1899 ] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 369

observed it appears likely that the spreading membrane and its
duct are analogous to the mammalian placenta and umbilical cord.
This probability is enhanced by the reduction of the albumen gland
to a mere rudiment or vestige, evidently of but slight fuQctional
importance, and probably throwing the function of supplying nu-
triment to the embryo upon the arteries of the uterus.

In the viviparous Stylodonta something of the same sort occurs, ^
though I do not know that the albumen gland is obsolete in that
genus.

The jaw and teeth are quite what we would expect, though the
absence of a cusp on the narrow, central is a further specialization
in line with the general degeneration of that tooth in Achatiuida'.
In the radula of a uterine embryo, however, that cusp was found
developed (PI, XV, fig. 2), and all of the cusps, as would be
expected of teeth which had never been used, are longer and more
acute.

The myology offers some interesting characters. As in JRumina
(figured for comparison in PI. XV, fig. 10), the retractor of the
pharynx (phi r. ) is short and branches from the left retractor band
far forward. Unlike Rumina, it bifurcates. We regard the
branch br. of the left retractor baud as probably a mere anomaly.
It is one of the lateral pedal retractors. All three retractor bauds
are free to the proximal root, where they are very shortly though
firmly united. This is unlike Rumina, in which the right retrac-
tor and the tail retractor are united for a distance nearly as great
as the free length of the latter. The anomalous insertion of the
retractor of the penis has already been discussed.

The lung resembles that of Rumina (figured in PI. XVI, fig.
15 for comparison) in the absence of large branches on the pul-
monary vein, and the mainly transverse venation, which in Xeobe-
liscus, however, is much finer and fainter.

History of the Generic Name.

In regard to the name herein used for the genus, some explana-
tion may be advisable. In a former paper,^ the senior author pro-
posed the name Neobeliscus for the species calcareus Born and cuneus

^See Viguer's paper, or the synopsis given in Man. Condi. (2), ix, r.
150.

"" Nautilus, X, 46 (1890).
24

370 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899

Pfr. Hitherto they have been grouped together with another
series of large species, of which Helix obeliscus Moric. is a typical
example, under the name Obeliscus Beck;^ but Gray, in 1847,
nominated as the type of that group the Helix obtusata of Gmelin,
a sj^ecies of Madagascar for which the name Clavator was subse-
quently proposed. Obeliscus has also been used by Humphrey* in
1797 as a generic name for the Trochus dolabratus of Linne, which
was later called Pymmidella by Lamarck. Clearly, then, we
cannot retain the name for these South American snails.

In 1854, Shuttleworth' proposed the genus Stenogyra to include
as subgenera the prior groups Rumina Risso (1826), Obeliscus and
Subulina Beck (1837), Opeas Albers (1850), and the new sub-
genus Pseudobalea.

These sections, as Shuttleworth terms them, are briefly defined,
but no types are mentioned ; after which the species of the island
of Porto Rico are enumerated: Stenogyra (Opeas) subula Pfr,,
Stenogyra (Opeas) octonoides C. B. Ad., Stenogyra (Opeas) mar-
g aritacea Shuttl., Stenogyra (Opeas) alabastrina Shuttl., Stenogyra
(Opeas) gomphorium Shuttl., Stenogyra (Opeas) Goodalli Mill.,
Stenogyra (Pseudobalea) Dominicensis Pfr., Stenogyra (Obeliscus)
Swiftiana Pfr., Stenogyra (Obeliscus) terebraster Pfr., Stenogyra
(Subulina) octona Ch., Stenogyra (Subulina) acicularis Shuttl.

No type species was selected, nor did Dr. von Martens name one
in treating of the group in the second edition of Albers' Die
Heliceen. It is obvious that Stenogyra cannot replace the older
groups mentioned above, but can only be used for some constituent
of the mass not already provided with a name. Such a one is
found in the so-called Obeliscus of Shuttleworth' s list; for, as
explained above, Obeliscus cannot he used in this connection. We
would therefore restrict Stenogyra to the Obeliscus of Shuttle-
worth's list, taking S. terebraster as the type. Other large Antil-
leau species, such as S. Salleana of San Domingo and S. gigas of
Cuba belong here, with probably the larger continental species
grouping around S. obeliscus. None -of the species are known
anatomically, but the small apical whorls and more numerous
volutions separate them from those now referred to Neobeliscus.

^ Index Molluscorum, p. 61 (1837).

* Museum Calonnianuin, p. 24.

^Diag/i. Neuer Moll., No. 6, Bern. Mittheil., 1854, p. 137.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 371

■Compare *S'. obeliscus (Mor. ) with X. calcareus (Born), or *S'.
(figas (Poey) with N. cuneus (Pfr. ).

Genus CALLIONEPION iiov.

Shell turreted, slowly tapering, with diamond-granulate uepionie
shell of about 2h whorls, retained in the adult, the subsequent
whorls differently sculptured. Type species with 9^ moderately
•convex whorls, apex very obtuse. Aperture ovate, with slightly
expanded outer lip, the columellar lip with free expanded edge (as
in Bulimulus or Opeas) ; columella with a small, rather sharp
oblique median fold.

Genitalia (PI. XV, fig. 8) without accessory organs; atrium
short. ^ system with the penis large, elongate, the vas defei'ens
inserted at its apex, beyond which a hollow tube or sack (fig. 8, x. )
of unknown nature extends, terminating in a short retractor mus-
cle; talon (t.) large, composed of a thick curved basal portion and
a slightly longer, narrow terminal part. $ system with the vagina
short; spermatheca globular, lodged near the heart, its duct long
and slender; free oviduct very short, the convoluted portion un-
usually long ; albumen gland well developed. Hermaphrodite duct
moderately convoluted.

Apparently oviparous, the young shell when hatched about one-
tenth the length and less than one-third the diameter of the adult
shell.

The right eye-retractor muscle passes between c? and $ branches
of genital system; the penis retractor muscle is inserted upon the
diaphragm.

The jaw is lost, and the radula obtained is frayed at the
edges, so that the number of teeth in a transverse row cannot be
stated, but it was probably not over fifty. The rachis consists of
well-developed teeth, fully as v/ide as the laterals, with square basal
plate and tricuspid reflection, the middle cusp large, though shorter
than the basal plate ; the side cusps small. In the lateral teeth an
inner cusp is absent. Marginals similar, with oblique mesocone,
acute small ectocone and short basal plate.

Type CaUionepion Iheringi n. sp.

Affinities of CaUionepion.
The peculiar disparity between the sculpture of the nepionic and
post-uepionic whorls of the shell (when not obscured by erosion),

372 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

the free, expanded edge of the columella!- lip, and the sharp
though small median fold on the columella, are characters sunder-
ing Callionepion from other South American Stenogyroid genera.

The vagina is much shorter than in Rumina (where it equals the
length of the spermatheca duct), and the duct of the spermatheca
is longer than in Rumina, Achatlna, Neobeliseus or Opeas, being
caught with the gut in the loop of the aorta, and consequently the
spermatheca lies near the heart, as shown in the diagram annexed
to fig. 8a.

In the wide teeth of the median row, this genus differs remark-
ably from all known American J.c/ia^M;i(ice of the " Stenogyra "
form, departing from the type of dentition nearly universal in the
family.

Callionepion Iheringi n. sp. PI. XV, flgs. 11, 12, 13.

Shell rimate, turreted, narrow, subregularly tapering ; surface
glossy, covered with a greenish cuticle, somewhat irregularly plicat-
ulate, decussated by numerous minute spiral strite or very short cu-
ticular processes, which are lost by wear from the greater part of the
shell, and then appear as lightly impressed lines. Whorls 9^, mod-
erately convex, separated by impressed sutures, the apex very obtuse,
with depressed tip, surface of the earlier 2^ whorls cut into an
evenly grauose pattern by close, deep, obliquely descending grooves
intersecting at right angles; last whorl rounded at base. Aperture
irregularly ovate, slightly oblique, its length contained 3i times in
that of the shell ; peristome thin, acute, the outer margin slightly
expanded, columellar margin reflexed, dilated, impressed at its
insertion, bearing a low, narrow submedian oblique fold. Internal
pillar slender and nearly straight, with a low spiral fold within the
last whorl.

Alt. 24, diam. 7, length of aperture 6.6 mm.

Alt. 23.5, diam. 7, length of apertui-e 7 mm.

Piquete, Prov. Sao Paulo, Brazil (Dr. H. von Iheriug).

The peculiar apical sculpture separates this from all other South
American Stenogyroid species known to me. When this sculpture
is obscured by erosion, as occurs to a greater or less extent in many
adult shells, the slightly expanded lip and median fold of the
columella are still obvious recognition marks. The type is No.
71,258, coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 373

Summary. — The two genera described above are not closely
related to forms known anatomically from other regions, and there-
fore throw no light upon the vexed questions of the alliance of the
South American fauna to that of tropical Africa or other regions.
They can have no bearing on the hypothetical Antarctica. Neo-
belisciis is the most highly specialized member of the Achatinidce
known, and apparently forms no ca^isule of albumen, but nourishes
the embryo directly, as in mammals. The teeth are ultra-achati-
uoid, and the muscJe system aberrant. Callionepioii is probably an
individualized survivor of a primitive achatinoid, retaining the
early form of teeth. There is no reason for believing that either
genus reached South America from without.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES.
Plate XV.

Fig. 1. Neobeliscus calcareus (Born). Teeth of an adult indi-
vidual. R., rachidian or median tooth; the side teeth
are numbered.

Fig. 2. Teeth of a uterine young individual (fig. 7) of the same
species.

Fig. 3. Callionepion Iheringi n. sp. Teeth. R., rachidian; L.,
1 ; laterals 15, a marginal tooth.

Fig. 4. Neobeliscus calcareus. Jaw.

Fig. 5. Neobeliscus calcareus. Genitalia of an individual carry-
ing two uterine young, the anterior one about at full
term. X IJ. No. 73,455, coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.
a. gl., albumen gland; atr., atrium; h. d., hermaphro-
dite, or ovisperm duct; r. r., right retractor muscle;
]). r., penis retractor; jj., penis; sj)., spermatheca; t ,
talon; td., uterus.

Fig. 5«. Albumen gland (a. gl.), talon (t.) and beginning of the
hermaphrodite duct (A. d.), of the same individual.
X 4, the organs separated.

Fig. 6. Uterine young of the same, ventral aspect. /., foot; ap.,
placenta- like appendage. Somewhat less than natural
size.

Fig. 7. Shell of the same. Somewhat less than natural size.

374 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899,

Fig. 8. Callioiiejnon Iherhigl. Genitalia X 3;^. Letters as for

fig. 5; X,, hollow sack. No. 73,454, coll. Acad.

Nat. Sci. Phila.
Fig. 8a. Diagram showing the relation of the cephalic branch of

the aorta {ao. ) to the gut (G'', G^) and spermatheca

(sp.). H., heart.

Plate XVI.

Fig. 9. Neobelisciis calcareus. Free retractor muscles, dorsal
aspect. br., branch of left retractor; I. o. r., left
ocular retractor; I. r., left retractor; 2>-, penis; ^;/t.,
pharynx, or buccal mass; ph. r., pharyngeal retractor;
p. r., retractor of the penis; r. o. r. , right ocular
retractor; r. r., right retractor; r. /. v., right tenta-
cular retractor; t. r., tail retractor.

Fig. 10. Rumina decoUata (L. ). Free retractor muscles X 2,
dorsal aspect. Lettering as in preceding figure.
Specimen from Malta, No. 72,504, coll. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Phila. The pharynx and pharyngeal retractor are
removed from their normal median position, and placed
to the left.

Fig. 11. Calllonepion Iheringi. Shell, natural size. No. 71,258,
coll. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.

Fig. 12. Apical whorls of same, much enlarged.

Fig. 13. Aperture of same, enlarged.

Fig. 14. Neobeliscus calcareus. Intestine and pallial region,
slightly less than natural size. G^'*, four folds of the
gut; g. u. v., secondary ureter; H., heart; k., kid-
ney ; p. v., pulmonary vein ; st. , stomach ; ur. , ureter.

Fig. 15. Rumina decollaia. Intestine and pallial region X 2.
p>h., pharynx; s. g., salivary gland.

Fig. 16. Pharynx and salivary gland, ventral aspect, X 2, of the
same specimen.

Fig. 17. Genitalia, X 2, of the same specimen.

1899.] natural sciences of philadelphia. 375

August 1.
Mr. Benjamin Smith Lyman iu the Chair.

Nine persons present.

The deaths of J. Blodget Britton and Daniel G. Brintou, M.D.,
members, were announced.

In compliance with the recommendation of the Committee on

the Hayden Memorial Geological Award, the medal and the interest

on the fund for 1899 were conferred on Prof. Gilles Joseph

GusTAVE Dewalque, of the University of Liege, Belgium.

^ The following biographical note was presented with the report :

G. J. GusTAVE Dewalque, Professor Emeritus of the Uni-
versity of Liege, Belgium, was born at Stavelot, December 2,
1826. He entered the University of Liege, received first prize
for a memoir on The Nature of Chemical Affinity in 1849 at
the University competition. He graduated as a Doctor of Medi-
cine, Surgery and Obstetrics in 1853, and Doctor of Natural
Sciences in 1854. The cholera having reappeared, he was made
resident physician of the temporary hospital of St. Julien in 1854;
then of St. Thomas in 1855. He sought, but Avithout success,
the microbe of cholera in the air, but proved the transmission of
the malady from man to the dog. He became a member of the
Council of Public Health of the province in 1857; General Sec-
retary in 1872; President in 1875, and Honorary President in
1895. He was one of the organizing members of the Malacologi-
cal Society in 1863, and of the Society of Public Medicine in
1877. He was Chairman of the Committee on Medical Topog-
raphy from its origin.

He commenced instructing as supplementary Professor of Physics
and Chemistry in 1850 at the College of Lie'ge; was made
Demonstrator of the course of Human and Comparative Physi-
ology at the University in 1852, and joined with these functions,
at the request of A. Dumont, in 1855, those of Conservator of
the Mineral Collections and Instructor in Mineralogy and Geology
at the School of Mines. The unexpected death of his illustrious
master opened to him these chairs in 1857. L. G. de Koniuck very

376 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

shortly thereafter transferred to him the instruction in paleon-
tology. In 1897 he was admitted to the degree of Emeritus.

Having published, for the use of his pupils, an Atlas of Crystal-
lography and a Description of the Crystalline System, he issued ia
1858 the Prodromus of a Geological Description of Belgium, a
model of clearness, precision and science, which exei'cised the great-
est influence on the study of geology in Belgium.

In 1874 he founded the Geological Society of Belgium, of which
he has been the General Secretary from its origin to the year
1898, when the advance of years induced him to retire. He was
made Honorary General Secretary, and a medallion in hronze was
presented to him with his portrait in profile. He was made Chev-
alier of the Order of Leopold in 1870, Officer in 1881, and Com-
mander in 1892.

He became a member of the Academy of Science in 1854, was
its President in 1870. He is President of the Committee of Na-
tional Biography (of which he has been a member since its origin
in 1860), to which he has furnished more than eighty notices.

In cooperation with the Geological Society, he suggested the
preparation of a detailed geological map of Belgium at the expense
of the State. This resulted in a suitable recognition of capable
geologists, so that in ten or twelve years a map consisting of 226
sheets on a 40, too ^^ale will have been completed. He translated
i\\Q Revieiv of Pyrogenetic Minerals, of Gurlt (1857); the memoir
of Bevrich on the Tertiary Series of North Germany (1857) ; The
Chapter of the Siluria of Sir Roderick Murchison : The Paleozoic
Terranes of the Rhenish and Belgian Provinces (1860); The
History of the Names " Cambrian'^ and '' SiluriaJi," by the regretted
T. Sterry Hunt (1875); and finally the Paleocene Fauna of
Copenhagen, by A. von Koenen (1886).

He also made numerous excursions abroad, notably to Devon-
shire and Wales, which enabled him to establish the correlation of
the Cambrian formations of England and Belgium (1873). At
the first International Geological Congress, held in Paris in 1879,
he was appointed Secretary of the Committee on Classification and
Uniformity of Nomenclature, and this appointment was I'epeated
at Bologna, Berlin and London. The reports which he presented
to the Congress of Bologna and Berlin are distinguished by
impartiality, clearness and method.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 377

Ou the occasion of his promotion to the grade of Commander he
wrts presented with his bust in white marble. The account of this
manifestation of high esteem enumerates twenty-five publications
i-elative to natural or medical sciences, and two hundred and
eighty -six concerning the mineral sciences. Some of these latter
related to mineralogy and paleontology, notably the description of
the fossils of the secondary formations of Luxembourg in collabora-
tion with F. Chapuis, crowned by the Academy in 1851. The
greater part are concerned with the geology of Belgium, notably
his notes on the Lias, in which he solved the question of the Sand-
stone of Luxembourg and of Hettange ; those on the anthracitic of
the Condroz, in which he assigned, after others, but often differ-
ently, the Devonian beds to the Eifelian or middle Devonian, and
the Famenniau or upper Devonian ; his discussion with M. Dupont
relating to the gaps which that observer admitted in the Carbonif-
erous limestone; on the plicated appearance of the beds of the
Ardennes; on the granite of Lammersdorf ; on mineral waters, es-
pecially of Spa; on the pudding-stone of the Baraque-Michel :
the origin of the labors which have demonstrated that the Tertiary
(Oligocene) sea covered the Ardennes; on the giant pot-holes of
the same region, and finally his i-emarkable geological map of
Belgium and the neighboring provinces on a scale of -^jfohrwuf ^^^
minuteness of which does not prevent one from realizing the im-
mense progress accomplished since the death of Dumont, in the
corrections made on the German map in certain divisions of the
Devonian, and in the beds of Daleideu which are represented for
the first time.

Prof. Dewalque has also published a coup d'oeil of the advance
of the mineral sciences in Belgium (1870) ; the Secular Report on
the Works of the Academy {Mineral Sciences, 1872), and the
Catalogue of the Works on Mineralogy, Geology, and Paleontology,
together ivith the Geological Maps tvhich are found in the Principal
Libraries of Belgium, issued by the Geological Society in 1884.

Monazite in Delaware County, Pa. — Mr. S. Harbert Ham-
ilton stated that the occurrence of crystals of Monazite in the
feldspar of the ancient rocks of eastern Pennsylvania had been
reported to the Students' Mineralogical Club by Mr. J. Glading
Dailey.

Monazite has been noted previously from several localities in the

378 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [189^,

crystalline rocks of the Atlantic coast, but never before from Penn-
sylvania. The particular locality discovered by Mr. Dailey is in
the quarry just below Morgan's Station on the southeast side of
Chester creek, about five miles from the city of Chester. The
associate minerals are magnetite, hematite, green mica, quartz
and a flesh-colored feldspar in Avhich the crystals, about one-quarter
of an inch in length, were observed. Two or three perfect crys-
tals were found and a quantity of fragments. Mr. Dailey has sub-
jected his find to the following examination :

" The best crystals were examined with the aid of a
polariscope, and what appeared to be parallel extinction
was observed, thus excluding the possibility of its being dis-
torted garnet, which had been suggested, and it apparently
confined the crystallization to practically tetragonal or
v^-,^^^''^ orthorhombic ; but upon looking up Monazite, which
^■~^ had been suggested, the angles of extinction were found to
very nearly appi-oach right angles; thus the apparent parallel ex-
tinction of a monoclinic mineral was explained. Measurements
(rough, to be sure, for the surfaces did not permit the reflection
of a well-defined image) were made with the reflecting goniometer
of two angles, one of which was an essential angle. For angle
a w, which according to Dana is 39° 12' 30", was found 39° and
about 19', and angle v v, which should be 73° 19' 00", was found
about 73° 30'.

A qualitative chemical analysis was thought necessary to insure
and corroborate the above. The pulverized fragments were taken
to dryness with hydrochloric acid, taken up with water and precipi-
tated with oxalic acid. This precipitate gave upon ignition the
peculiar red color of the cerium group. Another portion of pow-
der upon fusion wilh white flux and solution in nitric acid gave
with ammonium molybdate the characteristic reaction for phos-
phorus.

August 8.
Mr. Benjamin Smith Lyman in the Chair.
Six persons present.

August 22.
Mr. Benjamin Smith Lyman in the Chair.
Six persons present.
A paper entitled " New Species and Varieties of Mollusks from

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 379

Miami, Florida," by Heary A. Pilsbry, was presented for publi-
cation.

The death of W. D. Hartman, M.D., a correspondent, was
announced.

August 29.
Me. Benjamin Smith Lyman in the Chair.
Nine persons present.

Confirmation of the Generic Characters oj Ashmunella. — Dr.
Pilsbry stated that living specimens of a new form of Ashmu-
nella {A. thomsoniana porterce Piis. «S: Ckll.) had been found
recently by Miss Wilmatte Porter, one of Prof. Cockerell's pupils.
It proves to be similar in anatomy to the type of the genus, thus
confirming the generic diagnosis.

The following were ordered to be printed:

380 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

DESCEIPTIONS OF SIX NEW AMERICAN RABBITS.
BY GERRIT S. MILLER, JR.

The collection of rabbits in the United States National Museum
contains the following hitherto undescribed forms, all from parts
of America north of Panama. I publish this paper here by per-
mission of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution.

Subgenus MACROTOLAGUS Mearns.
Lepus asellus sp- nov.

Tijpe adult ? (skin and skull), No. ff;ft| United States National
Museum, collected at the city of San Luis Potosi, Mexico, October
22, 1891, by P. L. Jouy. Original number, 270.

General Characters. — In size and color most like Lepus merriami
Mearns, but tail shorter and ears much longer, the latter fully
equalling those of the largest L. texianus. Nape scarcely darker
than back. Skull slightly heavier than in Lepus merriami, the
nasals broader, and the audital bulh^s larger.

Color. — Back an irregular grizzle of black and white, darker
along median line. Sides and rump slightly paler than back.
Tail entirely clear black above, grayish white beneath. The black
caudal area is continued forward over rump, gradually becoming
narrower, and finally disappearing about 80 mm. from base of
tail. Nape like back, only more finely grizzled. A small dusky
area immediately beliind base of ear. Ears broccoli brown, paler
behind, rimmed with buff. The bufi* rim is continuous except
where interrupted by the black tip. It is paler along outer margin
(near base of which it becomes nearly white), and darker along
inner margin, where the hairs are noticeably lengthened. Tip of
ear black, the dark area about 40 mm. long and at base 25 mm.
in width. It lies mostly on the outer half of the ear. Posterior
base of ear blackish for about 20 mm. Crown of head like back,
but more closely grizzled. Cheeks like sides. An indistinct, nar-
row, pale area surroundiug eye. Chin, upper part of throat and
whole of belly white, very faintly tinged with bluish gray. Neck
ruff well developed, buff sprinkled with a few blackish hairs.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 381

Legs light smoke gray tinged with bluish gray on inner side of
thighs and with broccoli brown on front feet and forearms. Hind
feet whitish above. On the front legs the white of the belly ex-
tends in a narrow line to wrist ; on the hind legs to feet.

Skull and Teeth. — The skull of Lepus asellm is about the size
of that of L. merriami or the small races of L. texianus. It is con-
spicuously smaller than that of Lejms allini or L. texianus texianus.
In form it differs from the skull of L. merriami in its broader,
deeper rostrum, broader nasals, wider interpterygoid fossa, longer,
slightly narrower basioccipital, and slightly larger audital bullae.

MeasuremenU. — External measurements of type (from fresh
specimen by collector) : Total length, 558; tail vertebra?, 62; hind
foot, 120; ear from crown, 175.

Cranial measurements of type: greatest length, 100; basal length,
8-1: ; basilar length, 78; henselion^ to posterior edge of bony palate
(median), 37; least (lateral) length of bony palate, 7; posterior
edge of bony palate to hamular, 21; length of incisive foramen,
26; width of incisive foramina, 10.4; zygomatic breadth, 44; inter-
orbital breadth (inclusive of supraorbital processes), 30; greatest
breadth of braincase, 32.4; breadth of rostrum at base of zygo-
mata, 27; greatest (diagonal) length of nasals, 43; greatest
breadth across both nasals, 22; least breadth across both nasals,
15.4; depth of brain case at anterior end of basioccipital, 30;
diastema, 28.4; maxillary molar series (alveoh), 16.8; mandible,
74; diastema, 23; mandibular molar series (alveoli), 17.

Specimens Examined.— 1 have seen only the type of this species.

General Remarks. — Lepus asellus is readily distinguishable from
L. merriami by its somewhat smaller size, relatively as well as ac-
tually much longer ears, and gray nape. From the Mexican Lepus
callotis, two specimens of which Mr. Jouy collected at Guadala-
jara, Jalisco, it is instantly recognizable by its black-tipped ears
and gray (not Avhitish) sides.

Although four names have been based on Mexican jackrabbits, it
is easily shoAvn that all refer to animals with white-tipped ears,
not in the least like Lepnis asellus. Presumably the first of these
is Lepus callotis Wagler {Nat. Syst. der Amphibien mit voran-
gehender Classif. der Sdugeth. und Vogel, p. 23, 1830). The

^ Post-incisive homologue of gnathion.

382 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

description of the animal is very brief, but positive reference is
made to the white outer surface of the ears.^ Another nanfe pub-
lished in 1830 is the Lepus mexicanus of Lichtenstein (Ahhandl.
K. Akad. Wissensch. Berlin (1827), p. 101, 1830). This is
based on a Mexican specimen collected by Deppe, but, as in the
case of Wagler's L. callotis, no definite type locality is mentioned.
The author, referring to Hernandez, ' ' Citli sive Lepus, ' ' remarks that
the description of this animal is so brief that it has been hitherto
overlooked, but that it nevertheless refers to a well-marked species
characterized by the extreme length and breadth of the ears.
' ' Had he but added, ' ' Lichtenstein continues, ' ' that these ears are
dark colored on their anterior half, and on the posterior, less con-
spicuous part wholly white, the two colors sharply divided at the
middle line, he would have sooner directed attention to an animal
that first reached Europe in a shipment from Mr. Deppe, and
which is deposited in our museum under the name Lejms mexi-
canus."* This description leaves no doubt that Lichtenstein had
in hand a member of the white-eared callotis group. Three years
later the same animal or a closely related form was described as
Lepus nigricaudahis by Bennett (Proc. Zobl. Soc. London, I, p.
41, 1833). Concerning the ears of this species the account reads :
" These are in front mixed black and yellow, giving a grizzled ap-
pearance ; on the hinder part they are entirely ochraceous for about
tAvo-thirds of the length of the ear, the terminal third, as well as the

tip and the hinder fringe, being white " This is one of the

species " obtained by the [Zoological] Society from that part of
Cahfornia which adjoins Mexico." Whatever it may be, it is evi-
dent that it is not the animal that I have called Lepus asellus.
The last of the names which need to be considered here is the
Lepus flavigularis of Wagler (Schreber's Sdugethiere, Supple-
mentband, Abth. iv, p. 106, 1844). It is based on a specimen
from no certain locality. While there is some doubt as to the

-'■. . . . auribus longissinjis extus albis . . . •"

^ Hatte er noch hiuzugef iigt, dass diese Oliren in ihrer vordern Hiilfte
dunkel gefarbt, in der hinteren (weniger zum Vorscbein kommenden) vollig
■weiss siud und dass beide Farben in einer geraden Mittellinie sich unuiittel-
bar und scharf begranzen, so wiirde er die Aufmerksamkeit friiber aiif eiu
Tbier gelenkt baben, das in Herrn Deppe's Sendungen zum erstenmal nach
Europa gekouimen und in unserm Museum unter dera Namen Lepus mexi-
canus aufgestellt ist.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 383

identity of I^epus flavujularis with L. callotis there cau be no
question as to its distinctness from L. asellus, since the ears are
said to be wholly yellowish on the outer side/

Subgenus MICROLAGUS Trouessart.
Lepus bachmani ubericolor subsp. nov.

Type adult d' (skin and skull), No. -H'Itt United States
National Museum, collected at Beaverton, Oregon, February 25,
1890, by A. W. Anthony.

General Characters. — Darker and redder than Lepus bachmani
bachmanv' from California.

Color. — General color throughout (except as otherwise described)
a fine grizzle of reddjsh brown^ and black, the black slightly more
conspicuous on back, the brown paling a little on sides, especially
at flanks and shoulders. Nape patch small and inconspicuous,
dull cinnamon in color. Ears blackish, heavily sprinkled with
broccoh brown externally and frosted with whitish internally, and
at base. Near edge of inner surface of ear there is a strong sprink-
ling of Avood brown. Belly, chin and upper part of throat dull
<3ream bufi". Chest and lower throat light wood brown. Legs like
sides. Dorsum of inanus and pes dull white heavily sprinkled with
brown. Tail dull brown throughout, sprinkled Avith color of back
above, and with dull >\ hite beneath ; the extreme base inconspicu-
ously clear, dull white.

Skull and Teeth. — The skull and teeth exactly resemble those
of Lepus bachmani bachmani, except that they appear to be
slightly larger throughout, and the audital bulloe may be rela-
tively somewhat smaller.

Measurements. — External measurements of type (from dry speci-
men, a Avell-prepared skin): Total length, 280; tail vertebrae, 15;
hind foot, 75 ; ear from crown, 55.

Cranial measurements of type : Greatest length, 67 ; basal length,
57 ; basilar length, 52 ; henselion to posterior edge of palate (me-

'' " Auch au den Ohren hat das Gelbe die Oberband ; die ganze Ausseuseite
ist gelb bebaart, ohne den grossen weissen Fleck, der den L. callotis var. 1
auszeicbnet ; niir die Spitze und der innere Eand sind niit einem weissen,
der aussere mit einem ocbergelben Haarsaume eingefa«st " (p. 107, footnote).

^ Lepus hachmani Waterhouse, Pvoc. Zool. Sor. London, p. 103 (not L.
bachmani oi Baird, 1857, and authors from 1857 to 1898) ^ Lepus trow-
bridgei Baird, 1857.

® The exact shade is intermediate between the wood brown and russet of
Ridgway {Nomencl. of Colors, pi. Ill, figs. 16 and 19).

384 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

(lian), 25.4; posterior edge of bony palate to hamular, 14; length
of incisive foramen, 16; width of incisive foramina, 7; zygomatic
breadth, 32; interorbital breadth (exclusive of supraorbital pro-
cesses), 11.6; greatest breadth of brain case, 25.6 ; breadth of
rostrum at base of zygomata, 18.8; greatest (diagonal) length of
nasals, 18.4; greatest breadth across both nasals, 12.6; least
breadth across both nasals, 8. 6 ; depth of brain case at anterior end
of basioccii^ital, 21.4; diastema, 18; maxillary molar series
(alveoli), 13; mandible, 48.6; diastema, 14; mandibular molar
series (alveoli), 13.

Specimens Examined. — Two, both from the type locality.

General Remarks. — Lepus bachmani ubericolor .is a typical
' northwest-coast form,' differing from the Califoi'nian phase of
the species in richer, more abundant pigmentation.

Subgenus SYLVILAGUS Gray.

In the absence of positive knowledge of the relationships of the
cottontails, I have treated the four forms here described as sub-
species of Lepus floridanus.
Lepus floridanus yucatanicus subsp. nov.

1877. Lepus aquaticus Allen, Monogr. N. A. Kodentia, p. 365,

(part). Not of Bachiuan, 1837.
1890. Lepus sylvatieus aztecics Allen, Bnll. Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., iii,
p. 191, December 10, 1890. Not of Allen, ibid., p. 188.

Type adult 9 (skin and skull). No. |j;fH United States National
Museum, collected at Merida, Yucatan, February 22, 1865, by
A. Schott. Original number, 207.

General Characters. — Closely related to Lepus floridanus aztecus
(Allen), from Tehuantepec, but larger and darker. Skull with
disproportionately large audital bullae.

Color. — Back a uniform coarse grizzle of black and light buff,
the latter slightly predominating. On the sides and rump the buff
becomes paler and the black less conspicuous, producing a very
slightly paler grizzle. Under fur on back bluish gray, becoming
distinctly brownish at tip. On the rump the basal color of the
under fur is paler and the terminal half of the hairs (10 mm.)
becomes bright cinnamon rufous, imparting to the fur of the region
a distinct reddish cast. Tail (imperfect in the type, but complete in
other specimens) white beneath, dull, grizzled, reddish brown
above. Nape patch clear bright cinnamon rufous. Ears gray, on

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. o85

the outer surface blackening on the terminal fourth and along
anterior edge. Extreme anterior margin fringed with pale buff.
This border is continuous through whole jDeriphery of ear, but is
broadest and composed of the longest hairs through lower anterior
half. Inner surface of ear thickly sprinkled with fine whitish
hairs. Crown of head slightly darker than back. Cheeks paler
than sides, but strongly shaded with black. A conspicuous whitish
area surrounding eye and broadening posteriorly to a width of
about 10 mm. Chin and upper part of throat dull white. Chest
and lower throat ochraceous bufT, darkened by a sparse sprinkling
of black tipped hairs. The hairs of this buft area are slightly
lengthened to form an inconspicuous ruff. Legs cinnamon rufous,
the gray of the sides extending over most of outer side of thigh, but
scarcely reaching below shoulder. White of belly extending down
inner side of hind leg and covering dorsum of pes. On front leg
it extends as a narrow band on inner side to carpus. Belly dull
white, strongly tinged with buff on chest.

Skull and Teeth. — The skulls of Lepu-s floridanus yucatanicus
average slightly larger than those of L. floridanus aztecus, and the
zygomatic arches are relatively deeper and heavier. Otherwise 1
can see no tangible differences in general form. Audital bulla3
considerably larger and more inflated than in L. floridanus aztecu!<.

Mea,'^wements. — External measurements of type : Total length,
430 mm. (estimated, skin stretched); hind foot, 198; ear from
crown, 71. Average of five specimens, including the type: Total
length, 412 (400-430); tail vertebra, 33.5 (33-34); hind foot, 92
(85-98); ear from crown, 78.5 (68-75). These measurements are
taken from badly prepared skius, and are only approximately
reliable.

Cranial meaurements of type: Greatest length, 82 mm.; basal
.length, 64; basilar length, 62; henselion to posterior edge of bony
palate (median), 33; least (lateral) length of bony palate, 7.8; pos-
terior edge of bony palate to hamular, 17; length of incisive fora-
men, 21; width of incisive foramina, 9.4; zygomatic breadth, 39;
interorbital breadth (inclusive of supraorbital processes), 20;
greatest breadth of brain case, 29; breadth of rostrum at base of
zygomata, 22.6; greatest (diagonal) length of nasals, 37; greatest
breadth across both nasals, 16; least breadth across both nasals
25

386 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

10; depth of brain case at anterior end of basioccipital, 26; dias-
tema, 23.6; maxillary molar series (alveoli), 14; mandible, 62;
diastema, 19; mandibular molar series (alveoli), 14.6.

Specimens Examined. — Six, all from the type locality.

General Remarhs. — Lepus Jloridanus yucatanicus and L. flovi-
danus aztecus resemble each other rather closely, but differ in easily
recognizable characters. Lepxis floridanus aztecus is the smaller ani-
mal of the two, with blacker back, more buffy sides and clearer gray
cheeks. The cranial diffei*euces between the two forms are well
marked. It is highly probable that these red rumped animals are
specifically distinct from Lepus floridanus.
Lepus floridanus subcinctus subsp. nov.

Type adult ? (skin and skull). No. l%\^^ United States Na-
tional Museum, collected at Hacienda El Molino, near Negrete,
Michoacan, Mexico, June 15, 1892, by P. L Jouy. Original
number, 415.

General Characters. — Most like Lepus Jloridanu.'< chapmani Allen,
from Corpus Christi, Texas, but slightly larger, the ears longer,
and color of under parts duller. Color of sides strongly encroach-
ing on dull white of bellv and almost dividing it immediately in
front of hind legs. Skull slightly larger than that of L. flori-
danus chapmani, but not appreciably different in form.

Color. — Back a uniform grizzle of black and buffy white, the
latter slightly predominating. On the sides and rump the white
becomes clearer and the black less conspicuous, thus producing a
paler grizzle slightly contrasted with that of back. Under fur on
back light, bluish gray with scarcely noticeable brownish tips. On
rump the basal color is slightly paler and the tips of the hairs for
about 5 mm. are pinkish buff. Tail, snowy white beneath, hair
bi'own grizzled with whitish above. Nape patch light cinnamon.
Ears uniform gray faintly tinged with buff on inner surface,
and narrowly rimmed with blackish along external anterior border
near tip. Lower half of anterior border fringed with lengthened
white hairs. Crown of head like back, but slightly yellower.
Cheeks like sides of body, and distinctly shaded with black below
and behind eye. A whitish eye ring. Chin and upper part of
throat dull white, strongly darkened by the bluish gray bases of the
hairs. Chest an<l lower throat cream buff, darkened by a sparse

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 387

sprinkling of black-tipped hairs as well as by the gray under fur;
the hairs of the buff area lengthened to form an inconspicuous ruff.
This buff area extends backward to include front legs and form
a narrow but distinct line of demarkation between color of sides
and that of belly. Legs ochraceous buff tinged with cinnamon
on outer side and suffused with white on inner side and on upper
side of feet. Hind leg paler than frout leg. Belly dull white,
the white area much narrower than in the ordinary forms of the
species, and nearly interrupted by an incomplete, dull buff girdle
immediately in front of the hind legs.

Skull and Teeth. — Except for its greater size, the skull of Lepu-->
floridanm subeinetus does not differ appreciably from that of L.
fioridanus chajimani.

Measurements. — External measurements of type (from fresh
specimen by collector): Total length, 434; tail yertebrte, 47; hind
foot, 86; ear from crown, 76." Average of three specimens in-
cluding the type:' Total length, 423 (400-435); tail vertebrae, 43
(42-47); hind foot, 87 (86-88); ear from crown, 74 (71-76).

Cranial measurements of type: Greatest leugth, 76; basal
length, 62; basilar leugth, 58; henselion to. posterior edge of bony
palate, 28; least (lateral) length of bony palate, 6; posterior edge
of bony palate to hamular, 18; length of incisive foramen, 18;
width of incisive foramina, 7.8; zygomatic breadth, 35; inter-
orbital breadth (inclusive of supraorbital processes), 19; greatest
breadth of brain case, 18; breadth of rostrum at base of zygomata,
20.4; greatest (diagonal) length of nasal, 34.8; greatest breadth
across both nasals, 16; least breadth across both nasals, 9; depth of
brain case at anterior end of basioccipital, 24; diastema; 20.4;
maxillary molar series (alveoli), 14; mandible, 58; diastema, 17;
mandibular molar series (alveoli), 12.

Specimens Examined. — Three, all from the type locality.

General Remarks. — Lej) us fioridanus subcindus, though closely
related to L. fioridanus chapmani, is readily distinguishable bv its
longer ears. In color the two forms are essentially alike, but the
Mexican animal is slightly more dull, especially on the belly. On

' la the dry specimen the ear has shrunk to 70 mm.

* Four topotypes of Lepus fioridanus chapmani, measured in flesh by
collector (ear excepted), average: Total length, 393 (390-400) ; tail verte-
brae, 38.2 (37-40) ; hind foot, 79 (76-83) ; ear from crown, 55 (.52-57).

388 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

the other hand it has more gray in the rump, which is distinctly
aler than the tail, while in L. floridanus chapmani rump and tail
are of essentially the same color.

Lepus floridanus caniclunis subsp. nov.

Type adult c? (skin and skull), ^o. 63,137, United States
National Museum, collected at Fort Clark, Texas, December 27,
1892, by Edgar A. Mearns. Original number, 2,172.

General Characters. — JJike Lepus floridanus chapmani Allen, but
slightly paler throughout; sides, rump and upper surface of tail
conspicuously paler, and white of belly pure and not encroached
upon by color of sides.

Color. — The color is so much like that of Lepus floridanus siib-
cinctus that no detailed description is necessary. The pale band
on the hairs of the back is very slightly lighter, but the black tips
are considerably less abundant. This is true throughout the dorsal
and lateral surfaces. Head and ears distinctly paler than in
subcinctus. Rump and tail conspicuously paler, the difference pro-
duced partly by a reduction in the number of black-tipped hairs,
but more especially by lightening the brown terminal band of the
under fur to ecru drab. Throat ruff, slightly paler than in sub-
cinctus. White of belly clear and pure throughout, not in the
least encroached upon by the color of the side?, as in the case of
L. floridanus subciactu-i and L. floridanus chapmani. Color of
sides fading abruptly into that of belly without intervention of bufl
lateral line.

Skull and Teeth. — The skull of Lepus floridanus caniclunis is
slightly smaller than that of L. floridanus subcinctus, but it differs
in no way in form. It is indistinguishable from the skull of L.
fl.oridanus chapmani.

Measurements. — External measurements of type (from fresh
specimen by collector): Total length, 395; tail vertebrae, 52; hind
foot, 87 ; ear from crown, 72. Average of ten specimens from
type locality: Total length. 382 (365-400); tail vertebrae, 57.8
(50-67); hind foot, 85.4 (80-90); ear from crown, 68.9
(64-72).

Cranial measurements of type (measurements in parenthesis are
those of a topotype of L. floridanus chapmani, No. 2,982, Ameri-
can Museum of Natural History): Greatest^length, 66 (64.6);

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 389

basal length, 54 (54); basilar length, 50 (50); henseliou to pos-
terior edge of bony palate (median), 25 (25.4); least (lateral)
length of bony palate, 5.8 (6.4); posterior edge of bony palate to
hamular, 15.4 ( — ); length of incisive foramen, 16.4 (16) ; width
of incisive foramina, 6.8 (7); zygomatic breadth, 33 (33); inter-
orbital breadth (inclusive of supraorbital processes), 16.4 (17);
greatest breadth of brain case, 27 (27); breadth of rostrum at
anterior base of zygomata, 7.6 (9); greatest (diagonal) length
of nasals, 29.2 (29); greatest breadth across both nasals, 14 (15) ;
least breadth across both nasals, 8.4 (8.4); depth of brain case
at anterior end of basioccipital, 22.8 (22.6); diastema, 18 (18);
maxillary molar series (alveoli), 12.4 (12 4); mandible, 49 (49);
mandibular molar series (alveoli), 13.6 (12.6).

Specimens Examined. — Twelve, all from the type locality.

General Remarks. — Lepus fioridanus caniclunis agrees with L.
floridanm chapmani in its small size, but differs in much paler
color — therefore in exactly the opposite direction from the dark
L. floridanus alacer Bangs. Its most striking peculiarity, as com-
pared with its nearest allies, is its very pale rump and tail.

Lepus floridanus sanctidiegi subsp. nov.

Tijpe adult 9 (skin and skull), No. 60,668 United States
National Museum, collected at monument No 258 (Pacific
Ocean), Mexican boundary line, San Diego County, California,
July 10, 1894, by Edgar A. Mearns.

General Characters. — Like Lepus floridanus auduhoni Baird, but
color paler throughout and belly pure white. Ears probably
longer than in true auduhoni.

Color. — Back a uniform grizzle of black and light cream buff,
the latter slightly predominating. On the sides the buff becomes
even paler, while the amount of black is noticeably reduced. On
the rump the buff fades abruptly to whitish gray, producing a
small but well-defined pale rump patch. Under fur on back light
bluish gray, changing to dull wood brown at tip. Long hairs of
back bluish gray at base, darkening to nearly black close below
broad subterminal cream buff band, and black at tip. Tail dark
brown above, the hairs inconspicuously paler tipped ; snowy white
beneath. Nape patch clear ochraceous buff, slightly more tawny
than the figure given by Ridgway (Nomencl. of Colors, pi. v.

890 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

fig. 10). The nape patch is very large, extending back as far as
the point reached by the tips of the ears, and even suffusing the
fur for a short distance beyond. It also extends on each side of
the neck to angle of jaw. Ears gray internally and externally,
blackening at tip outside, and margined with whitish. Lower
half of ear distinctly paler than crown of head, and wholly with-
out dusky shading. Crown of head about like back, but more
finely grizzled. Cheeks slightly browner than sides of body, not
darker posteriorly than anteriorly. A dull whitish eye ring, nearly
interrupted above and below. Chin and upper part of throat
white, faintly tinged with plumbeous. Chest and lower throat
cream buff. Legs ochraceous buff, the white of belly extending to
back of hind feet, and to wrists. Dorsal surface of front feet
cream buff. Back of thighs suffused with cream buff. Belly pure
^vhite, faintly tinged with plumbeous.

Sknll and Teeth. — Having no skulls of Lepus jioridanus audu-
boni at hand, I am unable to compare that of the present race with
its nearest relative. As compared with that of L. floridantis
holzneri (Mearns) the skull as a whole is slightly smaller, the
brain case is relatively broader and shorter and the audital bullse
are perct^ptibly larger.

Measurements. — External measurements of type (from fresh
specimen by collector) : Total length, 385 ; tail vertebrse, 63 ;
hind foot, 85 ; ear from crown, 78.

Cranial measurements of type: Greatest length, 69; basal
length, 56; basilar length, 52; hensehon to posterior edge of bony
palate, 26; least (lateral) length of bony palate, 5.4; posterior
edge of bony palate to hamular, 16.4; length of incisive foramen,
18; width of incisive foramina, 6; zygomatic bi-eadth, 33; inter-
orbital breadth (inclusive of supraorbital processes), 19; greatest
breadth of brain case, 25; breadth of rostrum at anterior base of
zygomata, 16; greatest (diagonal) length of nasals, 29; greatest
breadth across both nasals, 13.6; least breadth across both nasals,
8.4; depth of brain case at anterior end of basioccipital, 23;
diastema, 18.4; maxillary molar series (alveoli), 12.8; mandible,
50; diastema, 15; mandibular molar series (alveoli), 13.6.

Specimens Examined. — Twenty-five, all from the extreme south-
ern part of San Diego County, California, and adjacent Lower
California.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 391

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF MEXICAN LAND AND FRESH-
WATER MOLLUSKS,

BY HENRY A. PILSBRY.

During February, March and April of this year, Mr. and Mrs.
S. N. Rhoads made a journey through parts of eastern and cen-
tral Mexico, their chief object ])eing zoological investigation and
collecting. Their researches were mainly confined to the States of
Vera Cruz, Mexico, Michoaean anrl Nuevo Leon.

The mollusks collected, especially thos3 from the State last
named, prove to be of considerable interest, and a full report will
be prepared later. Meantime the following forms, recognized as
new, may be described :
Schazicheila fragilis n. sp.

Shell subglobose, about the form of S. alata Mke. ; thin, rather
fragile, reddish; the spire conoidal; whorls 4, the last rounded at
the periphery, impressed in the center below. Sculpture of very
numerous short cuticular spiral lirse. Aperture semicircular,
slightly oblique, with a very slight sinus above; peristome thin,
.slightly expanded; columellar callus thin and small. Alt. 4.5,
diam. 6 mm.

Diente, near Monterey, State of Nuevo Leon, INIexico.

Differs from «S'. alata and S. pauiiucea in the smaller size, more
fragile texture, and the very much shallower notch at the upper
termination of the outer lip. It is a far smaller species than *S'.
nicoleti Shuttl. or S. hidalgoana Dall. I do not know of any
description of " S. minima Pfr.," figured by Strebel on PI. 3,
fig. 0, of the Beitrag Mex. Land- und Susswasser- Conchy lien,
Heft IV, but the figures, though insufficient for identification in
the absence of text or locality, look considerably like S. fragilis.
About twenty specimens were collected, part of them quite fresh,
but without opercula.
Schaziclieila vanattai n. sp.

Shell thick lens- shaped, rather low conoid above, convex below
the strong peripheral carina, reddish brown, rather thin. Whorls

392 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

4, the first red or corneous, somewhat projecting, the rest l)ut
slightly convex, more or less encrusted, but showing no cuticular
fringes, merely very fine spiral lines in well-preserved specimens:
the last whorl keeled throughout, somewhat impressed in the center
below. Aperture slightly oblique, semioval; peristome thin,
slightly expanded, with a small, moderately deep sinus above.
Umbilical callus thin. Operculum unknown.

Alt. 5.5, diam. 6,8 mm.

Alt. 4.3, diam. 6 mm.

Diente, near Monterey, with S. frag ills.

Distinct by its strong peripheral keel. Named in honor of Mr.
E. G. Vanatta, whose assistance in the identification of the pres-
ent collection is hereby acknowledged.

Valvata humeralis, var. patzcuarensis n. v.

This name is applied to the form from Lake Patzcuaro, noticed
in my paper on the shells of the Academy Exjiedition, these
Proceedings, 1891, p. 326. It is larger, far more robust and
elevated than V humeralis ; there is no angulation or shoulder
on the upper surface of the whorls; and the umbilicus is decidedly
smaller. V. drebeli C. and F., based upon V. humeralis Strebel,
differs in the less elevated and robust form, larger umbilicus, and
judging from Strebel's figures, the greater interruption of the cir-
cular aperture by the penultimate whorl. A specimen of var.
patzcuarensis measures: Alt. 5, diam. 5, length of aperture 2.5,
width 2.4 mm.
Polygyra rhoadsi n. sp.

Shell depressed, with very low conic, almost flat spire, and small,
cylindrical umbilicus Avhich at the last whorl opens widely in an
arcuate rimation; last IJ whorls rib-striate, the ribs strong, nar-
row, separated by smooth intervals wider than themselves, continu-
ing on the base ; spire smoother, the first Ih whorls smooth.
Whorls slightly more than 5, moderately convex above, slowly
widening, the last whorl decidedly wider, very convex, having the
convex periphery situated above the middle of the whorl, con-
vexly slanting below the periphery, subangular at the margin of
the umbilicus, within which there is a groove parallel to the rima-
tion. Behind the lip the suture is abruptly and rather deeply
deflexed, and the whorl is deeply constricted. Aperture small.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 393

subcircular, nearly closed by the large teeth ; peristome reflexed,
continuous in a raised callus across the jiarietal wall. Teeih :
parietal fold a large, sinuous tongue-like process, the lower ramus
of which is erect, the upper one rising in a point where it joins the
upper termination of the lip, the space between the branches
concave; outer lip bearing a strong, concave, callous rib, ending
below in a compressed tooth; basal margin bearing a similar com-
pressed tooth, extending outward on the lip, and separated from
that on the outer lip by a deep sinus.

Alt. 4, diam. 10 mm. ; greatest width of the umbilicus 3 2 mm.

Topo Chico, near Monterey, State of Nuevo Leon, Mexico.

Closely allied to P. implicata Beck, with which it agrees in the
general form and the armature of the aperture. It differs from
implicata in the strongly ribbed surface, less convex base, de-
cidedly narrower central umbilical opening and greater deviation
of the last whorl, which differentiates the median opening from
the rimation much more sharply than in P. impUcaia.

P. rhoadsi differs from P. oppllata in being larger, with differ-
ent sculpture and narrower umbilicus.

Polygyra suprazonata n- sp.

Shell depressed subglobose with low conoid spire and very narroAV
though deeply perforating umbilicus, somewhat enlarged at its
opening; glossy, slightly wrinkle-striate, finely malleated in places;
reddish brown, paler around the umbilicus and with a wide whitish
band above the periphery. Whorls 5^, those of the spire slowly
increasing, the last wider, double the width of the preceding
whorl, abruptly deflexed in front, rounded at the periphery and
beneath, deeply constricted behind the lip. Aperture oblong, very
oblique, with reflexed, white peristome; parietal fold a rather small
oblique lamina recurved in a very short branch above ; outer lip
with a small tooth, above which there is a strong concave rib;
basal lip bearing a small compressed tubercle and a slight thicken-
ing to the left of the tubercle.

Alt. 6.5, diam. 12 mm.; width of umbilicus 1.5 mm.

Alt. 5.7, diam. 10.2 mm.; width of umbilicus 1 mm.

Tzintzuntzan, State of Michoacan.

This is one of the largest Mexican species. It is allied to P.
chiapensls (Pfr.) and P. matermontana Pils., differing from the

S94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

former in the distinct basal tooth, bi-ramose parietal lamina, colora-
tion, etc., and from P. matermontana it differs in being more
robust with far less open umbilicus and different coloration. P.
nelsoni Dall {Nautilus, xi, p. 74), of which I have seen the
types, is another species of the same group.

Praticolella strebeliana n. sp.

Shell nari'owly umbilicated, rather depressed, thin; uniform, pale
corneous, having a dull sheen as if frosted, caused by an exces-
sively minnte roughening of the surface. Spire low conic ; whorls
4f , the first one glossy, obtuse, the rest slowly widening until the
last, which is decidedly wider, moderately deflexed in front, the
periphery obtusely angular on the first half, becoming rounded on
the latter portion; scarcely any constriction behind the lip, but
opaque there. Aperture oblique, wider than high, shortly ellip-
tical, moderately excised by the parietal wall; peristome expanded,
narrowly reflexed, with a slight rib-like thickening within; mar-
gins approaching, the basal regularly arcuate, columellar margin a
little dilated at the insertion, slightly impinging on the narrow
umbilicus.

Alt. 7.5, diam. 12 mm.; aperture, oblique alt. 5.7, width 7.2
mm., including peristome (type).

Alt. 6.5, diam. 10.2 mm. (smallest adult specimen).

Diente, near Monterey, State of Nuevo Leon, Mexico.

Praticolella ampla (Pfr. ), which is the nearest to this species,
differs in being far more globose, with a rounded-lunate aperture
and more deeply arcuate basal lip, somewhat as in Eulota similaris,
while this species has a transversely elliptical, smaller aperture,
with far less arcuate basal lip, and much more depressed body-whorl.
P. berlandieriana and griveo/a are not closely allied to the present
species.

Pratieolella strebeliana is named in honor of Hermann
Strebel, one of the aljlest investigators of the Mexican mollus-
can fauna.

Numerous fresh specimens were collected, but only one Avas found
living.
Thysanophora proxima n- sp.

Similar to T. conspureatella (Morel.), but with more elevated
spire, narrower umbilicus and far wider spaced oblique cuticular

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 395

riblets. Whorls 4^, very convex, the last well rounded. Aper-
ture somewhat oblique, subrotund.

Alt. 2.8, diam. 3.7 mm.

Uruapam, State of Michoacan, Mexico. *

About twenty specimens were collected at the above locality by
Mr. and Mrs. Rhoads. Several immature shells of the same
species were taken at Morelia, ]\Iichoacau, and a few occurred at
Patzcuaro and Huingo in the same State. In Michoacan it seems
to replace T. conqmrcatella of the more tropical region eastward.

T. impum (Ytr.) and 2'. hornii (Gabb) are closely allied species,
the former ditleriug in the absence of oblique cuticular lamina?.

A Thijsanophora similar to T. cceca, but more elevated, was
collected at Morelia, ^lichoacau. If the high contour is constant,
it probably indicates another subspecies at least; but only one
specimen was obtained.
Omphalina montereyensis n. ?p.

Shell about the size and general contour of 0. inornata, de-
pressed, umbilicated, the umbilicus about one-twelfth the diameter
of the shell. Surface glossy, smooth, with slight growth-wrinkles,
but no other sculpture. Whorls 5^, rather flattened, and slowl}'
increasing, the last Avhorl very much wider, more than double the
width of the preceding one, rounded at the periphery ; rather
flattened beneath. Aperture oblique, broadly lunate oval.

Alt. H, diam. 12; oblique height of aperture 5, width 6 mm.

Diente, near Monterey, State of Xuevo Leon, Mexico.

Numerous specimens were collected. It somewhat resembles
0. pamdensis Pfr., but is much more depressed.
Glandina rhoadsi n. sp.

Shell oblong-fusiform, rather thin, glossy, reddish brown, with
some slightly darker longitudinal streaks and whitish lines.
Surface weakly and rather unevenly striated longitudinally, the
strife stronger near the suture; no spiral sculpture. Spire elongated,
with slightly convex outlines; apex obtuse; whorls 7^ to 8, the
earlier ones regularly widening, the later two or three more rapidly
increasing; sutures moderately impressed, very slightly crenulated
by the fold-strite; not margined. Last whorl somewhat com-
pressed, tapering below. Aperture small, rather narrow, a little
less than one-half the total length of the shell, in adult shells;
columella only weaklv concave.

396 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

Alt. 52, cliam. 18, length of aperture 24 mm.

Alt. 45, diam. 16^, length of aperture 23 mm.

Alt. 42, diam. 14, length of aperture 21J mm.

Diente, near Monterey, State of Nuevo Leon, Mexico.

The last measurements are of a specimen not quite mature, with
7^ whorls.

It is somewhat like G. longula or G. sing/eyana, but lacks any
trace of spiral striation; the suture is only weakly crenulated, and
not marginate. It is smoother than G. liebmanni and G. aude-
barcU, especially at the sutures, and is of a more slender form.

Glandina dalli u. sp.

Shell thin, slender, turreted and slowly tapering above, broadest
near the base, which is rather " saccate." Brownish corneous,
slightly translucent, smooth and glossy throughout, except for
rather separated, very short impressed grooves below the sutures
forming a series of very short, low, broad folds there; and there
are a few impressed, sinuous, longitudinal grooves, reminiscent of
former peristomes, on the last whorl or two. Spire long, with
very slightly convex lateral outlines and quite obtuse apex.
Whorls S^, slightly convex, the last one compressed laterally and
decidedly full below. Aperture small, very narrow above, broad
and slightly squarish below, the outer lip thin, vertical, bent
forward in the middle, strongly retracted below, giving the basal
lip an effuse aspect. Columella slwrt, strongly concave and con-
spicuously truncated below.

Alt. 20, diam. 6.2, length of aperture 9.5 mm.

Alt. 18, diam. 6.3, length of aperture 9.5 mm.

Alt. 19, diam. 6.2, length of aperture 9.8 mm.

Diente, near Monterey, State of Nuevo Leon, Mexico.

Glandina dalli belongs to a small group of Mexican species of
small size and smooth, glossy surface, but seems abundantly distinct
from any hitherto described. Compared with G. bellula C. and
F., this species differs in being of narrower form, with longer,
narrower aperture, the posterior portion of which is more pro-
longed and much narrower; also in the comparatively simple
suture. It is more lengthened than G. oblonga Pfr,, and less
plaited at the sutures. G. ambigua Pfr. is stouter in form; and G.
conularisVtr. has a wider aperture and far more arcuate outer lip.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 397

Glandina michoacanensis n. sp.

Shell obesely fusiform, rather thiu, of a rather dark dull reddish
color, with an irregular, pale sutural border. Surface slightly
shining, coarsely and irregularly plicate and finely plicatulate
longitudinally, the foldlets conspicuously decussated, cut into
oblong grains, the spirals becomiug obsolete at the extreme base.
Spire rather thick, continuing stout above, the apex obtuse.
Whorls 7 to 7^, the earlier 2^ smooth, the next one evenly rib-
striated, the last whorl obloug, rather obese, tapering below. Su-
ture well impressed, coarsely and irregularly denticulate. Aperture
rather small, its length (measured obliquely) a little exceeding half
that of the shell ; outer lip gently convex ; columella quite con-
cave in adult, straighter in immature specimens, strongly truncated
at base.

Alt. 48.5, diara. 20.5, longest axis of aperture 25.7, gi'eatest
width 9.5 mm.

Uruapam, State of Michoacan, Mexico.

This species belongs to the first (Plexce) of the several sections
formed by Dr. von Martens in his excellent account of the genus in
the Blologia Centrali- Americana. It might reasonably be supposed
that so large a species from central Mexico would be known, but
a thorough search through the literature, with the considerable
collection of the Academy as a basis for comparison, fails to locate
the specimens within any of the numerous Mexican species hitherto
described. The dark, reddish color and conspicuous sculpture are
its more striking features.

Streptostyla novoleonis n. s-p.

Shell cylindric-obloug, bluut at the ends, dark reddish brown,
very glossy, almost smooth, the growth-wrinkles being incon-
spicuous. Spire short, conic, the apex obtuse. Whorls 6^, slowly
increasing, the latter half or three-fourths of the last one very
rapidly descending, the last whorl generally suddenly deflexed at its
termination. Aperture very long and narrow ; columella short,
rather thiu, moderately twisted.

Alt. 17.2, diam. 7, length of aperture 12 mm.

Alt. 16, diam. 6.7, length of aperture 11.8 mm.

Diente, near Monterey, State of Nuevo Leon, Mexico.

Smaller than S. shuttleworthi and the varieties subordinated

398 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

tliei'eto by Dr. von Martens, short in the spire, markedly cylin-
drical, with the columella only weakly twisted. The region around
Monterey is very different in physical characteristics from that
inhabited by S. shuttleworthi. It is considerably further north
than Streptodyla has heretofore been found.
Salasiella pfeifferi n. n.

This name is proposed ior Achatina pulchella Pfr., P. Z. S.,
1856, p. 379, not Achatina pulchella Spix, 1827.

Dr. E. von Martens has figured the type, Biologia Centrali-
Americana, Mollusca, p. 83, pi. 5, f. 9.
Pseudosubulina berendti, var. occidentalis n. v.

Numerous sjDecimens collected at Uruapam, State of Michoacau,
represent a variety of the East Mexican P. berendti, distinguished
by the weaker, less crowded rib-strise and wider aperture. Alt.
15, diam. 3.2, oblique length of aperture 3 mm. ; whorls 12. Alt.
12.7, diam. 2.8, oblique length of aperture 2.8 mm. ; whorls 11^,.
Pseudosubulina texoloensis n. sp.

Shell turreted, imperforate, faintly greenish yellow tinted, com-
posed of numerous short, Avide whorls, sculptured with close-set
rib-strise separated by smooth, slightly wider intervals; outlines of
spire decidedly concave above. AYhorls 10^, convex, the ribs
subobsolete on the base of the last one. Apex obtuse, the first
whorl rapidly widening, smooth, the second becoming very finely
rib-striate, the next three whorls more coarsely ribbed, scarcely
increasing in width or in the diameter of the spire ; following
whorls gradually widening and increasing the diameter of the
spire; last whorl short, moderately convex, abruptly coutz'acting
below. Aperture ovate- trapezoidal ; columella moderately con-
cave, abruptly truncated, Achatina-like, below.

Alt. 9.2, diam. 2.5, length of aperture 2 mm.

Texolo Falls, State of Vera Cruz, Mexico.

The shortness of the whorls and contraction of the upper part of
the spire (as in the young of many species of Urocopjtis), are the more
prominent features of this species. The columella is much more
strongly truncated than in P. berendti. Generic position not verified.
Spiraxis uruapamensis n. sp.

Shell turreted-conic, decidedly tapering, the lateral outlines a
Httle concave above; corneous, with Avhite riblets; apex obtuse.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 399

Whorls 7^, very convex, separated by deeply impressed sutures ;
first half whorl smooth, following whorl very finely lamellose-
striate; succeeding whorls with numerous, delicate, raised riblets,
about 42 in number on the penultimate whorl. Aperture short-
oval, somewhat trapezoidal; columella thick, strongly sinuous.

Alt. 5.2, diam. 2 mm.

Uruapam, State of Michoacan, Mexico.

This species is more obtuse than *S'. svlciferus and its variety
herendti; has more convex whorls than S. tenuecostatus Strel). , and
is stouter than *S'. miradorensis Streb., with closer riblets. S.
tenuis is an allied form, which should be compared.
Opeas patzcuarense u- f=p.

Shell minute, slender, obtuse at tlie apex, slowly tapering,
rather cylindric or rod-shaped. Whitish corneous, glossy and
smooth, showing slight, sparse growth wrinkles under a lens.
AVhorls 7^, moderately convex, the last tapering at base. Aper-
ture long, irregularly ovate; columella straight, vertical.

Alt. 3, diam. 0.8 ram.

Patzcuaro, State of Michoacan, Mexico.

A very small species, unlike any other Mexican form known to
me. Numerous specimens were collected.
Opeas odiosum n. sp.

Shell slender, turreted, completely imperforate, corneous, suffi-
ciently translucent to show the columella faintly through. Surface
glossy, irregularly scored by unequally spaced longitudinal grooves
and some slight wrinkles. General outlines of the spire straight;
apex obtuse. Whorls 8^^, the earlier strongly convex, the last two
slightly flattened. Aperture ovate; outer lip thin, moderately
arched forward, columella slightly concave, forming a distinct
angle with the parietal wall. Alt. 6.9, diam. 2, longest axis of
aperture 1.5 mm.

Patzcuaro, State of Michoacan, Mexico.

The impressed grooves are similar in character to those of Vitrea
indentata and other species of Glyphyalinia. About forty speci-
mens were collected.
Opeas rhoadsae n. sp.

Shell slender, subulate, wholly imperforate, corneous and suffi-
ciently translucent to show the internal axis through the shell in

400 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

places. Surface glossy, sculptured with unequally spaced longitu-
dinal grooves, and showing a few slight growth-Avrinkles in places.
General outlines of the spire straight. Apex obtuse. Whorls 9
to 9^, the earlier ones quite convex, the later four or five somewhat
flattened. Aperture small, ovate, the outer lip a trifle curved
forward in the middle; columella slender, concave.

Alt. 7, diam. 1.9, longest axis of aperture 1.6 mm.

Alt. 7, diam. 1.7, longest axis of aperture 1.6 mm.

Diente, near Monterey, State of Nuevo Leon, Mexico.

Similar in sculpture and color to Opeas odiosum, but perceptibly
more slender in the spire, with smaller apex. These two species
have the general form of Opeas subula, but diflfer totally in sculp-
ture; they are also more brilliant and more transparent. The
columella is not at all twisted, and there is no trace of a basal
notch or truncation. This species, of which about fifteen speci-
mens were obtained, is named in honor of Mrs. Mary C. Rhoads.
Bifidaria prototypus n. sp.

Shell small, subcyliudrical, somewhat taperiug above, brownish
corneous, thin. Whorls 5, convex; apex obtuse. Aperture
truncate-oval; peristome expandfd. Teeth : the parietal bifid,
composed of two lamime, that on the light running outward to the
posterior termination of the outer lip, more or less united at its
inner end with the left lamina, which is more deeply seated, and
enters deeply; a rather high tooth at the middle of the columella;
and a similar but smaller and short denticle moderately remote
from the lip-edge, at the junction of the outer with the basal walls
of the aperture. Usually there is a minute denticle above the
last-described denticle.

Alt. 2.5, diam 1 mm.

Huingo, State of Michoacan, Mexico.

This species has the general appearance of Pupa riipicola, but
differs markedly in dentition. There are only two denticles within
the outer lip, none at the base of the columella. The parietal
armature illustrates clearly the origin of the bifid fold of the
Bijidarke of the United States, retaining the ancestral form more
than any American species I have examined. There are two folds,
one to the right and more emerging, the other to the left and more
deeply entering ; the two more or less connected by a callus at the
inner termination of the ri":ht tooth.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 401

Succinea tlalpamensis n. sp.

Shell pointed-oblong fragile, honey yellow or reddish, somewhat
translucent ; stronglij, finely and rather irregularly, closely ivrinkled.
Spire slender, acuminate; whorls 2^, very obliquely convoluted,
the last scarcely convex above. Aperture very large, ovate, some-
what effuse at the base ; columella with a white thread-like edge.

Alt. 15, diam. 8, longest axis of aperture 11.8, greatest width
7 mm.

Alt. 14^, diam. Sh, longest axis of aperture 12, greatest width
7i mm.

Near Tlalpam, State of Mexico, Mexico.

Allied to S. retasa Lea (^ovalis Gld. non Say) and S. mlleana
Pfr. Compared with the former, S. tlalpamensis has a decidedly
larger aperture in proportion to the last whorl, as viewed from the
front. The spire is longer and more slender than in S. salleana.

At Lake Cuitseo, near Huingo, State of ]\Iichoacan, a much
smaller form was collected, in Avhich the aperture is not so ample,
and less effuse below. Two specimens measure :

Alt. 10.8, diam. 5.5, longest axis of aperture 8, greatest width
4.7 mm.

Alt. 9.6, diam. 5.8, longest axis of aperture 7.7, greatest
width 4.3 mm.

This may be called var. cuitseana. It has the same number of
whorls as the type.
Physa osculans rhyssa n. var.

Smaller than typical P. osculans, pale yellow corneous, trans-
parent and fragile, with numerous slight longitudinal folds on the
last whorl.

Saltillo, State of Coahuila, Mexico.
Sphaerium martensi n. sp.

A moderately large, thin species, showing no distinct prodis-
soconch at the beaks; ovate, moderately convex, with median,
slightly prominent beaks, the surface lusterless, yellowish corneous,
finely and irregularly striated, nearly smooth toward the beaks;
anterior end narrower, symmetrically rounded ; posterior end wider,
obscurely truncated obliquely ; hinge line slightly convex ; basal
margin moderately convex. Interior whitish in clean shells;
hinge delicate, the left valve with a small, erect, compi-essed car-
et;

402 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

dinal tooth, with a lower, very thin one above it aud slightly more
posterior ; 'anterior lateral short, erect, thin and triangular ; pos-
terior lateral short and low. Right valve with two subequal, erect,
squarish cardinals, one behind the other, separated by a deep
V-shaped notch; laterals double, the anterior very short, the pos-
terior longer, low.

Length 15.5, alt. 11, diam. 7.6 mm.

Tzintzuntzan, Lake Patzcuaro, State of Michoacau, Mexico.

This is a rather large species, more fragile than those of the
non-calyculate group in the L^nited States. Compared with S.
subtransverstim Prime, which has the same general outline, this
species differs in the broader beaks, Avhich do not show the promi-
nent ' ' caps ' ' or prodissoconch of S. suhtransversuvi ; the cardinal
teeth are much thinner, more compressed, and the lateral laminse
are less elevated. It does not seem closely allied to any of the
American species I have been able to compare with it.

1899.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

403

NEW SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF MOLLUSKS FROM MIAMI. FLORIDA.

BY HENRY A. PILSBRY.

Bifidaria rhoadsi n. sp., figs. 1 aud 2.

Shell rimate, very minute, cyliudrical, blunt at the ends, espe-
cially above, glossy brown, somewhat translucent ; obliquely, deli-
cately striated. Whorls nearly five, the third and fourth extremely
convex, the last less so, somewhat compressed laterall)' behind the

lip, marked there with

a slight furrow extend-
ing from the lip-edge
to about the position of
the upper palatal lam-
ella. Aperture round-
ed, truncate above, ob-
structed by five teeth
or lamellre : two upon
the parietal wall, one
slightly connected with
the right termination
of the lip, the other
more deeply placed ; columellar lamella strong, spirally enter-
ing, outer lip with two short lamellse. Peristome broadly ex-
panded, the outer lip somewhat incurved about the middle. Alt.
1.92, diam. 0.92 mm.

Miami, Dade coimty, Florida. Collected by S. N. and ]M. C.
Rhoads, February, 1899.

This very minute species is somewhat allied to certain forms of
^Mexico, Xew Mexico and Arizona, remarkable for the partial or
complete separation of the two parietal lamellse, which in the ordi-
nary Bificlarke, such as conirada, rupicola or armifera, are united
to form a single bifid lamella. The disposition of the lamellae is
best shown by fig. 2, the shell being viewed obliquely from the
base.

In this separation of the two parietal folds, B. rhoadd some-

404 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

what resembles B. ashmuni, B. dalliana and B. jyrototyims, but in
none but the first of these is the separation so complete. B.
ashmuni, however, has the folds stronger and the latter part of the
last whorl contracted as in B. contmcta. B. dalliana is a whitish
species with the parietal folds distinctly united and a basal denticle
developed, while B. jrrototypus is a larger form, with smaller and
united parietal folds.

In having the parietal folds quite separated, B. r/(oac?.s-treseml)]es
several east Asian representatives of Bifidaria, which are more
primitive than most of the American species.

The figures are from camera lucida drawings.
Strobilops hubbardi stevensoni n. var.

Shell similar to S. hubbardi A. D. Brown, but darker, smoother,
more widely umbilicated and constantly with three lamellae within
the basal wall.

Dark reddish chestnut, very glossy; sculptured with very fine
striae above, the base smoother with microscopic spirals. Whorls
4, quite convex, the last well rounded at the periphery which is
above the middle; umbilicus wide, the latter third of the last
whorl deviating tangeutially, somewhat as in many Polygyras.
Through the base at the last fourth of the body- whorl may be seen
three lamellee, the outermost below the periphery, rather long, and
somewhat oblique; the others shorter. Parietal wall showing one
strong, emerging lamella above, and a much weaker one below
(the latter emerging only in fully mature shells), both of them
running inward about one-thiixl of a whorl. Aperture broadly
lunate-oval, oblique, with whitish, expanded and subrefiexed lip.

Miami, Florida.

This form differs from S. hubbardi chiefly in its wider umbilicus
and smoother surface, though the darker color and smaller number
of lamellee visible through the base are further distinguishing
features, ^Nlr. Webster (Nautilus, vii, pp. 84, 94) has shown
hubbardi to vary in the number of lamellaj. At Mr. Rhoad's re-
quest, it is named in honor of Mr. James Stevenson, an energetic
naturalist of Miami, Florida.
Glandina truncata minor, n. var.

Similar to the typical form, but constantly much smaller.
Whorls 5f .

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 405

Alt. 31, diam. 13, longest axis of aperture 18^ mm.

Alt. 32, diam. 13, longest axis of aperture 17 mm.

Alt. 30|-, diam. 11, longest axis of aperture 16 mm.

Miami (type locality) and Lemon City, Dade county, Florida.

Very large series collected by Mr. Rhoads as well as the speci-
mens taken by myself are constantly far smaller than the typical
form, although they occur in a region where the country rock is
limestone. I found only the typical G. truncata at Palm Beach.
The small variety seems to be confined to ihe calcareous reirion
in the extreme South.

406 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

September 5.
Mr, Charles Morris iu the Chair.
Seven persons present.

September 12.
Mr. Benjamin Smith Lyman in the Chair.

Twelve persons present.

Papers under the following titles were presented for publication :

" Contributions to a Knowledge of the Hymenoptera of Brazil.
No. 7. Eumenidse," by William J. Fox,

" Notes on the Geology of Southeastern Pennsylvania," ])y
Theodore D. Rand.

September 19.
Mr. Charles Morris in the' Chair.
Eight persons present,

September 26.
The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M. D. , in the Chair.
Eighteen persons present.

The death of Dr, Adolf Ernst, a correspondent, was announced,
Charles B, Penrose, M,D., and Carl V, Yischer, M.D,, were
elected members.

The following was ordered to be printed :

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 407

CONTRIBUTIONS TO A KNOWLEDGE OF THE HYMENOPTERA OF BRAZIL,

No. 7-EUMENID^ (GENERA ZETHUS. LABUS. ZETHOIDES,

EUMENES, MONTEZUMIA AND NORTONIA.)

BY WILLIAM J. FOX.

The present paper, the seventh of the series dealing with Mr,
H. H. Smith's collections, relates to the solitary Ava.sps, and is
presented in incomplete form in consequence of the want of
available time for entomological work on the part of the writer.
These pages were written almost a year ago, and laid by with the
hope of soon working out the material of the genus Odynerus
thereby completing the Eumenidse of the collection, which hope,
however, has not been realized, beyond the drawing up of several
descriptions of new species Avhich will be included in a separate
paper on that genus.

A. Pedicel of second segment shorter than width of first seg-
ment at apex,
a. Postscutellum entire.
Zethus caeruleopennis Fabr.

Chapada, Febi'uary, March, December; Santarem. Seven
?, five (f specimens.
Zethus recurvirostris DeG.

A large series of both sexes. Chapada, January, March,
December.

The color of petiole and legs varies from entii-ely red to black.
The swelling of the petiole is much greater in some specimens than
in others.
Zethus gigas Spin.

Chapada, February, March. Twenty-five 9, three cf speci-
mens.

There is a remarkably abnormal specimen of this species in the
collection. It is a d^, and has the petiole produced into two long
acute spines on the ventral surface laterally, that on the right
side placed some distance in advance of the other, The occiput
is emarginate medially, and that portion of the front filling the

408 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

emargination of eye is pushed out, distorting the eye, so that when
viewed from the side it appears to be sharply angulate, or subdeu-
tate on its inner margin,

Zethus prominens n. sp.

Black, shining; middle segment, petiole, base of second seg-
ment, legs, clypeus except base, mandibles and scape beneath, red ;
apex of petiole with a yellow line on each side, extending a little
along sides; wings viol aceovis.

?. — Clypeus about one-third broader than long, obtusely angu-
lar at sides, with shallow punctures, fore margin broadly incurved,
obtusely dentate medially; mandibles long, equalling the width of
clypeus in length; front and vertex with tolerably strong, but
not deep, scattered punctures, becoming obsolete on cheeks
posteriorly ; space between hind ocelli slightly less than that be-
tween them and eyes; first joint of flagellum fully as long as two
following united; pronotum with a strong tooth on each side, and
sharply margined anteriorly; dorsulum sparsely punctured, with
an impressed line anteriorly in the middle, on each side of which
are two feebler, curved impressions, and posteriorly in the middle
are two parallel strong impressions, with a feebler longer one on
each side; scutellum flat, scarcely impressed ; postscutellum sub-
convex, entire; middle segment concave medially, the lateral surface
separated from the upper and posterior by a sharp ridge, running
from base to apex ; enlarged portion of petiole with sparse punctures,
broadest and rounder at base, the sides gradually converging to
apex, not rounded, the slender basal portion not as long as hind
coxse; second segment with a short, thick pedicel whose length
does not equal the width of petiole at apex, microscopically punc-
tured above, the ventral moiety with large punctures, very sparse
toward base; dorsals 3-6 rather compactly punctured, ventrals
3-6 with strong, separated punctures ; second submarginal Avith a
distinct radial side, Avhich is, however, a little less than the dis-
tance between the recurrent nervures on the cubital nervure.
Length 28-29 mm.

Chapada, March, April. Four specimens. In coloration this spe-
cies resembles recurvirostris, but it is quite distinct. The straight,
not rounded or convex , sides of petiole and sharp lateral carina of
middle segment are salient features of this insect.

1899.] XATUEAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 409

Zethus striatifrons n. sp.

Black; clypeus auteriorly aud at sides, mandibles medially,
greater part of scape, outer margin of tegulre and legs except
coxre, red; petiole with a narrow yellow line at apex, extending a
little along sides ; wings violaceous.

9. — Clypeus nearly twice as broad as long, strongly augulate
laterally, striato-jDunctate, the fore margin subemarginate ; mandi-
bles short, broad, their width equalling half their length, with
coarse, elongate punctures; front striated, the vertex with sepa-
rated punctures ; space between hind ocelli distinctly less than
that between them and eyes; first joint of flagellum fully as long
as next two joints united, the length of scape about equalling
the pedicel and first four joints of flagellum ; pronotum margined
auteriorly, but not dentate, strongly punctured; dorsulum strongly
punctured, sparsely so posteriorly with a strong impression ante-
riorly in middle, and two rather parallel, less strong ones pos-
teriorly; scutellum rather flat, not or slightly impressed, post-
scutellum entire; middle segment Avith rather dense pale pubes-
cence, strongly impressed, or subconcave in middle, with trans-
verse, coarse striations extending a little on sides, but not evident
at base laterally, the extreme base in addition has some coarse
punctures and there is a sharp ridge (not extending to apex)
separating the sides from the rest of segment; swollen portion of
petiole ovate, about twice as long as broad, with large sparse punc-
tures, basal cylindrical portion about as long as hind coxje, trans-
versely ridged at base above; second segment with a short, thick
pedicel, dorsally with shallow punctures, sparse at base, and in
addition a fine, microscopic punctuation, ventrally with coarse
irregular punctures; remaining dorsals closely punctured, the
ventrals more strongly; second submarginal cell with a radial side
not equal to more than one-third of the distance between the
recurrent nervures on the cubital uervure; third submarginal
fully one-third broader above than beneath, the outer nervure
almost straight. Length 22-23 mm.

d". — Clypeus longer, uot angulate laterally, with shallow punc-
tures, the fore margin with a strong tooth on each side; front finely
rugoso-grauulate, a slender raised line running down from the
anterior ocellus ; scape dilated apically; antennae terminating in a
hook, not coiled; impi*essious of dorsulum less distinct, the dorsu-

410 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

lum distinctly impressed; ventral abdominal segments without
appendages. Length 19-21 mm.

Chapada, March, October, December. Seven $, two d" speci-
mens. Striatifrons comes closer to chalybeus than to ccendeopennis
and recurvirostris, both of which have the clypeus rounded at sides,
and their c? abdomen is provided with leaf-like appendages beneath.

Zethus chalybeus Sauss.
Chapada, April; Santarem. Four ? specimens.

Zethus sessilis n. sp.

Black; abdomen with a grayish pile; mandibles medially, spot
on tegulte, legs more or less, and sides of petiole dark reddish or
reddish brown; wings fuscous as far as stigma, darkest in costal
cell, otherwise clear.

9. — Head with strong even punctures not close, the front with
some rugae in addition; clypeus longitudinally rugose or rugoso-
punctate, subrounded at sides, about one-third broader than long,
truncate anteriorly and with two widely separated teeth ; space
between hind ocelli equal to more than half that between them
and eyes; scape shining, in length equal to the pedicel and follow-
ing four joints united; pronotum very sharply and highly margined
or crested, but scarcely dentate; dorsulum coarsely punctured with
an impressed line anteriorly in middle, and four feebler ones pos-
teriorly, the two medial impressions strongest and farther apart
than they are from the exterior ones; scutellum subconvex, im-
pressed ; postscutellum entire ; middle segment rugose except medi-
ally, Avhere it is concave or broadly depressed and like the sides
finely punctured, a faint trace of a carina between the upper sur-
face aud sides ; swollen portion of petiole short, campanulate, with
dense shallow punctures, the basal stem longer than hind coxoe;
second segment practically sessile with first, the pedicel being
exceeding short ; dorsal surface of abdomen with a fine dense punc-
tuation, that on ventral surface quite as fine, but not so dense.
Length 13-14 ram.

cJ*. — Head not or scarcely striated as in ?, coarsely punc-
tured; clypeal teeth stronger; space between hind ocelli less; apical
antennal joint exceedingly minute, not one -third the size of the
preceding one, and so placed as to form a small hook. Length
13-14 mm.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 411

Chapada, February, March. Fifteen ?, five cf specimeus.
The almost sessile second segment, and minute apical anteunal
joint of male, readily distinguish this species. The male cly-
peus is sometimes marked anteriorly with yellow.

Zethus fraternus Sauss.

Chapada, February to April, December; Pedra Branca and
Corumba, April; Santarem. Twenty-three ?, six c?* specimens.
The yellow dots above iusertiou of antennae are frequently entirely
absent.
Zethus rufipes n. sp.

Black; mandibles medially, anterior margin of clypeus, base of
autennse, spot on scape at apex beneath, and legs except coxte,
ferruginous; a dot on front behind each antennte and line at apex
of petiole (not extending on sides), yellow; wings dark violaceous
throughout.

cf. — Head with strong but not deep punctures, closest and small-
est on front; a faiut carina connects the bases of the antcunre; cly-
peus with separated punctures, about one-third longer than
broad, its fore margiu truncate, and armed with two widely sepa-
rated teeth; space between hind ocelli equal to about two-thirds the
distance between them and eyes; antennre rather long, the scape
not much longer than the pedicel and following two joints imited,
first joint of flagellum distinctly longer than joints two and three
united, ultimate joint as long as, or longer than, the two preceding,
the tip of antenna not curled, but hooked ; prouotum sharply mar-
gined anteriorly, not dentate laterally, strongly punctured ; dorsu-
lum similarly punctured, with a smooth, slightly raised line ante-
riorly in the middle, and posteriorly with two strongly impressed
lines which diverge anteriorly ; scutellum impressed; postscutel-
lum entire; middle segment rugoso-punctate except the nearly
smooth sides and two areas on upper surface laterally, broadly and
deeply sulcate down middle, the upper surface separated from the
sides by an indistinct carina; stem of petiole about as long as first
hind tarsal joint, stout, the swollen portion elongate-ovate, with
large, widely separated punctures; pedicel of second short, its
length not equal to width of apex of petiole, the body of the seg-
ment gradually dilated very much as in fraternus, with sparse shal-
low punctures above, and an oblique linear impression on each

412 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

side near base; remaining dorsals more strongly punctured, the
second ventral Avitli coarse irregular punctures; wings dark viola-
ceous; second submarginal triangular, with a ver}' small radial side,
the first and second transverso-cubital veins nearly uniting above;
third submarginal broadest above, the outer nervure gently bowed.
Length 13-14 mm.

Chapada, January and March. Z. rufy^es is very similar to Z.
fraternns in general apj)earance, but is quite distinct.

Zethus cristatus n. sp.

Black; thorax and abdomen Avith thin silky pile; a dot behind
the base of each antenna, a linear spot on each side of pronotum
anteriorly, dot on tegulse anteriorly, line on postscutellum inter-
rupted medially, spot at tip of fore femora, one at base of four
anterior fibise, and a fascia at apex of abdominal segments 1-5
(that on segment 1 extending a short distance along sides), yel-
low ; Avings subhyaline, fuscous along costa, nervures black.

?. — Head with strong deep punctures, running into striae on
front and becoming sparse on cheeks which are shining; clypeus
fully twice as broad as long, coarsely striato -punctate, angulate at
sides, the fore margin slightly incurv^ed, with two strong widely
separated teeth; antennae with flagellum short, clavate, its first
joint much shorter than the following two united, the scape fully
as long as the combined length of pedicel and following four
joints; space between hind ocelli equal to a little more than half of
that between them and eyes; pronotum strongly cristate, slightly
dentate laterally, deeply punctured ; dorsulum coarsely punctured,
confluently so anteriorly, more sparsely posteriorly, strongly impressed
anteriorly in the middle, and with two impressions, nearly parallel,
posteriorly ; scutellum impressed ; middle segment impressed, con-
cave, the convex portions rugoso-striate, the rugse extending a
little on the sides, which are nearly smooth and are separated from
the upper surface by a carina; basal stem of petiole about as
long as hind coxae and trochanters, the swollen portion elongate-
ovate, but not much narrowed posteriorly, with scattered shallow
punctures ; second segment Avith pedicel short and thick, shorter
than the Avidth of apex of petiole, finely and A^ery closely punc-
tured, except a few shalloAV punctures along the apical margin, the
ventral surface Avith the punctures larger and less close, but not

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 413

strong; remainiDg segments very finely punctured; second sub-
marginal cell with a radial side about equal to half the distance
between the recurrent veins on the cubital vein; third subniar-
ginal rhomboidal, the outer nervure nearly straight. Length
15 mm.

Chapada, April. One specimen. The coloration of wings is
similar to Z. fraternus. The short flagelhim and wide laterally
angulate clypeus, cristate pronotum, and markings, distinguish Z.
crmatus.

aa. Postscutellum carinated, dentate, or emarginate.

Zethus imperfectus n. sp.

Black, with thin silky pile, most evident on thorax on sides and
beneath and second segment; lateral margins of clypeus, hne on
inner margin of mandibles, spot in each eye emargination and at
bases of antennae spot on cheeks above, line on pronotum anteri-
orly, dot on tegulse at base and apex, line on postscutellum, stripe
on fore femora behind, and on all the tibise, and apical margins
of all segments, including the sixth dorsal, yellow, that at apex
of petiole continued a short distance along sides ; flagellum beneath
reddish yellow, except basally; wings subhyaline, slightly brown-
ish in costal cell.

? . — Head with deep separated punctures, sparse on cheeks ;
clypeus rounded at sides, its length equal to considerably more than
half its width, closely and finely punctured and in addition with
some larger, shallow, sparse punctures, its fore margin subemargi-
nate, indistinctly dentate at each side; an indistinct T-shaped
carina between antennal bases; flagellum short, clavate, the scape
slender, cylindrical, scarcely dilated apicaliy, in length not quite
equal to pedicel and following four joints united; space between
hind ocelli equal to nearly two-thirds of that between them and
eyes ; pronotum cristate, not dentate, Avith very coarse punctures ;
dorsulum with the punctures more separated, anteriorly with a shal-
low impressed line medially, the usual posterior impressed lines or
furrows, entirely wanting ; scutellum scarcely impressed, with
shallower punctures; postscutellum very indistinctly dentate later-
ally; middle segment concave, medially sulcate, the concavity
smooth, that portion between the concavity and sides, rugose,
bounded externally by a carina, sides finely punctured, subcari-

414 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

nate obliquely in middle ; basal stem of petiole stout, about as long
as joints 2-4 of hind tarsi, the swollen portion elongate, cylindri-
cal, narrowed posteriorly, strongly punctured, its anterior and
upper surface forming a distinct angle at their junction ; pedicel of
second segment rather slender, its length not equalling the width of
apex of petiole, the dorsal and ventral moieties closely and finely
punctured, except along apical margins; second submarginal with
a distinct radial side which equals the distance between the first
transverso-cubital and first recurrent nervures on the cubital ner-
vure; third submarginal enlarged above, the outer nervure a little
sinuous. Length 12 mm.

Santarem. One specimen. Resembles Z. cristatus, but the
clypeus is differently shaped, etc.

Zethus cylindricus n. sp.

Black; abdomen with sericeous pile; three spots on clypeus (one
at each side and anteriorly), line on mandibles, dot behind base
of each antenna, scape beneath, dot in eye emarginatlon and
at top of cheeks, line on pronotum anteriorly, dot at base and apex
of tegulse, line on postscutellum interrupted medially, two lines
on middle segment, and apical margin of all abdominal segments
(including sixth dorsal), yellow; wings subhyaline, slightly discol-
ored in costal cell.

9. — Head with coarse, deep, close punctures, the cheeks less
punctured, but not shining; clypeus at base medially Avith a short
carina extending up between bases of antennse, barely one-third
broader than long, rounded at sides, truncate anteriorly; antennae
with flagellum strongly clavate, the first joint much shorter than
the two following united, the scape not quite as long as pedicel and
following four joints united; space between hind ocelli greater than
that between them and eyes; pronotum cristate anteriorly, sub-
dentate laterally, with coarse separated punctures; dorsulum with
confiueut punctures forming longitudinal ruga, wdth a raised line
anteriorly in the middle, and two longitudinal impressions posteri-
orly; scutellum punctured like dorsulum, scarcely impressed; post-
scutellum slightly prominent at sides, but not dentate; middle seg-
ment concave and sulcate medially, transversely rugose, the rugse
slightly running over the ridge which separates the sides from upper
surface, sides nearly smooth, apex furnished with two pale, lamella?

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 415

or teeth; petiole elongate, stem stout, hardly as long as hind coxte
and trochanters, the enlarged portion cylindrical, broadest basally,
its narrowest point is a little before the apex where it is contracted,
with deep separated punctures above at base, those toward apex
shallower and sparse, ventral surface sharply carinated down mid-
dle; second segment finelj" and closely punctured, except along
apical margins', the pedicel quite short, much shorter than the apex
of petiole is wide; radial side of second submarginal cell distinctly
greater than the distance between the first transverso-cubital vein
and first recurrent nervure on the cubital nervure; third submar-
ginal slightly broader above, somewhat rhomboidal, the outer ner-
vure gently sinuous. Length 11-12 mm.

cf. — Cljpeus about twice as broad as long, entirely yellow,
obliquely truncate at sides, subemarginate anteriorly; antennae
hooked at tip, the last two joints minute, the penultimate the
longer, third joint about oue-tbird longer than second, the tenth
subspiuose beneath at apex; middle segment with an additional
carina on each side bounding the concavity. Length 8-10 mm.

Chapada, December; Corurabti, April. Three 9, four J*
examples. In the shape of petiole this species approaches Z. cari-
natus Smith, but in that species it is not contracted before base,
and is rugosely punctured and sharply carinate above.

Zethus campanulatus n. sp.

Black; legs brownish; a medially interrupted yellow fascia at
apex of petiole; abdomen and thorax more or less with sericeous
pile; wings fuscous on basal two-thirds especially in the costal cell,
otherwise subhyaline.

?. — Head above with even, deep, separated punctures, running
into longitudinal rugse on front and becoming sparser on cheeks
which are shining; no carina between bases of antennae; clypeus
fully three times broader than long, angulate at sides, coarsely
rugoso-punctate, fore margin truncate, with a tooth at each side
and sometimes medially ; flagellum short, the first joint not as long
as the two following united, the scape fully as long as the pedicel
and following four joints united ; space between hind ocelli equal
to a little more than half of that between them and eyes ; prono-
tum subcristate, sharply angular at sides with coarse confluent
punctures; dorsulum with larger separated punctures, with an

416 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

impressed line anteriorly in middle, two impressed lines posteriorly;
scutellum with shallow punctures, scarcely impressed; postscutel-
lum prominent or subcarinate laterally, middle segment concave
medially, the concavity bounded outwardly by a more or less dis-
tinct carina, the two convexities irregularly rugose, separated from
sides by a comparatively indistinct carina; petiole short, cam-
panulate, stem slender fully as long as hind coxse and trochanters,
the enlarged portion Avith large separated punctures; second seg-
ment finely and closely punctured throughout, the pedicel short and
stout, much shorter than apex of petiole is wide, the body of the
segment more suddenly dilated than in cijlindricus, imperfedus;
radial side of second submarginal cell much less than the dis-
tance between the first transverso-cubital vein and the first recur-
rent vein on the cubital nervure; third submarginal somewhat
rhomboidal slightly larger above, the outer nervure gently sinuous.
Length 13-14 mm.

Var. — Legs more or less dark ferruginous, the base of first or
second segments sometimes brownish.

c?. — Front and clypeus without rugse; clypeus longer, rounded
at sides subemarginate between the lateral teeth ; tipi of antenna;
hooked, the last two joints of antennae quite small, the penultimate
the smaller, as to length ; middle segment supplied with two addi-
tional carinas wdiich border the concavity outwardly; second seg-
ment with larger, sparse, shallow punctures. Length 1 2 mm.

Chapada, March. Five ?, one cf specimens.

Zethus dubius Sm.

Corumba, April. In the two specimens which I refer to this
species the postscutellum is tuberculate medially, and there is a
T-shaped carina between the insertion of antennre. The c? an-
tennae are hooked, with the last joint as long as preceding two
united.
Zethus hexagonus n. sp.

Black; dot behind each antenna, one at each side of postscutel-
lum and a line (a little continued along sides) at apex of petiole,
yellow; legs from tips of femora reddish brown, which color some-
times extends obscurely to the coxre; wings fuscous, slightly coeru-
leous, quite dark in the costal cell.

9. — Head above with strong separated punctures, on the front

1^99.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 417

striate- or rugoso-punctate ; clypeus forming a nearly exact hexa-
gon, coarsely striato-punctate, the fore margin rather broadly and
evenly truncate; space between hind ocelli about equal to two-
thirds of that between them and eyes; pronotum cristate, obtuse at
sides, irregularly rugoso-punctate; dorsulum with rather shallow,
separated punctures, with a feeble impressed line anteriorly in the
middle, and four impressed lines posteriorly, the two inner ones
strong and deep, the outer ones shallow, and indistinct; scutellum
more closely punctured, impressed; postscutellum subemarginate,
that is to say the lateral angles are quite prominent, subdentate;
middle segment not broadly concave, broadly furrowed, rather
densely pubescent with pale hairs, the convexities rugose but not
coarsely, carina between sides and upper surface indistinct except
toward base, sides finely punctured; stem of petiole rather long,
slender, longer than hind coxse and trochanters, the enlarged
portion of segment a little more than twice as long as broad,
rounded at base, with large punctures, the sides rounded out;
second segment above finely and closely punctured at base, the
punctures becoming larger and shallow toward apex, the ventral
surface with tolerably large punctures, sparsest medially, and
entirel}^ wanting at base, which is smooth and shining, pedicel very
short and stout at least one-third l)roader than long; radial side
of second submarginal cell barely equalling half the distance
between the first transverso-cubital and first recurrent nervures on
the cubital nervure; third submarginal cell widened almost one-
third above, the outer nervure nearly straight. Length 14-15 mm.
Chapada, March and Octolier. Three specimens. The petiole,
compared with Z. fraternus, has a long stem, the enlarged portion
short and broad.

Zethus bicolor n. sp.

Head, antenuffi, dorsulum, scutellum anteriorly, mesosternum,
and body of alidomen, black; otherwise the body red; two dots on
front, pronotum anteriorly sometimes, spots on tegulse rarely, two
dots on postscutellum and line at apex of petiole, yellow; wings
fuseo-violaceous.

9. — Head with strong separated punctures, the front striato-
punctate; clypeus hexagonal, broader than long, striato-punctate,
the fore margin truncate, with a slight tooth on each side; space

418 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

between hind ocelli equal to slightly more than half of that between
them and eyes; pronotum cristate, obtuse at sides, with coarse more
or less confluent punctures; dorsulum with separated punctures,
anteriorly with an impressed line medially and four impressed
lines posteriorly, the inner two of which are deep, the others indis-
tinct; postscutellum prominent, or subdentate at sides; middle seg-
ment broadly furrowed, the convexities rugose but not coarsely,
the carina between upper and lateral surface distinct; petiole as in
Z. hexagomis, as are also the pedicel and sculpture of dorsal sur-
face of second segment, the punctures of the ventral surface of the
latter segment present on the base; first and second transverso-
cubital veins uniting above; third submarginal cell widened nearly
one-quarter above. Length 17-18 mm.

cf. — Front closely striato-punctate; anteunse hooked at apex, the
ultimate joint as long as the two preceding united, the penulti-
mate quite small, flagellum short, the first joint fully as long as the
following two joints united; clypeus about twice as broad as long,
the anterior teeth more distinct. Length 13 mm.

Chapada, March and February. Eight ? and one d" speci-
mens. Seems to resemble Z. rufinodus in coloration, but judging
from the figure of that species given by Saussure (PI. vi, f. 3,
Vespides, iii), the petiole is of an entirely different shape.
Zethus pallidus Sm.

Santarem. One example. This species has the postscutellum
strongly bidentate, almost bispinose and the dorsulum has two
smooth raised lines; the petiole campanulate. The entire insect is
rather densely covered with short brownish or yellowish hairs.
Zethus productus n. sp.

Rufous and black; body of abdomen with brown pile; clypeus,
mandibles, antennre except scape beneath; thorax except beneath,
legs and abdomen from and inclusive of apex of second segment
rufous; dot behind each antenna, scape beneath and line at apex of
petiole, yellow; otherwise the insect black ; wings fusco-violaceous.

?. — Head above and on cheeks rugoso-punctate, the front
coarsely striato-punctate; clypeus somewhat hexagonal, broader
than long, obtuse at sides, with large rather shallow punctures, the
fore margin broadly subtruncate, indistinctly or subdentate later-
ally; a T-shaped carina between the bases of antennae; first joint
of flagellum about as long as the following two united, the scape

1899] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELl'HIA. 419

not longer than pedicel and following three joints united; space
between hind ocelli greater than that between them and eyes;
pronotum cristate, acute and produced at sides, with coarse con-
fluent punctures; dorsulum rugoso-punctate with a shallow^ im-
pressed line anteriorly in middle, the usual posterior impressed
lines absent; scutellum not impressed; postscutellum broadly
emarginate, dentate at sides; two short indistinct carinae originate
near sides of postscutellum, and extend down on middle segment,
the latter broadly furrowed or depressed down middle, the two con-
vexities obliquely striated, the strise overrunning the sharp lateral
carina a short distance upon the sides, which are otherwise quite
smooth; petiole with stem long, nearly as long as first hind tarsal
joint, stout, the enlarged portion ovate, broadest at apex, gradu-
ally and evenly enlarged from its junction with the stem to some-
what behind its middle, whence it is gradually and slightly nar-
rowed to apex, the punctures strongest at sides, and down the
middle there is a distinct, but not sharp, carina, which, while not
continuous, is found also on the stem ; second segment finely and
closely puDctured above, much more strongly so beneath, the pedi-
cel very short and thick; radial side of second submarginal cell
about equal to the distance between the first transverso- cubital
and the first recurrent nervures on the cubital nervure ; third sub-
marginal Avidest above, the outer nervure nearly straight. Length
16-17 mm.

d". — Colored like 9, except that the red is more widely diffused
over the abdomen, and the mandibles are yellowish; flagellum
stout, hooked at tip the ultimate joint thick, obtuse at tip, longer
than the penultimate which is minute, and together with the elev-
enth joint is nearly twice as long as the ultimate; middle segment
rugose, the carinae originating near each side of postscutellum quite
strong; stem of petiole shorter and thicker, carina obscure, the
enlarged portion more robust and coarsely punctured. Length
14 mm,

Chapada, January, March, April, December. Fifteen ? , one
d^ specimens. The strongly 'produced pronotal angles, rugosity of
head, and carinated petiole are peculiarities of this S]3ecies.
Zethus thoracicus n. sp.

Black; head (except front and a line across vertex), pronotum
entirely, tegultie, two spots on scutellum and postscutellum, two

420 PK0CEEDING3 OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

liues on middle segment, spot beneath wings, anterior legs almost
entirely, medial legs in front, line at apex of petiole, interrupted
medially, narrow line before apex of second and third dorsals, and
of second ventral, yellow; antennse fulvous, darkest above, the
fore femora in front and a spot on tegulee, reddish; medial legs
dark brownish behind; wings dark subhyaline, darkest along costal
margin.

9. — Head finely and closely punctured above, the front striato-
punctate, but not coarsely; cheeks impunctate; clypeus rather
finely striato-punctate, barely one-third broader than long, some-
what hexagonal, with the side lying between the lateral angle and
anterior margin strongly incurved, anterior margin obtusely trun-
cate, not at all dentate; flagellum subclavate, the first joint shorter
than the two following united, the scape about as long or slightly
longer than the pedicel and following three joints united; space
between hind ocelli about equal to half that between them and
eyes; thorax elongate, narrowed anteriorly, the distance between
the anterior margin of tegula and pronotal angle greater than
the width of dorsulum at widest part; pronotum sharply margined,
subangulate at sides, with separated punctures; dorsulum and
scutellum finely striated longitudinally; postscutellum indistinctly
carinated at sides; middle segment concave or depressed medially,
rugose but not coarsely, with a carina originating near each side
of postscutellum and diverging toward sides, which are smooth
except in the region of the obtuse lateral carina where there are
some coarse punctures ; stem of petiole short and thick, not equal-
ling hind coxa and trochanter in length, the enlarged portion of
petiole broadly ovate, widest toward base, finely punctured medially
and coarsely so at sides; second segment above with fine compact
punctures, beneath with large separated ones, the pedicel short and
thick ; the third dorsal is margined apically with a thin membrane
which is emarginate near each side; radial side of second submar-
ginal cell slightly greater than the distance between the first trans-
verso-cubital and the first recurrent nervures on the cubital
nervure; third submarginal cell somewhat rhomboidal, the outer
nervure sinuous. Length 12^ mm.

Chapada. One specimen. In coloration this species is quite simi-
lar to Z. miniatus, but it is not closely related to that insect. The
peculiarly shaped accessory membrane of third dorsal segment is

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 421

similar to that described and figured by de Saussurc as occurring
on the second segment of Z. lohxdatm; and the coloration of Z.
thoracicus and lohulatus seems to be very similar. But the fact
that lobulatm has the pronotum spinose laterally, and with a short,
coarsely jjuuctured thorax, shows that they are not closely related.
In the length of thorax, Z. thoracicus differs from all the other
species in the present collection.
Zethus ferrugineus Sauss.

Four specimens from Santarem. These specimens differ from the
description in some points of coloration, and as no structural
characters whatever are given by de Saussure, I am not certain
that these specimens really represent Z. fernujineus.
Zethus chrysopterus Sauss.

A single specimen from Santarem. Z. sculpturalis Smith is
probably identical with this species.
Zethus rugosiceps n. sp.

Black; spot at sides of clypeus, dot behind each antenna, in
emargination of eye, short stripe on mandibles near base, scape
beneath, pronotum anteriorly, base and apex of teguhv, line on
postscutellum ; spot near apex of four anterior femora beneath,
stripe on their tibiae, line at apex of petiole and a slender one
before apical margin of segments 2 and 3, yellow; wings sub-
hyaline, darker in marginal cell, and slightly stained with yellow.

?. — Head coarsely rugoso -punctate including cheeks and front;
clypeus a little less coarsely punctured, convex, not quite twice as
broad as long, the fore margin smooth, broadly subtruncate or
incurved; flagellum clavate; scape about as long as pedicel and
following three joints united ; space between hind ocelli equal to
or a little greater than that between them and eyes; pronotum
cristate, spinose at sides, rugoso-punctate ; dorsulum with coarse
separated punctures with a raised line anteriorly in the middle,
and two short, indistinct, impressed lines posteriorly ; postscutellum
sharply carinated at sides and with a short tooth-like carina medi-
ally; middle segment concave, the concavity smooth and bounded
externally by a sharp carina, beyond which the middle segment is
rugose as far as and slightly beyond the sharp lateral carina; stem
of petiole fully as long as hind coxa and trochanter, the enlarged
portion elongate-ovate with large separated punctures; the petiole

422 rROCEEDiNGS or the academy of [189P.

much as in Z. fraternus, but with a longer stem aud narrower
enlarged portion ; second segment above finely and closely punc-
tured, beneath with large separated punctures, smooth at base, the
pedicel short and stout; no distinct radial side to the second sub-
marginal cell, the first aud second transverso-cubital veins almost
coalescing above. Length 16 mm.

Santarem. One specimen.
Zethus proximus «■ sp.

Black; dot behind each antenna, line on pronotum anteriorly,
dot at base and apex of tegulse, at each side of scutellum and
postscutellum, a stripe on four anterior tibi?e, line at apex of petiole
emarginate anteriorly and continued a little along sides, and a
line on segments 2-4, that on the dorsal segments emarginate
anteriorly in the middle, yellow; in c? a line on mandibles, clypeus
anteriorly and scape beneath, yellow ; head and thorax with thin
hoary pile, that on second segment brownish in certain lights; wings
pale subhyaliue, slightly brownish in costal cell.

?. — Head coarsely rugoso-punctate including cheeks and front;
clypeus with large shallow punctures, about or nearly twice as
broad as long, its fore margin broadly subtruncate, subdentate lat-
erally; a tolerably distinct T-shaped carina between antennse; space
between hind ocelli about equal to that between them and eyes;
scape slender, but barely as long as pedicel and following three joints
united; pronotum cristate, spinose laterally, rugoso-punctate;
dorsulum with large separated punctures, sparse medially, Avith an
impressed line anteriorly in the middle aud two indistinct ones
posteriorly; postscutellum carinated and subdentate laterally, not
carinated or tuberculate medially; middle segment concave, the
concavity nearly smooth and bounded externally by a carina,
between which and the lateral carina the segment is rugose, the
rugse not extending on sides, but the lateral carina is margined
externally by a I'ow of fovese; stem of petiole shorter than hind
coxa and trochanter, stout, the enlarged portion elongate-ovate,
scarcely narrowed apical ly, with coarse separated punctures;
second segment finely and closely punctured, beneath the punctures
large and sparse, the pedicel short and thick; second submarginal
cell with a radial side nearly equalling the distance between the
first transverso-cubital and first recurrent nervures on the cubital

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 423

nervure; third submarginal cell rhomboidal higher than long, not
widened above, the outer nervure nearly straight. Length
13 mm.

cT. — Much more coarsely sculptured than ? ; clypeus anteriorly,
scape beneath, line on mandibles also yellow; clypeal teeth distinct ;
space between hind ocelli distinctly greater than that between them
and eyes; first joint of flagellum a little shorter than following two
united; the two terminal joints minute, the ultimate joint but
little if anything longer than the penultimate. Length 11 mm.

Coruiuba, April; Uacarizal, February. Two specimens. This
species is very close to Z. rurjosiceps, but is smaller, the head less
ornate with yellow, the clypeus a little broader, the dorsulum with
an impressed line anteriorly, and the petiole is broader and more
coarsely punctured.

Zethus diminutus n. sp.

Black, with tolerably distinct hoary pile; dot behind each
antenna, in the emargination of eye, a small one on cheeks, pro-
notum anteriorly, dot at base and apex of tegulse, two spots on
scutellum and postscutellum, anterior tibiae in front, line at apex of
petiole bidentat3 or emarginate anteriorly, and a line on apical
margin of segments 2-5, emarginate anteriorly in middle, yellow;
second doi-sal somewhat brownish at each side near base, with
brownish pile; wings subhyaline, fuscous along costal margin.

9. — Head with shallow, separated punctures; cheeks subcar-
inate down middle; clypeus similarly punctured, convex, barely
twice as broad as long, its fore margin with three widely separated
teeth, the medial one smallest; an indistinct T-shaped carina
between antenna; space between hind ocelli if anything slightly
greater than that between them and eyes; pronotum cristate, an-
gularly produced or subdentate at sides, rugoso-puuctate ; dorsulum
with large rather shallow punctures, anteriorly with a shallow
impression in middle, posteriorly with two indistinct ones; post-
scutellum carinated laterally, depressed medially ; middle segment
concave medially, the concavity bounded outwardly by a carina,
the space beyond this carina roughened and with some shallow
punctures (but it can scarcely be called rugose) ; sides near
lateral carina with distinct shallow punctures; petiole with basal
stem a little longer than hind coxa and trochanter, the enlarged

424 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

portiou elongate-ovate, rather narrowed and scarcely narrowed to
apex with large punctures strongest on sides; second segment
above compactly punctured, beneath with large separated punc-
tures, smooth at base, the stem short, not as long as the width of
apex of petiole, but still it is more evident than in proxhnm or
rugosiceps ; radial side of second subraarginal cell shorter than the
distance between the first transverso-cubital and first recurrent
nervures on the cubital nervure; third submarginal higher than
long, the outer nervure gently sinuous. Length 12 mm.

Corumba, April. One specimen. Resembles prozimus and
rugosiceps in coloration, but the sculpture of head is different,

Zethus coriarius n. sp.

Black ; abdomen with sericeous pile ; a linear spot at each side
of apical margin of petiole, yellow ; wings subhyaline, with ante-
rior half of costal cell black.

9. — Head with large, close, shallow punctures; clypeus convex
about twice as broad as long, fore margin broadly subtruncate,
subdentate laterally, an indistinct T-shaped carina between an-
tennse; flagellum strongly clavate, the first joint distinctly shorter
than the following two united; space between hind ocelli equal to
or slightly greater than the distance between them and eyes ; prono-
tum cristate, subdentate or angularly produced at sides; rugoso-
punctate; dorsulum with coarse separated punctures with a shallow
impressed line anteriorly in the middle, the usual posterior impres-
sions entirely wanting; scutellum and postscutellum coarsely punc-
tured, dentato-carinate laterally; middle segment not rugose,
tolerably smooth, coriaceous, concave medially with two converg-
ing carina running from postscutellum and quite sharp at base,
lateral carina distinct; petiole subcampanulate, stem longer than
hind coxa and trochanter, slender, enlarged portion with large
separated punctures, a little narrowed to ap'ex; second segment
above with shallow punctures except toward base which is smooth
or finely punctured, ventral surface with larger punctures, smooth
and shining at base, pedicel short and stout; radial side of second
submarginal cell about equal to the distance between the first trans-
verso-cubital and first recurrent nervures on the cubital nervure;
third submarginal cell higher than long, rhomboidal, the outer ner-
vure nearly straight. Length 12 mm.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 425

Chapada, March and November. Two specimens. The almost
smooth, leatheplike surface of middle segment is characteristic of
this species.

Zethus notatus n- sp.

Black ; abdomen with pale sericeous pile ; mandibles except tips,
broad line surrounding the anterior and lateral portions of clypeus,^
spot at each side of face, behind each antenna, in the eye-emar-
gination, at summit of eyes, stripe on posterior orbits, spot at each
side of pronotum anteriorly, beneath wing and at each side of
scutellum, outer margin of tegulte, large spot on fore femora near
apex, their tibiae in fi'ont, stripe on medial tibise, line at apex of
petiole and a slender one at apex of segments 2 and 3, yellow;
wings subliyaline, a fuscous cloud in the costal cell anteriorly.

?. — Head flat, the front and vertex finely striato-punctate;
clypeus subtilely striato-punctate, shaped as in Z. thoracicm, about
one-third broader than long, the fore margin broadly produced,
subtruncate or subrounded, the side lying between the lateral angle
and anterior margin incurved; no carina between antennae; the
latter with flagellum subclavate, the first joint a little shorter than
the following two united ; space between hind ocelli somewhat de-
pressed, a little less than that between them and eyes; thorax
elongate, the prothorax lengthened, narrowed and sharply mar-
gined anteriorly, subdeutate laterally, with strong separated punc-
tures; dorsulura nearly one-third longer than broad, rather subtilely
striato-punctate; suture between dorsulum and scutellum coarsely
foveolate, the latter impressed; postscutellum subcariuate laterally;
middle segment depressed or subconcave medially Avith two sharp
slightly diverging carinae beginning one at each side of postscutel-
lum, the depressed surface lying between them with not very strong
transverse rugae, the surface between them and the feeble lateral
carina covered with deep rounded holes, somewhat resembling
reticulations, sides smooth at base, coarsely punctured above and
posteriorly; enlarged portion of petiole subtruncate anteriorly, its
junction with the basal stem forming an angle when viewed from
side and transversely carinated, the enlargement is stout, widest
at base, strongly contracted just before the apex, the upper surface
very coarsely punctured especially basally, carinated down middle,
and with a strong depression before apex, the ventral surface bear-

426 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

ing a large Y-shaped carina; second segment Avith pedicel short and
stout, the dorsal surface finely and closely punctured, ventrally
with larger separated punctures, sparse toward base ; second sub-
marginal with no radial side, the first and second transverso-cubi-
tal veins uniting above. Length 9 mm.

c?. — Very much like ? ; flagellura fulvous beneath and at tip,
the first joint about one-third longer than second, apical joint
truncate, stout, about twice as long as the penultimate, the elev-
enth joint broader, but still smaller than tenth ; pronotum sharply
dentate; sculpture a little coarser than in ?. Length 9 mm.

Santarem. Two specimens. This species, and Z. thoracicus
are clearly allied in the shape of thorax and fine sculpture of head
and dorsulum, shape of clypeus, etc. The postscutellum and
middle segment are not strongly carinate in thoracicus, however.

Zethus inconstans n. sp.

Black; line on pronotum anteriorly, twice interrupted, spot at
apex of fiare femora, broad stripe on fore and medial tibiae, line at
apex of petiole, and a narrow line before apex of dorsal segments
2 and 3 ; wings subhyaline fuscous along anterior half of costal
and marginal cells.

9. — Head with large punctures, the front having the appearance
of being reticulate; clypeus convex, silvery pubescent, with shallow
punctures, about one-third broader than long, the fore margin
polished, dentate at each side; flagellum strongly clavate, the first
joint considerably shorter than the two following united; space
between hind ocelli about equal to that between them and eyes;
pronotum cristate, sharply dentate at sides, rugoso-punctate; dor-
sulum with coarse punctures, anteriorly in middle with a raised
line, and medially with two somewhat parallel, longitudinal
carinse or folds,' the usual posterior impressions absent; postscutel-
lum carinate laterally and dentato-carinate medially; middle
segment depressed or subconcave medially with a sharp carina
beginning at the sides of postscutellum, the surface between this
carina and the very sharp lateral one, rugose, sides with some
coarse strise posteriorly; petiole with stem about as long as hind
coxa and trochanter, the enlarged portion elongate, narrow, barely
narrowed apically, with large sparse punctures; second segment
finely and compactly punctured above, beneath with large sepa-

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 427

rated punctures, except the base which is smooth, stem almost as long
as the apex of petiole is wide, more slender than in allied forms;
second submarginal cell with no radial side in consequence of the
union of the first and second transverso-cubital veins above; third
submarginal widest above, the outer uervure nearly straight.
Length Hi mm.

Var. — Much more coarsely sculptured; no yellow on legs; a
small radial side on second submarginal cell, the third submar-
ginal but little widened above. Length 12 mm.

Santarem; Mararu. Two specimens, that representing the va-
riety coming from the latter locality.

Zethus miniatus Sauss.

Uacarizal, February; Chapada, March; Corumba, April.
Three ?, four d' specimens.

Zethus carinatus Sm.

Twentv-four specimens; Chapada, January, February, Novem-
ber; Corumba and Pedra Branca, April. This insect is evidently
very similar to Labus Sichellanus Saussure. Both sexes have
4-joiuted labial palpi.

AA. Pedicel of second segment longer than width of first segment
at apex.

Zethus punctatus n. sp.

Black ; spot on each side of face, dot on pronotum laterally, line
on postscutellura, two stripes on middle segment, short line on sides
of petiole at apex, and two dots at base of pedicel of second
segment; an extremely narrow fine at apex of dorsals 2-5, and two
dots on segment 6 sometimes, yellow ; stripe on all the tibiae, and
fore femora anteriorly on the tibiae and tarsi entirely, yellow or
fulvous ; wings cseruleous. The abdominal maculation is variable.

9. — Front with coarse confluent punctures, becoming more sepa-
rated and shallow on the vertex ; cheeks smooth or finely punctured
posteriorly, coarsely punctured near base of mandibles, and less
coarselv along the eye margin ; clypeus not quite twice as broad as
long, with coarse, shallow punctures, the fore margin broadly
truncate medially, not dentate; flagellum subclavate, the first
joint about as long as the two following united; space between
hind ocelli about equal to that between them and eyes ; pronotum

428 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

cristate, not dentate ; dorsukim with strong, separated punctures
throughout, with a raised line anteriorly in middle, the posterior
impressions indistinct; scutellum rather flat, impressed, punctured
about like dorsulura ; postscutellum entire ; middle segment, con-
cave or depressed medially, finely striated except in depressed
middle, the lateral carina very short only present at base ; stem of
petiole short and stout, the enlarged portion fusiform, strongly
punctured except toward apex where the punctures are finer and
quite dense; second segment finely and closely punctured above,
the ventral surface smooth at base, and with large sparse punc-
tures apically, stem long and slender, about as long as first hind
tarsal joint, Avith distinct separated punctures ; second submarginal
cell with a radial side which is fully equal to the distance between
the fii'st transverso-cubital and first recurrent nervures on the cubi-
tal nervure; third submai'ginal rhomboidal, higher than long,
scarcely broadened above, the outer nervure gently sinuous.
Length 19-21 mm.

d^. — Colored like ?, but Avith a yellow stripe on anterior margin
of clypeus and on mandibles ; sculptured more coarsely than in 9 ;
antennae hooked at tip, the ultimate joint obtusely pointed, much
longer than the penultimate, the two together not much longer than
the eleventh joint. Length 18 mm.

Chapada, January, March, November, December ; Corumba,
April. Thirteen 9 and two c? examples. In this species, which may
be the same as Z. Smithii Sauss., the male has the fourth joint of
labial palpi distinct, Avhereas in the ? it is rudimentary. This
peculiarity seems to exist in several species of the section Didy-
mof/adra.

Zethus simillimus n- sp.

Very close to pundatus in coloration; but having all the femora
more or less reddish, and there is no yellow on hind tibiae, while
abdominal segments 3-6 are broadly margined with, or entirely,
yellow; otherwise colored as in pundatus

9. — Front rather closely striato-punctate, the vertex finely and
closely punctured; clypeus twice as broad as long, with strong
shallow punctures becoming deeper anteriorly, the fore margin
dentate, or subdentate at each side, and very indistinctly so medi-
ally; dorsulum with strong punctures becoming sparse and weaker

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 429

medially; dorsulum convex; impressed; middle segment as in
2nmctatm but more strongly striated; petiole practically the same
as in punctatus, the pedicel of second segment a little longer and
more slender; outer nervure of third submargiual cell strongly
sinuous. Length 21 mm.

Chapada, January and March. Two specimens. May be but
a variety of Z. punctatm notwithstanding the difference of sculp-
tui'e.

Zethus emarginatus n. sp.

Black; short line on scape beneath at base, crescent -shaped
mark at apex of clypeus, inner orbits near base of clypeus, dot
behind each antenna and on cheeks near top, one on tegulie ante-
riorly, line on postscutellum, two spots on middle segment near
insertion of petiole, line on each si<Ie of petiole on apical half,
dot at each side of base of pedicel of second segment, a short
line on its sides, and a narrow on the apical margin of segments
2-6, yellow ; tibise and the femora except hind pair, more or less
reddish; antenna beneath toward apex fulvous, joints 8-11 mar-
gined with pale yellow apically ; wings dark subhyaline, fuscous
along costal margin.

r^. — Head deeply punctured, closest and smallest on vertex and
occiput, confluently so on front; cheeks except along the eye mar-
gin and near base of mandibles, smooth ; clypeus with separated
shallow punctures, covered with pale pubescence, fully twice as
broad as long, the fore margin armed with two widely separated
teeth; a T-shaped carina between antennse; the latter with the
flagellum robust, tolerably long, the first joint a little shorter than
the two following united, the apical joint obtusely pointed, if any-
thing, shorter than the two preceding joints united, joints 9 and
10 emarginate beneath at apex, especially the tenth; a raised line
runs back from the anterior ocellus; hind ocelli margined out-
wardly by a furrow or pit, the space between them if anything
slightly greater than that between them and eyes ; pronotum
cristate, not dentate or angulate, strongly punctured; dorsulum
strongly punctured, closest anteriorly, with an impressed line
medially in front, the usual posterior impressions indistinct; dor-
sulum similarly punctured, impressed; postscutellum entire; middle
segment sulcate medially, rugoso-striate, finely striate on sides, the

430 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

lateral carina only present at base; stem of petiole about as louf^
as hind coxa, the enlarged portion somewhat fusiform, but broadest
basally, with fairly strong, separated punctures; second segment
above with fine close punctures basally, those apically becoming
larger and sparser, the ventral with strong, separated punctures
except toward base which is smooth, pedicel slender, nearly as
long as one-third the length of segment, shorter than first hind
tarsal joint; radial side of second submarginal cell nearly as great
as the distance between the first trausverso-cubital and first recur-
rent nervures on the cubital nervure; third submarginal cell
distinctly broadened above, the outer nervure gently sinuous.
Length 14 mm.

Corumba, April. One specimen.
Zethus Hilarianus Sauss.

Five ?, one cJ*, specimens. Chapada, March and December;
Uacarizal, February.

Zethus coloratus n. sp.

Rufous in greater part; the following parts black: front, tips
of mandibles, cheeks on lower part, flagellum above from apex of
third joint, sutures of thorax and its ventral surface entirely, a
blotch on the enlarged portion of petiole, second segment except
base and apex, and base of third segment; otherwise the insect
rufous, the coloration varying but little; wings fuscous, with
purplish eftulgence.

?. — Head with strong, shallow, confluent punctures, the front
longitudinally rugose ; clypeus more than twice as broad as long,
more strongly punctured than the rest of head, the fore margin
armed with a tooth laterally ; a small tubercle between the bases
of antennae, flagellum subclavate, the first joint as long as the
second, thii'd and about half of fourth joints united; space be-
tween hind ocelli distinctly less than that between them and eyes;
pronotum cristate, with coarse, close punctures indistinctly sub-
dentate laterally ; dorsulum rather closely punctured at base and
apex, otherwise more sparsely, with an impressed line anteriorly
and medially with two longitudinal swelhngs or raised lines, the
posterior impressed lines tolerably distinct; postscutellum trans-
versely compressed, with a small tubercle medially; middle seg-
ment depressed medially rather coarsely striated transversely.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 431

indistinctly or finely so on sides, the lateral carina only evident at
base; stem of petiole a little longer than hind coxa, the enlarged
portion broadest and rounded basally, strongly punctured, con-
tracted just before apex; second segment above compactly punc-
tured, beneath with large sparse punctures, smooth at base, and
covered with short hairs, the pedicel rather thick, distinctly
shorter than the first hind tarsal joint; radial side of second sub-
inarginal cell distinctly shorter than the distance between the first
transverso-cubital and first recurrent nervures on the recurrent
nervure; third submarginal cell enlarged above, the outer nervure
gently sinuous. Length 20-21 mm.

cf. — Sculpture coarser than in ? ; clypeus about twice as long
as broad, its teeth acute; first joint of flagellum but slightly
longer than the following two joints united, the ultimate joint quite
minute, much smaller than the penultimate, the two together
scarcely longer than the eleventh joint, which is deeply emarginate
beneath at apex. Length 16 mm.

Chapada, January and March. Five 9 , one d specimens.

Zethus aurulens Sauss.

Four ?, one cJ* specimens. Chapada, March and April;
Sautarem.

Zethus peculiaris n. sp.

Black; abdomen polished; front, clypeus, vertex and thorax
above clothed with thick, long, yellowish-brown hairs; round spot
at each side of clypeus, dot behind the insertion of each antenna,
small one at summit of cheeks, line on pronotum anteriorly and
on four anterior tibire, spot at base of tegulre and at apex of four
anterior femora, and a small one at each side of apex of petiole,
yellow; scape and following three joints entirely and -a spot on all
the remaining joints beneath rufous ; wings subhyaline, a little
brownish along costal margin.

9. — Head with strong separated punctures; clypeus rather long,
but little more than one-third broader than long, the fore margin
broadly truncate, unarmed; flagellum rather long, subclavate, the
first joint a little longer than the following two joints united;
space between hind ocelli about equal to that between them and
eyes; pronotum cristate, with a few subtile, indistinct punctures,
sharply dentate laterally; dorsulum with fine punctures except aL

432 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

extreme apex where they are large and coarse, anteriorly in
middle with a raised line, the usual posterior impressions absent ;
scutellum punctured posteriorly; postscutellum entire its hind
margin angular medially; middle segment scarcely depressed,
coarsely striated transversely, the sides likewise striated; stem of
petiole fully as long as hind coxa and trochanter, the enlarged
portion imjiunctate, shining, subfusiform, strongly depressed its
entire width just before apex, beneath before apex with a shallow
pyriform depression which is transversely rugose; second segment
above punctured along apical margin only, beneath the punctures
more distributed but quite sparse, pedicel slender, distinctly shorter
than first hind tarsal joint; remaining segments distinctly punc-
tured; radial side of second submargiual cell slightly greater than
the distance between the first transverso-cubital and first recurrent
nervures on the cubital nervure; third submargiual cell nearly as
long as high, rhomboidal, the outer nervure distinctly but not
strongly sinuous. Length 16 mm.

Rio de Janeiro, November. One specimen. Quite remarkable
by the densely pubescent head and thorax, sculpture of middle
segment and dorsulum and polished, im punctate, petiole and most
of second segment.

Zethus geniculatus Spin.

Two ?, two cf specimens. Santarem. In the males of the
specimens I have referred to geniculatus, the ultimate antennal
joint is long and remarkably slender and acute, spiuelike; it is
quite as long as the two preceding joints united.

Table of New species of Zethus.

Pedicel of second segment shorter than width of first segment at
apex 2

Pedicel of second segment longer than width of first segment at
apex 19

2. Postscutellum entire, not emarginate, carinate, or dentate . 3
Postscutellum emarginate, dentate or carinate .... 6

3. Petiole campanulate ; wings dark basally, pale apically ; pedi-

cel of second segment scarcely evident. . . sessilis 9 cf .
Petiole not campanulate 4

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1899.

CALVERT. AFRICAN NEUROPTERA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1899.

VANATTA ON EULIMID^.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1899.

vXiffilT

^'^■^ ^

MILLER ON VOLES OF CENTRAL ASIA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA

PLATE XIV.

LEUROGNATHUS MARMORATA. moore.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHLLA. 1899.

PLATE XV,

v^'- fvS?'

PILSBRY AND VANATTA. SOUTH AMERICAN ACHATJNlDyE.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. ISC

PILSBRY AND VANATTA. SOUTH AMERICAN ACHATINID^.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 433

4. Shining black, with middle segment, legs and petiole red,

prominens ? .
Otherwise colored 5

5. Front and clypeus striated" ,..'... striatifrons 9 d'.
Front and clypeus not striated, simply punctured

rufipes d*.
■6. Middle segment not sharply carinate, nor indeed carinate,
unless the angular crest of the two faces of the middle seg-
ment be called a carina 7

Middle segment distinctly carinated on each face ... 14

7. Postscutellum carinate, but not very distinctly, at sides . 8
Postscutellum emarginate or dentate 12

8. Dorsulum finely striated longitudinally . . . thoi-acicus 9 .
Dorsulum sculptured otherwise 9

9. Enlargement of first segment slender, elongate

cylindricus ?cJ*.
Enlargement of first segment shorter, rol)ust . . . . 10

10. Front and clypeus sti'iated 11

Front and clypeus punctate imperfectus ?.

11. Enlargement of petiole broadest anteriorly, sides converging

apically, not rounded outwardly crktatus 9.

Enlargement of petiole ovate or subcampanulate, sides strongly
rounded campanulaius 9cf.

12. Ornamented with rufous 13

Not at all rufous (front and clypeus striated) . hexagonus 9.

13. Front rather finely striated hicolor 9<d.

Front coarsely striated jjroductus 9(d.

14. Enlargement of petiole very coarsely punctured, subtruncate

anteriorly notatm 9 c?

Enlargement of petiole strongly, but not coarsely punctured,
rounded anteriorly 15

15. Pronotum not spinose laterally 16

Pronotum spinose or subspinose 17

16. Only the apex of petiole maculated with yellow, corirariics 9.
Thorax and abdomen at apex of all segments, yellow

dlminutus 9.

17. Body of petiole tolerably stout, ovate 18

Body of petiole narrow, elongate, fusiform . incondans 9.

28

^

434 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

18. Clypeus punctured like front; dorsulum with a slender, raised

line anteriorly in middle ; sides of clypeus yellov/

rxujosieejis 9.
Clypeus with deep, separated punctures, front rugoso-punctate;
clypeus not yellow, except anterior margin in d^.

proximus 9 c?.

19. Head and thorax above without yellowish-brown hair . 20
Head and thorax above with dense yellowish-brown hair;

petiole smooth, shining peculiaris 9.

20. Head and thorax black 21

Head and thorax rufous coloralus 9d*.

21. Apical abdominal segments yellow; tibiae black, the medial

pair striped with yellow shnillimus 9 .

Apical abdominal segments narrowly margined with yellow;
tibiae more or less reddish 22

22. Wings blue-black. Length 18-21 mm. . . pundatus 9(^.
Wings subhyaline, costal margin fuscous. Length 14 mm.

emarginatm S'.

Labus brasiliensis n. sp.

Head black, clypeus except medially, transverse spot behind the
antennae, the eye emarginations, mandibles except apex, scape
except a line above, broad stripe on cheeks, a large spot beginning
at summit of eyes and extending toward middle of occiput, bright
yellow; thorax black, pronotum entirely, tAvo lines on dorsulum,
two spots on scutellum, and postscutellum, teguke, large spot beneath
wings, middle segment except sides and in medial sulcus, all the
coxae and trochanters more or less, the four anterior femora except
hasally, the hind pair except a stripe above, all the tibiae and
tarsi, except a stripe on hind tibiae, bright yellow; petiole except
a medial and lateral stripe, second segment beneath excej)t two
spots beyond middle laterally, and above except base and greater
part of disc, and the remaining segments more or less, bright
yellow; in the male the black spots of second ventral segment are
spread out so as to cover most of the segment; flagellum rufous
beneath, black above; wings pale fulvo-hyaline, stigma yellowish.

9. — Head with strong, separated punctures, those on cheeks
finer; clypeus rather small, almost as long as broad, the fore
margin tridenlate, the medial tooth indistinct; a strong carina

1899,] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 485

divides the bases of antennae and extends slightly on the clypeus;
flagellum clavate, the first joint about as long as the two following
united ; space between hind ocelli less than that between them and
eyes; pronotuni cristate, rather square anteriorly in consequence
of the strongly augulate sides; dorsulum longitudinally rugoso-
striate, with two longitudinal raised lines or swellings medially,
anteriorly in the middle with a fine raised line, and with a pol-
ished tubercle at each side close to the tegula ; scutellum broadly
sulcate down middle, on each side of which it is polished; post-
scutellum broadly and angularly emarginate; middle segment
rugose, but rather finely, with a deep, rather broad medial furrow
which is bounded by a high crista on each side, the lateral carina
sharp, foveolate externally, sides with some coarse stride; petiole
elongate, linear, not swollen or nodose, narrowed toward base on
its anterior third, in length longer than thorax, subdentate on each
side before middle, beneath strongly carinate down middle, at
apex with a broad shallow depression ; second segment above finely
and closely punctured, beneath shining with larger, sparse, punc-
tures, pedicel rather robust, long, but barely half as long as first
hind tarsal joint, the segment gradually dilated; radial side of
second submarginal cell about equal to the distance between the
first transverso-cubital and first recurrent nervures on the cubital
nervure; third submarginal cell a little narrowed above, rhom-
boidal, the outer nervure sinuous. Length 14 mm.

(^. — More coarsely sculptured. Clypeus entirely yellow, more
than twice as broad as long, with two acute teeth anteriorly; first
joint of flagellum shorter than the two following united, the ultimate
joint obtuse at tip, longer than the penultimate, the two together
nearly as long as joints 10 and 11 united; lateral angles of pro-
notum acute and prominent; middle segment above with coarse
rugte. Length 12 mm.

Chapada, September; Santarem. The ? specimen comes from
the former, the cT from the latter locality.

Saussure's suggestioni that the genera Elimus and Labus might
be united is worthy of further thought. In fact it is diflicult to
understand why Elimus and Xa6tt.5_should be [considered distinct
from Zethus.

' Syn opsis American Wasps, p. 56.

436 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

ZETHOIDES gen. nov.

Allied to Zethus which it greatly resembles superficially, and
seems to difier only in the following points: Middle tibiae one-
spurred ; labrum broadly truncate ; mandibles elongate, with four
large teeth reaching from apex half way to base on inner margin.
In the only species known, the clypeus is armed with two large
prongs, between which it is broadly incurved, and all the tarsi are
flattened and short ; but these are probably sexual characteristics.
Female unknown.

In the shape of mandibles this genus would fall in Saussure's
" Legion II. The Odynerites,"^ while the shape of abdomen, with
its pedicellated second segment indicates its affinities with
" Legion I. The Zethites. " As it stands, Zethoides must be con-
sidered a connecting link between these two Legions. The
palpi agree with those of Zethus in the number of joints, those of
the labial palpi in length are as follows : the first longest, the
second shorter, but longer than the two following united, the last
smallest, quite minute.
Zethoides Smithii n. sp.

Black; autennse entirely, cheeks, base of clypeus, most of pro-
notum, outer margin of tegulse and legs more or less, fulvous;
clypeus, scape beneath, mandibles, eye emargination, dots at sum-
mit and behind eyes, anterior margin of pronotum, spot under
wing, two dots on scutellum and postscutellum, stripe on four
anterior tibiae and medially interrupted line at apex of petiole,
yellow; wings subhyaline, brownish along costal margin.

^. — Head with strong, not coarse, sparse punctures; clypeus
finely and closely punctured the fore margin armed with two huge
spines or teeth, between which the clypeus is roundly emarginate ;
antennae curled at tip, the ultimate joint robust, broadened and
truncate apically, fully as long as the two preceding ones united,
penultimate joint smallest, the ninth emarginate so that the apical
one in consequence of the rolling up of the tip of antenna fits into
the emargination, first joint shorter than the two following united;
space between hind ocelli much less than that between them and
eyes; parted by a furrow which extends back on the occiput;
pronotum cristate, dentate at sides, with shallow punctures; dor-

^ Synopsis American Wasps, p. 59,

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 437

sulum with larger shallow punctures, with a slender raised
line anteriorly in middle, the usual posterior impressions indis-
tinct or. wanting, on each side near the tegula there is a short,
fine, raised line; scutellum convex, impressed; postscutellum
carinate laterally, Avith a small tubercle medially; middle seg-
ment concave medially, the concavity bounded outwardly by a
sharp carina, beginning at each side of postscutellum in the shape
of a lamella and gradually decreasing to a slender ridge, space
between these and the sharp lateral carina rugoso-punctate, sides
a little roughened apically, lateral carina reaching to the insertion
of abdomen gradually increasing in height frora^ base until it is
almost laminate at apex; tarsi flattened, unusually short, hind
tibiae more or less distorted, the outer margin being strongly sinu-
ate; petiole with stem short and thick, the enlarged portion
strongly punctured, rounded at base, the sides only narrowed to
apex from their apical fourth, and then only slightly ; second
segment above with shallow punctures, beneath with large sparse
punctures, the stem short and thick ; second submarginal cell with
a radial side a little shorter than the distance between the first
transverso-cubital and first recurrent nervures on the cubital ner-
vure; third submarginal cell subquadrate, oblique, broadened
above, the outer nervure angulate medially. Length 16 mm.
Chapada, March. Two specimens.

A. Petiole of abdomen with a long slender base, swollen at
apex, more or less campanulate.
a. Head from front as long as broad.

Eumenes chrysothorax Sauss.

One specimen. Corumba, April.

Eumenes sericea Sauss.

Same locality and month as the preceding; also Sautarem.
Four specimens.

Eumenes bipartita n. sp.

9 . — Black, with sericeous pile ; mandibles yellow, black within
basally, reddish at apex ; flagellum beneath near apex, four ante-
rior tibite and tarsi more or less, and a ring on petiole near base,
reddish ; front subconvex with indistinct, shallow punctures,
medially impressed ; ocelli in a curved line ; clypeus feebly punc-

438 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

tured, pyriforra, bicarinate apically, the carinse terminating in
sharp teeth separated by a notch; thorax except scutella and
middle segment impunctate ; pronotum margined ; middle segment
broadly and shallowly channelled, Avith rather strong distinct
punctures except on sides which are nearly smooth ; petiole cam-
panulate, about as long as that portion of thorax posterior to
dorsulum, with tolerably strong separated punctures, furrowed
transversely before apex and above with a broad shallow, rather
indistinct furrow; remainder of abdomen elongate-ovate, above
densely punctured, beneath almost impunctate; wings on basal
half blackish with purplish reflection, apically subhyaline; stigma
brownish. Length 15 mm.

Corumba, April. One specimen,

Eumenes testacea n. sp.

cf. — Testaceous yellow, the first and second segments except
apices, brownish ; flagellum reddish ; a semicircular mark on vertex
terminating at each side at a point opposite the eye-emargination
and curving backward so as to include the hind ocelli, and being
connected by a narrow line to a similarly colored curved line on
occiput, a spot in front of the anterior ocellus, three stripes on
dorsulum, spot on pronotum at each side and spot on scutellum,
black ; middle segment with a brownish mark on each side ; front
convex, medially impressed; with strong separated punctures;
clypeus elongate, subacuminate, impunctate, much longer than
broad, apically with two cai'inie terminating in short approximate
teeth; ocelli forming a triangle; flagellum long, scarcely thick-
ened; pronotum margined, not angulate; dorsulum, scutellum and
postscutellum more strongly punctured than front; scutellum sub-
convex, not impressed; middle segment less strongly punctured
than dorsulum, feebly so on sides, the medial furrow deep; petiole
campanulate, short, about as long as that portion of thorax pos-
terior to base of scutellum, feebly punctured, and just before
apex above with a deep pit ; dorsal surface of remainder of abdo-
men with feeble shallow punctures, the ventral surface nearly
impunctate; wings subhyaline, slightly yellow along costa; ner-
vures and stigma yellow testaceous. Length 12 mm.

?. — Colored and sculptured like cJ', but the wings with a yel-
lowish cast and darkened apically; flagellum shorter, subclavate.

1899. J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 439

Santarera, One 9, two d specimens. The clypeus is much
longer and narrower than in E. sericea Sauss., and the black mark-
ings of vertex and reddish flagellum are good superficial charac-
teristics.
Eumenes laevis Sauss.

Corumbu, Pedra Branca and Mararii, April; Santarem. Nine
specimens.

Eumemes novarae Sauss.

Chapada, December; Santarem. Six specimens. Strongly
resembles E. Icevis, from w^hich it may be readily separated by
distinctly punctured abdomen and want of maculation on middle

segment.

Eumenes insignis n. sp.

?. — Deep black, covered with sericeous gray pile especially on
abdomen; spot behind base of antenna?, in the emargination of and
behind summit of eyes, narrow interrupted line on pronotum both
anteriorly and posteriorly, dot behind tegulie, two spots on post-
scutellum, a mark near the base of petiole above, in the shape of
an inverted U, and a narrow line at apical margin, yellow; remain-
ing segments entirely black, the petiole beneath reddish; flagellum
at base beneath, tibise and tarsi, more or less marked with black-
ish, reddish; front with distinct, though not coarse separated
punctures, medially impressed ; ocelli in a ciu'ved line; clypeus
elongate pyriform, flattened, finely punctured with two long cai'inse
anteriorly, equalling at least one-half its length, and terminating
in two large acuminate teeth; thorax densely punctured, especially
on middle segment where the punctures are strongest; pronotum
margined anteriorly; dorsulum with a slender smooth line anteri-
orly in middle; scutellum with a short feeble longitudinal carina at
base, which is followed by a shallow sulcus reaching to apex; sulcus
of middle segment not very broad; petiole shorter than thorax,
gradually broadened from its basal third to apex, not impressed,
but transversely depressed before apex, with widely separated
punctures above; remainder of abdomen rather fusiform but
broadest toward base, impunctate ; anterior wings fuscous on basal
two-thirds, and along anterior margin of hind wing, otherwise
subhyaline; nervures black, the stigma brown medially. Length
14-15 mm.

440 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899',

cf. — Basal half of flagellum beneath, and terminal joint, red-
dish yellow; elypeal carinse almost obsolete barely evident except
on apical teeth ; punctuation coarser than in ? ; petiole above
slightly longitudinally impressed medially; wings darkened along
costal margin only; clypeus, except apex line on scape and apical
margin of sixth ventral segment, yellow ; seventh ventral smooth,^
broadly rounded at apex. Length 13 nnn.

Chapada, March, October, November. Two examples of each

Eumenes laeviventris n. sp.

9. — Black, clothed with sericeous gray pile; a spot in the sinu&
of eye, short line on orbits behind and at sides of face, dot at
summit of eye, posterior margin of pronotum medially, dot behind
tegulse, two spots on scutellum, spot on four hind coxie and at tips
of four anterior femora, stripe on all tibise and narrow line at
apex of petiole, yellow; flagellum beneath except medially, ful-
vous; petiole ringed with reddish near base; front with distinct
separated punctures ; ocelli incurved line; clypeus broad, subcor-
date, finely punctured, convex, not carinate, terminating in twa
acute teeth ; pronotum with shallow, subtile punctures, very finely
margined ; dorsulum with stronger, scattered punctures, anteriorly
in middle with an impressed line, and at apex with four short,
stronger impressions, of which the two inner are most approximate;
scutellum subcarinate basally, impressed apically; middle segment
with strong, separated punctures, broadly depressed or concave,
the medial furrow distinct, foveolate; petiole almost or quite a&
long as thorax, more rapidly enlarged than in E. insignis, impunc-
tate, transversely depressed before apex; remainder of abdomen
ovate, smooth ; wings broadly fuscous along costal margin as far as
stigma, the latter brownish or blackish as Avell as nervures.
Length 13-15 mm.

cf. — Clypeus entirely, inner orbits of eye from base of clypeus
to within the emargination, scape beneath, spot behind base of
antenna, two spots on pronotum anteriorly, and rarely two spots on
middle segment, yellow ; on the legs this color is much more widely
distributed than in ? ; clypeus smaller, roundly emarginate at
apex, the carinse almost obsolete; seventh ventral segment furrowed
down middle. Length 13-15 ram.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 441

Corumba, April. Two 9, eight cJ* specimens. This species
hears a strong resemblance to E. imignis, with which I had at
first confused it, but they differ in the shape of clypeus in female,
and in the punctate petiole of insignis, the abdomen of heviventris
being entirely smooth.

Eumenes convexa n. sp.

cf. — Black, with sericeous pile, that on second segment golden;
spot in eye-emargination, behind base of antennoe, scape beneath,
clypeus entirely, base of mandibles, anterior and posterior margins
of pronotum, outer margin of tegulse, dot behind them, anterior
margins of scutellum and postscutellura, spot on mesoplurse above,
four anterior femora beneath except at base, all tibise except inner
stripe, petiole above except at base and an elongate medial stripe,
and apical margins of remaining segments broadly, especially the
second, bright yellow; flagellum on basal half and tarsi reddish
or fulvous ; front with strong separated punctures ; ocelli in trian-
gle ; clypeus impunctate, terminating in two rather Avidely separated
teeth which are preceded by feeble carinse; antennal hook large;
thorax strongly punctured, the dorsulum sparsely in middle; pro-
notum margined, the antero-lateral angles somewhat developed,
scutellum convex, impressed ; middle segment depressed or con-
cave, especially toward apex ; medial femora unusually broadened
toward base ; petiole longer than thorax, gradually broadened from
beyond its basal third, impunctate, transversely depressed before
apex; remainder of abdomen somewhat pyriform, smooth, with
exception of a few large punctures before apex of dorsal segments ;
seventh ventral with a triangular depressed area ; second segment
evenly convex when viewed from side; wings subhyaline, fuscous
in costal and marginal cells; nervures and stigma black. Length
11-12 mm.

Santarem, November. Two specimens.
Eumenes superficialis n. sp.

9. — Black, with sericeous pile longest on middle segment and
golden on abdomen ; inner orbits from base of clypeus to within
eye-emargination, dot behind insertion of antennre, dot on each side
of clypeus basally and at summit of eyes, short line on posterior
orbits, posterior margin of pronotum, dot at apex of tegulie, one
behind these, line basally on scutellum and postscutellum, tips of

442 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

all femora, stripe on all tibise (tarsi dark), line at apex of petiole,
and remaining segment broadly, bright yellow, that on second
dorsal covering at least one-third its surface and angularly produced
anteriorly in middle, and produced anteriorly along sides of seg-
ment; flagellum fulvous beneath; front strongly punctured, promi-
nent on each side, so that it possesses apparently two diverging
carinse originated at each side of fore ocellus ; clypeus with fine
dense punctures, but little longer than broad, terminating in two
rather approximate, short teeth, not carinate, evenly convex;
thorax Avith deep punctures, those on pronotum closest ; the latter
margined anteriorly; sculellum having the largest punctures, im-
pressed; middle segment depressed down middle, but hardly
concave; petiole about as long as thorax, evenly dilated from about
middle, the enlarged portion sparsely punctured, not distinctly
transversely depressed before apex, but with a fovea or pit at its
summit; second segment, seen from side, elongate, above and
beneath between base and apex apparently subangulate, the contour
of the second ventral is decidedly sinuous as the segment is de-
pressed medially; second dorsal densely punctured; wings pale
fusco-hyaline, the costal and marginal cells pale yellow; stigma
brown; nervui'es darker. Length 11 mm.

c?. — Base and sides of clypeus yellow; flagellum more fulvous
beneath ; a dot sometimes on mesopleur^e and line on each side of
fore margin of pronotum, yellow; antenual hook very slender,
spine-like, the preceding six or seven joints minutely dentate
beneath; medial femora slender, not unusually widened at base;
seventh ventral segment small, smooth. Length 10^ mm.

Corumba, April; Chapada, December. One 9, two d^ speci-
mens. The resemblance borne by this species to convexa is only
superficial.

Eumenes usitata n. sp.

9. — Black; head and thorax rather densely clothed with pale
sericeous pile; spot in emai'giuation of eye, behind base of antennae,
an angular line on clypeus laterally, scape beneath, hind orbits
above, interrupted line on pronotum anteriorly, its posterior mar-
gin, two spots, or a line, on anterior margin of scutellum and
postscutellum, spot beneath wing, and on four hind coxoe, narrow
interrupted line on sides of petiole, line at apex and a line just

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 443

before apical margins of segments 2-5, yellow ; flagellum beneath
basally fulvous; four anterior femora beneath, the hind pair at
apex, tibi?e and tarsi entirely, outer margin of tegulse, reddish;
mandibles reddish, black at base with a yellow dot ; front dis-
tinctly punctured; clypeus elongate, somewhat iiyriform, finely and
closely punctured, with two carinas anteriorly terminating in two
well-separated teeth ; thorax strongly punctured especially the
middle segment, the punctures finest on pronotum, Avhich is barely
margined ; scutellura indistinctly impressed ; middle segment but
little depressed, its punctures more or less confluent; petiole fully
as long as thorax, gradually dilated from its basal third, almost
impunctate or verj' subtilely punctured, transversely depressed
before apex; remainder of abdomen somewhat pyriform, indis-
tinctly punctured; wings subhyaline, the costal margin narrowly
and the marginal cell fuscous ; nervures and stigma black. Length
12 mm.

d". — Clypeus entirely, and two spots at extreme base of middle
segment laterally, yellow, in addition to the parts mentioned in
description of female; the spot behind base of anteunte is con-
tinued down to base of clypeus, and the reddish of legs is more
widely distributed ; clypeal carinse almost obsolete ; tegulae fulvous
or reddish; medial femora a little widened basally; petiole longer
than thorax; seventh ventral crossed by a carina some distance
beyond base, before this carina the surface is dull, opaque, beyond
it shining, punctate ; wings a little darker throughout than in ? ,
stigma dark browu. Length 11-12 mm.

Corumba, April, May; Santarem. One 9, twelve c? specimens.
Kelated to E. incerta and Icevis Saussure ; the petiole is longer and
more slender than in the latter, and the thorax is more maculated
than in incerta, in which species the clypeus is broader with the
carinte (comparing females) stronger.

Humenes incerta Sauss.

One 9, two d^ specimens. Rio de Janeiro, November. The
female, which has not been described, is very close to E. usitata,
but the punctures of middle segment are more separated and less
■coarse ; other differences are pointed out in the note accompanying
the description of nsitata. The seventh ventral of c? is bitubercu-
late near base.

444 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899-

Eumenes callimorplia Sauss.

Mararu, April ; Sautareni. Seven specimens, all females.
Eumenes picturata n. sp.

?. — Yellow and black; head yellow, with the front and face,
except a triangular spot between insertion of antennae, and occi-
put black; clypeus sometimes with an elongate black mark; scape-
above and joints 2-8 of flagellum above black, theflagellum other-
wise fulvous ; thorax yellow, a dot on each side of pronotum, the
dorsulum except two lines, spot on scutellum, black ; teguloe
brownish medially ; legs entirely yellow; petiole yellow, except the
black base, and a brown blotch above, yellow; remaining seg-
ments black, with apical margins broadly yellow, as well as side&
of second dorsal, the second ventral brownish; front with strong,
separated punctures ; ocelli in curved line ; clypeus convex, micro-
scopically punctured, almost as broad as long, terminating in two-
large teeth, not carinated; pronotum with shallow punctures, very
finely margined ; dorsulum with stronger, deeper punctures, which
are closest at apex; scutellum strongly punctured, deeply im-
pressed; middle segment concave posteriorly, with rather large
shallow, separated punctures, closest toward base; petiole a little
shorter than thorax rather gradually enlarged from a point just
before its middle, elongate campanulate, impunctate, transversely
depressed before apex; remainder of abdomen fusiform, impunc-
tate, with sericeous pile ; wings subhyaline, yellowish along costal
margin, the nervures and stigma reddish brown. Length
14-15 ]nm.

c?. — Coloration like that of 9, with second ventral segment
yellow; clypeus narrow, triangularly notched at apex; medial
femora not widened basally ; petiole fully as long as thorax ; seventh
ventral segment deeply and narrowly sulcate down middle, the sides
of the furrow raised so that two parallel carin^e are present.
Length 14 mm.

Pedra Branca and Corumbn, in April. Two ?, one (S' specimens.
Eumenes consobrina Sauss.

Corumba, March, April ; Rio de Janeiro, November, Fourteen
specimens. In the cJ', the seventh ventral is sulcate down middle.
Eumenes parvula Sauss.

Corumba, April, May; Chapada, January, April, December;
Rio de Janeiro, November. Fourteen specimens.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 445

lumenes sufFusa n. sp.

9. — Black, variegated with rufous; head black, a rufous spot
between antennse and on clypeua medially; sides of clypeu?, dot
in eye-emargination, hind orbits above, spot near base of clypeus,
pale yellow; scape except above at apex, and flagellura beneath
reddish; thorax with glittering pile, longest on middle segment;
pronotum except a spot on each side, two lines on dorsulum, scutel-
lum and postscutellum entirely, middle segment except medially
and sides, greater part of mesopleurse and coxte and legs except
femora above, petiole at sides and apically, second and third dor-
sals apically, two large blotches on second ventral, and -segments
4-6, dull rufous; a yellow hue at apex of petiole and just before
apex of second segment; front with rather strong, separated punc-
tures, covered in certain lights Avith silky pile pertaining slightly
to golden; clypeus flat, sparsely punctured, pyriform, not or in-
distinctly carinate, terminating in two triangular teeth ; ocelH in
curved line; flagellum clavate; thorax strongly punctured, most
closely on pronotum, the latter distinctly margined; punctures of
dorsulum quite coarse posteriorly as are those of scutellum which is
indistinctly impressed ; middle segment broadly depressed or sub-
concave; petiole hardly as long as thorax, narrowly campanulate,
strongly punctured, gradually enlarged from a point before termi-
nus of its basal third, narrowly transversely depressed before apex;
second dorsal more closely punctured, the remaining dorsals more
finely, ventrals impunctate; wings subhyaline, broadly dark fus-
cous along costal margin and in marginal cell; stigma brownish;
nervurcs dark. Length 9 mm.

cJ'. — Clypeus entirely yellow, longer than broad, widely and
triangularly notched at apex; petiole fully* as long as thorax;
seventh ventral plate with a basal carina which terminates in a
tooth or sharp tubercle medially. Length 9 mm.

Corumba, April; Chapada, November, December. Eleven 9,
three c? specimens. Compared with E. uruguayensis Sauss.,
with which suffusus is closely related, the clypeus is a little longer
and narrower, the front has sericeous pile, the petiole is stouter
with the swollen portion larger though less convex and punctua-
tion of second dorsal is stronger. The coloration of both species
is remarkably similar, but in xiruguayensis there is no black on pro-
notum and no red on scutellum and the apical segments are dark.

446 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899-

Eumenes uruguayensis Sauss.

Chapada, November, December. One of each sex. The
male which is not yet described closely resembles E. mffma, with
the pronotum entirely rufous ; clypeus black, marked with yellow
on each side, armed at apex with two widely separated teeth, almost
as broad as long; scutellum red, distinctly impressed; as in the ?,
the petiole is much smaller than in suffusa ; base of second dorsal
impuuctate; seventh ventral not carinate, smooth; third submar-
ginal cell shorter than in suffusa. Length 8 mm.

Eumenes compacta n. sp.

?. — Black; head, thorax on sides and posteriorly, and abdo-
men with thin silky pile, that on middle segment brightest and
longest; spot between antennse, in the emargination of eye, on
base of mandibles, on sides of clypeus sometimes, short line on
hind orbits above, line at apex of petiole and before apex of
second segment, yellow ; antennae beneath, greater part of mandi-
bles, pronotum except a blotch on each side, sides of scutellum
and postscutellum sometimes, two comparatively small blotches on
middle segment, spot at top of mesopleurie (sometimes wanting),
tips of femora, except posteriors, tibiie except a stripe internally,
tarsi, and petiole at apex beneath and on sides slightly, rufous;
apical segments margined with testaceous ; front strongly punc-
tured ; ocelli in a curved line ; clypeus ai^pareutly very finely
striato-punctate longitudinally, almost as wide as long, termi-
nating in two sharp teeth preceded by a carina which becomes
gradually obsolete toward middle of clypeus ; thorax deeply punc-
tured, the pronotum most closely, the latter margined and with
the lateral angles prominent, though obtuse ; dorsulum with three
parallel impressions posteriorly; scutellum indistinctly impressed;
middle segment depressed or subconcave posteriorly; petiole elon-
gate campanulate, gradually enlarged from its basal third, the
enlargement strongly punctured and highly convex, transversely
depressed before apex ; second dorsal closely punctured except at
base, the third and fourth dorsals less closely; wings subhyaline,
broadly fuscous along costa and in marginal cell; stigma and
nervures blackish. Length 9 10 mm.

&. — Colored like 9, with the rufous of thorax more diffused,
the hind margin of pronotum and a spot at each antero-lateral

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 447

angle, and a line on dorsals 3-6 before apex, yellow; sculp-
ture coarser; clypeus with the teeth widely separated, the carinse
only evident on them; medial femora not widened basally;
seventh ventral segment smooth, or finely punctured, slightly
emarginate on each side before apex, so that it appears produced
in middle at apex. Length 9 mm.

Corumba, April; Chapada, November, December. Four 9,
one cJ' specimens. This is a more robust species than suffiisa or
uruguayeiwis.

aa. Head from front broader than long.

1. Second segment evenly convex above and beneath.

Eumenes colorata n. sp.

9. — Head yellow, the front, vertex and occiput black; mandi-
bles except base, a central longitudinal line on clypeus and flagel-
lum beneath ferruginous ; thorax, except the black dorsulum, yel-
low, a ferruginous stain on each side of pronotum, scutellum
apically except a small black spot, and sides of thorax and mid-
dle segment indistinctly; coxae and femora above pale ferruginous;
basal one-fifth of petiole black, the remainder pale ferruginous-
yellow, with a yellow apical border; remaining segments black,
margined with yellow ; front with strong separated punctures with
golden pile; ocelli in a curved fine; clypeus subquadrate, sparsely
punctured, with two sharp approximate teeth at apex ; flagellum'
subclavate (?), (joints 9-11 missing); thorax much longer than
broad, with strong punctures, those on scutellum largest ; pronotum
scarcely margined ; middle segment broadly depressed or shallowly
concave posteriorly, with thin golden pile, sides sparsely punc-
tured ; petiole a little longer than thorax, with sparse punctures,
narrow, somewhat clavate, being gradually broadened from a
point beyond its basal third, transversely impressed before apex ;
remainder of abdomen short ovate with brownish sericeous pile;
second dorsal with shallow separated punctures ; wings subhyaline,
faintly tinged with yellowish in costal cell ; nervures and stigma
brownish. Length 11|^ mm.

cP. — Colored like 9, except that the black of front extends as
far as base of clypeus on each side of insertion of antennae; the
ferruginous more pronounced on thorax, forming the background
for the yellow which appears as maculations; flagellum almost

448 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

entirely reddish; medial femora not enlarged basally ; seventh ven-
tral segment elongate, truncate, depressed, except at sides and
base; stigma yellowish. Length 11 mm.

Chapada, September; Sautarem. One of each sex.
Eumenes tinctura n. sp.

9. — Black; pronotum, mesopleurie, the scutella, postero-lateral
angles of middle segment, four anterior femora except base, tibiae,
petiole medially, and antennse, except flagellum above from second
and third joints, rufous ; sides of clypeus, spot between insertion
of autennse, one almost filling the eye-emargination, hind orbits
above, hind margin of pronotum, line on both scutella anteriorly,
and a rather broad apical band on segments 1 and 2 emarginate
anteriorly in middle, yellow; remaining segments margined with
testaceous; front with tolerably strong, separated punctures, with
silvery sericeous pile; ocelli in curved line; clypeus convex, im-
punctate, but slightly longer than broad, with two short, approxi-
mate teeth at apex separated by a rounded notch; flagellum
clavate; thorax with strong, sepai-ated punctures, those on scutel-
lum largest; pronotum finely margined; middle segment broadly
depressed posteriorly; petiole distinctly longer than thorax, broad-
ened from just before its middle, strongly punctured, basal stem
slender, a rounded pit in the middle before apical margin, before
which on each side of pit is a transverse depression ; remainder of
abdomen ovate, second dorsal less strongly and more closely punc-
tured than petiole ; wings subhyaline, fuscous in costal and mar-
ginal cells, but this clouding does not fill them completely; nervures
and stigma black. Length 8 mm.

Corumba, April. One specimen. A male specimen from
Chapada (January), I refer doubtfully to this species; it is
similarly colored, but the red of mesopleurse is confined to the top,
the petiole is rufous apically, the clypeus entirely yellow with the
abdominal segments all margined with that color, which is also
commingled with the rufous on mesopleurse, middle segment,
femora and tibiae ; postero-lateral angles of middle segment some-
what compressed ; seventh ventral segment rounded at apex, indis-
tinctly depressed or furrowed medially. Length 10 mm.
Eumenes invenusta n. sp.

9. — Black, with thin cinereous pile; spot between insertion of
antennaj, in emargination of eye, sides of clypeus narrowly, scape

1899,] NATURAL SCIEXCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 449

beneath, hiud orbits, posterior margin of pronotum, tips of all
femora, especially the auteriors, fore tibire except internally, stripe
on medial tibiae externally, a narrow medially interrupted line at
apex of petiole, and a line before apex of following segments,
yellow; apex of segments testaceous; flagellum fulvous beneath;
front Avith strong, rather even punctures, indistinctly impressed;
ocelli forming a curved line; clypeus indistinctly punctured, con-
vex,, a little longer than broad, with two small approximate teeth
at apex; thorax longer than broad; punctures of pronotum sotne-
Avhat stronger than those of front, while those of dorsulum are still
stronger than on pronotum ; the latter finely margined anteriorly ;
scutellum not impressed, strongly punctured; middle segment with
strong deep punctures rather evenly separated, posteriorly shal-
lowly depressed, with a short strong carina on each side of inser-
tion of petiole; the latter a little longer than thorax gradually
enlarged from a point before its middle, sparsely and rather indis-
tinctly punctured, the enlargement convex, but not highly so,
transversely depressed before apex, stem slender; remainder of
abdomen ovate, the second dorsal closely and distinctly punctured;
other segments not distinctly punctured; wings subhyaline, the
anterior portion of costal and marginal cells shghtly darker; ner-
vures and stigma black. Length 10 mm.

Santarem. One specimen. Related to confiuenta and proxima,
differing from both in its longer thorax and petiole.

Eumenes confiuenta n- sp.

9. — Blacky clothed with grayish sericeous pile ; sides of clypeus,
spot between antennse, in the eye-emargination, hind orbits, scape
beneath, anterior and posterior margins of pronotum rather
broadly, both scutella anteriorly, spot on petiole before middle, and
apical margins of segments 1-5, yellow, that on segments 1 and 2
brightest; flagellum beneath, femora and tibia more or less, outer
edge of tegulte, and petiole beneath on apical half reddish yellow;
front with strong more or less confluent punctures; clypeus convex,
finely punctured, medially produced at apex, the production marked
by two short carin?e which give it the appearance of being bideu-
tate ; thorax but little longer than broad, strongly punctured, most
strongly on scutellum ; the latter imjwessed ; pronotum finely mar-
gined ; middle segment with ^the punctures finer and perhaps
29

450 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

closest, posteriorly depi'essed ; petiole longer than thorax, narrowly
elongate campanulate, enlarged from about middle, with strong
separated punctures, transversely depressed before apex, basal
stem rather slender; remainder of abdomen ovate; second dorsal
finely and closely punctured; wings subhyaline, the costal margin
narrowly and the marginal cell in part fuscous; uervures and
stigma blackish. Length 9 mm,

(^. — Clypeus, except apex, yellow; otherwise colored like
female, with the maculation, if anything, less marked; no yellow
on scutellum; sculpture stronger, especially evident on second
dorsal segment; wings darker ; seventh ventral segment rounded
apically; punctures of front well separated, not confluent.
Length 9 mm.

Santarem. One of each sex. That which I have described as
the cf will perhaps prove to be a different species ; it is referred
here with much doubt.

Eumenes proxima n. sp.

?. — Black; clothed with grayish sericeous pile, that on head in
front and middle segment silvery ; clypeus at sides, spot l)etween
antennse, in emarginatiou of eye, hind orbits narrowly, scape
beneath, broadly interrupted line on pronotum anteriorly, posterior
margin, dot behind tegulse, short line or spot at tips of femora
beneath, line on all tibiae, first joint of tarsi except apically, spot
on petiole above near bases, and line at apex of segments 1-5,
pale yellow, that on petiole extended a short distance anteriorly
along sides; scape beneath fulvous; front with strong, separated,
even punctures, scarcely impressed ; ocelli in curved line ; clypeus
convex, fully as broad as long, with indistinct scattered punctures,
produced medially at aj)ex, the production depressed medially,
so as to appear bicarinate, the apex scarcely notched (the clypeus
may be said to be indistinctly bidentate at apex) ; flagellum
clavate; thorax but little longer than broad; pronotum with
strong close punctures, very short medially, finely margined;
dorsulum with larger separated punctures, those on scutellum,
which is indistinctly impressed, still larger ; middle segment short,
almost vertical, broadly depressed posteriorly, with punctures
about as strong as on dorsulum, but they are more rounded; petiole
narrowly campanulate, distinctly longer than thorax, less gradually

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 451

widened than in confluenta, the widening commencing at about or
behind middle, longitudinally impressed slightly above and trans-
versely though not strongly before apex ; second dorsal with close,
rather strong punctures, much stronger than in confluenta ; wings
subhyaline, fuscous brown in interior half of costal cell ; nervures
and stigma dark brown. Length 9 mm.

Santarem. One specimen.
Eumenes cribrosa n. sp.

9. — Deep black; a narrow line on each side of apical margin
of petiole, a twice interrupted broader line on second dorsal, at
apex, and a continuous one on segments 3 and 4, or 3-5, and fore
tibiie in front, yellow; flagellum fulvous beneath toward tip; head
in front with thin silvery pile ; front with close, large deep punc-
tures, not impressed; ocelli almost in a straight line, the middle
one placed slightly anterior to the others; clypeus convex, subcor-
date, about as broad as long, with two small approximate teeth at
apex separated by a small triangular notch, with sparse shallow
punctures ; thorax almost square, cribrose, especially the mesopleurse ;
pronotum in middle as long as first two joints of flagellum, finely
margined, more closely punctured than rest of thorax; middle
segment short, almost vertical, broadly though not deeply de-
pressed posteriorly, its punctuation having a reticulate appearance;
peti« le at most as long as thorax, the stem tolerably stout, the
enlargement beginning at about middle, strongly punctured, more
or less impressed longitudinally, and distinctly so in a transverse
manner before apical margin ; second dorsal with tolerably large
shallow punctures ; second ventral slightly prominent medially,
sparsely punctured toward sides, together with rest of abdomen
clothed Avith pale sericeous pile; wings subhyaline, the costal cell
anteriorly and a spot in base of marginal cell fuscous; nervures
and stigma black. Length 9 mm.

Var. (?) ?. — Smaller; punctuation of front more separated;
clypeus slightly shorter, more strongly punctured; stem of petiole
more slender; a yellow spot in middle of hind margin of prono-
tum and at base of medial tibi{?e. Length Ih mm.

Mararii, April, and Santarem. Six specimens, three of each
form, both of which occur at the two localities.

452 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

Eumenes globicollis Spin.

Mararu, April; Santarem. Three specimens. These differ
from the allied species in the collection by the shining impunctate
abdomen. The thorax is almost square.

Enmenes gracilis n. sp.

9. — Black; spot between antennae, in the eye-emargination,
hind orbits above, posterior margin of pronotum medially, anterior
margin of scutellum and postscutellum sometimes, anterior tibije
in front and line on segments 1-6 apically, yellow; antennae
beneath, pronotum posteriorly (sometimes anteriorly), two obscure
spots on middle segment, and spot on petiole near base, reddish;
body tolerably pruinose wdth pale pile, that on head in front, and
thorax on sides and posteriorly, silvery; front with large, well-sep-
arated punctures, not impressed; ocelli forming a gently curved
line; clypeus convex, longer than broad, sparsely punctured,
terminating in two short approximate teeth (the head is not so
much broader than long as in allied species) ; thorax longer than
broad, with strong, deep, separated punctures, those on middle
segment widest apart and more regular; pronotum with a distinct
medial surface, margined anteriorly; punctures of dorsulum
largest posteriorly; scutellum not impressed; middle segment but
slightly depressed posteriorly; petiole very long and slender, longer
than head and thorax, graduall}' enlarged from a point behind
middle, impunctate, transversely depressed before apex; remain-
der of abdomen impunctate; wings dark subhyaline, darker along
costa; nervures and stigma black. Length 7 mm.

Santarem. Two specimens. The long slender petiole, smooth
abdomen, deep pieve-Uke punctures of front and thorax, and
small size distinguish this species.

Eumenes fornicata n- sp.

^. — Black; with pale sericeoiis pile, that on face and clypeus
dense and silvery; spot behind insertion of antennse, line in the
eye-emargination, line on hind orbits above, spot on pronotum
anteriorly at each side (sometimes absent), its posterior margin,
narrow line at apex of petiole, and a broader one before the apex
of segments 2-6, yellow, these latter segments brownish testaceous
at apex; flagellum beneath, except medially, and tibije and tarsi
more or less especially those of the four anterior legs, reddish;

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 453

head but little wider than long; front with strong nearly confluent
punctures, distinctly impressed; ocelli forming a low curved line;
clypeus convex, slightly longer than broad terminating in two stout
widely separated teeth each of which is preceded by a short carina;
thorax longer than broad, strongly punctured, the pronotuin most
closely; the latter sharply margined anteriorly, and with the antero-
lateral angles prominent, though obtuse; punctures of dorsulum
largest posteriorly; scutellum impressed, with large sparse punc-
tures posteriorly and closer ones posteriorly; middle segment with
large deep punctures, slightly depressed at base, broadly and shal-
lowly so posteriorly, rather densely pilose; petiole longer than
thorax, basal stem tolerably stout, the enlargement beginning a
little before middle and continuing gradually, deeply and sparsely
punctured and highly convex, transversely impressed before apex;
remainder of abdomen ovate, with rather strong close punctures
above, much closer and finer than those of petiole; seventh ven-
tral segment emarginate on each side near apex, or in other words
the apical margin is medially produced or lobate; wings subhyaline,
fuscous in costal and marginal cells; nervures and stigma blackish
brown. Length 9 mm.

Santarem, November. Two sj^ecimens. From the several
allied species known by the female only, these specimens seetn to
be distinct, by the head almost as long as broad. In this respect
it is allied to E. gracilis, the two standing as connecting links
between the species with head at least as broad as long and those
with head broader than long.

2. Second segment either angulate, subangulate or tuber-
culate on either or both surfaces.

Eumenes deforma n. sp.

?. — Black; clypeus, autennoe except flagellum above, prono-
tum, mesopleuriB, both scutella, two large blotches on metathorax,
petiole along sides and above anterior to middle, and second seg-
ment on both surfaces at sides and apically, rufous; sides of
clypeus, spot behind insertion of antennae, in the eye-emargination,
posterior orbits above, base of clypeus, posterior margin of pro-
notum, spot on each side anteriorly, dot behind tegulse and an
apical or subapical band on segments 1-5, yellow', the band on
segments 3-5 more or less obscure; apical segments (3-6) testa-

454 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

ceous brown; legs brownish, tibiae and tarsi lighter, the four ante-
rior tibiae more or less obscurely testaceous yellow; front with
coarse, rather close, almost confluent, punctures, impressed; ocelli
forming a low curved line ; clypeus subquadrate, about as broad as
long, -with sparse, shallow punctures, terminating in two acute
teeth separated by a triangular emargination ; flagellum clavate;
pronotum coarsely, finely margined; dorsulum more strongly
punctured, especially posteriorly; scutellum more sparsely punc-
tured, impressed; middle segment with large, coarse punctures,
almost reticulate, the posterior surface deeply depressed or subcon-
cave; petiole as long as head and thorax, the stem rather robust,
and medially carinated longitudinally, the enlargement beginning
behind middle, evenly convex above, and with large separated
punctures, not depressed transversely before apex, but with a dis-
tinct dimple-like fovea at summit; second dorsal segment, when
viewed laterally, elongate, subangulate anterior to middle, with
fine, distinct punctures; second ventral segment with a transverse
fold or tubercle near base, a little depressed medially; wings sub-
hyaline, the costal cell (and marginal slightly) fuscous; third sub-
marginal cell much longer than high. Length 9 mm.

Corumba, April. Three specimens. The shape of second
segment is very similar to that of E. superficialis, which belongs,
however, to the group of species having the head about as long as
In-oad.

Eumenes pilosa u- sp.

9. — Black, with distinct pale brownish pile, especially on second
dorsal segment, that on middle segment and petiole above longest;
antennae beneath fulvous; tips of mandibles ferruginous; line in
eye -emargination bordering the orbit beneath, line on posterior
orbit above, posterior margin of pronotum medially, tips of ante-
rior femora and anterior tibiae in front, spot at each side of apical
margin of petiole, and subapical band on second segment, yellow;
the remaining segments margined with testaceous; fore tibiae pos-
teriorly testaceous brown; front with deep, separated punctures,
indistinctly impressed; ocelli forming a very low curved line;
clypeus convex, broader than long medially, with large shallow
punctures, and terminating in two acute teeth separated by a tol-
erably large rounded notch; pronotum with deep punctures,

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 455

Stronger than those of front, finely margined, its medial surface
very short; dorsulum punctured anteriorly like pronotum, more
strongly behind; tegul?e strongly punctured except basally; scutel-
lum more sparsely punctured, impressed; middle segment with
punctures about as strong as those on pronotum, deeply concave
medially, presenting two strongly convex surfaces, the sides at
base with a series of coarse folds, which are separated from simi-
lar folds on metapleurse by an elongate, narrow, raised, smooth area;
petiole longer than thorax, but hardly equalling the length of
head and thorax, the enlargement beginning behind middle, with
strong separated punctures, transversely depressed before apex,
the depression preceded by a dimple-like fovea; second dorsal
with finer, closer punctures, the second ventral swollen or subtu-
berculate near base; wings subhyaline, costal cell fuscous anteri-
orly; costa brownish ; nervures blackish ; third submargiual cell
much longer than broad. Length 9 mm.

Kio de Janeiro and Chapada, November. Two specimens.
Eumenes tegularis n. sp.

?, — Black; antennse (flagellum darker above), prothorax,
mesopleurre, tegulte except base, scutellum, postscutellum, in part,
middle segment on sides, tibise, tarsi, femora in part, petiole at
sides apically, second dorsal at sides and apically, second ven-
tral apically, rufous; spot behind insertion of antennte, in eye-
emargination, posterior orbits above, hind margin of pronotum,
dot behind tegulse, hind margin of postscutellum and apical
margin of petiole, yellow; segments 3-5 with testaceous mar-
gins and a testaceous yellow subapical band, the second seg-
ment without yellow; front with strong rather irregular punc-
tures, indistinctly impressed ; clypeus convex, broader than long,
terminating in two approximate teeth, with sparse, shallow
punctures ; pronotum with a distinct medial length, with deep
punctures, scarcely margined anteriorly; dorsulum with large more
separated punctures, ^7ith a distinct furrow anteriorly in mid-
dle, and with two parallel longitudinal impressions apically; tegular
coarsely punctured; scutellum deej^ly punctured, impressed; mid-
dle segment short, coarsely and confluently punctured in depressed
portion, on the sides rather reticulate, and above on each side of
middle the punctures ai-e deep and sparse; petiole about as long as

456 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

thorax, basal stem stout and rather short, the enlargement begin-
ning before middle, Avith strong separated punctures, transversely
depressed before apex, and depressed above in the shape of a
fovea; second dorsal with shallow, separated punctures, those at
base deeper; second ventral with a prominent tubercle in middle,
punctured latex-ally; wings fusco- hyaline, darker in costal cell;
nervures and stigma dark; third submargiual higher than long.
Length 8 mm.

Corumba, March; Chapada, April. Two specimens.
Eumenes tuberculata n. sp.

9. — Black; scape, flagellum beneath, mandibles, pronotum
except two dark blotches, mesopleura?, two stripes on dorsulum,
scutellum, postscutellum in part, two blotches on midflle segment,
sides of petiole apically, second dorsal at sides and apex, and
apical half or more of second ventral, rufous ; tegulie externally
and apical segments testaceous brown; the legs from apex of
femora reddish or testaceous- brown ; spot behind insertion of
antennj3e, in eye-emargination, hind orbits above, posterior margin
of pronotum, dot behind tegulaj, hind margin of postscutellum and
apical margin of petiole, yellow; the extent of rufous on abdo-
men is variable, and sometimes there is a yellow subapical line on
second dorsal; front with deep, rather evenly separated punctures,
faintly impressed; clypeus convex about as long as broad, with
large, shallow, scattered punctures, terminating in two approximate
teeth; thorax with large, deep, separated punctures, largest on
dorsulum and scutellum, the latter rugoso-punctate ; pronotum
with a distinct medial surface, finely carinated; middle segment
depressed posteriorly, above laterally with large deep punctures,
otherwise reticulato-puuctate, finest on sides which at base are
marked by a series of short folds which are separated from similar
folds on metapleurse by an elongate, narrow, smooth area; tegulai
impunctate; petiole tolerably stout, about as long as thorax, the
enlargement beginning at about middle (the stem therefore longer
than in E. tegularu), Avith strong separated punctures, transversely
impressed before apex, but with the fovea or pit at summit as in
E. tegularis ; punctuation of second dorsal varying, either shallow
or deep; second ventral with a prominent tubercle medially; wings
subhyaline, broadly fuscous along costal margin to apex; nervures

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 457

and stigma black; third submargiual higher than long. Length
7-8 mm.

Var. (?;. Coloration darker ; punctuation more even ; petiole
with stem slender.

c?. — Colored like 9, and similarly punctured; petiole a little
longer than thorax, the enlargement beginning behind middle,
with an indistinct pit or fovea before apex; ventral tubercle larger;
flagellum clavate; seventh ventral plate rounded at apex, smooth;
wings paler, much less strongly fuscous along costa. Length
7 mm.

Corumba, April, May. Twenty-four females; one male.

A A. Petiole of abdomen with a short thick base, the apical por-
tion lengthened, with its sides more or less parallel.

a. Second segment not or but little compressed.
Eumenes chalicodomae Sauss.

Ten specimens. Chapada, February, March; Corumba, April;
Santarem. The amount of rufous on head and thorax is variable,
and the apical yellow fascia of petiole is sometimes wanting.
Eumenes canaliculatus Oliv.

A large series of both sexes, from various localities. The wings
vary from fuscous to yellow fuscous, and the thorax from dark
brown to light rufous; the dorsulum may; be entirely reddish or
maculated with black. The varieties in the collection before me
are as follows:

I. Wings dark fuscous.

1. Dorsulum entirely red.

2. Dorsulum with a black median stripe and lateral spot.

II, Wings fuscous, tinged with yellow, especially along costa.

1. Dorsulum entirely red.

2. Dorsulum with a median black stripe.

3. Dorsulum with a black median stripe and lateral spot.

aa. Second segment compressed.

Eumenes filiformis Sauss.

Santarem. One specimen.
Eumenes rufomaculata n. sp.

?. — Black; clypeus except medially, scape, pedicel, pronotun^
mesopleurte, two large spots on dorsulum, scutellum,'postscutellum

458 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

except base, outer margin of tegulse broadly, middle segment
except medially, four anterior femora except above, the hind pair
at tip, tibise, tarsi, sides of petiole, second segment, except medially
on basal two-thirds, rufous; remaining segments brownish or
reddish brown apically; head and thorax above with dense short
brownish hairs; sides of thorax with pale pile ; spot between
insertion of antennse and hind orbits above yellowish; front with
deep separated punctures, depressed on each side before the eye-
emargiuation ; clypeus elongate, about as long as scape and pedi-
cel, not carinate, its fore margin broadly but not deeply notched,
or bilobate; flagellum rather long, subclavate; pronotum with
deep, rather close punctures, finely margined, obtuse laterally;
dorsulum a little less deeply punctured, with an impressed line
anteriorly in middle; scutellum, postscutellum and middle segment
Avith larger, more separated punctures, the former not impressed,
the middle segment deeply, though not broadly, concave poste-
riorly, petiole linear, much longer than head and thorax, strongly
punctured and longitudinally impressed above, gradually, and but
little, widened from very near base, the sides almost parallel, trans-
versely depressed before apex, basal stem short; remainder of
abdomen compressed, especially the second segment, which has
brownish pile and is deeply and compactly punctured above, be-
neath depressed a little on each side and longitudinally raised
doAvn middle; wings fusco-hyaline; nervures and stigma black.
Length 14-15 mm.

Pedra Branca and Corumba, April. Two specimens.
Eumenes fulvomaculata n- sp.

$. — Black; clji^eus, spot between insertion of antenme, hind
orbits, pronotum except a dot on each side, a triangular spot,
varying in size, on each side of dorsulum close to pronotum, scutel-
lum except posteriorly, postscutellum, middle segment except
medially and sides, mesopleurte above, a stripe on its lower moiety,
sides and apical margin of petiole, large spot on each side of
second dorsal from which a narrow line of the same color extends
around the sides and apical margin of the segment, and second
ventral except basally, pale yellow; tips of mandibles, flagellum
beneath, scape beneath at base, tips of femora, the anteriors be-
neath, tibiie, tarsi, except posteriors which are dark, rufous or

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 459

reddish yellow; apical segments yellowish testaceous; front as in
rnfomaculata, but not quite so strongly punctured; clypeus if
anything slightly longer and narrower; pronotum with shallow
punctures, finely margined, rounded laterally; dorsulum with
deep separated punctures, the medial impression of base not very
strong; scutellum with large sparse punctures, fewest basally;
middle segment deeply and narrowly concave medially, the con-
cavity narrower than rnfomaculata, with its walls steeper; punc-
tures of middle segment rather shallow, those on sides deeper, btit
not larger; ^^etiole almost linear, longer than head and thorax,
medially impressed and strongly punctured above, the gradual en-
largement beginning very near base, and then slightly contracted
at about middle, so that the sides are somewhat sinuous, a trans-
verse depression before apex; second dorsal segment compressed,
with strong dense punctures becoming feeble and sparse on sides;
wings fusco-hyaline, nervures and stigma black. Length 14-
15 mm.

Santarem. Two specimens.

Table of New Species of Eumenes.

1. Petiole of abdomen with a long slender base, swollen at apex,

or campanulate 2

Petiole of abdomen with a short thick base, the enlarged
apical portion usually lengthened, with its sides more or less
parallel 24

2. Head from front at least as long as broad, the clypeus longer

than broad 3

Head broader than long, the clypeus broader than long, or its
width equalling its length 12

3. Petiole short, campanulate 4

Petiole at least as long as thorax 5

4. Black; mandibles reddish yellow; wings fuscous on basal half,

apically subhyaline bipartita $.

Testaceous yellow, variegated with black; wings subhyaline,
yellowish along costa testacea ? d'.

5. Greater part of thorax black 6

Greater part of head, thorax and legs yellow ; wings subhya-
line yellowish along costa p?c/Mr cia cJ*.

460 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

6. Abdomen with petiole alone maculated with yellow ... 7
More than one segment maculated with yellow .... 8

7. Petiole distinctly punctured, remainder of abdomen impimc-

tate ; petiole with a U-shaped yellow mark near base

Abdomen entirely smooth ; petiole with a reddish spot near
base keviventris 7d'.

8. Second dorsal segment apically with a broad yellow l)aud

covering one-third or nearly half the segment ... 9
Fascia of abdomen narrow 10

9. Viewed laterally the second segment is evenly convex above

and beneath ; wings darkened along costa and in marginal cell

convexa d'.
Viewed laterally the second segment is elongate, subangulate
above and beneath between base and middle

sujieyjicicdis 9 d'.

10. Thorax more or less variegated with rufous; form stout . 11
Thorax not rufous, maculated with yellow; sides of petiole

usually yellow usitata ? d.

11. Clypeus longer than broad, maculated distinctly in both

sexes ; greater part of thorax sufiused with rufous ; vertex
with distinct though not strong punctures . mffusa ? d.
Clypeus almost as long as broad, maculated in d only; rufous
on pronotum only, though sometimes marking either or both
scutella; vertex strongly puuctured . . . compada '^d.

12. Viewed from side the second segment is evenly convex above

and beneath 13

Viewed from side the second segment is either angulate. sub-
angulate, or tuberculate on either or both the upper or
under surfaces toward base 21

13. Yellow and black, the greater part of thorax and petiole

yellow tinged with brown or reddish; legs yellow and light

brown colorata 9d.

Black; at the most maculated with yellow, or suffused with
rufous; legs dark basal ly 14

14. Pronotum, scutella, two stripes on middle- segment (and peti-

ole apically in d ) rufous, and maculated with yellow as well

tinctura 9d.
Without rufous 15

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 461

15. Tlioi-ax short, almost square 16

Thorax distinctly longer than broad 19

IH. Thorax strongly punctured, the punctures neither very deep

nor coarse; pronotum with scarcely any medial surface 17

Thorax cribrose; pronotum with a distinct medial surface . 18

17. Junctures of vertex irregular and somewhat confluent ; both

scutel la yellow anteriorly conjiuenta ?.

Punctures of vertex even, separated; scutella entirely black

jjroxima ?.

18. Petiole with basal stem tolerably stout . . . cribrosa ?.
Petiole with basal stem slender , . . cribrosa 9 Var. (?).

19. Punctures of thorax very deep and widely separated; petiole

unusually slender, longer than head and thorax, and with

second dorsal, impunctate gracilis 9.

Punctures of thorax closer and less deep; petiole and second
dorsal punctured 20

20. Petiole less distinctly punctured than second dorsal, the en-

larged portion, seen from the side, evenly and not very

highly, convex invemista ? .

Petiole more strongly punctured than second dorsal, the en-
larged portion, seen from the side, highly convex or arched

fornicata cT.

21. Second dorsal segment, viewed laterally, subangulate toward

base, its upper surface appearing flat, having a straight con-
tour (insect marked wath rufous) .... deforma ?.
Second dorsal segment convex 22

22. Thorax or abdomen not marked with rufous; abdomen with

short, thin, brownish hairs, especially on second dorsal

])ilosa 9 .
Thorax or thorax and abdomen more or less reddish . . 23

23. Clypeus broader than long; petiole rather stout; dorsuluni

entirely black; tegulse punctate tegularis ?.

Clypeus about as long as broad; petiole more slender; dorsu-
luni with two red strijoes; tegulte impunctate

tuberculata $cf-

24. Thorax maculated with rufous .... rufomaculata 9.
Thorax maculated with yellow .... fulvomaculata 9 .

Montezumia chalybaea Sauss.
One specimen. Santarem,

462 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

Montezumia brunnea Sauss.

Three specimens. Cliapada, February, April.

Montezumia Leprieurii Spin.

Cha2:)ada, January; Santareni, February. Four specimens.

Montezumia caerulea Sauss.

Numerous specimens of both sexes. Chapada, March, April;
Santarem. M. azureipeniiis Saussure I regard as a mere variety
of ccerulea.
Montezumia infundibuliformis Fabr.

Santarem. Eight specimens.

Montezumia cortesia Sauss.

Kio de Janeiro, November. M. sepulchralis is, no doubt, a
distinct species, and not a variety of cortesia, as intimated by
Saussure.
Montezumia analis Sauss.

Two specimens. Santarem.
Montezumia Spinolse Sauss.

Numerous examples from various localities.

Montezumia sparsa n. sp.

?. — Black; mandibles, margin of tegulse, middle segment, post-
scutellum sometimes (more rarely both scutella), metapleurse,
mesopleurse beneath, legs except part of cox?e, and first abdominal
segment ferruginous; wings blue-black; two dots on postscutellum
and line at apex of first segment, yellow; clypeus with sparse,
shallow, punctures, its fore margin broadly incurved, subdentate
laterally; pronotum scarcely margined, with deep, confluent though
not close, punctures ; dorsulum Avith punctures well separated, with
a narrow, smooth line anterioi-ly in middle; middle segment more
broadly, therefore less deeply, depressed than in Splnolw ; first
abdominal segment a little narrower, more rounded at sides, less
pilose ; second dorsal with sparse shallow punctures medially, the
second ventral shining with much larger, sparse punctures. Length
19-22 mm.

Chapada, March. Six specimens. I had at first considered
these as a mere variety of M. Spinoloe, but the differences in sculp-
ture of thorax and abdomen, as well as the different coloration of
the former, induced me to describe it as distinct. The clypeal teeth

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 463

are much more distinct than iu Spinolce, and the clypeus seems
longer.

Montezumia ferruginea Sauss.

Corumba, February, April; Pedra Branca, April. Four speci-
mens. These represent the entirely ferruginous form mentioned
by Saussure. In one example the abdomen, except first segment,
tends to brownish or subfuscous.

Montezumia anceps Sauss.

Rio de Janeiro, November; Uacarizal, February. Two speci-
mens probably represent this species.

Montezumia macrocephala Sauss.

Fifteen males, eight females. Chapada, March, April, October.

Montezumia carinulata (Spin. ) Sauss. has maxillary palpi six-,
the labial palpi four-jointed. I have therefore transferred it to

Noiioiiia.

Monobia angulosa Sauss.
Numerous specimens.

Monobia funebris Grib.

Four Specimens. Corumba and Mararii, April; Santarem. I
am inclined to I'egard this as a variety of M. apicaUpennu Sauss.

Monobia curvata n. sp.

?. — Black; head except part of front, scape, pedicel and base
of first flagellum joint, thorax above almost entirely including the
upper portions of meso- and metapleura\ fore legs except base, the
medial and hind femora and tibiic in front, rufous; the dorsulum
and scutella are more or less blackish, sometimes these parts are
entirely black; inner orbits beneath and spot at base of mandibles,
yellow; wings blue-black, with a narrow pale apical margin; cly-
peus subpyriform, with large rather shallo.w punctures, its fore
margin subtruncate, subdentate laterally; front coarsely punc-
tured; space between hind ocelli equal to or slightly less than that
between them and eyes; thorax with tolerably deep, close punc-
tures, more separated on dorsulum; middle segment above with
much larger punctures, the concave area smooth, sides roughly
angulate or subdentate, but not spinose; dorsal surface of abdo-
men with fine, close punctures, those on second segment sparse

464 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

medially, the ventral surface with larger, shallow, separated punc-
tures. Length 16-17 mm.

cf. — Colored like female but more coarsely sculptured; cl}'peus
shorter, finely punctured, and in addition with a few shallow
punctures, its fore margin more incurved ; flagellum rufous api-
cally; space between hind ocelli slightly greater than that between
them and eyes; first joint of median tarsi stout, curved, clothed
with pale hairs within, not much, if anything, longer than half
its tibia.

Chapada, March, November. Five females, two males. Seems
to be close to M. anomala Sauss. There is quite a distinction be-
tween the males of this species and angulosa Sauss., in the shape
of the first joint of middle tarsi.

Nortonia carinulata Spin. (= Montezumia carinulata (Spin.) Sauss.).

One specimen. Chapada, November. In the six-jointed max-
illary -, and four-jointed labial palpi, this insect differs from
Montezumia, in which genus de Saussure placed it, founding there-
for the division Parazumia, which name will probably take prece-
dence over Nortonia, which was not described until twenty-five
years later. . ,^ .^ ^,.,

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 465

October 3.

Mr. Uselma C. Smith in the Chair.

Nineteen persons present.

The deaths of Carl Edelheim and W. G. A. Bonwill, members,
were announced.

October 10.
The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D. , in the Chair.

Thirty-three persons present.

Papers under the following titles were presented for publication :

" On the Summer Molting Plumage of Certain Ducks," by
Witmer Stone.

" Notes on Chilean Fishes, with Descriptions of New Species of
Sebastodes, ' ' by James Francis Abbott.

October 17.
J. Cheston Morris, M.D., in tiie Chair.

Twenty-five persons present.

A paper entitled "A New Species of Thersites," by Henry A.
Pilsbry, was presented for publication.

A paper entitled " Dynamic Evolution, or Fortn as the Result
of Motion," by the Rev. W. F. C. Morsel], presented for publica-
tion April 11, 1899, was withdrawn by the author.

October 24.

The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., in the Chair.

Twenty-four persons present.
30

466 proceedings of the academy of [1899.

October 81.
The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., in the Chair.

Eighteen persons present.

Francis Ralston Welsh and Mrs. Ellen ]M. Dallas were elected
members.

The following were elected correspondents : Raphael Blanchard,
of Paris; Carl Chun, of Konigsberg; Carl Gegenbaur, of Heidel-
berg; Richard Lydekker, of London; H. Mitsukuri, of Tokyo;
Gustav Retzius, of Stockholm ; Wilhslm Roux, of Halle ; G. O.
Sars, of Stockholm; Otto Zacharias, of Plon; Oldfield Thomas,
of London.

The following were ordered to be printed :

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 167

THE SUMMER MOLTING PLUMAGE OF CERTAIN DUCKS.
BY WITMER STONE.

Of all our ducks I believe there is but one, the Old Squaw, in
which the adult male has a distinct nuptial and winter plumage.

That is to say the old males of all our other ducks remain in the
same plumage from the time they arrive in the autumn until their
departure northward in spring.

Judging by what occurs in other birds we should say since
these ducks show no tendency toward a change of plumage when
they leave us in spring, that they must retain the same feathers
that covered them during the winter, until the end of the breeding
season, when a complete molt occurs and a new dress exactly like
the one just shed, is assumed. In other words the plumage re-
mains the same at all seasons, except for such changes as are
effected by wear, tear and bleaching, and there is one annual molt
at the close of the breeding season.

That this is not the case, however, has long been known, and a
peculiar summer plumage of the adult males of several of our
ducks has been described.

This has been variously termed " summer plumage," " molting
plumage," " plumage after the breeding season," etc., but its-
true character seems not to be generally understood.

The first record of this peculiar summer plumage of male ducks,
with which I am acquainted, occurs in the supplement to Mon-
tagu's Ornithological Dictionary, 1813, under head of the Pintail
(^Dafila acuta).

He here describes the molting of some domesticated individuals
and states : " In the month of June or beginning of July these
birds commenced their change of plumage, and by degrees after
making a singular, mottled appearance, especially on the part of
the body which was white before, became by the first week in
August, entirely of a brown color. The beautiful bronze on the
head, the white streak on each side of the neck, and all the white

468 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

beneath, as well as the elegant scapulars had entirely vanished,
and to all appearance a sexual metamorphosis had taken place.
But this change was of short duration, for about the latter end of
September one of the males began to reassume the masculine attire
.... and by the middle of October this bird was again in full
plumage. ' '

In 1838, Waterton* described a similar molt in the male Mal-
lard, and later on many other species were found to have the same
habit of molting, so that in Ridgway's Manual we find the follow-
ing species given, largely on the authority of Dresser, as having a
peculiar summer plumage resembling the female: — Mallard, Blue-
Wing and Cinnamon Teal, Gadwall, Widgeon, Pintail aiid Scaup.
Additional species are mentioned in the British Museum catalogue.

Notwithstanding this, however, only a few of the above are men-
tioned in Elliot's Wild Fowl as having a peculiar summer plumage,
and other works have ignored the question entirely.

A study of the magnificent collection of arctic birds made by
Mr. E. A. Mcllhenny, at Point Barrow, has shown conclusively
that the v^irious Eider ducks, the Pacific, Spectacled, King, and
Steller's Eiders all assume a peculiar summer plumage, and further
investigation adds the Red-breasted Merganser to the number.

With all these facts before us it seems not unreasonable to pre-
dict that in all ducks where the plumages of the male and female
are markedly different we may axpect to find this double molt and
dull summer plumage in the male. So unexpected are some of the
laws governing molts, however, that there may be exceptions.

As regards the reason for this double molt, Montagu was unable
to furnish any explanation. He says : ' ' The double molting in
so short a time, peculiar to some species of birds, is a most curious
and extraordinary circumstance that seems to bid defiance to all
human reasoning. That some birds change their plumage with
the season is evidently a gift of nature to accommodate their color to
their habits, as in the Ptarmigan, Avhich changes his mottled plum-
age in the autumn for that of white, in order that he may rest se-
<3ure upon the bosom of the snow during winter. But there is no
;such evident reason for a double change in the short, space of two
or three months in the same season."

1 Essays.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 469

An examination of Mr. Mcllhenny's series of Eiders sheds a
great deal of lio^ht upon this subject.

In the first place this summer plumage is in no sense a niiptial
plumage ; while it may begin to appear before the young birds are
hatched it does not appear until the mating season is over and is
distinctly a post-nuptial dress. It is mainly restricted to the head,
neck, breast and scapulars, as already pointed out by Montagu ;
that is, to those parts -which are most conspicuously colored.

The most important point in connection with this summer
plumage is that the annual molt of the flight feathers does not
begin until this dull plumage has been fully acquired, and as soon
as the new flight feathers have become functional the dull plumage
as well as the rest of the old plumage is lost and I he annual molt
of the body feathers progresses normally.

It will thus be seen that this dull plumage lasts only during the
period when the bird is unable to fly, for, as is generally known,
ducks molt their flight feathers all at once and temporarily lose
the power of flight.

At such a time a dull blended plumage would naturally be impor-
tant in rendering the bird inconspicuous and thereby protecting it,
and such I think is the explanation of this curious summer molt.

Of the various names that have been suggested for it, " sum-
mer molting plumage ' ' seems the best, as it is different in charac-
ter from any plumage known among other birds, and, as has been
already shown, has nothing to do with the nuptial season, but is
entirely related to the annual molt.

I may further state that the feathers of this plumage are very
poor and loosely constructed, like those of the " post-nidal " or
" first " plumage of young birds, which is also a mere temporary
summer dress.

In connection with the summer molting plumage of the Eiders it
is interesting to note that Dresser, in his Birds of Ein-ojye, gives an
excellent description of this plumage in the King Eider, but
regards it as the " young male." In the same article he quotes
from Mr. G. Gillett," who saw several of these birds in Matthew's
Strait, August 6, " all apparently immature males," though two
specimens that were shot were found to be " entirely destitute of

Ubis., 1880, p. 309.

470 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

quill feathers, so that they could not fly." Mr. L. Lloyd iu Oame
Birds and Wild Fowl of Norway states also " that the old male of the
common Eider loses his brilliant dress toward autumn and becomes
in a great part black," but neither he nor Mr. Dresser seem to
have understood the significance of these changes,

I can hardly realize that the question has not been satisfactorily
explained heretofore, but a somewhat extended research has so far
failed to discover such explanation and I have therefore prepared
an outline of this peculiar molt.

Descriptions of the molting plumages of the several Eider
ducks found in Alaska are appended, taken from specimens in the
collection of Mr. Mcllhenny, to whom I am under obligation for
allowing me to make use of this material; and to whose^ energy and
perseverance science is indebted for one of the finest collections of
Arctic birds yet obtained.

Somateria spectabilis (Linn). King Eider.

Breeding males up to June 1. are in full nuptial plumage. The
next specimens obtained were on August 24 and 30, and these
illustrate the change to the molting plumage. The breast is
speckled all over with new brown, white and black barred or
mottled feathers, the interscapulum is largely speckled with black
and the head and neck are being covered with dull brown feathers
with black tips. The pattern of the green and pale bluish areas
on the head as well as the black V on the throat are still clearly
apparent, though they are being rapidly replaced by dull brown
feathers and the bright plumage that remains is but lightly at-
tached and easily dislodged.

Another specimen taken August 24, but further advanced, has
lost all trace of the bright plumage and is dull colored all over the
head, neck and breast. In none of these are the flight feathers
molted though they are exceedingly worn and bleached,

Somateria v-nigra (Gray). Pacific Eider.

The series of this species includes males in nuptial plumage up
to June 3, after which none were secured until August 20. This
specimen is a little more advanced than the first King Eiders
described above; the dull molting plumage is nearly complete but
traces of the bright feathering of the head remain; the old worn
flight feathers have not been shed. The next specimens taken

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 471

September 17 (1) and September 23 (5) are in full molting
plumage : belly and wings as in nuptial dress, head and neck dull
brown, streaked Avith black, and with indistinct lighter areas on
the head; breast mottled, feathers generally white in the centre,
black at the tip and barred with brown ; some are all brown and
some all white, scapulars blackish or brownish varied with white.
In all six specimens the flight feathers have been molted and the
new ones are about half grown. The last specimen of this inter-
esting series was taken October 6 ; it shows a full grown set of new
flight feathers while the new winter plumage is supplanting the
temporary molting plumage and the remains of the nuptial dress.

The breast plumage is almost completely renewed but is stiU
flecked with brownish feathers, while the new green feathers of the
head may be seen just bursting from the pin-feather sheaths, though
still concealed by the brown feathers of the molting plumage.
Arotonetta fisclieri (Brandt). Spectacled Eider.

Males in nuptial plumage were obtained as late as July 27,
while one specimen, taken September 17, represents the molting
plumage. No similar bird has, I believe, ever been described.

The new flight feathers are nearly fuU grown; the head and
neck are gray, streaked with black, front and cheeks whitish, eye
area gray, centre of throat white, more or less brown, barred
feathers on the breast, back and scapulars largely gray.
Eniconetta stelleri (Pall). Steller's Duck.

Adult males in nuptial plumage were secured by ]Mr. ]McIlhenny
up to July 2, but none after that date. Fortunately a specimen
secured by Dr. Benj. Sharp, at St. Lawrence Island, July 24,
1895, No. 34,520, Coll. Acad. Nat. Sci., supplies the desired
plumage for this species. It is as follows :

Belly, back and wings as in the nuptial plumage, entire head and
neck dull brown, with a few of the green and white feathers still
unshed, plumage of breast very ragged in appearance with new
brownish feathers everywhere replacing those of the nuptial dress.

As would be supposed from the condition of the plumage the
flight feathers have not yet been shed.
Merganser serrator (L). Red-breasted Merganser.

Two males secured July 27 at Pt. Barrow are acquiring the
molting plumage, the first instance I have seen of the existence of
this plumage among the Mergansers.

472 PEOCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

They resemble the nuptial plumage, except the head, neck and
breast, exactly as in the Eiders. The neck is like that of the
female, but browner, head and crest dull brown, the breast is
becoming duU gray. Many of the black feathers of the head
and pink and black feathers of the breast still remain from the
nuptial plumage, but they are very easily brushed loose. The
flight feathers have not yet been molted.

1899.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

473

A NEW SPECIES OF THERSITES.

BY HENRY A. PILSBRY.

Thersites Webbi, n. sp. Figs, l, 2

Shell obliquely umbilieate, dome-shaiDed above, moderately con-
vex below the carinated periphery; sti-ong and solid. White under

a dense olive brown cu-
ticle above, with some
yellowish streaks, be-
coming dirty flesh-
tinted on the earlier
four whorls, which are
partially denuded of the
thin cuticle ; the base
darker, chestnut col-
ored, being dull red un-
der the cuticle. Sur-
face rather glossy, more
so beneath, showing
moderate, irregular
growth - wrinkles ; the
upper surface of the
last whorl sculptured
with oblique, forwardly
descending fine wrin-
kles, very low and in-
conspicuous. Spire
dome-shaped, the apex
obtuse. Whorls 6|-,
slowly widening, those
of the spire flat, the
suture not impressed ;
^^^- 2- the last whorl strongly

carinated at the periphery, the keel blunted behind the lip,
slightly swollen below the suture, abruptly and deeply deflexed in

474 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

front; the latter half of the base becoming greatly swollen, the
umbilicus passing into a large excavated area behind the columellar
lip. Aperture very oblique, squarish oblong, white within ; peris-
tome well expanded, the upper and baso-columellar margins
straightened and subparallel, the latter reflexed, dilated and quite .
vaulted over the umbilicus at the insertion; parietal callus bluish
white, strong.

Alt. 48; greater diam, 51, lesser 45 mm.

A single specimen was found in a collection obtained by Mr.
Walter F. Webb, of Albion, N. Y., in whose honor the species is
named. It bore the label ^' Helix, Solomon Is.;" but I regard
this locality as open to grave suspicion. It is probably from
northern Queensland, though one would scarcely expect a new
Helix over two inches in diameter from that region, after the labors
of Dr. Cox, Messrs. Brazier, Hedley and others in the elucidation
of the Queensland fauna.

T. Webbi belongs between the Hadra section of Thersites and
the typical group of the genus, but is nearer the former. It
resembles T. bipartita in the bicolored shell substance, readily seen
by looking in the aperture with the shell held toward a light, in
the structure and color of the lip, and the form of the latter part
of the base of the shell and tfie umbilicus. It differs from T.
bipartita in the strong peripheral keel, flat whorls of the dome-
shaped instead of conic spire, the greater anterior deflection of the
last whorl, the less rotund aperture and the darker color of the
cuticle above. T. Webbi vesemhles Thersites richmondiana in being
keeled, and in the flatness of the whorls of the spire, separated by
merely linear sutures; but it differs in other particulars of form,
color, etc., so much that a comparison is needless.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 475

NOTES ON CHILEAN FISHES. WITH DESCKIPTION OF A NEW
SPECIES OF SEBASTODES.

BY JAMES FRANCIS ABBOTT.

In the spring of 1897, Rear Admiral L. A. Beardslee, U. S. N.,
then in command of the U. S. man-ofwar " Philadelphia,"
secured in the harbor of Valjjaraiso, Chile, a small collection of
fishes which he presented to the museum of Leland Stanford Junior
University. Through the courtesy of Dr. C. H. Gilbert, the
writer was ofiered the opportunity of examining them. The
following species were noted :

1. Potamalosa notacanthoides (Steindachucr).

2. Clupanodon fimbriatus (Kner and Steindachner).

3. Isacia conceptionis (Cuv. and Val. ).

4. Genypterus chilensis (Gay).

5. Prolatilus jugular is (Cuv. and Val.).

6. Hippoglossin.a macrops Steindachner. •

The last-mentioned species has heretofore been known only from
Steindachner' s original description . and excellent plate and from
Giinther's single allusion unaccompanied by description. The
specimen at hand agrees with the description of H. macrops so
exactly in every detail as to leave no doubt whatever of its iden-
tity. But the extension of the range of the species through such
a very great distance as that from Mazatlan to the Strait of
Magellan is hardly probable, and it is more than likely that the
fish described by Steindachner did not come from Mazatlan at all,
but from far down the South American coast. This idea will be
accepted the more readily Avhen we recall the remarkable jumble of
species attributed to the fauna of Mazatlan by the same author,' the
result of a collector's transposition of labels, and later corrected
by him. We may also consider the fact that in all the extensive
collecting that has been done on the Mexican and Central Ameri-
can coast in recent years, no specimen of this well-marked species
has been found.

^ fcJithyologische Notizen, ix.

476 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

The single specimen we have examined is noteworthy in that it
is dextral, while the type specimen is sinistral. Probably the
species is indifferently one or the other. The gillrakers are short,
6 + 11. The antrorse preanal spine is well developed.

The species is readily separated from Hlppoglossina siomata by
the much larger mouth of the latter. It differs from H. bollmanni,
its nearest relative, in the somewhat greater number of dorsal and
anal rays, and especially in the number of gillrakers, which are
3 + 9 in that species. The interorbital ridge is continued upon the
side of the head in the type of bollmaani, so as to form a doubly
curved lateral ridge; in macrops the interorbital ridge is flatter and
fades away at the border of the upper orbit.

Eippoglossina macrops Steindachner, Icbthyologische Beitriige, v. 13,
PI. Ill, 1876 [PMazatlan] ; Giinther, Voyage of H. M. S. Alert,
1881. Trinidad Channel [Strait of Magellan].

Sebastodes jenynsi Abbott, new species.

This species belongs to the rosaceus group, and resembles very
closely its East Pacific relatives, Sebastodes oculatus and *S*. dar-
ivini. It is easily distinguished from S. rosaceus by the much
larger eye of the lattei* as well as by its lower spinous dorsal and
slightly greater depth. From oculatus it is separated especially
by its considerably greater depth and fewer anal rays, and from
darwini by its longer pectoral and much shorter second anal spine.
The arrangement of the four spots of color also differs markedly
from that in the other species sharing this character, rosaceus, con-
stellatus, rhodochloris, chlorostictus and oculatus.

Mr. Cramer'^ remarks that in view of the fact that fifty species
of the genus are known to inhabit the north temperate waters of
Pacific North America, it is not improbable that the species will be
found equally numerous on the temperate South American coast.
Heretofore but two species have been described from this region,
although Jenyns mentions the drawing of another in the possession
of Darwin with the spinous development less marked and ap-
proaching in some of its characters *S'. ciliatus {S. variabilis Cuv.
and Val.). This may or may not be the same as the specimen in
hand, but ours has little affinity Avith ciliatus.

Description. — Head 2f ; depth 3|; eye moderately large, 4^ in

' Proc. Calif. Acad. Sciences, vi, 241, 1896.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 477

head. D. XIII, 13 ; A. Ill, 6. Pores in lateral line 45. Body
as in Sebastodes rosaceus, perhaps a trifle heavier in appearance,
head somewhat blunter. Jaws subequal, the lower with a small
knob. MaxiUary 2 in head, reaching past middle of pupil. Gill-
rakers thin, 2^ in eye, 7 + 22 in number, the last seven on lower
arch much reduced. Nasal, preocular, suj^raocular, postocular.
tympanic, and parietal spines present. The entire spinous develop-
ment is somewhat heavier than in rosaceus, but the spines are
blunter and a trifle lower. Interorbital f of eye, with two parallel
ridges as in that species, but these are a little lower and the groove
between is somewhat shallower. Preopercle with five rather broad
and flat spines, the two upper being the strongest. Opercle with
two similar ones. Scapular and suprascapular spines present, but
not prominent.

Head finely scaled above, up to nasal spines. Snout sparsely
scaled, with exception of the region bounded by the nasal spines.
A few scales on maxillary; mandible naked. Dorsal consider-
ably lower than in rosaceus, fourth spine S^ in head (2^ in rosa-
ceus), a deep emargination between soft and hard parts. Second
anal spine heavy, barely exceeding third spine, 2f in head; first
anal ray 2 in head. Pectoral reaches past ventrals, almost to first
spine of aual. Ventral 1|- in head.

Coloration (in alcohol) dark, marbled and mottled above lateral
line, pectorals bluish (probably deep blue in life). Dorsal very
dark; ventrals dark. Four radiating dark bands on side of head.
A dark streak down middle of maxillary. Four pale spots as in
related species ; one under last ray of dorsal, one under last spine,
one on lateral line under ninth sj)ine, and one just under the fin
under eighth spine — this last differing in position from the corre-
sponding mark in other species. JBrauchiostegal membrane bluish,
traces of salmon pink under jaws.

Length 205 mm. Common name, CahriUa. Hab. Valparaiso.

The type is numbered 11,925 in the Leland Stanford Junior
University Museum.

478 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

November 7.

The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., iu the Chair.

Thirty-five persons present.

Papers under the following titles were presented for publication :
" Description of Araeiurus lacustris okeechobeensis, " by Henry

W. Fowler.

" Observations on Fishes from the Caroline Islands," by

Henry W. Fowler.

A Neiv Race of Short-eared Old. — Mr. Witmer Stone ex-
hibited a series of Short-eared Owls from Pt. Barrow, Alaska,
from the collection of Mr, E. A.. Mcllhenny. These birds are very
much paler than specimens from Pennsylvania and have the tawny
tints largely replaced by white. The lower surface is white with
a slight butf suffusion in some examples, while the dark stripes on
the breast average narrower than in more southern specimens.
The females are slightly darker than the males.

In measurements they agree pretty well with examples from the
United States, the wing of eight males ranging from 11.75 to
12.25 ins. (average 11.95 ins.) and of three females from 12 to
12.30 ins. (average 12.15 ins.).

Notwithstanding the individual variations exhibited by this
genus, Mr. Stone regarded these Pt, Barrow specimens as repre-
senting a distinct geographic race, probably ranging southeastward
over the arctic barren grounds, and proposed to separate it as Ado
accipitrinus Mcllhennyi (Type 958 Coll. E. A, Mcllhenny, Pt.
Barrow, June 2, 1898, d").

November 14,

The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., in the Chair,

One hundred and forty-three persons present.

Mr, Frank M. Chapman made an illustrated communication on
the subject of the Bird Rocks of the Gulf of St. Lawrence. (No
abstract. )

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 479

ISOVEMBER 21.

J. Cheston Morris, M.D., in the Chair.

Thirty-three persons present.

The death of Albert Fricke, M.D., a member, was announced.

A paper entitled ' ' Notes on Tectibranchs and Naked Mollusks
from Samoa," by C. N. E. Eliot, was presented for publication.

November 28.

Mr. Charles Morris in the Chair.

Ninety-eight persons present.

Mr. G. Wharton James made an illustrated communication on
the Havasupai Indians. (No abstract.)

Messrs. L. M. Underwood and N. L. Britton, of New York,
were elected correspondents.

The following were ordered to be printed :

480 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

DESCRIPTION OF AMEITJRUS LACUSTEIS OKEECHOBEENSIS.
BY HENRY W. FOWLER.

Ameiurus lacustris okeechobeensis (Heilpriu).

Ictalurus okeechobeensis Heilprin, Trans. Wagner Inst. Sci. Phila., I,
1887, pi. 18 ; Kissimee River, Lake Okeechobee, Florida.

Ameiurus okeechobeensm Jordan and Evermaim, Bull. U. S. Nat.
Mus., No. 47, I, 1896, p. 138.

This fish, which was first described by Prof. Heilprin, proves
to be a subspecies of Ameiurus lacustris (Walh.), and as his de-
scription is insufficient I redescribe it.

Form of the body rather elongate. Head 3i in the body. D.
I, 6. Eye 9i in head and situated anterior to the middle of the
head and with the lower margin of the orbit on a line with the
middle of the depth of the head. Head, convex posteriorly, its
width between the opercles ly^^ in its length and 4^ in the body.
The supraoccipital process reaches the second interspinal and the
ridge of bone is thus complete. Interorbital space more or less
shallowly convex, the eye being contained in it 5f times. Mouth
rather large, lips fleshy. Barbels thin, especially the nasal pair
and the outstretched maxillary pair reach f the length of the P.
spine. Inner margin of the P. spine serrate. The D. spine is
smooth and nearly 2^ in the length of the head. Humeral process
covered with thin skin, and only is it slightly rugose on the ante-
rior portion, and it projects backward and slightly upward for
more than one-half the length of the P. spine. The V. reach
the A. The A. fin with 24 rays, and its base 4^ in the length of
the body. The insertion of the D. is at a point a little behind
the tip of the outstretched P., and nearer the adipose fin than the
tip of the snout. Lateral line slightly arched anteriorly. Caudal
forked, the upper lobe longer than the lower, and with the rudi-
mentary rays conspicuous. Color above blackish brown, the D.,
the A., and caudal fins of the same color. Upper surface of the
P. and V. blackish brown. Lower surface of the body whitish.
Barbels blackish brown, except the median mental pair, which are

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 481

whitish like the lips. There are two specimens of this tish iu the
colleclioD. The type, No. 8,443, from which the above description
was taken, is larger than the other, which is No. 8,442, measuring
21 and 14 inches respectively. They both possess 26 ravs in the
A. fin if the anterior rudiments are counted and have the D.
situated nearer the tip of the adipose fin than the tip of the snout.
These specimens were collected in 1886, and presented to the
Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia by Prof. Angelo
Heilprin.

482 PROCEEDINGS Of THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

OBSERVATIONS ON FISHES FROM THE CAROLINE ISLANDS.
BY HENRY W. FOWLER.

Among the presentations made to the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia by the late Prof. E. D. Cope was a col-
lection of marine Fishes, comprising forty-fiv^e specimens, from the
Caroline Islands. Most of these specimens are in a fair state of
preservation. They have been made into dry preparations or
skins, some of them being only one-half of the skin of the orig-
inal specimen, but most of them are entire, the bodies having
been filled out and varnished on the outside. It is unfortunate
that the data are very meagre, no precise localities being given.

EXOCOETIDJE.
1. Cypsilurus quindecimradiatus sp. nov. Plate XVII.

The form of the body is elongate and spindle-shaped. Head
flat and broad above, compressed laterally so that the lower surface
is rounded, 4J in the body without the caudal. Eye 3i in head
and about 1| in the interorbital space, which is level, the orbits
being placed in the upper anterior part of the head and with iheir
lower margins below the lower jaw. The eye is also contained
1^ in the space between its posterior margin and that of the
operculum. The length of the snout, from the tip of the upper
jaw, 1^ in the eye. The mouth terminal, superior, the lower jaw
projecting, and with the cleft inclined moderately. The posterior
margin of the eye is nearer the origin of the P. than the tip of the
upper jaw. Teeth minute. Branchial aperture large. Opercles
large, scaled. The greatest depth of the body, which falls consider-
ably short of the length of the head, is contained in the total length
of the body about six times. The origin of the P. is situated on a
level with the pupil of the eye, the radii of the fin about 14, the first
and second somewhat enlarged and the third and fourth the long-
est ; of the former, which are simple, the second is bifid for the ter-
minal half or more, while the rest of these rays are all branched.
The outstretched P. probably reached l^ackward to the eleventh

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 488

or twelfth D. ray or at least as far as the tip of the V. Origin of
the V. about midway between the origin of the P. and the first
rudimentary rays of the caudal. Rays of V. 6 , the third the
longest, tip of the fin extending beyond ihe origin of the A.
Origin of the D. inserted nearly equidistant to the origin of the
V. and A., and also etjuidistaut to the origins of the P. and the
tip of the upper lobe of the caudal. D. with 15 rays, the poste-
rior of which do not reach near the rudimentary caudal rays.
Base of the D. uol as long as the head and the bas^e of the A. not
as long as the base of the D, Caudal deeply forked, the lower
lobe greatly exceeding the upper in length and contained in it
li times. The lateral line runs very low along the lower part of
the rides of the body and passes near the origin of the V. Rudi-
mentary rays of the lower lobe of the caudal much more robust
than those of the upper lobe and about 7 in number. The caudal
is much compressed and flattened laterally, the rays being strong
and giving great solidity and power to this steering instrument.
Total length of the specimen 17^ inches. Xo. 28,275.

HOLOCENTRID^.
2. Holocentrus spinifer (Forskal).

Scicena spinifera Forskal, Descript. Animal., 1775, p. 49.
Body compressed, with the anterior dorsal region elevated.
Scales 48, about 43 pores. D. xi, 15. A. iv, 10. P. i, 14. V.
i, 7. Head about 8^ in length, with caudal which is not quite 5.
The greatest depth of the body about equal to the length of the
head. Interorbital space very narrow, not as wide as the maxilla
with its supplemental bone. The upper profile line of the head is
nearly straight from the tip of the snout to the occiput and from
this point t» the origin of the D. convex, at which latter point
the body assumes its greatest depth. There are five rows of scales
on the cheeks, the row bordering the eye being the largest. The
eye is contained more than 3f times in the head, and is equal to
the snout in length. The prpeopercular spine is more than one-half
the length of the posterior margin of the prseoperculum and a
trifle larger than the diameter of the eye. The serrations or
spines of the prteoperculum are much larger than those of the oper-
culum. There are 2 spines at the posterior angle of the oj^ercu-
lum, the upper of which is the largest, and the sharpest. The

484 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

opercles are evenly striated, the striations formiDg small serrations
on the posterior margin. The interoperculum has 4 or 5 tooth-
like serratures on its posterior margin. The suboperculum is
nearly smooth, the striations being indistinct, though there are
several feeble serrations along the upper and lower portions of
the posterior edge. There is a very narrow bony border around
the eye which has its outer edge finely serrate. There are 6 pi'feor-
bital spines, the outer of which are much larger than the 4 central
ones, situated along the lower edges of the praorbital bones, they
all point downward. The superior cranial bones are strongly
radiated. The maxillary extends to the anterior margin of the
pupil of the eye. SujDplemental maxillary large. The eye is
placed above and somewhat anterior to the centre of the head.
Teeth all minute. The distance between the origin of the D. and
the occiput is a little less than the length of the prseopercular
spine, the tip of Avhich is directly below the former, while the inser-
tion of the P. is more posterior and the insertion of the V. still
more so. The third D. spine is the longest, the last being the
smallest and equals the second A. spine. The spines of the D.
are all more or less equal in thickness, not being swollen or one
much thicker than the other. The membrane connecting the
last D. spine with the first soft ray of the same fin is adnate to
the latter only at the extreme base. The soft D. is a trifle higher
than the spinous D., and its base is contained in the latter about
three times, and with its first ray not spinous. The caudal fin is
forked and with the upper lobe veiy little longer than the lower
and both lobes are beset both along the upper and lower basal
edges with 5 rudimentary rays, all of which, excepting the last
posterior, are spinous. The third spine of the A. is greatly en-
larged and broadened and the fourth is ensheathed in its posterior
excavation. The first A. spine is exceedingly minute, being con-
cealed by the scales around the base of the fin. The P. and V. are
of equal size, the first ray of the latter being spinous and a little
longer than the innermost, while the first ray of the P. is very
short. Lateral line slightly recurved at first, then sloping gradu-
ally to its termination, though it does not run along the centre of
the caudal peduncle laterally and the pores do not exist on several
of the most posterior scales. Scales not striated, but with the
posterior edges finely serrated. There is a row of scales along the

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 485

base of the A. which is shorler than the base of the soft D.
Total length of the specimen about 10| inches. No. 23,276.

3. Holocentrus poecilopterus Bleeker.

Natiuirk. Tydsch. voor Nederl. Imlie, Deel VII (New Series, IV), 1854,
p. 356.

The three specimens which I refer to this species have the fol-
lowing fin formula: D. xi, 14; xi, 14; xi, 14. A. iv, 9; iv, 9;
iii ?, 6 ? '(the first A. spine of this latter specimen I am inclined
to tliiuk is really the second, though I am able to find but three) ;
P. i, 13; i, 13; i, 13; V. i, 7; i, 7 ; i, 7. The scales in
the lateral line average about 52. The first ray of the soft D.
is not conspicuously enlarged and is much shorter than the second
and third which are the longest rays of the fin. The row of large
horny scales at the base of the A. is well developed in all three
examples.

Nos. 23,277, 23,278 and 23,279.

SERRANIDiB.

4. Bodianus guttatus Bloch.

Ausl. Fisclie, IV, 1790, p. 36, pi. ccxxiv.
Three specimens. Nos. 23,280, 23,281 and 23,282.

5. Epinephelus merra Bloch.

L. c, VII, 1793, p. 17, pi. cccxxix.
Three specimens. No?. 23,283, 23,284 and 23,285.
LUTIANID^.

6. Lutianus bohar (Forskal).

Sciosna boliar Forskal, Descript. Animal., 1775, p. 46.

Form of the body oblong, compressed. Head large, 3;^ in total
length, greater than the depth of the body which is about 3f in
the total length. Snout prominent, mouth large and with large
maxillary which does not extend posteriorly beyond the anterior
half of the eye. The width of the maxillary at its distal extrem-
ity is equal to half the diameter of the eye. Eyes 4^ in head and
very slightly over twice their diameter in the snout, and situated
in the upper central portion of the head. Prajorbital bones large,
ensheathing the upper portion of the maxillaries. The inter-
orbital width grealer than the diameter of the eye and with the
surface only slightl}' convex. The posterior margin of the prseoper-
culum is finely serrated above the notch, which is moderate, lielow

486 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

which aud for a short distance along the lower margin, it is coarsely
serrated, the anterior portion of this lower margin being smooth.
The interoperculum is furnished with a small bony protuberance
which is opposite the prreopercular notch and into which it does not
fit. The operculum terminates in a small pointed flap which
extends backward beyond the base of the P. The mouth is
furnished with four canines in the front of both jaws, the outer
pair of the upper being the largest and the strongest. The poste-
rior nares are situated within half an eye diameter of the anterior
border of the eye. The profile line of the body from the snout
to the origin of the D. appears to be gently concave. The distance
between the anterior border of the eye and the first D. spine is
equal to the length of the P. The origin of the D. is situated
over the tip of the opercular flap, of course falling posterior to
that of the P. Spinous D. longer than soft D., the radii x, 14,
the spines being strong and sharp, and graduated to the third,
which, with the fourth, fifth and sixth, are the longest, being, in
fact, longer than any of the soft rays. The scales of the body
pass over on to the basal portion of the soft D., covering it ante-
riorly for more than one-half its height, though this encroachment
gradually diminishes posteriorly so that only a few^ scales are to be
seen at the bases of these rays. The scales also pass out over the
basal portion of the soft rays of the A. and are distributed in the
same manner, though they do not extend out so far as on the soft D.
The caudal has its base also scaled, the scales of the caudal pedun-
cle passing over to the base of the tail in unbroken series, and
even covering the rudimentary ra^'s, for about one-half its length.
All these scales which cover the portions of the fins mentioned are
much smaller _than any others on any part of the body except a
few at the base of the P. P. i, 16, not reaching A., but reaching
posteriorly beyond the tips of the Y. The origin of the V.
slightly posterior to the origin of the P. V. i, 5. A. iii, 8 ?
The third spine of the A. is the longest and the strongest, though
very little longer than the second. The tail is moderately forked,
the depth of the emargination being about one-fourth its length.
The spinous D. is more or less distinct from the soft D., to which
it is joined. There are eight or nine rows of scales on the cheeks.
Operculum and interoperculum scaled and a row of large scales
from occiput to suprascapula aud two rows between the former

1899.] NATURAL SCIE>X'ES OF PHILADELPHIA. 487

row, and rutming parallel with it, and the eye. the rest of the
head naked except the scales in postocular region which are a
continuation of the series on the cheeks. Lateral line running
along the upper part of the body, and not running along the centre
of the caudal peduncle laterally, sloping from its dorsal position
gently till it terminates in the centre of the caudal fin. Scales
about 64. The general polor of the specimen appears to have been
of an olivaceous tinge, the light spots at the base of posterior rays
of the D. very distinct. Irides reddish. Dark oblique bands
above the lateral line, and longitudinal bands below. Scales of
the thoracic and postoccipital region smaller than those on the
sides of the body. Upper caudal lobe the longest.
No. 23,286.

7. Genyoroge marginata (Cuvier and Valenciennes).

Diacope marginata Ciivier aud Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., II,
1828, p. 320.

Form of the body sparoid, Avith the antero-dorsal region pro-
duced. The profile line from the snout to the occiput is straight
and from the latter point to the origin of the D. convex. The
lower profile line from the snout to the A. is nearly straight or
only very slightly convex. Head a little over 3 in the total length
and the depth of the body about the same. Eyes placed in the
upper anterior portion of the head, nearer the snout than the
opercles and about 4 in the length of the head. IMouth large,
the maxillaries extending posteriorly for about one-third the diam-
eter of the eye. The distal extremity of the maxillary bones is
dilated and about equal to one-half the diameter of the eye.
The upper and anterior portions of the maxillaries are ensheathed
by the orbital bones. Nostrils separated from the anterior margin
of the eye by a space that is greater than the space between them-
selves. Interorbital space convex, not equal to the diameter of
the eye, equal to the space between the anterior nostril and the
anterior margin of the eye. Posterior margin of the prseopercu-
lum finely serrated above the notch, below and on the posterior
edge of the lower margin strongly serrated. Interopercular knob
dev^eloped and fitting closely into the prpeopercular notch. Poste-
rior margin of the operculum developed into a flap. Suprasca2:)ula
serrated. Origin of the D. over the tip of the opercular flap,
both of these are situated posterior to the origin of the P. D. x,

488 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

14, the third to sixth spine the longest. Bases of soft D , caudal
and A., covered with small scales though not extending very far
on any of the fins. Longest spines of D. longer than any of the
soft rays. Caudal emarginate, though not deeply. P. falcate,
nearly extending to first A. spine, radii i, 14. V. situated
directly below P., radii i, 5, tips not extending posteriorly to tips
of P., though the tips of the latter may have reached as far as
the A. spine. A. iii, 8, second and third spines very stout and
about equal. A series of large scales from the suprascapula to
the occiput, anterior and parallel to this several series of smaller
ones. Opercles and interopercles scaled and the cheeks with
6 rows extending over the postotular region, and a row of small
scales directly over the eye toward the suprascapula, rest of head
naked. The ventral rays are very stout and strong. Lateral line
curved, then descending to the centre of the base of the caudal,
not running along the centre of the caudal peduncle laterally.
Scales about 55. Eye f of the least depth of the caudal peduncle.

Teeth even, large. The color of this specimen has apparently
entirely faded, it being at present a pale buff-brown, with traces of
red irides. Total length lOf inches.

No. 23,287.

LABRID^.
8. Thalassoma immanis sp. nov. Plate XVIII, fig. 2 (middle figure).

Shape of the body oblong-ovate, strongly compressed, its great-
est depth situated anteriorly and in the region of the P. fins. The
appearance is altogether very robust and strongly built. Greatest
depth of the body nearly as great as the length of the head, and
contained in the total length of the body about 8f times. Eyes
superior and slightly anterior in position, about 6|^ in the head, 3
in the snout and 1^ in the maxillary. Posterior margin of maxil-
lary about midway in the space between the tip of the snout and
the front margin of the eye. Upper and lower profile lines of
the head sloping anteriorly in the form of an isosceles ti'iangle,
when viewed laterally, with the mouth at the apex. Interorbital
space convex, about If in snout and a little over 4 in the length of
the head. The eye is 1^ in the interorbital space. Head entirely
naked and with the skin on the cranium, the interorbital space,
the upper and anterior portions of the 02:)erculum, the posterior

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 489

and lower portions of the prseoperculura, the interoperculum, sub-
operculum, the branchiostegal region and the sides and lower or
under portion of the mandible papillose or rugose. On the upper
portion of the operculum are 3 shallow tube-like elevations par-
allel with its upper margin, and which become indistinct after
passing over the anterior half. The orbitals are strongly rugosely
striate. Teeth strong, canines strongly developed, two pairs in
the front of each jaw and the lower fitting in between the upper
pair when the jaws are closed. The other teeth in both jaws
are graduated from the canines backward, the largest of course
being anterior and about one-half the size of the canines. Ori-
gin of the P. inferior in the depth of the body and anterior to
the tip of the opercular flap which is very small. P. ii, 14,
perhaps slightly anterior to the V. which are contained in
the former 1^ and have the radii i, 5. Origin of the D. nearly
over the same of the V. radii viii, 13, the spines sharp, rather
strong, and not thickened, of about equal length, similar to the
soft rays which are of nearly uniform length. A. ii, 10 or 11, the
first spine shorter than the second and the first soft ray the longest.
Upper and lower rays of caudal produced into a projecting point,
the lower reaching beyond the upper and the emargination being
thus formed is oblique. Rays of the caudal, like those of soft D.
and A. , very strong and stout, of the former fin the bases of those
which are produced are covered with several rows of small scales,
much smaller than the other scales at the base of the same fin. Scales
along the bases of the D. and A. smaller than those on the rest of
the body and extending somewhat upon the bases of the fins.
Scales about 28, the lateral line straight to about the twentieth scale
when it falls and runs along the centre of the caudal peduncle.
The tubes of the lateral line with several branches on each scale,
some of Avhich are in turn themselves branched. Most of the
color in life has disappeared, yet the head appears to have been
green, with the loreal region and the fronlal region together with
the space behind and below the eye forming a band along the
margin of the prgeoperculum, across the operculum and over the
interoperculum, of a different color. A green spot, in one speci-
men, divides the lighter color on the interoperculum and extends
for a short distance upon the lower portion of the operculum, this
spot being much larger than the same of the largest specimen. A

490 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

light band from the opercular flap to the caudal rays and directly
below this, and parallel to it, starting from the P. region, is an-
other similar band. Longitudinal stripes along D. and A. , longi-
tudinal stripes along the inner of the pi'oduced caudal rays and the
l)asal half of the rest of most the caudal rays of the same color
as the lateral stripes. With the exception of a thoracic stripe
from the interoperculum backward the body is bright green.
Length about llf inches. The specimens which I refer to this
species show considerable color variation, which may be due to
individual variation. There are three specimens, one of which is
very young.

Nos. 23,288, 23,289 and 23,290.

SCARID^.
9. Scarus pronus sp. nov. Plate XVIII, fig. 3 (lower figure).

Form of the body elliptical, oblong, compressed and with the
greatest depth more or less in the centre and apparently greater
than the length of the head which is contained in the total length
about 4^ times. Eye not quite 6 in the head, about 2f in snout,
in postocular region 2^ and in the interorbital space twice.
The greatest depth of the head is inferior to its length and the
upper profile line from the tip of the snout to the interorbital
space moderately convex, and from this latter point to the occiput
with a very strong convex appearance foi'med by the elevation of the
supraoccipital ridge. Snout produced, mouth small and with lateral
canine-like teeth, projecting externally, at the angle, there is one
on each side of the upper and two similar on the lower. The jaws
which are modified into a beak, which is small, have the teeth
small, at present whitish, and the lips appear to have covered the
greater portion. Origin of the P. below the level of the eye,
directly above that of the V., radii ii, 12, shorter than the head
and equal to the base of the P. V, 1^ in P., radii i, 5, much
stronger than P. Origin of the D. a little behind that of the P.
and v., radii ix, 10, the spines rather firm, though they may
have been more or less pungent during life, and together with
the soft rays of uniform size. A. ii, 9, the soft rays of the D.
similar and the tips of both not much if any produced beyond a
point. Caudal rays strong, the outer produced into points thus
leaving the posterior edge deeply incised. Body covered with very

1899.] NATURAL SCIE>-CE« OF PHILADELPHIA. 491

large scales, a row along the base of the D., not much smaller
than those on the other parts of the body except some smaller scales
alongside the base of the A. The lateral line which is parallel
with the back to the region below the posterior D. rays, where it
is interrupted, traverses in this space 18 scales, it then appears
again on the antero-lateral region of the caudal peduncle and
traverses 5 or 6 scales, to the caudal. The tubes a})pear to be
single. The head, with the exception of the nasal, loreal, frontal
and labial regions naked, the rest covered with rather large scales.
Three rows of scales below the eye, the middle row with 6 and the
prseoperculum with 3. Scales on the opercles and cranium large.
General color greenish with the outer edges of each scale broadly
bordered with light green or yellowish. The D. with a longitu-
dinal bar, of lighter color than the green, which bifurcates near
the middle which results in an intervening bar of the greenish
color of the rest of the fin. A. similar to the D., but without
the median green bar. P, and V. greenish, their lower and inner
portions lighter. A bar, evidently reddish and bordered above
and below by a dark olivaceous band from the anterior margin of
the eye across the snout. Total length llf inches.
No. .23,291.

10. Scarus lupus sp. nov. Plate XVIII, fig. 1 (upper figure).

Form of the body oblong, elliptical, deep and compressed, the
greatest depth which is situated medianly about equal to the
length of the head and 3^- in the total length. Profile gently
convex from snout to origin of D. The eye is situated in the
upper portion of the head and nearly median, and in which it is
contained 6, and in the snout 2|, and in the postocular region
2|, and in the interorbital space 2 and in the greatest depth of
the head nearly 5 times. The greatest depth of the head falls
short of its length by an eye-diameter, though it is longer than
the P. by nearly the same distance. Snout very promiuent, the
beak large and powerful, the upper projecting beyond the lower
and with small denticulations which are rounded and do not form
a very sharp cutting edge. No lateral teeth at the bases of
either jaw like those of the preceding species and the lips thin
and covering the bases of .the jaws for a short distance only.
Head, with the exception of the nasal, loreal, prseopercular.

492 PROC^EEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

labial, frontal and ceratohyal regions scaled, though there is a
naked strip above and behind the eye. The bare tracts men-
tioned are more or less striated, especially around the eyes and the
lores, the prseoperculum is strongly so, and the rest of the tracts
on the under surface of the head are papillose. The opercular
flap is about median in the depth of the body, the origin of the
P. anterior to its extremity at which point directly above, the D.
is inserted. The P. extends posteriorly beyond the A. a short
distance, radii ii, 13. V. extending for two-thirds of the distance
between their origin and that of the A., the rays not being en-
larged and with the fin formula i, 5. A. basis not so long as the
length of the P., about equal to the V. and with the radii ii, 9.
D. ix, 10, its base very long and the rays of nearly uniform
length. No row of scales along the bases of either D. or A.
Upper and lower rays of the caudal produced into points extend-
ing beyond the posterior edge of the fin for about an eye-
diameter, the margin of which is deeply convex above sloping
obliquely to base of the lower projection. Body covered with
very large scales, those on the cheek in 2 series and with 5 or
6 scales in the lower row. Lateral line parallel with the back,
interrupted, extending over 19 scales before the interruption,
after which it starts on the antero -lateral portion of the caudal
peduncle where it continues over 6 scales to the caudal. The
scales which ensheathe the base of the caudal are 3 in num-
ber, enlarged and widened. Tubes of the lateral line branched.
General color greenish or greenish olivaceous, with the opercles
bluish. A light band from the lores across the snout and a light
round spot above each maxillary. Beak white. Total length
llf inches.
No. 23,292.

CH^TODONTID^.

11. Chaetodon auriga Forskal.

Descrii)t. Animal., 1775, p. 60.
Three specimens. Nos. 23,293, 23,294 and 23,295.

12. Chaetodon semeion Bleeker.

Natuurk. Tydsch. voor Nederl. Indie, Deel VIII (New Series, V) 1855,
p. 450.

Two examples. No.s. 23,296 and 23,297.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 493

TEUTHIDID^.

13. Monoceros vlamingii (Cuvier aud Valenciennes).

jVaseux vlamingii Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., X, 1835,
p. 216.

Form of the body obloug ovoid, very much compressed. The
greatest depth of the body about the anterior part aud about 3 in
the total leugth without caudal filaments. Head, from tip of the
snout, 5| in total length (excluding filaments), its greatest depth
in that of the body not quite 2, much shorter than the length of
the head, and equal to the space between the tip of the rostrum
and the origin of the D. The rostrum or horn-like projection
does not extend beyond the tip of the snout and with its apex
bluntly rounded. The interorbital space very strongly convex
and contained nearly 2 in the snout and 3 in the head. Nostrils
in an oblique slit directly in front of the eye. Eye situated high
in the head, the lower half horizontal with the rostrum or horn
and posterior 4^ in the head, 1^ in interorbital space and 2f in
snout. Space between tip of snout and posterior margin of eye
and space between posterior extremity of maxillary and upper
posterior edge of operculum equal. Teeth small, even and smooth,
without groove, conical and without sharp edge. Prteoperculum
very oblique, forming an obtuse angle anterior to the eye. Origin
of the P. below the mouth, radii ii, 15, equal to the space between
the points formed by the branchial aperture. Origin of the D.
slightly behind the eye, anterior to the branchial aperture, on a
line with which the P. is inserted and with large strong spines,
the radii vi, 26, and of uniform length. Origin of V. behind
P., radii i, 2, the spines roughened and strong. Origin of the
A. below the last D. spine, radii ii, 27, its base equal to the soft
D. which it greatly resembles. Two large keeled immovable
laminae on the caudal peduncle, which is small, with the keels
projecting forward. Caudal triangular in shape, the upper and
lower outer rays produced into long filaments which project for a
space beyond the fin, equal to the depth of the body. Posterior
margin of caudal truncate. Body covered with very small granu-
lations which are rough to the touch, this roughness extending
over many of the spines of the fins and entirely over the caudal.
General color dark blackish brown, the upper part of the trunk
with indistinct blackish spots and the lateral and lower portions

494 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

with indistinct narrow, wavy, blackish stripes arranged crosswise.
Posterior portion of the caudal lighter than the general color and
with a dark terminal band along the margin which is light. Tips
of both D. and A, project posteriorly as far as the posterior mar-
gin of the posterior lamina Lateral line present extending along
the upper part of the trunk parallel to the line of the back to
below the posterior D. region where it terminates. Total length,
without filaments, 17:^ inches.

Two fine specimens. Nos. 23,298 and 23,299.

14. Teuthis guttatus (Bloch and Schneider).

Acanthurus guttatus Bloch and Schneider, Syst. Ichth., 1801, p. 215.
Acanthurus quttatus Cuvier and Valeuciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., X,

1835, p. 143.
Harpurus guttatus Forster, Descript. Animal., Ed. Lichtenstein, 1844,

p. 218.
Acanthurus guttatus Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., Ill, 1861, p. 329 ;

and in Fische der Siidsee, .lournal des Mus. Godeffroy, II, 1873-75,

p. 109, pi. 69, f. a.

The name Acanthurus guttatus of Bloch and Schneider is the
earliest for this species that is tenable, though they refer to
^'Harpurus guttatus J. R. Forster, iii, 9," which seems to me to
refer to some unpublished work, as the first reference to Harpurus
guttatus is published in the Descript. Animal., Ed. Lichtenstein.

Xos. 23,300 and 23,301.

15. TeutMs acMUes 'Shaw).

Acanthurus achilles Shaw, General ZoiHogy, IV, 1803, p. 383.

Form of the body oblong ovoid, somewhat produced anteriorly,
much compres.sed and with the greatest depth about the anterior
third, and contained twice in the length without caudal. Head
about lA in depth of the body and 4^ in the length from tip of
snout to the margin of the middle cadual rays Snout small and
produced and the region forming the anterior profile line of the
head above convex, rounded, and having a swollen appearance;
cheeks concave. Nares directly in front of the eye. Eye midway
between the tip of the snout and the tip of the first T>. spine and
also midway between the upper anterior profile line of the head
and the upper point formed by the branchial aperture; 3 in
snout, a little over 4 in head and 1| in the interorbital space.
Teeth broad, the edge forming 4 or 5 lobate denticulations, which
are more distinct in the upper jaw than in the lower, and about

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 495

8 or 10 in each jaw. Lower augle of the praoperculum auteiior to
the eye, aud the operculum with striatious. Scapular girdle ex-
posed and with striatious. Origin of the P. on a level with the
mouth, and the caudal spine, anterior to that of the D,, and
behind the branchial aperture. P. ii, 14, not reaching beyond
the tips of the V., though they exceed the latter in length and
also extend beyond the origin of the A. V, i, 5, its origin poste-
rior to that of the P. and its first soft ray the longest, expanded
and produced into a filament-like point. D. ix, 30 or 31, the
spines graduated to the eighth and ninth, which are the longest
and of more or less equal height with the soft rays. A. iii,
27 (?) or 28, the spines and anterior soft rays graduated and
then even, like the soft D. Caudal triangular, with developed
rudimentary rays, the true radii 16 in number; several of the
upper and lower rays are produced into long sharp points, which
project beyond the margins of the other caudal radii for a distance
equal to the width of a naked postero-lateral space on trunk.
This space, Avhich is deeply ovoid, includes in its apical portion
the keeled spine of the caudal peduncle, which is furnished with a
groove in the body, aud also with its posterior portion produced
into a small backward projecting point. Scales of the body very
small, those upon the thoracic i-egion especially so. Lateral line
distinct, superior and crossing the upper part of the wide lateral
space to the base of the caudal. General color blackish, cheeks
light and with wavy stripes. Naked lateral space and basal por-
tion of posterior D. and A. rays, which latter are in the form of
narrow bands, slightly increasing in width upon the last i*ays, at
present brownish. Caudal with a broad basal black band and the
space between this and a black posterior bar which becomes
attenuated above and below, and extends upon the produced rays
for about half their distance when they run back and join the
basal black band, brownish. This pattern on the tail is the same
shape as the tail itself, only smaller and leaving a margin all
around, which is broad medianly, and of a whitish color. Eyes
reddish. Four specimens, the largest of which measures 9^ inches.
Nos. 23,302, 23,303, 23,304 and 23,305.

496 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

16. Teuthis aliala (Lesson).

Acanthurus aliala Lesson, Voyage Coquille, Zool., pt. i, tome II,
1830, p. 150.

No. 23,306.

BALISTID^.

17. Balistapus aculeatus (LinnEeus).

Balistes aculeatus Linnajus, Syst. Nat., Ed. X, 1758, p. 328.
Two fine specimeus. Nos. 23,307 aud 23,308.

18. Balistapus undulatus (Mungo Park).

Balutes undulatus Mungo Park, Trans. Linn. Soc, London, III, 1797,
p. 37.

Two specimeQS represent this species, and they vary slightly,
especially in the pattern of the coloration. In the smaller exam-
ple there are three small spots on the labial margin and one below
the distal extremity of th3 maxilla.

Nos. 23,309 and 23,310.

19. Melichthys piceus (Poey).

Balistes piceus Poey, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Pliila., 1863, p. 180.
Three specimens. Nos. 23,311, 23,312 and 23,313.

OSTRACIID^.

20. Ostracion sebae Bleeker, Verhandel. Batavia. Genootscli. Kunst. Weteasch., Deel

XXIV, 1852, p. 34, pi. vi, f. 13.

No. 23,314.

21. Ostracion punctatus Bloch and Schneider, Sj-st. Ichth., ISOl, p. 501.

Nos. 23,315, 23,316 and 23,317.

TETR AODONTID^.

22. Arathron nigropunctatus (Bloch aud Schneider).

Tetrodon 7iigropunctatus Bloch and Schneider, 1. c, 1801, p. 501.
No. 23,318.

23. Arathron sp.?

A young spscimen, most likely Arathron reticulatus (Giinther).
No! 23,319.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 497

December 5.

The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., in the Chair.

One hundred and twelve persons present.

George and William S. Vaux, Jr., made an illustrated com-
munication on their studies of the glaciers of British Columbia
during the last ''summer in continuation of their earlier investiga-
tions. The paper, under the title " Additional Observations on
Glaciers of British Columbia," was presented for publication.

December 12.
Charles Schaeffer, M.D., in the Chair,
Twenty- five persons present.

Papers under the following titles were presented for publication :

" Additions to the Japanese Land Snail Fauna," by Henry A.
Pilsbry.

" I^otes on some Southern Mexican Shells," by Henry A.
Pilsbry.

'* A New American Species of Zonitoides," by Edward G.
Vanatta.

December 19.

Mr. George Yaux, Jr., in the Chnir.

Fourteen persons present.

The death of Emil Fischer, M. D., a member, wa? announced.

Mr. AVitmer Stone made a communication on the moultmg
of birds and variations in plumage. (No abstract.)
32

498 proceedings of the academy of [1899.

December 26.
The President, Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., in the Chair.
Twenty-six persons present.

Presentation of a Portrait of Carolus Linnceus by Mr. Charles
E. Smith. — The Secretary called attention to a life-size portrait in
oil of the great naturalist, and, presenting it to the Academy on
behalf of Mr. Smith, he read the following account of the way
in which the painting had been secured:

Ladies and Gentlemen : — It is my pleasant task this evening to-
present to you and to the Academy a full-length oil portrait of
Linnaeus, taken in his early manhood, in the dress he wore Avhen
making his trip to Lapland — the only copy in this country. I
have been in search of it about twenty years.

Sometime in the fifties, when we Avere at the corner of Broad
and Sansom streets, we received a number of steel engraved like-
nesses of Linnreus, which the members were asked to buy, the
proceeds to be devoted to the erection of a tablet to Linnseus at
Upsala.

When we moved 1o this building, in 1876, I was in correspond-
ence with Mrs. S. M. Rust, President of the Ladies' Botanical
Club, of Syracuse, N. Y. I asked her if she had seen the en-
graving— if not, if she would like to have a copy. She replied
that she had not seen it, and would like to have one very much.

I came here and asked Dr. Nolan for a copy of it. He replied
that he had none, and had not seen one since we had moved. I
then went to Mr. Lindsay, dealer in engravings, and asked him
to get me one. He wrote to various correspondents in the differ-
ent capitals of Europe, without success. I was much perplexed.
At last I had a bright idea. I got Mr. William Bell, one of our
best photographers, to make a copy slightly enlarged, which I
sent to Syracuse.

Mrs. Rust, in her reply, said: " This likeness is not vouched
for. It has not even his name appended to it. How do you
know that it is Linuieus ? It is too handsome for a man who
knew so much. These very handsome men never do know much.
I do not believe it is LinnaBus. Where is the original portrait ?"
This raised a new question. I then tried to find the original por-
trait. A letter was written to the Royal Academy of Sciences, at
Stockholm, Sweden, asking where the original picture was. This
elicited no answer. In my correspondence with the Linnsean
Society of London, they mentioned that the original picture was-
at Amsterdam, Holland. This was my first clue.

1899. J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 499

Our late member, Dr. J. J. Levick, was going to Europe soon
after this. I gave him a photograph and asked him to keep a
lookout for it in the picture galleries. When lie Avas in Amster-
dam one day, in a street-car, he met an American friend, who
asked him where he was going. He replied, " To the Academy of
Fine Arts, to find a portrait of Linnjeus for a friend." A lady,
sitting beside him, who understood English, turned to him and
very kindlv said: " You will not find that picture at the Academy
of Fine Arts, It is in the library of the Zoological Garden at
the other end of the city." The name of the Zocllogical Society
of Amsterdam is Natura Artis Magistra ; the garden is popularly
called Artis. He went there and found it. It is the original of
the engraving. I Avrote to the Society, and asked if they would
allow the picture to be copied, and would name an artist of repute,
who would be the best to do it. To this I got no answer.

I have a nephew. Dr. Charles E. Smith, of St. Paul, Minn.
One of his patients is the Hon, Stanford Newel, our minister to
La Hague, Holland. I wrote to Mr. Newel, introducing myself
as the uncle of my nephew, asking his aid. He replied promptly
and Avarmly, In selecting an artist he examined the work of
about twenty of them. He asked the advice of Mr. Beaufort,
the Minister of State of Holland. They fixed on Mr. Boude-
wijnse. They also ascertained that the Artis picture is itself
a copy. The original belongs to Baron Verschuer, and is in his
country home near Haarlem, twenty -three miles from La Hague.
He was asked if he would allow a copy of it to be made. He
assented, but required that it be done at his house — that the pic-
ture could not be taken away. The artist objected to this, as the
light was not good. He said he could not do justice to the picture
or to himself unless he had it in a proper light. The baron then
yielded tiie point, and we have the picture.

If it affords you half as much satisfaction to receive it as it does
me to give it, I shall be amply repaid.

There are two remarkable blunders in the picture. The second
scientific trip of Linureus' life was to Lapland. On it he discov-
ered Liu)uea borealis, described and named after him by Grono-
vius, the common name of which is twin ffoAver, because each stem
bears two flowers. Liunauis loved this plant very much. When
he was ennobled by the king of Sweden, he chose Linncea for his
crest.

Stockholm stands on a number of I'ocky islands, some of them
quite small. One of them is called Ritterholm, the Knights'
Island. When I was there in 1850, there was but one building
on it, called the Ritterholm Kirk — the Swedish Walhalla. It con-
tains statues of all the great men of Sweden, among them Liu-
nseus. It is of white marble. He stands with an open book in
his hand, on its page is an outline of Linncea.

500 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

This picture represents him holding in his right hand two
specimens of Linmea, a tall one and a short one. The tall one
has three flowers and the short one only one, so that neither of
them is a twin flower. The leaves of Linncea are orbicular-simtu-
late, very obtuse and coarsely toothed. In the picture they are
ovate-cordate, acute and entire. That the artist should have
thought that one weed looked just like another is natural enough,
but that Liunreus should have overlooked these errors in his
favorite plant is very strange.

The President accepted the gift, commenting on the Academy's
obligation to the donor, and stating that the portrait would be
hung in the museum in such a position as to secure the best possible
illumination.

The following resolutions were proposed at the suggestion of
Mr. Smith, and adopted :

Resolved, That the thanks of the Academy of the Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia be tendered to Baron Verschuer, of
Holland, for his kindness in allowing the portrait of Linnaeus,
belonging to him, to be copied for the Academy.

Resolved, That the thanks of the Academy of the Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia be tendered to the Hon. Stanford New^el
for his judicious advice and valuable aid in securing for the
Academy the portrait of Linnaeus, copied by Mr. Boudewijnse,
now in its possession.

The following resolution was then unanimously adopted :

Resolved, That the thanks of the Academy be voted to Mr.
Charles E. Smith for the life-size portrait in oil of Carolus Lin-
naeus, presented by him this evening, a gift which is valued not
only as a work of art, an adornment to the museum, and a
memorial of one of the world's greatest naturalists, but also as
an evidence of the continued interest of one to whom the society is
indebted for active aid and encouragement, extending over nearly
half a century.

The following were ordered to be printed :

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 501

ADDITIONAL OBSERVATIONS ON GLACIERS IN BRITISH COLXTMBIA.

BY GEORGE AND WILLIAM S. VAUX, JR.

Excluding the territory which lies to the north of the Arctic
Circle, all the principal glaciers of North America lie within the
great ranges of the Rocky Mountain system. These ranges stretch-
ing along the Pacific Coast are peculiarly well situated for the
formation of glaciers, which are found in places, probably not
inferior to the better known ice streams of Switzerland.

While one or two glaciers exist in the central part of California,
on the sides of Mt. Lyell, and further to the north in Oregon and
Washington on Mts. Hood and Ranier, it is not till the interna-
tional boundary is crossed that the scenery becomes truly Alpine
and glaciers are found of great size and striking characteristics.
As the ranges stretch northward they converge till at the narrow-
est portion they exceed but little a breadth of 400 miles. At this
point they are composed of parallel ranges, the outer ones being
nearly continuous, while the inner are more broken and cut by
deep valleys through which, in several instances, noble rivers find
their way. Beginning at the west, the most important of these
ranges are the Cascade, the Gold, the Selkirk and the Rocky; the
last two being the highest, the most Alpine and broken and the
most covered with glaciers. The reason for the greater glacier
activity in these eastern ranges is in part as follows:

* If a map of the Pacific Ocean be examined on which the cur-
rents have been marked, it will be seen that the Japan current,
after flowing past the islands of Japan, divides into two unequal
parts. The smaller of these takes a northeast direction through
Bering Sea and Strait into the Arctic Ocean, while the larger
portion assumes an eastern and then a southeastern course, bathing
the west coast of British North America, and finally, being de-
flected to the south by the continent, and cooled, forms the North
Equatorial current, which is a feeder to the Japan current. The
evaporation from this stream of warm water is very rapid, and

502 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899,

the moist winds, the prevailing direction of which is eastward, soon
reach the coast line and the ranges of mountains beyond. Nearly
at right angles to the path of these moist winds lie the parallel
ranges of the Rocky Mountains. The Cascade and Gold Ranges,
not being high, the clouds pass over them with a comparatively
small precipitation on the western slopes, but on reaching the
higher and more rugged ranges of the Selkirks and Rockies, cooling
takes place more quickly, and the precipitation is very rapid. It
is for this reason that on the western slopes of the mountains the
snow is always deeper than on the eastern. The clouds as they
rise to cross the individual ranges are cooled, and give up their
moisture, which is precipitated before the summits are reached.

While the annual snowfall in the Rocky Mountains is always
heavy, the winter of 1898-99 was one of the most severe since the
construction of the Canadian Pacific Railway during the late seven-
ties and early eighties. The record of snowfall, which is kept
with more or less regularity at Glacier House, shows an excess of
108 inches over the average of the three previous years, while the
rain, which unfortunately was not measured, must have added
materially to the total. At Field, in the Rocky Mountain range,
on the Kicking Horse river, the winter was no less rigorous than
the preceding ones, but the snowfall was much lighter than the
average of previous years, being twenty-three feet, as observed by
the watchman on the pass just above Field, The precipitation
from the winds as they blew eastward from the Pacific Ocean
took place earlier than usual, and while probably about the same
amount of rain and snow fell in both localities, the local fall in
the west was more and in the east less than the average. The
spring being late and the early summer cool, melting took place
without much damage from freshets, and resulted in the mountains
retaining more snow during the summer months than for several
years.

In addition to this the summer was unusually cool. Snow was
noted frequently on the higher mountains and even down to the
lower levels. On August loth a heavy snowstorm broke over the
mountains, which lasted for several hours. Snow lay thick on the
ground at Glacier House, at an elevation of 4000 feet; at Field it
measured four inches on the platforms, while at Hector, the sum-
mit of the Kicking Horse Pass, there was a full foot. Clearing

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 503

■weather saou melted this at the lower levels, but on the mouutains
the fall was heavier and lasted for a longer period. It will be
interesting to watch the effect, if any, which this unusual season
will have on the glaciers of the locality. Of the glaciers observed,
both last summer and this, a much smaller recession took place
(luring the twelve mouths than in previous years.

VICTORIA GLACIER.

The Victoria Glacier, at the head of Lake Louise, Alberta, was
visited on the 26th of July, 1899. Although seldom seen by trav-
elers, it is almost as accessible, and probably more interesting, than
the Illecellewaet Glacier, in British Columbia. A row across the
beautiful Lake Louise, followed by a walk of about two miles
over a fairly good trail, brings one to the tongue, which is deeply
buried in a large and high moraine. Following the northwest side
•of the valley, which has evidently been quite recently abandoned
by the ice, the surface of the glacier is reached with ease. Over
the lower part crevasses are almost entirely wanting, the drainage,
to a verv large extent, taking place on the surface.

For a distance of nearly one and one-quarter miles from the
tongue the surface is thickly covered with moraine composed of
«hales, sandstones of several colors and limestones. These fall
with the avalanches from the hanging glaciers above, and many of
them are of large size.

From indications which seem to be borne out l)y the observations
<of others,^ the glacier is receding and contracting. The slope of
the surface is small, the lower part being nearly flat, and the
motion is accordingly likely to be insignificant, thbugh no observa-
tions have been made for its determination. For future reference,
a very large block of limestone, near the centre of the glacier,
and about one mile from the tongue, was located by range lines and
marked " VX, '99." The movement next year can easily be
determined from this rock. The position of the ice on the north-
west side was also located, being twenty feet distant from the neai'est
of three very prominent and nearly cubical blocks of red sandstone,
which recently had been released from the ice.

^ The First Ascent of Mount Victoria, Prof. C. E. Fay, Appalachia, vol.
ix, p. 4.

504 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

Many pretty examples of sand cones and glacier tables were to be
seen, while the avalanches, which at frequent intervals thundered
down the almost perpendicular cliffs of Mts. Lefroy and Victoria,
lent an awfulness to the scene truly in keeping with the surround-
ings. The lower glacier is almost entirely fed from those hanging
on the steep slopes above.

ASULKAN GLACIER.

The Asulkan Glacier was visited on the 12th of August, Avhen
a picture was taken from the test rock of 1898, and three boul-
ders marked to determine in future the position of the tongue. A
search was made for the rocks marked by Mr. H. W. Topham
without result. Changes in the deposits about the glacier have
evidently taken place rapidly, and it is probable the rocks marked
by him have been covered up by fresh material.

The tongue of ice seems to be slowly receding from the moraine,
as noted last year,' and it was possible to locate the limit of the
ice quite accurately. In order to fix its position on the above
date, a line, passing through three rocks and the tongue, was chosen,
the magnetic bearing of which was 85° 35' E. The rocks mark-
ing the two ends of this line were situated, one on the small mo-
raine just to the left of the glacier, and the other on the high
and stable moraine to the right, while the third and smallest rock
lay just below and to the right of the tongue. Bearings Avere
taken to locate these rocks with other pi-ominent objects.

The changes which have taken place in the glacier during the
year are not marked. A comparison of the test pictures of 1898
and 1899 shows a slight shrinkage in the height and a very slight
increase in the breadth, while the position of the tongue has not
changed to an appreciable extent. The ice fall about three-
eighths of a mile above the tongue, where a series of exquisite
seracs is to be seen, is visibly less than last year, and the neve
line is much lower. The hanging glaciers to the west, on the sides
of Mts. Castor and Pollux, are more active, and we noted a
number of pretty avalanches. These seemed to be very infre-
quent last year.

» Proc. Acad. Nat. Set. Phila., 1899, p. 124. Also Plate VI.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 505

ILLECELLEWAET GLACIER.

Owing to its accessibility, this glacier has been more carefully
observed than any other in the region. It may^be reached by a
good trail in thirty niiuutes from Glacier House, and we visited it
almost daily between the 29th of July and the 20th of August of
the present year. During this period, partly owing to the cold
and damp weather, but little melting or recession of the tongue
was noted. This was in marked contrast to the rate of melting
observed last year.'

The observations on this glacier naturally divide themselves
uader four principal heads, which will be taken up as follows:

1. Measurements of rate of flow.

2. Measurement of recession and other changes since 1898,

3. Photographic record from test rock " "W."

4. Survey of tongue, and mapping moraines and streams.

1. Measurements of rate of flow.

These were determined at nine points on the glacier, one a few
feet above the tongue, and eight on a straight line at right angles
to the flow and about 1600 feet above the tongue. Rev. Wm.
S. Green, in 1888,'' made a determination of the rate of flow by
driving stakes into the ice in a direct line. Owing to the rapid
melting, however, these soon fell, and when he returned to
remeasure, no accurate results could be obtained. Profiting by
his experience, we decided to employ plates of steel, six inches
square and one-eighth inch thick, in the centres of which holes
were bored and threaded to receive three-quarter-inch pipes, three
inches long. The original purpose of the pijDCS was to support
small flags to facilitate observation. It was found, however, A^hen
the practical test came to be made, that if the plates were inverted,
with the pipes extending on the under side, they sank into the ice,
forming anchors, while the plates rested on the surface and could
be easily seen. The plates were given two coats of vermilion
paint, and lettered and numbered in white for identification.

The right moraine of the glacier being high and secure, and

« Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1899, p. 123.
* Among the Selkirk Glaciers, p. 218.

506 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

afiording au excellent view of the surface of the ice, we deter-
mined to use its ridge as the station for the transit. Observations
had been made to determine the mean direction of flow of the ice,
and on the 31st of July, 1899, the transit was adjusted on the
ridge. A large tree Avas taken as a line mark on the left side of
the valley.

The plan of measuring a distance of 250 feet between the plates
by means of a tape measure was proved to be impracticable on
going on the ice. While the surface was comparatively smooth, it
was rolling and broken by valleys running at right angles to the
direction in which the measurements were to be made. In nearly
every case it was not possible to see from one plate to the next.
We accordingly decided to abandon the actual measurement, and
after adjusting the plates, to lay out a base line and take the
angles to the plates from each end. The results could then be
plotted on the map and the distances obtained. This plan worked
well, and on the second visit we were able to place a transit at
each end of the base line, and make readings of both angles at
the same time.

Eight steel plates were laid out on the line shown on the map.
At this point the total breadth of the glacier is 1720 feet. Owing
to the rounded surface of the glacier the position for the ninth
plate was not visible from the ends of the base line, and as it was
quite close to the left border it was omitted altogether.

On the 11th of August, or eleven days later, transits were set
up at each end of the base line and the bearings to each of the
plates taken. At the same time the exact movement of the plates
was accurately measured from the direct line in which they had
originally been placed. This will be found noted in the fourtli
column of the table.

1899.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

507

Table showing Motion of Line of Plates, across Illecelleicaet Glacier,
British Columbia, July Slst to September 5th, 1899.

Number of

Feet from

Dates of

Motion since

Average daily

Plate.

N. Border.

Observation.

last Obs. (ins.).

motion (ins.).

(

July 31

On line.

[ 2.56

1

265 \

August 11

42.5

I

September 5

31.5

f

July 31

On line.

1 '■''

2

500 \

August 11

40

{

September 5

104

July 31

On line.

)

3

605

r

August 11
September 5
July 31

75
105
On line.

V 5.51

4

'•" i

August 11
September 5
July 31

74.5

Lost.

On line.

\ 6.77

5

845 j

August 11
September 5

71.5
140.5

[ 6.06

980 .

July 31

On line.

6

August 11

76.5

6.79

September 5

165.5

f

July 31

On line.

7

1040 \

August 11
September 5

60
172

6.16

1310 ]

July 31

On line.

)

8

August 11

66

\ 6.00

September 5

Lost.

Again, on September 5, through the kindness of Mr. E. J.
Duchesnay, of Revelstoke, B. C, another measurement was made
by Messrs. H, B. Muckleston and C. E. Cartwright. The posi-
tions of the plates on July 31st and September 5th only are shown
on the map, as the motion which had taken place up to August
11th was so small as to be hardly noticeable on that scale.

These determinations show a marked decrease in the rate of flow
as compared with the observations of Rev. William S. Green in
1888. They demonstrate the more rapid motion of the central
portion of the glacier, and also that the ice on the convex side of
the line of flow moves faster than on the concave side.

Two of the plates, Nos. 4 and 8, could not be found on Septem-
ber 5th. All the plates were left on the ice, and it will be interest-
ing to determine the amount of flow during an entire year if they
can be found again next summer.

Besides the row of eight plates across the glacier, an addi-
tional plate (No. 9) was placed a few feet above the tongue and
measured at frequent intervals. The slope of the ice at this point

508 ■ PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899,

was about 40°, and as the reference point was located at the level
of the ground moraine below, the vertical height of the plate and the
diagonal distance were noted, from which the horizontal motion
was calculated. The vertical distance from the ground moraine
was obtained through a crevasse near by, while the direct distance
from the marked boulder was readily measured with the tape line.
Unfortunately, after these measurements had been made for sev-
eral days, and very satisfactory results obtained, a great mass of
the tongue on which the plate had been located broke away fi'om
the main glacier. Immediately the daily rate of flow changed
from a little over five inches to a fraction under three, and
remained almost constant. Whether this apparent motion was due
to the melting of the plate in the ice, or to the reduced flow of
the smaller mass when not urged on by the parent glacier, was not
determined. The crevasses seemed to widen from day to day in
spite of the fact that the motion of the ice alone would cause them
to become narrower.

Table of Motion of Plate No. 9, on Tongue of Illecelleicaet Glacier, Brit-
ish Columbia, August 1st to 20th, 1S99.

a. Number of Observation.

b. Date of Observation

1
8/1

2

8/2

3

8/6

4 5

8/15 8/20

c. Interval since last measurement (days). \ 1.24

d. Actual horizontal motion of plate (ins. )

e. Motion of plate per day (inches)

1.24

3.75

9.25

5.1

7.3

18.5

26.1

13.5

5.9

5.1

2.8

2.7

2. Measurement of recession and other changes since 1898.
After the rapid changes of the last few years we were surprised
that very little alteration had taken place in the form of the
glacier since last summer. In the fall of 1898 the average c^ai/y
recession was nearly eight and one-tenth inches, while the average
annual recession was fifty-six feet.* Measurements showed that
on July 29th, 1899, the tongue was seventy-one feet above the
marked rock " C," (see map, Plate XX) and on August 20th,
seventy-six feet. These indicate a recession of but sixteen feet

•Froc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1899, pp. 123. 124.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 509

for the year as compared with fifty-six feet, the average of the
past eight years; and an average daily recession of but two and
three-tenths inches as compared with eight and one-tenth inches
in the same month of the previous year. On the right side, where
the ice has a much steeper slope, practically no change from the
position noted last year could be observed.

A few local changes in the ice and moraines have occurred.
The great moraine on the left being supported on the ice foot is
constantly slipping down upon the glacier below. The right
moraine is much more stable, and no material change can be noted
in it. On the extreme left of the glacier local shrinkage and reces-
sion have taken place, uncovering a mass of bed rock, over which
the principal stream issuing from the glacier tumbles in a cascade.
This fall has existed for a long time, and it is probable that
before another year it may be covered again by the glacier. The
cascade will form an easily identified point for the limit of the
ice in 1899.

After a careful examination of the test pictures of 1898 and
1899, taken from identical positions, it appears that the depth of
the ice in the upper regions of the glacier just below the nev6 is
increasing. This fact was also noted by a number of persons W'ho
have been in the region for some time.

3. Photographic record from test rock "W."
The taking of the test picture from the rock " W," from which
point the others had been taken, was accomplished on the 19th day
of August, 1899 — the same day of the year as the 1898 picture.

4. Survey of tongue and mapping moraines and streams.
The accompanying map, Plate XX, the basis of which was a
trigonometric and photographic survey, may in future years prove
of interest in tracing the changes of the glacier and locating the mo-
raines and marked rocks. The first records of the position of the
glacier are in 1887, when it followed closely the narrow moraine in
which rocks " E," " K" and " A " are located. One year later,
on the visit of Rev. William S. Green, a marked shrinkage and
recession had taken place, as shown by his photographs, and the
position of his tarred rocks, still plainly visible (marked "T"
"T" on map).® It is probable that each year since 1887 has
^ Among the Selkirk Glaciers, p. 219.

510 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

witnessed some recession of the ice. Before that time there are
indications that the glacier was either stationary or advancing.
The alder bushes and scrub evergreens which grow in places on this
moraine show, from their leaves and annual rings, an average age
of from twenty-two to thirty years. Taking the smallest number
noted — twenty-two years — and subtracting from it the twelve
years which have elapsed since 1887, there still remains an inter-
val of ten years, during which the glacier did not cover a greater
area than it did at the time we first observed it. We have no
means of knowing whether, during this period, the glacier was
advancing or retreating, but there is proof that in 1887 the tougue
occupied as low a position as at any time during the past twenty -
two years.

This border moraine of 1887 offers several interesting features.
A large part of it is composed of two distinct moraines of nearly
equal size. The same characteristic is noted on the great left
moraine which, at a certain point, has a marked depression in the
ridge. As the amount of morainal material carried down by the
glacier is insignificant, these double moraines may mark the limit-
ing positions of two periods of advance, one of which took place
not far from 1887.

The average of all the movements of the glaciers of this region
has been a marked recession, which is amply proved by the lines
of moraines abandoned in the valleys below. At one time, the
Illecellewaet and Asulkan Glaciers, which now terminate near the
heads of the valleys, extended till they joined and flowed as a
common ice stream. To estimate the time at which this took
place, or rather to fix a date since Avhich the glaciers must have
been separate, the rings of a number of trees in both the Illecel-
lewaet and Asulkan Valleys were counted. In the Illecellewaet
Valley, at the Second Bridge, several examples were so counted,
the oldest of Avhich showed 250 rings. In the Asulkan Valley, a
tree with 296 rings was noted, while one splendid example. of
white spruce was thirteen feet five and one-half inches in circum-
ference. Allowing one ring to a year, this would indicate that
the recession of the two glaciers took a much longer time than has
been supposed by some. It is probable many hundreds of years
have elapsed since they were united and covered the ground now
occupied by the railway and the Glacier House.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 511

lu closing, ackuowledgmeut is particularly clue for the thought-
ful cooperation and interest of Mr. E. J. Duchesnay, Division
Superintendent of the Canadian Pacific Railway, Eevelstoke, B. C,
and of his assistant, Mr. C. E. Cartvvright, for valuable assist-
ance in connection with the surveys. Also to Edouard Feuz, of
Interlaken, whose untiring interest, and skill on ice and rock,
contributed largely to the success of the results.

512 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

NOTES ON TECTIBRANCHS AND NAKED MOLLUSKS FROM SAMOA.
BY C. ELIOT.

Between the middle of May and the end of July, 1899, I
collected a number of mollusks on the coasts of the Samoan
islands, chiefly on the reef at Apia. Some of the Tectibranchs
and Nudibranchs which I obtained seem to me to be undescribed
species, and few of them have been examined in the living condi-
tion by more than one or two observers. I therefore submit the
following notes, to those who are interested in this group of ani-
mals. My best thanks are due to the authorities of the Smithso-
nian Institution at Washington and the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia, especially to Mr. Pilsbry, for assistance,
and to Dr. Nolan for access to the Library of the Academy,
without which the specimens collected could not have been iden-
tified.
Cryptophthalmus cylindricus Pease. Amer. Jour, of Conch., IV, p 74.

Pease's description and figure are accurate. I obtained several
specimens of this animal at Apia. It is about an inch or an inch
and a quarter long and generally black, but two specimens of
apparently the same species are grayish white. The form is
elongated and cylindrical, the epipodia being closely applied to the
back, but the living animal sometimes contracts into a ball, and
all my alcoholic specimens have assumed this shape. The shell is
on the hinder part of the body. Avhite, transparent, and nearly a
quarter of an inch long. It is external and not covered by the
mantle, though like all the dorsal region it is hidden under the
epipodia. Branchia on right posterior side of body adjacent to
the shell, but not covered by it.

All my specimens were found in the interior of a closely grow-
ing, bushlike seaweed.
Doridium (Aglaia) Pilsbryi u. sp. PI. XIX, fig. la, 16.

Body oblong. Two dorsal shields, of wliich the anterior has
free margins all round and the posterior a free margin only behind.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 513

where it is bifid and covers a lai'ge branchial pkime, which does
not come out between the lobes and is not visible from the upper
surface. No tentacles. Foot wide; sides recurved and extended
into small epipodia. Color rather bright green, changing to fawn
color at the edges; foot and branchial plume dark green. On
the anterior shield is a vivid black pattern like a large figure of 8,
on the posterior shield a somewhat similar pattern, but the lower
circle of the 8 is not complete. The edges ^ of the epipodia are
irregularly marked in black and there are five black spots on the
foot. An alcoholic specimen measures 33 ram. long.

I obtained a single specimen of this animal under seaweed on
the Ajiia reef. In captivity it was very sluggish in its movements.

I have been unable to find any description corresponding to this
species, which is clearly distinguished from other Doridia by its
coloration and markings. Should I be right in supposing it to be
new, I propose to call it Doridium (^Aglaia) Pilshryi.
Aplysia (Tethys) nigrocincta Martens.

I captured three specimens at Apia July 19, which seem ref-
erable to this species, though it is not very fully described, and
recorded from Mauritius.

The animals are about an inch and a half long, but are apt to
contract themselves into a ball, in which condition they become
much smaller. The color is light brown, with multitudes of
minute white spots, some of which are arranged in clusters so that
they appear like one large gray spot. The edges of the foot, man-
tle opening, rhiuophores, tentacles and siphon are marked with a
fine but very distinct black border. The epipodia are ample but
thin, united behind the large siphon, but widely separate in front.
The mantle opening is very large and displays the shell, which is
large, convex and white, not yellow, as stated in the descriptions
of Aplysia nigrocincta.

The whole animal reminds one of Aplysia parva, which I have
seen alive at Key West.
Aplysia (Tethys) Benedict!, n. sp. PL XIX, figs. 2a, 26.

From July 19 to 21, I caught sevei'al examples of a species of
Aplysia, which was abundant in Apia harbor during this period,
on shallow sandy spots, and then vanished as suddenly as it had
appeared.
33

514 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

The animals were singularly beautiful and very active, creeping
and swimming rapidly, the latter movement somewhat resembling
the flight of an insect. The body is plump and prolonged back-
ward into a short tail, the tentacles and rhinophores large and
leaflike. The epi podia are ample and winglike. They arise from
each side of the neck at a moderate distance from the rhinophores
with a clear space between them, but are united posteriorly. The
ground color is bright pale green, with a border of lilac or pale blue
around the edge of the epipodia. The outside of the epipodia, the
head, neck, sides of the foot and upper surface of the mantle are
marked with black reticulations, to which are added black eye-like
spots on the three regions first-mentioned. The inside of the
epipodia is marked with large irregular blotches of vivid black,
which, in some specimens, almost form a network pattern. The
lower surface of the mantle is black, and there is a distinct black
spot at the end of the tail on the upper surface. The skin is
smooth; there are no warts or filaments, but the edges of the
epipodia are wrinkled. The spermatic groove, proceeding from
the right oral tentacle, is very distinct. The mantle communicates
with the shell cavity through a small tube. The shell is of a fair
size, but very thin, and almost entirely membranous, with only a
slight calcareous deposit. There is a large greenish ctenidium,
which is not entirely covered by the mantle and shell. In front
of it is the genital orifice. The opening of the opaline gland is
single. The anal siphon is large. The sides of the stomach are
set with 12-16 closely packed, brownish, horny plates. The jaws
are long and leathery, and each divided lengthways into two halves,
one blackish brown, the other white. The radula is composed of
numerous teeth, the rows and the individual teeth being both very
close together. The central tooth (fig. 26, right side) consists of
a basal plate with three cusps, of which the median is the largest;
the lateral teeth (fig. 26, left side) of a basal plate with a simple
long inner cusp and shorter outer cusp, without accessory denticles
along the margin. This form is retained even in the marginal
teeth, the two outermost only becoming vestigial. The length of
the specimen figured (in alcohol) is 75 mm.

This species corresponds in many ways with Pease's description
of his Siphonota viridescens, but is much smaller and not at all like
his figure, particularly in the shape of the head. The coloration

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA, 515

also seems to be different. Aplysia pulmonica var. Tryoniana
Pilsbry appears to be closely allied, and is recorded from Upolu,
but has a starlike pore in the mantle, a much more solid shell,
and no ocelli, and, to judge from the figure, differs in its general
shape. Another species with points of resemblance is Aplysia
dactylomela, from Bermuda and the Cape Verde Islands, of which
I have examined a specimen. But it differs in having ocelli with
a yellow centre, a louger interval between the epipodia and rhino-
phores, the epipodia not united posteriorly, the tail not black and
another form of teeth. The central tooth is unicuspid and the
laterals also have only an inner and not an outer cusp.

My specimens, therefore, appear to me not to coincide with any
described species of Aplysia, and, if this proves correct, I would
propose to call them Aplysia Benedidi.

Dolabella Hasseltii Ferussac. PI. XIX, fig. 3,

There is found in abundance at Apia, a species of Dolabella,
which is eaten by the natives, and which seems to be identical with
Dolabella Hasseltii, and particularly with the variety described
and figured by Quoy and Gaimard (Voy. de l' Astrolabe, Vol. II,
p. 306), though, if so, the coloring of their plate is not good.

The animal, which is heavy and sluggish in its movements, is
generally found among seaweed growing on sand. When annoyed
it excretes a copious purple fluid. The body is about six inches
long and much broader behind than in front. The posterior disk
is very large and distinctly marked oflf^. It is fringed with ragged
processes. The epipodial lobes are concrescent in front, the line of
junction forming a spermatic groove, and touch one another, though
they are not concrescent, in the region above the mantle, where
they form a dorsal slit with two wider openings, one anterior above
the ctenidium and one posterior above the excurreut siphon.
Color olive-green with dark brown and sandy patches admirably
imitating a mass of old seaweed. Though the animal is a con-
spicuous object if put in a basin, it is, thanks to its protective
coloration, almost invisible in its native haunts. The foot is dark
orange. The cavity surrounding the shell and mantle is large.
The mantle greenish and only partly covering the shell and the
large pale flesh-colored ctenidium. The shell is large and strong,
hatchet-shaped, the edge of the blade membranous, but the spire

516 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ACADEMY OP [1899.

heavily callous, and in its natural position on the back of the
animal lower than the membranous portion. The part exposed is
greenish brown, the part covered by the mantle Avhite. The oral
tentacles are auriform and directed forward, the rhiuophores
stout and canaliculate. Length of the figured specimen (in alcohol)
11 cm.

The walls of the stomach are set with about ten large horny
plates. The genital opening is beneath the gill, about the middle,
not at the posterior extremity. The purple gland is very large.

The jaws are subtriangular, horny and brownish. The radula
consists of numerous close-set teeth, but the rows are somewhat
wide apart. Each tooth consists of a narrow basal plate with one
long thin cusp. IS'o central tooth or central space is distinguishable.

I am inclined to think that D. Hasseltii F6r., D. variegata Pease
and D. Teremidi Rang are aU one species. The last named
differs chiefly in having the mantle sky-blue, but in animals with
protective coloration environment might produce such variations.
Dolabrifera Gray.

D. Tahitensis Pse. is common on all the islands under stones at
low-water mark. I obtained it at Apia, Manono and Tutuila.
Pease's description and plate (^Amer. Jour, of Conchology, 1868,
p. 77, Plate viii, fig. 5) are quite accurate. In many speci-
mens the bright blue eyes are very large and conspicuous, but
there was some variety in this respect, as also in color. Perhaps
the distinction between D. Tahitensis and D. olivacea is not very
marked, and the two species may be connected by intermediate
forms. I also obtained one specimen of D. fiisca at Apia, but
have nothing to add to Pease's description.
Notarchus Indicus Ciivier.

Three specimens obtained at Apia in June seem referable to this
species, though smaller than the recorded size. The animal is
capable of assuming two forms of exceedingly diflerent aspect,
one globular, and one sluglike and elongated. It is active in its
movements and in captivity seemed to prefer swimming to creep-
ing. As it moves, water is taken in through the dorsal opening
between the epipodia in the anterior part of the body, and ex-
pelled from it rhythmically. The integument is transparent and
allows the intestines to be seen distinctly.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 517

Pleurobranchus delicatus Pse.

Three specimens from Safotu, Savaii, in July. The animal
agrees with Pease's description (Amer. Jour, of ConcJwlogy, 1868,
p. 79), but is not very like his plate, being smaller and of a much
brighter orange except on the back, where the black viscera can
be seen through the skin. Branchia and orifices very prominent.

Platydoris Bergh.

Two species of this genus l^scabra and arrogans) are common
under stones on Apia reef. They both grow to a length of
about three inches, and are characterized by their flattened form,
wide mantle, with irregularly indented edges, and a peculiar hard
and leathery texture, which distinguishes them at once from all
other Dorids which I have seen. They are sluggish in their move-
ments and do not appear to be protected by their coloration. P.
scabra {= Doris scabra Q. and G. ) grows to be about three inches
long. The outline is an irregular oval, the edge of the ample
mantle being wavy. The color is white, with irregular blotches
of brown produced by aggregations of small spots. The branchial
rosette is yellowish, sixfold and very voluminous and delicate.
Edge of foot brown, but sole and under surface of mantle white.
Labial tentacles small, white and tapering. The branchial aper-
ture is clearly defined and starlike. Plabjdoris arrogans Bgh.
{=1 Doris crtienta Q. and G. ) has the same external characters
as PI. scabra, but the markings are formed, not by minute spots,
but by fine lines. In addition to them there are on the back
four or five splashes of vivid red, looking like red ink, which disap-
pear in alcohol.
Discodoris fragilis (A. and H.), Bergh.

Doris fragilis Alder and Hancock, Traas. Zool. Soc, Vol. 5, 1864,
pp. 117, 38. From east coast of India.

This animal is common on Apia reef. In life it is brownish
green, mottled with darker shades of the same color, the foot and
under surface of the mantle being similarly marked. The rhino-
phores and branchial rosette are brownish and the labial tentacles
white and pointed. The v/hole body is flat and oval, and the
length from two to three and a half inches.

The creature is remarkable for its extraordinary powers of self-
mutilation. When handled, it throws off part or the whole of

518 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

the mantle edge, in some cases leaving behind it a complete ring
of mantle more than a quarter of an inch Avide, while the central
part crawls away, appai-ently none the worse for the loss. The
animal can hardly be described as " brittle," for it is gelatinous
to the touch and secretes an abundant mucus. The process of
amputation is not rapid, and would not protect the Dlscodoris
against a fish or any quick-moving animal, but might perhaps
enable it to escape the attacks of a carnivorous mollusk. I did not
succeed in discovering what its enemy may be.

Chromodoris scurra Bergh.

This brilliantly colored species is common on the coasts of all the
Samoan islands, and, though rarely an inch long, is conspicuous
owing to its ornamentation, which must be warning. The back
is striped with lines of white, violet and bright orange. The
large rhinophores and the branchial rosette are violet at the tips
and orange in the lower j^arts. Bergh's Plate xxxiii (in Semper's
Reisen, II, 2) hardly does justice to the vivid coloration of the
living animal.

Chromodoris inomata Pse.

Common on Apia reef. I do not know why Pease distinguished
this beautiful animal by so inappropriate an epithet as " un-
adorned." The back and foot are white, subpellucid and spotted
with purple. The mantle, but not the foot, which projects con-
siderably behind, is bordered mi\\ a line of bright orange. The
sevenfold branchial star is grayish yellow, and the upper part of
the large rhinophores bright orange. The labial tentacles, which
are of moderate size, are faintly tinged with the same color. The
foot is long and narrow, and the length of the whole animal rather
more than an inch.

Chromodoris sp.

Very dark green, edge of mantle bluish, shape very variable.
Mantle edge indented or not at will of animal. Rliinophores
dark green, tipped with white. Branchial rosette dark green,
rather large. Labial tentacles very small. Foot light gray.
Viscera visible from under surface. Tail much longer than mantle.
One specimen at Manono.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 519

Trippa areolata (A. and H.) Bergh.

This animal affords an extraordinary example of mimicry. It
so exactly resembles a shell or old stone overgrown with green
and blue seaweeds and with sponge that it is absolutely invisible
when crawling on such objects. When the specimen which I
caught was placed in a basin with shells it took up a position on
an old Strombus, and could not be distinguished from the growths
and accretions by which it was surrounded.

The body is deeply indented with cavities like those made by
worms in stones. The rhinophores and branchial rosette are
grayish brown, and in spite of their size, inconspicuous.

This animal is described by Alder and Hancock ( Trans. ZooL
Soc, Vol. V, 1864) as Doris areolata, and recorded from the east
coast of India. Bergh refers it, with a query, to his genus
Trippa. The dentition shows that it undoubtedly belongs to this
genus. There are no jaws, but the radula resembles that of T.
ornata Bgh. There is no central tooth, but about forty laterals
on each side. The innermost teeth are very small, but increase in
size up to the fifteenth, after which they become equal, except
the two or three outermost, which are reduced. The transverse
rows are nearly straight at the sides, but bend downward in the
middle.

Doris setosa Pse.

Bergh, in Semper's Reisen, II, 2, supplement Plate G, gives a
figure of Doris setosa from Pease, Proc. ZooL Soc, XVIII, 1860,
p. 26, which he seems unable to assign to any of his genera.
Last July I captured at Mulifauua, Upolu, three specimens of an
animal which, except in color, appears to agree with Pease's plate.
The largest specimens were an inch long. The upper surface,
branchial rosette and rhinophores were brownish yellow with
darker bi'owu spots. The under surface of foot and mantle
whitish. The branchial star was ten plumed and protected by
two lateral lobes; the anal tube prominent. The whole dorsal
surface covered with villous projections, which contain spicules,
and can be scraped ofi^, leaving a smooth surface. The radula
consists of five rows of simple hamate teeth. There is no central
tooth and the formula is 19 (or 18) 0. 19 (or 18). Jaws are

520 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

Doridopsis herpetica Bergh.
Doris compta Pse.

Beautiful pearl gray, with spots of same color, but 'darker.
Rhiuophores and sixfold branchial rosette with faint yellowish
tinge. Foot and under surface of mantle pearl gray with small
spots. Labial tentacles small, whitish. Body slightly trans-
parent, showing reddish intestines. Pharynx long, cylindrical ; no
jaws ; no radula.

Pease's plate (Doris compta, Amer. Jour, of Conch., 1871-72,
PI. 4, fig. 1) is fairly like the living animal, but he is mistaken
in supposing that the mantle edge is pei'manently and regularly
indented. The animal is sluggish in its movements, but con-
stantly alters its shape; it is sometimes elongated and sometimes
oval, and can wrinkle and undulate the edge of the mantle at
will.
Trevelyana citrina Bergh.

One specimen obtained at Apia in July. It corresponds accu-
rately in color and other external characters with Bergh' s descrip-
tion and plate in Semper' s Reisen} (II, 2, PI. xli).

With regard to this and all other tropical Polijceridcc which I
have seen, I would observe that the expression non-retractile,
applied to the rhinophores and branchise, is only comparatively
true. In Dorididce the branchiae, when touched, disappear
entirely, reemerge slowly, and are, as a rule, invisible in alcoholic
specimens. In the Polyceridce they generally remain outside in
alcoholic specimens, but Avhen touched in the living animal, retract
themselves into a pocket, though perhaps less thoroughly, and for
a shorter time than in Dorididce. But to say that a genus or
family is characterized by non-retractile branchise may lead an
observer into error.
Cyerce nigra Bergh.

This beautiful animal appears to be common, as I captured
numerous specimens at Apia and Manono. It crawls rapidly, but
I have not seen it swim. When it is walking its many cerata are
agitated with a motion similar to that of a field of corn under the
wind.

^ By an oversight corrected in another part of Bergh's work the animal
figured in the plate is called Nembrotha.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 521

Placobranchus gracilis ^ea!^e.

One specimen. Apia reef. June, under a stone. BufF-
colored, with green eye-like spots, surrounded with bright black
rims. Epipodia reflected over the back and striped internally
with longitudinal bright green ridges. Edges of epipodia and
frontal veil and tentacles violet colored. On a prominence
between the tentacles are two distinct black eyes.
Bornella Gray.

I obtained two species of this genus at Apia. The first is B.
arborescens, described by Pease in the Amer. Jour, of Conch.,
1870-71, p. 302). I have nothing to add to his account except
that the red coloring is rather brighter than in his figure. The
second I somewhat doubtfully identify with B. Hancockana
(Kelaart, in Annals and Magazine of Nat. History, 1859, Vol.
IV). In life the body was subpellucid, and the back mottled with
yellow. Over the mouth are two stellate processes with about ten
rays each. The rhinophores are greenish and retractile into four-
fingered sheaths. There are five pairs of cerata, four containing
hepatic diverticula, and all bearing branchiae. The three anterior
cerata are trifid, the two posterior bifid. There are two black eyes
under the skin just in front of the rhinophores. The animal is
very active and crawls and swims rapidly.

Elysia nigropunctata Pse.

A single specimen captured at Apia seems midway between the
species called by Pease Plerogastron (= Elijsia) marginatus and
Pterogastron nigropunctatus. The body was greenish, with black
and white spots, as in his figure of the latter (Amer. Jour, of
Conch., 1870-71, p. 304), but the lateral lobes are edged with a
single line of orange, somewhat less conspicuous than in his figure
of the former. On the whole, I think the animal should be called
Elysia nigropimctata.
Elysia Hendersoni n. sp. PI. XIX, fig. 4.

In July I found twelve specimens of an Elysia on green seaweed
at Manono, which do not appear to me to be referable to any
species of which I have seen the description. The outer surface of
the animal is greenish, with yellowish markings, and resembles a
piece of seaweed sprinkled with sand. The interior of the

522 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

epipodia is bright green and striated with numerous fine veins. The
epipodia are indented at their edges, and united behind in a very
ample dorsal expansion. On the back, a little behind the two
tentacles, is an elongated, bladder-like projection, containing the
heart, which pulsates regularly and rapidly. From this arise three
main trunk veins, each of which is numerously subdivided. This
arrangement seems to distinguish the animal from Elysia viridis,
and the coloration is unlike that of the other species described.
If it proves to be a distinct species, I would propose to call it
Elysia Hendersoni. Length, in alcohol, 17 mm.
Onchidium Tonganum Quoy and Gaimard.
Perorda tongana.

This curious animal is very common on the Apia reef at low-
water mark. It is oval in shape, and attains a length of nearly
three inches. The mantle is of a dirty olive green, thick and cov-
ered with processes and warts, on some of which are eyes. The
tentacles are short, but the labial palps enormous.

Though an ungainly looking creature, Onchidiuvi displays
greater activity and intelligence in its movements than any mollusk
except Cephalopods which I have seen. It may almost be said to
run, and if placed in a vessel at the bottom of a boat will make
a determined efiort to climb over the sides and reach the sea. As
it moves, the large posterior pulmonary orifice opens widely and
contracts. It must be capable of living under water, as it fre-
quents reefs which are submerged except at low tide, but in cap-
tivity, when placed in sea water, it invariably came out and wan-
dered on the balcony, but specimens placed under a heap of wet
seaweed remained quiet. It has been stated that Onchidium has
dorsal eyes only in those regions where Periophthalmus is found,
and that they assist it to escape the attacks of the fish. I cannot
support this statement from my own observation, for, though
Periophthalmus is common in Samoa, it frequents mud flats and
mangrove swamps, and I have never seen it on the edges of coral
reefa which are the habitat of Onchidium.

It will be noticed that the majority of the Nudibranchs de-
sci-ibed belong to the Doridida; or Elysioidea, and that the yEolidce
and allied families are entirely absent. As Pease, who collected
chiefly in the Society and Hawaiian islands, also describes no
Solids, it looks as if the group was not numerous in the central

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 523

Pacific, though on the shores of California it is very abundant.
Many of the less-known species which I found have evidently a
wide distribution. Thus Trippa areolata had previously been
reported from the coast of Madras, Dolahella Hasseltii from Java
and Mauritius, and Aplysia nigrocincta from the latter locahty.
Though the coast of Samoa is exceedingly rich in marine life, I
observe that many species are smaller than those described from
other places.

Cyerce nigra, Aplysia Benedicti and Elysia Hendersoni were
found in small flocks or families of from ten to fifteen individ-
uals ; Dolabella and the Dorididce mostly in pairs.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX.

la. Doridium Pilsbryi, n. sp., dorsal aspect.

lb. Doridium Pilsbryi, u. sp., ventral aspect.

2a. Aplysia Benedicti, n. sp.

2b. Aplysia Benedicti, n. sp., central and lateral teeth.

3. Dolabella Hasselti Fer.

4. Elysia Hendersoni, n. sp.

524

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1899.

A NEW AMERICAN SPECIES OF ZONITOIDES.

BY EDWARD G. VANATTA.

Zonitoides nummus n. sp.

Shell discoidal, shining, tfansluceut, waxen white. Spire very-
flat, composed of 3f rather convex slowly increasing whorls ; suture
impressed growth lines ^slight. The umbilicus is very wide, its
width contained in the greatest diameter of
the shell about 2^ times. Aperture irregu-
larly rounded-lunate, parietal callus thin.

Alt. 0.5, greatest diam. 1.5, lesser diam.
1.33 mm.

New Braunfels, Texas.
The type is in the collection of the Academy
of Natural Sciences, No. 68,834.

This species has the color and texture of
Z. singleyanus Pils., but with the same num-
ber of whorls it is much smaller, being only
about one-half the size. It also differs from
Z. miniisculus Binn., in being much smaller
and flatter.

It can easily be distinguished from the
other members of the Z. minusculus group
by the wide [umbilicus, discoidal form, and
the slowly increasing whorls.

On examining cotypes and description of Z. Iceviusculus Sterki, I
find it is a synonym of Z. dngleyanus Pils.

1899,] KATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 525

ADDITIONS TO THE JAPANESE LAND SNAIL FAUNA.
BY HENRY A. PILSBRY.

The forms described below occurred in a collection of Japanese
mollusca obtained by Marshall K. Gaines, President of Tillotson
College, Austin, Tex., while resident and engaged in educational
work in Japan some years ago.

They were chiefly collected by his pupils; and being accom-
panied by exact locality data, are a substantial addition to our
knowledge of the terrestrial mollusks of Japau.
Diplommatina tenuiplica n. sp.

Shell similar in form, size and external sculpture to D. collari-
fera Schra. and Bttg,, but of a reddish brown color, the columellar
lamina within the whorl decidedly thinner and weaker, less ob-
lique ; lamina within the outer wall (visible through from the out-
side on the front of the last whorl) distinctly shorter. Crest
behind the lip less developed and nearer the lip.

Kashima, Harima (Marshall R. Gaines).
Ennea Iwakawa n. sp. PI. XXI, fig. 10.

Shell small, cylindrical, with small, deep, circular umbilicus,
the latter 3 or S^ whorls of about equal diameter, those above
convexly tapei'ing; white ; surface sculptured with numerous
strong but slender longitudinal laminar riblets, curving to the left
above, to the right below, and about 27 in number on the last
whorl, absent on the apical 1^ whorls. Whorls 6^, slightly con-
vex, the last tapering below, obtusely keeled at the base. Aper-
ture small, subtriangnlar, wider above; peristome continuous,
narrowly reflexed, emarginate at the position of the parietal
lamella, the outer lip with a short rounded sinus above; the cavity
contracted by an oblique, deeply placed fold on the columella, two
nodular teeth upon the outer lip, the upper one submarginal, the
lower further within, and a long, high sinuous parietal fold, which
runs about one-half of a whorl inward, bending to the left a
short distance within.

Alt. 3.2, greatest diam. 1.5 mm.; length of mouth 0.8 mm.

526 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

Named in honor of Mr. T. Iwakawa, the author of a meritorious

essay upon the Japanese species of Viviparus.

Enlota (Acusta) Gainesi nom. nov.

Helix IcEta Gld. 1859, not Helix loeta. Pfr. 1854. Vide Novitates Con-
chologiciE, pi. 143, figs. 17, 18, 19.

This species differs from the typical forms of the subgenus Acusta
in having the peristome distinctly reflexed in adult examples.
The figures cited above, represent a specimen not quite mature and
less strongly wrinkled than my type. The color is either olive
brown or olive yellow without bands, or varied by two broad
bands. The interior of the aperture is blue gray, the columella
pinkish lead color, pale pink at the outer edge, like the whole
outer lip. The surface is glossy, coarsely wrinkled along the lines
of growth, showing spaced engraved spirals under the lens, and an
extremely minute, dense criss-cross scratching throughout when
not obliterated by wear. Whorls 5^.

Alt. 27, diam. 32 mm. ; aperture 22 mm. long, 20 wide (meas-
ured outside peristome).

Ushika, Prov. Tishio.

Eulota luna n. sp. PI. XXI, figs, l, 2, 3.

Shell low-conic above, flattened below, with a large well-like
umbilicus, one-eighth the diameter of the shell, very slowly con-
tracting as it penetrates; white under a thin, pale yellow cuticle,
with two narrow chestnut bands, one above, the other below the
periphery, the former visible above the suture on the whorls of the
spire. Surface rather glossy, with fine irregular growth wrinkles
and some subobsolete spiral lines above. Spire conic with convex
lateral outlines. Whorls 6|^, slowly, regularl}'^ widening, convex,
the last rather more descending, with rounded periphery and base,
not deflexed in front. Aperture oblique, lunate oval; peristome
acute, outer margin slightly and the basal more expanded, dilated
at the columellar insertion, impinging upon the umbilicus.

Alt. 16^, greatest diam. 20^, least 19i mm.

Yurdamisawa, Prov. Ishikari (Gaines).

This species, while probably a Euhadra, does not belong to the
hichuana group. It reminds one of Fyramidula solitaria (Say).

I do not know of any closely allied Japanese species.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 527

Eulota (^gista) aperta n. sp. PI. XXI, figs. 7, 8, 9.

Shell perspectively umbilicate, the umbilicus exceeding one-
fourth the diameter, at first rapidly widening, showing much
of the penultimate whorl, then gradually narrowing. Corneous
brown. Surface dull, with fine wrinkles of growth, bearing cutic-
ular laminae which are in large part rubbed off in the speci-
mens described, and under a lens fine subobsolete spiral striae may
be seen on the base, at least in places. Spire low conoidal with
slightly convex lateral outlines. Whorls 5^, moderately convex,
slowly increasing, the last decidedly wider, rounded at the periph-
ery and beneath. Aperture quite oblique, subcircular, but
little excised by the penultimate whcrl; peristome thin, very
slightly expanded, more so below and on the columellar margin,
the latter scarcely dilated at the insertion.

Alt. 8.4, greatest diam. 14.2, least 12.3 mm.; length and width
of aperture 6.2 mm. (including peristome).

Toyonishikami, Prov. Nagato (Gaines).

This is one of those Japanese Helices of uncertain position, Avith
the peristome less developed than in JEgista, more as in the Euro-
pean " Fruticicolas. " It is distinguished by the large umbilicus
and the minutely sliaggy cuticle. It has the form but not the
texture or color of Helix viacrocycloides Kobelt.

Eulota cavicollis n. sp. PI. XXI, figs. 11, 12, 13.

Shell openly and deeply umbilicated, the umbilicus ample, show-
ing all the whorls, its diameter contained 3i or four times in that
of the shell. Corneous brown. Surface dull, when quite unworn
clothed above with short compressed cuticular laminae which gather
and hold dirt, but usually these are worn off", leaving the surface
finely striated, the striae a little stronger toward the sutures, base
smoother. Spire elevated, the lateral outlines convex. Whorls
6^ to 7^, very narrow, closely coiled, slowly widening, the last one
abruptly and very deeply deflexed in front, constricted behind
the peristome. Aperture nearly horizontal, truncate oblong;
peristome thin, narrowly reflexed throughout, the upper margin
of the outer lip somewhat straightened or sinuous.

Alt, 4, greater diam. 6^, lesser 6 mm,

Alt. 4.7, greater diam. 6, lesser 5.7 mm.

Kyoto (Marshall R. Gaines),

528 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

A very peculiar little shell, not like anything hitherto reported
from Japan, and probably typical of a new subgenus which pend-
ing anatomical details may be subordinated to Eiilota, and thus
defined: Coilorus, n. s.-g. Mound-shaped, with numerous narrow
whorls, ample umbilicus, and subhorizoutal aperture Avith thin,
reflexed, discontinuous peristome.
Eulota rudis n. sp. PI. XXI, figs. 4, 5, 6.

Shell depressed-conoid, umbilicated, the umbilicus a little over
one-fifth the diameter of the shell, rather narrow within, rapidly
expanded at the last whorl. Solid ; dull reddish brown, with irreg-
ular whitish lines and some darker streaks. Surface irregularly
striated, the strife stronger at the margin of the umbilicus. Spire
conoidal. Whorls 6^, slowly widening, the last whorl rather
wider, decidedly descending in front, somewhat tubular. Aper-
ture oblique, rounded, slightly excised by the penultimate whorl ;
peristome a trifle thickened, the outer lip somewhat expanded,
basal and columellar margins more expanded; terminations consid-
-erably approaching.

Alt. 11, greater diani. 14, lesser 12.5 mm.; width of aperture
6.5, oblique height 6 mm.

Omi, Japan (M. R. Gaines).

A rude-lookiug, dark reddish shell, with somewhat the aspect of
a Pyramidula. I know of no closely allied species.
Ganesella satsuma n. sp. PL XXI, figs. 20, 21, 22.

Shell globose trochiform, narrowly and obliquely perforate, thin,
translucent, the internal pillar faintly visible through its substance ;
whitish-corneous, tinted a little with brown on the base. Surface
rather glossy, with light, irregular growth wrinkles, cut by fine,
close incised spirals which are distinct on the earlier, subobsolete
on the last whorl. Spire elevated, with convex lateral outlines.
Whorls 6^, convex, slowly widening, the last distinctly though
shortly deflexed in front, rounded at the periphery, convex be-
neath, indented around the axis. Aperture oblique; peristome
white, expanded, thickened within, the basal and columellar mar-
gins reflexed; basal margin straightened, sloping, with a slight
callus within ; columellar margin very short, subvertical, concave,
dilated and nearly closing the umbilicus, which it wholly conceals
from below.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 529

Alt. 19, greater diam. 19, lesser 17 mm.

Kyoto (Marshall R. Gaines).

Closely allied to G. japoniea, and to some extent a transition
species betAveen the japoniea and the 'papillifonnis groups of Gan-
esella. It differs from G. japoniea in the greater elevation, com-
pletely rounded periphery and almost closed umbilicus.
Ganesella ferruginea n. sp. PI. XXI, figs. 14, 15, 16.

Shell shaped much like G. japoniea, russet brown, paler near the
suture and outer lip, girt at the periphery with a chestnut band
bordered below by a corneous one; umbilicus pale corneous within.
Surface slightly shining, striatulate, seen under a strong lens to be
covered with a dense fine granulation, the granules point-like, in
places arranged in oblique rows sweeping nearly at right angles
with the growth lines, but on the base this arrangement is nearly
lost. Spire convexly conic; whorls 5^, the last rounded at the
periphery and beneath, hardly deflexed in front. Aperture
oblique, the lip expanded, thickened within, white; basal lip
refiexed, straightened, with a slightly convex caDus within; um-
bilicus deep, moderately wide, about one-third covered by the
dilated columella.

Alt. 13, greater diam. 17J, lesser 16|mm.

Okayama, Prov. Bizen (Gaines).

Similar to G. japoniea, from which it differs in the russet color
nnd minute sculpture.
Ganesella heteroglypta n. sp. PL XXI, figs. 17, 18. 19.

Shell somewhat trochiform, narrowly and almost closed umbili-
cate, thin, somewhat translucent, yellow-corneous, with a shght
olivaceous tint, a faint darker peripheral band, light-bordered
below. Surface with a dull silken lustre, produced by a clothing
of microscopic papillae or low elongated granules, irregularly and
densely placed. Spire elevated, with convex outhnes. Whorls
fully 6, moderately convex, swollen just below the sutures, Ihe
last whorl obtusely angular at the periphery, becoming rounded
on the latter portion, convex beneath, very slightly deflexed in
front, and constricted behind the peristome. Aperture oblique;
outer lip expanded, thickened within, basal hp refiexed, straight-
ened, calloused within; columellar lip very short, dilated, nearly
covering the umbilicus.
34

530 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

Alt, 16^^, greater cliam. 17, lesser 15 mm.

Fukura, Pro v. Awaji (Gaiues).

Like the two preceding species, this is allied to G. japonica,
having the same form of aperture. It differs from G. satsuma
chiefly in the fine sculpture, which consists of a dense granula-
tion, without spiral incised lines. It differs from G. japonica in
sculpture and the reduced umbilicus; from G. ferruginea in the
pale coloring, small umbilicus and different sculpture.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXI.

Figures 1-3. Eulota luna.

4 — 6. Eulota rudis.

7-9. Eulota (JEgista) aperta.

10. Ennea Iivakaiva.

11-13. Eulota (Coelorus) cavicollis.

14-16. Ganesella ferriiginea.

17-19. Ganesella heteroglypta.

20-22. Ganesella satsuma.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 531

The following annual reports were read and referred to the
Publication Committee:

REPORT OF THE RECORDING SECRETARY.

The average attendance at the meetings during the year has in-
creased to 29. A quorum Avas lacking twice in midsummer, while
the largest attendance at any meeting was 143. The plan of
sending postal card notices of the meeting has been continued
with good results. When the communications have been records
of original observations they have been reported by the authors
and published in the Proceedings. Such, of course, are of most
importance, but in their absence it has been found desirable to
secure re'sumes of progress in various fields of science, reports of
collecting trips and explorations, remarks on current additions to
the museum and other matters not strictly original, but yet of
interest to those who find in them sufficient reason for attendance
at the meetings.

Communications have been made by Messrs. J. C. Morris, Gold-
smith, Dixon, Keeley, Calvert, Schumo, Heilprin, Pilsbry, Dall,
Woolman, Boyer, Stone, G. Vaux, Jr., William S, Vaux, Jr.,
Miller, C. Morris, Mercer, S. Brown, Holt, Sharp, Holmau,
Skinner, Morsell, A. E. Brown, Bryant, MacFarlane, Harshber-
ger, Cockerell, Rand, Lyman, IT. C. Smith, Schaeffer, Hamilton,
Rhoads, Palmer, Moore, H. C. Chapman, F. M. Chapman and
James.

Five hundred and thirty-eight pages of the Proceedings, illus-
trated by eighteen plates, and the second number of the eleventh
volume of the Journal have been published, the latter consisting
of one hundred and thirty-eight pages and five plates. In addi-
tion forty-nine pages of the third number of the volume profusely
illustrated by text figures, a continuation of Mr. Clarence B.
Moore's papers on southern burial mounds, have been printed in
advance at the expense of the author.

Forty-one papers have been presented for publication, as fol-
lows: H. A. Pilsbry 6, H. W. Fowler 4, Witmer Stone 4, William
J. Fox 3, Gerrit S. Miller 3, E. G. Vanatta 2, J. Percy Moore
2, Phihp P. Calvert 2, James Francis Abboit 2, C. W. Johnson
1, Thomas Meehan 1, Katherine J. Bush 1, T. D. A. Cockerell 1,

532 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

Harry C. Oberholser 1, John W. Harshberger 1, Rev. William
T. C." Morsell 1, Clarence B. Moore 1, Theodore D. Rand 1, C.
N. E. Eliot 1, George and William S. Vaux, Jr., 1, H. A.
Pilsbry and T. D. A. Cockerell 1, H. A. Pilsbry and Edw. G.
Vanatta 1. Thirty-seven of these have been printed in the
Proceedings, one ia the Journal, two remain to be acted on, and
one was withdrawn by the author.

The Entomological Section (American Entomological Society)
has issued 306 pages and 7 plates of the Entomological News, and
309 pages and 5 plates of the Transactions.

The first series of the Manual of Conchology having been com-
pleted last year, the publications of the Conchological Section have
been confined to the section of Pulmonata, as it has been deemed
advisable to postpone, for the present, work on the marine bivalves,
which will constitute the continuation of this important contribu-
tion to conchology, if the resources of the Section will warrant the
undertaking. One hundred and seventy-six pages of Vol. XII of
the second series, Pulmonata, illustrated by 46 plates, have been
published.

The Academy's publications, therefore, during the year, have
amounted to 1416 pages and 81 plates, a gratifying increase over
the issue of last year.

The statistics of distribution are as follows :

Proceedings, mailed to subscribers, . . .... 78

" mailed to exchanges, 102

" sent to exchanges through the International

Bureau (Smithsonian Inst.), . . . 442

622

Journal, mailed to subscribers, 37

" mailed to exchanges, 14

" sent to exchanges through the International

Bureau (Smithsonian Inst. ), .... 54

105
The edition remains as heretofore, 1,000 copies of the Proceed-
ings and 500 copies of the Journal.

Cases have been erected on the upper floor of the museum build-
ing for the storage of the stock of the Academy's publications

1899.] NATURAI. SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 533

remaining on hand. It is hoped they may remain here until
disposed of by sale or exchange. The plates damaged by the
flood of last year have not yet been reprinted.

Eleven members have been elected since the last report. Dur-
ing the same period the deaths of fourteen members have been
announced, five have been dropped for non-payment of dues, and
seven resignations have been recorded, making a net loss of
fifteen. Twelve correspondents have been added to the roll and
the deaths of twelve have been recorded.

A proposition to revise the By-Laws was referred to the Council,
February 21. After careful consideration at one stated and two
adjourned meetings an amended code was reported to the Acad-
emy. It was adopted after reading, at meetings held April 27,
May 2 and 9. The most important changes embodied in the new
code are the substitution of Assistant Curatorships, the titles and
duties of which are to be defined by the Council, for the Profes-
sorships, the repeal of the clause limiting the possible continuous
term of the presidency to four years, and providing for the ap-
pointment of a Committee on Accounts in addition to the Com-
mittee on Finance. Numerous verbal alterations were also made,
redundancies removed and related clauses placed in juxtaposition,
resulting, it is believed, in a clearer and more explicit code than that
which it replaces.

The thanks of the Academy were voted to Miss Adeline S.
Tryon for her generosity in satisfying a mortgage of $5,000 on a
property devised to the Conchological Section by her brother, Mr.
George VV. Tryon, Jr.

A committee consisting of jNIessrs. Nolan, Montgomery, Sharp,
Pilsbry and Fox was appointed at the request of the representative
of the committee on the proposed international catalogue of scien-
tific literature, to consider the preliminary announcement, and to
advise as to the desirability of the provisions and methods em-
bodied therein. The committee presented a report March 28,
1899, which was adopted and ordered to be forwarded as the
action of the Academy.

The lecture hall and library were used for the annual meeting of
the American Ornithologists' Union, the most successful, it is
believed, in the history of the society, and for the first autumn
ession of the Pennsylvania Library Club.

534 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

Miss Harriet M. Wardle was appointed a Jessup Fund student
under the provision for females made by the late Mrs. Bloomfield
H. Moore as an addition to the trust endowed by her father.

A committee has been appointed by the President, at the in-
stance of the American Philosophical Society, to represent the
Academy at a meeting to be held in commemoration of the late
Dr. D. G. Brinton, who held the position of Professor of Ethnol-
ogy and Archseology in the Academy from February 25, 1884,
until his death.

The Anthropological Section, not having held sessions or pre-
sented a report during the preceding twelve months, was, under
the By-Laws, declared at the meeting of the Academy held
December 27, 1898, to be no longer in existence.

Edward J. Nolan,

Recording Secretary.

REPORT OF THE CORRESPONDING SECRETARY.

During the past year, commencing December 1, 1898, there
have been received from one hundred and ten societies, museums,
libraries, etc., one hundred and eighty-six acknowledgments of
the receipt of the publications of the Academy, and from forty-four
societies, libraries, etc., fifty-six notices that their publications
have been forwarded to the Academy. Fourteen applications for
exchange and for supply of deficiencies in sets of the Academy's
publications, logether with eleven circulars and invitations to the
Academy to participate in congresses or meetings, and seven an-
nouncements of the deaths of scientific men, have also been
received, and when necessary, answered.

The deaths of twelve correspondents have been recorded.

Four hundred and twenty-nine acknowledgments of gifts to
the library have been forwarded.

Respectfully submitted,

Benjamin Sharp,

Corresjjonding Secretary.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

REPORT OF THE LIBRARIAN.

535

Since the first of December, 1898, the accessions to the library,
properly catalogued and placed, have amounted to 4,874. Of
these, 4,213 were pamphlets and parts of periodicals, 647 volumes,
13 maps and one photograph. This is an increase of 405 pieces
over the growth of the previous year.

They have been received from the following sources:

Societies, .... 2,045
I. V. Williamson Fund, 1,216

Editors, 855

Authors, 179

U.S. Department of Agri-
culture,

James Aitken MeigsFund,
U. S. Department of the

Interior,

Wilson Fund, ....
Pennsylvania State Li-
brary,

Department of Agricul-
ture, Cape of Good

Hope,

F. W. Lewis, M.D., . .
U. S. Department of State,
Henry C. Chapman, M. D. ,
Geological Sui'vey of Mis-
souri,

Trustees of the Indian

Museum,

Comite Geologique Russe,
Sveriges Geologiska Un-
dersokning, ....
Department of Mines,

New South Wales, .
Trustees of the British

Museum,

United States Treasury
Department, ....

128
69

33
32

29

10

Geological Survey of North

Carolina, .
Geological Survey

Georgia, .
Commission Geologique de

Finlande,
William J. Fox,
Ministry of Public Works,

France, ....
U. S. Dept. of Labor,
Conchological Section

the Academy,
Angelo Heilprin, .
Biuroului Geologicu, Ron

mania, . . . . ,
Geological Survey of In

dia,

Department of Mines, Vic

tori a,

Thomas Meehan, .
Geological Surveyof Mich

igan,

Geological

History

Canada,
Sydney J. Hickson, .
Geological Commission,

Portugal,

U. S. Fish Com. . . ,
Volta Bureau, Washing

ton, D. C, . . . ,

and Natura

Survey

536

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[189&.

Bentham Trustees, Kew

Geological Commission of

Gardens,

2

Mexico, 1

Secretary of State, Mexico,

9

William Beer, .... 1

Department of Marine

Mary S. Schively, . . 1

and Fisheries, Canada,

2

International Geological

Library of Congress, . .

2

Congress, 1

Illinois State Bureau of

Geological Surv. of Iowa, 1

Labor,

2

Geological Survey of New

U. S. War Department,

Jersey, 1

U. S. Coast and Geodetic

Trustees of the Australian

Survey,

Museum, 1

U. S. Civil Service Com-

Santa Ana Chamber of

mission,

Commerce, .... 1

Francis J. Duffy, . . .

Cambridge Univ. Press, 1

Charles E. Smith, . . .

Bernice Pauahi Bishop

Maryland Geol, Survey, .

Museum, 1

W. W. Jefferis, . . .

New Zealand Government, 1

Government of New

Miss E. Field, .... 1

South Wales, . . .

Department of Geology,

Geological Survey of Ala-

Indiana, 1

bama

Clarence B. Moore, . . 1

C. H. Vinton, M.D., .

Jacob Cox Parsons, . . 1

Department of Mines,

Geological Survey of

ISTova Scotia, ....

West Virginia, ... 1

Pittsburg Filtration Com-

Geological Survey of

mission,

Minnesota, .... 1

H. C. Wood, M.D., . .

Henry A. Pilsbry, . . 1

Messrs. Little, Brown &

L, Doderlein, .... 1

Co.,

1

They were distributed according to subjects to the several de-
partments of the library, as follows:

Journals, . . . . 3 878

Geology, 210

Botany, 182

Agriculture, . . . . 109
General Natural History, 104
Voyages and Travels, . 52

Miscellaneous, .... 44

Conchology, .... 40

Entomology, .... 38

Mammalogy, .... 34

Anatomy and Physiology, 33

Ornithology, .... 31

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA. 537

Anthropology, .... 26 | Mineralogy, .... S

Medicine, 23 i Ichthyology, .... 8

Physical Science, ... 17 : Bibliography, .... 7

Helminthology, . . . 11 Chemistry, 6

Geography, 10 1 Encyclopaedias, ... 3-

Two hundred and forty-nine volumes have been bound, nearly
all at the expense of the special funds. A much larger appropria-
tion than is at present available for this work is a pressing necessity.

The additional shelving supplied by nine new cases on the entresol
floor has measurably relieved the crowding in the English and a part
of the German sections of the library of periodicals and journals.
The remaining portions still remain so crowded as to make the
contents difficult of access. It is hoped that additional room may
be secured during the coming year.

About five hundred volumes of industrial and miscellaneous
reports, in no way related to the natural sciences, were, by direc-
tion of the Council, transferred to the Free Library, where they
Avill be placed at the service of those interested in them, thus in-
creasing their usefulness and making available the space occupied
by them for the arrangement of works of more importance to the
Academy.

Like ends were secured by the printing and distribution of a
catalogue of the duplicate books which had been accumulating for
years. The list embraces 1,154 titles of 1,061 volumes and 1,470
pamphlets. An intimation having been received from Washing-
ton after the issue of the catalogue that government publications
could not be thus disposed of by societies to which they had been
sent, all such volumes and pamphlets were withdrawn from sale so
as to prevent misunderstanding, although some of those on the list
were gifts from other sources than the departments of the govern-
ment and some were paid for by exchange. The sales, Avhile not
very numerous, have much more than repaid the cost of printing
and distributing the list.

With the cooperation of the Free Library of Philadelphia, a
transcript of our card catalogue of periodicals has been made as a
contribution to a proposed cooperative catalogue of journals in
the libraries of the city. The Academy's contribution consists
of upward of 2,500 titles, many of them not found in other

538 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

collections. When issued the work will be a most important con-
tribution to bibliography. It will not only inform the student of
sources of information, but also prevent unnecessary and often
expensive duplication, the possessions of one library being at the
service of the patrons of the others, of course under the rules
governing the several associations.

The October meeting of the Pennsylvania Library Club was
held in the hall of the Academy. Your Librarian made a com-
munication on the history and resources of the library, concluding
with a short contribution to paleoutological history, which, while
not germane to the objects of the Club, seemed to interest those in
attendance.

Dr. Sharp reports that the lantern slides of which he has charge
now number 980. The collection embraces subjects in all depart-
ments of natural history and furnishes most desirable illustrations
for the courses of lectures delivered under the auspices of the
Academy.

It again gives me pleasure to acknowledge the efficiency of my
assistant, Mr. William J. Fox.

Edward J. Nolan,

Llhrarian.

REPORT OF THE CURATORS.

The general collections, with all the additions of the year in the
care of the Curators, are in an excellent state of preservation.

A large amount of work has been accomplished since the last
report in rearranging the specimens in the old building.

The dry invei'tebrates have been placed in new cases, so far as
they could be arranged therein, though some of the geographic
series have had to be temporarily stored in packing cases. The
display series has been cleansed and entirely relabelled.

The remaining cases in the upper gallery have been removed
from the damp walls, which have been whitened, thus securing
additional light.

The many large specimens of minerals formerly displayed in the
gallery have been placed in a case on the first floor where they
have been labelled and arranged to much better advantage.

' On the floor devoted to the mammals in the new building, a new
mahogany and plate-glass case has been provided for the Carnivora,

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 539

and another large one for Ungulates through the Mary Jeanes
Fund, while another case of similar character has been presented by
Dr. Francis W. Lewis for the reception of birds on the upper floor.

Four large storage cases have been j)rovided for mammal skins,
and placed on the fifth floor of the new building.

In the department of Archaeology, Mr. Clarence B. Moore has
presented one upright mahogany case with plate-glass sides and
shelves, and one horizontal case for the accommodation of his
rapidly increasing collection, and Dr. Dixon has provided a show-
case for the display of certain human remains.

Besides these additions, considerable work has been done in
improving the building, the entire vestibule on Race street having
been repainted, and the lavatories all completely renovated, and
modern flttings introduced.

Through the liberality of jNIr. Clarence B. jNIoore, our museum
has, for the first time in its history, been thrown open to the public
on Sundays between the hours of one and five o'clock. This inno-
vation has met with popular approval, the attendance of visitors
being very large, and composed mainly of persons who would
otherwise have been unable to view the collections.

The progress in adding to, rearranging, classifying, labelling and
caring for the collections during the year has been satisfactory.

The Conservators of the several Sections have devoted much time
to the care and classification of the specimens in their respective
departments. Valuable work has been perfox*med by Dr. H. A.
Pilsbry in the Conchological ; by Messrs. Thomas Meehan and
Stewardson Brown in the Botanical ; by Dr. Henry Skinner, Dr.
Philip P. Calvei-t and ]Mr. Charles Liebeck in the Entomological,
and Messrs. Lewis Woolman and Theodore D. Rand in the
Geological departments.

Rev. L. T. Chamberlain, special Curator of the Isaac Lea col-
lection of Eocene Mollusca, has continued to add valuable mate-
rial during the year, bringing the total number of entries up to
5,161. Dr. Chamberlain has now enlarged the scope of the col-
lection to include the Oligoceue. About one hundred and sixty
species from the Vicksburg and Red Bluft' horizons have been
already incorporated, while much foreign Oligocene material,
not yet labelled, is on hand. He proposes to send a collector
to the principal exposures to procure new material. Mr. C. W.

540 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OP [1899.

Johnson has continued his work on the collection, completing the
arrangement of the Eocene material.

Mr, Theodore D. Rand, special Curator, has spent much time
in the arrangement and cataloguing of the William S. Vaux
collection of minerals. These services are more specifically set forth
in the reports of the several sections. Important service has also
been rendered by Mr. Witmer Stone, assistant to the Curators, in
all departments of the museum, especially in that of Ornithology.
Assistance in the arrangement and care of the collections has also
been received from the students of the Jessup Fund. Mr. H. W.
Fowler has made a systematic study of many of the families of
fishes in the collection, and identified a large number of unlabel -
led specimens. Mr. E. G. Vanatta has done excellent work on
the mollusca and other invertebrates ; Mr. S. H, Hamilton on the
minerals and Mr. A. F. Satterthwait on the insects.

The additions to the collections during the year have been
important.

The valuable Hoopes collection of North American Birds renders
the Academy's material in this department equal to any in the
world. A series of American birds presented by Dr. S. W.
Woodhouse contains much of historic interest.

The collection of local fishes I'eceived from Mr. H. W. Fowler,
comprising several thousands of specimens, is a valuable accession,
containing in large series many forms previouslv but poorly repre-
sented in the museum.

The series of painted casts of American snakes presented by Mr.
Clarence B. Moore is equal to any other such representation of
Ophidia in this country.

The Zoological Society of Philadelphia has presented many
valuable specimens, the mounting of which by the Academy's
preparator illustrates strikingly the advance in taxidermic art,
Avhen compared with the objects formerly composing the cabinets.

Specimens have been loaned during the year to Lewis Woolman,
F. L. Scribner, G. A. Boulenger, J. M. Coulter, G. S. Miller,
H. M. Smith, W. H. Osgood, T. Waylaud Vaughau, Robert
Ridgway, H. C. Oberholser, J. Dwight, Jr., R. H. Howe and C.
L, Lochman.

Henry C. Chapman,

Chairman.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 541

KEPORT ON THE WILLIAM S. YAUX COLLECTIONS.

The Curator of the William S. Vaux Collections would respect-
fully report that a rough list of all the species in the collec-
tion, with the number of specimens iu each, has been prepared, and
that a fair copy of it is being transcribed in a book to be kept as
a catalogue. In addition to this, a large number of labels have
been corrected. The additions to the collection have numbered
but twenty-seven, but some of them are very tine specimens,
particularly two of barite, one of fluorite and one of rhodo-
chosite, said to be the finest ever found.

A great deal more time than the present Curator' can possibly
give to it, ought to be spent upon this valuable collection to make
it as nearly perfect as possible. He desires to acknowledge the
valuable assistance of Mr. George Vaux, Jr., in the procuring of
specimens, and in advice, and of Mr S. Harbert Hamilton in the
cataloguing, etc. Respectfully submitted,

Theodore D, Rand,

Curator.

REPORT OF THE BIOLOGICAL AND MICROSCOPICAL
SECTION.

The Section has held ten meetings during the year with the usual
average attendance.

A large Beck binocular microscope, with outfit of numerous
objectives and accessories, was received by bequest, for the use of
the Section, from the late Dr. Joseph J. Kirkbride.

Numerous communications were made during the year, and the
following papers and communications were presented at the meet-
ings of the Academy:

" Evolution of the Microscope," by Dr. J. Cheston Morris.

" Diatomaoeous Deposits at the Mouth of Peusauken Creek,"
by Messrs. Lewis Wool man and C. S. Boyer.

" Nematode Worms," and " The Oyster Crab," by Dr. Ben-
jamin Sharp.

" SeAvage Poisons," by Mr. Holman.

" Parasites of the Oyster," by Mr. T. S. Parvin.

" On the Structure of Diatoms," by Mr. T. C Palmer.

542 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

The communications of importance made to the Section were
by Mr. F. J. Keeley, on the spectrum analysis of diatomine, on a
Holothurian Parasite by Dr. J. C. Morris, and on observations of
various material contributed by Mr. S. A. Schumo, Mr. John A.
Shulze and Mr. Lewis Woolman.

The following officers were elected for the ensuing year:
Director, .... J. Chestou Morris, M.D.

Vice- Director, .
Treasurer,
Conservator,
Corresponding Secretary,

T. Chalkley Palm.er.
Lewis Woolman.
F. J. Keeley.
John G. Rothermel.

Recorder, . . . . C. S. Boyer.

Charles S. Boyer,

Recorder.

REPORT OF THE CONCHOLOGICAL SECTION.

The main activity of the Conchological Section, as in former
years, has been expended upon the continuation of the Manual of
Conchology, which has now reached the thirteenth volume of the
second series. The Conservator has been chiefly occupied during
the year with the revision of the family Bulimulidai, the work on
American species being now completed, the specimens relabelled
and returned to the museum.

Various changes have been made in the museum, the principal
one being the removal of the land shells of the United States
(excepting Succinea and Pupa) from the gallery to the study
room on the library floor. This collection was formerly crowded
into thirty-six drawers under the cases of fresh-water shell?, and
had long since outgrown the space available. It now occupies
eighty -one drawers, leaving the space formerly used for the expan-
sion of the fresh-water shells.

The accessions to the museum number about 4,000 trays and
bottles, including many species new to science, as well as a larger
number new to our collection. None of this material has been
purchased, and but an inconsiderable part was obtained in ex-
change, nearly the whole having been sent by correspondents of the
Section in America and abroad for identification, or with the under-
standing that it be worked up, or to further the work in progress

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 543

in the Manual of Concliology. It will therefore be seen that
much time must be devoted to this work, in order to keep the
collection of the Academy abreast of others able to purchase
freely. Among the more important accessions may be mentioned
a large series of land and fresh-water shells collected by Mr, S. N.
Rhoads in Florida and Mexico, a series of Samoan Opisthobranchs
collected and given by Mr. C. N. E. Eliot, and a valuable lot of
exotic slugs, given by the R^v. A. B. Kendig, adding greatly to
what is now by all odds the largest collection of slugs in America.
The collection made by Mr. Rhoads, obtained in exchange for
identification, contains the types of some twenty-five new species.
That of Mr. Eliot the types and figured specimens.

Dr. J. C. Cox, Mr. H. Suter, Dr. H. von Ihering and others
have continued their gifts of foreign mollusks, while the American
series has profited by the sendings of about seventy -five persons,
among whom Rev. E. H. Ashmun, Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell,
Messrs. George H. Clapp and L. N. Frierson may be mentioned
as contributing material of especial value.

The Conservator, in company Avith Dr. Montgomery and Prof.
Conklin, made a collection of marine invertebrates in Biscayne
Bay, Florida, and later made a vacation journey to the Great
Smoky Mountains. A very large collection of the mountain
mollusks was made, including some rare and new forms of exces-
sively restricted range. Mr. J. H. Ferriss has contributed a valu-
able series from mountain localities south of those visited by myself.

The Conservator acknowledges valuable assistance received from
Mr. C. W. Johnson, of the Museum Committee, and has also
been aided throughout the year by Mr. E. G. Vanatta, Avhose
efficient Avork deserves high commendation.

The officers elected to serve during the ensuing year are as follows :

Director, ..... Benjamin Sharp, M.D.

Vice- Director, .... John Ford.

Recorder, Edw. J. Nolan, M.D.

Corresponding Secretary, . . Charles W. Johnson.

Treasurer, . . . . S. Raymond Roberts.

Librarian, .... Edw. J. Nolan, M.D.

Conservator, .... Henry A. Pilsbry.

Respectfully submitted,

H. A. Pilsbry, Conservator.

544 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

REPOBT OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SECTION.

During the present year the regular meetings of the Section have
been hekl and the average attendance was twelve persons. The
verbal communications have been of interest and have had scien-
tific value. The collections have been cared for and are in a good
state of preservation. Many spacimens have been acquired both
by purchase and donation; the more important being the
Griffith collection of exotic Coleoptera, numbering 10,000 speci-
mens purchased from the heirs of the late Dr. H. G. GriflSth;
donations from H. A. Pilsbry, 212 specimens from Florida and
Tennessee; E. G. Vanatta, 460 specimens from Maryland; Dr.
A. D. Smith, J. E. and G. Farnum, 103 specimens from Man-
churia; R. Weber, 93 specimens from Palestine; H. Skinner, 178
specimens from Utah; H. W. Wenzel, 150 specimens from Penn-
sylvania and New Jersey. The Academy has purchased two hand-
some mahogany cases for the plaster casts of butterflies presented
by Mr. C. H. Hutchinson. The Entomological News, the journal
of the Section, has been continued, and the volume for the year
completed with 304 pages and six plates. One member has died,
and three associates were elected.

The Section needs more room space, and a Conservator who can
devote all his time to the exacting work required to care for the
collections and incorporate the large amount of new material con-
stantly being acquired. At the annual meeting held December 28,
the following officers were elected for the year 1900 :

Director,
Vice- Director,
Treasurer, .

Conservator and Recorder,
Secretary, .

Philip Laurent.
. H. W. Wenzel.
. E. T. Cresson.

Henry Skinner, M. D.
. Wilham J. Fox.
Henry Skinner,

Recorder.

REPORT OF THE BOTANICAL SECTION.

The slow but steady progress that' has marked the history of the
Botanical Section for several years still continues. The meetings
have been held at the regular stated periods, distinguished botan-

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 545

ists have been present, and communications of interest received
and discussed. Field meetings in connection with allied societies
in the city have been found of much value in bringing together
those with a community of interest.

The proposition to raise $20,000 as a herbarium fund in mem-
ory of our lamented fellow -member, John H. Redfield, reached
about one-fourth of the amount ; arrangements were being made
to increase the fund, when it became desirable for the Academy
to make a strenuous effort to raise money for another purpose.
Not to divide the interest it was thought best to defer the Section's
effort. It is, however, pleasant to record that from this fund the
collectiona of C. C. Pringle for the past three years have been
secured. Contributions of specimens have been made by Steward -
son Brown, C. F. Saunders, William M. Cauby and Anna C.
Hartshorne.

The genera formerly composing the North American herbarium
have been brought into proximity with the same genera in the
general herbarium. The plants are still kept in their separate
genera covers, but the j^resent arrangement favors comparison.
This work has been accomplished by the Conservator, aided by Mr.
Uselma C. Smith. The North American herbarium has been
enriched by the tine herbarium of the late Mr. William Wynne
Wister, a gift from his family. The specimens are in an admir-
able state of preservation.

The work of mounting and verifying the specimens in the gen-
eral herbarium, assumed by the Director since the death of Mr.
Redfield, has reached only a few orders beyond those recorded last
year, the Director having given the season chiefly to labelling,
mounting and distributing the collections long on hand, Schlech-
ter's South African plants, Sharp's Arctic plants, and the mag-
nificent collections by Bang in Bolivia, have thus become an inte-
gral portion of the herbarium.

In the early part of the summer Prof. Gandoger offered to
exchange a copy of his unique work, the Flora of Europe, in
twenty-seven volumes, for its value in North American plants.
The Section has never had the time to arrange for such exchanges.
In this instance Mr. U. C. Smith generously undertook to collect
from botanical friends nearly 1,200 species of plants required,
35

546 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

They were properly labelled and shipped, and the volumes received
in exchange have been transferred by the Botanical Section to the
library of the Academy.

At the annual meeting in December the following officers were
elected to serve for the enpuing year :

Director, ..... Thomas Meehan.
Vice- Director, .... Charles E. Smith.

Conservator and Treasurer, . . Stewardson Brown.

Corresponding Secretary, . . Joseph D. Crawford.

[ Recorder, ..... Charles Schiiffer, M.D.

Respectfully submitted,

Thomas Meehan,

Director.

Report of Conservator. — In making his report for the year, the
Conservator of the Botanical Section is pleased to be able to state,
that the work in the herbarium has been carried on in the usual
satisfactory manner, though the amount accomplished has been
necessarily limited.

The rearrangement of the herbarium, referred to in last year's
report as in progress, was completed in the early part of the present
year, bringing all the flowering plants, with the exception of some
special collections, together in the two rooms on the library floor.
This arrangement will be found of great convenience to those
making use of the herbarium for comparative study.

The work of mounting the general herbarium has been con-
tinued during the year, the specimens being prepared and names
verified as usual by Mr. iNIeehan. The additions received have
been the herbarium of the late Wilham Wynne Wister, presented to
the Academy in the early part of the year by his family, and com-
prising several thousand plants, mostly North American. The speci-
mens are all in an excellent state of preservation and will make
an interesting addition on account of containing specimens from
many localities in or around the city, which have now been de-
stroyed.

Six hundred specimens of Mexican plants have also been added
through purchase from the interest of the Redfield Fund, together
with about three hundred specimens of Pennsylvania plants from
Pike and Somerset counties, presented by Messrs. C. F. Saunders

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 547

and Stewardson Brown, a number of North American plants
from Mr. William M. Canby, and one hundred and fifty California
plants from Miss Anna C. Hartshorne.

Were more time at the Conservator's disposal it would be an
easy matter to materially increase the herbarium as well as library
througli the medium of exchanges as is done in other institutions,
and it is to be hoj)ed that some arrangement may be efiected in the
near future that will make this possible.

The Conservator wishes to express his thanks to the membei's of
the Section in general and to Messrs. Thomas Meehan and Uselma
C. Smith in particular for the valuable assistance rendered during
the year.

Respectfully submitted,

Stewardson Brown,

Conservator.

REPORT OF THE MINERALOGICAL AND GEOLOG-
ICAL SECTION.

The Director of the Mineralogical and Geological Section would
respectfully report that nine meetings of the Section have been
held during the year, with a marked increase of interest and of
value in the communications.

The Section is especially indebted to Dr. Florence Bascom, of
Bryn Mawr College, who gave a lecture on the minerals of rock
sections, illustrated by excellent slides shown by electric light,
through the courtesy of the Franklin Institute, at its hall, the
polariscope being furnished without charge by Messrs. Queen & Co.

Two interesting and largely attended excursions were made, one
to Doylestown, Buckingham Mountain, and New Hope, the other
to Bridgeport, Henderson Station and Port Kennedy.

Additions to the museum have been less than usual. It is wor-
thy of consideration whether this may not be due to the fact that
a large part of the collection formerly displayed is now .where it
cannot readily be seen. It is hoped that when means can be
secured for the better display a greater interest may be developed.

548 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

The following officers were elected for the ensuing year :

Director, Theodore D. Rand.

Vice- Director, .... William W. Jefteris.

Conservator, . . . . . F, J. Keeley.

Corresjjonding Secretary and Recorder, Charles Schiifier, M.D.
Treasurer, ..... Emma Walter.
Respectfully submitted,

Theodore D. Rand,

Director.

REPORT OF THE ORNITHOLOGICAL SECTION.

The ornithological collections of the Academy remain in practi-
cally the same condition as last year, lack of cases still preventing
the removal of the main exhibition series to the new building,
where it is evenmally to be displayed. This collection has, how-
ever, been carefully examined during the year and the specimens
in each family systematically arranged, which adds materially to the
ease of consulting them.

The Delaware Valley Club collection has been largely increased
and entirely relabelled, full information being given regarding each
specimen, and a card added, on which the distribution and abun-
dance of each species in Pennsylvania and New Jersey are described.
The Club has met regularly during the year at the Academy, and
on November 13-16, 1899, the American Ornithologists' Union
held its annual congress in the building. This is the first time
that a congress has been held in Philadelphia, and it is gratifying
to know that the attendance of members and the number of papers
presented was greater than on any previous occasion.

The most important accession during the year has been the
Josiah Hoopes Collection of North American land birds, which
was already on deposit, and which has now been purchased by
friends of the Academy.

This collection of eome 8,000 specimens renders the Academy's
series of North American land birds nearly complete, and adds a
large number of species heretofore lacking.

The Fowler collection of Pennsylvania and New Jersey birds has
been added to the Stone collection already deposited, and being
rich in water birds the two form a very complete local study series.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 549

Dr. S. "W. Woodhouse also presented a valuable collection
formed by him many years ago, which contains much of historic
interest.

The main collection of skins has been carefully examined during
the year, and found to be in an excellent state of preservation.
Better accommodations are, however, badly needed for a number
of families of Old World birds which are temporarily stored in
packing cases, but which should be arranged in air tight tin cases
to ensure their safety.

The Conservator wishes to acknowledge much assistance from
Mr. H. W. Fowler, student of the Jessup Fund, and to Mr. J. A.
G. Kehn, who has throughout the year voluntarily given his assist-
ance in the care and arrangement of the ornithological collections.

The collections have been very extensively consulted during the
year, and many specimens have been loaned to ornithologists in
other institutions.

At the annual meeting of the Section, held December 18, 1899,
the following officers were elected :

Director, .... Spencer Trotter, M. D.

Vice-Director, .
Secretary, .
Recorder, .

Conservator and Treasurer
Respect

George Spencer ]\Iorris.
William A. Shryock.
Stewardson Brown.
Witmer Stone,
ully submitted.

Wither Stone,

Conservator.

550

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1899.

The election of Officers, Councillors and Members of the Com-
mittee on Accounts to serve during 1900 was held with the follow-
ing result :

President,
Vice-Presidents,

Recording Secretary,
Corresponding Seartary,
Treasurer, .
Librarian, .
Curators,

Councillors to serve three years,

Committee on Accounts,

Samuel G. Dixon, M. D.

Thomas Meehan,

Rev. Henry C. McCook, D.D.

Edward J. Nolan, M.D.

Benjamin Sharp, M.D.

George Vaux, Jr.

Edward J. Nolan, M.D.

Henry A. Pilsbry,

Henry C. Chapman, M.D.,

Arthur Erwin Brown,

Samuel G. Dixon, M.D.

Thomas A. Robinson,

Chax'les H. Cramp,

Charles Morris,

Isaac J. Wistar.

Uselma C. Smith,

Charles Morris,

William L. Baily,

Harold Wingate,

Lewis Woolman.

COUNCIL FOR 1900.

Ex-qfficio. — Samuel G. Dixon, M.D., Thomas Meehan, Rev.
Henry C. McCook. D.D., Edward J. Nobn, M.D., Benjamin
Sharp, M.D., George Vaux, Jr., Henry A. Pilsbry, Henry C.
Chapman, M.D , Arthur Erwin Brown.

To serve Three Years. — Thomas A. Robinson, Charles H. Cramp,
Charles Morris, Isaac J. Wistar.

To serve Two Years. — Charles E. Smith, Uselma C. Smith,
John Cadwalader, WilHam Sellers.

To serve One Year. — Charles Schaeffer, M. D. , Dr. C. Newlin
Pierce, Theodore D. Rand and Philip P. Calvert, Ph.D.

1899. J NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 551

ELECTIONS DURING 1899.

MEMBERS.

January 31. — Rev. A. B. Kendig, D.D.

February 28. — Mrs. Hannah Streeter.

April 25. — James Wallace, M.D.

May ^0.— William T. Shoemaker, M.D.

June 27. — Isaac H. Clothier.

July 25. — R. A. F. Penrose, Jr., Benjamin West Frazier.

Sept. ^^.— Charles B. Penrose, M.D., Carl V. Viseher, M.D.

October 81. — Mrs. Ellen M. Dallas, Francis Ralston Welsh.

CORRESPONDENTS.

October 31. — Raphael Blanchard, of Paris ; Carl Chun, of
Konigsberg; Carl Gegenbaur, of Heidelbei-g; Richard Lydekker,
of London; K. Mitsukuri, of Tokyo; Gustav Retzius, of Stock-
holm; Wilhelm Roux, of Halle; G. O. Sars, of Stockholm; Otto
Zacharias, of Plon; Oldfield Thomas, of London.

November 28. — Dr. N. L. Britton, of New York; Lucien
Marcus Underwood, of New York.

552 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899-

ADDITIONS TO MUSEUM.

MAMMALIA.

O. and H. Behr. Four specimens of Varying Hare, Lepus
americanus virginiamis, Sullivan county, Pa.

Dr. H. C. Chapman. Skull of Indian Elephant.

J. L. Cox. Skin and skuU of Newfoundland Lynx, Lynx
subsolamis.

J. G. Dillen. Skins of Mephitis (Texas), Spilogale (Iowa)
and European Ferret.

Dr. Samuel G. Dixon. Two skins of Microtua pemuylvanicus
Islesboro, Me.

H. AV. Fowler. Twenty-two skins of Mammals from Phila-
delphia. Three skins of Flying Squirrels from Bacon Hill,
Maryland.

P. Laurent and Dr. H. Skinner. Two skins of Tamias^
Utah.

J. Gibson McIlvain. Rough skeleton of Horse.

H. a. Pilsbry. Skin of Southern Red Squirrel, Seiurus
huclsonius loquax, mountains of Tennessee.

Purchased. Skull of Black Bear, Ursus americanus.

Maxwell Somerville. Skulls of Otter and Arctic Fox,
Spitzbergen ; flat skins with skulls of Jerboa and Elephant Shrew,.
Sahara Desert.

Miss Mary M. Yaux. Yellow-haired Porcupine, Erethizon
ejnxanthum, Glacier House, British Columbia.

Zoological Society of Philadelphia. The following mam-
mals, which have been prepared as indicated : Mounted : Lion,
Felis leo ; Bengal Cat, male, Felis bengalensis ; Indian Fruit Bat,
Pteropus indicus; Mongoose Lemur, Lermir monrjoz; Hoflman's
Sloth, Chcelepus hoffmanni ; Six -banded Armadillo, Dasypiis sez-
cinctus. To be mounted: Buffalo, female and young, Bisoji bisons
Red Kangaroo, Macrojms rufus, male and female ; young Rhinoc-
eros, Rhinoceros unicornis ; young Elk, Cervus aynericanus ; Black
Macaque, Macacus maurus. Skin and skulls: Ateles geoffroyi,.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 553

Dasyprocta cristata, Traguhis javanicfits, Castor canademis, Lemur
mongoz, Nyctipithecus trivirgatus, Canis mesomelas, Neotoma
cinerea, Lepus nuttalli, Peromyscus eremicus, Cervulus muntjac, ? ,
Skin and skeleton: Ocelot, Felis pardalis ; Chevrotain, Tragulus
javanicus. Disarticulated skeletons: Axis Deer, Cervus axis;
Sing-sing Antelope, Cohus defassus; Muntjak, male, Cervulus
muntjac. Rough skeletons : Great Kangaroo, Macropus giganteus ;
Puma, female, Felis concolor ; Oryx, Oryx gazella ; Tapir, female,
Tapirus terrestris ; Bassaris, Bassariscus astuia. In alcohol : Gib-
bon, Hylohates pileatusf; Loris, Loris gracilis; Sacred Monkey,
Semnojjithecus obscunis ; Indian Fruit Bat, Pteropus indicus. Skull
of young Zebra, Equus burchelli.

Birds.

J. L. Buck. Mute Swan, prepared as skull and sternum.

J. L. Cox. Skin of Loon, Gavia imber, Newfoundland.

Dr. Samuel G. Dixon. Skins of Melanerpes erythrocephalus
and M. carolinus, North Carolina. Nine skins and sterna of Ducks
purchased in Philadelphia market. 130 skins of birds from
Bogota, collected by J. "W. Detwiller.

Delaware Valley Ornithological Club. Five nests,
two sets of eggs, and nine mounted birds; also through W.
Weinert, specimen of Anas discors ; through A. E. Brown,
Colymbus holboelli; through Mrs. R. Ellis, nest of Robin;
through W. M. Swayne, Tringytes siibnificollis.

H. W. Fowler. Sixty-four skins of American birds.

H. L. HoFF. African Parrot.

L. Langstroth, Eight Snow Buntings and two Pine Gros-
beaks, prepared as skins.

B L. Johnson. Albino Barn Swallow, mounted.

D. N. McCadden, Sternum of Brunuich's Murre, Atlantic
City, N. J.

J. Percy Moore. Nest of Mountain Solitary Vireo, N.
Carolina.

S. N. Rhoads. Skin of Bald Eagle, Haddonfield, N. J.

Maxwell Somerville. Skull of Gull, Spitzbergen.

S. L. ScHUMO. Two birds' nests, Guatemala.

Dr. Paul Sartain. Skin of Paradiscea apoda.

554 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

Zoological Society of Philadelphia. Skins: Spinus
cucullatus, Trichoglossus forsterii, Chrysotis leucocephala, Platyeercus
elegans, Caia leucogastra, Caceabis saxatilis chukar. Skull and
sternum: Boatbill, Ccmchroma cochlearia; Common Myuah,
Sturnia sp. ; Cinereous Eagle, Halicetm alhicilla; Small Paroquet,
Poeocejyhalus robustm, Lorms sp. and Chrysotis sp. Rough Skele-
ton : Bearded Vulture, Flamingo, ? Emu, ? Cassowary, d
Ostrich, Cereopsis Goose, Turkey Vulture.

Miss J. C. Wylie. Mounted specimen, Loj^hoj) horns refulgens.

Dr. S. W. Woodhouse. Collection of about 350 North
American birds.

C. S. Welles. Red-shouldered Hawk, Buteo lineatus (skin).

Reptiles.

P. Laurent and Dr. H. Skinner. Two jars of Snakes and
two Lizards, Utah.

Dr. Francis W. Lewis. Cast of Python.

Clarence B. Moore. Seven casts of American Snakes:
Crotalm adamanteus, Ancistrodon contortrix, A. piscivorus, Elaps
fulvus, Zamenis flagellijormis, Z. constrictor, Coluber corais couperi.

R. P. Morton. Seven specimens of American Turtles, dry
preparations.

Zoological Society of Philadelphia. Alligator missis-
sippiensis (prepared as skeleton), Ctenosaura acanthiira (alcoholic),
Pelophilus madagascariensis (alcoholic).

Fishes.

H. W. Fowler. A collection of 1,400 fresh-water fishes,
mainly from the vicinity of Philadelphia.

F. B. Kirkbride. Mounted specimen of Tarpon from
Florida.

Recent Mollusc a.

C. C. Allen. Sixty-five trays of marine shells from Florida.
C. F. Ancey. Thirteen trays of land shells from Algeria.
Mrs. George Andrews. Ten trays of Tennessee land shells.
F. H. Andrus. Nineteen trays of fresh-water shells from
Oregon.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 555

Rev. E. H. Ashmun. Eight trays and three bottles of land
shells from New Mexico.

W. D. AvERiLL. Goniobasis from Georgia.

F. C. B vKER. Zonites from Chicago, 111.

C. M. Barber. Pohjgyra from New Mexico.

Dr. Charles Baum. Polygyra alholahris from New York.

H. H. Beadle. Patella fer rug inealjam.

S. Henry Blake. Two trays of shells.

F. E. Blanes. Three trays of shells from Florida.

Botanical Section. Two trays of laud shells from Mar-
tinique.

J. H. Britts. Four trays Pohjgyra from Missouri.

Stewardson Brown. Thirty trays of laud and fresh-water
shells from Somerset county, Pa.

F. L. Button. Six trays of California land shells.

Mr. F. F. Cavada. Liguus fasciatus, Cuba.

Conchological Section. Ten trays of shells.

George H. Clapp. Four bottles and eleven trays of South
American and Tennessee shells.

T. D. A. Cockerell. Thirty trays of shells from New IMexico,

Charles Cooper. Placostylus from New Zealand.

E. D, Cope Collection. Fifty-four trays and ten bottles of
fresh -Avater shells.

Dr. J. C. Cox. Nine trays of Australian shells.

O. A. Crandall. Glandina singleyana from Texas.

W. H. DeCamp. Anodonta from Wisconsin.

Dr. Samuel G. Dixon. Eight trays of shells from Islesboro, Me.

S. M. Edwards. Six trays of land and fresh -water shells
from Colorado and Minnesota.

C Eliot. Twenty-one trays and forty bottles of mollusks
from Samoa.

James H. Ferriss. Twenty-eight trays of land shells from
Tennessee.

John Ford. Ten trays of shells.

H. W. Fowler. Three trays of fresh-water shells from New
York.

William J. Fox 3Iitra episMpalis L.

L. S. Frierson. Thirty-one trays and four bottles of shells
from Louisiana.

556 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899.

M. R. Gaines. One hundred and ten species of Japanese
shells.

A.. H. Gardner. Polijgijra from Brooklyn, N. Y.

Mrs. E. M. Gaylord. Ackeon punctocoelatus Cpr., S. Pedro,
Cal.

"William J. McGinty. Marginella varia Sby., California.

William Greenhalgh. Limax maximus from Philadelphia,
Pa.

Wilfred Harned, Thirty-two trays of European land shells.

J. B. Hatcher. Two trays of shells from Chile.

H. Heath. Two trays of shells from California.

Charles Hedley. Sderochiton from New Caledonia.

Angelo Heilprin. Four trays of fresh-water shells from
Oneida Lake, N. Y.

Benton Holcomb. One tray of Vitrea from Connecticut.

Charles Hodgson. Four trays of land shells from Illinois.

C. W. Johnson. Three trays and one bottle of Philomycus
from New Jersey.

Howard Jones. Five trays of ITew Jersey marine shells.

F. W. Kelsey. One tray of shells from California.

Rev. a. B. Kendig. Twenty-one species of foreign slugs.

E. J, Letson. Seven trays New York shells.

F. L. Lewton. Succinea effasa Shuttl., Orauge county, Fla.
C. W. LicHTENTHALER. Pecteii from Lower California.

R. C. McGregor. Fourteen trays and five bottles of sheila
from California.

Hon. J. D. Mitchell. Twenty-eight trays and three bottles
of shells from Texas.

T. H. Montgomery. Polygyra septemvolva from Florida.

Clarence B. Moore. Four species from Alabama.

Thomas Morgan. Anodonta from New Jersey.

J. H. Mortimer. Three trays of shells from North Atlantic.

Olof O. Nylander. Thirty-three species of land and fresh-
water shells from Maine.

Dr. a. Ortmann. Goniobasis from Princeton, N. J.

Mrs. Mary P. Olney, Four trays of American land and
fresh- water shells.

Joseph N. Pearce. Three trays shells.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 557

H. A. PiLSBRY. Two hundred and eighteen trays and thirty-
bottles of mollusks from Florida.

George Pine. Thirteen trays of land and fresh-water shells
from Florida.

E. H. Pitman. One tray of shells.

Miss Wilmatte Porter. Ashmunella thompsoniana porterce
P. and C, New Mexico.

E. J. Post, Nineteen trays of shells from Florida and Hon-
duras.

E. J. Post and E. L. Daniels. Sixteen Irays of marine
shells from Tampa, Fla.

Miss Sadie F. Price. Seven trays of shells from Kentucky.

P. B, Randolph. Tavo trays Limncea from Washington.

W. J. Eaymond. Twenty-four trays marine shells from
California.

Rev. G. D. Reid. Anodonta Jluviatilis Dillw., from Con-
necticut.

S. N. Rhoads. Three hundred and six trays and eight bottles
of Mexican, Cuban and Floridan shells.

J. Ritchie, Jr. Five trays shells.

E. W. Roper. Nine trays of marine shells from Vera Cruz.
Dr. W. H. Rush. Five trays of marine shells from Cape

Verde Islands.

F. A. Sampson. Three trays Pohjgyra.

H. E. Sargent. Five trays of Goniohum from Georgia.

M. Schick. Eleven trays of Philadelphia shells.

Mrs. S. L. Schumo. Pedicularia from California.

Silas L. Schumo. One hundred and forty-eight species of
Central American shells.

Dr. B. Sharp. Sixty-four trays and fourteen bottles of shells
from Oahu and Alaska.

Howard Shriver. Nine trays of American land and fresh-
water shells.

UsELMA C. Smith. Two trays and three bottles of mollusks
from New Jersey.

William Jones Smith. Ampullaria from Florida.

Maxwell Somerville. Four trays of shells from Spitzbergen.

Dr. V. Sterki. Ten trays of fresh-water shells from Michi-
gan.

558 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF [1899,

WiTMER Stone. Two trays and two bottles of land shells
from Pennsylvania.

L. H. Streng. Six trays of American laud shells.

H. SuTER. Six trays and three bottles of marine shells from
New Zealand.

E. K. Sykes. Six trays of marine shells.

George AV. Taylor, Seven trays of shells from Vancouver
Island.

W. S. Teator. Four trays fresh-water shells from New Jersey.

Dr. W. G. Torr. Eleven trays of marine shells from South
Australia.

E. G. Vanatta. Nine trays of marine shells from New Jersey.
T. Van Hyning. Nineteen trays of shells.

J. W. Velie. Seven trays of American shells.

H. S. Viereck. Five trays and four bottles of German land
shells.

Bryant Walker. Twenty-six trays of American fresh-water
shells.

Miss E. Walter. One tray of shells.

Ward Nat. Sci. Estab, Polygyra apjjj^essa sculptior Chadw. ^
from Virginia. Types.

A. G. Wetherby. Fourteen trays of land shells.
Walter F. Webb. Ten trays of marine shells.
C. S. Welles. One tray of shells.

F. A. White. Seven trays of marine shells from Florida.
J. J. White. Maetra from Lake Worth, Fla.

Joseph Willcox. Fourteen trays of marine shells from Florida.

Rev. H. W. Winkley, Twenty-one trays of marine shells
from Maine.

Williard M. Wood. Two trays of marine and land shells
from California.

Lewis Woolman. Five trays of marine shells from Nantucket.

B. H. Wright. One tray of shells.

Purchased. Eighty-one trays of shells from S. N. Rhoads.

Insects.

Mrs. Joseph R. English. A collection of Lepidoptera.
George and J. Edw. Farnum. One hundred and twenty-
five specimens of Coleoptera from Manchuria.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 559

Maj. C. a. H. McCauley. Centipede, scorpion and insect
(in alcohol).

H. A. PiLSBRY. Two hundred specimens of Coleoptera from
Florida and Tennessee.

E. G. Vanatta. Four hundred and sixty specimens of Cole-
optera, etc., from Maryland.

R. Weber. Ninety-three specimens of Lepidoptera from
Palestine.

Invertebrate Fossils.

H. C. Borden. Fossils from Lenola, N. J.

Rev. L. T. Chamberlain. Numerous accessions to the Isaac
Lea Collection of Eocene Mollusca.

Dr. Samuel G. Dixon. Seven trays of fossils from'Islesboro,
Me.

S. H. Hamilton. Four trays of fossils from Salem, New
Jersey.

Wilfred Harned. Eight species from Italy.

Angelo Heilprin. One tray of fossils from New York;
thirty -five from Nantucket.

C. W. Johnson. Nine trays of fossils from Caloosahatchie
River, Fla.

S. G. Morton. Eleven trays of fossils from New Jersey.

J. A. Murphy. Loxonema from Eureka Spring, Ark.

Burt Ogden. Fossil Coral, Iowa.

Dr. Charles Schaffer. One tray of fossils from New Jersey.

Silas L. Schumo. Nine trays of fossils from Jamaica.

Mrs Samuel Shreeve. Thirty-seven trays of fossils from
Mt. Laurel, N. J.

Maxwell Sommerville, Two trays of fossils from Spitz-
bergen.

Joseph Willcox. Thirteen trays of fossils from Santiago de
Cuba and North Carolina.

Lewis Woolman. One tray of fossils from Lenola, N. J. , and
specimen of Cycad, Phcenixville, Pa.

560 proceedings of the academy of [1899.

Invertebrates.

J. L. Buck. One bottle of invertebrates.

Dr. H. C. Chapman. Seventy-nine vials of Entozoa, col-
lected by Dr. Joseph Leidy.

Dr. Samuel G. Dixon. One jar marine invertebrates, Isles-
boro, Me.

H. W. Fowler. One bottle of invertebrates.

Langdon Gibson. One tray of invertebrates.

R. C. McGregor. One Spongilla{f) from California.

Olof O. Nylander. Two trays of invertebrates.

J. A. G. Rehn. Several Star-fishes, Atlantic City, N. J,

Silas L. Schumo. One bottle of invertebrates from Guatemala.

Dr. B. Sharp. Eight bottles of invertebrates from Naples.

UsELMA C. Smith. Four bottles of invertebrates from New
Jersey.

Lewis Woolman. Three trays of invertebrates from New
Jersey.

Vertebrate Fossils.

E. W. Claypole. Several specimens of Fossil Fishes.

George M. Thomas. Tooth of Mammoth.

L. Woolman. Bone of Hadrosaurus (deposited).

Crustacea.

T. D. A. Cockerell. Cypris from New Mexico.

J. Percy Moore. One bottle of Cambarus.

Dr. B. Sharp. Twelve bottles of crustaceans from Oahu and
Nantucket.

J. M. Sharp. One tray of crustaceans from Ocean City, N. J.

Maxwell Sommerville. One tray of crustaceans from Spitz-
bergen.

WiTMER Stone and H. W. Fowler. Twenty-five bottles
of crawfish, etc., from New Jersey and Pennsylvania.

Minerals.

Dr. J. W. Donges. Agate.

Capt. F. J. Geissinger. Rock with Manganese deposit.

1899.] NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA. 561

Dr. James V. Ingham. Itacolumite, iEgerite, Siderite,
Kryolite pseudo after Siderite, Quartz. Eudialyte.

Dr Lehman. Platnerite, Cerusite, Pyromorpliite, from
Mullan, Idaho.

V. L. Logo. Natrolite and Stilbite, Morris Station, N. J.

Clarence B. Moore. Water-worn concretions, Alabama.

Theodore D. Rand. Seyenite and Calcite, Picrolite, Serpen-
tine pseudo after Olivine, Serpentine (Saxony), Greenockite,
Graphite from Pikeland, Chester county, Pa.

Dr. H. Skinner. Magnetite, Utah.

Walter S. Sheafer. Conglomerate, Pottsville, Pa.

Axel Saiilen. Hematite, Hod Barrow Mine, England.

Students' Mineralogical Club. Quartz, Hitner's Pit,
Montgomery county, Pa. Amethyst and Granite, Concord, N. H.

Miss J. C. Wylie. Fluorite.

Caleb Wakefield. Geode, New Jersey.

Lewis Woolman. Mellanterite, New Jersey.

Exchange. Lepidolite, Maine; two meteorites, Kansas.

W. S. Vaux Collection. Tsventy -seven specimens (pur-
chased).

Archaeological Specimens, Etc.

W. J. Gerhard. Bow and Arrows, Bolivia.

J. S. Metsger. Indian Axe and Arrowhead.

Dr. W. W. Keen. Eskimo Skull.

Clarence B. Moore. Numerous accessions to the Moore Col-
lection from Florida, Georgia, Alabama, etc.

A. Sharpless. Indian Bread, FachipiKi cocas, South Caro-
lina.

]\ri5CELLANE0US.

F. B. KiRKBRiDE. Microscope and accessories formerly prop-
erty of Dr. Kirkbride.

36

562

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1899.

INDEX TO GENERA, ETC.,
1899.

Acauihistius, .

. . 348

Ampul laria,

365

Acanthurus,

494, 496

Anii^ullina, . .

80

Acanthylis,

. . 33

Amuropsis, . .

48

Accipiter, , .

. . 45

Amytis, . .

212

Achatiua, . . 3

68, 372, 398

Anabates, . .

210

Achatinidse, . 2

26, 366, 369

Anas, . . .

36

Acrulocercus, . ,

. . 43

Ancylodon, . .

352

Actidurus, . . .

. . 22

Andropadus, .

42

Actophilus, . .

. . 202

Anisotremus, .

350

Adeorbis, . .

. . 81

Anous, . . .

.

26

TRgialitis, . .

. 14, 29, 40

Anser, . . .

23, 28

Agelaius, . .

. . 13

Anthias, . . .

350

Aglseactis, . .

. . 306

Anthreptes, . .

.

49

Aglaia, . . .

51, 513, 515

Anthrothreptes,

.

49

Agriopus, . .

. . 361

An thus, . . .

18

Alsemou, . .

. . 57

Antilophia, . .

209

Alauda, . . .

16, 18, 57

Antonina, . .

263

Alausa, .

. . 334

Antrostomus, .

Aphelocephala,

Aphelocoma,

33

Albula, . . .

. . 118

214

Albulids, . .

. . 118

34

Alcyone,

. . 43

Aphrastura,

' 210, 211

Alethe, . . .

. . 42

Aphriza,

. . 17

Allolobophora, .

. . 139

Aplysia, . . .

513, 523

Alosa, . . .

. . 332

Ara, ....

. . 32, 53

Alphestes, . .

. . 348

Arathron, . .

. . 496

Alseonax, . .

. . 40

Arbaciosa, . .

. . 363

Alticola, . .

. . 291

Archoscion, . .

352, 353

Amazilia,

206, 207

Ai-ctonetta, . .

. . 471

Amazilis,

207, 208

Argyreiosus,

. . 347

Amblyopus,

. . 361

Arremon, . 36,

51, 307, 313

Araeiurus, .

. . 480

Artomyias, . .
Arvicola, . .

. . 40

Ammodramus, .

18, 30, 31

. . 281

Ammophila,

. . 199

Asclepias, . .

102-105

Ampelopsis,

. . 113

Ashmunella, 188, ]

92-194, 379

Amphiesma,

. . 184

Asio, ....

. . 478

Amphispiza,

. . 30

Aspidiotus, .

274

1899.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

563

Aster, . . . .

. . 45

Bucco,

33, 305

Asterodiaspis, . .

. . 269

Buceros,

. 37

Asterolecanium,

. . 269

Bufo

. 183

Atlierinida?,

. . 338

Bulimulidffi, . . .

. 226

Atheriniclithys,

. . 338

Bulimulus, . . . .

. 371

Atticora, . 3t

5, 40, 44, 49

Burnesia, . . . .

. 41

Auchenionchus,

. . 361

Butatis,

. 40

Aulacaspis, . .

. . 273

Buteo, . 11, 22, 2

6, 29, 45

Aulacorhamphus,

. . 305

Bycanistes, . . . .

. 37

Aulastomum, .

. . 140

Cacicus, ....

. 215

Auriparus, . .

. . 24

Calamospiza,

14

Bairdiella, . .

. . 355

Calcarius, . . .

14

Balistapus, . .

. . 496

Callionepion, . .

371-373

Balistes, . . .

360, 496

Callipepla, . . .

. 20

Balistids, . .

. 360, 496

Calliste, ....

24, 35

Barbatula, . .

. . 38, 49

Callonotus, . . .

. 204

Basilichthys, . '

526, 338-342

Calornis, . . .

. 215

Batrachoididse, .

. . 361

Calospiza, . . . 3£

>, 51, 307

Bauhinia,

. . 114

Camrena, . . .

. 191

Belogona

. . 191

Camaroptera, . .

41

Belonopterus, .

. . 302

Campephilus, . .

. 32

Bergrothia, . .

. . 266

Campothera, . .

37

Bifidaria, . .

. 400, 403

Camptolaimus, . .

. 21

Blennidaj, . .

119, 361

Campy lorhynchus, .

. 25

Blennius, . .

. . 362

Caprimulgus,

6, 18, 57

Blenuophis, . .

. . 362

Carangidse, .

118, 346

Bodiauus, . .

. 118, 485

Caranx, ....

. 346

Boisduvalia,

. . 265

Carassius, . . .

. 179

Bola, . . .

. . 355

Carchariiinus, . .
Cardinalis, . . .

. . 328

Bolborhyuchus,

. . 32

. . 51

Bombus, . . .

. . . 94

Carduelis, , . .

. 30

Boraella, . .

. . . 521

Carpodacus, . .

. . 21

Bourreria, . .

. . . 268

Carpophaga, . . -

t2, 43, 46

Brachypteryx, .

. . . 48

Cassicus, . . .

. 34, 61

Brachyrhamphus,

. . . 201

Cassidaria, . . .

. . 77

Brachyspiza,

. . . 17

Cassinia, . . .

. . 213

Bradiuopyga, .

. . . 241

Cassis, ....

. . 77

Brady pter us, .

. . . 212

Castilloa, . . .

. . 272

Branchiostoma,

. . . 326

Cathartes, . . .

. . 31

Braucliiostomidw,

. . . 326

Cecropis, . . .

. . 44

Brauta, . . .

. . . 28

Celeus, ....

. . 32

Brechmorhoga,

. 245, 252

Centris, ....

. . 63

Brotogeris, . .

. . . 32

Ceutrolophidffi, . .

. . 347

Brotogerys, . .

. . . 304

Centrolophus, . .

. . 347

Buarremon,

. . 36, 307

Centropristis, . .

. . 349

Bubo, . . .

. 21, 26, 30

Cerceris, . . .

. . 200

Bucanga, . .

. . . 39

Cerorhina, . . .

. . 28

564

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Ceroplastes,
Certhilauda,
Cetengraulis,
Chsetococcus.
ChaJtodon, .
Chsetodontidse,
Chsetura,
Cham?ea,
Chamseza,
Charadrius,
Clieilodactylus,
Cheilotrema,
Chelidon,
Chelidoptera,
Chemnitzia, 152
158, 162
Chen, . .
Chera, .
Chermes,
Chettusia, .
Chionaspis, .
Chiromachseris,
Chirostoma,
Chlorophanes,
Chlorothraupis,
Chordeiles, .
Chromodoris,
Chromis,
Chrysallida,
Chrysolarapis,
Chrysomitris,
Chrysomphalus,
Chrysopicus,
Chrysotis,
Ciccaba, .
Cinclus, .
Cingula,
Cinnyris,
Cirrhitidfe
Clangula,
Claravis,
Claudia, .
Clepsiue,
Clethra, . ,
Clinus, .
Clupanodou,

. 260
57
. 118
. 263
. 492
. 492
14, 33
. 20
. 55
14, 201
. 357
. 356
. 49
. 305
154, 155,
164, 176, 177
. . 28
. . 215
260, 264
26, 48, 202
. 260
. 33
. 338
35
. 35
. 30
. 518
. 358
. 155
. 312
. 35
260, 273
. 37
. 32
31, 32
14, 15, 312
. 146
49, 60
357
57
203
33
140
86, 87
. 361
332, 334, 475

Clupea, .

Clupeidse,

Cobitidse,

Cobitis, ,

Coccoborus,

Coccus, 260,

Coccyzus,

Coelebogyue

Coereba, .

Colaptes,

Colinus, .

Collurio,

Coluber, .

Columba,

261, 264

[1899.

332-334

118, 332
. 180
. 182
. 51
, 268-275
. 301
. 97
. 313
16, 18
. 25
. 23
. 184

Columbell

Columbigallina.

Colymbus,

Conirostrum

Conophaga,

Coaurus,

Corviua, .

Corvus, .

Corylus, .

Cossyphus,

Coturnix,

Criniger,

Crithaga,

Crocothemis,

Cryptillas, .

Crypi ococcus,

Cryptophthalmus,

Culicivora, .

Cuphopterus,

Cyaiiocephalus,

Cyaaocorax,

Cyanophaia,

Cycas,

CyercC; .

Cymiuidis,

Cyuosciou,

Cy peel us,

Cyprsea, .

Cyprinidse,

Cypselus,

Cypsilurus,

16, 17, 21, 36,

"7, 46, 48, 61, 203

. 76

. 52

. 22

24, 308

. 50
. 53
354, 355, 356
25, 46, 61, 209
84-86
. 359
. 48
41, 42

228, 234
. 212
. 26-3
. 512
. 206
. 216
. 21
21, 26, 34

305, 313
99

520, 523
. 31

352, 354
. 14
77, ?8
. 179
33, 43
. 482

NATURAL SCIENCES OP PHILADELPHIA.

1899.]

Dacelo,

Dactvlopius, 260, 261, 265,

Dactylortyx,

Dafila. .

Damophila,

Dauria, .

Decapterus,

Deesoria,

Defilijjpia, .

Degeeria,

Dendrobffiiia

Dendrobates,

Deudroica, .

Deudropicus,

Dendroplex,

Deudroruis,

Desmoguathus,

Diacope,

Diagramma,

Diapliorillas,

Diaphoropterus,

Diaspis, .

Diatropornis,

Diatropura,

Dicacum,

Dicrourus, .

Dicrurus,

Dilophus,

Diomedia, .

Diphyllodes,

Diplectrum,

Diplommatina

Diplopterus,

Discodoris, .

Discopyge, .

Dolabella, .

Dolabrifera,

Dorididse,

Doridium, .

Doridopsis, .

Doris,

Doydixodon,

Drymoica, .

Drymophila,

Drymornis,

Dryobates,

Dryoscopus,

49, 204,
14, 15, 28

316

16, V

17,

51,
820-;

278,

515,

519,

13, 17, 20, 22
... 39

46
266

20
467
806
211
118
136
202
186
139
205
, 86

49
806

52
823
487
350
212
214
275
203
215

89

49

39
216
, 24

12
349
525
304
517
329
523
516
520
512
520
520
851

41
218

62
, 32
, 49

Dubusia,
Dunkei'ia, .
Duvaucilius,
Dythemis,
Eclieueidae, .
Echeneis,
Elpenia, .
Eleopicus, .
Elis, . . .

Ellisia, . .
Elysia, . .
Ernberiza, 16
Emberizagra,
Emberuagra,
Euallagraa, .
Euchytrseidie,
Enchytraeus,
Endomychiira,
Engraulidida?,
Eugraulis, .
Euicouetta, .
Ennea, .
Eopsaltria, .
Ephialtes, .
Epidonax, .
Epinephelus,
Epiphallogoua,
Epiphragmophora

245

118,

250,

521-
18, 30, 58,

229.

118,
335-

32, 37

348,

3, 189,

190,

Eremias,

Ereiiiomela, ....

Eriocnemis,

Eriococcus, . . . 268,

Eroessa,

Erythrocercus, ....

Estrilda,

Etropus,

Euadeuia,

Eucinostoinus, ....
Eucorystes, .....

Euhyas,

Eulecanium, ....

Eulima, 254-

Eulota,

Eumenes, .... 437-

Euouymus,

Eupetomena, ....

565

307
176
206
252
363
363

47
204
195
211
-523
215

52
307
230
125
189
201
335
337
471
525

39
, 42

23
485
191

191
184

41
305
269
211

40

59
364
191
119
215
201
260
-258
526
-459
115

62

566

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1899.

Euphonia, .

Euphorbia, .

Euplectes,

Eupomacentrus,

Euprinodes,

Eutheia, .

Euthyrhynchuf

Excalfactoria,

Exoccetidse, .

Exocoetus, .

Exonantes, .

Fagopyrum,

Falco, .

Fenella, .

Fonscolombia,

Formica,

Francolinus,

Fridericia, .

Fringilla,

Fringillaria, .

Fuligula,

Fulmarus, .

Fusus, .

Galbula, .

Galeichthys,

Galeidie,

Galeus, .

Gallinula,

Ganesella, .

Genyanemus,

Genyoroge, .

Genypterus,

Geocichla, .

Geositta,

Geothlypis, .

GerridsB,

Gingko, .

Glandina,

Glaucidium,

Globicera, .

Glyphidodon,

Glyptostoma,

Gnathosittacea

Gobiesocidse,

Gobiidse,

Gobiodes,

Gobiesox, .

. 24, 36
108, 109,
38, 59
119.

29,

14-20,

395

337,

106-
203,

71
33,

326,

■397,
43

, 48
268
, 60
358

41
307
214

48
482
337
387
108
304
176
264
260

36
125
215

58

21

28
, 72
305
331
326
327

56
528
357
487
475

42

5]

15
119

99
404

24
, 46
358
191

53
363
361
361
363

Gonioplectrus,
Gossyparia, .
Gracula,
Grallaria,
Graucalus, .
Graydidascalus,
Grus, . .
Guiraca,
Guttera, .
Gymnocephalus
Gymiiocichla, ,
Gymnothorax, ,
Hsemulid^e, .
Hsemulon, .
Halcyon,
Halocypseliis,
Halys, .
Hapalophus,
Hapalurus, .
Harpactes, .
Harpe, .
Harpes, .
Harporhynchus
Harpurus, .
Hedera, .
Helenium, .
Heleodytes, .
Helianthus, .
Heliases,
Heliastes, .
Heliobucco, .
Helix, 3, 367, 3
Helminthophaga,
Helminthophila,
Helodytes, .
Hematopus,
Hemianax, .
Hemiberlesia, .
Hemilophus,
Hemilutjanus, .
Hemiparra, .
Hemiprocne,
Hemirhamphidte,
Hemistigma,
Hemistigmoides,
Hemixus,
Hepatica,

260,

21

119.

119,

46, 49

20

110-

526,

228,

240,
229, 239-

118

26a

216

50

3»

204

. 28

51

36

209

33

332

35a

351

, 55.

337

184

49

206

206

2oa

20
, 22
494
115
112
308-
■112
358
358-

38
527

2&

26.

25.

17
233
274
204
350
202
305
118
241
■241
212
109

•]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

Hetserodes, .

Heteralocha,

Heterocercus,

Heterocuemis,

Heteropelma,

Hippoglossina,

Hirundo,

Histiophorus,

Holocentridte,

Holocentrus,

Holocuemis,

Holorhinus,

Homorus, .

Hoploterus, .

Horizorhinus,

Hyalina,

Hydropsalis,

Hyla, . .

Hyliota, .

Hyperacrius,

Hyphantornis,

Hypleurochilus

Hypocnemis,

Hypopyrrhus,

Hyporhamphus,

Hylia, .

Ictalurus,

Icterus, .

Ictinia, .

Idiopsar,

Idiornis, .

Indicator,

Isacia,

Isclmura,

Isnardia,

Isopicthus,

Ispidiiia,

Istiophoridie

Istiophorus,

Ixonotus,

Ixos, .

Junco,

Kerraes, .

Kerniicus,

Lahridse,

Labrisonius,

Labrus, .

16

38

56

47

209

208

475, 476

25, 40, 44

. . 345

118, 483

18, 483, 485

. 209

. 331

. 210

. 48

. 216

185, 186

. 33

. 184

. 50

. 289

38, 60

. 362

50

. 307

. 118

. 41

. 480

307

11

. 34

. 202

. 37

350, 475

. 230

94-97

. 352

. 37

. 345

345

. 50

212, 213

14

260, 269

. 263

359, 488

119, 361, 362

359, 434

34, 4

Lactuca,

Lagonosticta,

Lalage, .

Lampornis, .

Lamprocolius,

Lamprocorax,

Lamprotornis,

Laniarius, .

Lauius, .

Larra,

Larus,

Latiriis, .

Lecauiiim, .

Legatus, .

Leoptilus,

LeptocephalidiC;

Leptocephalus,

Leptonotus, .

Leptopogou,

Lepus, .

Lesbia, .

Leuciscus, .

Leucouerpes,

Leurognathus.

Libellula,

Limnaea,

Liinnpetus, .

Limnodrilus,

Limnophyes,

Limuoruis, .

Liuaria, .

Liuiipea, .

Llaveia, .

Locustella, .

Lophoceros,

Lophortyx, .

Loxia,

Ludwigia, .

Lumbricus, .

Lusciuiopsis,

Liitianidfe, .

Lutianus,

Lycodontis, .

Macroclamys,

Macroogona,

Macropsalis,

Macrosphenus,

260

94, 99-

23

17
73

,268-

380-
179,
316-

39,

51
260,

118.

567

■102

59

214

301

49

216

216

39

, 39

200

, 28

, 74

-271

306

40

332

332

338

306

-390

306

180

30

-323

237

226

37

139

210

210

, 58

499

261

44

37

20

60

94

138

44

485

485

332

120

226

33

41

568

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

Macrothemis, 236, 245, 246,

252, 253
Macrotolagus, . . . . 380
Malacoptila, .... 52

Malimbus, 38

Malurus, 212

Mammillaria, .... 265
Manacus, .... 33, 306
Margarodes, .... 260

Megalotis, 58

Megascops, 29, 32, 37, 42, 304
Melaueuchytneus, . . . 132
Melauerpes, .... 305
Melauopyrrhus, ... 43

Meletta, 333

Melichthys, 496

Melignothes, .... 37

Melipotes, 214

Melittophagus, .... 49
Melopelia, . . . . 17, 18
Merganetta, .... 302
Merganser, .... 28, 471

Mergus, 28

Meropogou, 38

Merops, 38

Merula, 312

Mesenchvtrseus, . . 125-142

Mesodou", 189

Mesopicus, 37

Metafruticieola, . 191

Metallura 306

Metopia, 209

Metula, 74, 75

Micrastur, 31

Microlagus, 383

Micropus, 43

Microtus, .... 281-298

Micruria, 201

Milvulus, 306

Mimosa, 222

Mimus, . . . 25, 301, 312

Mirafra, 57

Misgurnus, 180

Mitra, 71

Mohoa, 43

Molothrus, 34

Momotus, 305

Mouacha,

Mouasa, .

Monedula,

Monobia,

Moiioceros.

Mouophlebus,

Montezumia,

Morio,

Motacilla,

Mugil. .

Mugilidse,

Mulleripicus.

Mullidse,

Murseuidaj,

Muscicapa,

Musci^^eta,

MusteJus,

Mycterojierca,

Myioceyx,

Myiothera,

Myliobatidse,

Myh'obatis,

Myriodyuastes,

Myriiieciza,

Mytilaspis,

Myzomela,

Xapothera,

Narcobatidse,

Nasica, .

IVectariuia,

Neniachilus,

Neobeliscus,

Neomffiiiis,

Neomixis,

Neomorplia,

Neorhynchu:

N^esierax,

Nesillas, .

Nestor, .

Nicator, .

Nigrita, .

Norte uia,

Notarchus, ,

Nothocercus,

Numida,

Nyctala,

Nyctalatiuus

62, 208

200

260,

[1899.

47
33, 47
200
463
493
259
461-464
77
211
338, 343
343
204
118
332
213, 214
40, 43
326, 327
348
37
33
331
331
20
25
275
47
42
329
62
61
181
-372
118
211
56
61
203
211
55
39
49
464
516
12
36
22
31

366

1899.]

Nyctale, .

Nyctidromus

Obeliscus,

Ochthoeca, .

Odouaspis,

Odonata,

Odostomia, 152, 1

Odynerus, .

CEcidium, .

Oidemia,

Oligochsetse,

Omphalina, .

Onchidium, .

Onychogomphu

Onychotes, .

Opeas, .

Ophichthus,

Ophichthyidre,

Ophichthys,

Ophiobleunius,

Opisthonema,

Oplegnathidie,

Oplegnathug,

Opsariichthys,

Oreospiza, .

Ornismya, .

Oroscoptes, .

Orpheus,

Ortalis, . .

Orthetrum, 22

Orthocuemus,

Orthogouys,

Ortholophus,

Orthopristi?,

Orthorhyuchus

Ortonia, .

Ortygometra,

Ortyx, .

Ostinops,

Ostraciidffi, .

Ostraciou, .

Otocoris,

Otolithus, .

Oudablis,

Ovula, .

Oxalis, . .

Oxyurus,

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

569

370

28, 2

29,

22

50,

176,

228,

179,

237,

>59,

20
52,

352,

31
305
370
306
274
230
177
407
108

28
137
395
522
231

45
398
332
332
332
362
118
359
359
180

20
206

15

15
302
238
202

35

37
351
207
261

12
, 25
307
496
496

21
354
265

79
222
210

Pachycephala,

... 47

Pachynus, .

. . . 203

Palffiornis, .

. . 43, 50

Palafoxia, .

... Ill

Pal pares.

. 229, 243

Palpopleura,

. 229, 233

Paltotliemis,

. 245, 252

Paotala,

. 229, 233

Paradisea, .

... 43

Paralabrax,

... 348

Paralichthys,

... 363

Parapristipoma,

. . . 350

Parietaria, .

. . . 265

Parisoma, .

.... 40

Parkinsonia,

. . 67-70

Parlatoria, .

. . . 275

Pariiioptila, .

. . .40

Paroaria,

... 35

Parr a, . .

... 202

Partula, . .

. . . 22()

Parus, 15, 16

, 20, 21, 27, 31

Passer, . .

... 58

Pastor, . .

... 43

Pedomys,

... 285

Pelamys,

... 345

Penthetria, .

. . 38, 39

Penlhetriopsis,

... 59

Pepsis, . .

195, 196

Percichthys,

... 348

Pergaudiella,

. 265, 266

Periciocotus,

... 47

Perissocephalus,

... 209

Perissornis, .

... 216

Peristera,

. . . 203

Petasphora, .

. . . 306

PetrocheiidoD,

44

Petroica,

. . . 56

Peucsea, .

... 31

Phaiomys, .

. . . 281

Phalacrocorax,

. . 16, 17

Ph alien optilus.

... 18

Phalaris,

... 260

Pharomaclmrus,

... 305

Phasianus, .

... 16

Phasidus,

... 36

Phenacoccus,

261, 264

Philaterus, .

... 60

570

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1899,

Philentoma,

. . 213

Polygyrella, . .

. . 191

Phlexis, . . .

. . 211

Polynemidse, . .

. . 344

Phoenicococcus, .

262, 264

Polynemus, . . .

. . 344

Phoenix, . .

. . 263

Polyplectrum, .

. . 61

Pholidornis,

. . 39

Polytmus,

. . 207

Phos, . . .

. 75, 76

Pomacentridse, .

119, 358

Phrygilus, . . .

. . 307

Pomacenlrus, .

. . 358

Phyllomyias, .

. . 208

Pomadasys, . . .

. . 350

Phyllopezus,

. . 202

Pomodou, . . .

. . 350

Physa, . . .

. . 401

Pompilus, . . .

. . 199

Pica, ....

. 13, 16

Poospiza, . . .

. . 52

Picathartes,

. . 61

Porichthys, . . .

. . 361

Picea, . . ,

. . 113

Porphyrophora,

. . 260

Picumnis, . .

. 52, 305

Potamalosa, . 33

3, 334, 475

Picus, 16, 17, 18,

20, 22,

Potaraides, . . .

. . 80

30,

32, 204, 205

Praticolella, . .

191, 394

Pimelepterus, .

. . 351

Pratincola, . . .

. . 50

Pimelometopon,

. . 359

Prionitums, . .

. . 43

Pinus, . . .

. . 84

Pristiloraa, . .12

0, 185, 187

Pionus, . . .

50, 54, 304

Pristopoma, . .

350, 351

Piranga, . .

. . 308

Procellaria, . . .

. . 17

Pisciregia, . .

326, 342

Prodotiscus, . .

. . 38

Pittasoma, .

. . 33

Prolatilus, . . .

. . 475

Pity] us, . . .

. . 36

Pronotogrammus, .

. . 350

Placobranclius,

. . 521

Protortonia, . .

. . 259

Planipennia,

. . 243

Psalidoprocne, . .

. . 40

Planispira, .

. . 191

Psaltriparus, . .

. . 16

Platycercus,

. . 12

Psammobatis, .

. . 328

Platycichla, . .

. . 23

Pseudaspius,

179, 180

Platydoris, . .

. . 517

Pseudobalea,

. . 370

Plectrophanes, .

. . 14

Pseudococcus, . 26

1, 262, 264

Plectropoma,

348, 350

Pseudokermes, .

. . 270

Pleurobranchus,

. . 517

Pseudolecanium,

. . 263

Pleiironectida, .

119, 363

Pseudomacromia, 21

59, 235,

Plocepasser,

. . 59

245, 25

0, 251, 253

Ploceus, . . .

. . 60

Pseudorhombus,

. . 363

Plyctolophus, .

. . 55

Pseudoseisura, . .

. . 210

Podiceps, . .

. . 22

Pseudosubulina,

. . 398

Podilymbus,

. . 22

Psilorhinus, , . .

. . 25

Pcecilothraupis,

. . 51

Psittacula, . . .

. 32, 304

Poeocephalus, .

. . 50

Psittacus, . . .

. . 54

Poliospiza, . .

. . 58

Psylla, ....

. . 260

Polipicus,

. . 37

Ptilinopus, . . .

. 45, 46

Polyborus, .

. . 29

Ptilogonys, . . .

. . 17

Polyceridie, .

. . 520

Ptilopus, . . .

. . 61

Polydactylus, .

. . 344

Ptilorhis, . . .

. . 26

Polygyra, 189-1

93, 392, 393

Ptychoraniphus, .

. . 19

1899.]

Pulvinaria, 260

Pycnonotus,

Pycnosphrys,

Pygoptila, .

Pyramidella,

Pyrenestes, ,

Pyrgita, . .

Pyrocephalus,

Pyromelana,

Pyrotrogon,

Pyrrhulauda,

Pyrrhura, ,

Quelea, . .

Querquedula,

Quiscalus, .

Raja,

Rajidse, .

Ramphastos,

Rana,

Ranunculus,

Regerhinus,

Rernora, .

Rhamphastos,

Rhamphocelus,

Rhamphomicron,

Rhina, .

Rhizsecus,

Rhododendron

Rhus,

Rhipidura, .

Ricinus, .

Rime! la, .

Ripersia,

Rosa,

Rotifer, .

Rumina,

Rupicola,

Rupornis,

Salarias, .

Salasiella, .

Salius, .

Saltator,

Sanicula,

Sarda,

Sardinella, .

Sarothrura, .

SaurophaguS;

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

571

264, 272,

36

16,

260,

368

38,

17

219-

273

212

40

25

370

38

58

306

60

206

58

54

60

36

, 35

328

328

32

183

109

31

363

55

307

305

328

265

224

114

43

-99

79

265

369,

91
138
372
. 306
. 304
. 362
. 398
196-199
25, 51
87-89
. 845
. 118
56
. 20

Sayornis, 306

Scala, 176

Scapanea, . . . 245, 252

Scaradon, 360

Scaridfe, .... 119, 490

Scaristoma, 359

Scartichthys, .... 362

Scarus, 490

Sceliphron, 199

Schazicheila, .... 391
Schistospiza, .... 52
Schizonyx, . . . 250, 252
Schlegelia, 43

Scirena,

Sci?enid?e, .

Scisenops,

Sclateria,

Scolecophagus,

Scomber,

Scombridfe, .

Scops,

Scorppenidfe,

Scotothorus,

Scytalophus,

Sebastes,

Sebastodes,

Selenidera,

Seraicassis,

Seriiius, .

Seriola, .

Serranidse,

Serranus,

Sialia,

Sicyases,

Signoretia,

Siluridoe,

Siphonota,

Siphostoma,

Sitta,

Somateria,

Sparidae,

Spariosoma,

Speotyto,

Spermestes,

Sphserium,

Sphterococcopsis

326, 354, 355,

356, 483
. 352
. 355

360

209, 210
. 17
. 344
. 344
. 29
. 360
208, 209
. 307
. 360
475-477
. 32
. 77
. 59
346, 347
118, 348, 485
548-350
16
363
266
331
514
338
1, 210
470
351
119
303, 304
39, 43
. 401
. 262

572

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1899.

Sphserococcus,

Sphex, .

Sphyrapicus,

Sphyrua,

Sphyrnidte, .

Spinus, .

Spiraxis,

Spiraea, .

Spizsetus,

Spizella, .

Sporophila, .

Sporopipe?, .

Squatina,

SquatinicUe,

Steganura, .

Stellifer, . .

Scelliferus, .

Stenogyra, .

Sterna, .

Stictoptera, .

Stizoptera, .

Stizorhina, .

Stole phorus,

Streptaxidie,

Streptostyla,

Strobilops, .

Stromateidse,

Stroinateus, .

Sturnella,

Subuliua,

Succinea,

Syacium,

Sycalis, .

Syeobius,

Sylvia, .

Sylvietta,

Sylvilagu?, .

Syinmorphuf;,

Sympetrum,

Synallaxis, .

Syncopta,

Syngnathidce,

Syngnathus,

Syrnium,

Tachyciueta,

Tachyphonus,

Tachysurus,

14

199,

30

51,

354,

368,

335,

6, i:

5, 1 7

229,
306,

262
200

30
328
328

35
398
107

37

30
307

59
328
328

38
355
354
370

19
215
215
213
361
226
397
404
337
337
, 26
370
401
119
307

38
, 41

41
384
214
239
313

41
338
338

31
244
, 51
331

Tachytes, .

. 200

Tanagra,

35, 51

Tapiuopus, .

202, 203

Termes, . .

. 243

Termitina, .

. 243

Tersiphone, .

. 40

Tethys, . .

. 513

Tetradon, .

. 496

Tetraodontidie,

. 496

Teuthididffi,

. 493

Teuthis, . .

494-496

Thaiassoma,

. 488

Tlialassoruis,

57

Thalurania, .

. 306

Thamuophilus,

23, 306

Thamnoruis,

. 211

Thersites,

473, 474

Thorius, .

. 316

Thryolegus, .

. 210

Thysanophora,

394, 395

Timeliopsis, .

. 215

Tioamus,

. 12

Tiphia, .

. 195

Tockus, . .

. 37

Todirhamphus,

46, 55

Todirostrum,

47, 306

Toxicodendron,

. 113

Toxostoina, .

22

Trachinida?,

. 362

Trachinus, .

. 362

Trachurops,

. 118

Tra churns, .

. 346

Trachyphonus,

. 49

Trevelyana,

. 520

Trichostoma,

. 48

Triclinium, .

. 87

Tricophorus,

41, 42

Tringa, . .

. 29

Tringytes, .

. 22

Triodopsis, .

. 189

Trippa, .

519, 523

Tritliemis, .

229, 233

Trochilus, .

. . 62

Trochocercus,

. . 40

Trocliocopus,

. . 359

Trochus,

. . 370

Troglodytes,

17,

20

308-312

1899.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF THILADELPHIA.

Trogon, .

01,

206, 305

Vireosylvia,

. 31

Try poxy Ion,

. . . 200

Vitis, . .

. 116

Turbouilla, .

145-176

Vitrea, .

. 314

Turdinus,

41

Volvaria,

. 71

Turdirostris,

41

Vomer, .

118, 347

Turd us, .

1(

, 19, 212

Westwoodia,

205, 266

Turrit el la,

. 148

Wistaria,

. 114

Turturreua,

36, 48

Xanthornis,

. 47

Typhis, .

. 76

Xenocichla,

41

Typhlotritou

316, 320

Xenopicus, .

.

. 30

Tyrauuula,

23, 50

Xerophila, .

. 214

Umbrina,

. 357

XiphidiB,

. 346

Upeneus,

. 118

Xiphius,

. 346

Uria, .

. 17

Zaporuia,

. 42

UrocyoD,

276-280

Zapterus,

. 201

Uroloncha,

. 43

Zarhynchus, .

. 215

Urospatha,

. 305

Zeuaida,

. 302

Valvata,

. 392

Zethoides, .

. 436

Venilia, .

. 204

Zethus, . .

407

-432, 436

Veniliornis,

204, 205

Zizyphus, .

. 116

Vertigo, .

314, 315

Zonitoides, .

. 524

Vidua, .

. 38, 39

Zonotrichia,

18, 19

Vinca,
Viola, .

. . 105
. 92-95

Zosterops,
Zygsena, .

. 56
. 328

Vireo, .

16, 18, 31

Zygouyx, 245, 246, 252, 253

Vireolanius,

. 23

574

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

[1899.

GENERAL INDEX.
1899.

Abbott, James Francis. The
marine fishes of Peru. 299,
324. Notes on Chilean
fishes, with descriptions of
new species of Sebastodes,
465, 475.

Additions to Museum, 552.

Barcena, Mariano, announce-
ment of death of, 226.

Biddle, Alexander, announce-
ment of death of, 226.

Biological and Microscopical
Section, report of, 541.

Blackwood, William A., an-
nouncement of death of, 217.

Bonwill, W. G. A., announce-
ment of death of, 465.

Botanical Section, report of,
544.

Boyer, Charles S. , report of
the Biological and Micro-
scopical Section, 541.

Brinton, Daniel G.; announce-
ment of death of, 375.

Britton, J. Blodget, announce-
ment of death of, 375.

Brongniart, Charles, announce-
ment of death of, 227.

Brooke, Francis M. , announce-
ment of death of, 2.

Brown, Stewardson, report of
Conservator of Botanical Sec-
tion, 544.

Bush, Katherine Jeannette, De-
scriptions of new species of

Turbonilla of the Western
Atlantic fauna (Plate VIII),
83, 145.

By-Laws, revision of, 218, 225.

Calvert, Philip P. Neuropte-
rous insects collected liy Dr.
A. Donaldson Smith in North-
eastern Africa (Plate X),
225, 228. Parallehsm in
structure between certain gen-
era of Odonata from the Old
and the New World, 225,
245. The North American
species of Argia (Order
Odonata), 4.

Chapman, Frank M. The rock
birds of the Gulf of St. Law-
rence (no abstract), 478.

Chapman, Henry C. report of
Curators, 538.

Cockerell, T. D. A. Some notes
on Coccida?, 226, 259.

Committees, Standing, 1899, 1.

Conchological Section, report
of, 542.

Corresponding Secretary, report
of, 534.

Council and Standing Commit-
tees for 1900, 550.

Curators, report of, 534.

Dall, William H. The Cala-
veras skull, 2.

Dewalque, J. G. , reception of
Hayden Memorial Award,
375.

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

1«99.]

Dixon, Samuel G. On Bacillus
typhosus (no abstract), 178.

Edelheim, Carl, announcement
of death of, 465.

Elections during 1899, 551.

Eliot, C. iSTotes on Tectibranchs
and naked mollusks from
Samoa (Plate XIX), 479,
512.

Entomological Section, report
of, 544.

Ernst, Adolf, announcement of
death of, 406.

Fowler, Henry W. A list of
fishes collected at Port Anto-
nio, Jamaica, 4, 118. Notes
on a small collection of Chi-
nese fishes, 83, 179. De-
scription of Ameiuruslacustris
okeeehobeensis, 478, 480.
Observations on fishes from
the Caroline Islands (Plates
XYII, XYIII), 478, 482.

Fox, William J. Synopsis of
the United States species of
the Hymenopterous genus
Centris Fabr., with descrip-
tion of a new species from
Trinidad, 63. Contributions
to a knowledge of the Hym-
enoptera of Brazil, No. 6 — A
collection from Rio Grande
do Sul and Sao Paulo, 178.
195. Contributions to a
knowledge of the Hymenop-
teraof Brazil, No. 7 — Eumen-
id», 406, 407.

Fricke, Albert, announcement
of death of, 479.

Hamilton, S. Harbert. Mouaz-
ite in Delaware county, Pa.,
377.

Hanley, Sylvanus, announce-
ment of death of, 226.

Harshberger, John W. Ther-
motropic movements of the

575

leaves of Rhododendron maxi-
mum L., 217, 219.

Hartniau, W. D., announce-
ment of death of, 379.

Hauer, F. Ritter von, an-
nouncement of death of, 225.

Hayden Geological Memorial
Award, conferring of, 375.

Index to Genera, etc., 562.

James, G. Wharton. The
Havasupai Indians (no ab-
stract), 479,

Johnson, Charles W. New and
interesting species in the Isaac
Lea collection of Eocene Mol-
lusca (Plates I, II), 2, 71.

Librarian, report of, 535.

Marsh, Othniel C, announce-
ment of death of, 178.

Meehan, Thomas. Contribu-
tions to the hfe history of
plants. No. XIII, 4, 84. Re-
port of Botanical Section, 544.

Miller, Gerrit S. , Jr. The Voles
collected by Dr. W. L.
Abbott in Central Asia
(Plates XII, XIII), 225,
281. Descriptions of two
new Gray Foxes, 276. De-
scriptions of six American
Rabbits, 365, 380.

Mineralogical and Geological
Section, report of, 547.

Moore, Mrs. Bloomfield H., an-
nouncement of death of. 2.

Moore, Clarence B. Certain
aboriginal remains of the
Alabama River, 217.

Moore, J. Percy. On a snow-
inhabiting Enchytr?eid Mesen-
chytrseus collected by Mr.
Henry G. Bryant on the Mal-
aspina Glacier, Alaska (Plate
YII), 83, 125. Leurogna-
thus marmorata, a new genus
and species of Salamander of

576

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ACADEMY OF

the family Desmoguatliidjie
(Plate XrV), 299, 316.

Morsell, Rev. William F. C.
Dynamic evolution, or form
as a result of motion, 217,
465.

Museum, additions to, 552.

Nolan, Edward J., report of
Recording (Secretary, 531.
Report of Librarian, 535.

Oberholser, Harry C. Some
untenable names in orni-
thology, 178, 201.

Officers for 1 900, 550.

Ornithological Section, report
of. 548.

Pilsbry, Henry A. A new and
little-known species of Pristo-
loraa (Plate IX), 178, 185.
A new Australian Eulima
(Plate XI), 226, 258. Rela-
tions of the laud molluscan
fauna of South America. 226.
Notes on a few northwest
American land snails, 299,
314. A new Ampullaria,
365. Descriptions of New
Mexican land and fresh-water
mollusks, 365, 391. New
species and varieties of mol-
lusks from Miami, Fla., 379,
403. Confirmation of the
generic character of Ashmu-
nella, 379. A new species of
Thersites, 465, 473. Addi-
tions to the Japanese land
snail fauna (Plate XXI), 497,
525. Notes on some South-
ern Mexican shells, 497. Re-
port of Conchological Sec-
tion, 542.

Pilsbry, Henry A., and T. D.
A. Cockerell. Ashmunella,
a new genus of Helices, 178,
188.

Pilsbry, Henry A., and E.
G. Vanatta. Morphological

[1899.

and systematic notes on South
American Achatinidre (Plates
XV, XVI), 300, 366.

Rand, Theodore D. Notes on
the geology of southeastern
Pennsylvania, 406. Report
on AVilliam S. Vaux Collec-
tions, 541. Report of Min-
eral ogical and Geological
Section, 547.

Recording Secretary, report
of, 531.

Report of Biological and Micro-
scopical Section, 541.

Report of Botanical Section, 544.

Report of Concholoa-ical Section,
542.

Report of Corresponding Secre-
tary, 534.

Report of Carators, 538.

Report of Entomological Sec-
tion, 544.

Report of Librarian, 535.

Report of Mineralogical and
Geological Section, 547.

Report of Ornithological Sec-
tion, 548.

Report of Recording Secretary,
531.

Repoi't on the William S. Vaux
Collections, 5ll.

Sharp, Benjamin, report of Cor-
responding Secretary, 534.

Skinner, Henry. On the rela-
tion of insects to disease (no
abstract), 218. Report of
Entomological Section, 544.

Smith, Charles E. Presentation
of portrait in oil of Carolus
Liumeis, 498.

Sommerville, James ]M., an-
nouncement of death of, 217.

Stone, Witmer. A study of
the type specimens of birds in
the collection of the Academy
of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia, with brief history of

1899.]

NATURAL SCIENCES OF PHILADELPHIA.

577

the collection, 5. A small
collection of reptiles and
batrachians from eastern
Mongolia, 178, 183. On
Josiah Hoopes collection of
birds (no abstract), 217. A
new species of Coccyzus from
St. Andrews, 299, 301. A
collection of birds from the
vicinity of Bogota, with a re-
view of the South American
species of Speotyto and Tro-
glodytes, 299, 802. On the
summer moulting plumage of
certain ducks, 405, 467. A
new race of short-eared Owls,
478. Moulting of birds and
vax-iatious in plumage (no ab-
stract), 497. Report of Or-
nithological Section, 548.

Vanatta, Edw. G. A new
American land shell, 83, 120.
West Indian Eulimidie (Plate
XI), 225, 254. A new
species of Zonitoide?, 497,
524.

Vaux, George, and William
S., Jr. Some observations
on the Illecellewaet and Asul-
kan glaciers of British Co-
lumbia (Plates III, IV, V,
VI), 88, 121. Additional
observations on glaciers of
British Columbia(Plate XX),
497, 501.

Whelen, Henry, announce-
ment of death of, 225.

William S. Vaux Collections,
report on, 541.

37

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1899.

PLATE XVIII.

■.,^7^:t^^''A

FOWLER. FISHES OF THE CAROLINE ISLANDS.

1. SCARUS LUPUS-

2- THALASSOMA IMMANUS.

3. SCARUS PRONUS.

PROC. ACAD. NAT. SCI. PHILA. 1899.

PLATE XIX.

ELIOT. MOLLUSKS OF SAMOA.

PROC. ACAD. NAT, SCI. PHILA,, 1899.

PLATE XX.

TONGUE AND MORAINES

GREAT OR ILLECELLEWAET GLACIER,^

BRITISH COLUMBIA "!

August I

by Gea / W»w, .S Vaunjr.

^:£r

GEORGE AND WILLIAM S. VAUX Jr., ON ADDITIONAL OB.SERVATIONS ON GLACIEKS IN BRITISH COLUMBIA.

PROC^ ACAD NAT SCI PHILA 1899

/■

^■^7^-7

2.

'-^^^^

W' \ \\

@

^

X^'

. X

"^

'*^"

[ ii

ii\y

PILSBRY JAPANESE LAND SNAILS

PROCEEDINGS ^

\\t ^tnilenm of Jxatutnl $tienft$

PHILADEIvPHIA.

1899.

PART I-JAjYUARY, FEBRUARY, MARCH.

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE.

Thomas Meehan, Charles E. Smith,

Edw. J. Nolan, M. D., Henry Skinner, M. D.,

Henry A. Pilsbry.

EDITOR : Edward J. Nolan, M. D.

•' \

J

PHILADELPHIA :

>• ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES,

LOGAN SQUARE.

1899.

■Jm^

i

r^

PUBLICATIONS OF THE

Academy of Natural Sciences

OF J'HILADELPHIA.

Ten volumes and Volume XI, ptirt 2, of the Xew Series of the Journal (Quarto)
have been issued— 1847 to 1899. The price per volume of four parts is SIO, or $3 per
part to sulisoribers, and to others $12.50 per volume, or $3.75 per part. Vol. VII con-
tains " Tlie Extinct :Mammalian Fauna of Dakota and Nebraska, with a Synopsis of
the Manunalian Pvenuiins of Xorth America." Illustrated with thirty plates. Bv
Joseph Leiuy, ]M.I)., LL.D.

The First Series of the Journal, 1817 to 1842, in eiglit volumes octavo, may
l)e obtained at $40 to memliers, and to the public $48.

The First Series of the Proceedings of the Academy, pu))lished in octavo,
1841 to 185G, of which eisjht volumes were completed December 31, 1856, maybe
obtained at $24 to members, and to the public $3G.

The Second Series of the Proceedings, commencing Januai-y 1. 1857 (of
which fourteen volumes were completed December 31, 1870), may be obtained at $42
to memliers, or $3 per volume separately, and to the public $3.75 per volume.

The Third Series of the Proceedings, illustrated, commencing January 1,
1871 (of wliich twenty-eight volumes were completed December 31, 1898), is published
at $5 per annum to subscril^ers, payable in advance ; single volumes, $0.25.

American Journal of Conchology, 1865-71. Seven vols., 8vo. Containing
2500 pages, illustrated by 150 plates, many of them colored, besides about 1000 wood
engravings. Published at $70. Price reduced to $40 for the set. Separate volumes,
$6 each.

BOOKS KOR SALE.

The Academy has the following works for sale at the prices affixed :

Structural and Systematic Conchology-: An Introduction to the Study of the
Mollusca.. By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. 1200 pages, 140 plates, describuig and
illustrating the recent and fossil genera. A conchological text^book. Cloth. $6.

Manual of Conchology. By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr., continued by Henry A. Pils-
BRY. A complete, fully illustrated monograph of recent mollusks. Series I,
Cephalopoda, Scaphop'oda, Amphineura and Marine Gastropoda: 17 volumes
(finished). Series II, Terrestrial Mollusks, 11 volumes published. Plain
edition, per part, $3, per volume, $12; colored edition, per part, $5, per volume,
$20; tine edition, heavy plate paper, plates in duplicate, colored and India
tinted, per part, $8, per volume, $32.

Description qf Shells of North America, with 68 colored plates. By Thomas Say.
1S3(K34. $1U.50.

Monograph of the Terrestrial Mollusca of the United States With illustra-
tions of all the species. By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Fine edition, plate paper,
with dupUcate plates, colored and tinted, $20 ; colored edition, $13.50; plain
edition, $8.50.

Monograph of the Fresh- Water Univalve ]Mollusca of the United States. Bj^
S. S. Haldeman, 1840-44. Continuation to 1871, by Geo. W. Tryon. Jr.
Many colored plates. Prices for the continuation : Fine edition, duplicate
plates, $14 ; with colored plates, $8 ; with plain plates, $6.

Synonymy of the Species of Strepomatid.e (Melanians) of the United States.
By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Cloth, $1 ; paper, .50 cents.

List of American Writers on Recent Conchology, with the Titles of the Memoirs
and Dates of Pul)lication. By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Cloth, $1 ; paper, 50 cents.

Monograph of the Order Pholadacea and Other Papers. By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr.
Cloth, 81 ; paper, 50 cents.

Complete Writings on Recent and Fossil Conchology' of C. S. Rafinesque.
Edited by Wm. G. Binney and Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. $1.

0i5SEKv.\Ti0NS ON THE Genus Unio. By Is.vAC Lea, LL.D. 4to, Vols. 1 to 18. Wiih
Index, Nos. 1, 2 and 3, complete. Several hundred fine lithographic Plates, fOO.
Same, Vols. 2 to 13, inclusive, except A^ol. 4. Each volume separately, *5.

Synopsis of the (Jenus Unio. By Isaac Lea, LL.D. Fourth eaition. 85.

An Illustrated Catalogue of Japanese Marine Mollusks. By F. Stearns and
H. A. Pilsbry. Cloth, »3; paper. «2.50.

(JONTRIBUTIONS TO GeOLOGY. By ISAAC LeA. S3.

Fossil Foot-Marks. By Isaac Lea. Large f(-)lio, text and plate. «2. Plate alone,
50 cents.

Notice to Booksellers — All the publications of the Academy will be supplied
to Booksellers at a discount of 20 per cent, on the prices charged to the public.

Apply to Edward J. Nolan, M.D., at the Hall of the Academy", Logan Square.
June, J.'i'J9.

Hayden Memorial Geological Fund.

Mrs. Emma W. Haydeu has given to the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia in trust the sum of $2,500, to be known
as the Hayden Memorial Geological Fund, in commemoration of
her husband, the late Prof. Ferdinand Y. Hayden, M.D., LL.P.
According to the terms of the trust, a bronze medal and the
balance of the interest arising from the fund are to be awarded
annually for the best publication, exploration, discovery or
research in the sciences of geology and paleontology, or in such
particular branches thereof as may be designated. The award
and all matters connected therewith are to be determined by a
committee to be selected in an appropriate manner Ijy the Acad-
emy. The recognition is not confined to American naturalists.

CONTENTS

Dall, William H. The Calaveras Skull 2

Stone, Wither. A Study of the Type Specimens of Birds in the Col-
lection of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, with
a Brief History of the Collection 5

Fox, William J. Synopsis of the United States Species of the Hymen -
opterous Genus Centris Fabr., with Description of a New Species
from Trinidad ' 68

Johnson, Charles W. New and Interesting Species in the " Isaac Lea

Collection of Eocene MoUusca" (Plates I and II) .... 71

Meehan, Thomas. Contributions to the Life-History of Plants, No.
XIII: Sex in Flowers — Corylus rostrata; Clethra alnifolia, in
Relation to its Morphology ; Sanicula, a Biological Study ; Rosa
rugosa, in Connection with the Evolution of Form ; Viola, in
Relation to Pollinization and Fecundation ; Isnardia palustris,
Additional Note on its Stipular Glands ; Parthenogenesis; Lacluca
scariola, in Relation to Variation and the Vertical Position of its
Leaves ; The Stigma of Asclepias ; PhyUotaxis, in Connection with
Chenopodiacese and Polygonaceee ; The Influence of Fungi on the
Forms and Characters of Plants ; The Movements of Plants ;
Eccentricity of the Annual Wood Circles in Rhus toxicodendron ;
Morphology of the Grape 84

Fowler, Henry W. A List of Fishes collected at Port Antonio,

Jamaica 118

Vanatta, Edward G. A New American Land Shell .... 120

Vaux, George and William S., Jr. Some Observations on the Ille-
cellewaet and Asulkan Glaciers of British Columbia (Plates III,
IV, Vand VI) 121

Moore, J. Percy. A Snow-inhabiting Enchytrseid (Mesenchytraeus
solifugus Emery), collected by Mr. Henry G. Bryant on the Malas-
pina Glacier, Alaska (Plate VII). 125

Bush, Katharine Jeannette. Descriptions of New Species of Turbo-
nilla of the Western Atlantic Fauna, with Notes on those pre-
viously Known (Plate VIII) 145

Fowler, Henry W. Notes on a Small Collection of Chinese Fishes . 179

Stone, Wither. A Small Collection of Reptiles and Batrachians from

Eastei-n Mongolia 183

PiLSBRY, Henry A. New and Little-known Species of Pristiloma

(Plate IX) 185

PiLSBRY, H. a., and T. D. A. Cockerell. Ashmunella, a new Genus

of Helices 188

Fox, William J. Contributions to a Knowledge of the Hymenoptera
of Brazil, No. 6: A Collection from Rio Grande do Sul and Sao
Paulo : 19-'>

Oberholser, Harry C. Some LTntenable Names in Ornithology . . 201

PROCEEDINGS

dr. d

^Ic ^cad'^wg 0f ^iitural ^tmm%

F»HIIvADEIvF»HIA.

1S99.

PART II—APRIL-SEPTE3IBER.

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE.

Thomas Meehan, Charles E. Smith,

Edw. J. Nolan, M. D., Henry Skinner, M. D.,

Henry A. Pilsbry.

EDITOR : Edward J. Nolan, M. D.

PHH^ADELPHIA :

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES,

LOGAN SQUARE.
1899.

-C^

PUBLICATIONS OF THE

Academy of Natural Sciences

OF PHILADELPHIA.

Ten volumes and Volume XI, parts 1 and 2, of the New Series of the Journal
(Quarto) have been issued— 1847 to 1899. The price per volume of four parts is »10,
or $3 per part to subscribers, and to others $12.50 per volume, or $3.75 per part. Vol.
yil contains "The Extinct Mammalian Fauna of Dakota and Nebraska, with a
Synopsis of the Mammalian Remains of North America." Illustrated with thirty
plates. By Joseph Leidy, M.D., LL.D.

The First Series of the Journal, 1817 to 1842, in eight volumes octavo, may
be obtained at $40 to members, and to the public $48.

The First Series of the Proceedings of the Academy, published in octavo,
1841 to 1856, of which eight volumes were completed December 31, 1856, may be
obtained at $24 to members, and to the public $36.

The Second Series of the Proceedings, commencing January 1, 1857 (of
which fourteen volumes were completed December 31, 1870), may be obtained at $42
to members, or $3 per volume separately, and to the public $3.75 per volume.

The Third Series of the Proceedings, illustrated, commencing January 1,
1871 (of which twenty-eight volumes were completed December 31, 1898), is published
at $5 per annum to subscribers, payable in advance ; single volumes, $6.25.

American Journal of Conchology, 1865-71. Seven vols., 8vo. Containing
2500 pages, illustrated by 1.50 plates, many of them colored, besides about 1000 wood
engravings. Published at $70. Price reduced to $40 for the set. Separate volumes,
$6 each.

BOOKS KOR SALE.

The Academy has the following works for sale at the prices affixed :

Structural and Systematic Conchology: An Introduction to the Study of the
MoUusca. By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. 1200 pages, 140 plates, describing and
illustrating the recent and fossil genera. A conchological text-book. Cloth, $6.

Manual of Conchology. By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr., continued by Henry A. Pils-
BRY. A complete, fully illustrated monograph of recent mollusks. Series I,
('ephalopoda, Scaphopoda, Amphineura and Marine Gastropoda ; 17 volumes
(finished). Series II, Terrestrial Mollusks, 11 volumes published. Plain
edition, per part, $3, per volume, $12; colored edition, per part, $5, per volume,
$20; fine edition, heavy plate paper, plates in duplicate, colored and India
tinted, per part, $8, per volume, $32.

Description of Shells of North America, with 68 colored plates. By Thomas Say.
1830-34. $10..50.

Monograph of the Terrestrial Mollusca of the United States. With illustra-
tions of all the species. By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Fine edition, plate paper,
with dupUcate plates, colored and tinted, $20 ; colored edition, $13.50 ; plain
edition, $8. .50.

Monograph of the Fresh-Water Univalve Mollusca of the United States. By
S. S. Haldeman, 1840-44. Continuation to 1871, by Geo, W. Tryon, Jr.
Many colored plates. Prices for the continuation : Fine edition, duplicate
plates, $14 ; with colored plates, $8 ; with plain plates, $6.

Synonymy of the Species of Stkepomatid^ (Melanians) of the United States.
By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Cloth, $1 ; paper, 50 cents.

List of American Writers on Recent Conchology, with the Titles of the Memoirs
and Dates of Puljlication. By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Cloth. $1 ; paper, .50 cents.

Monograph of the Order Pholadacea and Other Papers. By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr.
Cloth. «1 ; paper, 50 cents.

Complete Writings on Recent and Fossil Conchology of C. S. Rafinesque.
Edited by Wm. G. Binney and Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. $1.

Observations on the Genus Unio. By Isaac Lea, LL.D. 4to, Vols. 1 to 13. With
Index, Nos. 1, 2 and 3, complete. Several hundred fine lithographic Plates, $60.
Same, Vols. 2 to 13, inclusive, except Vol. 4. Each volume separately, 85.

Synopsis of the Genus Unio. By Isaac Lea, LL.D. Fourth edition. 85.

An Illustrated Catalogue of Japanese Marine Mollusks. By F. Stearns and
H. A. PiLSBRY. Cloth, m ; paper, «2.50.

Contributions to Geology. By Isaac Lea. S3.

Fossil Foot-Marks. By Isaac Lea. Large folio, text and plate. S2. Plate'alonc
50 cents.

Notice to Booksellers — All the publications of the Academy will be supplied
to Booksellers at a discount of 20 percent, on the prices charged to the public.

Apply to Edward J. Nolan, M.D., at the Hall of the Academy, Logan Square.
June, 1899.

Hayden Memorial Geological Fund.

Mrs. Emma W. Hajden has given to the Academy of Natural
Sciences of Philadelphia in trust the sum of $2,500, to be known
as the Hayden Memorial Geological Fund, in commemoration of
her husband, the late Prof. Ferdinand V. Hayden, M.D., LL.D.
According to the terms of the trust, a bronze medal and the
balance of the interest arising from the fund are to be awarded
annuallj^ for the best publication, exploration, discover}' or
research in the sciences of geology and paleontology, or in such
particular branches thereof as may be designated. The award
and all matters connected therewith are to be determined b}' a
committee to be selected in an appropriate manner b}' the Acad-
emy. The recognition is not confined to American naturalists.

CONTENTS.

Harshberger, John W., M.D. Thermotropic Movement of the Leaves
of Rhododendron maximum L

PiLSBRY, Henry A. Relations of the Land Molluscan Fauna of South
America

Calvert, Philip P., Ph.D. Neuropterous Insects collected by Dr. A.
Donaldson Smith in Northeastern Africa (Plate X) .

Calvert, Philip P., Ph.D. Parallelisms in Structure between certain
Genera of Odonata from the Old and the New World

Vanatta, Edward G. West American Eulimidse (Plate XI) .

PiLSBRY, Henry A. A New Australian Eulima (Plate XI)

Cockerell, T. D. a. Some Notes on Coccidse

Miller, Gerrit S., Jr. Descriptions of two New Gray Foxes.

Miller, Gerrit S., Jr. The Voles collected by Dr. W. L. Abbott in Cen-
tral Asia (Plates XII and XIII)

Stone, Wither. A New Species of Coccyzus from St. Andrews

Stone, Witmer., On a Collection of Birds from the Vicinity of Bogota,
with a Review of the South American Species of Speotyto and
Troglodytes • • •

PiLSBRY, Henry A. Notes on a few Northwest American Land Snails.

Moore, J. Percy. Leurognathus marmorata, a new Genus and Species
of Salamander of the Family Desmognathidse (Plate XIV) .

Abbott, James Francis, The Marine Fishes of Peru ....

PiLSBRY, Henry A., and Edward G. Vanatta. Morphological and
Systematic Notes on South American Land Snails : Achatinidae
(Plates XV and XVI)

Hayden Memorial Geological Award, Report on. Biographical
Notice of Prof. Gilles Joseph Gustave Dewalque .

Hamilton, S. Harbert. Monazite in Delaware County, Penna, .

PiLSBRY, Henry A. Confirmation of the Generic Characters of Ash-
munella

Miller, Gerrit S., Jr. Descriptions of Six New American Rabbits .

PiLSBRY, Henry A. Descriptions of New Species of Mexican Land
and Fresh-water Mollusks

PiLSBRY, Henry A. New Species and Varieties of Mollusks from
Miami, Florida

Fox, William J. Contributions to a Knowledge of the Hymenoptera
of Brazil, No. 7.— Eumenidse (Genera Zethus, Labus, Zethoides,

Eumenes, Montezumia and Nortonia)

219
226

228

245

254
258
259
270

301

314

310
824

3()0

375
377

379
380

.391
403

407

PROCEEDINGS

Clf^ c^radtiim of ^atural l^rientijs

F»HII^ADEIvF»HIA.

1899.

PART III— OCTOBER, N0VE3IBER, DECEMBER.

PUBLICATION COMMITTEE.

Thomas Meehan, Charles E. Smith,

Edw. J. Nolan, M. D., Henry Skinner, M. D.,

Henry A. Pilsbry.

EDITOR : Edward J. Nolan, M. D.

PHILADELPHIA :

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES,

LOGAN SQUARE.

1899.

PUBLICATIONS OF THE

Academy of Natural Sciences

OF PHILADELPHIA.

Ten volumes and Volume XI, parts 1 and 2, of the New Series of the Journal
(Quarto) have been issued— 1847 to 1899. The price per volume of four parts is «10,
or |3 per part to subscribers, and to others $12.50 per volume, or $3,75 per part. Vol.
yil contains "The Extinct Mammalian Fauna of Dakota and Nebraska, with a
iS.vnopsis of the Mammalian Remains of North America." Illustrated with thirtv
plates. By Joseph Leidy, M.D., LL.D.

The First' Series of the Journal, 1817 to 1842, in eight volumes octavo, may
be obtained at $40 to members, and to tlie public $48.

The First Series of the Proceedings of the Academy, published in octavo,
1841 to 1856, of which eisrht volumes were completed December 31, 1856, may be
obtained at $24 to members, and to the pulilic $36.

The Second Series of the Proceedings, commencing January 1. 1857 (of
which fourteen volumes were completed December 31, 1870), may be obtained at?t2
to members, or $3 per volume separately, and to the public $3.75 per volume.

The Third Series of the Proceedings, illustrated, commencing January 1,
1871 (of which twenty-nine volumes were completed December 31, 1899). is published
at $5 per annum to subscribers, payable in advance ; single volumes, $6.25.

American Journal of Conchology, 1805-71. Seven vols., 8vo. Containing
2500 pages, illu.strated by 1.50 plates, many of them colored, besides about 1000 wood
engravings. Published at $70. Price reduced to $40 for the set. Separate volumes,
$6 eacli.

BOOKS KOR SALE.

The Academy has the following works for sale at the prices affixed :

Structural and Systematic Conchology: An Introduction to the Study of the
MoUusca. By Geo. W. Tryon, Je. 1200 pages, 140 plates, describing and
illustrating the recent and-fossil genei'a. A conchelogical text-book. Cloth, $6.

Manual of Conchology. By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr., continued by Henry A. Pils-
BRY. A complete, fully illustrated monograph of recent mollusks. Series I,
Ceplia1op(.)da, Scaphopoda, Amphineura and Marine <;a.stropoda ; 17 volumes
(finished). Series II, Terrestrial Mnllusk.s, 11 volumes published. Plain
edition, per])art, $3, per volume, $12; colored {'(.lition, per part, $5, per volume,
$20; fine edition, heavy plate paper, plates in duplicate, colored and India
tinted, per part, $8, per volume, $32.

Description of Shells of North America, with 68 colored plates. Bv Thomas Say.
1S30-.34. $10..50.

Monograph of the Terrestrial Mollusca of the United States W th illustra-
tions of all the species. By Geo. W. Tryon. Jr. Fine edition, plate paper,
with duplicate plates, colored and tinted, $20 ; colored edition, $13.50; plain
edition, $8.50.

Monogk.vph of the Fresh-Water Univalve Mollusca of the United States. Bj'
S. S. Haldeman, lJ^40-44. Continuation to 1871, by Geo. W. Tryon. Jr.
Many colored plates. Prices for the continuation : Fine edition, duplicate
plates, $14 ; with colored plates, $8 ; with plain plates. $6.

SvNONYMY OF THE SPEciES OF Strepomatid.e (Mclanians) OF the United States.
By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Cloth, $1 ; paper, .50 cents.

List of American Writers on Recent Conchology, with the Titles of the Memoirs
and Dates of Publication. By Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. Cloth, SI; paper, 50 cents.

Monograph of the Order Pholadacea and Other Papers. By Geo. W. Tkyon, Jr.
Cloth, n ; paper, 50 cents.

Complete Whitings on Recent and Fossil Conchology of C. S. Rafinesque.
Edited by Wm. G. Binxey and Geo. W. Tryon, Jr. $1.

Observations on the Genus Unio. By Isaac Lea, LL.D. 4to, Vols. 1 to 13. With
Index, Nos. 1. 2 and 3, complete. Several hundred fine lithograpliic Plates, ^60.
Same, Vols. 2 to 13, inclu.sivc, except Vol. 4. Each volume separately, S5.

Synopsis of the (Jenus Unio. By Isaac Lea, LL.D. Fourth edition. S5.

An Illustrated Catalogue of Japanese Marine Mollusks. By F. Stearns and
H. A. PiLSBRY. Cloth, *3 ; paper, S2.50.

Contributions to Geology. By Isaac Lea. S3.

F0S.SIL Foot-Marks. By Isaac Lea. Large folio, text and plate. «2. Plate alone
50 cents.

Notice to Booksellers— All the publications of the Academy will be supplied
to Booksellers at a discount of 20 per cent, on the prices charged to the public.

Applv to Edv/ard J. Nolan, M.D., at the Hall of the Academy, Logan Square.
February, 1900.

Hayden Memorial Geological Fund.

Mrs. Emma W. Hay den has given to the Academy of Xaturnl
Sciences of Philadelphia in trust the sum of $2,500, to be known
as the Hayden Memorial Geological Fund, in commemoration of
her husband, the late Prof. Ferdinand Y. Hayden, M.D., LL.P.
According to the terms of the trust, a bronze medal and the
balance of the interest arising from the fund are to be awarded
annuall}" for the best ^:>ublication, exploration, discovery or
research in the sciences of geology and paleontologj', or in such
particular branches thereof as maj^ be designated. The award
and all matters connected therewith are to be determined by a
committee to be selected in an appropriate manner by the Acad
emv. The recoo-nition is not confined to American naturalists.

CONTENTS.

Fox, William J. Contributions to a Knowledge of the Hymenoptera

of Brazil, No. 7 (continued) 433

Stone, Witmer. The Summer Molting Plumage of Certain Ducks . 467

PiLSBRY, Henry A. A New Species of Thersites 473

Abbott, James Francis. Notes on Chilean Fishes, with Descriptions of

New Species of Sebastodes 475

Stone, Witmer. A New Race of Short-eared Owls 478

Fowler, Henry W. Description of Ameiurus lacustris Okechobeen-

sis 480

Fowler, Henry W. Observations on Fishes from the Caroline Islands

(Plates XVII, XVIII) 483

Smith, Charles E. Presentation of a Portrait of Carolus Linnaeus 498

Vaux, George and William S., Jr. Additional Observations on Gla-
ciers in British Columbia (Plate XX) 501

Eliot, C. Notes on Tectibranchs and Naked Mollusks from Samoa

(Plate XIX) 512

Vanatta, Edward G. A New American Species of Zonitoides . . 534

PiLSBRY, Henry A. Additions to the Japanese Land Snail Fauna

(Plate XXI) 535

Report of the Recording Secretary 581

Report of the Corresponding Secretary ■ . 534

Report of the Librarian 535

Report of the Curators 538

Report on the William S. Vaux Collections 541

Report of the Biological and Microscopical Section 541

Report of the Conchological Section 542

Report of the Entomological Section 544

Report of the Botanical Section 544

Report of the Mineralogical and Geological Section 547

Report of the Ornithological Section 548

Officers, Council, etc., for 1900 550

Council for 1900 . 550

Elections During 1899 551

Additions to Museum 552

General Index ^^^

Title and Contents.

MBL WHOI LIBRARY